BERKELEY 

LIBR/    .Y 

UNIVERSITY   OF 
CALIFORNIA 


EARTH 

SCIENCI 
LIBRARV 


.  ^  v 


.   -.%;-.U-AA    \ 


TREATISE 


ON 


MINERALOGY 


BY 


CHARLES  UPHAM  SHEPARD,  A.  B. 
\\ 

Lecturer  on  Botany  in  Yale  College ;  Member  of  the  American  Geolo- 
gical Society ;  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Academy  of  Nat- 
ural Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  of  the  Natural  History 
Society  of  Montreal,  and  of  the  French 
Society  of  Universal  Statistics,  &c. 


NEW    HAVEN: 

HEZEKIAH     HOWE. 

1832. 


*  ^ 


SCONCES 


Entered  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1832,  by 
CHARLES  U.  SHEPARD,  in  the  Clerk's  office,  of  the  District  Court  of 
Connecticut. 


Printed  by  Hezekiah  Howe. 


PREFACE. 


THE  leading  features  of  the  present  treatise  are  due 
to  the  circumstances  under  which  the  author  studied  Min- 
eralogy. Situated  out  of  the  reach  of  personal  instruction, 
or  the  facilities  which  a  well  arranged  collection  affords,  he 
was  compelled  to  acquire  his  knowledge  of  Terminology 
from  the  descriptions  of  species  contained  in  various  works 
upon  the  science,  with  the  aid  of  such  a  collection  of  min- 
erals as  the  vicinity  in  which  he  lived  principally  afforded. 
The  problem  of  determining  from  books  the  names  of  his 
minerals  was  frequently  to  be  solved ;  and  he  soon  discov- 
ered how  little  benefit  he  could  enjoy  in  the  task,  from  the 
scientific  process  by  which  the  Botanist  and  Zoologist  are 
guided  to  the  names  of  objects  in  their  respective  depart- 
ments. A  complete  treatise  was  often  to  be  perused — spe- 
cies after  species  in  succession^  from  beginning  to  end — in 
order  to  arrive  at  the  name  of  a  particular  mineral.  A 
method  of  proceeding  like  this,  however  annoying  it  might 
occasionally  prove  to  the  student  accustomed  to  the  simple 
and  precise  systems  of  Natural  History,  could  nevertheless, 
from  the  limited  number  of  species  in  Mineralogy,  have 
been  tolerated,  but  for  the  painful  uncertainty  in  which  it 
often  left  the  mind  when  every  species  had  been  examined, 
and  some  one  fixed  upon  perhaps,  as  that  to  which  the  in- 
dividual under  examination  might  belong.  This  want  of 
confidence,  however,  which  he  was  continually  prevented 
from  placing  in  the  accuracy  of  his  results,  made  all  his 
early  studies  of  a  nature  most  discouraging.  Nor  was  it 


IV  PREFACE. 

always  possible  to  derive  the  satisfaction  desired,  from 
others.  Doubtful  minerals  would  come  back  referred  to 
two  or  three  species,  or  with  a  name  followed  by  that  mod- 
est sign  of  ignorance — the  well  known  interrogation  point. 
Or  if  correctly  referred,  the  descriptions  of  the  author 
would  not  in  all  cases  coincide  with  the  ipse  dixit  of  the 
umpire,  and  therefore  left  no  certain  verification  in  the  case. 
Thus,  the  determination  of  minerals  was  found  to  be  not 
only  empirical,  but  often  impracticable. 

The  cause  of  this  was  sufficiently  obvious.  The  classes 
and  subordinate  divisions  were  founded  upon  such  proper- 
ties as  prevented  them  from  being  available  to  the  miner- 
alogist,— requiring  the  practice  of  a  difficult  department  of 
another  science ;  so  that  no  one  thought  of  employing  them 
in  reducing  a  mineral  to  its  place  in  the  system.  No  sci- 
entific process  existed  for  leading  the  inquirer  to  the  name 
of  an  unknown  mineral ;  but  it  was  left  to  the  general  de- 
scriptions to  perform  a  task  to  which,  from  the  nature  of 
the  case,  they  were  incompetent.  Indeed,  it  appears  to 
have  been  taken  for  granted  by  the  authors  of  the  minera- 
logical  treatises  of  that  period,  that  students  were  in  all 
cases  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  Mineralogy  through  teach- 
ers and  cabinets ;  and  that  if,  after  being  thus  taught,  it 
should  ever  become  necessary  to  determine  a  mineral,  it 
must  be  taken  for  that  purpose  to  some  professor  of  the 
science. 

That  the  determinative  part  of  Mineralogy  was  suffered 
to  remain  so  long  in  this  condition,  can  only  be  explained 
by  the  fact,  that  the  study  was  chiefly  cultivated  by  Chem- 
ists ;  who,  not  having  experienced  the  advantages  of  the 
methods  of  Natural  History,  were  in  a  measure  unconscious 
of  the  embarrassments  under  which  they  labored. 


PREFACE.  V 

The  first  classification  available  for  this  purpose  which 
the  author  met  with,  was  that  of  Mr.  H.  J.  BROOKE,  at  the 
end  of  his  "familiar  introduction  to  Crystallography  ;"* 
where  crystallized  minerals  are  distributed  into  orders  ac- 
cording to  their  primary  forms.  By  this  scientific  method 
he  was  often  aided  in  the  recognition  of  minerals  ;  and  so 
well  convinced  was  he  of  its  judiciousness,  that  he  has 
adopted  it,  as  will  be  seen,  for  the  grounds  of  his  orders 
in  two  of  the  classes  in  the  Analytical  System  advanced  in 
this  work. 

In  the  year  1826,  the  truly  admirable  treatise  of  Prof. 
MOHS  was  made  known  to  the  American  public  through  the 
translation  of  Mr.  HAiDiNGER.f  This  work  immediately 
caught  the  attention  of  the  author,  and  realized  in  the  most 
perfect  manner  all  he  had  wished  for  respecting  the  devel- 
opement  of  the  different  departments  of  Mineralogy.  Not 
only  the  distinctions  required  for  the  determination  of  min- 
erals, but  a  new  arrangement  indicating  more  exactly  their 
natural  affinities,  and  a  nomenclature  expressive  of  such  re- 
lations, were  all  accomplished. 

While,  however,  the  treatise  in  question  seemed  to  have 
settled  Mineralogy  in  all  its  great  points,  and  to  have  con- 
ferred upon  it  the  true  marks  of  a  science, — advancing  it  to 
its  proper  place  among  the  Natural  Sciences ;  still,  the  ab- 
struse manner  in  which  that  part  of  Terminology  was  treat- 
ed which  relates  to  Crystallography,  (involving  as  it  did  a 
familiarity  with  the  higher  branches  of  the  mathematics,) 
and  the  application  of  his  Characteristic  to  the  Synthetical 

*  A  Familiar  Introduction  to  Crystallography.  By  HENRY  JAMES 
BROOKE.  8vo.  London:  1823. 

t  Treatise  on  Mineralogy,  by  FREDERICK  MOHS  ;  translated  from  the 
German,  by  WILLIAM  HAIDINGER.  3  vols.  8vo,  Edinburgh  :  1825r 

A* 


VI  PREFACE. 

Arrangement,  precluded  at  once  its  use  among  the  majority 
of  those  who  wish  to  acquire  some  knowledge  of  the  min- 
eral kingdom. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  author  imagined  that  he 
might  perform  a  serviceable  task  for  Mineralogy,  by  bring- 
ing forward  a  Characteristic  available  to  the  student  pos- 
sessed of  less  mathematical  knowledge  than  that  presuppo- 
sed by  the  system  of  MOHS  ;  and  he  would  most  willingly 
have  contented  himself  with  this  performance  merely,  and 
have  left  it  for  those  persons  who  might  find  it  for  their 
convenience  to  employ  it,  to  seek  elsewhere  the  requisite 
knowledge  of  Terminology,  but  that  he  was  unable  to  point 
them  to  any  single  work  from  which  they  might  derive 
this  information.  He  has  therefore  collected  and  digested, 
into  a  form  the  most  perspicuous  in  his  power,  just  that 
amount  of  Terminology  which  he  believed  would  answer 
the  end  in  view.  This  he  has  done  in  the  order  pursued 
by  MOHS  ;  though  a  different  view  altogether  has  been  pre- 
sented of  the  subject  of  Crystallography.  The  distinctions 
with  respect  to  individuality  in  the  mineral  kingdom — what 
is  a  simple  and  what  a  compound  mineral — the  distinct  con- 
sideration of  the  properties  of  simple  and  compound  min- 
erals, as  well  as  the  treatment  of  the  property  of  Hardness, 
are  in  close  imitation  of  Prof.  MOHS  ;  whose  words  it  was 
so  often  found  necessary  to  quote,  from  the  impossibility  of 
condensing  them  more  highly,  that  for  the  sake  of  con- 
venience, acknowledgement  for  the  liberty  taken  has  been 
reserved  to  be  made  in  the  present  summary  manner. 
Scarcely  less  in  conformity  with  the  plan  of  the  above 
mentioned  treatise,  the  author  has  drawn  up  a  view  of 
the  more  theoretical,  but  no  less  important,  departments 


PREFACE.  Vll 

of  Classification,  Nomenclature,  Characteristic  and  Physi- 
ography. The  study  of  these  branches  of  Mineralogy  is 
indispensable  to  the  student  who  would  comprehend  the 
true  philosophy  of  the  science.  And  certainly,  no  mind 
possessed  of  a  laudable  spirit  of  inquiry  can  be  willing  to 
rest  in  the  mere  practice  of  Mineralogy;  it  will  desire  to 
understand  the  nature  of  those  general  ideas  which  facil- 
itate this  art,  as  well  as  those  which  are  otherwise  involved 
in  the  pursuit. 

In  the  treatment  of  Crystallography,  the  author  has  fol- 
lowed the  elementary  treatise  of  BROOKE  before  alluded  to, 
whose  system  of  primitive  forms  and  method  of  illustra- 
ting their  modifications,  he  has  adopted  with  very  little  al- 
teration; having  experienced  in  his  own  case  and  witnessed 
in  others,  how  well  suited  they  are  both  to  the  determina- 
tive and  descriptive  parts  of  Mineralogy.  He  has  also 
drawn  largely  from  the  excellent  article  on  crystallization, 
in  the  Dictionnaire  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  written  by 
A.  J.  M.  BROCHANT  DE  VILLIERS. 

It  will  be  seen,  then,  that  the  present  treatise  aims  es- 
pecially to  aid  persons  who  would  acquire  a  knowledge  of 
Mineralogy  independently  of  personal  instruction,  and  the 
advantages  of  a  completely  arranged  cabinet.  It  even 
adapts  itself  to  the  wants  of  those  who  are  unacquainted 
with  the  first  rudiments  of  Geometry ;  nor  does  it  require 
any,  the  least,  knowledge  of  Chemistry,  in  order  to  its  be- 
ing perfectly  comprehended  in  all  its  parts. 

It  requires  to  be  observed,  however,  that  the  department 
of  Physiography  is  not  embraced  in  the  present  volume. 
Those  who  make  use  of  it  therefore,  will  have  occasion  to 
consult  some  other  treatise  for  full  descriptions  of  the  spe- 
cies, and  the  various  collateral  information  usually  found  in 


Vlll  PREFACE. 

connection  with  this  department  of  the  science.  The 
author  has,  however,  in  the  course  of  preparation  a  vol- 
ume devoted  to  descriptions,  drawn  up  in  conformity  with 
the  rules  of  Physiography,  as  laid  down  in  this  treatise, 
(§.  126).  Each  species  will  be  described  under  the  trivial 
name  by  which  it  is  designated  in  the  Characteristic  of  this 
work ;  and  the  order  in  which  they  will  be  arranged,  will  be 
alphabetical,  with  a  view  to  favor  easy  reference ;  against 
which  arrangement  there  can  be  no  objection  urged,  since 
the  use  of  the  descriptions  always  presupposes  a  knowledge 
of  the  names. 

The  beginner  in  Mineralogy  will  by  no  means  think  of 
perusing  the  Characteristic  in  order  to  obtain  a  knowledge 
of  minerals.  This  contrivance  has  for  its  object  solely  the 
recognition  of  minerals, — always  presuming  that  they  are  in 
our  hands.  Having  ascertained  the  name,  the  next  step  in 
course,  is  to  arrive  at  a  general  conception  of  the  species : 
this  is  effected  through  the  Pliysiography.  It  is  almost 
needless  to  remark,  that  it  would  be  equally  useless  to  study 
the  descriptions  to  effect  the  determination  of  minerals. 

Still  less  can  it  be  recommended  to  the  student  to  arrange 
his  collection  in  conformity  with  the  Artificial  System  herein 
proposed.  He  has  no  interest  in  the  classes  and  orders, 
or  in  the  succession  observed  among  the  species,  except 
so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  naming  of  minerals.  To  ar- 
range a  cabinet  of  specimens  according  to  a  System  invented 
solely  to  conduct  to  their  names,  would  be  like  preserving  the 
staging  about  an  edifice  after  its  construction  was  completed. 
The  t\vo  Systems  according  to  which  collections  of  miner- 
als will  undoubtedly  continue  to  be  arranged,  are  the  Chem- 
ical and  the  Natural-historical;  the  former  of  which  will 
have  its  adherents  among  Chemists,  and  the  latter  among 


PREFACE.  IX 

Naturalists.  A  view  of  both  of  these,  for  the  convenience 
of  those  who  possess  collections,  will  be  annexed  to  the 
second  part  of  the  work  alluded  to  above. 

* 

The  trivial  names  are  employed  in  the  Characteristic  as 
has  been  already  remarked,  in  all  those  cases  where  they 
are  possessed  of  them;  in  other  instances,  they  are  desig- 
nated by  their  chemical  or  natural-historical  epithets.  To 
avoid  however,  in  two  instances  of  recently  discovered 
American  minerals,  the  long,  chemical  designations  bestow- 
ed upon  them  by  Dr.  THOMSON,  the  author  has  ventured 
upon  two  new  names :  one  case  is  that  of  the  Bi-silicate  of 
Magnesia  of  Bolton,  Mass.,  the  other  is  that  of  the  Ferru- 
ginous silicate  of  Manganese  of  Stirling,  New-Jersey  ;  the 
the  former,  he  has  called  Boltonite  to  commemorate  a  cel- 
ebrated deposit  of  minerals,  and  the  latter  Troostite,  in 
honor  of  Dr.  TROOST, — a  gentleman  whose  services  and 
accomplishments  in  Mineralogy  are  too  well  known  to  re- 
quire any  apology  for  this  employment  of  his  name. 

But  while  the  present  treatise  was  primarily  intended  to 
answer  the  wants  of  private  students,  the  author  regards  it 
as  no  less  applicable  to  the  circumstances  of  those  who  enjoy 
personal  instruction.  No  oral  communications  can  be  a  sub- 
stitute, surely,  for  an  acquaintance  with  Terminology.  This 
constitutes  in  fact  the  preliminary  occupation  of  the  Lec- 
turer on  the  science;  and  it  is  here  chiefly,  that  the  Instruct- 
or who  possesses  the  requisite  models  and  specimens  ren- 
ders an  important  service  to  the  pupil.  The  way  in  which 
this  department  is  treated  in  the  present  work, — being  that 
of  a  series  of  connected  propositions,  will  favor  the  impor- 
tant exercise  of  recitation  and  review,  which  is  the  only 
method  by  which  the  Teacher  can  satisfy  himself,  whether 


PREFACE. 


the  pupil  is  qualified  to  enter  upon  the  other  departments  of 
of  the  science.  For  nothing,  it  will  readily  be  conceded, 
is  calculated  to  produce  a  more  unhappy  effect  upon  the 
attainments  of  the  pupil,  than  to  enter  upon  the  determina- 
tive and  descriptive  parts,  without  the  requisite  familiarity 
with  the  preliminary  considerations  of  Terminology.  It  is 
pursuing  a  course  equally  injudicious  with  that  of  studying 
Trigonometrical  Analysis,  while  ignorant  of  Algebra. 

Such  teachers  as  may  have  occasion  to  use  this  treatise, 
and  as  would  wish  to  employ  it  in  conformity  with  the  views 
with  which  it  was  written,  will  adopt  a  course  with  their 
pupils,  considerably  different  from  that  now  in  use.  The 
Characteristic,  instead  of  the  general  descriptions,  is  intend- 
ed to  succeed  to  Terminology.  The  pupil  must  be  as- 
sisted to  determine  a  few  minerals  in  each  order,  and  then 
be  thrown  upon  his  own  resources  and  referred  directly  to 
the  mineral  kingdom.  Indeed  the  author  cannot  acquiesce 
in  the  method  so  often  pursued  of  attempting  to  illustrate 
to  the  beginner  in  succession,  the  general  descriptions  of  the 
species  by  the  exhibition  of  specimens.  The  utility  of  this 
practice,  it  is  believed  cannot  be  made  to  appear.  In  many 
instances,  it  seems  to  be  practiced  with  a  view  to  familiar- 
ize the  student  with  Terminology;  but  this  should  have 
been  acquired  systematically  by  itself,  as  the  preliminary 
to  every  other  knowledge  of  minerals. 

The  duty  of  the  Teacher  of  Mineralogy  appears  to  be 
best  discharged,  when  he  has  led  his  pupils  through  the 
consideration  of  the  properties  of  minerals,  exercised  them 
with  the  Characteristic,  and  engaged  them  fully  in  the  prac- 
tice of  the  science;  to  which  may  be  added,  the  opening 
to  them  eventually  of  a  collection  of  specimens,  arranged 
so  as  to  exhibit  the  most  important  relations  of  the  species, 
as  well  as  to  illustrate  the  contents  of  each  in  all  the  se- 


PREFACE.  XI 

ries  of  its  properties.  A  class  thus  instructed,  it  is  believ- 
ed will  soon  become  skilful  in  the  practice  of  the  art, 
and  be  able  to  form  a  proper  conception  of  the  contents  of 
the  mineral  kingdom.  As  to  what  relates  to  the  geographi- 
cal and  geological  distribution  and  economical  uses,  as  well 
as  to  the  literature  of  the  science,  this  will  best  be  learned 
from  books ;  and  cannot  with  advantage  form  a  part  of  the 
elementary  communications  of  the  Lecturer.  The  same 
may  be  said  of  the  chemical  composition  of  the  species ;  a 
kind  of  information  which  may  be  introduced  properly 
enough  into  an  extended  course  of  instruction  on  the  science 
to  which  it  relates,  but,  which  should  wholly  be  excluded 
from  early  lessons  on  Mineralogy. 

The  author  trusts  that  he  has  not  overlooked  in  his  Charac- 
teristic any  well  authenticated  species  of  minerals.  To 
avoid  this,  he  has  had  constantly  at  hand  not  only  the  most  re- 
cent treatises  on  Mineralogy  in  English,  French,  and  German, 
but  likewise  the  Scientific  Journals  in  these  Languages,  as 
well  as  those  in  Swedish ;  and  he  hopes  that  as  a  recent 
catalogue  of  mineralogical  species,  his  work  may  afford 
some  interest  to  more  advanced  students  than  those  for 
whom  it  was  expressly  prepared. 

CHARLES  U.  SHEPARD. 

New  Haven,  June  1st,  1832. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

Page. 

§.  1.  Compass  of  the  Mineral  Kingdom, 1 

§ .  2.  Different  kinds  of  Knowledge  relating  to  Minerals,       .         .  2 

§ .  3.  Principal  Heads  of  Mineralogy,    .         .         .                  .        .  3 

§.  4.  Terminology, 3 

§.  5.  Classification, 3 

§.  6.  Nomenclature, 3 

§.  7.  Characteristic, 3 

§.8.  Description, 3 

§ .  9.  Method  to  be  followed  in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  Mineralogy,  4 

§.  10.  Individuals, 4 


PART  I. 

TERMINOLOGY.   . 

Introductory. 

§.11.  Individuals  produced  by  Crystallization,       ....  6 

§ .  12.  Imperfectly  formed  Minerals, 6 

§.  13.  Decomposed  Minerals, 7 

§.14.  Simple  Mineral, 8 

§.15.  Compound  Mineral, •        •  3 

B 


XIV  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Page. 

§.  16.  Mixed  Mineral, 8 

§ .  17.  Properties  of  Minerals, 9 

§.  18.  Division  of  the  Natural  Properties, 9 

SECTION  I. 

§.  19.  Crystal, 11 

§.20.  Object  of  Crystallography, 11 

§.21.  Planes  or  Faces, 12 

§.22.  Edges, 13 

§.  23.  Plane  Angle, .  13 

§.  24.  Solid  Angle, 14 

§.25.  Similar  Faces, 14 

§.26.  Similar  Edges, 14 

§ .  27.  Similar  Plane  Angles, 14 

§.28.  Similar  Solid  Angles, 15 

Considerations  upon  the  connexion  among  crystals,  and  the  rela- 
tions upon  which  it  depends. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

§.  29.  Certain  Mineral  species  affect  peculiar  crystalline  Forms,  16 

§ .  30.  Different  Forms  in  the  same  species, 16 

§.  31.  Derivation  of  different  Forms  within  a  species,    ...  18 

Consideration  of  fundamental  or  primary  Forms,  and  of  some  of 
their  geometrical  relations. 

§.  32.  Primary  Forms, 18 

§.33.  The  Cube, 19 

§ .  34.  The  regular  Tetrahedron, 19 

§.35.  The  regular  Octahedron, 20 

§.36.  The  rhombic  Dodecahedron, 21 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  XV 

Page. 

§.  37.  The  Octahedron  with  a  square  base, 22 

§.  38.  The  Octahedron  with  a  rectangular  base,    ....  22 

§ .  39.  The  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base,          ....  23 

§.40.  The  right  square  Prism, 23 

§.41,  The  right  rectangular  Prism, 24 

§.  42.  The  right  rhombic  Prism, 25 

§.  43.  The  right  oblique-angled  Prism, 25 

§.44.  The  oblique  rhombic  Prism, 26 

§ .  45.  The  doubly  oblique  Prism,           ......  27 

§.  46.  The  Rhomboid, 29 

§ .  47.  The  regular  hexagonal  Prism, 31 

Consideration  of  the  changes  to  which  the  Primary  Forms  of 
Crystals  are  subject. 

§ .  48.  Modifications  of  Primary  Forms, 31 

§ .  49.  Kinds  of  Modifications, 32 

§.  50.  Disposition  of  Secondary  Planes  regulated  by  symmetrical 

Laws, 33 

§.51.  Passage  of  one  Form  into  another, 48 

Of  the  imperfections  of  Crystals  in  respect  to  their  Form. 

§.  52.  Kinds  of  Imperfection  in  Form, 56 

§.  53.  Irregularities  depending  upon  the  Formation  of  the  Individu- 
als themselves, 56 

§.  54.  Irregularities  from  contact  with  other  Individuals,       .         .  58 

§.55.  System  of  Crystallization, .59 

§ .  56.  Series  of  Crystallization, 60 

§ .  57.  Methods  for  ascertaining  the  Angles  of  Crystals,          .         .  61 

§.58.  Structure, 68 

§.  59.  Cleavage, 68 

$,  60,  Cleavage  Planes, .69 


XVI  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Page. 

§,61.  Direction  of  Cleavage  constant,  , 69 

§.  62.  Form  of  Cleavage, 69 

§ .  63.  But  one  Form  of  Cleavage  (generally)  in  the  members  of  a 

species, 72 

§ .  64.  Relation  between  Forms  of  Cleavage  and  Crystals,     .         .  72 

§.  65.  Relation  between  Forms  of  Cleavage  and  Primary  Forms,  75 
§.  66.  Primary  Form,  in  the  Absence  of  Cleavage,  how  established,    75 

§ .  67.  Directions  for  ascertaining  the  Primary  Forms  of  Crystals,  76 

§.  68.  Fracture, 79 

§ .  69.  Kinds  of  Fracture, 79 

§.  70.  Surface, 80 

SECTION  II. 
Compound  Minerals. 

§.71.  Regular  and  Irregular  Composition,             ....  82 

§.72.  Regular  Composition  of  two  Individuals,     ....  83 

§.  73.  Regular  Composition  of  more  than  two  Individuals,     .         .  89 

§.  74.  Irregular  Composition.     Groupe  and  Geode  of  Crystals,  90 

§.  75.  Imitative  Shapes, 90 

§.  76.  Imitative  Shapes  originating  in  the  Groupes  of  Crystals,  91 

§ .  77.  Imitative  Shapes  arising  out  of  the  Geodes  of  Crystals,  91 

§.  78.  Amorphous  Composition, 93 

§.  79.  Accidental  Imitative  Shapes,       ......  94 

§.  80.  Regular  Accidental  Imitative  Shapes. — Pseudomorphoses,  94 

§.81.  Irregular  Accidental  Imitative  Shapes,        ....  97 

§.82.  Particles  of  Composition, 98 

§ .  83.  Single  and  Multiple  Composition, 100 

§ .  84.  Characteristic  Marks  of  Composition,          ....  100 

§.  85.  Structure  of  Compound  Minerals, 102 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  XV11 

Page. 
SECTION  III- 

The  natural  properties  common  to  both  Simple  and  Compound 
Minerals. 

§.86.  Division, 103 

The  Optical  Properties  of  Minerals. 

§.87.  Lustre,  Color,  Transparency,       .         .         .         .  .  103 

§.88.  Kinds  and  Intensity  of  Lustre, 104 

§ .  89.  Series  in  the  Differences  of  Lustre,     .....  106 

§.90.  Division  of  Colors, 106 

§.91.  Metallic  Colors, 107 

§ .  92.  Non-Metallic  Colors, 107 

§.  93.  Series  of  Colors, Ill 

§.  94.  Peculiarities  in  the  Occurrence  of  Colors,  .         .         .  Ill 

§.95.  The  Streak, 113 

§.9G.  Degrees  of  Transparency, 114 

The  Physical  Properties  of  Minerals. 

§.    97.  State  of  Aggregation, 115 

§.    98.  Hardness, 116 

§.    99.  Specific  Gravity, 120 

§.  100.  Magnetism, 123 

§.  101.  Electricity, 123 

§.  102.  Taste, .         .124 

§.  103.  Odor, 124 

PART  II. 

CLASSIFICATION. 

§.  104.  Identity,  130 

§.  105.  Difference,        .        .         .        .   ' 132 


XV111  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 


§.  106.  Species,     . 132 

§ .  107.  Transitions, 133 

§ .  108.  Two  kinds  of  Classification,       ......  134 

jlnalytical  System. 

§ .  109.  Division  of  the  Mineral  Kingdom  into  Classes,           «         .  139 
§.  110.  Division  of  the  Crystallized  Class  into  Orders,           .         .-141 

§.111.  Division  of  the  Semi-Crystallized  Class  into  Orders,           .  141 

§.  112.  Division  of  the  Uncrystallized  Class  into  Orders,       .         .  142 

§.  113.  Arrangement  of  the  Species  within  the  Orders,         .         .  153 

PART  III. 

NOMENCLATURE. 

§.  114.  General  Object  of  Nomenclature, 144 

§.  115.  Systematic  Nomenclature, 144 

§.  116.  Trivial  Nomenclature, .145 

§ .  117.  Nomenclature  in  an  Analytical  System,     ....  146 

PART  IV. 

CHARACTERISTIC. 

§.  118.  Definition, 147 

§.  119.  Properties  of  the  Characters, 147 

§.  120,  Characters  of  the  Classes  and  Orders,        .'  148 

§.121.  Characters  for  the  Species, 148 

§ .  122.  Use  of  the  Characteristic, 150 

Characters  of  the  Species  in  Class  I, 154 

Characters  of  the  species  in  Class  II,             202 

Characters  of  the  Species  in  Class  III, 212 

Alphabetical  list  of  imperfectly  examined  Minerals,      .        .        .  243 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  XIX 

PART  V. 

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Page. 
§.  123.  Definition, 249 

§.  124.  Objects  of  Physiography, 250 

§.125.  General  Description  of  the  Species,           ....    251 
§.  126.  Arrangement  of  the  General  Description,          .         .         .     252 
§ .  127.  Collective  Descriptions  independent  of  all  Systems,           .    255 
§.  128.  Additional  Information  appended  to  the  Collective  Descrip- 
tions,     255 


ERRATA. 

Page. 

16, 

18, 

103, 

Omissions  in  a  part  of  the  edition. 

214,    insert  between  lines  21  and  22,  a  line  of  separation. 
226,    6th  line,  insert  fl  before  Dolomite. 
238,    9th    "         "     IT      "       lolite. 
238,  16th    "         "     IF      "       Dysluite, 


Line. 

Error. 

Correction. 

9, 

as, 

is. 

16, 

adapted, 

adopted. 

26, 

characters, 

properties. 

INTRODUCTION. 


§.   1.  COMPASS  OF  THE  MINERAL  KINGDOM. 

THE  Mineral  Kingdom  includes  all  inorganic,  natural  pro- 
ductions. 

Natural  productions  are  divisible  into  two  great  classes ;  the  one 
consisting  of  organic,  the  other  of  inorganic  bodies.  These  classes 
have  nothing  in  common,  except  the  general  properties  of  matter. 
Organic  bodies  are  composed  of  integrant  parts  essentially  different 
in  the  same  individual,  in  their  consistence  and  composition,  no  les? 
than  in  their  situation  and  use ;  while  inorganic  bodies,  on  the  con- 
trary, are  made  up  of  similar  particles,  any  of  which  taken  sepa- 
rately present  the  properties  of  the  whole.  The  growth,  or  forma- 
tion of  inorganic  bodies  is  dependent  solely  upon  molecular  attrac- 
tion ;  whilst  in  the  other  class,  the  arrangement  of  the  particles  is 
influenced  by  an  additional  foice  often  conducting  them  by  a  long 
and  Circuitous  route  before  they  reach  their  appropriate  deposits: 
this  modifying  force  is  known  under  the  name  of  vitality.  When  the 
power  which  governs  the  formation  of  inorganic  bodies  has  com- 
pleted its  action,  the  bodies  remain  in  a  passive  state ;  and  the  dis- 
union of  their  molecules,  by  any  external  force,  destroys  their  ex- 
istence. Organic  bodies,  on  the  other  hand,  are  never  in  a  passive 
state-  They  constantly  accumulate,  and  part  with,  new  molecules; 
and  cease  to  exist,  when  the  acquisition  of  additional  particles  can  no 
longer  take  place. 

Inorganic  bodies  are  altogether  comprehended  under  the  name  of 
Minerals.  An  attempt  has  been  made  to  divide  the  inorganic  class 
into  two  divisions,  according  as  they  constitute  the  solid  mass  of  the 
globe,  or  the  fluid  mass  of  the  atmosphere  ;  and  hence  the  distinc- 
tion which  has  been  proposed  of  Jltmospherilia  and  Fossils.  But, 
as  it  refers  solely  to  the  state  of  bodies,  whether  they  are  gaseous 
or  concrete,  and  to  their  situation,  whether  within  the  earth  or 
around  it,  it  obviously  possesses,  too  slender  grounds  to  be  proposed 
as  a  logical  distinction ;  and  has  not,  accordingly,  been  acknowledged 
by  the  majority  of  naturalists.  The  term,  fossil,  is  at  present-more 

1 


55  INTRODUCTION. 

correctly  applied  to  denote  organic  remains,  found  imbedded  in  the 
earth. 

§.  2.  DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF   KNOWLEDGE  RELATING  TO 
MINERALS. 

MINERALS  may  be  studied  as  so  many  different  objects 
with  a  view  to  their  recognition :  this  kind  of  information  is 
denominated  Mineralogy.  Minerals  may  be  studied  again, 
with  a  view  to  learn  their  composition,  or  their  chemical 
relations :  this  knowledge  forms  a  part  of  Chemistry.  They 
may  be  studied  also  for  the  purpose  of  elucidating  the  gen- 
eral structure  and  arrangements  of  the  earth :  this  pertains 
to  Geology.  They  may  be  studied  as  respects  their  dis- 
tribution over  the  face  of  the  earth :  this  is  a  branch  of 
Physical  Geography.  Finally,  they  may  be  studied  with 
regard  to  tlftir  applications  to  the  arts:  this  is  a  part  of 
Economy. 

The  relations  which  exist  between  the  different  kinds  of  knowl- 
edge just  enumerated  are  very  important.  Mineralogy  may  indeed 
be  said  to  be  independent  of  all  the  other  sciences  which  relate  to 
minerals,  having  nothing  to  perform  except  their  determination,  and 
the  description  of  their  natural  properties.  But,  Chemistry  requires 
the  information  which  it  is  the  business  of  Mineralogy  to  supply  at 
the  commencement  of  its  inquiries  concerning  these  bodies,  in  order 
to  designate  the  objects  about  which  its  peculiar  researches  are  em- 
ployed. Geology  in  like  manner  presupposes  a  considerable  ac- 
quaintance with  Mineralogy,  for  it  is  impossible  for  mountain 
masses  to  be  distinguished  except  from  a  mineralogical  knowledge 
of  their  ingredients;  and  Economy  cannot  avail  itself  of  sub- 
stances wrhich  it  is  unable  to  recognize,  or  Geography  indicate  the 
distribution  of  objects  who^o  names  are  unknown.  Mineralogy 
enables  us  to  apply  to  minerals  whatever  is  taught  in  other  sciences, 
by  determining  the  objects  treated  of  by  them ;  and  its  true  value 
becomes  apparent,  if  we  reflect  that  whatever  knowledge  we  may 
possess  concerning  minerals,  it  is  little  better  than  useless,  if  we 


INTRODUCTION.  3 

are  unable  to  indicate  with  certainty  the  particular  species  to  which 
it  belongs. 

§.  3.  PRINCIPAL  HEADS  OF  MINERALOGY. 

THE  development  of  Mineralogy  involves  the  following 
general  heads:  viz.  1.  Terminology,  2.  Classification,  3. 
Nomenclature,  4.  Characteristic,  5.  Description. 

§.  4.  TERMINOLOGY. 

Terminology  consists  in  an  explanation  of  the  natural 
properties  employed  in  recognizing  and  describing  minerals, 
and  of  the  language  or  technical  terms  used  in  this  expla- 
nation. 

§.  5.  CLASSIFICATION. 

Classification  settles  the  idea  of  the  species,  and  the 
principles  upon  which  their  arrangement  depends. 

§.  6.  NOMENCLATURE. 

Nomenclature  furnishes  the  names  and  denominations 
applied  to  minerals. 

§.  7.  CHARACTERISTIC. 

% 

The  characteristic  is  confined  to  certain  marks,  or  differ- 
ences, arranged  systematically,  for  the  purpose  of  enabling 
us  to  distinguish  the  members  of  one  division,  class,  or  spe- 
cies from  those  of  another. 

§.  8.  DESCRIPTION. 

The  description  of  minerals  consists  in  an  enumeration 
of  all  their  natural  properties ;  and  is  intended  to  produce 
&  distinct  image  of  individuals. 


4  INTRODUCTION. 

§.  9.  METHOD  TO  BE  FOLLOWED  IN  ACQUIRING  A  KNOWL- 
EDGE OF  MINERALS. 

The  course  to  be  adopted  by  persons  aiming  at  a  thorough  ac- 
quaintance with  the  inorganic  kingdom,  consists,  in  the  first  place, 
in  studying  the  properties  of  these  bodies,  and  in  acquiring  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  terms  by  which  they  are  designated.  This  will  require 
as  a  preliminary,  a  familiarity  with  a  few  definitions  in  geometry  ; 
and  afterwards,  access  to  a  collection  of  minerals  arranged  on  pur- 
pose to  illustrate  the  properties. in  question.  The  remaining  princi- 
ples of  Mineralogy  being  understood,  the  student  should  apply  him- 
self at  once  to  the  Characteristic,  or  the  means  of  arriving  at  the 
names  of  unknown  minerals  through  the  use  of  the  artificial  system  : 
the  names  attained,  he  will  be  led,  by  having  recourse  to  an  alpha- 
betical index,  without  farther  inconvenience,  to  a  full  account  of 
their  nature  from  the  catalogue  of  species',  in  which  all  the  knowl- 
edge possessed,  concerning  minerals,  is  systematically  detailed. 

After  his  acquaintance  with  the  majority  of  the  species  is  formed, 
he  will  be  prepared  to  enter  upon  that  higher  and  more  interesting 
field,  where  the  affinities  of  the  different  species  are  sought  out  with 
a  view  to  discover  the  more  comprehensive  unities  of  genera,  orders 
and  classes  which  exist  in  the  science,  and  whose  survey  is  always 
attended  with  a  high  degree  of  satisfaction,  as  offering  to  the  mind, 
at  a  single  glance,  the  various  degrees  of  resemblance  with  which 
nature  itself  has  impressed  her  own  productions. 

§.   10.  INDIVIDUALS. 

An  inorganic  production  which  is  a  single  body  is  con- 
sidered as  an  Individual  in  the  mineral  kingdom. 

A  crystal  of  Quartz,  Iron-pyrites,  or  Topaz,  is  an  individual  in  the 
highest  sense  of  the  word,  since  within  the  space  occupied  by  its 
form,  there  exists  a  similar  kind  of  matter  in  a  state  of  insular  exist- 
ence, being  every  where  cut  off  from  union  with  other  individuals 
of  the  same,  or  of  different  kinds  of  matter;  A  distinct  concretion  of 
granular  Limestone  is  also  an  individual,  -although  circumstances 
have  prevented  it  from  assuming  its  regular  shape.  Such  produc- 
tions are  to  be  viewed  as  independent  wholes,  and  capable  of  con- 
sideration without  regard  to  their  connexion  with  other  individuals  j 


INTRODUCTION.  «5 

in  the  same  manner  as  an  entire  plant,  or  an  entire  animal  is  capa- 
ble of  the  same  process. 

There  are  many  inorganic  bodies  incapable  of  being  considered 
as  wholes ;  because  they  are  not  limited  toward  their  boundaries  in 
any  determinate  manner.  To  such  belong  Water,  Atmospheric-air, 
and  in  general,  those  bodies  which  are  fluid  at  natural  temperatures. 
They  may,  and  undoubtedly  do,  consist  of  a  great  many  individuals; 
but  the  imperfection  of  our  organs  place  them  beyond  the  reach  of 
examination,  and  compel  us  to  study  them  in  masses.  In  this  situa- 
tion with  respect  to  these  bodies,  we  may  indeed  compare  our  case 
with  that  of  the  botanist  who  is  permitted  to  view  a  verdant  mass  of 
vegetation  only  from  a  distance,  instead  of  examining  nearer  by, 
the  individual  forms  of  which  it  is  composed. 


TERMINOLOGY, 

PART    I. 
TERMINOLOGY. 

INTRODUCTORY. 
§.  11.  INDIVIDUALS  PRODUCED  BY  CRYSTALLIZATION. 

The  power  which  gives  rise  to  individuals,  is  called  Crys- 
tallization. 

When  minerals  assume  the  state  of  individuality,  or  in  other  words, 
pass  from  the  fluid  to  the  solid  state,  they  acquire  not  only  regularity 
of  shape,  but  cohesion,  weight,  and  different  relations  to  light;  and, 
hence,  these  properties,  also,  must  be  considered  as  the  products  of 
crystallization.  Their  entire  assemblage  in  any  one  case,  is  the 
mineral  itself ;  at  least  so  far  as  it  is  an  object  of  Mineralogy. 

Minerals  upon  which  the  power  of  crystallization  has  never  ex- 
erted its  force,  are  destitute  of  these  properties,  and  accordingly  not 
possessed  of  individuality.  They  are  mere  shapeless  masses  which 
find  a  place  in  the  mineralogical  system,  only,  because  they  are 
natural  productions. 

Temperature  exercises  a  controlling  influence  over  the  crystalli- 
.  zation  of  minerals.  Water  and  Mercury  assume  the  condition  of  in- 
dividuality if  their  temperature  be  sufficiently  reduced  ;  while  on  the 
on  the  other  hand,  Native  bismuth,  Silver  and  many  others  resign 
this  state,  and  become  liquid,  if  their  temperature  is  elevated  to  a 
certain  point.  On  this  account,  it  becomes  necessary  to  fix  the  de- 
gree of  temperature  in  which  minerals  shall  be  considered  ;  and  the 
ordinary  temperature,  in  which  water  is  fluid,  has  accordingly  been 
agreed  upon. 

§.  12.  IMPERFECTLY  FORMED  MINERALS. 

Those  minerals  are  said  to  be  imperfectly  formed,  which 
are  deficient  in  any  of  those  properties,  which  distinguish 
the  finished  productions  of  crystallization. 


INTRODUCTORY    OBSERVATIONS.  7 

In  these  bodies  the  power  of  crystallization  appears  to  have  been 
interrupted  during  their  formation,  and  they  have  accordingly  been 
left  in  an  incomplete  state.  Examples  of  this  kind  may  be  seen  in 
uncrystallized  Quartz,  massive  Garnet,  and  common  Feldspar.  Such 
minerals  are  in  a  similar  condition  with  the  defective  or  monstrous 
individuals  occurring  in  the  organic  kingdom.  It  will  not  appear 
strange,  moreover,  that  they  should  on  the  whole  be  much  more 
numerous  among  inanimate  bodies  than  among  living  beings  ;  since 
the  individualizing  power  in  the  former,  beside  being  confined  to  a 
single  cause,  viz.  that  of  crystallization,  (§.  11.)  is  liable  to  be  af- 
fected by  a  much  greater  variety  of  accidents  than  the  latter. 

§.   13.  DECOMPOSED  MINERALS. 

Decomposed  minerals  are  those  which  have  lost  some  of 
those  properties  derived  from  the  power  of  crystallization. 

Decomposed  minerals  are,  either,  only  impaired  in  the  color,  lus- 
ter, and  hardness  of  their  crystals,  while  the  form  is  preserved, 
as  is  the  case  with  Laumonite,  or  they  are  reduced  to  the  form  of 
powder  and  shapeless  masses,  wholly  destitute  of  regular  structure, 
lustre,  or  constant  degrees  of  hardness,  and  specific  gravity,  as  in 
the  instance  of  Porcelain  clay,  derived  from  the  decomposition  of 
Feldspar.  Such  bodies,  obviously,  are  no  more  proper  objects  of 
mineralogical  determination  than  are  the  decayed  portions  of  a  plant 
of  botanical  consideration.  Still,  it  will  generally  be  possible  to  dis- 
cover what  a  decomposed  mineral  has  been  in  its  natural  state, 
though  to  effect  this  we  must  employ  a  different  method  from  that 
adopted  in  determining  other  minerals. 

Decomposed  minerals  are  of  rare  occurrence,  except  at  the  im- 
mediate surface  of  the  earth,  where  minerals  are  exposed  to  a  va- 
riety of  mechanical  forces  in  addition  to  the  chemical  agency  of 
heat,  air,  and  moisture.  Still  the  progress  actually  made  by  these 
disintegrating  and  decomposing  agents  is  very  limited.  Many  min- 
erals continue  to  preserve  the  integrity  of  their  characters,  though 
almost  impalpably  reduced  in  size ;  and  immense  surfaces  of  rock 
remain  apparently  unaltered  from  age  to  age  amidst  this  incessant 
warfare. 


8  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  15.  SIMPLE  MINERAL. 

A  single  individual,  or  a  part  of  one,  in  the  inorganic 
kingdom  is  called  a  simple  mineral. 

A  crystal  of  Quartz,  or  a  fragment  of  one  is  therefore  a  simple 
mineral :  a  distinct  concretion  of  Limestone  is  likewise  a  simple 
mineral.  No  allusion  to  the  chemical  composition  of  a  mineral  is 
to  be  understood  by  the  term  simple :  a  simple  mineral  maybe  com- 
posed of  a  single  element  as  is  the  fact  with  regard  to  a  crystal  of 
Diamond,  or  it  may  be  composed  of  several  as  in  a  crystal  of  Em- 
erald. 

§.   15.  COMPOUND  MINERAL. 

An  inorganic  substance   consisting  of  more  than  one  in- 
dividual of  the  same  kind  is  called  a  compound  mineral. 

Examples  of  compound  minerals  may  be  seen  in  specimens  of  Fluor 
made  up  of  many  distinct  crystalline  masses,  or  in  a  mass  of  granular 
Limestone  or  fibrous  Haematite.  They  are  produced  whenever 
several  individuals  of  the  same  kind  are  formed  within  a  common 
space  where  the  contact  is  too  close  to  allow  of  their  assuming  their 
regular  form.  Therefore  the  individuals  which  form  a  compound 
mineral,  do  not  possess  regularity. 

§.  16.  MIXED  MINERAL. 

A  mixed  mineral  consists  of  two  or  more  simple  miner- 
als of  different  kinds  united  together. 

Granite,  which  is  an  aggregate  formed  of  Quartz,  Feldspar  and 
Mica,  is  a  mixed  mineral.  Porphyries,  Lavas  and  most  Slaty  rocks 
are  of  the  same  denomination.  With  these,  Mineralogy  has  no 
concern ;  it  having  already  performed  its  duty  as  respects  them  in 
ascertaining  the  nature  of  their  ingredients,  or,  in  other  words,  of 
the  simple  minerals  which  compose  them. 


INTRODUCTORY    OBSERVATIONS. 

§.   17.  PROPERTIES  OF  MINERALS. 

The  properties,  or  characters  of  minerals  may  be  said  to* 
be  of  two  kinds :  the  first  consisting  of  those  which  miner- 
als exhibit  while  in  their  natural  state  ;  and  the  second  of 
those  observed  during,  or  after  a  change  has  been  produ- 
ced in  their  nature.  The  former  of  these  are  termed  Nat- 
ural characters ;  the  latter  Chemical  characters. 

The  natural  characters  comprehend  their  color,  different  degrees 
of  hardness  and  transparency,  the  kinds  oflustre,  the  regular  forms, 
the  various  sorts  of  aggregation  under  which  compound  minerals 
exist,  the  specific  gravity  and  taste  of  minerals.  The  chemical 
characters  are  those  whose  use  effects  the  decomposition  of  a  min- 
eral, or  which  induce  an  obvious  alteration  in  its  state ;  of  this  kind 
are  the  fusibility  of  minerals,  or  their  behavior  before  the  blowpipe, 
their  solubility  in  acids  and  the  accompanying  phenomena,  phos- 
phorescence by  heat,  and  chemical  analysis  with  a  view  to  learn  the 
quality  of  the  composing  ingredients  and  the  order  in  which  they 
are  present. 

The  natural  characters  only,  are  employed  either  in  the  Descrip- 
tion or  Characteristic  of  the  science.  The  chemical  characters  ap- 
pertain to  Chemistry,  and  require  to  be  enumerated  and  explained 
in  a  mineralogical  work,  merely  to  render  intelligible  the  results  of 
Chemistry,  which  are  appended  to  the  descriptions  of  minerals,  with 
the  design  of  enlarging,  as  far  as  possible,  our  knowledge  of  these 
bodies. 

§.   18.  DIVISION  OF  THE  NATURAL  PROPERTIES. 

The  natural  properties  of  minerals  are  divided  into,  1. 
Such  as  refer  to  simple ;  2.  Such  as  refer  to  compound 
minerals  ;  3.  Such  as  are  common  to  both. 

The  first  division  will  consist  of  those  which  can  be  observed  only 
in  an  individual  itself,  or  in  a  fragment  of  an  individual.  To  such 
belong  the  geometrical  properties,  or  such  as  refer  to  space  ;  the 
relations  of  structure,  of  surface,  and  the  phenomena  of  refraction. 
The  second  division  embraces  the  relations  of  composition,  the 


10  TERMINOLOGY. 

forms  of  compound  minerals,  and  the  mode  of  junction  of  the  indi- 
viduals of  these  compositions.  The  third  division  relates  to  those 
characters  which  are  not  affected  by  the  simple  or  the  compound 
nature  of  the  mineral ;  as  color,  lustre,  transparency,  hardness, 
specific  gravity,  the  state  of  aggregation,  magnetism,  electricity, 
taste  and  odor. 

The  Terminology  of  the  science  will,  therefore,  be  treated  of  in 
three  sections,  to  which  will  be  added,  in  notes,  some  account 
of  the  chemical  characters,  since  these  fall  rather  within  the  science 
of  Chemistry  than  of  Mineralogy . 


11 


SECTION    I. 

§.  19.  CRYSTAL. 

The  term  crystal  is  applied  to  a  body  consisting  of  con- 
tinuous, similar  matter,  which  has  been  formed  by  nature, 
within  a  regularly  limited  space. 

It  is  necessary  to  the  idea  of  a  crystal,  that  the  entire  space  it  oc- 
cupies should  be  made  up  of  particles,  between  which  there  is  no 
distinguishable  difference,  except  indeed  those  variations  which  may 
occasionally  arise  out  of  the  relations  of  light.  This  limitation  is 
requisite  in  order  to  exclude  certain  minerals  found  under  regular 
shapes  and  composed  of  similar  matter,  but  between  whose  particles 
there  is  observed  an  evident  distinction.  Of  this  sort  are  what  are 
denominated  pseudomorphous  crystals,  between  which,  and  the 
bodies  intended  to  come  under  the  above  signification,  there  exist 
too  many  dissimilarities  to  allow  their  being  treated  of  together. 

The  term  crystal  cannot  be  extended  either  to  such  minerals  as 
require,  in  order  to  present  a  regular  shape,  to  have  any  of  their 
parts  detached :  since  it  is  requisite  by  the  above  definition  that  a 
crystal  should  be  left  by  nature  within  a  regularly  limited  space. 

The  idea  of  transparency  which*  mankind  in  general  attach  to 
crystals  is  of  course  incorrect,  as  the  largest  portion  of  these  bodies 
are  opaque. 

§.  20.  OBJECT  or  CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 

The  object  of  Crystallography  is  to  ascertain  the  form 
of  crystals,  with  a  view  to  explain  the  relations  and  differ- 
ences existing  among  them.* 


*  History  of  Crystallography, — The  knowledge  of  the  fact,  that  in- 
organic substances  affect  a  great  variety  of  regular  shapes,  appears  to 
have  been  prevalent  at  an  early  period.  Several  of  the  precious  stones, 


12  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  21.  PLANES  OR  FACES. 

The  surfaces  which  limit  a  crystal  are  termed  its  planes 
or  faces. 

The  surface  of  crystals  are  not  always  perfectly  plane,  being  some- 
times slightly  spherical,  as  in  some  particular  modifications  of  the 
Diamond;  although  in  crystallography  they  are  considered  as  per- 
fect planes. 


as  the  Diamond,  the  Emerald,  and  the  Topaz,  as  well  as  the  ores  of  certain 
metals,  and  the  many  earthy  minerals  occurring  in  metallic  veins,  as 
Quartz,  Heavy-spar  and  Fluor  were  among  the  instances  of  crystallized 
minerals  the  most  familiar  to  mankind.  Notwithstanding,  several  of 
these  forms  were  known  to  be  constant  in  their  shape,  besides  being- 
identical  with  some  of  the  regular  solids  of  geometry,  still  they  contin- 
ued until  the  time  of  Linnaeus,  to  be  regarded  as  the  results  of  mere  ac- 
cident or  chance.  This  philosopher  appears  to  have  been  the  first  to 
consider  them  as  the  products  of  fixed  laws,  and  to  imagine  that  the  study 
of  their  relations  might  be  of  utility  in  the  recognition  of  minerals.  In 
1772,  Rome  de  Lisle  published  the  first  general  treatise  upon  crystallog- 
raphy; in  which  he  made  known  a  great  number  of  crytals  never  be- 
fore noticed  by  naturalists.  He  determined  the  angles  of  their  planes, 
and  established  the  important  fact,  that  the  angles  are  invariable 
among  the  individuals  of  the  same  variety.  Afterwards,  Bergmann  and 
Hatty  made  a  contemporaneous  observation  relative  to  the  internal  struc- 
ture of  crystals,  from  which  they  inferred,  that  the  direction  of  the 
cleavage  was  constant  in  all  crystals  of  the  same  substance,  whatever 
might  be  their  form.  From  this  fact  Bergmann  contented  himself  with 
forming  the  supposition  that  the  various  forms  assumed  by  the  different 
individuals  of  any  one  substance,  might  be  conceived  to  flow  from  a  sin- 
gle parent  or  derivative  form,  through  the  operation  of  certain  decre- 
ments, upon  its  edges  and  angles.  But  Hatty  verified  the  observation 
concerning  cleavage,  in  every  species  in  which  it  was  possible  to  dis- 
cover the  natural  joints,  and  by  connecting  with  it,  his  ingenious  theory 
relating  to  the  forms  and  dimensions  of  the  molecules,  of  which  he  con- 
ceived the  primary  forms  were  composed,  he  proceeded  to  unfold,  math- 
ematically, the  laws  of  decrernent  by  which  the  secondary  forms  might 
be  produced  ;  and  thus  elevated  crystallography  to  the  rank  of  a  geomet- 
rical science. 


OF    FORMS  IX    GENERAL.  13 

The  planes,  or  faces  of  a  crystal  receive  certain  names  according 
to  these  faces,  as  for  instance,  triangular  faces,  rhombic  faces,  &c. ; 
and  also  according  to  the  forms  which  they  limit,  as/aces  of  the 
Cube,  of  the  Octahedron,  &c. 

§.  22.  EDGES, 

The  lines  produced  by  the  meeting  of  the  planes  or  fa- 
ces are  termed  edges. 

The  edges  are  denominated,  not  only  according  to  the  forms  to 
which  they  belong,  but  also  as  respects  their  peculiar  situation 
in  these  forms,  as  will  be  illustrated  hereafter. 

§.  23.  PLANE  ANGLE. 
The  meeting  of  any  two  edges  forms  a  plane  angle.* 


*  Elementary  definitions. —  The  measure,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  termed, 
the  value  of  an  angle,  is  the  number  of  degrees,  minutes,  &c.  of  which 
it  consists ;  these  being  determined  by  the  portion  of  a  circle  which 
would  be  intercepted  by  the  two  lines  forming  the  angle,  supposing  the 
point  of  their  meeting  to  be  in  the  centre  of  the  circle.  For  the  pur- 
pose of  measuring  angles,  the  circle  is  dividecUinto  360  equal  parts,  which 
are  called  degrees ;  each  degree  into  60  equal  parts  which  are  called 
minutes;  and  each  minute  into  60  seconds  ;  and  these  divisions  are  thus 
designated  :  360°,  60',  60",— the  °  signifying  degrees,  the  '  minutes,  the 
"  seconds. 

If  £  of  the  circle,  or  90°,  be  intercepted  by  the 
two  lines  a  o,  o  b,  Fig.  1,  which  meet  at  an  an- 
gle a  o  b  in  the  the  centre,  those  lines  are 
perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  the  angle  at 
which  they  meet  is  said  to  measure  90°,  and 
i  termed  a  right  angle.  If  less  than  4  of  the  a 
circle  be  so  intercepted,  as  by  the  lines  b  0, 
o  c.  the  angle  b  o  c,  will  measure  less  than  90°. 
and  is  said  to  be  acute.  If  it  measure  more 
than  90°,  a^  it  would  if  the  angle  were  formed  by  the  lines  a  o,  o  c,  ii  is 
called  obtuse. 

2 


14  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  24.  SOLID  ANGLE. 

-The  meeting  of  three  or  more  plane  angles  forms  a  solid 
angle. 

The  solid  angle  is  denominated  according  to  the  particular  form 
in  which  it  is  found,  and  also  agreeably  to  its  situation  and  quality. 
Thus  we  say,  solid  angles  of  the  Octahedron,  prismatic  solid  angles. 
&c. 

§.  25.  SIMILAR  FACES. 

Those  faces  of  a  regular  form  are  said  to  be  similar  to 
one  another,  whose  corresponding  edges  are  proportional, 
and  whose  corresponding  angles  are  equal. 

In  crystals,  similar  faces  are  not  always  equal  to  each  other  in  their 
dimensions.  Sometimes  a  single  face  is  more  enlarged  than  the  rest. 
In  such  a  case,  its  similarity  is  inferred  from  its  situation.  Crystal- 
lography, in  developing  the  relations  of  crystals  to  each  other,  takes 
no  notice  of  such  irregularities,  inasmuch  as  they  are  accidental ; 
but  investigates  their  forms  as  they  are  presented  in  their  highest 
regularity  and  perfection. 

§.  2§.  SIMILAR  EDGES. 

Edges  are  said  to  be  similar  when  formed  by  the  meet- 
ing of  faces  equally  inclined  to  each  other. 

In  crystals,  the  length  of  the  edges,  produced  by  the  meeting  of 
faces  respectively  similar,  is  liable  to  variation  from  the  same  cause 
which  produces  irregularities  among  similar  faces.  Disparity  in 
length,  therefore,  does  not  affect  the  idea  of  their  similarity. 

§.  27.  SIMILAR  PLANE  ANGLES. 

Plane  angles  are  similar  when  they  are  equal,  and  con- 
tained within  similar  edges,  respectively. 


OF  FORMS  IN  GENERAL. 


15 


§.  28.  SIMILAR  SOLID  ANGLES. 

Solid  angles  are  similar  when  formed  of  an  equal  number 
of  plane  angles,  of  which  the  corresponding  ones  are  similar. 

Similar  solid  angles  may  be  wholly  made  up  of  similar  plane  an- 
gles; or  there  may  exist  a  degree  of  dissimilarity  among  them,  pro- 
vided this  dissimilarity  corresponds  in  both :  in  the  former  case 
they  are  said  to  be  equiangular,  and  in  the  latter  unequiangular. 

A  solid  angle,  formed  of  three,  four,  five,  &c.  faces,  is  said  to  be 
a  solid  angle  of  three  faces,  a  solid  angle  of  four  faces,  &c.* 

*  Elementary  definitions. — A  triangle  is  a  plane  figure  contained 
within  three  sides.  When  the  sides  are  equal  it  is  called  an  equilateral 
triangle.  Fig.  2.  The  angles  of  an  equilateral  triangle  are  equal.  A 
triangle  having  but  two  equal  sides  is  called  an  isosceles  triangle.  Fig. 
3,  and  4.  In  Fig.  3,  the  two  equal  sides  contain  an  angle  less  than  90°  ; 
and  in  Fig.  4,  an  angle  greater  than  90° ;  Fig.  3,  is  therefor. ecalled  an 
acute  triangle,  and  Fig.  4,  an  obtuse  triangle.  The  unequal  side  b  c, 
is  termed  the  base  of  the  triangle.  The  angles  a  b  c  and  a  c  b,  which 
are  adjacent  to  the  base,  are  equal  to  one  another.  A  triangle  with  all 
its  sides  unequal  is  termed  a  scalene  triangle  ;  Fig.  5,  in  which,  all  the 
-angles  also,  are  unequal. 

Fig.  2.  Fig.  3.  Fig.  4.  Fig.  5. 


A  square  has  four  equal  sides.     Fig,  6.     Its  angles  are  right  angles. 
A  rectangle  has  its  opposite  sides,  only,  equal  ;  its  adjacent  sides  .ir 
unequal.     Fig,  7.     Like  the  square  its  angles,  are  all  right  angles. 

Fig.  6.  Fig.  7.  Fig.  8. 


A  rhomb  has  four  equal  sides.  Fig.  8.    Two  of  its  angles,  as  a  and  c  are 
obtuse ;  the  other  two,  d  and  6,  aj-e  acute. 


Iti  TERMINOLOGY. 

CONSIDERATIONS  UPON  THE  CONNEXION  AMONG  CRYSTALS, 
AND  THE  RELATIONS  UPON  WHICH  IT  DEPENDS. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

§.  29.  Certain  mineral  species  affect  peculiar  crystalline 
forms. 

Numerous  observations  have  fully  established  the  fact,  that  cer- 
tain geometrical  forms  are  constantly  found  in  connexion  with  cer- 
tain mineral  substances,  while  others  are  never  seen  in  such  con- 
nexion. Thus  the  Cube,  as  found  in  Common  Salt,  the  hexagonal 
Prism  in  the  Emerald,  the  rhombic  Prism  in  Heavy  Spar,  and  the 
Rhomboid  in  Carbonate  of  Lime  :  while  the  hexagonal  Prism  is  never 
found  in  Common  Salt,  the  Rhomboid  in  Emerald^  or  the  Cube  in 
Carbonate  of  Lime. 

§.  30.  Several  different  forms  are   frequently  found  in 
the  different  individuals  of  the  same  species. 

In  this  observation,  (which  limits  §.  29,)  it  must  be  understood, 
that  the  slightest  deviation  between  two  crystals,  such  as  would 
arise  out  of  the  absence  of  the  smallest  perceptible  portion  of  an 
edge,  or  of  an  angle,  and  its  replacement  by  a  regular  face,  would 
require  these  crystals  to  be  considered  as  different  inform.  While, 
however,  many  of  the  differences  alluded  to  in  the  present  observa- 
tion, are  of  this  sort,  or  such  as  may  be  considered  modifications  of  one 
predominating  form,  there  exist  others,  which  are  more  obvious.  An 


An  oblique  angled  parallelogram^  Fig.  9,  Fig.  9. 

has  its  opposites  sides,  as  a b  and  dc  parallel ;      & <* 

but  its  adjacent  sides,  as  aft  and  &c,  and  adja-        \  \ 

cent  angles,  as  b  and  c  unequal.  \  \ 

The  term  rhombic  is  applied  as  an  adjective  c  $ 

to  the  planes  of  such  solids  as  present  planes 

of  the   figure  of  the  rhomb,  and  that  of  rectangular  to  such  as  refer  tQ 
the  rectangle. 


CONNEXION    OF    FORMS. 


17 


example  of  both  these  kinds  of  difference  may  be  seen  in  the  crys- 
tals of  Iron  Pyrites,  Figs.  10,  11,  12,  and  13 ; 


Fig.  10. 


Fig.  11. 


Fig.  12. 


Fig.  13. 


in  those  of  Carbonate  of  Lime,  Figs.  14,  15,  and  16; 

Fig.  14.  Fig.  15.  Fig.  16. 

~  c 


aid  in  those  of  Uranite.     Figs.  17,  18,  and  19.* 

Fig,  17.  Fig.  13.  Fig.  19. 


The  different  forms  in  each  of  these  substances  have  a  constant 
uniformity  in  the  value  of  their  respective  angles;  and  individuals 
belonging  to  them,  though  from  the  most  remote  situations,  present 
not  the  slightest  variation  in  this  respect. 


*  Fig.  11  is  obviously,  a  mere  modification  of  Fig.  10;  Fig.  12  of  11, 
the  difference  being,  that  in  12,  the  faces  o  are  considerably  more  exten- 
ded than  in  11 ;  13  is  a  modification  of  12,  in  which  the  faces  o  are  pro- 
duced so  as  to  extinguish  the  planes  a,  seen  in  11  and  12.  Between  Figs. 
14  and  15,  the  difference  is  not  so  easily  explained  ;  while,  we  have  only 
to  conceive  of  the  enlargement  of  c  at  both  extremities  of  the  prism,  Fig. 
15,  in  order  to  form  Fig.  16. 

2* 


18  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  31.  The  different  crystalline  forms  belonging  to  each 
species  may  be  conceived  to  be  derived,  by  certain  laws, 
from  one  type,  or  fundamental  form. 

This  derivation  is  based  upon  the  obvious  relations  presented  by 
the  different  forms  of  the  same  mineral  species,  (§.  30.)  as  well  as 
upon  certain  peculiarities  visible  in  their  internal  structure,  to  be 
developed  hereafter. 

To  become  acquainted  with  the  almost  innumerable  forms  of  crys- 
tals, without  the  aid  of  some  arrangement  would  be  very  difficult. 
The  preliminary  study  of  the  fundamental  forms  therefore,  from 
which  nature  appears  to  have  produced  her  numerous  second  a- 
ries,  is  no  less  necessary,  than  it  is  natural.  And  it  cannot  be  too 
strongly  insisted  upon,  that  the  student  in  Mineralogy  should  estab- 
lish in  his  mind  as  clearly  as  possible,  the  precise  grounds  of  discrim- 
ination among  these  few  important  solids,  and  familiarize  himself  with 
the  language  adapted  to  denote  the  peculiar  properties  of  each  ; 
since  without  a  perfect  familiarity  with  these  points,  he  will  con- 
stantly find  himself  embarrassed  in  the  systematic  study  of  minerals. 


CONSIDERATION  OF  FUNDAMENTAL  OR  PRIMARY  FORMS  AND 
SOME  OF    THEIR    GEOMETRICAL   RELATIONS. 

§.  32.  PRIMARY  FORMS. 

The  primary  form  is  assumed  to  be  that  particular  form 
from  which  all  the  different  crystals  of  a  mineral  species 
are  derived,  in  consequence  of  certain  symmetrical  changes, 
it  may  be  supposed  to  have  undergone,  during  their  forma- 
tion. The  primary  forms  are  fifteen  in  number;  1,  the 
Cube;  2,  the  regular  Tetrahedron  ;  3,  the  regular  Octahe- 
dron; 4,  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron ;  5,  the  Octahedron 
with  a  square  base;  6,  the  Octahedron  with  a  rectangular 
base  ;  7,  the  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base  ;  8,  the  right 
square  Prism;  9,  the  right  rectangular  Prism ;  10,  the  right 
rhombic  Prism  ;  1 1 ,  the  right  oblique  angled  Prism;  12, 


PRIMARY    FORMS. 


19 


the  oblique  rhombic  Prism;  13,  the  doubly  oblique  Prism; 
14,  the  Rhomboid;  15,  the  regular  hexagonal  Prism. 

The  student  must  not  suppose  that  the  primary  form  is  altogether 
an  imaginary  one  ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is  often  an  actua  Iform  among 
the  crystals  of  a  mineral  species,  and  when  this  is  not  the  case,  its 
planes  frequently  form  a  conspicuous  part  of  crystals,  which  are 
only  slightly  altered  at  their  angles  or  edges.  This  remark  may  be 
exemplified  in  the  instance  of  the  species  Uranite,  three  of  whose 
forms  are  figured  in  §.  30.  Fig.  17  is  the  primary  form  which  is 
still  observable  in  Fig.  18  and  19,  if  we  make  an  abstraction  of  their 
edges  and  angles.  There  do  exist,  however,  crystals  in  which  it  is 
wholly  out  of  sight ;  in  such  cases,  it  is  developed  by  mechanical 
means,  or  inferred  to  exist  according  to  rules  hereafter  to  be  ex- 
plained. 

§.  33.  THE  CUBE. 
The  Cube  is  contained  under  six  square  faces. 

All  the  angles  of  the  Cube  are  right  angles.  I  ig.  20. 

An  axis*  passes  through  the  centre  and 
through  two  opposite  solid  angles ;  as  a,  b, 
Fig.  20.  From  its  equality  in  length,  breadth, 
and  altitude,  the  Cube  has  a  similar  axis  in 
four  directions,  or  passing  through  its  centre 
and  through  each  pair  of  opposite  solid  angles. 

It  is  a  form  very  often  seen  among  crystals,  £ 

as  in  Iron  Pyrites,  Fluor,  Galena,  &c. 

<§.  34.  THE  REGULAR  TETRAHEDRON. 
The  regular  Tetrahedron  is  contained  under  four  equi- 
lateral, triangular  faces. 

The  mutual  inclination  of  its  faces,  as  P  on 
P',  Fig.  21,  =  70°  31'  43".  Its  plane  an- 
gles =60°. 

The  axis  A&  passes  through  the  centres  of 
the  summit  and  base,  and  in  consequence  of 
its  symmetrical  form,  it  possesses  a  similar 
axis  in  four  directions. 

*  An  axis  is  a  line,  passing  through  the  centre  of  a  solid,  drawn 
from  any  angular  point  formed  by  the  meeting  of  equal  plane  angles  to 
the  opposite  angle  or  face. 


20  TERMINOLOGY. 

The  Tetrahedron  is  the  most  simple  of  pyramids,  having  as  many 
bases  as  it  has  planes,  and  on  whichever  of  these  it  is  placed,  it  is  a 
similarly  formed  pyramid.  It  contains  the  least  solidity  under  a 
given  surface  of  any  natural  or  artificial  solid.  It  is  not  a  very  fre- 
quent form  among  crystals,  occurring  only  in  Grey  Copper  Ore,  and 
one  or  two  other  mineral  species. 

§.  35.  THE  REGULAR  OCTAHEDRON.* 

The  regular  Octahedron  is  contained  under  eight  equi- 
lateral triangles. 


*  It  may  not  be  superfluous  to  the  student,  in  Mineralogy,  who  has 
had  little  opportunity  for  the  study  of  solid  geometry,  to  add  here  a  more 
general  description  of  the  properties  of  the  Octahedron.  This  figure, 
then,  is  a  solid  terminated,  or  bounded  by  eight  triangular  faces,  disposed 
symmetrically  about  an  axis  which  they  meet,  four  upon  one  side,  and 
four  upon  the  opposite  side,  parallel  to  the  first.  The  Octahedron  may 
be  considered  as  formed  by  the  reunion  of  two  similar  and  equal  four 
sided  pyramids,  applied  base  to  base  and  edge  to  edge.  It  will  follow, 
then,  that  the  four  edges,  ce,  ef,  fd,  dc,  Fig. 
22.  of  the  junction  of  the  two  pyramids,  are  in 
the  same  plane,  and  that  they  form  a  parallelo- 
gram cefd,  which  is  the  common  base  of  the 
pyramids.  These  edges,  ce,  ef,fd,  dc,  are  called 
the  edges  of  the  base.  The  four  solid  angles  c, 
e,  /,  and  d,  are  called  the  angles  of  the  base  ; 
the  two  remaining  solid  angles  a,  and  b,  the  an- 
gles of  the  summits,  and  the  line  ab,  which  con-  b 
nects  them  within,  is  the  axis.  The  edges  which  join  the  angles  of  the 
summit  with  those  of  the  base,  are  called  the  upper  edges  of  the  Octahe- 
dron. These  are  eight  in  number,  and  are  also,  four  and  four  in  the  same 
plane,  and  these  two  planes,  aebd  and  of  be,  are  also  parallelograms. 
There  are,  therefore,  in  an  Octahedron,  three  diagonal  planes,  or  three 
parallelogramic  sections  cefd,  aebd  and  of  be.  It  is  obvious  that  any  one 
of  these  may  be  chosen  for  the  base  of  an  Octahedron,  which  being- 
selected,  the  line  which  joins  the  two  opposite  angles,  not  comprised  in 
the  adopted  base,  will  be  the  vertical  axis.  There  are,  then,  three 
bases,  and  three  axes  in  this  solid ;  but  in  the  crystals  which  come  under 


PRIMARY   FORMS. 


Fig.  23. 


Its  plane  angles  =60°.  The  inclination  of  the  faces  united  by 
its  edges,  as  P  on  P',  or  P",  Fig.  23.  =  109°  28'  16".  The  incli- 
nation of  the  faces  united  by  their  angles, 
as  P  on  B  =  70°  31'  43". 

All  its  solid  angles  being  similar,  the  regu- 
lar Octahedron  has  a  similar  axis  in  three  di- 
rections. 

The  regular  Octahedron  is  one  of  the  most 
abundant  forms  among  crystals.  It  is  com- 
mon in  Magnetic  Iron  Ore,  Spinel  and  Red 
Oxide  of  Copper. 

<§.  36.  THE  RHOMBIC  DODECAHEDRON. 

The  rhombic  Dodecahedron  is  contained  under  twelve 
equal  rhombic  faces. 

This  solid  has  two  kinds  of  solid  angles,  six  Fig.  24. 

acute,  and  eight  obtuse ;  and  two  varieties  of 
plane  angles.  The  six  acute  solid  angles,  and 
which  consist  each  of  four  acute  plane  angle?, 
are  opposite,  two  and  two  ;  and  the  eight  ob- 
tuse solid  angles,  consisting  each  of  three  ob- 
tuse angles,  are  also  opposite,  two  and  two. 

The  mutual  inclination  of  those  faces  uni- 
ted by  their  edges,   as   P  on  P"  Fig.  24.  = 
120°.     The  inclination  of  those  faces  united  by  their  acute  angles, 
as  P  on  P'  =  90°.     Its  plane  angles  =  109°  28'  16"  and  70°  31'  43". 

It  has  two  dissimilar  sets  of  axes  passing  through  its  centre ;  one 
set,  as  aby  passes  through  the  pairs  of  opposite,  acute  solid  angles; 
the  other,  as  cd,  passes  the  obtuse  solid  angles.  The  former  are 
three,  and  the  latter  four,  in  number.  When  either  of  the  axes 
passing  through  the  acute  solid  angles,  is  in  a  vertical  situation,  the 
solid  is  in  position. 

The  rhombic  Dodecahedron  is  of  frequent  occurrence  among 
crystal?,  of  which  Garnet  and  Blende  are  examples. 


this  denomination,  the  modifications  they  undergo  furnish  reasons  for 
adopting  a  particular  base,  and  a  particular  axis  in  preference  to  the 
others,  except  in  the  case  of  the  regular  Octahedron.  The  base  being 
determined  upon,  when  we  speak  of  the  axis,  we  of  course  refer  to  the 
one  which  is  vertical ;  otherwise,  we  mean  any  one  of  them... 


TERMINOLOGY. 


§.  37.  THE  OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  SQUARE  BASE. 

The  Octahedron  with  a  square  base  is  contained  under 
eight  equal,  isosceles  triangular  faces. 


Fig.  25. 


The  parallelogram  formed  by  the  unequal  side  in  each  of  the  tri- 
angles, is  the  base  of  the  Octahedron,  which,  from  the  equality  of 
the  triangles,  is  a  square.  It  is  obvious  from  the 
nature  of  an  isosceles  triangle,  that  in  the  Octahe- 
dron with  a  square  base,  the  angle  at  a,  Fig.  25. 
may  be  less,  or  greater  than  60° ;  when  it  is  less, 
the  Octahedron  is  called  acute,  when  greater, 
obtuse. 

This  form  is  capable  of  presenting  a  variety  of 
angles  in  its  individuals,  as  respects  the  inclination 
of  P  on  P",  and  consequently  of  P  on  P7. 

Its  axes  will  be  the  same  in  number  as  in  the 
regular  Octahedron.  When  the  base  is  horizontally  situated,  this 
solid  is  in  position,  and  its  upper  and  lower  extremities  are  termed 
its  summits. 

Crystals  of  the  present  form  are  seen  in  the  species  Zircon,  An- 
atase,  &c. 

§.  38.  THE  OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  RECTANGULAR  BASE. 

Tnis  Octahedron  is   contained   under   eight   triangular 
planes,  and  possesses  one  rectangular  base. 

The  planes  are  generally  isosceles  triangles  in  this  form,  though 
it  may  happen  that  four  of  them  may  be  equilateral,  without  de- 
stroying its  rectangular  base.  It  is  described,  or  said  to  be  in  pO' 
sition,'  with  its  rectangular  base  horizontally  situated.  The  broad 
planes  P,  P',  Fig.  26.  meet  at  the  edge  of 
the  rectangular  base,  at  a  more  obtuse  angle 
than  the  narrow  ones  M,  M'.  The  edge  D 
may  therefore  be  termed  the  greater,  and  the 
edge  F  the  lesser  edge  of  the  base. 

Like  the  Octahedron  with  a  square  base, 
the  individuals  belonging  to  this  form  will 
differ  from  each  other,  in  the  inclination  of  P 
on  P',  or  of  M  on  M'.  Its  axes  and  summits 
are  distinguished  also,  as  in  the  case  of  that  form. 

Crystals  of  this  form  are  found  in  the  species  Areeniate  of  Copper, 


Fig. 26. 


PRIMARY  FORMS.  23 

§.  39.  THE  OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  RHOMBIC  BASE. 

The  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base  is  contained  under 
eight  equal  scalene  triangles. 

The  crystals  of  this  form  are  in  position,  when  pjg.  27 

the  rhombic  base  is  horizontal.  Fig.  27  is  drawn 
with  the  greater  diagonal*  of  the  base  horizontal. 
The  faces  which  meet  at  the  edge  B,  form  a  more 
acute, angle  than  those  which  meet  at  the  edge  C. 
The  edge  B  is  therefore  denominated  the  acute 
edge  of  the  pyramid,  and  the  edge  C  the  obtuse 
edge  of  the  pyramid.  The  solid  angle  at  E  is 
termed  the  acute  lateral  solid  angle,  and  that  at  I 
the  obtuse  lateral  solid  angle. 

The  individuals  belonging  to  this  class  will  differ  from  each  other, 
in  the  inclinations  of  P  on  P',  and  of  P  on  P". 

This  form  is  seen  in  the  crystals  of  Sulphur. 

§.  40.  THE  RIGHT-)-  SQUARE  PRISM. 

The  right  square  Prism  is  a  quadrangular  J  prism,  whose 
bases  are  equal  squares,  and  whose  sides  are  equal  rect- 
angles. 


*  A  line  connecting  the  opposite  angles  of  any  parallelogram  is  termed 
a  diagonal  of  that  figure. 

t  Those  prisms  which  stand  perpendicularly  when  resting  on  one  of 
their  bases,  are  called  right  prisms.  Those  which  incline  from  the  per- 
pendicular, are  called  oblique  prisms. 

t  By  the  use  of  the  expression  "  quadrangular  prism,"  it  is  apparent 
that  two  faces  of  the  solid  are  chosen  as  bases.  It  may  be  asked,  how 
are  these  to  be  distinguished  ?  Those  crystals  which  come  within  the 
definition  of  that  general  form,  the  parallelepiped  (the  character  of  which, 
is,  that  it  is  contained  under  three  pairs  of  parallel  planes,)  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  Cube  and  Rhomboid  present  themselves  to  us,  un- 
der an  uniform  appearance,  as  respects  the  modifications  they  undergo. 
These  are- ordered  in  a  symmetrical  manner,  in  relation  to  an  imaginary 


TERMINOLOGY. 


The  lateral  edges  GG,  Fig.  28.  are  always  lon- 
ger or  shorter  than  the  terminal  ones  BB.  If  these 
edges  are  equal,  the  form  becomes  a  cube. 

The  right  square  Prism  has  an  axis  in  four  di- 
rections, similar  to  the  Cube.  It  also  has  a  line 
connecting  the  centres  of  the  bases,  called  the 
prismatic  axis. 

The  individuals  of  this  class  may  differ  from  each 
other  in  the  comparative  length  of  the  edges  G  and  B. 

Scapolite,  Apophyllite  and  Idocrase,  may  be  mentioned 
erals  which  assume  this  form. 


28. 


§.  41.    THE  RIGHT  RECTANGULAR  PllISM. 

The  right  rectangular  Prism  is  a   quadrangular  prism, 
whose  bases  are  equal  rectangles. 

The  lateral  edges  GG,  Fig.  29. 
of  this  form  are  similar ;  but  dif- 
fer in  length  from  the  terminal 
«dges  CB,  which  are  not  equal. 
If  G  was  equal  to  C  or  B,  the  form 
would  be  a  right  square  Prism. 

The  same  number  of  axes  exist 
in  this  form,  as  in  that  of  the  right 
square  Prism. 

The  individuals  of  this  class  will 

differ  from  each   other  in  the  comparative  length  of  the  three,  adja* 
cent  sides  C,  B,  G. 

The  present  form  may  be  seen  among  the  crystals  of  Anhydrite, 
Harmofone  and  Bournonite. 


Fig.  29. 

i—          r 

BXI       p 

^ 

: 

T 

" 

/ 

line  connecting  the  centres  of  two  opposite  faces,  and  parallel  to  the 
edges  of  four  other  faces  between  them  :  this  line  onght  therefore  to  be 
taken  for  a  prismatic  axis,  the  four  face?  for  the  lateral  planes,  and  the 
other  two  for  the  bases. 

When  the  prismatic  axis  is  perpendicular  to  the  bases  of  these  *oli<is, 
they  are  called  right  quadrangular  prisn.s ;  when  oblique,  they  are  call" 
ed  oblique  quadrangular  prisms. 


PRIMARY    FORMS. 


§.  42.  THE  RIGHT  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

The  right  rhombic  Prism  is  a  quadrangular  prism,  whose 
bases  are  equal  rhombs,  and  whose  lateral  planes  are  either 
equal  squares,  or  equal  rectangles. 

Fig.  30  is  drawn  with  the  greater 
diagonal  of  the  bases  horizontal. 
The  solid  angles  at  A  are  the  ob- 
tuse,  and  those  at  E  the  acute,  so- 
lid angles.  The  edge  G  and  its 
opposite  are  the  acute,  and  the  edge 
H  and  its  opposite  'the  obtuse,  lat- 
eral edges. 

The  right  rhombic  Prism, beside 
the  prismatic  axis,  has  two  greater 
and  two  lesser,  axes.  The  greater  axes  pass  through  the  solid  an- 
gles, which  terminate  the  acute  edges  of  the  prism,  as  E  E,  and  the 
lesser  through  those,  which  terminate  the  obtuse  edges  of  the  prism, 
as  A  A. 

The  individuals  belonging  to  this  class  will  differ  from  each  other 
in  the  inclination  of  M  on  M',  or  in  the  ratio  of  the  edge  H  to  the 
edge  B. 

The  right  rhombic  Prism  is  one  of  the  most  frequent  forms  of 
crystals ;  examples  are  found  in  Andalusite,  Sulphate  of  Barytes, 
Yenite,  &c. 

§.  43.  THE  RIGHT  OBLIQUE-ANGLED  PRISM. 

The  right  oblique-angled  Prism  is  a  quadrangular  prism, 
whose  bases  are  equal  oblique-angled  parallelograms. 


The  adjacent  lateral  faces, 
Fig.  31,  are  unequal.  T  is  a 
rectangle ;  but  M  may  b'e  ei- 
ther a  square  or  rectangle. 

The  angles  and  edges  of  this 
class  of  prisms  are  designated 
as  those  of  the  right  rhombic 
Prism,  (§.  42.)  The  solid  an- 
gles at  A  are  the  obtuse,  those 

3 


Fig.  31. 


TERMINOLOGY. 


at  E  the  acute,  solid  angles  ;  the  lateral  edges  at  H  the  obtuse,  those 
at  G  the  acute,  lateral  edges  ;  the  edges  B  are  the  greater,  and  C 
the  lesser,  terminal  edges. 

The  axes,  also,  are  the  same  as  in  the  right  rhombic  Prism. 

The  individuals  belonging  to  this  class  will  differ  in  the  inclina- 
tion of  M  on  T,  and  in  the  relative  lengths  of  the  edges  C,B,  and  H. 

Sulphate  of  Lime,  Heulandite,  Wolfram,  &c.  are  seen  in  crys- 
tals of  this  form. 

§.  44.  THE  OBLIQUE  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

The  oblique  rhombic  Prism  is  a  quadrangular  prism, 
whose  bases  are  equal  rhombs,  and  whose  lateral  faces  are 
equal  oblique-angled  parallelograms. 

Fig.  32  is  supposed  to  lean  in  the 
direction  O,  A,  so  that  the  terminal 
plane  P  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with 
the  edge  H.  The  planes  M  M'  may 
meet  at  an  acute,  or  an  obtuse  angle. 
For  the  convenience  of  description, 
the  solid  angle  at  A  will  in  either 
case  be  called  the  acute  solid  angle, 
that  at  O,  the  obtuse  solid  angle ; 
and  those  at  E,  the  lateral  solid  an- 
gles. The  edges  B,  are  called  the 
acute  terminal  edges,  and  those  at 
D,  the  obtuse  terminal  edges.  The 

edge  H  and  its  opposite,  are  the  oblique  edges  of  the  prism,  and  G 
and  its  opposite,  the  lateral  edges  of  the  prism* 


*  It  is  obvious,  that  the  bases  of  a  rhombic  Prism,  whatever  maybe  its 
inclination  from  a  perpendicular,  are  capable  of  being  disposed  upon 
that  prism  in  a  variety  of  ways.  But  as  there  are  but  two  modes  of 
disposition  observed  by  them,  among  the  crystals  belonging  to  the  class 
now  under  consideration,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  confine  ourselves  to  their 
particular  elucidation. 

In  order  to  ^discover  the  more  readily  their  different  positions, 
there  is  drawn  towards  the  middle  of  the  two  oblique  rhombic  Prisms 


PRIMARY    FORMS. 


27 


The  oblique  rhombic  Prism  has,  beside  a  prismatic  axis,  a  greater, 
a  lesser,  and  two  transverse,  axes.  The  greater  axis  is  that  which 
passes  through  the  two  acute  solid  angles  ;  the  lesser,  that  which 
passes  through  the  two  obtuse  solid  angles,  and  the  transverse,  those 
which  pass  through  the  lateral  solid  angles. 

The  planes  M  Mf  may  meet  at  an  acute  or  an  obtuse  angle:  in 
the  former  case,  the  prism  is  said  to  be  oblique  from  an  acute  edge, 
and  in  the  latter,  oblique  from  an  obtuse  edge. 

The  individuals  of  this  class  will  differ  from  each  other  in  the  in- 
clination of  M  on  Mr,  and  in  the  ratio  of  the  edge  H  to  the  edge  D. 

This  is  a  frequent  form  among  crystals.  Laumonite,  Pyroxene, 
Mica,  &c.,  are  examples. 

§.  45.    THE  DOUBLY  OBLIQUE  PRISM. 
The  doubly  oblique  Prism  is  a  quadrangular  prism,  whose 
bases  are  equal  oblique-angled  parallelograms,  and  whose 
prismatic  axis  inclines  from  a  perpendicular. 


in  Figs.  33  and  34,  a  plane  or  section  perpendicular  to  their  edges,  or 

prismatic  axes.     The  relations  observable  between  the  portions  of  the 

lateral  edges  of  the  prism  situated  above  and  below  the  perpendicular 

Fig.  33.  Fig.  34. 


section  xy  v  z,  render  apparent  the  different  positions  of  the  bases  which 
we  wish  to  indicate.  An  obtuse  lateral  edge  is  supposed  to  be  in  front, 
in  both  Figs.  33  and  34.  In  Fig.  33  the  bases  are  so  disposed  that  the  ob- 
tuse edge  iy  and  e z  above  the  plane  xy  v  z,  or  the  corresponding  ones 
below,  y  n  and  zr,  are  equal  to  each  other  ;  while  the  acute  edges  ax 
and  vo,  and  the  corresponding  ones  below  the  horizontal  section  xyvz, 
x  m  and  v  s,  are  unequal.  On  the  contrary,  in  Fig.  34,  precisely  the  op- 
posite takes  place.  It  may  be  added,  what  indeed  is  sufficiently  appa- 
rent, perhaps,  that  the  base  avoi,  Fig.  34,  forma  an  equal  angle  with 
the  planes  amre  and  erso. 


TERMINOLOGY. 


The  lateral  faces  of  this  solid  are  Fig.  35. 

generally  oblique-angled  parallelo- 
grams :  two  of  them  are  always  of 
this  figure  ;  the  other  two  may  be 
rhombs.  The  only  equality  subsist- 
ing among  the  f  ices  is  between  each 
pair  of  opposite  ones.* 

The  Figure  35  is  supposed  to  be 
oblique  in  the  direction  O  A,  so  that 
the  terminal  plane  forms  an  obtuse 
angle  with  the  edge  H.  Whatever 
may  be  the  fact,  for  the  purposes  of  description,  the  solid  angle 
at  A,  will  be  called  the  acute  solid  angle,  that  at  O,  the  obtuse  solid 
angle,  while  those  at  E  and  I,  will  be  called  the  lateral  solid  angles. 
The  edges  D  and  F,  will  be  called  the  obtuse  terminal  edges,  B 
and  C  the  acute  terminal  edges  ;  each  of  which  will  also  be  distin- 
guished by  their  respective  letters,  as  well  in  the  case  of  edges  as 
angles  ;  H  and  its  opposite  the  obtuse  lateral  edges,  G  and  its  oppo- 
site the  acute  lateral  edges. 

The  doubly  oblique  Prism  has  four  une- 
qual axes  passing  through  the  pairs  of  opposite 
solid  angles,  as  a  b,  Fig.  36,  c  d,  ef,  and  g  h ; 
it  has  also  the  prismatic  axis  i  k. 

The  individuals  belonging  to  this  class  will 
differ  from  each  other  in  the  inclination  of  P 
on  M,  Fig.  35,  P  on  T  and  M  on  T,  and  in 
the  ratios  of  the  edges  D  H  andj<\ 


H  This  class  of  prisms  may  be  supposed  to  stand  in  the  same  relation  to 
the  right  oblique-angled  Prisms,  that  the  oblique  rhombic  Prism  does  to- 
the  right  rhombic  Prism :  we  have  only  to  suppose  a  right  oblique- 
angled  Prism  to  become  oblique,  and  we  have  a  correct  idea  of  the 
doubly  oblique  Prism.  As  in  the  case  of  the  oblique  rhombic  Prism,  sa 
also  in  this  solid,  we  may  conceive  that  the  bases  may  be  disposed  as  re- 
spects the  prism  in.  a  variety  of  ways.  Crystals  themselves,  however, 
present  us  with  but  two,  which  are  different.  In  the  first  of  these,  they 
are  disposed  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  make  with  any  one  of  the  late~ 
ral  faces  an  angle  equal  to  that  which  they  form  with  the  prismatic 
axis,  or  in  such  a  way  that  the  angles  they  form  with  two  adjacent 


PRIMARY    FORMS. 


.  46.  THE  RHOMBOID.* 


The  Rhomboid  is  a  solid,  contained  under  six  equal 
rhombic  planes. 


faces  are  unequal.  Fig.  37,  illustrates  this  kind  of  the  doubly  oblique 
Prism :  the  vertical  projection  is  perpendicular,  so  that  the  transverse 
plane  xyv  z  is  represented  by  a  straight  line.  We  observe  in  this  in- 
stance, that  those  portions  of  the  lateral  edges  which  are  above  this  plane 
are  all  unequal.  The  inclination  of  iaeo  upon  the  two  lateral  planes 


Fig;.  37. 


Fig.  38. 


erso  and  amre  is  different,  and  less  in  either  case,  than  the  inclination 
of  that  base  to  the  prismatic  axis.  This  form  is  found  in  the  Axinite  and 
in  Sulphate  of  Copper.  In  the  other  case,  arising  out  of  the  different 
method  in  which  the  bases  are  disposed,  the  position  is  such,  that  either 
of  them,  as  ae  oi,  Fig.  38,  forms  with  two  opposite  parallel  lateral  faces, 
aerm  and  i  o  s  n,  two  angles,  obtuse  and  acute,  equal  to  those  which  it 
forms  with  the  prismatic  axis,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  with  the  edges. 
We  may  recognise  this  position  in  the  figure  by  the  equality  of  the  upper 
portions  of  the  adjacent  edges,  which  takes  place  two  and  two,  a  x=e  z, 
i  y=o  v.  In  the  particular  instance  represented  by  the  figure,  and  which 
belongs  to  Feldspar,  the  section  x  y  v  z  of  the  prism  is  rectangular  ;  then 
the  face  erso,  and  its  parallel,  are  perpendicular  to  the  base. 

*  Weiss  has  proposed  the  name  Rhombohedron  for  this  solid,  in  analo- 
gy with  Tetrahedron  and  Octahedron. 

3* 


30 


TERMINOLOGY, 


Its  angular  extremities  are  of  two  kinds ;  one  of  these  consists  of 
but  two  similar  solid  angles,  and  the  line  which  connects  them,  as 
ab  Fig.  39,  is  the  perpendicular  axis  of  the 
solid :  when  this  is  vertical,  the  Rhomboid  is 
said  to  be  in  position.  The  lines  cd,  gh,  ef, 
which  connect  the  other  similar  solid  angles, 
are  called  the  transverse  axes  of  the  Rhom- 
boid.* 

The  two  opposite  solid  angles,  a  and  b,  situ- 
ated at  the  extremities  of  the  perpendicular 
axis,  are  called  the  solid  angles  of  the  summit, 
or  the  terminal  solid  angles :  the  six  remaining  solid  angles,  and 
which  are  all  equal,  are  termed  the  lateral  solid  angles.  The 
edges  ah,  ac  and  ae,  for  the  summit  a,  and  the  edges  bd,  6/*and  bg, 
for  the  opposite  summit  6,  are  called  the  terminal  edges,  or  the 
edges  of  the  summit ;  while  the  six  other  edges  de,  eg,  gc,  cf,  fh 
and  hd,  are  denominated  the  lower  edges,  or  the  lateral  edges  of 
the  Rhomboid. 

The  individuals  belonging  to  this  class  are  distinguished  from 
each  other  by  the  inclination  of  P  on  P',  Fig.  40.  When  P  on  P'1 
measures  more  than  90°,  the  Rhomboid 
is  called  obtuse;  when  less^  acute. 
In  the  first  of  these,  the  summits  are 
formed  by  the  meeting  of  three  obtuse 
plane  angles,  and  the  lateral  solid  an- 
gles are  formed  by  the  meeting  of  one 
obtuse  and  two  acute  plane  angles.  In 
the  acute  Rhomboid,  the  summits  are 
formed  of  three  acute  plane  angles,  and 
the  lateral  solid  angles  are  each  formed 
by  the  meeting  of  two  obtuse  and  one 
acute  plane  angle. t 

The  Rhomboid  is  one  of  the  most  fre- 
quent forms  among  crystals.  Carbon- 
ate of  Lime,  Bitter  Spar  and  Chabasie,  are  obvious  examples. 


Fig.  40. 


*  The  lines  ab  and  cd,  Fig.  39,  have  sometimes  been  called  the 
greater  and  the  lesser  axes  of  the  Rhomboid. 

t  It  is  apparent  that  the  Cube,  taking  any  one  of  its  diagonals  for  the  per- 
pendicular axis,  may  be  regarded  as  a  Rhomboid,  whose  &ces  are  square, 
and  whose  inclination  to  each  other  is  90°  throughout.  Now  if  we  short- 


MODIFICATIONS    OF    PRIMARY    FORMS. 


31 


<§.  47.  THE  REGULAR  HEXAGONAL  PRISM. 

The  regular  hexagonal  Prism  is  a  right  prism  whose 
bases  are  regular  hexagons. 


Fig.  41. 


G    M 


M' 


Any  two  of  the  adjacent  lateral  faces, 
as  M,  M'  Fig.  41,  incline  to  each  other 
under  angles  of  120°. 

The  hexagonal  prism  has  as  many 
axes  as  it  has  opposite  solid  angles, 
(viewed  through  the  centre  of  the  sol- 
id,) but  ^the  prismatic  axis  is  the  only 
one  often  used  in  the  description  of  its 
modifications. 

The  individuals  of  this  class  can  dif- 
fer from  one  another  only  in  the  ratio 
of  the  edge  G  to  the  edge  B. 

The  Emerald,  Phosphate  of  Lime  and  Arseniate  of  Lead,  may  be 
instanced,  as  among  minerals  which  possess  this  form. 


CONSIDERATION  OF  THE  CHANGES  TO  WHICH    THE    PRIMA- 

RY FORMS  OF  CRYSTALS  ARE  SUBJECT. 

I 

<.  48.  MODIFICATIONS  OF  PRIMARY  FORMS. 


Primary  forms  are  said  to  undergo  modifications 
ever  they  become  more  or  less  altered  in  their  figure. 


en  this  axis,  the  obtuse  Rhomboid  is  immediately  generated ;  and  when 
the  axis  entirely  disappears,  the  six  faces  fall  into  one  plane  of  a  hexa- 
gonal figure.  On  the  other  hand,  by  elongating  the  axis  of  the  Cube,  a 
series  of  acute  Rhomboids  is  produced,  which  go  on  forming  with  indefi- 
nite variations,  till  that  axis  becomes  a  line  of  indefinite  extent,  when 
the  solid  vanishes.  Thus  the  Rhomboid  is  limited  in  its  variations,  on  one 
side  by  a  /me,  and  on  the  other  by  a  glane;  while  in  the  intermediary 
state,  it  is  a  solid. 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Change  in  dimensions  can  obviously  have  no  effect  upon  the  form : 
a  Cube  remains  a  Cube,  so  long  as  all  its  faces  are  squares,  An  al- 
teration in  the  number,  or  relative  position  of  the  faces  is  requisite  for 
inducing  a  change  of  form. 

§.  49.  KINDS  OF  MODIFICATION. 

Primary  forms  suffer  alteration  from  two  kinds  of  modi- 
fication ;  1.  a  replacement  (or  abstraction)  of  their  edges  : 
2.  a  replacement  of  their  angles. 

1.  When  a  face,  which  does  not  belong  to  a  primary  form,  occupies 
the  place  of  an  edge  or  angle  of  that  form,  such  a  form  is  said  to 
have  its  edge  or  angle  replaced.*    The  plane  thus  substituted,  not 
belonging  to  the  primary  form,  is  denominated  a  secondary  plane. 

2.  There  are   several  varieties  of  modification  confined  to  the 
edge.     1.  An  edge  may  be  replaced  by  a  single  piano  inclining 
equally  upon  the  adjoining  planes,  as  the  lateral  edge  replaced  by 
the  plane  d,  Fig.  42.  whose  inclination  to  M  and  M'  is  equal.     In 
this  case,  the  plane  d,  is  often  called  a  tangent  plane.     2.  The  face 
substituted  for  an  edge  may  incline  upon  the  adjacent  faces  at  une- 
qual angles,  as  in  Fig.  43.  where  the   inclination  of  f  on  M'  is 
greater  than /on  M.     3.  An  edge  may  be  replaced  by  two  planes 


Fig.  42. 


Fig.  43. 


*  It  scarcely  needs  to  be  said,  that  this  idea  of  replacement  is  not 
strictly  speaking  correct,  since  the  edge  or  angle  referred  to  never  did 
exist,  and  of  course  could  not  have  been  replaced.  The  result,  however, 
is  precisely  the  same  as  respects  the  primary,  form,  as  though  such  a  re- 
placement had  actually  taken  place. 


MODIFICATIONS    OF    PRIMARY    FORMS. 


33 


inclining  equally  upon  the  adjacent  planes,  as  the  edge  in  Fig.  44, 
replaced  by  e  and  ef ;  e'  inclines  upon  M>  at  the  same  angle  as  eupon 
M.  An  edge  replaced  in  this  manner  is  sometimes  said  to  be  bev- 
illed.  4.  An  edge  may  be  replaced  by  two  planes  which  incline 
unequally  to  their  adjacent  primary  planes.  Thus  in  Fig.  45,  f 
forms  with  M'  a  greater  angle  than  e  with  M. 


Fig.  44. 


JFig.  45. 


M 


3.  The  variations  among  the  modifications  which  take  place  at 
the  angles  are  still  more  numerous.  1.  An  angle  may  be  replaced 
by  a  single  plane  inclining  equally  to  each  one  of  the  planes  which 
formed  the  angle.  Thus,  in  Fig.  46,  the  secondary  plane  a  inclines  to 
M'  under  the  same  angle  which  it  does  to  M  or  P.  2.  An  angle 
may  be  replaced  by  a  plane  inclining  unequally  to  the  adjacent  pri- 
mary planes.  Thus,  Fig.  47,  b  inclines  to  the  three  faces  T,  M4 


Fig.  46. 


Fig.  47. 


1 


M 


P 


and  P  under  different  angles.  3.  An  angle  may  be  replaced  by  two 
planes,  as  in  Fig.  48.  The  relative  position  of  these  secondary 
planes  to  those  of  the  primary  is  conveniently  indicated  by  a  refer- 
ence to  the  direction  of  the  edge  formed  by  the  intersection  of  the 
two  new  planes.  In  the  present  instance,  it  may  be  said  to  incline 


34 


TERMINOLOGY. 


upon  the  superior  edges  of  the  Rhomboid.  In  other  cases,  it  may  be 
parallel  with  the  perpendicular  axis  of  $iis  solid,  or  it  may  incline 
upon  the  primary  planes. 


Fig.  48. 


Fig.  49. 


4.  An  angle  may  be  replaced  by  three  or  more  planes,  according 
as  it  was  made  up  of  three  or  more  plane  angles,  as  in  Figs.  49  and 
50.  The  secondary  planes  may  repose  upon  the  primary  planes  as 
a  upon  P,  Fig.  49,  or 


Fig.  50. 


Fig.  51. 


5.  the  secondary  planes  may  repose  upon  the  edges  of  the*pri- 
mary  form,  as  in  Fig  51.* 


*  Additional  kinds  of  modification  might  have  been  described ;  but 
as  those  mentioned  above  are  the  most  frequent  among  crystals,  and  are 
sufficient  to  render  the  subject  perfectly  intelligible,  it  was  not  thought 
necessary  to  detain  the  student  with  the  enumeration  of  others. 


SYMMETRY    OF    SECONDARY    PLANES. 


35 


§.  50.  DISPOSITION  OF  SECONDARY  PLANES  REGULATED 
BY  SYMMETRICAL  LAWS. 

The  same  modification  generally  takes  place  upon  every 
similar  edge  or  angle  of  a  primary  form. 

In  the  Tetrahedron,  the  Cube,  and  the  regular  Octahedron,  (forms, 
among  whose  edges  and  angles  there  exists  the  most  perfect  similar- 
ity,) when  one  edge  or  angle  is  subject  to  a  replacement,  we  find  all 
similarly  affected.  The  following  figures,  representing  actual  crys- 
tals, illustrate  this  idea. 

Fig.  52  exhibits  the  Tetrahedron,  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 


Fig.  52. 


Fig.  53. 


Fig.  54. 


Fig.  53,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 
Fig.  54,  the  same,  with  its  angles  replaced  by  three  planes,  rest- 
ing on  the  primary  planes. 

Fig.  55.  Fig.  56. 


Fig.  55,  the  same,  with  its  angles  replaced  by  three  planes,  resting 
on  the  primary  edges. 

Fig.  56,  exhibits  the  Cube  with  its  angles  replaced  by  tangent 
planes.  v 


36 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Fig.  57,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 
Fig.  58,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  two  planes. 


Fig.  57. 


Fig.  58. 


Fig.  59,  the  same,  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by  three  planesj 
resting  on  the  primary  planes. 

Fig.  60,  the  same,  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by  six  planes. 

Fig.  61,  represents  the  regular  Octahedron,  with  its  solid  angles 
replaced  by  tangent  planes. 


Fig.  59. 


Fig.  60. 


Fig.  61. 


Fig.  62,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 
Fig.  63,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  two  planes. 


Fig.  62. 


Fig.  63. 


Fig.  64. 


Fig.  64,  the  same,  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by  four  planes, 
resting  on  the  primary  planes. 


SYMMETRY    OF    SECONDARY    PLANES. 


37 


The  rhombic  Dodecahedron  (§.  36.)  has  all  its  edges  similar,  and 
situated  at  an  equal  distance  from  the  centre  ;  but  its  angles  are  of 
two  kinds,  six  formed  of  four  plane  angles,  and  eight  of  three  plane 
angles.  Agreeably  to  our  proposition  then,  all  its  edges  will  un- 
dergo a  similar  modification  at  once,  while  only  a  part  of  its  solid 
angles  will  be  subject  to  the  same  replacement.  Accordingly, 

Fig.  65,  exhibits  the  rhombis  Dodecahedron,  with  "its  edges  re- 
placed by  tangent  planes, 

Fig.  66,  the  same,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  two  planes. 


Fig.  65. 


Fig.  66. 


Fig.  67,  the  same,  with  its  obtuse  solid  angles  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes. 

Fig.  68,  the  same,  with  its  acute  solid  angles  replaced  by  tangent 
planes. 


Fig.  67. 


Fig.  68. 


The  similar  edges  and  angles  of  the  different  Octahedrons  have 
been  sufficiently  described  in  our  account  of  these  solids  (§.  35,  37, 
38,  39) ;  the  modifications  they  undergo  are  regulated  by  this  sim- 
ilarity, as  may  be  seen  in  the  examples  here  given. 


38 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Fig.  69,  represents  the  Octahedron  with  a  square  base,  having 
its  pyramidal  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  70,  the  same,  having  the  edges  of  the  ba^e  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes. 

Fig.  71,  the  same,  with  the  solid  angles  of  the  base  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 


Fig.  69. 


Fig.  70. 


Fig.  71. 


Fig.  72,  the  same,  having  its  pyramidal  edges  replaced  by  two 
planes. 

Fig.  73,  represents  the  Octahedron  with  a  rectangular  base,  hav- 
ing the  edges  of  the  pyramids  replaced  by  single  planes. 


Fig.  72. 


Fig.  73. 


Fig.  74,  represents  the  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base,  having 
the  edges  of  the  base  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  75,  the  same,  with  its  terminal  solid  angles  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes. 


SYMMETRY    OF    SECONDARY    PLANES. 

Fig.  74.  Fig.  75. 


Fig.  76,  the  same,  with  its  obtuse  laleral  solid  angles  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 

Fig.  77,  the  same,  with  its  terminal  solid  angles  replaced  by  four 
planes,  reposing  upon  the  primary  planes. 


Fig.  76. 


Fig.  77. 


In  the  varieties  of  the  quadrangular  prism,  the  lateral  edges  hold 
a  different  position  from  the  terminal  edges  ;  but  sometimes  the  lat- 
eral edges  are  all  similar,  at  others,  only  two  and  two.  The  same 
holds  with  respect  to  the  terminal  edges.  *  The  solid  angles  may 
also  be  either  all  identical  in  position,  or  they  may  occupy  two  dif- 
ferent positions. 

In  the  right  square  Prism,  the  four  lateral  edges  are~similar  ;  the 
four  terminal  edges  are  so  also,  as  well  as  the  solid  angles.  The 
modifications  correspond  to  this  identity,  as  may  be  judged  of  from 
the  following  examples. 


40 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Fig.  78,  exhibits  the  right  square  Prism  with  its  lateral  edges  re- 
placed by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  79,  the  same,  with  the  terminal  edges  replaced  by  tangent 
planes. 

Fig.  78.  f     Fig.  79. 


1C 


Fig.  80,  the  same,  with  the  solid  angles  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

In  the  right  rectangular  Prism  the  lateral  edges  are  similar, 
likewise  the  solid  angles;  but  the  adjoining  terminal  edges  are  dis- 
similar. According  to  the  law  of  symmetry,  therefore,  the  modifi- 
cations take  place  in  the  following  manner. 

Fig.  81  presents  the  right  rectangular  Prism  with  its  lateral  edges 
replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  80.  Fig.  81. 


i   P 


ct\ 


JM 


Fig.  82,  the  same  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by  single  scalene 
triangular  planes,  which  incline  on  the  three  adjacent,  primary  planes 
at  unequal  angles. 

Fig.  83,  the  same,  with  the  lesser  terminal  edges  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

Fig.  82.  Fig.  83. 


\> 


SYMMETRY  OF  SECONDARY   PLANES'. 


41 


Fig.  84,  the  same,  with  the  greater  terminal  edges  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

In  the  right  rhombic  Prism,  the  terminal  edges  are  similar;  but 
the  two  opposite,  obtuse  lateral  edges,  and  the  solid  angles  which 
terminate  them,  are  different  from  tfie  acute  lateral  edges,  and  the 
corresponding  solid  angles.  The  modifications  of  this  form  are  there- 
fore in  conformity  with  these  relations. 

Fig.  85  represents  the  right  rhombic  Prism,  with  its  obtuse  later- 
al edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 


Fig.  84. 


T 


Fig.  86,  the  same,  writh  its  obtuse  lateral  edges  replaced  by  two 
planes. 

Fig.  87,  the  same,  with  its  acute  lateral  edges  replaced  by  two 
planes. 


Fig.  8G. 


Fig.  87. 


Fig.  88,  the  same,  with  its  obtuse  solid  angles  replaced  by  single 
planes,  which  intersect  the  terminal  plane  parallel  to  its  greater 
diagonal. 

Fig.  89,  the  same,  with  its  acute  solid  angles  replaced  by  single 
planes,  which  intersect  the  terminal  plane  parallel  to  iU  shorter 
diagonal. 

4* 


TERMINOLOGY* 


In  the  right  oblique  angled  Prism,  the  relations  of  the  edges  and 
angles  are  the  same  with  those  of  the  right  rhombic  Prism,  except- 
ing that  the  adjoining  edges  of  the  base  are  dissimilar. 

Fig.  90  represents  the  right  oblique  angled  Prism,  with  its  greater 
terminal  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  91,  the  same,  with  the  acute  lateral  edges  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes. 


Fig.  90. 


Fig.  91. 


The  oblique  rhombic  Prism  pos- 
sesses, in  the  first  place,  two  kinds 
of  lateral  edges,  as  in  the  cases  of  the 
right  rhombic,  and  the  right  oblique 
angled,  Prisms.  The  solid  angles, 
Fig.  92,  E  and  E  are  equal ;  but  the 
solid  angles  A  and  O  are  different 
from  the  first,  and  from  one  another ; 
consequently,  the  edges  B  B  of  the 
base,  similarly  situated,  differ  in  po- 
sition from  the  edges  DD. 


Fig.  92. 


SYMMETRY  OF  SECONDARY  PLANES. 


43 


From  the  foregoing,  it  necessarily  results  that  the  modifications  of 
the  terminations,  in  order  to  be  symmetrical,  must  always  take  place 
in  a  different  manner  upon  two  halves  of  this  solid,  supposing  the 
division  to  be  made  by  a  vertical  plane  passing  through  the  edge  G 
and  its  opposite.  The  following  examples,  drawn  also  from  actual 
crystals,  are  in  exact  coincidence  with  these  relations. 

Fig.  93  represents  the  oblique  rhombic  Prism,  with  the  oblique 
edges  of  the  prism  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Fig.  94,  the  same,  with  the  lateral  edges  of  the  prism  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 


Fig.  93. 


Fig.  94. 


Fig.  95,  the  same,  with  the  obtuse  terminal  edges  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

Fig.  96,  the  same,  with  the  acute  terminal  edges  replaced  by  sin- 
gle planes. 


Fig,  95. 


Fig.  96. 


44 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Fig.  97,  the  same,  with  the  acute  solid  angles  replaced  by  sin- 
gle planes. 

Fig.  98,  the  same,  with  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  single 
planes. 


Fig.  97. 


Fig.  98. 


The  doubly  oblique  Prism  presents  a  still  more  remarkable  in- 
stance of  irregularity.  According  to  the  explanation  given  of  this 
solid,  (§.  45.)  each  one  of  the  four  edges,  and  each  one  of  the  four 
solid  angles  of  its  base,  is  in  a  different  position.  Here  also  the 
modifications,  which  take  place,  follow  the  general  law  announced 
above  ;  similar  replacements  occurring  only  upon  similar  edges  or 
angles. 

Fig.  99  represents  the  doubly  oblique  Prism,  with  its  acute  ter- 
minal edges  B,*  replaced  by  single  planes. 

Fig.  100,  the  same,  with  its  acute  terminal  edges  C  replaced  by- 
single  planes. 


Fig.  99. 


Fig.  100. 


*  See  Fig,  35. 


SYMMETRY  OF  SECONDARY  PLANES. 


45 


Fig.  101,  the  same,  with  its  obtuse  terminal  edges  D  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

Fig.  102,  the  same,  with  its  obtuse  terminal  edges  F  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

Fig.  101.  Fig.  102. 


Fig.  103,  the  same,  with  the  oblique  edges  of  the  prism  replaced 
by  single  planes. 

Fig.  104,  the  same,  with  the  lateral  edges  of  the  prism  replaced 
by  single  planes. 

Fig.  103.  Fig.  104. 


Fig.  105,  the  same,  with  obtuse  solid  angles  O  replaced  by  single 
planes. 

Fig.  106,  the  same,  with  acute  solid  angles  A  replaced  by  single 
planes. 

Fig.  105.  Fig.  106. 


46 


TERMINOLOGY. 


Fig.  107,  the  same,  with  the  lateral  solid  angles  E  replaced  by 
single  planes. 

According  to  the  geometrical  properties  of  the  Rhomboid,  as  they 
have  been  explained,  (§.  46.)  we  must  look  for  similar  modifications 
either  upon  the  two  terminal  solid  angles,  upon  the  six  lateral  an- 
gles, upon  the  six  upper  edges,  or  upon  the  six  lateral  edges.  The 
following  examples,  principally  from  a  single  species,  Carbonate  of 
Lime,  will  render  this  sufficiently  obvious. 

Fig.  108  represents  the  Rhomboid,  with  its  lateral  edges  replaced 
by  tangent  planes. 

Fig-  108.  Fig.  109. 

Fig.  107. 


Fig.  109,  the  same,  with  its  superior  edges  replaced  by  tangent 
planes. 

Fig  110-,  the  same,  with  its  superior  edges  replaced  by  two  planes. 

Fig.  Ill,  the  same,  with  its  terminal  solid  angles  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 


iff.  no. 


Fig;.  111. 


SYMMETRY  OF  SECONDARY   PLANES. 


47 


Fig.  112,  the  same,  with  its  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  single 
planes,  parallel  to  the  perpendicular  axis  of  the  Rhomboid. 

Fig.  113,  the  same,  with  its  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  two 
planes,  meeting  at  an  edge  which  is  parallel  to  the  perpendicular 
axis  of  the  Rhomboid. 


Fig.  112. 


Fig.  113. 


The  relative  disposition  of  the  different  parts  of  the  regular  hexa- 
gonal Prism  is  too  easy  to  conceive  of,  to  require  a  recapitulation  of 
them  here;  and  it  will  suffice  to  say,  without  instancing  any  exam- 
ples, that  all  the  terminal  edges  are  modified  together,  and  in  a  simi- 
lar manner ;  the  same  is  also  true  of  the  lateral  edges  and  of  all  the 
solid  angles. 


The  law  whose  application  has  just  been 
considered  cannot  be  said  to  be  universal. 
The  Tourmaline,  as  well  as  Boracite,  pre- 
sent us  with  two  very  remarkable  excep- 
tions. In  the  first,  the  primary  form  is  a 
Rhomboid.  Yet  it  is  found,  that  the  three 
edges  formed  by  the  meeting  of  the  three 
faces  P,  P,  P  at  each  extremity  of  the  six 
sided  prism  s,  s,  s,  Fig.  114,  are  replaced 
only  at  one  end  by  the  tangent  planes  n, 
n,  n.  It  is  noticed  also,  that  only  the  al- 
ternate three  of  the  lateral  solid  angles  are 
modified,  the  remaining  three  being  unal- 


Fig.  114. 


48 


TERMINOLOGY. 


tered.  In  the  second,  we  see  a  Cube  whose 
edges  are  indeed  all  similarly  replaced,  but 
only  the  half  of  whose  angles  are  thus  af- 
fected ;  viz.  one  of  the  two  which  are  op- 
posite each  other,  at  the  extremities  of  the 
same  axis,  Fi.g.  115.* 

In  addition  to  the  two  cases  just  men- 
tioned, it  is  necessary  to  add,  that  in  sev- 
eral other  instances  crystals  are  met  with, 
where  the  modifications  have  not  taken  place  at  once  upon  all  the 
edges,  or  all  the  angles,  whose  position  with  regard  to  each  other  is 
identical.  But  it  is  noticeable  that  such  exceptions  to  the  law  of 
symmetry  are  by  no  means  constant,  or  subject  to  any  general  rule. 
And,  besides,  it  is  rarely  difficult  to  find  other  crystals  of  the  same 
species,  in  which  all  the  faces  required  by  symmetry  are  present  ; 
a  fact  which  tends  strongly  to  justify  the  opinion  that  these  devia- 
tions are  due  to  accidental  causes,  and  therefore  insufficient  to  form 
an  objection  against  the  principle  of  agreement  between  the  symme- 
try of  modifications  and  that  of  the  structure  of  the  primary  forms. 


§.51.  PASSAGE  OF  ONE  FORM  INTO  ANOTHER. 

The  proportions  existing  between  the  extent  of  the  pri- 
mary and  secondary  planes  are  very  variable.  Some- 
times, the  change  effected  by  the  modification  is  so  small 
as  scarcely  to  be  perceptible;  at  others,  the  new  planes 
are  equally  extended  with  the  primary  ;  and,  again,  they 
are  produced  so  as  wholly  to  obliterate  the  original  faces, 
and  thus  to  give  origin  to  new  forms. 


*  The  exceptions  in  the  instances  mentioned  above  were  supposed  by 
the  Abbe  Hatty  to  be  dependent  upon  electricity.  These  crystals  are 
electric  by  heat,  and  give  two  kinds  of  electricity  in  two  opposite  points. 
From  whence  it  is  imagined  that  this  anomaly  of  form  is  a  result  of  elec- 
tricity, and  the  conjecture  appears  to  be  strengthened  by  the  observation 
that  among  the  crystals  of  Sphene,  there  are  those  which  are  electric 
and  those  which  are  non-electric;  in  the  first  case,  the  two  summits  are 
different,  in  the  last,  they  are  similar. 


PASSAGE  OF  ONE  FORM  IXTO  ANOTHER. 


49 


The  idea  here  intended  to  be  expressed  will  become  more  intelli- 
gible by  a  reference  to  the  annexed  figures.  Fig.  116  represents  a 
regular  hexagonal  Prism,  with  its  terminal  edges  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes,  the  new  planes  being  but  slightly  produced.  Fig.  117, 
the  same,  in  which  the  new  planes  ure  still  farther  extended  ;  and 
Fig.  118,  in  which  the  hexagonal  summits  have  given  place  to  mere 
points,  and  the  sides  of  the  prism  entirely  disappeared, — the  original 
solid  having  become  a  Dodecahedron  with  triangular  faces. 
Fig.  116.  Fig.  117.  Fig.  118. 


The  foregoing  instance  may  serve  to  explain  what  is  understood 
in  crystallography,  when  it  is  said  one  form  passes  into  another. 
The  latter  solid  is  said  to  be  derived  from  the  first. 

It  is  requisite  that  the  student  should  be  made  acquainted  with 
some  of  those  forms,  which  may  thus  be  derived  from  others  accord- 
ing to  the  laws  of  symmetry,  since  these  derivations  will  explain 
that  multiplicity  of  forms  under  which  the  crystals  of  the  same  spe- 
cies sometimes  occur.  (§.  30.) 

It  has  been  seen  that,  in  the  regular  Tetrahedron,  the  Cube,  and 
the  regular  Octahedron,  all  the  faces  in  each  are  equal  and  similarly 
situated  ;  and  that  the  same  is  true  as  respects  their  solid  angles  and 
edges.  A  similar  identity  has  been  ascribed  to  the  faces  and  edges 
of  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron,  and,  also,  to  its  six  solid  angles  form- 
ed from  the  meeting  of  four  plane  angles,  and  to  its  eight  solid  angles 
of  three  plane  angles. 

The  similar  parts  of  one  of  these  solids  would  be  modified  in  a  sim- 
ilar manner,  if  we  suppose  that  its  similar  edges  or  similar  solid  an- 
gles are  replaced  by  tangent  planes;  and  if  we  suppose  the  second- 
ary planes  to  be  so  extended  as  to  extinguish  those  of  the  primary, 
it  is  obvious  a  new  polyhedral  solid  must  appear,  contained  under 
faces  amounting  in  number  to  the  edges  or  angles  replaced  in  the 
original  form. 

If  now  we  collect  the  number  of  similar  parts,  which  are  similar- 
ly situated,  as  respects  the  centre  in  each  of  the  above  mentioned 
forms,  we  have  the  following  result. 
5 


50 


Tetrahedron, 
Cube, 

Octahedron, 
Dodecahedron, 


6  edges, 
6  faces, 
6  angles, 
6  angles  of 
four  plane 
angles, 


4  faces. 
12  edges, 
12  edges. 
12  faces,  24  edgear. 


4  angles, 
8  angles, 
8  faces, 
8  angles  of 
three  plane 
angles, 

The  faces  of  either  of  these  solids  must  necessarily  be  produced 
through  the  replacement,  by  tangent  planes,  (these  planes  being 
continued  down  to  the  obliteration  of  the  primary,)  of  the  edges  or 
angles  of  either  of  the  other  solids,  provided  those  edges  or  angles 
equal  the  number  of  its  faces. 

For  example,  the  twelve  faces  of  the  Dodecahedron  may  be  de- 
rived either  from  the  tangent  replacement  of  the  twelve  edges  of 
the  regular  Octahedron,  (Fig.  62,)  or  from  a  similar  replacement  of 
the  twelve  edges  of  the  Cube,  (Fig.  57.)* 

The  eight  faces  of  the  Octahedron  may  be  the  result  either  of  the 
tangent  replacement  of  the  eight  angles  of  the  Cube,  (Fig.  56,)  or 
of  the  eight  obtuse  solid  angles  of  the  Dodecahedron,  (Fig.  68.) 

The  six  faces  of  the  Cube  may  be  derived  from  the  truncation  of 
the  six  edges  of  the  Tetrahedron,  (Fig.  53,)  or  from  the  six  acute 
solid  angles  of  the  Dodecahedron,  (Fig.  67.) 

The  Tetrahedron  cannot  be  derived  in  the 
same  manner  with  the  other  solids;  but  may 
result  from  the  Octahedron,  by  the  suppres- 
sion of  half  of  its  eight  faces ;  or,  in  other 
words,  by  the  enlargement  of  one  of  the  two 
parallel  faces,  until  the  other  is  made  to  dis- 
appear. Fig.  119  shews  the  planes  of  the 
Tetrahedron  in  the  position  it  occupied  in 
the  Octahedron.! 


Fig.  119. 


*  The  student  in  crystallography  who  has  not 
attended  to  the  connections  subsisting  between 
the  different  solids,  by  which  one  form  may  be 
transformed  into  another,  is  recommended  to 
verify  some  of  the  changes  here  described,  by 
shaving  pieces  of  wax,  or  some  other  soft  sub- 
stance, with  a  knife. 

t  The  Tetrahedron  thus  derived,  passes  again 
to  the  Octahedron,  by  the  truncation  of  its  solid 
angles,  as  seen  in  Fig.  120. 


PASSAGE  OF  ONE  FORM  INTO  ANOTHER. 


51 


The  Tetrahedron  may  be  derived  from  the  Cube  and  from  the 
rhombic  Dodecahedron,  by  means  of  the  tangent  replacement  of 
half  of  the  similar  parts  of  these  solids  which  exist  to  the  number 
of  eight. 

Many  species  of  minerals  present  crystals  which  exemplify  this 
passage  of  one  form  into  another,  according  to  the  symmetrical 
modification^  just  noticed.  Thus,  Fluor  and  Sulphuret  of  Silver 
are  crystallized  under  the  different  forms  of  the  Cube,  the  regular 
Octahedron  and  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron;  the  Diamond  and  Red 
Oxide  of  Copper  under  the  same;  and  Blende  under  the  Octahedron, 
the  Dodecahedron  and  the  Tetrahedron. 

In  the  transitions  into  each  other  of  the  solids  just  enumerated,  in 
consequence  of  the  symmetrical  modifications  they  undergo,  we 
have  seen  that  they  were  the  result  of  tangent  replacements.  We 
will  now  notice  some  of  the  new  forms  produced  upon  these  forms 
by  the  operation  of  other  modifications. 

It  has  been  seen  that  the  truncation  of  all  the  edges  of  the  Cube 
by  tangent  planes  would  result  in  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron.  If, 
however,  the  edges  be  replaced  by  single  planes,  inclining  at  une- 
qual angles  on  the  adjacent  primary  planes, 
a  series  of  Dodecahedrons  with  pentagonal 
faces  would  be  the  result.*  Fig.  121  illus*- 
trates  this  transition  of  the  Cube  into  the 
Dodecahedron  with  pentagonal  faces :  the 
new  planes  k,  are  not  produced  so  as  com- 
pletely to  obliterate  the  faces  P  of  the  ori- 
ginal Cube. 

The  replacement  of  the  edges  of  the  Cube  by  two  planes  produ- 
ces a  series  of  four  sided  pyramids  on  the  planes  of  the  Cube.  Fig. 
123  shows  this  passage  of  the  Cube  into  a  form  contained  under 
twenty  four  planes.  The  primary  faces  are  represented,  in  the  fig- 
ure, as  nearly  extinguished.  The  new  form  produced  in  this  way, 

Fig.  122. 


There  is  only  one  of  the  series,  Fig.  J.22, 
to  exist  among  crystals. 


TERMINOLOGY. 


when   complete,   is  bounded  by  twenty  four   isosceles   triangular 
planes,  and  is  represented  in  Fig.  124. 

Fig.  J23.  Fig.  124. 


Fig.  125. 


It  is  produced  from  the  regular  Octahedron,  also,  from  the  modifi- 
cation of  its  solid  angles  by  four  planes  resting  on  the  primary  edges; 
also,  from  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron  by  the  replacement  of  its  acute 
solid  angles  by  four  planes  resting  on  the  primary  planes. 

The  replacement  of  the  edges  of  the  Octahedron  by  two  planes, 
leads  to  the  erection  of  a  trihedral  pyramid  on  each  primary  plane, 
as  represented  in  Fig.  63.  When  the 
primary  planes  P  become  extinct,  we 
have  another  isosceles  triangular  solid, 
under  twenty  four  faces,  as  in  Fig.  125. 

This  form  is  produced  in  like  mariner 
from  the  Cube,  by  the  replacement  of 
its  solid  angles  by  three  planes  resting 
on  the  edges  of  the  Cube  ;  and  from  the 
rhombic  Dodecahedron,  by  the  modifi- 
cation of  its  obtuse  solid  angles  by  three 
planes  resting  on  the  primary  planes. 

Another  new  form,,  still  more  fre- 
quently met  with  among  crystals,  is 
produced  from  the  Cube,  by  the  re- 
placement of  its  solid  angles  by  three 
planes  resting  on  the  primary  planes. 
(Fig.  59.)  The  new  form  is  denomina- 
ted the  Trapezohedron,  and  is  contained 
under  twenty  four  equal  trapezoids.* 
Fig.  126. 

*  A  trapezoid  is  a  four  aided  figure  whose  opposite  edges  are  unequal, 
and  in  which,  if  lines  be  drawn  through  the  opposite  angles,  they  will 
intersect  each  other  at  right  angles. 


PASSAGE  OF  ONE  FORM  INTO  ANOTHER. 


53 


Fig.  127. 


It  flows  also  from  the  regular  Octahedron,  through  the  replace- 
ment ofits  solid  angles  by  four  planes  resting  on  the  primary  planes, 
and  from  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron  through  the  tangent  replace- 
ment of  its  edges.  (Fig.  65.)* 

If  the  Cube  have  its  solid  angles 
replaced  by  six  planes,  (Fig.  60,) 
the  new  figure  will  be  contained 
under  forty  eight  triangular  planes. 
Fig.  127. 

The  replacement  of  the  solid  an- 
gles of  the  regular  Octahedron  by 
eight  planes,  leads  to  the  same  re- 
sult; as  likewise  the  replacement  of 
the  edges  of  the  rhombic  Dodecahe- 
dron by  two  planes.  (Fig.  66.) 

The  foregoing  derivations  are  abundantly  exemplified  among  the 
crystals  of  minerals.  The  passage  of  the  Cube  into  the  pentagonal 
Dodecahedron  occurs  in  Iron  Pyrites  and  Grey  Cobalt;  the  deriva- 
tion of  the  twenty  four  sided  isosceles  triangular  form,  is  seen  in  the 
crystals  of  the  Diamond  and  Sulphuret  of  Iron;  the  Trapezohedron 
flows  from  the  Dodecahedron  in  Garnet  and  from  the  Cube  in  Anal- 
cime ;  and  the  last  mentioned  solid  under  forty  eight  triangular 
planes,  occurs  among  the  crystals  of  Fluor. 

The  Octahedron  with  a  square  base  passes  into  another  Octahedron 
with  a  square  base,  by  the  replacement  of  the  edges  of  the  pyramids 
by  tangent  planes,  (Fig.  69);  the  new  octahedron  is  more  obtuse 
than  the  primary.  This  modification  occurs  in  Sphene.  The  tan- 
gent replacement  of  the  edges,  or  of  the  angles  of  the  base,  (Figs. 
70,  71,)  give  rise  to  the  right  square  Prism;  a  result  of  frequent 
occurrence  in  Zircon  crystals. 

The  Octahedron  with  a  rectangular  base  is  capable  of  giving  rise 
to  an  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base,  by  the  replacement  of  the 
edges  of  the  pyramids  by  single  planes.  (Fig.  73.) 

The  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base  passes  into  the  rhombic  prism, 
by  the  replacement  of  the  edges  of  the  base  by  tangent  planes,  (Fig. 
74.)  We  have  this  modification  in  Sulphur. 

The  right  square  Prism,  according  to  the  symmetry  of  its  modifi- 
cations, produces,  either  another  similar  right  square  Prism  by  the 


*  This,  though  an  instance  of  tangent  modification,  was  deferred  to  be 
mentioned  here. 

5* 


54 


TERMINOLOGY. 


tangent  replacement  of  its  lateral  edges,  or  an  octahedron  by  the 
truncation  of  its  terminal  edges  or  solid  angles. 

The  right  rectangular  Prism  will  afford  a  rhombic  prism  by  the 
replacement  of  its  lateral  edges  by  single  planes,  or  an  Octahedron 
with  a  rectangular  base,  by  the  truncation  of  its  terminal  edges. 

The  right  rhombic  Prism  may  pass  into  an  Octahedron  with  a 
square  base,  through  the  replacement  of  its  obtuse  solid  angles  by 
single  planes,  which  intersect  the  terminal  plane  parallel  to  its 
greater  diagonal,  (Fig.  88) ;  portions  of  the  primary  lateral  planes 
M,  M'  still  remain.  Fig.  128. 

The  same  new  solid,  Fig.  129>  may  also  result  from  a  similar  re- 
placement of  the  acute  solid  angles,  (Fig.  89) ;  but  it  is  reversed  in, 
its  position,  when  compared  with  the  former  one. 


Fig.  128, 


Fig.  129. 


It  passes  into  Octahedrons  with  rhombic  bases,  through  the  re- 
placement of  its  terminal  edges  by  single  planes. 

Crystals  of  Heavy  Spar  illustrate  these  transitions. 

The  right  oblique  angled  Prism  does  not  give  rise  to  either  of  the 
other  primary  forms,  in  the  modifications  it  undergoes  among  crystals. 

The  oblique  rhombic  Prism  gives  origin  to  an  oblique,  six  sided 
prism,  by  the  tangent  replacement  of  the  acute  edges  of  the  prism, 
(Fig.  95,)  as  in  the  crystals  of  Mica. 

The  doubly  oblique  Prism  does  not  pass  by  its  modifications  into 
either  of  the  geometrical  solids. 

The  regular  six  sided  Prism,  as  has  been  already  noticed,  passes 
into  the  Dodecahedron  with  isosceles  triangular  faces,  (Fig.  118,)  by 
the  replacement  of  its  terminal  edges  by  similar  planes.  (Fig.  116.) 

The  Rhomboid  passes  into  a  Rhomboid  more  obtuse  than  the 
primary,  when  its  superior  edges  are  replaced  by  tangent  planes, 
(Fig.  109.) 

The  replacement  of  the  lateral  edges,  (Fig.  108,)  or  angles,  Fig, 
ISO,  by  tangent  planes,  produces  a  regular  six  sidecj  Prism, 


PASSAGE   OF  ONE  FORM  INTO  ANOTHER. 


55 


That  of  its  lateral  edges,  or  superior  edges,  (Fig.  110,)  by  two 
planes,  results  in  a  Dodecahedron  with  scalene  triangular  faces, 
Fig.  131. 


Fig.  130. 


Fig.  131. 


The  second  Rhomboid  of  a  mineral,  or  the  first  new  one,  may 
itself  suffer  the  same  modification  as  the  primary,  and  thus  produce 
another,  still  more  obtuse.  Carbonate  of  Lime  presents  us,  in  this 
way,  with  four  distinct  Rhomboids. 

Though  it  may  appear  to  the  student  hardly  possible  that  the 
changes  to  which  the  primary  forms  are  subject,  are  as  numerous 
as  would  appear  from  the  instances  enumerated,  yet  he  will  find 
them  in  reality  to  be  much  more  so,  as  his  knowledge  of  crystals 
becomes  extended.  Still,  those  which  have  just  been  pointed  out, 
are  among  those  most  frequently  met  with,  and  the  most  easily  un- 
derstood by  the  young  student. 

It  will  now  be  seen,  that  it  is  natural  that  most  crystallized  miner- 
als should  present  themselves  under  several  distinct  forms,  (§.  30,) 
since  this  variation  of  form  is  a  necessary  result  of  the  symmetry  of 
structure  in  one  primitive  form,  and  of  the  laws  no  less  symmetrical 
to  which  these  modifications  are  subject.  At  the  same  time,  it  must 
be  recollected,  that  the  number  and  the  nature  of  these  various  forms 
of  the  same  substance  are  necessarily  limited,  and  dependant  upon 
the  structure  of  one  fundamental  form.  (§.  31.) 


56  TERMINOLOGY. 


OF  THE  IMPERFECTIONS  OF  CRYSTALS  IN  RESPECT  TO 
THEIR  FORM. 

§.  52.  KINDS  OF  IMPERFECTION  IN  FORM. 

The  irregularities  noticeable  in  crystals  are  of  two  kinds; 
and  originate  either  in  the  formation  of  the  crystals  them- 
selves, or  they  are  the  consequence  of  the  contact  of  these 
with  other  minerals. 

In  the  foregoing  considerations  of  forms,  the  student  may  have 
been  led  to  imagine  that  crystals  uniformly  occur  under  planes  of  a 
constant  f.gure  and  extent.  He  now  needs  to  be  informed  that  per- 
fect regularity,  in  these  respects,  is  rarely  to  be  found.  At  the  same 
time,  the  deviations  from  it,  (as  will  presently  be  seen,)  are  of  such 
a  kind  as  to  occasion  only  a  slight  inconvenience  in  ascertaining  their 
relations,  and  too  unimportant  to  require  that  they  should  be  treated 
of,  except  under  the  idea  of  perfect  regularity, 

In  those  cases  where  crystals  are  possessed  of  the  irregularity  al- 
luded to,  and  where  the  circumstances  under  which  they  are  found 
do  not  indicate  any  external  disturbance  of  their  forms,  we  are  natu- 
rally led  to  suppose  that  the  deviations  it  presents  are  founded  upon 
the  formation  of  the  crystals  themselves.  On  the  other  hand,  where 
crystals  occur  in  contact  with  each  other  and  with  other  minerals, 
or  where  they  have  been  subjected  to  other  accidents,  their  irregu- 
larities are  referrible  to  these  causes.  The  former  imperfections  are 
the  most  important.  The  latter  will  be  more  particularly  treated  of 
under  compound  minerals.  At  present,  it  is  only  necessary  to  ex- 
amine in  what  shape  an  individual  will  appear,  which  is  prevented 
from  assuming  its  regular  form  by  some  external  obstacle. 

§.  53.  IRREGULARITIES  DEPENDING  UPON  THE  FORMATION 
OF  THE  INDIVIDUALS  THEMSELVES. 

Deviations  from  regularity  in  crystalline  forms  appear 
either  in  their  size  and  figure,  or  in  the  physical  quality  of 
their  faces. 


IMPERFECTIONS  OF  CRYSTALS. 


57 


Thus,  hexagonal  crystals  of  Beryl  frequently  have  their  alternate 
lateral  faces  so  enlarged  as  to  give  them  the  appearance  of  triangular 
prisms.  The  faces  of  a  cubical  crystal  of  Galena  very  often  are  not 
squares.  Dodecahedral  crystals  of  Garnet  are  sometimes  elongated 
in  the  direction  of  one  of  the  lesser  axes,  by  which  means  it  becomes 
apparently  a  regular  six  sided  prism,  surmounted  by  trihedral  sum- 
mits, &c. 

The  same  thing  takes  place  with  regard  to  the  modifications  of 
simple  forms.  Some  of  the  faces  of  the  modification  are  irregularly 
increased,  whilst  corresponding  faces  belonging  to  the  same  forms 
are  diminished,  till  they  almost  or  wholly  disappear.  This  remark 
is  exemplified  in  the  crystals  of  Quartz. 

In  addition  to  the  above  irregularity,  we  have,  in  the  crystals  of  a 
few  species,  slight  curvatures  in  the  faces.  If  these  curvatures  take 
place  in  simple  forms,  it  generally  affects  all  the  faces  at  once,  as  in 
the  crystals  of  Diamond  and  Fluor,  If  it  take  place  upon  modify- 
ing planes,  it  is  confined  to  those  which  are  similar,  as  m  certain 
crystals  of  Gypsum. 

Notwithstanding  all  the  irregularities  arising  out  of  the  dispropor- 
tionate extension  of  similar  faces,  the  inclination  of  these  faces  to  each 
other  is  invariably  constant,  and  precisely  the  same  as  though  their 
dimensions  were  exactly  similar,  and  the  form  were  possessed  of  the 
highest  degree  of  perfection.  For  example,  in  Figures  132  and  133, 
representing  crystals  of  Quartz,  any  two  planes  which  may  be  se- 
lected in  Fig.  132  incline  to  each  other  under  the  same  angle  as  the? 
two  similarly  situated  planes  in  Fig.  133, 


Fig.  132. 


Fig.  133. 


This  remarkable  fact  was  first  ascertained  and  demonstrated  by 
Rom6  de  PIsle,  and  is  at  the  foundation  of  the  application  of  crys- 
tallography to  the  discrimination  of  minerals. 


58  TERMINOLOGY. 

<§>.  54.  IRREGULARITIES  FROM  CONTACT  WITH  OTHER 
INDIVIDUALS. 

There  are  two  sorts  of  contact  by  which  the  regularity  of 
crystals  is  affected  ;  viz.  1.  contact  on  all  sides,  2.  contact 
only  by  some  of  their  parts. 

Crystals  surrounded  and  inclosed  by  the  solid  mass  in  which  they 
are  found,  or  in  which  they  have  been  formed,  are  in  contact  with 
this  mass  on  all  sides.  This  mass  may  either  be  of  the  same  sub- 
stance with  the  crystals,  or  it  may  be  otherwise.  In  the  first  in- 
stance, the  regularity  of  the  form  is  scarcely  ever  perceptible.  One 
individual  prevents  the  other  individual,  by  their  contact,  from  as- 
suming that  regular  form,  which  under  other  circumstances,  is  pecu- 
liar to  it;  and  we  see  individuals  in  these  cases  assuming  their  regu- 
lar shape  only,  when  some  cavity  or  empty  space  occurs  in  the  mass, 
which  enables  them  to  emerge  from  contact  with -other  individuals. 

If  the  mass,  which  surrounds  a  crystal,  is  not  of  the  same  nature 
with  the  crystal,  the  regularity  of  the  latter  is  not  so  liable  to  be  im- 
paired. A  crystal,  under  such  circumstances,  is  said  to  be  imbedded; 
and  when  disengaged  from  its  bed,  is  termed  a  loose  crystal.  Crys- 
tals of  this  kind  may  be  taken  out  of  the  mass  which  surrounds  them, 
and  if  they  do  not  cohere  with  any  particles  of  the  mass,  a  smooth 
print  of  their  form  wrill  remain.  Loose  crystals,  if  not  imperfect  in 
some  other, way,  may  be  considered  as  the  most  perfect  productions 
of  inorganic  nature.  Such  crystals,  however,  are  comparatively 
rare.  More  commonly,  they  are  imperfectly  formed  of  themselves, 
or  they  have  been  rendered  imperfect  by  their  contact  with  the  sur- 
rounding mass.  Those  individuals,  whose  dimensions  are  nearly 
equal,  appear  as  rounded  or  angular  masses,  and  bear  the  name  of 
grains  or  angular  masses,  both  of  which,  are  nothing  else  but  im- 
perfectly formed  crystals.  Pargasite  is  a  good  example  of  crystals 
of  this  sort.  Besides  these  imperfectly  formed  crystals,  there  exist 
a  great  many  others,  which  likewise  assume,  more  or  less,  a  globu- 
lar or  angular  shape.  These,  however,  must  carefully  be  distin- 
guished from  real  grains  and  angular  masses,  because  they  are  not 
simple  but  compound  minerals.  (§.  15.) 

Crystals  which  are  formed  in  an  empty  space,  and  adhere  only 
with  some  of  their  parts  to  the  support,  which  in  most  cases  is  difr 
ferent  from  the  mass  of  crystals,  are  termed  implanted  crystals. 


SYSTEM    OF   CRYSTALLIZATION.  59 

We  say  crystals  which  are  formed  in  an  empty  space, — this  is  not  ne- 
cessary provided  the  mineral  4nto  which  the  crystal  shoots  from  its 
support  is  different  from  the  crystals  themselves,  and  from  the  sup- 
port generally,  and  is  capable  of  being  detached  from  the  crystals 
so  as  to  leave  them  free  except  in  their  attachment  to  the  supporting 
mass  with  which  their  connexion  is  peculiar,  inasmuch  as  they  can- 
not be  removed  from  it  so  as  to  leave  behind  a  print  of  their  form  ; 
they  can  only  be  separated  from  the  support  by  breaking.  Of  course, 
implanted  crystals  are  always  incomplete,  because  those  parts  are 
wanting  in  which  the  crystals  are  attached  to  the  supporting  mass. 

Other  imperfections  to  which  crystals  are  liable  from  external 
sources,  are  such  as  arise  from  disturbances  in  the  rocks  which  con- 
tain them,  in  consequence  of  which  they  are  contorted  or  have 
been  subject  to  slips  ;  or  from  their  having  been  acted  upon  by  heat, 
and  thus  become  rounded  on  some  of  their  edges  and  angles. 

Implanted  crystals  as  well  as  those  which  are  irregular  from  the 
-undue  enlargement  of  some  of  their  planes,  or  which  have  been 
broken  by  accident,  are  completed  according  to  the  rules  of  sym- 
metry in  order  to  fit  them  for  the  purpose  of  crystallographic  con- 
sideration. For  example,  Quartz  ordinarily  occurs  in  regular  six 
sided  Prisms,  terminated  at  each  extremity  by  six-sided  pyramids. 
But  when  these  crystals  occur  implanted,  they  are  usually  attached 
to  the  supporting  mineral  by  one  end  of  the  prism  without  the  in- 
tervention of  the  pyramid ;  we  therefore  complete  this  termination, 
by  supposing  it  equal  and  similar  to  that  which  has  been  observed. 
Sometimes  only  one  pyramid  is  observable  among  implanted  crys- 
tals of  Quartz :  in  such  a  case,  we  have  to  imagine  the  prism  and 
other  pyramids  conformably  to  the  rules  of  symmetry;  for  we  can 
never  be  entitled  to  assume  or  consider  such  crystals  as  simple  pyr- 
amids, because  such  forms  do  not  exist  among  minerals,  nor  are  they 
capable  of  being  obtained  by  any  process  of  derivation. 

A  few  cases  however  exist,  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  allow  of 
exceptions  to  this  general  rule.  Such  are  the  crystals  whose  oppo- 
site solid  angles  possess  a  different  configuration,  and  which  present 
differences  in  their  electric  action  when  heated,  §.  50.  p.  47. 

§  55.  SYSTEM  or  CRYSTALLIZATION. 

The  assemblage  of  forms  derivable  from  one  primary 
form,  is  termed  a  system  of  crystallization. 


60  TERMINOLOGY. 

All  crystals  which  have  hitherto  been  discovered,  are  capable  of  be- 
ing referred  to  some  one  of  the  primary  forms  which  have  been  de- 
scribed. Should  a  crystal  be  hereafter  discovered,  which  agreea- 
ble to  the  symmetrical  laws  of  derivation  could  not  be  referred  to 
one  of  these,  a  new  primary  form  would  be  necessary,  and  it  would 
constitute  a  member  of  a  new  system  of  crystallization.  In  each  of 
these  systems  it  is  customary  to  consider  all  those  forms  as  belong- 
ing to  it,  which  are  geometrically  derivable  from  it,  although  they 
should  not  as  yet  have  been  observed  among  minerals. 

In  the  system  of  crystallization,  the  dimensions  are  not  fixed,  ex- 
cept indeed  where  it  is  so  from  the  nature  of  the  fundamental  form  as 
in  the  regular  Octahedron,  the  Cube,  the  Tetrahedron  and  the  rhom- 
bic Dodecahedron.  Any  number  of  prisms,  whatever  may  be  their 
height,  will  belong  to  the  same  system  of  crystallization  ;  any  num- 
ber of  Rhomboids,  whether  acute  or  obtuse,  will  be  included  under 
the  same  system,  &c. 

The  system  of  crystallization  derived  from  the  different  primary 
forms  are  termed  the  systems  of  those  forms  respectively :  thus  the 
system  of  crystallization  belonging  to  the  Cube,  &c. 

§.  56.  SERIES  OF  CRYSTALLIZATION. 

The  primary  form  being  supposed  to  possess  determined 
dimensions,  the  assemblage  of  derived  forms  becomes  a 
series  of  crystallization. 

Among  the  primary  forms  the  Tetrahedron,  the  Cube,  the  regular 
Octahedron  and  the  rhombic  Dodecahedron  possess  invariable  dimen- 
sions ;  accordingly  they  will  each  possess  but  one  series  of  crystalli- 
zation, while  the  other  systems  of  crystallization  as  they  possess  va- 
riable dimensions  will  comprehend  an  unlimited  number  of  such 
series,  or  as  many  as  there  may  be  differences  in  the  dimensions  of 
their  primary  forms.  Thus  in  the  system  of  crystallization  belong- 
ing to  the  right  square  Prism,  there  may  be  any  number  of  series  of 
crystallization  according  as  these  prisms  may  be  conceived  to  differ 
from  each  other  in  the  relation  of  their  respective  heights  to  the 
length  of  the  edge  of  their  square  base.  The  system  of  rectangu- 
lar Prisms  may  contain  many  series  according  to  the  particular  prisms 
which  vary  from  each  other  in  the  relative  dimensions  of  their 
planes.  The  individuals  of  the  system  belonging  to  right  rhombic 


MEASUREMENT    OF    CRYSTALS.  61 

Prism  will  form  a  great  number  of  series  of  particular  rhom- 
bic prisms,  varying  from  each  other  in  their  relative  heights,  and 
in  the  angle  at  which  the  lateral  planes  incline  to  each  other.  Those 
of  the  system  of  crystallization  belonging  to  the  Rhomboid  will  com- 
prehend a  great  number  of  series,  according  as  the  Rhomboids  differ 
in  the  angles  at  which  their  planes  incline,  respectively,  to  each  oth- 
er, &c. 

§.   57.   METHODS   FOR   ASCERTAINING  THE   ANGLES    or 
CRYSTALS. 

From  what  has  preceded  relating  to  the  differences  among 
the  forms  of  crystals,  and  the  systems  of  crystallization,  it 
is  apparent,  that  in  order  to  become  acquainted  with  crys* 
tals,  it  is  requisite'we  should  possess  the  means  of  measuring 
their  angles  with  precision.  This  is  effected  by  the  aid  of 
instruments  called  Goniometers,  which  are  of  two  kinds  : 
viz.  the  Common  Goniometer,  and  the  Reflective  Goni- 
ometer. 

1.    Common  G-oniometer. 

• 

Figures  1,  2  and  3,  give  a  representation  of  this  instrument.  In 
Fig.  1,  the  half  circle  or  reporter  is  attached  to  the  arms;  in 
the  other  figures,  the  arms  and  the  semicircle  are  separate.  The 
first  of  these  was  invented  by  Carangcol  about  fifly  years  ago. 
The  half  circle  s  t  r,  made  of  brass  or  silver,  is  graduated  into  180 
degrees,  each  degiee  being  marked  on  the  instrument  by  a  short 
line  extending  from  the  outer  rim  to  the  circle  which  is  next 
within  it,  and  a  mark  for  every  five  degrees  extending  still  farther 
towards  the  centre,  until  it  cuts  a  second  circle,  as  may  be  seen  by 
inspection  of  the  figure.  A  plate  of  steel  or  brass  extends  a  little 
by  the  centre  from  r  towards  s,  in  order  to  support  the  axis  c,  about 
which  moves  the  moveable  arm  df.  This  arm  may  be  lengthened 
or  shortened  in  the  direction  c  d,  by  means  of  the  slit  I  m.  Two 
similar  slits,  g  h,  i  A:,  in  the  fixed  arm  a  6,  allow  of  its  being  moved 
forwards  or  backwards  upon  the  two  fixed  points  c  and  e.  These 
two  arms  are  made  of  steel.  It  is  obvious  that  by  this  provision,  it 

6 


62 


TERMINOLOGY. 


is  in  our  power  to  apply  a  greater  or  less  length  of  the  arms  to  the 
planes  whose  incidence  is  to  be  measured,  according  as  those  face* 
Fig.  134. 


COMMON    GONIOMETER.  63 

are  large  or  small.  In  either  case,  the  number  of  degrees,  or  the 
value  of  the  angle,  is  indicated  at  the  border/n  of  the  moveable 
arm,  which  coincides  with  a  line  coming  directly  from  the  centre  of 
the  circle.  It  is  necessary  that  the  arms  be  applied  to  the  planes 
whose  inclination  is  required,  perpendicularly  to  the.  edge  at  which 
they  meet.  But  it  frequently  happens  that  the  crystal  we  are  wish- 
ing to  measure  is  engaged  along  with  other  crystals  in  its  gangue, 
so  that  the  extremity  s  of  the  semicircle  prevents  the  application  of 
the  arms  to  its  planes :  in  order  to  remedy  this  obstacle  the  semi- 
circle is  cut  into  two  parts  at  t,  and  reunited  by  a  hinge.  In  this  way 
we  are  able,  when  it  is  necessary,  to  turn  the  part  s  f,  back  upon  the 
other,  which  we  restore  again  to  its  original  place,  when  we  have 
adjusted  the  arms  to  the  planes  under  examination,  in  order  to  read 
off  the  degrees  of  the  measured  angle. 

Figures  2  and 3  represent  the  common  goniometer,  which  consists  ot 
two  parts;  the  steel  arms  Fig.  2,  constituting  one  part  and  the  semi- 
circle Fig.  3,  the  other.  When  we  have  adjusted  the  arms  to  the 
angle  to  be  measured,  they  are  transferred  to  the  semicircle  in  or- 
der to  read  off  the  degrees.  Cut  it  is  obvious  that  in  using  this  va- 
riety of  the  goniometer,  it  is  indispensable,  in  adjusting  the  arms  to 
the  semicircle,  that  we  place  the  centre  of  them  upon  the  centre  ot 
the  semicircle,  and  one  arm  upon  its  diameter.  This  is  effected  with 
ease  by  the  following  construction  of  the  instrument.  The  pin 
which  connects  the  arms  at  k  is  allowed  to  project  a  little  upon  one 
side,  and  a  hole  is  made  in  the  cross  piece  Fig.  3  at  ky  exactly  large 
enough  to  receive  it;  besides,  there  is  a  little  projection  upon  the 
cross  piece  at  y,  against  which  the  lower  edge  of  that  arm  may  ro- 
pose,  which  requires  to  be  exactly  upon  the  diameter  of  the  circle, 
when  the  angles  are  read  off.  The  method  of  using  it  is,  after  hav- 
ing applied  the  edges  of  the  arms  to  the  planes  of  any  crystal,  to 
tighten  them  by  means  of  a  little  screw  at  A;,  and  transfer  them  to 
the  cross  piece  of  the  semicircle,  allowing  the  projection  to  drop  into 
the  hole  k,  and  one  of  the  arms  to  rest  with  its  under  edge  upon  y,- 
the  other  arm  will  then  indicate  upon  the  reporter,  the  number  of 
degrees  which  the  measured  angle  contains.  This  construction  of 
the  common  goniometer  will  be  found  more  convenient  in  its  appli- 
cation than  that  first  described,  and  on  the  whole,  less  liable  to  inac- 
curacies in  consequence  of  the  greater  steadiness  of  the  semicircle, 
and  of  the  greater  exactness  with  which  the  arms  may  be  fitted  to 
crystals. 

In  making  use  of  the  common  goniometer,  great  care  should  be  ex- 
ercised in  selecting  erj'stals  with  smooth  and  plane  faces;  and  when 


04  TERMINOLOGY. 

the  arms  are  applied  to  a  crystal,  they  should  be  previously  brought 
sufficiently  near  together  to  form  a  more  acute  angle  than  that  about 
to  be  measured.  The  arms  being  then  gently  pressed  upon  the 
crystal,  they  will  gradually  separate  until  they  come  to  fit  the 
planes  so  exactly,  that  when  held  between  the  eye  and  the  win- 
dow, no  light  can  be  perceived  to  flow  between  them.  When  the 
crystals  are  well  adapted  to  these  measurements,  and  in  the  hands 
of  a  person  familiar  with  the  operation,  results  may  be  obtained 
from  any  number  of  successive  trials,  whose  greatest  difference  will 
not  be  above  a  quarter  of  a  degree. 

On  the  whole,  the  common  goniometer,  may  be  said  to  supply  us 
only  with  approximations  to  the  real  value  of  the  angles  of  crystals, 
in  consequence  of  the  frequent  irregularities  upon  their  planes,  or 
the  minuteness  of  their  planes,  as  well  as  the  difficulty  of  applying 
the  arms  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  intersection  of  the  planes 
to  be  measured.  Still,  it  is  an  instrument  indispensable  to  the  Min- 
eralogist ;  and  is  in  general  every  way  adequate,  in  point  of  the  accu- 
racy of  its  results,  to  be  employed  in  the  determination  of  minerals. 

2.  Reflective  Goniometer. 

Fig.  135. 


This  instrument,  which  is  of  invaluable  utility  to  the  Mineralo- 
gist, was  an  invention  of  the  late  Dr.  Wollaston.  It  is  represented 
in  Fig.  135.  It  consists  of  an  entire  circle,  divided  into  degree* 


REFLECTIVE    GONIOMETER.  65 

"Upon  its  edge,  and  disposed  vertically  upon  a  moveable,  horizontal 
axis  ik,  which  is  supported  by  the  braces  ran  and  mo,  inserted  into 
the  circular  horizontal  foot  gh.  This  circle  is  furnished  with  a  ver- 
nier q,  which  is  attached  to  the  support  ran.  The  axle  ik  is  hollow, 
and  traversed  by  a  second  one  if:  both  may  be  revolved  upon  them- 
selves by  means  of  the  circular  wheels  v  and  s,  with  this  difference, 
that  the  lesser  wheel  turns  only  the  inferior  axis,  the  outer  one,  to- 
gether with  the  circle,  remaining  stationary;  whereas,  the  larger 
wheel  turns  all  at  once,  the  exterior  axle,  the  circle  which  is  adapt- 
ed to  it,  and  the  interior  axis. 

The  interior  axis  is  prolonged  from/,  at  first  by  a  semi-circular 
projection,  consisting  of  two  pieces  and  joined  together  by  a  rivet 
at  d,  so  as  to  allow  of  motion  in  the  portion  Id.  Its  extremity  I  is 
pierced  and  traversed  by  a  round  stem  ep>  capable  of  being  moved 
up  and  down,  and  at  the  same  time  of  being  turned  circularly  by 
the  little  wheel  u.  The  extremity;?  is  slit  so  as  to  receive  a  small 
copper  plate  c. 

The  instrument  is  used  as  follows.  It  is  first  placed  on  a  small 
pyramidal  stand,  and  the  stand  on  a  steady  table.  The  stand  should 
be  of  su<5h  a  height  above  the  table  as  to  permit  the  experimenter  to 
sit  with  both  elbows  upon  the  table,  while  his  eye  shall  not  be  ele- 
vated  above  the  axis  ik.  Tha  stand  should  be  firmly  attached  to  the 
table,  and  the  goniometer  to  the  stand.  The  table  is  now  placed  be- 
fore a  common  flat  window,  at  the  distance  of  from  six  to  twelve  feet, 
in  such  a  manner,  that  the  vertical  wheel  or  circle  shall  be  as  nearly 
as  possible  perpendicular  to  it.  A  black  line  is  drawn  on  the  wain- 
scot, between  the  window  and  the  floor,  perfectly  parallel  with  the 
horizontal  bars  of  the  window.  The  crystal  to  be  measured  is  at- 
tached, by  means  of  a  piece  of  wax,  to  the  plate  e,  or  (dispensing 
with  the  use  of  the  plate  c)  to  a  piece  of  wax  half  an  inch  long, 
extending  horizontally  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  ik.  In  attaching 
the  crystal,  we  endeavor  to  adjust  it,  so  that  the  edge  formed  by  tho 
meeting  of  the  two  planes  whose  inclination  is  sought,  shall  coincide 
with  an  imaginary  line  passing  through  the  axis  ik.  It  is  impossible 
to  effect  this  simply  by  inspection  :  the  following  steps  are  therefore 
taken  to  ensure  the  accuracy  of  this  adjustment.  One  of  the  planes 
forming  the  angle  sought  is  brought  uppermost,  and  so  as  to  be  as 
nearly  parallel  to  the  table  as  possible,  when  the  eye  is  placed  so 
near  that  the  lower  lid  nearly  touches  it ;  in  this  situation  the  crysr 
tal  is  not  seen,  but  we  observe  distinctly  the  images  of  objects  re^ 
fleeted  from  the  plane  under  the  eye,  and  by  giving  a  slight  motion 


66  TERMINOLOGY. 

to  the  lesser  wheel,  if  necessary,  we  obtain  reflections  of  some  of  the 
horizontal  bars  of  the  window.  One  of  these,  which  is  capable  of 
being  recognized,  is  selected  to  be  employed  in  the  experiment,  and 
brought  down  by  the  turning  of  the  axle  so  as  to  coincide  with  the 
black  line  upon  the  wainscot,  as  seen  directly  with  the  eye.  It  is 
seldom  or  never  the  case  that  the  crystal,  as  first  adjusted,  affords 
this  coincidence,  the  line  visible  in  the  face  of  the  crystal  almost 
always  forming  an  angle  more  or  less  acute  with  the  line  on  the 
wainscot  seen  directly.  In  order  to  effect  this  coincidence,  we  com- 
municate to  the  crystal  a  variety  of  slight  movements,  by  means  of 
the  hinge  at  d,  or  of  the  little  wheel  e;  by  one  or  both  of  these  mo- 
tions the  adjustment  is  brought  about.  This  being  done,  the  axis  is 
turned  and  the  same  arrangement  effected  with  regard  to  the  other 
plane.  Sometimes  it  happens,  that  in  adjusting  the  second  plane 
we  disturb  the  first:  a  little  attention  will,  however,  enable  us  to 
fix  them  both  in  the  requisite  position.  Both  reflections  being  pre- 
cisely arranged  with  regard  to  the  black  line,  it  is  next  requisite  to 
observe  that  the  line  at  180  upon  the  circle  forms  a  line  with  that  at 
0  upon  the  vernier,  at  the  same  time  that  the  reflection  of  the  win- 
dow bar  is  seen  along  the  black  line.  Now  we  have  only  to  turn 
the  exterior  axis  until  the  image  of  the  bar  reflected  from  the  sec- 
ond plane  is  in  like  manner  observed  to  coincide  with  the  same  line 
below.  In  this  state  of  the  instrument,  the  vernier  at  c  will  indi- 
cate the  degrees  and  minutes  at  which  the  two  planes  incline  to 
each  other.  Suppose  the  angle  to  be  105°  5'.  In  this  case,  we 
shall  find  105  upon  the  circle,  as  the  nearest  number  which  touches 
the  0  on  the  vernier;  still  the  line  belonging  to  105  upon  the  rim  of 
the  circle  has  perceptibly  passed  that  corresponding  to  0  on  the  ver- 
nier. In  order  to  ascertain  the  precise  measure  of  this  distance  in 
minutes,  we  notice  which  line  on  the  vernier  cuts,  or  forms  but  one 
line  with  another"  line  on  the  principal  circle,  In  the  present  case, 
it  will  be  the  line  marked  5  on  the  vernier. 

The  method  above  described  cannot,  however,  be  followed  to  the 
best  advantage  by  persons  who  are  short  sighted.  Glasses  cannot 
be  used  in  these  experiments,  and  the  sight  of  such  persons  will 
not  in  general,  allow  of  their  observing  the  black  line  with  sufficient 
distinctness  without  them.  By  the  following  arrangement,  how- 
ever, near  sighted  persons  may  use  the  reflective  goniometer  with 
the  utmost  accuracy.  Let  a  cyphering  slate  be  set  up  on  edge 
by  means  of  two  cross  pieces  of  wood,  so  that  it  shall  stand  perpen- 
dicularly and  steadily  upon  the  table  between  the  goniometer  and 


REFLECTIVE    GONIOMETER.  67 

the  window,  with  its  upper  edge  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  axis  of 
the  instrument.  Let  a  horizontal  line  be  drawn  with  a  knife  across 
the  slate  near  its  upper  edge  and  parallel  (as  in  the  case  of  the  black 
line  on  the  wainscot,)  with  the  bars  of  the  window.  Now  let  the 
slate  be  fixed  exactly  at  such  a  distance  from  the  observer,  when  his 
eye  is  at  c,  that  he  can  most  distinctly  perceive  the  horizontal^rnark 
upon  the  slate.  Here  let  it  be  made  stationary  upon  the  table.  In 
this  situation,  the  horizontal  mark  on  the  slate  i£  to  be  substituted 
for  the  black  mark  first  described.  But  instead  of  the  reflection  of 
a  window  bar,  if  the  table  should  be  situated  near  the  window,  it 
will  be  better  to  substitute  a  piece  of  wood  of  half  the  diameter  of 
a  window  bar,  placing  it  across  half  way  between,  and  parallel 
with,  two  contiguous  bars,  since  a  window  bar  will  give  at  this 
distance  an  image  whose  diameter  is  greater  than  is  requisite,  and 
thus  diminish  the  accuracy  of  the  coincidence  we  obtain  with  the 
line  upon  the  slate. 

The  instrument  whose  use  has  just  been  described  has  a  remark- 
able advantage  over  the  common  goniometer  not  only  in  the  accu- 
racy of  its  results,  which  in  perfect  crystals  may  be  said  to  give  the 
value  of  angles  within  a  minute  of  a  degree,  but  in  its  application 
to  crystals  of  the  smallest  dimensions;  it  being  estimated  that  it  will 
give  the  inclination  of  planes  whose  area  is  less  than  joVcr  oir  of 
an  inch.  Indeed,  the  smaller  the  crystal  is,  in  general,  the  more 
eligible  it  becomes  for  the  measurement  of  its  angles  by  this  go- 
niometer, since  in  such  crystals,  inaccuracies  are  less  liable  to  occur 
from  the  curvature  of  the  crystalline  foces,  than  in  those  which  are 
of  larger  dimensions. 

Notwithstanding  the  superiority  of  the  reflective  over  the  com- 
mon, goniometer  in  most  cases,  both  instruments  are  indispensable 
in  the  cabinet  of  every  Mineralogist.  Occasionally,  crystals  are 
too  large  or  are  deficient  in  polish,  for  the  use  of  the  reflective 
goniometer,  in  which  case,  the  common  one  must  be  resort- 
ed to.  The  common  goniometer  has  an  advantage  over  the  re- 
flective one  in  being  a  pocket  instrument,  as  well  as  in  the  facility 
of  its  application  where  the  crystals  are  of  a  suitable  size :  the  re- 
flective goniometer,  however,  must  be  employed  on  all  occasions 
when  the  crystals  will  allow  of  it,  where  the  object  is  to  describe 
accurately  a  new  form  of  crystal,  or  to  establish  the  system  of  crys- 
tallization belonging  to  a  species  not  yet  generally  known. 


68  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  58.  STRUCTURE. 

The  internal  structure  of  crystals  depends  upon  the  con- 
nexion existing  among  their  particles.  It  may  be  observed 
by  mechanically  overcoming  this  connexion. 

In  effecting  this  separation,  smooth  and  polished  surfaces  are  of- 
ten produced  in  certain  directions,  and  when  a  smooth  surface  is 
thus  produced  in  any  direction,  others  may  also  be  effected  in  the 
same  direction.  Two  or  more  of  these  being  developed  in  a  crys- 
tal, give  origin  to  plates  or  laminae,  from  whence  the  expression, 
foliated  structure  or  laminated  structure,  which  has  been  applied 
to  such  crystals.*  In  other  directions,  the  application  of  force  only 
produces  uneven  faces,  between  any  two  of  which  thus  produced, 
no  parallelism  exists. 

The  production  of  even  and  polished  surfaces,  in  causing  the  sep- 
aration of  the  pai  ticles  of  crystals,  is  denominated  their  cleavage; 
of  uneven  and  irregular  surfaces,  \\\e\v  fracture.  The  fracture  of 
crystals  will  be  treated  of  hereafter. 

It  is  sometimes  difficult  to  ascertain  the  cleavage  of  crystals,  and 
very  often  equally  so,  to  discover  their  fracture.  The  particles  of 
Galena  and  Calcareous  spar,  separate  so  readily  in  the  direction  of 
their  cleavages,  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  effect  a  separation  in 
any  other  direction.  On  the  contrary,  others,  as  Quartz  and  Tour- 
maline, separate  in  other  directions  with  greater  facility  than  in 
those  of  their  cleavage,  so  that  it  becomes  difficult  to  observe  even 
the  traces  of  its  existence. 

<§.  59.  CLEAVAGE. 

A  crystal  is  said  to  be  cleavable,  or  to  admit  of  cleavage, 
if,  by  the  application  of  mechanical  force,  it  splits  into  par- 
allel layers. 

*  Lapidaries  have  long  been  acquainted  with  this  property  in  many  of 
the  gems,  especially  in  the  Diamond,  which  possesses  a  laminated  struc- 
ture in  four  directions;  a  peculiarity  of  considerable  importance  in  the 
cutting  of  this  gem,  since  by  means  of  it,  flaws,  and  badly  colored  por- 
tions, are  easily  got  rid  of,  without  the  trouble  of  being  ground  down, 
as  in  other  gems. 


CLEAVAGE. 


69 


Crystals  of  certain  species  cleave  with  the  greatest  facility,  as 
those  of  Carbonate  of  Lime,  Fluor,  and  Galena,  which  require 
merely  a  slight  sho<:k  from  a  hammer  to  cause  their  separation  into 
fragments  with  even  and  parallel  faces ;  while  those  of  other  spe- 
cies, as  Arragonite  and  Apatite,  require  the  aid  of  a  knife  or  chisel, 
and  a  delicate  mallet,  in  order  to  arrive  at  the  same  result.  It  is 
frequently  necessary  to  learn  beforehand  the  direction  of  the  cleav- 
age, which  may  be  done  by  holding  the  crystal  in  a  strong  light,  the 
reflection  of  which  renders  the  natural  joints  at  once  visible. 

A  little  practice  is  required  in  order  to  cleave  minerals  with  neat- 
ness. Crystals  of  Fluor,  Calcareous  Spar,  Blende,  and  Sulphate  of 
Strontian,  may  be  recommended  to  the  student  as  good  examples 
for  his  early  exercise. 

§.  60.  CLEAVAGE  PLANES. 

The  faces  which  result  from  cleaving  a  crystal  may  be 
termed  its  cleavage  planes. 

Cleavage  planes  differ  with  respect  to  the  lustre  they  exhibit. 
Those  which  are  parallel,  in  the  same  crystal  however,  are  always 
similar  in  this  respect,  while  those  which  are  not  parallel  often  pre- 
sent considerable  diversity.  That  it  is  perfectly  easy  from  these 
differences  to  ascertain  the  similarity  or  dissimilarity  of  cleavage 
planes  in  a  crystal. 

'§.  61.  DIRECTION  OF  CLEAVAGE  CONSTANT. 

The  direction  in  which  the  crystals  of  a  species  allow 
themselves  to  be  cleaved  is  constant. 

If  two  directions  of  cleavage  exist  at  the  same  time,  as  in  the 
crystals  of  Sulphate  of  Strontian,  wherever  the  faces  corresponding 
to  them  are  obtained,  they  always  intersect  each  other  at  the  same 
constant  angles.  This  follows  from  the  parallelism  of  all  those  fa- 
ces of  cleavage  which  lie  in  one  and  the  same  direction. 

§.  62.  FORM  OF  CLEAVAGE. 

A  regular  solid  contained  under  cleavage  planes  is  called 
a  form  of  cleavage,  or  a  cleavage  crystal. 


70  TERMINOLOGY. 

The  directions  of  cleavage  are  somewhat  various  in  crystals  be- 
longing to  different  species.  In  some  crystals,  but  one  is  visible, 
several  possess  two,  Galena  and  Calcareous  spar,  have  three,  Fluor 
four,  anJ  Blende  six,  while  others  sliil,  possess  cleavages  in  more  di- 
rections than  six. 

As  the  planes  produced  by  cleavage  are  parallel,  a  form  of  cleav- 
age cannot  result  from  less  than  three  sets  of  cleavages.  Never- 
theless, if  cleavage  takes  place  in  but  two  directions,  provided  these 
lead  to  the  formation  of  a  quadrangular  prism,  it  may  be  said  to  pro* 
duce  a  form  of  cleavage  ;  since,  if  we  arrive  at  a  knowledge  of  the 
lateral  faces  of  a  prism,  we  possess  independently  of  the  cleavage, 
means  for  determining  the  base,  whether  it  be  horizontal  or  oblique. 

It  has  been  remarked,  (§  60,)  that  there  exist  differences  among  the 
cleavage  planes  of  a  crystal,  by  which  one  cleavage  or  one  set  of 
cleavages,  are  capable  of  being  distinguished  from  others.  The 
importance  of  this  fact  is  very  great.  If  we  attempted  to  consider 
the  forms  of  cleavage,  or  cleavage  crystals,  as  they  are  formed 
from  the  whole  of  their  cleavages,  we  should  sometimes  have  forms 
too  complicated  to  be  understood.  We  therefore  describe  separately 
the  solids  resulting  fiom  the  meeting  of  cleavage  planes  of  thesamo 
kind,  which  will  lead  us  to  point  out  in  a  few  instances,  more  than 
one  form  of  cleavage  as  belonging  to  the  same  crystal. 

The  following  arc  the  different  forms  of  cleavage  which  have 
hitherto  been  observed. 

1.  The  Cube,  (Fig.  33.)     Three  cleavages,  with  equally  brilliant 
-and  even  planes,  perpendicular  to  one  another.    Examples — Galena, 

Grey  Cobalt- and  Leucite.  This  last  mineral  presents,  in  addition  to 
the  foregoing,  six  other  cleavages,  vvnich  afford  planes  parallel  to 
the  sides  of  a  regular  rhombic  Dodecahedron. 

2.  The  right  square  Prism,  (Fig.  40.)     Three  cleavages,   two 
producing  similar  planes,  and  all  perpendicular  to  each  other.     Ex- 
amples— Idocrase  and  Scapolite. 

3.  The  right  rectangular  Prism,  (Fig.  41.)     Three  cleavages, 
perpendicular  to  one  another;   but  no  two  of  which   are  similar, 
Examples — Olivine  and  Wolfram. 

4.  The  right  rhombic  Prism,  (Fig.  42.)     Two  cleavages  of  equal 
degrees  of  distinctness,  not  perpendicular  to  one  another;  and  a  third, 
perpendicular  or  at  right  angles  to  the  first.     Examples — Sulphate  of 
Barytes  and  Staurotide. 

5.  The  right  oblique  angled  Prism,  (Fig.  43.)     Two  cleavages, 
pot  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  unequally  distinct;  and  a  third,  per- 
pendicular to  the  ftrst.      Examples — Epidote  and  Sulphate  of  Lin^o, 


FORMS    OF    CLEAVAGE.  71 

6.  The  oblique  rhombic  Prism,  (Fig.  4-1.)    Tv/o  cleavages,  equal- 
ly distinct,  not  perpendicular  to  one  another;  and  a  third,  forming  an 
equal  oblique  angle  with  each  of  the  first.     Examples — Hornblende 
arid  Pyroxene. 

7.  The  doubly  oblique  Prism,  (Fig.  45.)     Two  cleavages,  une- 
qually distinct,  not  perpendicular  to  one  another,  and  a  third,  in- 
clining differently  to  each  of  the  first.     Examples — Feldspar  and 
Sulphate  of  Copper. 

8.  The  regular  Octahedron,  (Fig.  35.)     Four  cleavages,  equally 
distinct,  and  equally  inclined  to  an  axis,  (under  the  angle  of  35°  15' 
51",)  so  that  any  two  of  their  opposite  intersections  are  perpendicu- 
lar to  each  other,  or  so  that  the  three  sections  through  the  edges  are 
squares,  and  that  the  faces  are  equilateral  triangles.     Examples — 
Fluor  and  Diamond. 

9.  The  Octahedron  with  a  square  base,  (Fig.  37.)     Four  cleav- 
cges,  equally  distinct,  and  equally  inclined  to  an  axis,  so  as  to  form 
equal  isosceles  triangles,  and  so  that  the  three  sections  through  the 
edges  are  in  one  instance  a  square,  and  in  the  others,  rhombs.     Ex- 
amples— Zircon  and  Tungsten. 

10.  The  Octahedron  ivith  a  rectangular  base,  (Fig.  38.)     Four 
cleavages,  disposed  about  an  axis  under  two  different  inclinations, — 
the  two  on  opposite  sides  being  equally  inclined  and  equally  dis- 
tinct;  fiom  whence  it  follows,  that  the  triangles  are  all  isosceles, 
but  of  two  different  kinds.     Example — Arseniate  of  Copper. 

11.  The  Octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base,  (Fig.  39.)    Four  cleav- 
ages, equally  distinct,  equally  inclined  to  an  axis,  but  so  as  to  form 
scalene  triangles,  and  that  the  sections  through  the  edges  are  rhombs. 
Example — Sulphur. 

12.  The  Rhomboid,  (Fig.  46.)     Three  cleavages,  equally  distinct, 
and  equally  inclined  among  one  another.     Examples — Carbonate  of 
Lime  and  Corundum. 

13.  The  regular  Dodecahedron,  (Fig.  3G.)    Six  cleavages,  equal- 
ly distinct,  and  uniting  two  and  two  upon  an  edge,  under  an  angle 
of  120°.     Example— Blende. 

14.  The  regular  six  sided  Prism,  (Fig  47.)     Three  cleavages, 
equally  distinct,  parallel  to  the   axis  of  the  crystals,  intersecting 
each  Other,  under  angles  of  120°;  and  a  fourth,  perpendicular  to 
the  first.     Examples — Emerald  and  Phosphate  of  Lead. 

The  last  substance  has  cleavages  also,  equally  distinct  in  six  di- 
rections ;  viz.  parallel  to  the  terminal  edges  of  the  prism,  which  re- 
sult in  a  Dodecahedron  with  equal  isosceles  triangles. 


72  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  63.  BUT  ONE  FORM  OF  CLEAVAGE  (GENERALLY) 
IN  THE  MEMBERS  OF  A  SPECIES. 

The  various  crystalline  forms  belonging  to  any  one  spe- 
cies afford  in  general,  the  same  form  of  cleavage. 

By  this  we  are  not  to  understand,  that  but  one  solid  in  the  majority 
of  cases  is  actually  obtainable  by  cleavage  in  whatever  way  it  may  be 
performed  ;  the  proposition  is  only  true,  when  a  simultaneous  cleav- 
age is  effected  in  every  direction,  in  a  crystal  that  affords  similar 
cleavage  planes.  For  it  is  obvious,  that  if  in  the  case  of  Fluor,  whose 
cleavage  solid  is  a  regular  Octahedron,  we  omit  to  cleave  parallel 
with  certain  of  its  planes,  and  cleave  only  parallel  with  the  others, 
we  may  obtain  a  Tetrahedron  or  an  acute  Rhomboid.  Likewise 
in  Blende,  where  the  cleavage  form  (obtained  by  all  the  similar 
cleavages)  is  a  regular  Dodecahedron,  we  may  obtain  by  partial 
cleavages  an  obtuse  Rhomboid,  an  Octahedron,  an  acute  Rhom- 
boid, and  an  irregular  Tetrahedron.* 

It  has  been  said,  however,  that  the  crystals  of  some  minerals  pos- 
sess many  cleavages,  and  in  some  instances  two  sets  of  cleavages, 
may  each  result  in  forms  of  cleavage,  which  will  disagree,  as  in  the 
case  of  Phosphate  of  Lead,  whose  crystals  besides  cleaving  parallel 
to  the  sides  of  a  regular  six  sided  Prism,  also  afford  a  Dodecahedron 
with  isosceles  triangular  faces.  These  instances  are  however,  very 
rare.  In  general,  the  additional  cleavages  (which  rarely  take  place 
in  more  than  one  direction)  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  lead  to  no  reg- 
ular solid,  and  are  therefore  denominated  supernumerary  cleavages. 

§.  64.  RELATION   BETWEEN    FORMS   OF   CLEAVAGE  AND 
CRYSTALS. 

Forms  of  cleavage,  either  represent  members  of  the  se- 
ries of  crystallization  of  those  species  from  the  individuals 
of  which  they  have  been  extracted,  or  those  individuals 


*  See  Brooke's  Crystallography,  p.  40,  et  seq.  where  these  results 
are  illustrated  by  diagrams. 


FORMS  OF  CLEAVAGE  AND  CRYSTALS.         73 

may  be  conceived  to  be  derived  from  their  cleavage  solids, 
agreeably  to  the  symmetrical  transitions  explained  in  §.  50. 

1.  Thus  the  form  of  cleavage  in  Galena  is  a  Cube,  which  corres- 
ponds with  the  most  common  form  of  crystal  belonging  to  this  min- 
eral: that  in  Idocrase  a  right  square  Prism,  and  that  in  Muriacite  a 
right  rectangular  Prism;  in  both  of  which  cases,  there  exists  the 
same  correspondence  as  in  the  first.*  Additional  instances  among 


*  It  may  appear  to  the  student,  who  has  made  trial  of  cleaving  crys- 
tals, somewhat  arbitrary  to  dis(inguish  the  three  kinds  of  quadrangular 
prism  referred  to  above,  in  all  of  which  the  angles  are  90°;  since  it  is  ob- 
vious from  the  nature  of  cleavages  that  any  crystal  capable  of  affording 
one,  may  also  give  rise  to  the  other  two ;  from  which  it  would  naturally 
seem,  that  these  three  forms  of  cleavage  should  rather  be  treated  of  as 
one.  But  if  we  pay  attention  to  the  nature  of  the  cleavages  in  the  three 
cases,  we  shall  perceive  there  is  good  cause  for  the  distinction  intro- 
duced. 

For  example,  if  (as  is  the  case)  in  a  crystal  of  Galena,  a  parallele- 
piped with  square  faces,  the  three  cleavages  are  equally  distinct,  it  is  ev- 
ident that  any  one  of  the  three  faces  of  the  prism  (with  its  opposite) 
sustains  the  same  relation  to  the  others,  as  the  cleavage  which  corres- 
ponds to  it,  does  to  the  other  cleavages,  that  is,  they  are  all  similar,  and 
may  be  regarded  as  being  situated  at  an  equal  distance  from  a  central 
point,  as  is  the  fact  with  the  faces  of  the  Cube.  This  solid  is  therefore, 
very  properly  denominated  a  Cube. 

If  two  kinds  of  cleavage  are  equally  distinct;  and  the  third  more  or 
less  so  than  the  first,  or  scarcely  perceptible  at  all,  as  is  the  fact  in  the 
crystals  of  Idocrase,  the  four  faces  wrhich  result  from  the  similar  cleava- 
ges are  similar,  and  similarly  situated  as  respects  an  imaginary  line  join- 
ing the  centres  of  the  two  other  faces ;  this  line  must  therefore  be  con- 
sidered as  the  prismatic  axis,  and  then,  in  order  to  represent  the  similar- 
ity of  position  among  the  lateral  faces  to  this  axis,  we  must  consider  the 
bases  (i.  e.  the  other  faces)  as  square  ;  which  makes  the  solid  in  ques- 
tion, the  right  square  Prism. 

If  the  three  cleavages,  parallel  to  the  faces  of  the  right  quadrangular 
prism,  are  unequal  as  respects  their  distinctness,  as  in  Muriacite,  then 
each  of  the  three  sets  of  faces  of  the  prism  considered  along  with  the  cor- 
responding cleavages,  rsay  be  regarded  as  distinct  from  one  another, — a 

7 


74  TERMINOLOGY. 

the  forms  of  cleavage  crystals  arej  the  octahedral  form  of  cleaV* 
age  in  Fluor  and  the  Diamond,  the  dodecahedral  in  Blende,  the 
rhomboidal  in  Carbonate  of  Lime,  and  Bitter  Spar,  and  the  hexago- 
nal in  Apatite ;  in  each  of  which  species,  the  same  forms  occur 
among  their  natural  crystals.  In  these  cases,  and  others  which 
are  similar,  it  is  to  be  understood  that  the  faces  under  which  the 
form  of  cleavage  is  contained,  are  parallel  to  the  faces  of  the  crystal- 
line form,  and  therefore  the  solids  are  perfectly  similar  in  the  rela- 
tions of  edges  and  angles. 

In  the  correspondence  above  referred  to,  abstraction  is  made  of 
those  slight  alterations  which  crystals  suffer  in  consequence  of  the 
replacement  of  their  edges  and  angles. 

2.  But  there  are  a  few  instances  where  the  solid  yielded  by  cleav- 
age, does  not  resemble  the  crystal  from  which  it  is  obtained,  or  any 
others  of  the  same  species.  Of  this,  the  form  of  cleavage  in  Corun- 
dum which  is  a  Rhomboid,  is  an  example.  The  form  possessed  by 
the  crystals  of  this  substance,  is  either  that  of  an  hexagonal  Prism, 
or  of  an  hexagonal  Prism  surmounted  by  a  six  sided  pyramid.  A 
second  example  of  this  disagreement  occurs  in  the  cleavage  forms 
of  the  Leucite,  which  (as  has  before  been  noticed)  are,  a  Cube,  and 
a  rhombic  Dodecahedron,  while  its  only  crystalline  form  is  that  of 
the  trapezohedron. 

According  to  the  present  proposition,  the  hexagonal  Prism  is  de- 
rivable from  the  Rhomboid,  and  the  trapezohedron  from  the  rhom- 
bic Dodecahedron,  agreeably  to  those  transitions  of  one  form  into 
another  from  symmetrical  replacements  upon  their  edges  or  angles, 
or  both.  That  this  is  the  case,  may  be  perceived  by  referring  to 
§.  50.  If  the  hexagonal  Prism  be  shown  to  sustain  this  relation,  it 

peculiarity,  in  the  right  quadrangular  prism,  particularly  denoted  by  the 
right  rectangular  Prism. 

Where  the  form  of  cleavage  presents  solids,  contained  under  dissimi- 
lar faces,  as  the  right  rectangular  Prism,  it  is  natural  to  infer  that  those 
cleavages  which  are  parallel  to  the  larger  faces,  will  take  place  with 
greater  difficulty  than  those  parallel  to  the  smaller  faces,  since  the  re- 
sistance produced  by  a  large  surface  must  necessarily  be  greater  than 
that  by  a  small ;  accordingly,  those  faces  which  correspond  to  cleavages, 
effected  with  the  greatest  facility,  and  which  of  course  present  the  most 
distinct  planes,  are  regarded  as  the  lesser,  and  those  on  the  other  hand 
which  are  effected  with  more  difficultly,  are  conceived  to  belong  to  the 
larger  faces. 


FORMS  OF  CLEAVAGE  AND  PRIMARY  FORMS.      75 

is  plain,  that  the  hexagonal  Prism  terminated  at  both  extremities, 
with  six  sided  pyramids,  (whose  faces  correspond  to  those  of  the 
prism)  or  even  the  Dodecahedron  with  isosceles  faces  may  be  said 
to  come  into  the  same  connection  ;  since  both  these  forms  flow  from 
the  hexagonal  Prism,  simply  through  the  truncation  of  its  terminal 
edges. 

<§.  65.  RELATION  BETWEEN  FORMS  OF  CLEAVAGE  AND 
PRIMARY  FORMS. 

The  forms  of  cleavage  and  primary  forms,  (in  those 
systems  of  crystallization  where  the  former  are  observa- 
ble,) are  identical. 

Those  forms  which  are  obtainable  by  cleavage,  or  which  may  be 
inferred  to  exist  from  certain  appearances,  are  similar  to  the  solids 
which  are  considered  as  the  primary  forms;  and  among  the  crystals 
of  the  different  species,  the  one  may  be  substituted  for  the  other. 

But  it  will  no  doubt  be  recollected,  that  in  two  or  three  instances, 
the  crystals  of  the  same  mineral  yield  two  different  cleavage  forms. 
In  these  cases,  we  have  two  primary  forms,  either  of  which  may 
be  selected, — the  choice  being  regulated  only  by  a  single  circum- 
stance ;  viz.  the  predominance  of  one  of  the  forms  among  the  sec- 
ondary crystals  of  the  mineral.  Thus,  in  Phosphate  of  Lead,  the 

AlotTTo^oo   <**.*    ptxfcvllol    *rt   fVia     c'tdna   nf    on    hpiXajrOlial    Pi'lSII!;     Slid   Of    &> 

dodecahedron  with  isosceles  faces;  but  as  the  crystals  are  decided- 
ly prismatic  in  their  shape,  the  former  is  regarded  as  the  primary 
form. 

§.  66.  PRIMARY  FORM,  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF  CLEAVAGE, 
HOW  ESTABLISHED. 

When  no  cleavages  are  observable  among  the  crystals  of 
a  mineral,  the  primary  form  is  chosen  from  analogy. 

Thus,  the  crystals  of  Native  Gold,  (which  are  Octahedrons  un- 
modified, and  Octahedrons  with  their  edges  and  angles  truncated ; 
Cubes  and  Dodecahedrons,)  possess  no  indications  of  cleavage  ;  but 
as  they  assume  those  forms  which  other  minerals  affect  whose  cleav- 
age forms  are  Octahedrons,  the  Octahedron  is  presumed  to  be  the 
primary  form  in  this  instance, 


76  TERMINOLOGY. 

The  primary  form  which  is  selected,  must  always  allow  of  the 
derivation  of  all  the  forms  belonging  to  the  series  of  crystallization, 
agreeably  to  the  rules  of  derivation  explained  in  §.  51. 

§.  67.  DIRECTIONS  FOR  ASCERTAINING  THE  PRIMARY 
FORMS  OF  CRYSTALS. 

The  rules  for  discovering  the  primary  forms  of  crystals, 
depend  upon  the  indications  of  cleavage,  where  it  is  observ- 
able, and  upon  analogy,  where  it  is  not. 

1 .    Crystals  possessed  of  Cleavage. 

(a.)  If  a  crystal  has  the  form  of  one  of  the  primary  solids,  either 
entire  or  altered  by  modifications,  that  form  is  its  appropriate  pri- 
mary, unless  the  cleavages  it  possesses  are  incompatible  with  such 
a  form ;  in  which  case,  the  particular  solid  developed  by  mechanic- 
al means,  is  the  true  primary.  For  example,  if  the  crystal  be  a  Cube 
of  Galena,  on  making  a  trial  to  learn  its  cleavages,  we  perceive  they 
are  three  in  number,  and  that  they  take  place  parallel  to  the  faces 
of  the  crystal  with  the  same  facility  in  each  direction;  the  Cube  is 
therefore  inferred  to  be  the  primary  form  of  the  crystals  of  Galena. 
Again,  if  we  seek  for  the  cleavages  in  a  cubic  crystal  of  Fluor,  we 
do  not  find  them,  as  in  the  former  example,  parallel  to  the  faces  of 
the  crystal,  uui  m  an  oblique  direction,  to  the  number  of  four,  and 
leading  to  a  solid  having  the  form  of  a  regular  Octahedron,  which  is 
the  primary  form  of  the  species.  In  the  hexagonal  prism  of  Corun- 
dum also,  we  find  no  cleavages  coinciding  with  the  faces  of  this  form, 
but  three  which  tend  to  the  developement  of  a  Rhomboid,  the  pri- 
mary form  in  this  instance,  &c.* 


*  In  consequence  of  the  irregularity  of  crystals,  (§.  53,)  considerable 
embarrassment  will  occasionally  be  experienced  in  recognising  the 
planes  of  a  primary  solid,  in  a  crystal  where  they  exist.  The  secondary 
planes,  although  symmetrically  disposed,  are  nevertheless  very  often 
disproportionably  extended,  so  as  greatly  to  disguise  the  true  character 
of  the  crystal.  A  little  experience  in  reading  crystals,  aided  by  a  few 
general  rules,  will  soon  overcome  the  difficulty. 

Several  of  the  forms  are  not  liable  to  give  rise  to  perplexity,  in  their 
determination.  Such  are  the  Tetrahedron  and  the  rhombic  Dodecahe-> 


METHOD  OF  ASCERTAINING  PRIMARY  FORMS.  77 

(ft.)  If  the  crystal  does  not  occur  under  one  of  the  primary  forms, 
but  under  one  of  those  new  figures  which  we  have  seen,  in  § .  51, 
are  capable  of  being  derived  from  the  primary  forms  by  symmetrical 
modifications,  in  these  cases,  (from  our  knowledge  of  the  relations 
of  the  various  new  figures,  as  they  have  been  called,  to  the  prima- 
ry solids,)  we  shall  be  able,  in  general,  to  say, — that  a  crystal  of 
this  sort  belongs  to  some  one  of  two  or  three  of  the  primary  forms, 
and  in  a  few  cases  we  are  sure  of  the  identical  form  from  which  it 
comes.  Thus,  if  the  crystal  is  a  trapezohedron,  we  know  it  can 
come  only  from  the  Cube,  the  regular  Octahedron,  or  the  rhombic 
Dodecahedron.  If  a  pentagonal  dodecahedron,  it  must  have  for  its 


dron.  The  different  varieties  of  octahedron  are  also  distinguishable  from 
each  other,  by  the  angles  at  which  their  several  planes  respectively  meet, 
as  well  as  by  the  S3'mmetry  of  their  modifications.  (§.  50.) 

The  different  species  of  parallelopipeds,  are  the  most  difficult  forms 
among  crystals  to  be  identified.  With  regard  to  a  crystal  of  this  denom- 
ination, we  should  first  observe  whether  it  possesses  a  series  of  planes 
whose  edges  are  parallel  to  each  other.  If  we  observe  such  a  serie?, 
we  should  then  hold  the  crystal  so  as  to  bring  the  parallel  edges  into  a 
vertical  direction.  When  thus  situated,  we  should  observe  whether 
there  be  any  plane  at  right  angles  to  the  vertical  planes. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  agreeably  to  the  foregoing  directions,  the 
crystal  will  possess  two  sets  of  vertical  planes,  according  as  one  or  the 
other  of  two  sets  of  parallel  edges  are  placed  upright.  In  such  a  case, 
we  should  endeavor  to  ascertain  whether  the  planes  belonging  to  one  set 
are  not  so  symmetrically  arranged  with  respect  to  those  of  the  other  as 
to  possess  the  character  of  modifications  of  the  terminal  edges  of  the  pre-» 
dominant  form  ;  if  this  should  be  the  case,  we  should  not  make  them  the 
vertical  planes. 

If  there  be  a  series  of  vertical  planes,  and  a  horizontal  plane,  we  should 
observe  whether  any  of  the  vertical  planes  are  at'right  angles  to  each 
other,  and  whether  there  be  any  oblique  planes  lying  between  some  of 
the  vertical  planes  and  the  horizontal  plane.  We  should  remark  the 
equality  or  inequality  of  the  angle  at  which  any  of  the  vertical  or  ob^ 
lique  planes  incline  on  the  several  adjacent  planes. 

We  will  suppose  a  parallelepiped  with  oblique  planes,  situated  be- 
tween the  vertical  and  horizontal  planes:  if  the  inclination  of  the  former 
planes  is  uniform  to  the  adjacent  vertical  and  horizontal  ones,  it  belongs 
to  the  rigbt  square  Prism,  provided  the  vertical  planes  are  perpendicular 

7* 


TERMINOLOGY. 

primary  form  a  Cube ;   if  a  dodecahedron  with  scalene  triangular 
faces,  it  can  come  only  from  the  Rhomboid. 

Where  one  of  these  new  forms  is  capable  of  being  derived  from 
several  primary  forms,  the  student  should  seek  directly  for  the 
cleavages,  which  will  at  once  settle  the  question. 

2.   Crystals  not  possessed  of  Cleavage. 

Among  crystals  of  this  kind,  which  are  not  numerous,  the  student 
will  be  liable  to  experience  occasional  embarrassments.  In  general, 
he  should  endeavor  to  procure  several  forms  of  the  same  substance ; 


to  each  other;  and  to  the  right  rhombic  Prism,  if  these  planes  incline  to 
each  other  alternately,  at  an  acute  and  an  obtuse  angle.  Again,  we  will 
suppose  similar  oblique  planes  to  belong  only  to  the  opposite  terminal 
edges,  and  the  vertical  planes  to  be  at  right  angles  to  each  other ;  the 
primary  form,  in  this  case,  is  a  right  rectangular  Prisrn. 

Let  us  suppose  a  crystal  to  be  contained  within  any  series  of  vertical 
planes,  and  to  be  terminated,  not  by  a  horizontal  plane,  but  by  a  single 
oblique  plane ;  it  will  belong  to  the  oblique  rhombic  Prism,  the  doubly 
oblique  Prism,  or  the  Rhomboid. 

If,  instead  of  one  oblique  plane,  there  be  four,  inclining  to  each  other 
at  equal  angles,  the  crystal  may  belong  to  the  right  square  Prism,  or  to 
the  Octahedron  with  a  square  base,  if  there  be  four  oblique  planes, 
each  of  which  inclines  on  two  adjacent  planes,  at  unequal  angles,  the 
crystal  will  belong  either  to  the  right  rectangular  Prism  or  right  rhom- 
bic Prism,  or  to  the  Octahedron  with  rectangular  or  rhombic  bases. 

If  the  series  of  vertical  planes  consist  of  twelve,  eighteen  or  twenty 
four,  and  if  there  be  a  single  horizontal  plane,  the  crystal  will  probably 
belong  to  the  hexagonal  Prism.  If  there  should  be  six,  nine,  twelve, 
or  some  other  multiple  of  three,  and  three  oblique  planes,  the  primary 
form  is  the  Rhomboid. 

It  is  by  thus  noticing  the  symmetrical  arrangement  of  the  vertical 
planes,  or  of  the  oblique  planes,  if  there  be  any,  that  we  are  able  to  re- 
fer a  complicated  crystal  to  one  of  the  primary  solids. 

Crystals  belonging  to  the  doubly  oblique  Prism  are  among  the  most 
difficult  to  be  understood;  and  the  student,  in  examining  them,  as  well 
as  very  irregular  crystals  of  other  forms,  will  generally  apply  directly  to 
the  cleavage,  the  knowledge  of  which,  though  it  be  but  in  one  direction, 
will  often  be  sufficient  to  enable  him  to  distinguish  the  primary  planes. 


FRACTURE.  79 

this  will  enable  him  to  fix  upon  the  primary  form,  agreeably  to  the 
rule  by  which  that  form  has  been  selected,  (§.66.)  If,  however, 
all  the  crystals  within  his  reach  have  the  same  form,  a  knowledge 
of  the  relations  of  primary  and  secondary  forms,  and  their  transi- 
tions into  one  another  and  into  new  forms,  will  enable  him  to  decide 
within  one  or  two  of  the  solid  in  question,  which  will  often  be  suffi- 
cient for  his  purpose.  Thus,  if  the  crystal  is  a  Cube,  the  primary 
form  must  either  be  identical  with  that  of  the  crystal,  or  it  must  be 
a  regular  Tetrahedron,  a  regular  Octahedron  or  a  rhombic  Dodeca- 
hedron, the  only  solids  with  which  it  comes  into  connexion.  Is  it 
an  Octahedron  with  a  square  base  ?  this  form  must  be  its  primary  3 
or  the  right  square  Prism,  &c. 

§.  68.  FRACTURE. 

A  mineral  when  broken  in  a  direction  so  as  to  make  its 
irregular  structure  appear,  or  contrary  to  its  cleavage,  ex- 
hibits its  fracture. 

Cleavage  relates  to  the  smooth  and  even  surfaces  produced  by 
breaking  a  mineral :  fracture  to  those  which  arc  uneven.  The  lat- 
ter property,  though  in  general  more  easily  observed  in  a  mineral 
than  the  former,  is  nevertheless  of  considerably  inferior  conse- 
quence on  account  of  its  want  of  constancy. 

Fracture  is  considered  here  as  a  property  of  individuals,  or  of  sim- 
ple minerals  in  general ;  accordingly,  several  varieties  of  fracture 
frequently  alluded  to  in  works  on  mineralogy,  will  be  treated  of 
under  compound  minerals,  to  which  they  relate. 

§.  G9.  KINDS  OF  FRACTURE. 

The  kinds  of  fracture  are  determined  according  to  the 
quality  of  the  faces  produced  :  this  may  be  said  to  be  of  four 
sorts;  viz.  1.  conchoidal,  2.  even,  3.  uneven,  4.  hackly. 

1.  The  Conchoidal  represents  that  kind  of  irregular  structure 
where  the  faces  resemble  the  inside  or  the  outside  of  a  common  bi- 
valve shell,  as  a  clam;  and  the  terms  perfectly,  imperfectly,  large, 
small,  and  flat,  are  sometimes  appended  to  point  out  more  minutely 
the  size  and  concavity  of  the  surface,  though  in  general  they  are 
of  but  little  importance. 


80  TERMINOLOGY. 

2.  Even  is  applied  to  such  faces  as  are  nearly  flat.     It  is  doubtful, 
however,  whether  this  fracture  can  be  said  to  occur  except  among 
compound  minerals. 

3.  Uneven,  when  the  surface  is  irregular,  without  presenting  any 
shell-like  concavities  or  elevations. 

4.  Hackly,  which  results  rather  from  the  tearing  than  from  the 
breaking  of  a  mineral,  is  applied  to  surfaces  covered  with  little  hook 
shaped  filaments,  very  perceptible  to  the  touch. 

§.  70.    SURFACE. 

The  kinds  of  surface  presented  by  minerals  may  be 
considered  under  four  heads;  viz.  1,  faces  of  crystalliza- 
tion, 2.  faces  of  cleavage,  3.  faces  of  fracture,  4.  faces 
of  composition. 

Of  all  these  kinds  of  faces,  the  most  important  are  those  which 
are  even,  since,  in  the  mineral  kingdom,  the  uneven  faces  are  not 
subject  to  any  constant  law.  The  even  faces  are  confined  to  the 
faces  of  crystallization  and  the  faces  of  cleavage. 

1.  Faces  of  crystallization.  The  differentjqualities  of  the  faces 
of  crystallization  depend  upon  their  being  smooth,  without  any  reg- 
ular  elevations  or  depressions;  upon  their  being  striated,  rough,  or 
drusy. 

Smooth  faces  may  be  said  to  be  the  most  abundant  among  crys- 
tals. We  include,  however,  under  this  term  such  as  sometimes 
have  slight  elevations  and  depressions,  provided  they  are  so  faint 
that  the  general  appearance  of  eveness  and  continuity  of  the  faces 
is  not  effected  by  their  occurrence. 

Striated  faces  are  those  upon  which  we  observe  parallel  grooves 
or  striae.  These  are  frequent  among  minerals  ;  and  their  observa- 
tion is  of  great  importance,  since  they  are  confined  to  particular 
planes  and  assume  a  constant  direction.  For  example,  in  Quartz;, 
the  alternate  lateral  faces  are  striated  horizontally;  in  cubic  crystals 
of  Iron  Pyrites,  all  the  faces  are  striated  with  this  remarkable  pe- 
culiarity, that  the  striae  are  parallel  to  each  other  upon  parallel  fa- 
"  ces,  and  perpendicular  to  each  other  upon  such  faces  as  are  not 
parallel ;  in  Titanite  and  Beryl,  the  prismatic  faces  are  striated  lon- 
gitudinally, &c. 


SURFACE.  81 

Rough  or  Drusy.  This  property  of  the  surface  of  crystalline 
forms  arises  from  elevations  projecting  from  the  faces  of  the  crys- 
tals: the  only  difference  in  the  application  of  the  terms  arises  out 
of  the  size  of  the  elevated  particles.  Thus,  among  those  octahedral 
crystals  of  Fluor  which  consist  apparently  of  minute  cubes,  we 
have  frequent  instances  of  these  varieties  of  faces.  The  faces  of 
such  octahedrons  cannot  be  planes;  but  they  consist  of  the  faces  of 
cubes,  which  are  perpendicular  upon  each  other,  and  so  situated, 
that  a  plane  passing  through  their  solid  angles  would  be  parallel  to  the 
faces  of  the  octahedron.  The  smaller  these  cubes  are,  the  more  the 
general  faces  of  the  Octahedron  will  assume  the  appearance  of  exact 
planes.  They  are  said  to  be  drusy,  if  the  asperities  upon  the  faces 
are  still  easily  distinguishable;  they  are  termed  rough,  if  they  are 
only  perceived  with  difficulty,  or  if  the  existence  of  such  asperities 
can  merely  be  inferred  from  the  want  of  lustre.  Instances  of  drusy 
faces  often  occur  in  like  manner  among  the  crystals  of  Quart/. 
A  great  number  of  prismatic  crystals  appear  as  if  grouped  parallel 
to  each  other,  or  round  a  larger  crystal  of  the  same  kind. 

In  the  above  instances  those  particles  which  project  from  the 
faces  of  the  crystals  must  not  be  considered  as  single  individuals ; 
and  crystals  with  drusy  faces  are  therefore,  not  compound  minerals. 
They  indicate  rather  the  gradual  progress  of  the  formation  of  crys- 
tals from  the  interruption  in  which  they  arise. 

2.  Faces  of  cleavage,  present  us  with  very  little  remarkable  dif- 
ferences in  their  quality.     Those  which  are  smooth  are  frequently 
denominated  perfect.     Notice  is  sometimes  taken  of  striated  appear- 
ances, or  parallel  lines  traversing  cleavage  faces,  as  in  those  of 
Feldspar,  Corundum,  &c.     They  are  not  attended,  however,  as  is 
the  case  with  striae    upon  faces  of  crystallization,  by  elevations  and 
depressions  upon  the  faces,  but  originate  in  the  flow  of  light,  through 
natural  joints  of  the   crystals,  in  which  this  property  is  observable 
perpendicularly,  or  nearly  so,  to  the  planes  in  which  it  occurs.     Its 
observation  may  occasionally  be  employed  to  advantage,  in  discov- 
ering the  similar  cleavages  of  a  mineral. 

3.  Faces  of  fracture,  differ  in  the  greater  or  less  smoothness  of  their 
inequalities,  and  according  to  this  measure  in  particular,  the  differ- 
ent kinds  of  fracture  are  said  to  be  more  or  less  perfect. 

4.  Faces  of  composition,  which  are  those  in  which  several  individ- 
uals touch  one  another,  are  sometimes  even,  yet  this  is  not  common, 
and  when  they  are  so,  there  is  no  danger  of  confounding  them  along 
with  faces  of  cleavage ;  because  those  particles  which  are  contained 


82  TERMINOLOGY. 

between  two  faces  of  composition,  can  no  more  be  cleaved  in  the 
same  direction  after  their  separation,  unless  they  possess  a  cleavage 
of  that  kind,  in  which  event,  the  quality  of  the  two  kinds  of  faces, 
would  suffice  for  their  distinction. 

Faces  of  composition  are  rarely  smooth  ;  and  if  this  happens,  we 
find  it  only  in  single,  and  not  in  continuous  parts  of  the  faces.  If 
they  are  streaked,  the  markings  are  irregular,  and  without  any  con- 
stant direction.  Very  often  the  faces  of  composition  are  rough, 
their  lustre  being  of  a  low  degree,  or  wholly  wanting,  which  ena- 
bles us  to  distinguish  them  readily  from  the  faces  of  cleavage,  where 
these  two  kinds  happen  to  be  parallel.  They  are  sometimes  un- 
even, or  contain  more  or  less  considerable  elevations  and  depressions. 
In  such  cases,  we  must  avoid  confounding  them,  with  uneven  faces 
of  fracture,  by  comparing  them  with  real  faces  of  fracture  in  the 
same  individual.* 


SECTION    II. 

COMPOUND  MINERALS. 

$.  71.  REGULAR  AND  IRREGULAR  COMPOSITION. 

The  mode  of  composition  in  which  individuals  occur  is 
said  to  be  regular,  if  the  form  produced  by  their  union  is 
a  regular  one  ;  if  the  contrary  takes  place,  the  composition 
is  said  to  be  irregular. 

If  two  or  more  homogeneous  individuals  join  in  a  compound  form, 
regularly  and  symmetrically,  the  composition  is  as  much  determina- 
ble  as  the  form  of  a  single  crystal.  For  we  may  indicate  with  the 
utmost  precision,  in  which  faces  of  the  simple  forms,  or  in  which 
plane  the  individuals  cohere,  even  though  this  plane  should  not  be 
parallel  to  a  face  of  any  simple  form  of  that  species  to  which  the 
individuals  belong.  A  composition  of  this  kind  is  said  to  be  regular. 

*  The  character  by  which  the  faces  of  composition  essentially  differ 
from  those  of  crystallization  and  of  cleavage,  consists  in  the  circum- 
stance, that  generally  they  preserve  no  determined  direction,  and  do  not 
produce  any  regular  forms. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  83 

On  the  other  hand  the  composition  is  irregular,  if  the  forms  are 
not  connected  in  the  manner  above  described ;  but  rather  in  such 
a  manner  as  not  to  give  rise  to  any  regular  or  symmetrical  forms. 
Individuals  joined  in  this  way  are  said  to  be  aggregated. 

There  are  compound  minerals,  which  affect  regular  external  forms, 
although  their  composition  is  in  fact  irregular.  The  regularity  of 
the  form  in  such  cases  evidently  does  not  follow  from  the  composi- 
tion, but  it  must  originate  from  something  which  is  foreign  to  the 
mineral.  Compositions  of  this  sort  cannot  be  called  regular  in  the 
sense  of  the  word  now  explained. 

§.  72.  REGULAR  COMPOSITION  OF  TWO  INDIVIDUALS. 

The  regular  composition  of  two  homogeneous  individu- 
als, joined  in  one  crystalline  form,  has  been  called  a  Tivin 
crystal. 

The  peculiar  character  of  Twin  crystals  is,  that  the  face  of  com- 
position is  in  close  and  exact  connexion,  and  that  the  plane  in  which 
they  unite  is  either  parallel  to  the  face,  or  perpendicular  to  the  edge 
of  a  form  belonging  to  the  series  of  crystallization  of  the  species. 
The  situation  of  the  two  individuals  connected,  is  conceived  of,  if 
we  suppose  both  to  be  in  a  parallel  situation,  and  then  one  of  them 
to  be  turned  round  a  certain  line  under  an  angle  of  180°,  while  the 
other  remains  unmoved.  This  line  is  termed  the  axis  of  Rev- 
olution, and  it  is  possessed  of  a  determined  direction,  being  either 
perpendicular  to  the  face  of  composition,  or  it  coincides  with 
this  face,  while  it  is  paiallel  to  one  of  the  ordinary  axes  of  the 
individual.  The  angle  of  180°  is  the  angle  of  Revolution.  The 
resulting  form  is  frequently  called  a  hemitrope; — a  term  expressive 
of  the  idea  of  the  demi-revolution  which  is  supposed  to  have  taken 
place.*  The  term  made  .was  first  applied  to  such  forms  by  Rome 

*  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say  that  it  is  not  really  believed  that  reg- 
ular compound  crystals  were  actually  formed  in  this  way  ;  our  only  rea- 
son for  making  use  of  such  language  is  the  facility  it  affords  in  compre- 
hending the  structure  of  these  crystals. 

The  term  hemitrope,  however,  is  rather  confined  in  its  application 
to  twin  crystals,  including  only  such  as  are  capable  of  being  explained, 
by  supposing  a  single  crystal  to  be  bisected  in  a  determined  direction, 
and  one  of  the  halves  to  be  turned  in  the  plane  of  bisection  through  180°. 


84  TERMINOLOGY. 

de  Lisle,  a  name  at  present  but  little  employed,  in  consequence  of 
its  more  general  application  as  the  denomination  of  a  species  in 
mineralogy. 

This  kind  of  structure  will  become  apparent  from  a  careful  atten- 
tion to  the  following  examples. 


Fig.  136. 


Fig.  137. 


Fig.  138. 


If,  in  Fig.  136,  the  halves  of  a  regular  Octahedron,  (obtained  by 
placing  that  solid  upon  one  of  its  faces  and  dividing  it,  in  this  posi- 
tion, by  a  horizontal  section,  equidistant  from  the  upper  and  lower 
parallel  planes,)  be  applied  to  each  other,  parallel  to  the  face  of  sec- 
tion m  n  o  p  q  r,  Fig.  137,  and  then  made  to  revolve  upon  an  axis 
perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  junction  through  60°,  or  one  sixth  of 
a  circle,  a  twin  crystal,  Fig.  138,  will  be  formed.  Or  we  may  sup- 
pose that  the  crystals  instead  of  being  thus  bisected,  and  only  the 
half  of  each  made  use  of,  were  applied  so  as  mutually  to  penetrate 
each  other,  and  that  the  revolution,  above  described,  took  place  in 
the  compound  crystal  where  the  sectional  planes  m  n  o  p  q  r,  of 
the  two  crystals,  coalesce.  The  compound  crystal  possesses  angles 
not  to  be  met  with  in  either  of  the  forms  which  are  supposed  to 
give  rise  to  it;  as  may  be  seen  in  the  meeting  of  the  two  planes, 
c  m1  rf  andfop,  Fig.  138,  which  form  what  is  called  a  re-entering 
angle;  the  angles  also  at  which  the  two  planes,  a  c  r'  q'  and  bf on 
incline,  are  different  from  that  at  which  any  two  faces  meet  in  the 
regular  Octahedron.  This  is  called  a  salient  angle  in  the  pres- 
ent form.  This  variety  of  twin  crystal,  it  will  be  observed  from 
an  inspection  of  Fig.  138,  has  three  re-entering  and  three  salient 
angles,  which  are  all  situated  in  an  alternating  order  about  the  same 
horizontal  plane  m  n  o  p  q  r* 


*  Two  individuals  of  the  same  form  as  that  which  gave  rise  to  the 
twin  crystal,  just  described,  may  penetrate  each  other  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  give  rise  to  re-entering  angles,  as  in  Fig.  139.  But  here,  the  as- 


COMPOUND    MINERALS. 


85 


Twin-crystals  of  this  kind,  are  common  among  the  forms  of  Octa- 
hedral Iron  Ore  and  Spinelle. 

2.  Another  kind  of  twin  crystal  occurs  among  the  crystals  of 
Hornblende,  which  may  be  conceived  of  in  the  following  manner. 
If  we  suppose  two  crystals  of  the  form  of  an  oblique  rhombic  Prism, 
(Fig.  44,)  whose  lateral  edges  are  replaced  by  the  faces  x,  and  whose 
terminal  edges  are  truncated  by  the  planes  rr  and  rfrlf,  are  made  to 
penetrate  each  other,  so  that  the  vertical  plane  abed,  (which  passes 
through  .the  middle  of  the  planes  x,  and  which  is  a  diagonal  plane  of 
the  rhombic  Prism,)  in  each,  shall  coincide,  the  result  will  of  course 
be  similar  to  Fig.  140.  If  now,  the  anterior  portion,  separated  by  the 
section  abed,  undergoes  a  semi-revolution,  or  passes  through  the  an- 
gle of  revolution,  upon  an  axis  perpendicular  to  the  sectional  plane, 
the  faces  r1  and  r'r  will  come  to  the  upper  base,  Fig.  141 ,  with  a  small 
triangular  portion  of  the  lower  base  P,  which  will  form  a  re-entering 
angle  with  the  remaining  portion  of  the  upper  base  P.  The  re- 


Fig.  140. 


Fig.  141. 


semblage  of  the  two  Octahedrons  cannot  be  con- 
sidered as  a  twin  crystal,  because  the  correspon- 
ding faces  of  the  two  forms,  for  example  ace  and 
a'  c1  e',  are  exactly  parallel  to  each  other.  It  will 
become  obvious,  on  inspection,  how  different  is 
the  case  with  the  faces  of  the  twin  crystal  above 
described,  in  which  it  is  seen  that  the  respective- 
ly similar  parts,  in  the  composing  crystals,  have 
assumed  that  different,  though  fixed  situation, 
with  respect  to  each  other,  which  is  the  peculiar 
character  of  the  regular  composition. 

8 


Fig.  139. 


86 


TERMINOLOGY. 


entering  angle,  in  this  twin  crystal,  is  not  always  observable ; 
times  it  is  effaced  by  the  undue  enlargement  of  the  faces  rr  and  r!r'f9 
so  that  they  join  and  form  one  termination,  while  the  planes  P  Pf9 
whose  faces  correspond  to  the  obtuse  lateral  edges,  form  the  oppo- 
site termination. 

3.  Another  twin  crystal,  common  among  the  forms  of  Oxide  of 
Tin,  may  be  conceived  of  in  the  following  manner.  Supposing,  as 
in  the  former  instances  the  mutual  penetration  of  two  crystals,  Fig. 
142,  is  a  composition  of  two  right  square  Prisms,  surmounted  by 
four  sided  pyramids,  whose  prismatic  axes  coincide :  the  face  of 
revolution  ahey,  is  situated  parallel  to  the  edge  om  of  the  pyra- 
mid. If  the  part  situated  above  the  plane  ahey  is  made  to  under- 
go a  semi-revolution,  around  an  axis  perpendicular  to  that  plane, 
the  twin  crystal,  represented  by  Fig.  143,  is  produced. 


Fig.  142. 


The  regular  composition  just  explained 
is  never  so  simple  as  here  represented  : 
a  large  number  of  additional  faces  are 
usually  present,  which  we  have  omitted, 
in  order  to  render  the  explanation  more 
easy. 

Fig,  144  is  a  twin  crystal  of  Titanite, 
whose  formation,  it  will  be  seen,  admits 
of  a  similar  explanation.  These  crystals 
are  sometimes  called  geniculated  forms. 


Fig.  144. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS. 


87 


4.  Fig.  145  represents  a  crystal,  in  which  the  face  of  composition 
ar'rrb  is  perpendicular  to  the  axes  of  the  aggregated  crystals.     By 
causing  the  part  above  the  face  of  composition  to  revolve  upon  an 
axis  perpendicular  to  that  face,  through  60°,  the  twin  crystal,  Fig 
145,  is  generated.     This  form  is  met  with  among  the  crystals  of 
Carbonate  of  Lime.     Setting  aside  the  new  planes  tt  and  ft1  at  the 
summits  of  this  twin  crystal,  it  may  be  seen,  by  consulting  Fig.  131, 
how  it  differs  from  the  crystals  to  whose  composition  it  is  due. 

5.  If  we  imagine  two  crystals  of  the  form  of  a  right  rectangular 
Prism,  terminated  by  four  sided  pyramids,  to  be  placed  with  their 
broad  lateral  planes  parallel,  and  made  to  penetrate  each  other,  so 
that  their  axes  shall  coincide  :  and  if  one  of  the  crystals,  by  revolv- 
ing upon  the  common  axis,  through  90°,  be  conceived  to  emerge 
from  its  concealment  in  the  other,  it  will  originate  the  twin  crystal, 
Fig.  146,  which  is  a  very  frequent  composition  among  the  crystals 
of  Harmotone. 


Fig.  145. 


Fig.  146. 


6.  Let  us  imagine  one  of  the  irregular  six  sided  prisms,  Fig.  147,  to 
consist  of  two  similar  individuals,  whose  axes  (by  the  mutual  penetra- 
tion before  described,)  coalesce.  Now  if  we  suppose  one  of  them 
to  emerge,  by  revolving  upon  an  axis  perpendicular  to  the  prismatic 
axis  of  the  aggregated  crystals,  through  60°,  we  have  the  twin  crys- 
tal there  represented,  which  is  a  common  form  of  Staurotide. 


TERMINOLOGY. 


If  the  angle  of  revolution  is  90°,  we  have  a  different  twin  crystal, 
as  represented  in  Fig.  148,  which  is  also  a  frequent  composition 
among  the  crystals  of  Staurotide.* 


Fig.  147. 


Fig.  148. 


In  detecting  twin  crystals,  we  are  frequently  assisted  by  the  obser- 
vation of  the  re-entering  angles  :  though  it  very  often  happens  that 
such  angles  are  found  in  simple  crystals,  as  was  just  mentioned,  and 
also  in  irregular  aggregates  of  crystals.  The  re-entering  angle  in 
twin  crystals  is  sometimes  not  visible,  also  in  consequence  of  its  be- 
ing closely  enveloped  in  the  gangue  in  which  the  crystals  are  enga- 
ged, and  in  other  instances  it  is  effaced,  apparently  by  the  increase 
of  the  crystal  upon  certain  planes,  after  the  individuals  have  assu- 
med their  situation  as  a  regular  composition.  When  the  re-enter- 
ing angle  does  not  permit  us  to  detect  such  forms,  we  are  led  to  their 
discovery  from  the  impossibility  of  explaining  them  without  assu- 
ming that  they  are  formed  from  the  composition  of  two  individuals, 
according  to  some  one  of  the  methods  above  explained. 


*  The  two  twin  crystals  just  described,  differ  in  other  respects,  than  in 
the  angle  of  revolution.  In  Fig.  148,  it  is  perceived  that  the  face  M, 
of  one  crystal  constantly  corresponds  to  the  face  M,  of  the  other  crys- 
tal, the  face  o,  to  the  faceo';  and  in  Fig.  147,  this  correspondence  does 
not  occur :  in  the  upper  part,  truly,  the  face  o,  corresponds  to  the  face  o'y 
and  in  the  lower  part,  the  face  M,  to  the  face  M' ;  but,  laterally,  the 
face  o'  of  one  crystal,  corresponds  to  the  face  M  of  the  .other,  and  th§ 
same  of  the  rest. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS. 


89 


§.  73.    REGULAR    COMPOSITION    OF    MORE    THAN    Two 
INDIVIDUALS. 

The  regular  composition  of  three,  four,  five,  or  more 
individuals  may  be  reduced  to,  and  explained  by,  the  regu- 
lar composition  of  two  individuals. 

For  example,  Fig.  149  represents  a  regular  composition  of  three 
individuals  which  occur  in  Chrysoberyl.  The  individual  1  forms 
with  2  a  twin  crystal,  as  in  Fig.  147,  and  2  may  be  conceived  to 
form  with  3  a  second  composition  of  the  same  kind. 

Fig.  150. 


Fig.  150  is  a  regular  composition  of  Titanite,  consisting  of  a  greater 
number  of  twin  crystals;  each  of  which  is  readily  conceived  of,  by 
an  attention  to  the  faces  of  the  crystal.  The  face  upon  which  the 
crystal  stands  may  be  said  to  form  with  M  one  twin  crystal ;  M  with 
M  3 ,  a  second ;  M2  with  M5,  a  third ;  M5  with  M6,  a  fourth} 
M6  witL  MS  a  fifth. 

In  the  absence  of  re-entering  angles,  the  striae  upon  some  of  the 
planes  of  regularly  aggregated  crystals,  are  frequently  of  such  a 
nature,  as  to  enable  us  to  understand  their  composition.  Thus,  the 
longitudinal  markings  upon  the  broad  lateral  planes  of  Fig.  149,  ren- 
der evident  the  different  individuals  entering  into  the  form  ;  and  the 
lines  which  connect  its  re-entering  angles,  point  out  the  faces  of 
composition.  In  the  crystal,  whose  composition  is  represented  in 
Fig,  150,  we  observe  on  plane  M  s  as  well  as  its  opposite,  distinct 
lines,  bisecting  the  angles  a  b  c,  b  c  d,  and  c  d  e,  which  meet  near 
the  centre  of  the  face  at  0,  and  point  out  the  faces  of  composition, 

As  respects  the  cleavage  of  compound  crystals,  the  individual 
crystals  possess  the  same  cleavages  as  individuals  not  thus  aggre- 
gated, 

S* 


00  TERMINOLOGY. 

§*  74.  IRREGULAR  COMPOSITION.     GROUPS  AND  GEODE 
OF  CRYSTALS. 

If  several  loose  or  imbedded  crystals  are  merely  aggre- 
gated, so  that  one  becomes  the  support  of  the  other, 
while  there  exists  no  general  support,  the  assemblage  is 
termed  a  Groupe  of  Crystals;  if,  however,  several  aggre- 
gated crystals  are  fixed  to  a  common  basis,  so  as  to  de- 
rive from  it  a  general  support,  the  assemblage  is  said  to  be 
a  Geode  of  Crystals. 

The  difference  between  these  two  sorts  of  assemblages  is  the 
same  as  that  existing  between  an  imbedded  and  an  implanted  crys- 
tal. Both  the  groupes  and  the  geodes  refer  only  to  compound  min- 
erals, never  to  such  as  are  mixed.  There  is  sometimes  a  degree  of 
order  observable  in  these  groupes  of  crystals  ;  it  never  amounts, 
however,  to  a  geometrical  regularity,  and  therefore,  no  regular  form 
can  be  said  to  arise  from  the  assemblage, 

§.  75.  IMITATIVE  SHAPES. 

The  shape  of  a  compound  mineral  is  called  an  imitative 
or  particular  external  shape,  if  it  bears  some  resemblance 
to  the  shape. of  another  natural  or  artificial  body.  Some 
of  these  forms  are  produced  in  a  space  not  incumbered 
with  matter,  and  depend  upon  the  properties  peculiar  to 
the  minerals  themselves,  without  being  influenced  by  any 
contiguous  matter ;  others  owe  their  shape  to  that  extra- 
neous or  foreign  matter  with  which  they  are  surrounded. 
The  latter  of  these  have  been  called  extraneous  imitative 
shapes. 

The  groupes  and  geodes  are  the  simplest  modes  in  which  the  ir- 
regularly compound  minerals  appear  in  nature.  If  the  individuals 
thus  connected  are  diminished  in  size,  and  if  their  number  at  the 
game  time  increases,  imitative  forms  are  produced  from  the  groupes 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  01 

of  crystals ;  which  although  they  are  founded  in  the  nature  of  the 
individuals  themselves,  yet  cannot  be  employed  to  any  extent  in 
the  discrimination  of  minerals.  The  extraneous  imitative  forms  do 
not  depend  upon  the  natural  forms  of  the  individuals,  but  merely 
upon  the  shape  of  the  space  previously  existing,  and  are,  therefore, 
entirely  accidental. 

§.  76.  IMITATIVE  SHAPES  ORIGINATING  IN  THE  GROUPES 
OF  CRYSTALS. 

The  imitative  shapes  which  originate  from  the  groupes 
of  crystals,  are  loose  or  imbedded,  and  more  or  less  dis- 
tinctly globular,  or  spheroidal  masses. 

If  the  individuals  connected  with  each  other  become  very  mi- 
nute, and  at  the  same  time  unite  with  each  other  into  a  groupe  of 
crystals,  globular  forms  result,  which  are  sometimes  very  perfect, 
at  others  very  imperfect.  Their  surface  is  drusy,  or  covered  with 
minute  asperities,  where  it  has  not  been  disturbed  in  its  formation, 
or  by  subsequent  accidents.  When  broken  open,  the  direction  of 
the  constituent  individuals  becomes  apparent,  and  in  most  instances 
corresponds  to  the  direction  of  the  radii  of  a  sphere,  beginning  in  the 
centre  and  terminating  at  the  surface.  Imbedded  globular  shapes, 
like  imbedded  crystals,  are  complete  on  all  sides,  and  ler.ve  an  im- 
pression of  their  form  in  the  mass  from  which  they  have  been  de- 
tached. Instances  of  imbedded  globular  shapes  occur  in  Iron  Py- 
rites, Chlorophaeite,  &c.  When  globular  masses  are  attached  to 
one  another,  they  may  produce  reniform  and  botryoidal  shapes,  as 
in  Malachite  ;  but  such  instances  are  rare,  and  require  to  be  distin- 
guished from  those  described  in  (§.  77.) 

The  loose  or  imbedded  globular  shapes  differ  from  grains  and  an- 
gular masses,  inasmuch  as  they  are  not  simple  minerals. 

§.  77.  IMITATIVE  SHAPES  ARISING  OUT  OF  THE  GEODES 
OF  CRYSTALS. 

There  are  three  different  kinds  of  imitative  shapes  re- 
sulting from  geodes  of  crystals  :  1.  Those  in  which  the  in- 
dividuals spring  from,  or  are  attached  to,  a  common  point 


92  TERMINOLOGY. 

of  support;  2.  Those  in  which  the  individuals  form  one 
the  support  of  the  other;  and  3.  Those  in  which  the  sup- 
port is  cylindrical,  sometimes  a  simple  line,  sometimes  a 
tube. 

Among  those  of  the  first  division,  we  find  the  implanted  globu- 
lar shapes.  They  arise,  if  very  thin  capillary  crystals,  or  in  gen- 
eral, such  as  have  one  of  their  dimensions  considerably  surpassing 
the  others,  are  fixed  with  one  of  their  ends  to  a  common  point  of 
support,  from  which  they  diverge  in  every  direction.  The  mode  of 
the  formation  of  such  globular  shapes  is  more  apparent,  if  the  num- 
ber of  the  individuals  is  not  so  great  that  they  touch  each  other  on 
all  sides.  The  implanted  globules  must  necessarily  be  incomplete, 
because  the  implanted  crystals  of  which  they  consist  are  themselves 
incomplete,  and  therefore  they  leave  no  impression  when  detached 
from  their  support.  Globular  shapes  of  this  kind  occur  very  fre- 
quently in  Stilbite,  Gypsum,  and  Arragonite. 

If,  during  the  formation  of  several  globules,  they  come  into  con- 
tact with  each  other,  there  will  arise  reniform  and  botryoidal  shapes, 
which  therefore,  are  nothing  else  than  several  implanted  globules 
joined  together.  The  single  globules  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  faces  of  composition.  These  compositions  are  very  frequent  in 
Haematite,  Chalcedony,  Wavellite,  Sac.  In  some  instances,  as  for 
example  in  Chalcedony,  the  individuals  become  so  delicate  as  to  cease 
to  be  any  longer  observable. 

To  the  present  class,  belong  also  the  fruticose  shapes,  which 
possess  some  resemblance  to  parts  of  certain  plants,  and  most  of 
those  commonly  called  dendritic,  the  latter  of  which  may  penetrate 
throughout  the  whole  mass,  or  only  be  superficial. 

The  second  division  contains  among  others,  the  dentiform,  the 
filiform,  and  the  ca.pillary  shapes.  These  arise,  if  one  implanted 
crystal  is  the  support  of  another,  this  of  a  third  and  so  on ;  so  that 
rows  of  such  crystals  are  produced,  as  may  be  seen  in  Native  Cop* 
per  and  Native  Silver. 

Sometimes  several  rows  of  individuals  thus  composed,  join  within 
one  and  the  same  plane  in  certain  constant  directions,  so  that  the 
individuals  of  the  one  of  these  series  do  not  join  with  those  of  the 
other,  but  remain  separate.  Thus  the  dendritic  shapes  are  produ? 
ced,  as  seen  in  Native  Silver  and  Native  Gold. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  93 

If  the  rows  of  individuals,  thus  arranged,  approach  so  near  each 
other  that  they  at  last  meet,  so  as  to  form  a  continuous  mass,  they 
are  said  to  occur  in  leaves  or  membranes  ;  examples  of  which  are 
found  in  Native  Gold. 

Compound  minerals,  like  those  of  membranes,  may  again  join  in 
a  new  composition,  in  which  the  individuals  are  arranged,  for  the 
most  part,  at  right  angles  to  each  other.  This  composition  is  de- 
nominated the  reticulated  shape,  and  is  often  seen  in  Titanite. 

The  third  division  comprehends  the  stalactitic  and  coralloidal 
shapes.  The  first  of  these  consists  of  individuals  which  are  per- 
pendicular to  every  point  of  a  straight  cylindrical  or  linear  support, 
in  its  whole  circumference.  Examples  of  this  composition  are  com- 
mon in  Carbonate  of  Lime,  in  those  productions  called  stalactites  : 
more  rarely,  in  Chalcedony  and  Iron  Pyrites.  The  coralloidal  shapes 
consist  of  individuals  inclined  at  an  angle  to  their  support,  which, 
although  linear,  is  not  straight;  they  are  fixed  upon  this  support  in 
every  part  of  the  circumference,  exactly  as  is  the  case  in  the  sta- 
lactitic shapes.  This  kind  of  imitative  shapes  is  frequently  met 
with  in  Arragonite. 

§.  78.  AMORPHOUS  COMPOSITION. 

If  the  mass,  formed  by  the  junction  of  several  individu- 
als, is  not  only  of  an  irregular  shape,  but  if  even  in  this,  we 
cannot  trace  any  resemblance  with  the  shape  of  another 
body,  the  mineral  is  said  to  be  massive. 

Massive  minerals  are  amorphous,  irregular  compositions  of  individ- 
uals of  the  same  species,  which  are  in  contact  with  each  other  on 
all  sides.  The  difference  between  massive  minerals,  and  those  forms 
resulting  from  the  groupes  of  crystals  which  deviate  more  or  less 
from  the  spheroidal  shape,  consists  merely  in  the  strong  adhesion  of 
the  former  to  the  surrounding  masses  of  other  species.  It  is  form- 
ed, however,  and  assumes  a  shape  corresponding  to  its  own  inherent 
powers,  and  does  not  depend  upon  its  support,  inasmuch  as  we  are 
led  to  suppose  both  of  them  to  be  of  contemporaneous  origin. 

Massive  minerals,  of  a  smaller  size,  are  also  disseminated  minerals, 
which  have  again  been  subdivided  according  to  the  size  of  the  par- 
ticles. Very  large  masses  of  amorphous  minerals  sometimes  enter 
into  the  composition  of  rocks,  as  Carbonate  of  Lime  and  Gypsum, 


94  TERMINOLOGY. 

&c.     Under  these  circumstances,  they  assume   the  shape  of  beds, 
veins,  &c.,  the  consideration  of  which  forms  the  province  of  Geology. 

§.  79.  ACCIDENTAL  IMITATIVE  SHAPES. 

The  accidental  imitative  shapes  presuppose  an  empty 
space,  which  has  been  filled  up  by  the  individuals  of  com- 
pound minerals,  to  which  is  transferred  the  form  of  the 
the  pre-existing  space. 

In  this  case,  the  shape,  which  the  mineral  assumes,  is  not  a  con- 
sequence of  the  properties  inherent  in  the  mineral,  but  is  due  solely 
to  the  space  in  which  its  formation  takes  place,  the  sides  of  which 
serve  for  a  support  to  the  individuals.  Thus,  at  first  a  coating  is 
formed  which  consists  of  small,  but,  in  many  cases,  very  percep- 
tible crystals,  -whose  apices  are  turned  towards  the  inside  of  the 
empty  space.  This  accounts  for  the  hollowness  of  many  imitative 
forms  of  this  kind,  of  which  the  cavities  are  still  lined  with  crystals. 

The  space,  in  which  the  accidental  imitative  shapes  are  produced, 
may  be  either  regular  or  irregular.  A  regular  space  cannot  be 
produced  except  by  crystallization ;  and  this  may  be  either  in  the 
interior  of  a  real  crystal,  or  it  is  the  cast  of  a  crystal  in  the  surround- 
ing mass.  The  first  is  not  uncommon,  particularly  in  large  crys- 
tals of  Quartz,  where  part  of  the  space  of  the  crystals  has  remain- 
ed empty,  and  is  regularly  limited  by  the  surrounding  crytalline 
mass. 

The  irregular  spaces  sometimes  consist  of  accidental  fissures, 
cracks,  and  other  similar  openings;  sometimes  they  depend  upon 
the  structure  of  the  surrounding  mass;  others  are  derived  from  the 
moulds  of  various  minerals,  and  also  of  organic  bodies. 

The  different  kinds  of  space  above  alluded  to,  produce  a  distinc- 
tion of  their  forms  into  regular  and  irregular  accidental  imitative 
forms. 

§.  80.  REGULAR  ACCIDENTAL  IMITATIVE    SHAPES. — 
PSEUDOMORPHOSES. 

The  regular  imitative  shapes  have  been  called  pseudcn 
morphoses,  or  supposititious  crystals. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  95 

The  denomination  of  crystals  to  these  shapes  was,  no  doubt,  first 
applied  from  their  external  regularity ;  the  slightest  attention  to 
their  internal  structure  is  sufficient  to  show  the  impropriety  of  such 
a  name,  since,  in  this  respect,  they  share  so  little  in  the  properties  of 
real  crystals. 

No  pseudomorphoses  are  formed  in  such  impressions  as  originate 
from  imbedded  crystals,  and  which  are  disunited  on  all  sides  from 
the  surrounding  mass.  But  if  an  implanted  crystal  (§.  54,)  is  cov- 
ered over  by  the  mass  of  another  mineral,  which  has  been  formed 
after  the  production  of  the  first,  the  deposits  of  new  individu- 
als will  at  first  constitute  a  coating,  consisting  of  minute  crys- 
tals, and  through  which  the  form  of  the  implanted  crystal  still 
continues  to  be  perceptible ;  the  mineral  may  yet  proceed  in  its 
formation,  and  become  massive,  or  it  may  assume  any  other  imi- 
tative shape,  in  which,  the  form  of  the  original  implanted  crystal  en- 
tirely disappears.  The  crystal  is  moulded  in  this  mass ;  and,  if  it 
be  taken  away,  or  decomposed,  it  will  leave  an  impression  of  its 
form.  Quartz  often  presents  instances  of  these  impressions.  From 
the  form  of  the  impression  we  may  very  often  infer  by  what  min- 
eral it  has  been  occasioned.  Thus,  what  has  been  called  the  ramose 
shape  of  the  Meteoric  Iron  of  Siberia,  is  the  result  of  impressions 
produced  by  crystals  and  grains  of  Chrysolite. 

The  crystals  sometimes  are  decomposed  in  the  place  of  their 
formation,  and  compound  minerals  come  in  to  fill  the  cavities  thus 
produced  ;  in  these  cases,  the  compound  mineral  assumes  the  shape  of 
the  space  already  existing,  since  the  sides  of  this  become  the  support 
of  the  newly  formed  individuals.  After  this  manner,  pseudomorpho- 
ses are  formed,  which  appear  in  the  shape  of  implanted  crystals,  if  the 
mass  containing  the  impressions,  by  any  cause,  shall  happen  to  dis- 
appear. 

All  the  peculiarities  of  the  pseudomorphoses  admit  of  an  easy  ex- 
planation from  the  mode  of  their  formation  above  described. 

The  form  of  the  pseudomorphoses,  has  no  relation  at  all  to  the  na- 
ture of  the  mineral  in  which  it  occurs.  For  it  is  entirely  acciden- 
tal, from  what  mineral  the  impression  is  derived,  in  which  the  new 
individuals  have  been  deposited.  Thus  in  Quartz  we  meet  with 
forms  originating  from  Carbonate  of  lime,  Fluor  and  from  Gypsum; 
which  is  sufficient  to  prove,  that  the  forms  of  the  pseudomorphoses 
cannot  by  any  means  be  members  in  the  series  of  crystallization  of 
those  species  to  which  they  belong. 

The  quality  of  the  surface  of  the  pseudomorphoses,  depends  only 
upon  its  form,  and  not  upon  its  substance,  or  its  mode  of  composition, 


96  TERMINOLOGY. 

for  the  elevations  and  depressions  of  the  mould  are  likewise  expres- 
sed in  the  cast,  which  in  this  case  is  the  pseudomorphosis.  The 
surface  sometimes  bears  a  new  coating  of  very  minute  crystals,  of 
the  species  of  which  the  pseudomorphoses  consists.  This  is  frequent 
among  the  pseudomorphoses  of  Quartz,  which  affect  the  form  of  Car- 
bonate of  lime.  It  is  merely  accidental  however,  and  therefore  not 
to  be  classed  among  the  peculiar  and  constant  characters  of  such 
productions. 

Pseudomorphoses  are  frequently  hollow;  and  their  cavities  are 
lined  with  crystals,  or  with  reniform  and  other  imitative  shapes  of 
that  species,  which  constitutes  the  pseudomorphoses. 

Pseudomorphoses  are  compound  minerals,  even  though  on  ac- 
count of  the  minuteness  of  the  individuals,  the  composition  should 
no  longer  be  perceptible.  They  are  also  very  often  mixed,  since 
several  species  may  obviously  be  deposited  in  an  impression  at  the 
same  time,  in  the  same  way  in  which  several  species  may  enter 
into  the  composition  of  a  geode. 

Pseudomorphoses  cohere  immediately  with  the  adjacent  mass,  and 
therefore  seem  only  to  be  implanted. 

Mere  coatings  of  crystals  must  not  be  included  under  pseudo- 
morphoses, since  the  latter  are  produced  by  the  process  of  subse- 
quent formation  in  a  mould,  as  it  has  been  explained  above.  Nor 
can  it  be  allowed,  to  consider  decomposed  or  otherwise  destroyed 
varieties  of  one  species,  as  pseudomorphoses  of  another.  Thus, 
the  decomposed  crystals  of  red  Oxide  of  Copper,  can  never  become 
pseudomorphoses  of  Carbonate  of  Copper,  &c. 

The  origin  of  another  remarkable  appearance,  is  so  nearly  related 
to  that  of  pseudomorphoses,  that  there  is  no  place  more  suitable  than 
the  present,  for  its  illustration. 

Sometimes  it  happens,  that  the  regular  structure  of  a  simple  min- 
eral is  impressed  into  the  mass  of  another,  which  enters  into  fissures 
parallel,  or  dependent  upon  this  structure.  If  now,  the  simple  min- 
eral, by  some  accident,  is  decomposed,  the  remaining  compound  one 
will  represent  a  shape  which  entirely  depends  on  the  structure  of 
the  decomposed  individuals.  The  same  takes  place  if  the  individu- 
als of  compound  minerals  do  not  cohere  from  all  sides,  so  that  they 
allow  of  the  interposition  of  foreign  matter.  Thus,  the  cellular 
shapes  arise,  of  which  the  former  have  been  called  regular,  and 
the  latter  irregular,  cellular  shapes.  The  sides  of  the  alveolae  are 
also  sometimes  lined  with  minute  crystals  of  a  third  mineral.  Thus 
we  find  cellular  shapes  in  Quartz,  produced  by  Galena,  and  whose 
sides  are  lined  with  Iron  Pyrites. 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  97 

The  crystals  of  Steatite  are  considered  as  real  crystals  by  some 
mineralogists,  and  by  others  as  pseudomorphoses;  nothing  decisive, 
as  respects  this  point,  has  as  yet  been  brought  forward. 

§.  81.  IRREGULAR  ACCIDENTAL  IMITATIVE  SHAPES. 

According  to  the  quality  of  the  space,  in  which  these 
imitative  shapes  have  been  formed,  they  may  be  distin- 
guished into:  1,  those  whose  form  is  entirely  accidental; 
2,  those  whose  form  depends  upon  particular  openings  in 
other  minerals,  which  are  not  simple  ones;  and  3,  those 
whose  form  depends  upon  bodies,  not  belonging  to  the 
mineral  kingdom. 

In  the  mass  of  rocks,  and  in  that  of  beds  and  veins,  we  very  often 
meet  with  cracks  and  fissures,  which  seem  to  have  once  been  open, 
or  which  still  continue  so.  Commonly,  this  appearance  is  explained 
by  supposing  them  to  be  real  fissures,  or  that  the  coherence  of  the 
particles  in  the  rftcky  mass  has,  in  their  case,  been  overcome,  by 
some  means  or  other.  If  a  mineral  is  formed  in  a  fissure  of  that 
kind,  it  must  necessarily  assume  its  form;  and  the  mineral,  appear- 
ing in  this  shape,  is  said  to  occur  in  plates.  These  fissures  are 
sometimes  so  very  narrow,  that  a  fluid  can  scarcely  enter  between 
their  sides;  a  mineral  formed  in  such  a  space  is  safd  to  occur  super- 
ficial, which  in  fact  is  nothing  else  than  a  very  thin  plate. 

There  are  instances  where  the  sides  of  these  fissures  are  nearly 
even,  and  possess  a  certain  degree  of  polish.  Fissures  of  this  de- 
scription very  seldom  seem  to  have  been  filled  up  with  other  miner- 
als ;  on  the  contrary,  the  sides  are  in  immediate  contact  with  each 
other.  The  sides  of  such  fissures  are  said  to  be  specular. 

rSeveral  rocks  contain  vesicular  cavities.  In  these  cavities  min- 
erals are  formed,  which  consequently  must  assume  their  shape,  and 
appear  as  more  or  less  spheroidal  masses.  Such  globules  very  often 
consist  of  the  varieties  of  more  than  one  species,  and  are  sometimes 
hollow  inside.  They  must  be  accurately  distinguished  from  the 
grains,  (§.  54.)  and  from  the  globules  described  above.  (§.  77.) 
Examples  of  this  kind  exist  in  Agate  Balls,  Quartz,  &c. 

If  this  kind  of  globular  concretion  is  not  hollow  inside,  and  at  the 
same  time  very  irregular,  so  as  to  exhibit  some  resemblance  to 


98  TERMINOLOGY. 

the  roots  of  certain  plants,  the  forms  arising,  are  called  tuberose,  of 
which  Flint  is  one  of  the  most  common  examples. 

To  this  class  al>o,  we  must  refer  the  irregular  cellular  shapes. 
(§.  80.)  These  distinctions  are  of  little  or  no  importance,  for  the 
most  part,  as  characters  for  the  recognition  of  minerals;  though 
necer.sary  to  be  understood,  to  prepare  the  pupil  for  the  full  descrip- 
tion of  the  species,  where  it  is  intended  that  the  descriptions  shall 
convey  as  complete  a  picture  as  possible  of  every  individual  inclu- 
ded under  each  species. 

Those  shapes  which  depend  upon  forms  foreign  to  the  mineral 
kingdom,  are  the  petrifactions.  There  is  no  difference  between 
the  formation  of  the  greater  part  of  petrifactions,  and  of  the  pseudo- 
morphoses,  or  the  accidental  imitative  forms,  and  it  does  not  there- 
fore require  any  particular  explanation.  Mineralized  organic  re- 
mains cannot  be  classed  among  real  petrifactions.  These  are  not 
formed  like  pseudomorphoses,  in  which  the  space  left  empty  by  the 
decomposition  of  one  body  is  filled  up  by  another,  but  the  organic 
mass  is  metamorphosed  or  changed  into  that  of  the  mineral.  Min- 
eralized organic  bodies,  besides  their  original  shape,  may  also  retain 
their  original  structure,  as  numerous  vaiieties  of  Mineral  Coal. 

Several  minerals,  even  after  their  formation,  assume  other  forms, 
which  are  accidental.  Such  are  pebbles,  formed  when  fragments 
of  minerals  are  carried  along  by  water,  until,  by  attrition,  they  ac- 
quire a  more  or  less  rounded  shape.  Simple,  compound  and  mixed 
minerals,  are  found  in  the  shape  of  pebbles. 

§.'  82.    PARTICLES  OF  COMPOSITION. 

The  individuals  of  which   a  compound  mineral  consists 
are  called  its  Particles  of  Composition. 

The  particles  of  composition  are  true  crystals,  which,  by  their 
contact,  have  prevented  each  other  from  assuming  their  regular  form. 

The  particles  of  composition  have  also  been  called  Distinct  Con- 
cretions. The  other  expression,  however,  is  preferable,  since  it 
shows  their  reference  to  compound  minerals,  whereas  distinct  con- 
cretions may  also  allude  to  simple  minerals. 

The  particles  of  composition  are  distinguished  according  to  their  - 
length,  breadth,  and  thickness,  into  granular,  columnar,  and  lam- 
ellar, particles  of  composition.     The  granular  particles  have  all  their 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  99 

dimensions  nearly  equal,  or  at  least  not  very  different.  In  the  co- 
lumnar particles,  the  length  is  greater  than  both  breadth  and  thick- 
ness ;  and  in  direction,  they  are  either  parallel  or  diverging.  In  the 
lamellar  particle?,  the  length  and  breadth  surpass  the  thickness. 
There  are  straight  and  curved  lamellar  particles  of  composition. 
The  latter  are  not  individuals,  but  are  composed  already  of  them- 
selves. Examples,  of  the  first  of  these  kinds,  occur  in  Coccolite,  (a 
variety  of  Augite,)  and  Colophonite,  (a  variety  of  Garnet,)  of  the 
second  in  Pycnile,  (a  variety  of  Topav.,)  and  in  Arragonite;  and  of 
the  last  in  Tabular  Spar,  and  Shi'e  Spar,  (A  variety  of  Carbonate  of 
Lime.) 

The  size  of  tbe  particles  of  composition  varies  considerably. 
Sometimes  they  are  so  minute  a.s  scarcely  to  be  observable.  Yet 
minerals,  in  which  they  are  discoverable  with  difficulty,  and  even 
others  in  which  we  are  unable  to  detect  them  at  all,  may  be  shown 
to  be  compound  minerals.  This  may  be  illustrated  by  a  reference 
to  a  series  of  specimens  of  Galena.  In  one  of  them,  the  particles  of 
composition  shall  be  of  such  distinctness  as  immediately  to  be  visi- 
ble to  the  naked  eye ;  a  second  will  present  them  smaller,  and  a 
third  still  more  diminished;  a  fourth,  filth,  &c.  may  be  conceived 
of,  regularly  decreasing;  and  at  length,  we  anive  at  one  in  which 
the  naked  eye  fails  to  discover  the  compound  character.  13ut  a  mi- 
croscope rendeis  it  apparent.  Other  specimens,  still  more  compact, 
will  exiiibit  particles  of  compOvsition  only  in  particular  places,  even 
when  observed  by  the  micro.scrope.  From  these  observations,  we 
cannot  avoid  the  conclusion,  that  these  specimens  ate  all  varieties  of 
the  same  mineral,  and  that  they  differ  merely  in  the  size  of  their  con- 
stituent individuals.  And,  when  we  find  specimens  thus  connected, 
(ho3e  in  which  the  composition  ceases  to  be  observed  are  still  to  be 
regarded  as  compound. 

The  columnar  and  lamellar  particles  are  exactly  in  the  same  case. 
The  former  are  very  obvious  in  the  stalactitic  and  re  inform  shapes 
of  Haematite  ;  but  in  the  compact  varieties  of  this  mineral  they 
wholly  disappear.  Of  this  vanishing,  and  almost  impalpable  com- 
position, we  have  good  examples  in  the  reniform  and  stalactitic 
shapes  of  Chalcedony  and  Gibbsite,  in  whose  specimens,  in  general, 
we  can  discover  no  trace  of  composition,  but  others  do  nevertheless 
occur,  of  these  minerals,  in  which  the  composition  is  visible. 


100  .  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  83.  SINGLE  AND  MULTIPLE  COMPOSITION. 

The  single  composition  takes  place,  if  a  compound  min- 
eral consists  of  individuals ;  but  if  the  particles  of  compo- 
sition are  again  composed,  then  the  composition  is  multiple. 

The  compositions,  treated  of  in  the  preceding  articles,  are  single 
compositions. 

But  there  exist  particles  of  composition,  which  are  again  compo- 
sed of  granular  particles,  which  last  only,  are  real  individuals. 
They  join  into  those  masses  which  again,  on  a  larger  scale,  produce 
a  granular  composition.  Thus,  in  Dolomite  we  sometimes  have 
granular  particles,  consisting  of  columnar  particles  ;  and  in  Carbo- 
nate of  Lime  and  in  Chalcedony,  columnar  particles  are  observed 
consisting  again  of  columnar  individuals. 

§.  84.  CHARACTERISTIC  MARKS  OF  COMPOSITION. 

Imitative  shapes,  and  the  want  of  cleavage,  are  the  chief 
characters,  from  the  presence  of  which  composition  may  be 
inferred,  if  this  should  not  be  observable  at  first  sight. 

An  individual  formed  under  such  circumstances  as  lie  beyond 
the  reach  of  foreign  influence,  will  always  assume  a  regular  form. 
If,  therefore,  we  meet  with  minerals  which  evidently  have  not  been 
acted  upon  by  any  such  circumstances,  and  which  nevertheless  do 
not  present  any  regular  form,  we  may  infer,  with  perfect  security, 
that  the  mineral  is  not  a  simple  one,  but  that  it  is  a  compound  of 
several  individuals. 

With  regard  to  the  accidental  imitative  shapes,  it  is  evident,  that 
not  even  those  which  are  regular  can  be  the  forms  of  simple  miner- 
als, because  they  are  altogether  accidental ;  whereas  the  forms  of 
simple  minerals  are  founded  in  the  nature  of  the  individuals  them- 
selves. Hence  the  imitative  shapes,  of  whatever  kind  they  may  be, 
are,  in  every  instance,  infallible  characters  from  which  the  compo- 
sition of  the  minerals  may  be  inferred.  But  we  could  suppose  that 
a  compound  mineral  might  consist  of  particles  in  a  perfectly  paral- 
lel position,  but  so  small  that  the  composition  can  no  longer  be  ob- 
served, so  that  the  directions  of  cleavage  of  the  single  particles,  o,r 
supposed  individuals  in,  one  of  them  are  the  continuation  of  those  ift 


COMPOUND    MINERALS.  101 

the  other.  In  this  case  the  whole  mass  will  be  cleavable,  and  the 
whole  will  therefore,  be  a  single  individual,  and  not  a  composition 
agreeably  to  the  definition  in  (§.  70.)  Hence  cleavable  minerals 
are  simple  ;  and  the  want  of  cleavage  in  varieties  of  such  species 
as  commonly  allow  of  cleavage,  is  a  mark  of  their  composition;  be- 
cause here  one  individual  assumes  a  situation  different  from  that  of 
another,  so  that  their  respective  faces  of  cleavage  can  have  no  con- 
tinuity among  one  another.  For  this  reason,  compact  Limestone, 
compact  Fluor,  and  compact  Heavy  Spar  are  not  cleavable,  although 
the  simple  varieties  of  the  same  species  may  be  cleaved  with  the 
greatest  facility. 

The  same  applies  to  the  pseudomorphoses. 

Among  the  other  characters  of  composition,  we  may  mention,  that 
compound  minerals  in  which  the  composition  can  no  longer  be  obr 
served,  are  most  intimately  connected  in  all  their  properties  with 
those  in  which  it  is  still  visible,  and  that  commonly  they  possess 
lower  degrees  of  transparency  and  lustre,  than  simple  varieties  of 
the  same  species.  Examples  illustrative  of  the  present  remark  may 
be  seen  among  specimens  of  Quartz,  Carbonate  of  Lime  and  Galena. 

The  following  observations  will  furnish  characters  in  most  cases 
sufficient  for  distinguishing  mixed  and  compound  minerals,  in  both 
of  which,  the  particles  disappear  on  account  of  their  minuteness. 

The  different  ingredients  of  the  mixture  are  sometimes  found  sep- 
arated from  the  rest  in  more  or  less  pure  masses,  by  which  the  mix- 
ture ceases  to  be  uniform.  If  we  find  an  opportunity  for  observing 
mixed  masses  of  this  kind,  on  a  larger  scale,  we  may  very  often 
find  those  particles  entirely  disengaged,  or  separated  from  each  oth- 
er, as  is  the  case  with  Hydrous  Oxide  of  Iron,  and  Quartz  in  the 
original  repositories  of  Iron  flint ,  which  is  an  intimate  mixture  of 
these  two  species.  Thus,  we  infer  Basalt  to  consist  of  Feldspar  and 
Augite,  or  Hornblende,  because  Greenstone  and  the  Syenitic  rocks 
in  which  the  particles  of  mixture  have  more  extension  only,  really 
do  consist  of  the  above  mentioned  species,  and  differ  from  common 
Basalt  merely  by  their  coarser  grain. 

Moreover,  the  mixed  minerals  partly  possess  the  properties  of  the 
one,  partly  also  those  of  the  other,  of  the  simple  minerals  of  which 
they  consist,  without  entirely  agreeing  with  any  of  them,  as,  for 
instance,  Iron  flint,  which  possesses  some  of  the  properties  of  Quartz, 
&c.,  or  they  assume  such  properties  as  never  occur  in  simple  min- 
erals; as,  for  instance,  the  columnar  shapes  of  Basalt,  of  Porphyry, 
and  the  singular  forms  of  Greenstone,  which,  by  themselves,  prove 

9* 


102  TERMINOLOGY. 

these  minerals  to  be  compound,  even  though  the  component  individ- 
uals should  no  longer  be  perceptible. 

§.  85.  STRUCTURE  or  COMPOUND  MINERALS. 

That  kind  of  fracture  which  has  been  considered  as  be- 
longing to  simple  minerals,  does  not  occur  in  compound 
minerals.  In  breaking  these  last,  however,  we  produce 
what  has  been  called  their  Fracture ;  and  the  particles  of 
the  mineral  separate  in  the  Faces  of  Fracture. 

If  the  particles  are  still  distinguishable  as  individuals,  they  must 
be  considered  according  to  their  respective  regular  or  irregular 
structure,  to  their  faces  of  composition,  and  to  every  other  character 
which  they  present  to  the  observer ;  in  short,  they  must  be  consid- 
ered as  simple  minerals.  In  the  present  place,  therefore,  only  those 
compound  minerals  will  be  treated  of,  in  which  on  account  of  their 
minuteness,  the  individuals  are  no  longer  distinguishable.  In  these, 
the  following  kinds  of  fracture  have  been  distinguished. 

1.  The  Conchoidal  Fracture,  together  with  its  various  modifica- 
tions, which  depend  upon  size,  perfection,  relative  depression,  &c. 
(§.69.) 

2.  The  Uneven  Fracture,  which  has  been  subdivided  according 
to  the  size  of  the  asperities,  into  coarse-grained,  small-grained,  and 
fine-grained  uneven  fracture. 

8.  The  JEven  Fracture,  which  arises,  if  the  elevations  and  de- 
pressions upon  the  face  of  separation  nearly  approach  to  evenness. 
These  even  parts  of  the  fracture  must  not  be  confounded  with  faces 
of  cleavage,  because  they  do  not  keep  a  constant  direction,  and  are 
only  observable  in  compound  minerals.  This  variety  of  fracture  is 
not  common. 

4.  The  Splintery  Fracture,  which  is  produced,  if  upon  the  face 
of  separation,  detached  scaly  particles  remain,  joined  to  the  mass 
by  their  thicker  end.     These  particles  are  rendered  visible  by  that 
portion  of  light  which  passes  through  them;  and  the  splintery  frac- 
ture, therefore,  does  not  occur  in  perfectly  opaque  minerals.     It 
may  occur  at  the  same  time  with  the  conchoidal,  or  another  kind  of 
fracture. 

5.  The  Hackly  Fracture  has  been  sufficiently  explained  in  § .  69. 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  103 

6.  The  Slaty  Fracture  resembles  imperfect  faces  of  cleavage, 
and  partly  arises  from  it.     It  is  met  with  in  the  different  kinds 
of  Slate,  which,  for  the   greater  part,  are  compound   minerals,  or 
even   mixed,  although  they  appear  to  be  simple.     The  slaty  frac- 
ture keeps  a  constant  direction,  and  is  in  this  respect  analogous  to 
cleavage. 

7.  The  Earthy  Fracture  is  the  same  as  the  uneven  fracture,  ex- 
cept that  it  occurs  in  decomposed  minerals. 


SECTION    III. 

THE  NATURAL  PROPERTIES,  COMMON  TO  BOTH  SIMPLE  AND 
COMPOUND  MINERALS. 

§.  86.  DIVISION. 

Those  Natural  properties,  which  are  common  to  both 
the  simple  and  the  compound  minerals,  may  be  divided  in- 
to the  Optical  Properties,  and  into  the  Physical  Properties 
of  minerals,  or  such  as  refer  more  particularly  to  their  mass 
or  substance. 

Optical  characters  are  such  as  depend  upon  light,  and  are  not  ob- 
servable except  in  its  presence.  They  include  lustre,  color,  and 
transparency. 

The  physical  properties  of  minerals,  comprehend  all  those  which 
neither  depend  upon  their  form,  and  the  space  which  they  fill  up, 
nor  upon  the  presence  or  absence  of  light.  Of  these  are  the  follow- 
ing, the  state  of  aggregation,  hardness,  specific  gravity,  magne*> 
tismt  electricity,  taste  and  odor. 

OF  THE  OPTICAL  CHARACTERS  OF  MINERALS. 
§.  87.  LUSTRE,   COLOR,  TRANSPARENCY. 

The  phenomena  observable  in  minerals,  with  respect  to 
reflected  and  transmitted  light,  are  comprehended  under 
the  heads  of  Lustre,  Co/or,  and  Transparency. 


104  TERMINOLOGY. 

These  subjects  are  treated  of  in  mineralogy,  only  so  far  as  they  al- 
low of  some  application  in  discriminating  and  describing  minerals. 
In  order  to  employ  them  to  any  purpose,  it  is  necessary  to  deter- 
mine and  to  provide  with  peculiar  denominations,  those  differences 
which  may  be  distinguished  in  these  properties,  both  in  respect  to 
their  kind  and  intensity.  This  will  require  us  to  fix  a  certain  im- 
pression upon  our  mind,  and  always  to  designate  this  impression 
with  the  same  name,  so  as  to  recall  it  to  our  memory,  whenever  we 
read  this  name,  or  hear  it  uttered.  It  is  necessary  therefore  to  have 
experienced  these  impressions  upon  our  own  mind,  since  explana- 
tions  cannot  be  substituted  in  their  place.  An  acquaintance  with 
these  properties  may-be  acquired  from  the  consideration  of  bodies, 
which  are  not  minerals.  But  it  is  best  and  most  easily  obtained  by 
addressing  ourselves  to  the  bodies  themselves.  The  pupil  is  there- 
fore advised  to  familiarize  his  mind  with  the  distinctions  detailed  un- 
der the  present  characters,  by  an  attentive  examination  of  a  col- 
lection of  specimens  arranged  expressly  for  their  illustration. 

In  the  determination  of  species,  the  present  characters  are  rarely 
of  much  value;  but  in  descriptive  mineralogy,  where  the  business 
is  not  to  distinguish  objects,  but  to  produce  an  image  of  them,  the 
optical  properties  of  minerals  are  not  inferior  in  importance  to  any 
other  properties. 

The  optical  characters  must  therefore,  hyno  means,  be  neglected, 
although  many  of  them  are  of  less  importance  than  those  derived 
from  the  forms  to  the  progress  of  mineralogy.  Very  often  by  their 
assistance,  the  pupil  may  dispense  with  the  use  of  the  characteristic, 
1  because  they  are  very  well  calculated  for  recalling  to  his  mind  such 
varieties  of  the  same  species  as  he  has  before  determined.  They  are 
obvious  at  first  sight,  and  are  capable  of  being  observed  and  deter- 
mined under  whatever  circumstances  they  may  be  found. 

§.  88.  KINDS  AND  INTENSITY  OF  LUSTRE, 

The  lustre  of  minerals  is  considered  in  respect  to  its  kind, 
and  in  respect  to  its  intensity. 

The  kinds  of  lustre  are  : 

1.  Metallic  lustre, 

2.  Adamantine  lustre, 

3.  Resinous  lustre, 

4.  Vitreous  lustre, 

5.  Pearly  lustre. 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  105 

The  Metallic  Lustre,  is  subdivided  into  perfect  and  imperfect,  me- 
tallic lustre.  The  first  of  these  occurs  in  the  pure  metals,  their  al- 
loys, and  occasionally  in  their  oxides  and  combinations  with  sulphur, 
as  in  Galena  and  Iron  Pyrites ;  the  second  is  found  in  the  oxides 
of  the  metals  for  the  most  part,  and  is  particularly  exemplified  in 
Columbite. 

The  Adamantine  Lustre,  is  subdivided  into  metallic  adamantine, 
and  common  adamantine.  The  common  adamantine  is  nearly  pe- 
culiar to  the  Diamond  ;  the  metallic  adamantine  is  found  in  Red  Sil- 
ver ore  and  some  varieties  of  Carbonate  of  Lead. 

The  Resinous  Lustre  is  well  understood  from  our  knowledge  of 
it  in  Resin.  It  may  further  be  defined  as  presenting  the  appearance 
of  a  body  besmeared  with  oil  or  fat.  It  is  best  seen  in  Pitchstone. 

The  Vitreous  Lustre  is  that  of  glass,  and  may  be  observed  in 
common  Quartz. 

The  Pearly  Lustreis  divided  into  common  and  metallic,  pearly  lus- 
tre. The  first  which  approaches  the  nearest  that  of  the  pearl,  is 
found  in  Heulandite,  Stilbite,  and  some  varieties  of  Mica :  the  se- 
cond occurs  in  Bronzite  and  Hyperslene. 

As  to  the  intensity  of  lustre,  the  following  degrees  are  distin- 
guished : 

1.  Splendent, 

2.  Shining, 

3.  Glistening, 

4.  Glimmering, 

5.  Dull. 

Splendent,  applies  to  those  faces  which  possess  the  highest  degree 
of  lustre;  and  which  produce  distinct  and  well  defined  images,  of 
external  objects,  provided  they  are  of  sufficient  dimensions  and 
evenness.  Such  faces  are  contained  in  Garnet,  Blende,  Tin  ore,  &.c. 

Shining,  is  the  next  less  degree  of  lustre  ;  it  does  not  produce  re- 
flections equally  distinct.  Calcareous  Spar,  and  Sulphate  of  Ba- 
rytes  often  present  examples  of  it. 

Glistening,  is  that  in  which  the  light  is  reflected  still  less 
distinctly  ;  but  though  it  does  not  yield  an  image,  it  reflects  it  in 
pretty  well  defined  patches.  This  degree  of  lustre  is  found  in  most 
of  those  compound  minerals  in  which  the  particles  of  composition 
are  still  observable.  Examples  are  Copper  Pyrites,  and  Grey  Ox- 
ide of  Copper. 

Glimmering  does  not  reflect  defined  patches  of  light,  but  a  mass 
of  undefined  light  seems  spread  over  the  glimmering  surface.  This 


106  TERMINOLOGY. 

degree  of  lustre  is  observable  in  the  columnar  composition,  (often 
called  fibrous  fracture,)  and  in  other  compound  minerals  in  which 
the  composition  is  no  longer  observable,  as  in  the  varieties  of  Quartz 
called  Hornstone,  Flint,  and  Chalcedony.  This  degree  of  lustre  may 
generally  be  taken  as  a  sign  of  a  compound  mineral,  the  individuals 
of  which  are  so  very  small,  as  nearly  to  disappear.  It  is  produced 
by  the  reflection  of  light,  from  every  one  of  the  impalpable  com- 
ponent parts. 

Dull,  possesses  no  lustre  at  all.  This  perfect  absence  of  lustre  is 
almost  entirely  confined  to  decomposed  minerals,  as  in  Kaolin. 

§.  89.   SERIES   IN  THE  DIFFERENCES  OF  LUSTRE. 

In  general,  neither  the  kinds  nor  the  degrees  of  lustre 
admit  of  rigorous  limits.  It  is  necessary  to  determine  them 
in  some  particularly  distinct  examples,  and  to  compare  with 
them  such  as  are  less  distinct. 

If  there  occur  several  kinds  or  degrees  of  lustre  in  the  varieties 
of  a  species,  these  will  be  in  an  uninterrupted  connexion,  and  they 
will  pass  insensibly  into  one  another,  so  that  in  no  place  are  we  ca- 
pable of  observing  any  interruption  or  want  of  continuity.  Out  of 
the  succession  in  these  gradations,  the  series  in  question  arises. 

If  we  make  abstraction  of  what  is  merely  accidental,  similar  fa- 
ces in  single  individuals  agree  as  to  the  kind  and  degree  of  in- 
tensity of- their  lustre;  and,  on  the  contrary,  such  faces  as  are  riot 
similar,  disagree  in  this  respect.  This  is  equally  the  case  as  relates 
to  faces  of  crystallization,  and  to  faces  of  cleavage,  as  is  shown  by 
examples  from  Gypsum,  Mica,  and  Stilbite.  Pearly  lustre  is  the 
most  remarkable  among  the  different  kinds;  since,  in  a  high  state  of 
perfection,  it  appears  in  simple  minerals  only  upon  single  faces 
of  crystallization  as  well  as  of  cleavage  :  example,  Heulandite. 

§.  90.  DIVISION  OF  COLORS. 

The  colors  are  divisible  into  two  series:  1.  The  metallic 
colors  ;  2.  The  non-metallic  colors. 

For  the  better  distinction  of  colors,  Werner  was  led  to  assume 
eight  principal  colors  as  the  foundation  of  all  the  others.  These 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  107 

are,  White,  Grey,  Black,  Blue,  Green,  Yellow,  Red,  and  Brown. 
Each  of  these  comprehends  several  varieties,  the  names  of  which 
are  either  derived  from  such  bodies  as  they  most  frequently  occur 
in,  or  they  are  formed  by  composition.  Examples  of  the  first  are, 
rose-red,  apple-green,  &c. ;  of  the  latter,  reddish-brown,  yellowish- 
brown,  &c. 

§.  91.  METALLIC  COLORS. 

The  metallic  colors  are,  1.  Copper-red;  2.  Bronze-yel- 
low-; 3.  Brass-yellow,  and  4.  Gold-yellow;  5.  Silver-white, 
and  6.  Tin-white ;  7.  Lead-grey,  and  8.  Steel-grey,  and 
9.  Iron-black. 

1.  Copper-red,  the  color  of  metallic  copper.     J»T.  Native  Copper. 

2.  Bronze-yellow,  the  color  of  several  metallic  alloys,  as  Bronze 
and  Speise.     Ex.  Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites. 

3.  Brass-yellow,  the  color  of  brass.     Ex.  Copper  Pyrites. 

4.  Gold-yellow,  the  color  of  pure  gold.     Ex.  Native  Gold. 

5.  Silver-white,  the  color  of  pure  silver.     Ex.  Native  Silver. 

6.  Tin-white,  the  color  of  pure  tin.     Ex.  Native  Antimony  and 
Native  Mercury. 

7.  Lead-grey,  the  color  of  metallic  lead.     Ex.  Galena,  and  Sul- 
phuret  of  Molybdena. 

8.  Steel-grey,  approaching  the  color  of  recently  fractured  steel. 
.  Ex.  Native  Platina,  and  Graphic  Tellurium. 

9.  Iron-black,  nearly  the   color  of   cast-iron.      Ex.    Octahedral 
Iron  Ore. 

§.  92.  NON-METALLIC  COLORS. 

The  non-metallic  colors  are  considered  in  the  order  in 
which  the  fundamental  colors  have  been  enumerated  in  §.  90. 

The  following  are  the  non-metallic  colors. 
(A.)   White. 

1.  Snow- White.    The  purest  white  color.     Ex.  Carrara  Marble 
and  Flos-ferri. 

2.  Reddish-white.    White  with  a  tinge  of  red.    Ex.  Some  vari- 
eties of  Calcareous  Spar  and  of  Quartz. 


108  TERMINOLOGY. 

3.  Yellowish-ivhite.     White,  inclining  to  yellow.     Ex.  Varieties 
of  Calcareous  Spar  and  of  Opal. 

4.  Greyish-white.     White  inclining  to  grey.     Ex.  Quartz. 

5.  Greenish-white.     White  mingled  with  a  shade  of  green.     Ex. 
Asbestus  and  Talc. 

6.  Milk-white.     White  bordering  on  blue ;  the  color  of  newly 
skimmed  milk.     Ex.  Quartz  and  Opal. 

(B.)   Grey. 

1.  Bluish- grey.     Grey  with  a  slight  tinge  of  blue.     Ex.  Quartz 
and  Limestone. 

2.  Pearl-grey.    Grey  with  an  intermixture  of  blue  and  red.     Ex. 
Porcelain  Jasper. 

3.  Smoke-grey.     Grey  mixed   with  brown ;    the  color  of  dense 
smoke.     Ex.  Quartz. 

4.  Greenish- grey.     Grey  mixed  with  green.     Ex.  Talc. 

5.  Yellowish- grey.     Grey  mixed  with  yellow.     Ex.  Limestone. 

6.  Ash-grey.     The  purest  grey  color;  a  mixture  of  white   and 
black.     Ex.  Zoisite. 

(C.)  Black. 

1.  Greyish-Hack.    Black  mixed  with  grey.     Ex.  Basalt  and  An- 
thrakolite. 

2.  Velvet-Hack.    The  purest  black  color;  the  color  of  black  vel- 
vet.    Ex.  Obsidian. 

3.  Greenish-black.     Black  mixed  with  green.     Ex.  Augite. 

4.  Brownish-black.    Black  mixed  with  brown.     Ex.  Anthracite. 

5.  Bluish-black.     Black  mixed  with  blue.     Ex.  Black  Cobalt. 

(D.)  Blue. 

1.  Blackish-blue.     Blue  mixed  with  black.     Ex.    Dark  colored 
varieties  of  Blue  Malachite. 

2.  Jlzure-blue.     A  bright  blue  color  mixed  with  a  little  red.    Ex. 
Pale  varieties  of  Blue  Malachite. 

3.  Violet-blue.     Blue  mixed  with  red.     Ex.  Amethyst. 

4.  Lavender-blue.    Blue  with  a  little  red  and  a  considerable  grey. 
Ex.  Clays. 

5.  Plum-blue.     A  color  peculiar  to  certain  varieties  of  plums. 
Ex.  Spinelle. 

6.  Prussian-blue,  or  Berlin-blue.     The  purest  blue  color.     Ex. 
Sapphire  and  Cyauite. 

7.  Smalt-blue.     The  color  of  a  pale  variety  of  Smalt.     Ex.  An- 
hydrite. 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  109 

8.  Indigo-blue.     Blue  mixed  with  black  and  green ;  the  color  of 
Indigo.     Ex.  Blue  Iron  Earth. 

9.  Duck-blue.     Blue  largely  mixed  with  green  and  a  little  black. 
Ex.  Talc. 

10.  Sky-blue.     A  pale  blue  color,  with  a  little  green;  the  color 
of  the  clear  sky.     Ex.  Fluor. 

(E.)   Green. 

1.  Verdigris- green.     A  green  color,  inclining  to  blue  ;  the  color 
of  verdigris.     Ex.  Green  Feldspar. 

2.  Celandine- green.     A  green  color  mixed  with  blue  and  grey. 
Ex.  Beryl 

3.  Mountain- green.    Green  with  much  blue.    Ex.  Aqua-marine. 

4.  Leek-green.     The  color  of  the  leaves  of  garlick.     Ex.  Prase. 

5.  Enter  aid- green.     The  purest  green  color.     Ex.  Emerald. 

6.  Jlpple- green.    A  light  green  color  with  a  shade  of  yellow.    Ex. 
Chrysoprase. 

7.  Grass-green.     The  lively  color  of  grass  in  the  spring;  green 
mixed  with  much  yellow.     Ex.  Green  Diallage,  Actynolite,  &c. 

8.  Pistachio- green.    Green  with  yellow  and  brown.     Ex.  Chry- 
solite and  Epidote. 

9.  Asparagus-green.    Pale  green,  with  much  yellow.     Ex.  As- 
paragus stone. 

10.  Blackish- green.     Green  with  black.     Ex.  Serpentine. 

11.  Olive-green.     Pale  green,   with  much  brown  and  yellow, 
Ex.  Pitchstone. 

12.  Oil-green.     A  green  color  still  lighter,  with  more  of  yellow, 
and  less  of  brown  ;  the  color  of  olive  oil.     Ex.  Blende. 

13.  Siskin-green.     A  light  green  color,  very  much  inclining  to 
yellow.     Ex.  Uranite. 

(F.)   Yellow. 

1.  Sulphur-yellow.     The   color  of  pure   sulphur.     Ex.  Native 
Sulphur. 

2.  Straw-yellow.    Light  yellow;  nearly  the  color  of  straw.     Ex. 
Karpholite. 

3.  Wax-yellow.     Yellow  with  grey  and  a  little  brown ;  the  color 
of  yellow  wax.     Ex.  Common  Opal. 

4.  Honey-yellow.     Yellow  with  a  little  red  and  brown ;  the  dark 
color  of  honey.     Ex.  Fluor. 

5.  Lemon-yellow.     The  purest  yellow  color ;  the  color  of  ripe 
lemons.     Ex.  Yellow  Orpiment. 

10 


110  TERMINOLOGY. 

6.  Ochre-yellow.    Yellow  with  brown.    Ex.  Iron  Flint. 

7.  Wine-yellow.    A  pale  yellow  color,  with  a  little  red  and  grey  5 
the  color  of  several  sorts  of  white  wine.     Ex.  Topaz  and  Fluor. 

8.  Cream-yellow.    A  pale  yellow  color ;  the  color  of  cream ;  rare. 
Ex.  Molybdate  of  Lead. 

9.  Orange-yellow.     Yellow,  inclining  to  red ;  the  color  of  ripe 
oranges.     Ex.  Orpiment. 

(G.)  Red. 

1.  Aurora-red.     Red  with  much  yellow.    Ex.  Red  Orpiment. 

2.  Hyacinth-red.    Red  with  yellow  and  brown.     Ex.  Hyacinth. 

3.  Brick-red.     Red  with  yellow,  brown  and  grey ;  the  color  of 
freshly  baked  bricks.     Ex.  Jasper. 

4.  Scarlet-red.     The  brightest  red  color.     Ex.  Cinnabar. 

5.  Blood-red.     The  color  of  blood.     Ex.  Garnet. 

6.  Flesh-red.     A  pale  red  color.     Ex.  Feldspar. 

7.  Carmine-red.     The  purest  red  color ;  the  color  of  carmine ; 
rare.     Ex.  Oriental  Ruby,  capillary  red  Oxide  of  Copper. 

8.  Cochineal-red.    Red  with  a  little  blue  and  grey.     Ex.  Garnet. 

9.  Rose-red.     A  pale  red  color,  mixed  with  white ;  the  color  of 
the  flowers  of  the  Rosa  centifolia.     Ex.  Rose  Quartz  and  red  Man- 
ganese Ore. 

10.  Crimson-red.    Red  with  a  little  blue;  a  very  fine  color.     Ex. 
Oriental  Ruby. 

11.  Peach-blossom-red.     Red  with  white  and  grey;  the  color  of 
peach-blossoms.     Ex.  Lepidolite. 

12.  Columbine-red.    Red  with  a  little  blue  and  much  black.    Ex. 
Garnet. 

13.  Cherry-red.     A  dark  red  color.     Ex.  Spinelle  and  red  Sul- 
phuret  of  Antimony. 

14.  Brownish-red.     Red  with  much  brown.     Ex.  Haematite. 

(H.)  Brown. 

1.  Reddish-brown.     Brown  mixed  with  much  red.     Ex.  Zircon. 

2.  Clove-brown.     Brown  with  red  and  a  little  blue.    Ex.  Axinite. 

3.  Hair-brown.     Brown  with  a  little  yellow  and  grey.    Ex.  Aga- 
tized  wood. 

4.  Broccoli-brown.     A  brown  color  mixed  with  blue,  red  and 
grey  ;  rare.  Ex.  Zircon. 

5.  Chesnut-brown.      The  purest  brown  color.     Ex.  Egyptian 
Jasper. 

6.  Yellowish-brown.     Brown  with  much  yellow.    Ex.  Iron  Flint 
and  Jasper. 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  Ill 

7.  Pinchbeck-brown.     Yellowish-brown  with  a  metallic  lustre. 
Ex.  Talc,  and  Hypersthene. 

8.  Wood-brown.     Brown  with  yellow  and  much   grey.     The 
color  of  old  wood.     Ex.  Mountain  wood. 

9.  Liver -brown.    Brown  with  grey  and  a  little  green.    Ex.  Com- 
mon Jasper. 

10.  Blackish-brown.     Brown  with  much  black.     Ex.  Bitumin- 
ous coal. 

The  colors  above  mentioned  represent  so  many  fixed  points,  be- 
tween which  there  exist  in  nature  numerous  shades.  These  are 
indicated  by  the  two  with  which  they  best  agree.  If  the  color,  in 
a  given  case,  differ  but  little  from  one  of  these  standards,  it  is  said  to 
be  that  color,  only  inclining  or  passing  into  another. 

Colors  may  be  different  in  their  intensity,  though  belonging  to 
one  and  the  same  variety.  Differences  of  this  kind  are  indicated  by 
the  expressions  pale,  light,  deep,  dark, 

§.  93.  SERIES  OF  COLORS. 

The  varieties  of  color  occurring  in  the  individuals  of  one 
and  the  same  species,  form  an  uninterrupted  series,  which 
is  called  the  Series  of  Colors  of  that  Species. 

All  the  species  in  mineralogy  are  not  equally  complete  in  this  re- 
spect. Many  offer  but  few  varieties  of  color,  while  others  present 
us  with  a  very  great  number.  In  these  last,  it  is  observable,  that 
they  insensibly  pass  into  each  other,  or  that  every  one  of  them  is 
intermediate  between  two  others.  Thus  they  represent  an  unin- 
terrupted succession  of  the  shades  of  colors,  and  give  rise  to  what 
is  meant  by  the  series  of  colors. 

The  series  of  colors  cannot  be  described ;  they  must  be  studied 
from  nature.  An  idea  of  them,  however,  is  soon,  and  very  easily 
obtained  by  the  examination  of  a  few  species  very  complete  in  this 
particular,  and  which  are  arranged  expressly  for  this  end.  The  fol- 
lowing are  among  the  most  eligible  for  the  purpose ;  Quartz,  Tour- 
maline, Mica,  Fluor,  Corundum,  and  Spinelle. 

§.  94.  PECULIARITIES  IN  THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  COLORS. 

There  exist  several  peculiarities  in  the  occurrence  of 
colors  among  minerals,  which,  though  from  their  want  of 


112  TERMINOLOGY. 

constancy,  are  not  very  serviceable  in  mineralogy,  are  nev- 
ertheless, exceedingly  interesting.  They  have  been  called 
the  Play  of  Colors,  the  Change  of  Colors,  the  Opales- 
cence,  the  Iridescence,  the  Tarnish,  and  the  Delineations  of 
Colors. 

The  only  use  made  of  these  properties  is  in  the  descriptive  part  of 
Natural  History. 

1.  The  Play  of  Colors  is  produced,  if  the  mineral   reflects,  in 
certain  directions,  other  colors  beside  its  own,  and  these,  for  the 
most  part,  rainbow  colors  of  very  unusual  brightness  and  intensity. 
They  are  not  steady,  or  always  observable  in  the  same  place,  but 
alter  with  the  position  of  the  mineral,  or  with  the  direction  of  the 
rays  of  light.     It  is  witnessed  in  the  highest  perfection  in  the  Dia- 
mond when  cut :  and  depends  in  this  gem  upon  the  reflexion  of  re- 
fracted light,  occasioned  by  the  artificial  facets.     The  precious  Opal 
presents  the  same  phenomenon,  even  before  being  cut.     Candle 
light,  or  sunshine  is  much  more  advantageous  for  the  display  of 
this  effect  than  the  ordinary  light  of  day. 

2.  The  Change  of  Colors  consists  in  the  reflexion  of  bright  hues 
of  color  in  certain  directions,  depending  upon  the  structure  of  the 
mineral.     It  covers  larger  spots  than  the  play  of  colors,  and  they 
do  not  disappear  so  rapidly  on  being  moved.     It  is  best  seen  in  the 
Labrador  Feldspar. 

3.  The  Opalescence  consists  in  a  kind  of  milky  light,  which  cer- 
tain minerals  reflect,  either  when  cut  or  in  their  natural  condition. 
It  occurs  in  the  Cats-eye,  where  it  depends  upon  composition, — this 
substance  consisting  of  Quartz  traversed  by  delicate  fibres  of  As- 
bestus :  also,  in  Chrysoberyl  and  Feldspar,  (var.  Adularia)  in  both  of 
which  it  depends  upon  the  crystalline  structure  ;  as  also  in  the  Sap- 
phire in  which  it  appears  in  the  six-rayed  stars  of  light,  and  has  re- 
ceived the  name  of  Asteria. 

4.  The  Iridescence  shows  the  colors  of  the  rainbow,  similar  to 
those  produced  by  the  refraction  of  light,  through  a  prisrn  of  glass. 
It  depends  upon  fissures  in  the  interior  of  minerals.     The    cavities 
present  the  phenomenon  of  the  colored  rings.     It  is  most  striking 
in  Quartz. 

Another  remarkable  property  of  certain  minerals  is,  that  they 
show  different  colors,  if  examined  by  transmitted^  light  in  certain 
directions.  This  property  of  minerals  has  been  termed  their  Di- 


OPTICAL    CHARACTERS    OF    MINERALS.  113 

chroism.  Tourmaline,  lolite  and  Mica  are  among  the  most  distinct 
examples.  Several  varieties  of  the  first  are  nearly  opaque  in  the 
direction  of  the  axis,  while  they  show  different  degrees  of  transpa- 
rency, and  various  colors,  as  green,  brown  and  blue,  in  a  direction 
perpendicular  to  it.  Mica  is  often  green  in  the  direction  of  the  axis 
and  brown  perpendicular  to  this  line.  The  application  of  this  prop- 
erty is  greatly  extended  by  examining  minerals  in  polarized  light, 
where  many  minerals  show  dichroism,  which  exhibit  in  common 
light,  the  same  color  in  every  direction. 

5.  The  Tarnish  consists  in  the  alteration  of  the  color  of  a  mineral 
upon  its  surface.     It  is  useful  to  attend  to  this  peculiarity  of  miner- 
als (common  only  to  such  as  have  a  metallic  lustre)  in  order  to  avoid 
confounding  it  with  their  real  colors,  which  are   discoverable  only 
by  effecting  a  fresh  fracture.     It  is  frequent  in  Copper  Pyrites. 

6.  Simple  minerals  very  seldom  present  more  than  one  color  at  a 
time.     Instances  occur,  however,  where  the  same  crystal  exhibits 
two  or  more,  as  the   red  and  green  in  Tourmaline,  and  the  white 
and  purple  in  Fluor.     Compound  minerals,  on  the  contrary,  are 
frequently  variegated,  and  the  Delineation  of  Colors,  refers  to  the 
figures  which  the  different  colors  produce.     With  regard  to  these, 
it  is  unnecessary  to  enter  into  detail.     With  regard  to  the  dendritic 
delineations,  it  must  be  recollected,  however,  that  they  are  real  imi- 
tative forms,  (§.  77  )   and  that,   therefore,  they  do  not  refer  to  the 
mineral  upon  which  they  are  found :  they  may  be  only  superficial, 
or  be  distributed  throughout  the  whole  mass  of  the  specimen. 

§.  95.  THE  STREAK. 

If  we  scratch  a  mineral  with  a  sharp  instrument,  either  a 
powder  will  be  produced,  or  the  scratched  place  assumes  a 
higher  degree  of  lustre.  Both  these  phenomena  are  inclu- 
ded under  the  term  streak. 

The  lustre  is  heightened  by  the  streak  in  malleable  minerals,  as 
also  with  clay  and  several  other  decomposed  minerals. 

The  best  method  for  observing  the  color  of  the  powder,  is  to  rub 
the  mineral  upon  a  plate  of  porcelain  biscuit,  or  upon  a  file,  until 
the  powder  appears.  In  those  minerals  which  are  too  hard  for  a 
process  of  this  kind,  the  streak  is  of  little  importance. 

Some  minerals  retain  their  color  in  the  streak ;  others  change  it* 
the  former  are  most  of  those  minerals  which  possess  a  white 

jo* 


114  TERMINOLOGY. 

color ;  of  the  latter  are  ores  of  the  metals,  for  the  most  part,  as  Hae- 
matite, which  changes  from  reddish  brown  to  red,  and  Columbite, 
which  changes  from  black  to  reddish  brown.  The  former  are  said 
to  be  unchanged  in  the  streak ;  of  the  latter,  the  alteration  of  the 
color  in  the  streak  is  indicated.  A  white  or  grey  streak  of  minerals 
is  said  to  be  uncolored. 

§.  96.  DEGREES  OF  TRANSPARENCY. 

The  relative  quantity  of  light  which  is  transmitted  through 
the  substance  of  minerals  constitutes  the  degrees  of  transpa- 
rency. 

The  use  of  the  degrees  of  transparency  is  limited  to  the  descrip- 
tive part  of  Mineralogy. 

These  degrees  are, 

1.  Transparent,  if  the  light  is  transmitted  in  sufficient  quantity 
to  enable  us  to  distinguish  small  objects  placed  behind  the  mineral. 
Ex.  Quartz  crystals. 

.  2.  Semi-transparent,  if  it  is  possible  to  see  an  object  behind  the 
mineral,  without,  however,  being  able  to  distinguish  more  of  it 
than  its  general  figure.  Ex.  Smoky  Quartz. 

3.  Translucent,  if  the  light  every  where  pervades  the  mineral, 
so  as  to  give  it  an  uniform  milky  appearance,  without,  however, 
permitting  objects  to  be  perceived  through  it.     Ex.  Chalcedony. 

4.  Translucent  on  the  edges,  when  the  above  is  only  true  of  th'e 
sharp  edges  of  the  mineral ;    the  main  mass  remaining  perfectly 
dark.     Ex,  Hornstone  and  Jasper. 

5.  Opaque,  if  a  mineral  transmits  no  light  at  all.     Ex.  The  na- 
tive metals. 

Minerals  of  a  non-metallic  character  are  but  very  rarely  entirely 
opaque.  Yet  accidental  impurities  influence  so  much  their  trans^ 
parency,  that  this  property  becomes  almost  entirely  useless  for  the 
determination  of  minerals.  The  best  employment  to  be  made  of  it, 
seems  to  be,  in  the  distinction  of  compound  varieties  from  simple 
ones,  where  the  minuteness  of  the  particles  of  composition  prevents 
them  from  being  observed  immediately.  Commonly,  in  the  same 
species,  the  compound  varieties  possess  a  less  degree  of  transparen- 
cy than  the  simple  ones.  This  is  well  exemplified  in  the  varieties 
of  Quartz.  Almost  all  its  single  individuals,  provided  they  are  not 
impure,  shew  higher  degrees  of  transparency  than  Flint,  Hornstone 
and  Chalcedony,  and  other  compound  varieties. 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  115 


THE  PHYSICAL  PROPERTIES  OF  MINERALS. 

§.  97.  STATE  OF  AGGREGATION. 

In  respect  to  the  mode  of  aggregation,  minerals,  in  the 
first  place,  are  either  solid  or  fluid.  The  former  are  either 
brittle,  or  sectile,  or  malleable,  or  flexible,  or  elastic ;  the 
latter  are  either  liquid  or  expansible. 

A  solid  mineral  is  said  to  be, 

1.  Brittle,  if  in  detaching  small  particles  of  it  with  a  knife  or  a 
file,  these  particles  lose  their  coherence,  and  separate  with  a  gia- 
ting  noise,  in  a  powder.     Ex.  Quartz,  Feldspar  and  Iron  Pyrites. 

2.  Malleable,  if  the  particles  detached  by  the  knife  do  not  lose 
their  connexion,  but  rather  separate  in  slices.     Ex.  Native  Silver, 
Native  Gold  and  Native  Copper. 

3.  Sectilc,  if  the  particles,  on  their  separation,  as  above,  merely 
lose  their  connexion,  without  flying  off  in  powder.     Sectile  miner- 
als are  intermediate  between  brittle  and  malleable  minerals.     Ex. 
Talc  and  Gypsum. 

4.  Ductile,  if  it  can  be  wrought  into  sheets  or  wire  ;  so  that,  by 
the  application  of  a  greater  or  less  force,  the  particles  of  the  mineral 
may  change  their  relative  situation,  without  absolutely  losing  their 
connexion.     Ex.  Native  Gold  and  Native  Silver. 

5.  Flexible,  when  the  particles  allow  of  being  bent  in  different 
directions  without  breaking,  and  remain  in  the  direction  in  which 
they  have  been  bent.     Ex.  Talc  and  Sulphuret  of  Molybdena. 

6.  Elastic,  if  the  particles  on  being  bent  out  of  their  natural  po- 
sition, resume  their  former  situation  when  the  disturbing  force  is 
removed.     Ex.  Mica. 

A  fluid  is  more  particularly  said  to  be, 

1.  Liquid,  if  in  pouring  it  out  from  a  vessel,  perfectly  round  drops 
are  formed.     Ex.  Water  and  Mercury. 

2.  Viscid,  if  the  drops  are  not  round,  but  ropy.     Ex.  Petroleum. 
Expansible  minerals  do  not  shew  any  difference  in  these  respects. 

They  comprehend  the  Gases  and  some  of  the  Acids. 

It  is  evident  that  all  these  properties  are  subject  to  slight  variations, 
and  that  they  must  pass  into  each  other  by  insensible  gradations. 


116  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  98.  HARDNESS. 

Hardness  is  the  resistance  of  solid  minerals  to  the  dis- 
placement of  their  particles,  the  magnitude  of  which  con- 
stitutes their  degree  of  Hardness. 

The  character  now  under  consideration  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant possessed  by  minerals,  for  the  purposes  of  their  determination. 
We  have  not,  hitherto,  been  able  to  ascertain  the  positive  hardness 
of  minerals,  from  the  difficulty  of  establishing  an  accurate  scale  for 
the  degrees  of  hardness.  All  the  means  we  at  present  possess,  for 
arriving  at  this  end,  consist  merely  in  the  general  comparison  of  the 
known  with  the  unknown. 

The  existence  of  differences  in  the  degrees  of  hardness  among 
minerals,  is  very  easily  ascertained,  by  the  simple  experiment  of 
scratching  one  of  them  by  the  other.  Thus,  a  sharp  angle  of  Quartz 
will  produce  a  deep  furrow  in  Calcareous  Spar;  whilst  a  sharp  corner 
of  the  latter  species  does  not  injure  the  surface  of  the  former.  ^  Ac- 
cordingly, we  conclude  that  Quartz  is  harder  than  Calcareous  Spar; 
and,  in  general,  that  of  two  minerals,  the  harder  one  scratches  the 
other,  but  cannot,  inversely,  be  scratched  by  it. 

By  proceeding  upon  this  principle,  a  scale  for  the  degrees  of  hard- 
ness has  been  made  out,  which  possesses  sufficient  accuracy  for  the 
purposes  of  mineralogy.  This  is  effected  by  choosing  a  certain  num* 
ber  of  suitable  minerals,  and  arranging  them  in  such  an  order  that 
every  preceding  one  is  scratched  by  that  which  follows  it,  while  the 
latter  does  not  scratch  the  former. 

The  scale  is  as  follows : 

1.  Talc,     The  common  green  or  greenish  white  varieties, 

2.  Gypsum.     An  uncrystallized  variety.     This  degree  of  hard* 
ness  is  exactly  that  of  Rock  Salt,  which  mineral,  therefore,  may  be 
substituted  for  Gypsum,  in  the  determination  of  hardness,  or  it  may 
assist  in  the  selection  of  the  proper  variety  of  Gypsum  to  be  employ- 
ed as  a  term  of  comparison. 

3.  Calcareous  Spar,  or  a  cleavable  variety  of  Carbonate  of  Lime, 
Bitter  Spar  cannot  be  employed  as  a  substitute,  its  hardness  being 
somewhat  greater  than  Calcareous  Spar. 

4.  Fluor.     Any  cleavable  variety. 

5.  Apatite.     Crystals  possessing  a  conchoidal  fracture? 

6.  Feldspar.    A  cleavable  variety  of  Adularia. 

7.  Quartz.    Limpid  and  transparent, 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  117 

8.  Topaz.     In  crystals. 

9.  Corundum.    The  easily  cleavable  varieties. 
10.  Diamond. 

The  minerals  representing  the  units  of  this  scale,  have  been  cho- 
sen among  those  species  which  may  be  most  readily  obtained.  It 
will  be  perceived,  however,  that  the  intervals  between  the  mem- 
bers of  the  scale  are  not  every  where  of  the  same  magnitude. 
Diamond  is  evidently  much  harder,  if  compared  with  Corundum, 
than  Fluor  with  Calcareous  Spar.  This  however  leads  to  no  incon- 
venience, in  the  case  above  mentioned ;  for  there  exists  no  mineral 
of  a  hardness  intermediate  between  the  degrees  represented  by  the 
two  first  of  these  species.  The  interval  between  Fluor  and  Feld- 
spar is  also  greater  than  it  should  be ;  and,  in  this  case,  it  would  be 
desirable  to  have  another  mineral  to  substitute  for  Fluor,  whose 
hardness  should  be  such  as  to  divide  more  equally  the  interval  be- 
tween Calcareous  Spar  and  Feldspar.  Still,  wilh  these  imperfec- 
tions, the  scale  is  used  to  the  highest  advantage.  The  degrees  of 
hardness  are  expressed  by  means  of  those  numbers,  which,  in  the 
above  enumeration,  are  prefixed  to  them.  Thus,  the  hardness  of 
Feldspar  is  =6,  that  of  Corundum  =9. 

The  intervals  between  each  two  subsequent  members  may  be 
divided  into  ten  equal  parts ;  and  these  tenths  determined  by  es- 
timate. It  will  very  seldom  be  required  to  value  the  hardness  to 
more  or  less  than  0.5;  but  it  will  always  be  possible  to  proceed  so 
far  as  we  find  It  necessary  to  answer  our  purpose. 

The  state  of  liquidity  may  be  considered  as  the  zero  of  the  scale. 

If,  in  employing  the  scale,  we  endeavor  to  find  the  degree  of 
hardness  of  a  given  mineral,  by  trying  which  member  of  the  series 
is  scratched  by  it,  and  which  of  them  injures  the  surface  of  the 
given  one,  it  will  appear  that  the  specimens  employed,  shouH  pos- 
sess certain  properties,  in  many  cases  difficult  to  be  found.  They 
should  all  have  faces  perfectly  smooth  and  even,  and  solid  angles  or 
corners  of  the  same  form,  and  be  equally  hard. 

As  to  the  faces,  those  produced  by  cleavage  seem  the  most  eligible, 
if  they  possess  a  pretty  high  degree  of  perfection.  Faces  of  crys- 
tallization are  commonly  uneven  or  streaked ;  cut  and  polished  fa- 
ces, however,  in  many  instances,  shew  a  less  degree  of  hardness 
than  the  mineral  really  possesses. 

It  is  still  more  difficult  to  obtain  the  corners  with  the  constant 
quality  which  is  requisite.  Even  in  a  determined  form,  these  are 
sometimes  liable  to  be  so  much  influenced  by  structure,  that  they 
give  very  uncertain  results.  In  this  respect,  the  solid  angles  of  the 


118  TERMINOLOGY. 

Tetrahedron,  and  those  of  the  octahedron  of  Fluor,  shew  quite  dif- 
ferent results.  The  corners  of  compound  varieties,  in  which  the 
individuals  become  impalpable  or  disappear,  such  as  Chalcedony, 
Flint,  and  others,  are  commonly  found  very  powerful,  much  more 
so  than  the  similarly  formed  corners  of  simple  varieties.  But  if 
the  composition  is  still  observable,  the  particles  very  often  separate 
in  the  experiment  of  scratching  another  mineral,  and  the  corner  of 
a  compound  mineral  cannot  produce  the  effect  of  that  of  the  simple 
mine»  al.  The  application  of  the  edges  is  subject  to  similar  difficulties. 

But  the  experiment  of  merely  scratching  one  substance  by  an- 
other, has  been  found  not  to  lead  to  the  most  accurate  determination 
of  the  hardness  of  minerals.  This  is  powerfully  assisted  by  having 
recourse  to  a  file,  in  the  manner  presently  to  be  described. 

If  we  take  several  specimens  of  one  and  the  same  mineral,  and 
pass  them  over  a  fine  file,  we  shall  find,  that  an  equal  force  will 
every  where  produce  an  equal  effect,  provided,  that  the  parts  of  the 
mineral  in  contact  with  the  file  be  of  similar  size,  so  that  the  one 
does  not  present  to  the  file  a  very  sharp  corner,  while  the  other  is 
applied  to  it  by  a  broad  face.  It  is  necessary  also,  that  the  force 
applied  in  this  experiment,  be  always  the  least  possible.  Every  per- 
son, however  little  accustomed,  will  experience  a  very  marked  differ- 
ence, if  comparatively  trying  in  this  wray  any  two  subsequent  mem- 
bers of  the  above  scale,  and  thus,  the  difference  in  their  hardness 
will  be  easily  perceived.  A  little  practice  is  sufficient  for  render- 
ing these  perceptions  more  delicate  and  perfect,  so  that  in  a  short 
time,  it  is  possible  to  determine  differences"  in  the  hardness  very 
much  less  those  between  two  subsequent  members  of  the  scale. 

Upon  this  is  founded  the  application  of  the  scale  ;  the  general 
principle  of  which  consists  in  this,  that  the  degree  of  hardness  of 
the  given  mineral  is  compared  with  the  degrees  of  hardness  of  the 
members  of  the  scale,  not  immediately,  by  their  mutual  scratching, 
but  mediately  through  the  file,  and  determined  accordingly. 

The  process  of  this  determination  is  as  follows: 

First  we  try,  wilh  a  corner  of  the  given  mineral,  to  scratch  the 
members  of  the  scale,  beginning  from  above,  in  order  that  we  may 
not  waste  unnecessarily  the  specimens  representing  lower  mem- 
bers. After  having  thus  arrived  at  the  first,  which  is  distinctly 
scratched  by  the  given  mineral,  we  have  recourse  to  the  file,  and 
compare  upon  it  the  hardness  of  this  degree,  that  of  the  next  higher 
degree,  and  of  the  given  mineral.  Care  must  be  taken  to  employ 
specimens  of  each  of  them  nearly  agreeing  in  size  and  form,  and 
also  as  much  as  possible  in  the  quality  of  their  angles.  From  the 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  119 

resistance  these  bodies  oppose  to  the  file,  and  from  the  noise  occa- 
sioned by  their  passing  over  it,  we  infer  with  perfect  security,  their 
mutual  relations  in  respect  to  hardness.  The  experiment  is  repeat- 
ed with  all  the  alterations  thought  necessary,  till  we  may  consider 
ourselves  as  having  arrived  at  a  fair  estimate,  which  is  at  last  expres- 
sed by  the  number  of  that  degree  with  which  it  has  been  found  to 
agree  nearest,  the  decimals  being  likewise  added,  if  required. 

The  files  answering  best  for  the  purpose  are  fine  and  very  hard 
ones.  Their  absolute  hardness  is  of  no  consequence  ;  hence,  every 
file  will  be  applicable,  whose  hardness  is  in  the  necessary  relation 
with  that  of  the  mineral.  For  it  is  not  the  hardness  of  the  file  with 
which  we  have  to  compare  that  of  the  mineral,  but  the  hardness 
of  another  mineral  by  the  medium  of  the  file.  From  this  observa- 
tion it  appears,  that  the  application  of  the  file  widely  differs  from 
the  methods  of  determining  the  hardness  of  minerals  which  have 
hitherto  been  in  use ;  as  scratching  glass,  striking  fire  with  steel, 
cutting  with  a  knife,  scratching  with  the  nail,  Sac. 

Besides  an  appropriate  form,  there  is  another  necessary  property 
of  the  minerals  to  be  determined,  consisting  in  their  state  of  purity. 
Neither  the  degree  of  hardness,  nor  that  of  specific  gravity,  can 
be  correctly  ascertained,  if  we  employ  impure  substances.  For  the 
same  reason,  it  would  be  wrong  to  make  use  of  minerals  which 
have  undergone  a  total  or  even  partial  decomposition  ;  and  in  gen- 
eral, every  circumstance  which  might  influence  the  hardness  must 
be  duly  attended  to,  if  we  hope  to  arrive  at  a  useful  and  correct 
result. 

Minerals  that  cleave  with  more  facility  in  one  direction  than  in 
any  other,  often  shew  a  less  degree  of  hardness  upon  the  perfect 
face  of  cleavage  than  in  other  directions.  This  is  exemplified  in 
Cyanite  and  Mica.  If  we  are  engaged  in  the  determination  of  a 
mineral  by  the  help  of  the  characteristic,  it  will  be  necessary  to  take 
a  mean  term  between  the  two  degrees  measured,  or  rather,  to  lean 
towards  the  higher  one. 

Supposing  all  the  precautions  necessary  in  determining  the  de- 
grees of  hardness  to  have  been  taken,  and  the  circumstances  well 
attended  to,  which  might  have  exercised  some  influence ;  we  find 
that  those  individuals  which  belong  to  one  and  the  same  species, 
admirably  agree  with  each  other  in  respect  to  this  property ;  and 
that  deviations  from  an  exact  coincidence,  if  they  happen  to  occur, 
do  not  take  place,  per  saltum,  but  that  they  are  joined  with  each 
other  by  intermediate  members.  These  members  produce  a  series, 
in  most  cases  between  very  narrow  limits. 


120  TERMINOLOGY. 

§.  99.  SPECIFIC  GRAVITY. 

By  the  Specific  Gravity  of  minerals,  is  understood  the 
relation  which  subsists  among  them,  under  equal  volumes, 
as  respects  their  absolute  weights. 

The  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  depends  upon  the  com- 
parison between  absolute  weights  and  volumes.  They  cannot  be 
instituted  at  all,  or  at  least  not  with  sufficient  accuracy,  except  by 
the  aid  of  appropriate  instruments. 

In  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  minerals,  water  has  been 
agreed  upon  as  the  fixed  standard  of  comparison.  This  preference 
has  been  given  from  the  remarkable  facility  with  which  we  can 
compare  its  weight  with  that  of  all  other  minerals,  under  equal 
volumes,  in  consequence  of  the  discovery  of  Archimedes,  that  when 
a  body  is  immersed  in  water,  it  loses  a  portion  of  its  weight  equal 
to  that  of  the  volume  of  water  it  displaces,  which  volume  is  pre- 
cisely equal  to  its  own  :  accordingly,  if  a  body,  after  having  been 
weighed  in  air,  be  weighed  in  water,  the  loss  of  weight  which  it 
sustains  will  necessarily  indicate  that  which  belongs  to  a  volume  of 
water  exactly  equal  to  its  own.  Therefore,  if  we  represent  the 
specific  gravity  of  water  by  any  number  whatever,  we  shall  obtain 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  body  weighed,  by  means  of  the  following 
proportion:  the  weight  lost  by  the  body  weighed,  (or,  what  is  the 
same  thing,  the  weight  of  a  volume  of  water  equal  to  it,)  is  to  the 
absolute  weight  of  the  body,  as  the  number  chosen  to  represent  the 
specific  gravity  of  water,  is  to  the  specific  gravity  of  the  body 
weighed.  The  number  which  has  been  selected  to  represent  the 
specific  gravity  of  water  is  1. 

The  specific  gravity  of  water  being  liable  to  vary,  from  foreign 
substances  it  often  contains,  and  from  an  alteration  of  temperature, 
it  is  obvious  it  cannot  with  propriety  be  made  a  standard  of  compari- 
son, except  when  perfectly  pure,  and  at  a  given  temperature.  For 
these  reasons,  distilled  water  only  is  employed  in  ascertaining  the 
specific  gravity  of  minerals,  and  at  a  temperature  varying  as  little 
as  possible  from  60°  F. 

Several  instruments  are  employed  in  taking  the  specific  gravities 
of  minerals,  some  of  which  have  reference  to  the  state  of  the  min- 
eral, whether  solid,  fluid  or  gaseous.  As  it  will  very  rarely  be  ne- 
cessary to  resort  to  the  use  of  the  present  character  in  the  deter- 
mination of  liquids  and  expansible  fluids,  the  arrangements  adopted 
in  ascertaining  it,  in  these  bodies,  will  not  be  described  in  this 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS. 


121 


treatise.  They  can  easily  be  learned  by  recurring  to  most  of  the 
works  on  Natural  Philosophy,  where  they  are  more  appropriately 
described,  with  every  necessary  detail.  The  instruments  for  deter- 
mining the  specific  gravity  of  solid  minerals,  are  the  Hydrostatic 
Balance  and  Nicholson's  Jlrceometer. 

The  Hydrostatic  Balance  consists  of  a  pair  of  scales,  sufficiently 
delicate  to  be  turned  with  the  100th  of  a  grain,  when  loaded  with 
300  or  400  grs.  The  scales  should  be  set  upon  a  stand,  and  pro- 
vided with  an  accurate  set  of  weights,  from  100  grs.  down  to  the 
20th  of  a  grain.  A  hook  is  affixed,  under  one  of  the  pans,  to  which 
is  attached  the  thread  or  filament,  intended  to  give  support  to  the 
fragment  whose  specific  gravity  is  to  be  ascertained.  The  vessel 
which  holds  the  water  should  be  a  glass  jar,  seven  or  eight  inches 
deep ;  and  a  thermometer  should  be  provided  for  adjusting  the  tem- 
perature  of  the  water.  Its  delicacy  after  all  will  depend  upon  the 
thinness  of  the  thread  by  which  the  mineral  is  suspended  in  the 
water.  A  human  hair  is  sufficiently  strong  for  supporting  a  weight 
of  three  hundred  grains,  and  is  therefore,  in  most  cases,  admirably 
adapted  to  the  purpose. 

Nicholson's  jlrcsometer,  Fig.  151,  is  a 
hollow  cylinder  MN,  made  of  while  iron; 
the  stem  Ir  is  a  wire  of  brass,  which  sup- 
porte  the  little  cup  A  and  the  larger  pan  C. 
This  stem  is  marked,  towards  its  middle, 
by  a  slight  impression  b,  made  with  a  file. 
From  the  lower  part,  is  suspended  the 
leaden.bucket  E.  The  weight  of  the  in- 
strument is  such,  that  when  we  plunge  it 
into  water,  it  swims  in  a  vertical  posture, 
with  the  mark  b  somewhat  elevated  above 
the  surface  of  the  water.  In  employing 
this  instrument,  the  same  attention  is  re- 
quisite, as  respects  the  purity  and  tem- 
perature of  the  water,  as  in  the  use  of 
the  Hydrostatic  Balance.  Having  intro- 
duced the  instrument  into  a  tall  glass  jar 
of  this  water,  we  load  the  pan  C  (placed 
on  A)  with  weights,  until  the  Araeometer 
sinks  so  as  to  make  the  mark  b  on  the 
stem  exactly  coincide  with  the  surface  of 

the  water.  The  amount  of  weight  required  for  this  is  marked  upon 
the  cup,  for  future  use,  and  is  called  the  balance  weight  of  the  in- 

11 


122  TERMINOLOGY. 

struraent.  This  weight  will  show  the  capacity  of  the  instrument; 
no  body  of  greater  weight  being  capable  of  having  its  specific  grav- 
ity ascertained  by  it.  Let  us  suppose  the  capacity  of  the  Araeometer 
to  be  known ;  we  proceed  as  follows  to  learn  the  specific  gravity  of 
a  mineral.  A  fragment  of  it  is  placed  in  the  upper  pan  C,  and 
weights  are  added,  until  the  mark  b  coincides  with  the  surface  of 
the  water.  The  amount  of  weight  thus  added,  is  subtracted  from 
the  balance  weight;  the  remainder  is  the  weight  of  the  mineral  in 
air.  The  mineral  is  now  transferred  to  the  bucket  E.  But  as  all 
bodies  weigh  less  in  water  than  air,  it  will  be  requisite  to  add  more 
weight  to  the  pan  C,  in  order  to  bring  the  mark  b  to  its  appropriate 
level.  The  amount  added,  in  this  last  case,  will  be  exactly  the 
weight  of  a  quantity  of  water  equal  in  bulk  to  the  mineral.  We 
are  thus  brought  acquainted  with  the  absolute  weights  of  equal 
bulks  of  water  and  of  the  mineral,  and  the  ratio  of  these  weights  is 
the  ratio  of  their  specific  gravities. 

The  Hydrostatic  Balance  is  the  most  accurate,  and  is  therefore  to 
be  chosen  for  nice  inquiries,  such  as  determining  the  gravity  of  very 
minute  specimens,  and  where  it  is  the  object  to  fix  the  limits  of  the 
range  in  the  specific  gravities  of  a  new  species.  But  for  the  com- 
mon purpose  of  finding  the  specific  gravity  of  minerals,  in  order  to 
find  out  their  names  by  the  aid  of  the  characteristic,  the  Araeometer 
will  be  found  every  way  sufficient,  and  generally  preferable,  on  ac- 
count of  the  greater  expedition  with  which  it  can  be  used.  Besides, 
it  is  much  cheaper  and  more  portable. 

The  minerals  of  which  we  are  taking  the  specific  gravity  should 
be  perfectly  pure.  The  greatest  care  must  therefore  be  exercised, 
in  removing,  as  much  as  possible,  whatever  foreign  substances  ad- 
here to  them.  And  further,  we  must  avoid  employing  such  speci- 
mens as  contain  vacuities.  In  order  to  get  rid  of  these,  the  miner- 
als must  be  broken  down  into  fragments,  until  we  can  select  such 
as  appear  perfectly  continuous,  even  when  viewed  by  the  micro- 
scope. Compound  varieties  are  more  liable  to  contain  cavities  than 
simple  minerals;  for  this  reason,  the  composition  must  be  overcome, 
at  least  so  far  that  it  cannot  have  any  more  influence  upon  the  accu- 
racy of  our  results.  Yet  the  minerals  must  not  be  too  much  redu- 
ced in  size,  since  this  might  lead  into  an  opposite  error,  in  supposing 
those  minerals  lighter  than  water,  which  swim  upon  it,  when  redu- 
ced to  an  impalpable  powder. 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  123 

§.  100.  MAGNETISM. 

Some  minerals  act  upon  the  magnetic  needle,  if  they  are 
brought  within  the  sphere  of  its  attraction.  Others  become 
magnets  themselves.  These  phenomena  are  made  use  of 
as  characters,  under  the  name  of  Magnetism. 

The  only  minerals  hitherto  known,  which  exercise  a  considerable 
action  upon  the  magnetic  needle,  are  the  Native  Iron  and  Octahe- 
dral Iron-ore.  A  few  other  ores  of  iron  also  act  upon  it,  but  with 
much  less  energy. 

Instead  of  a  needle,  the  horse-shoe  magnet  may  be  employed  in 
examining  minerals  for  this  property,  but  in  such  cases  the  mineral 
should  be  reduced  to  the  condition  of  a  powder. 

§.101.  ELECTRICITY. 

Several  minerals  produce  electric  phenomena ;  some  of 
them  by  friction,  others  by  pressure,  others  by  communica- 
tion, and  others  by  heat.  Some  are  electrics ;  others  are 
conductors  of  electricity. 

Vitreous  or  positive  electricity  is  produced  by  friction,  in  a  large 
number  of  earthy  minerals,  as  Quartz,  Topaz,  Emerald,  &c.  and 
even  in  some  salts.  In  the  same  way,  the  combustibles,  as  Sulphur, 
Amber  and  Coal,  present  the  phenomena  of  negative  or  resinous 
electricity.  As  conductors  of  electricity,  the  native  metals  may  be 
mentioned. 

Heat  produces  electric  phenomena,  in  Topaz,  Mesotype,  Preh- 
nite,  Tourmaline,  &c.  The  opposite  extremities  of  the  crystals 
assume  opposite  kinds  of  electricity,  and  therefore  possess  electric 
axes.*  Boracite  exhibits  four  electric  axes,  coinciding  with  the 
axes  of  the  Cube,  which  is  the  form  of  its  crystal.  This  difference 


*  In  cut  and  polished  pieces  of  transparent  Tourmaline,  electrical  ex- 
citement is  produced  by  natural  fluctuations  of  temperature  in  the  air; 
or,  in  other  words,  this  substance  may  be  said  to  be  spontaneously 
electric. 


124  TERMINOLOGY. 

in  the  electric  phenomena  is  very  often  accompanied  by  a  different 
configuration  of  the  opposite  terminations  of  crystals.  (§.  50,  p.  47.) 
The  phenomena  relating  to  the  electricity  of  minerals  have  not, 
hitherto,  been  found  very  useful  in  mineralogy :  they  have  rather 
excited  attention,  as  physical  curiosities,  than  as  important  charac- 
ters. For  this  reason,  the  apparatus  required  for  observing  these 
phenomena  will  not  be  described  in  the  present  treatise.  It  may  be 
found,  however,  in  most  works  relating  to  the  subject,  which  the 
student  can  consult  in  case  he  wishes  to  enter  upon  these  investi- 
gations. 

§.   102.  TASTE. 
Several  minerals  produce  a  sensible  taste. 

All  the  acids  and  many  of  the  salts  produce  some  taste.  The  so- 
luble salts  not  occuring,  in  general,  with  any  of  the  characters  re- 
quired for  their  exact  determination,  their  taste  is  almost  the  only 
one  left  to  which  we  are  able  to  recur ;  accordingly,  it  has  been 
found  useful  to  provide  the  differences  in  the  kinds  of  taste  with 
particular  denominations.  The  following  expressions  have  been 
adopted : 

1.  Astringent  for  the  taste  of  Vitriol. 

2.  Sweetish  for  the  taste  of  Alum. 

3.  Saline  for  the  taste  of  Common  Salt. 

4.  Alkaline  for  the  taste  of  Carbonate  of  Soda. 

5.  Cooling  for  the  taste  of  Salt-petre. 

6.  Bitter  for  the  taste  of  Epsom  salt. 

7.  Urinous  for  the  taste  of  Sal-ammoniac. 

8.  Sour  for  the  taste  of  Sulphuric  acid. 

Besides,  the  intensity  or  other  peculiarities  of  several  kinds  of  taste 
may  be  indicated,  which  will  be  done  in  the  progress  of  the  work 
in  a  manner  sufficiently  plain  to  be  understood,  without  farther  ex- 
planation in  this  place. 

§.   103.  ODOR.* 

There  are  minerals  which,  either  spontaneously  or  when 
rubbed,  emit  some  odor. 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  125 

Several  varieties  of  Bitumen  possess  a  bituminous  odor.  Iron 
Pyrites  emits  a  sulphureous  smell  when  two  pieces  are  forcibly 
struck  together  so  as  to  strike  fire.  Arsenical  Iron  under  the  same 
circumstances  gives  the  odor  of  garlick.  Black  Limestone  of  a  ceiv 
tain  kind  emits  under  the  blow  of  the  hammer  a  fetid  smell :  pieces 
of  Quartz  likewise  produce  a  peculiar  odor  when  struck  together. 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  Sulphurous  Acid,  and  oilier  natural  gases 
have  various  odors ;  as  that  of  rotten  eggs,  of  burning  sulphur,  &c. 

Besides  the  characters  treated  of  in  the  foregoing  pages,  there 
are  still  some  phenomena  which  have  been  made  use  of  in  the  de- 
scription and  discrimination  of  minerals.  Among  these,  the  Adhe- 
sion to  the  Tongue  is  almost  exclusively  met  with  in  decomposed 
minerals ;  the  Unctuous  and  Meagre  Touch  are  used  for  distin- 
guishing certain  friable  minerals  ;  and  the  Phosphorescence  pro- 
duced by  heat  is  also  employed  in  those  minerals  in  which  the  nat- 
ural properties  are  not  observable.* 


*  Chemical  characters. — These  are  made  up  of  the  use  of  the  Blowpipe 
and  the  action  of  acids;  of  which  it  maybe  remarked,  that  in  strictness, 
it  is  no  more  required  of  a  treatise  like  the  present,  to  describe  the  man- 
ner of  examining  minerals  by  heat  and  the  reactions  of  acids,  than  it  is  to 
give  the  rules  observed  by  the  analyst  in  ascertaining  the  composition 
of  minerals:  the  information  pertaining  to  these  subjects  being  the  ap- 
propriate province  of  Chemistry,  and  should,  of  course,  be  looked  for, 
when  sought  in  detail,  in  the  works  on  that  science.  It  is  only  to  abridge 
the  inconvenience  of  reference  to  other  books,  and  which  may  not  be 
within  the  reach  of  the  reader,  that  the  following  account  is  given  of 
these  characters. 

BLOWPIPE. — The  most  simple  of  all  blowpipes  is  that  employed  by 
the  smiths  to  direct  the  flame  of  a  lamp  upon  small  pieces  of  metal  placed 
on  charcoal.  It  consists  of  a  tapering  metallic  tube,  Fig.  152,  ten  or 
twelve  inches  long,  and  bent  at  right  angles  towards  the  smaller  extrem- 
ity, where  us  opening  is  so  small  as  scarcely  to  admit  a  common  sized 
pin  ;  while  at  the  larger  end  it  varies  from  one  sixth  to  one  fourth  of  an 
inch.  In  the  operations  of  the  artist,  (which  commonly  consist  in  little 
solders,)  the  small  extremity,  or  beak, -is  brought  near  the  flame  of  the 
lamp,  and  with  the  mouth,  a  current  of  air  is  impelled  through  the  tube 
upon  the  flame.  As  the  blowing  is  anly  required  for  a  moment  at  a 
time,  no  inconvenience  arises  from  the  moisture,  which  is  apt  to  be 
Driven  along  with  the  current  of  air  from  the  lungs.  But  in  the  experv 

n* 


126 


TERMINOLOGY. 


iments  of  the  chemist,  where  the  blowing  must  often  be  sustained  for 
several  minutes  at  a  time,  a  considerable  embarrassment  is  experienced 
from  this  source.  Inendeav- 

oring  to  avoid  this,  as  well  as  Fig.  152.  Fig.  153.  Fig.  154. 
with  a  view  to  render  the  in- 
strument more  portable,  sev- 
eral variations  have  been  adop- 
ted in  its  construction.  One 
of  these  improvements  is  rep- 
resented in  Fig.  153 ;  at  6,  to- 
wards the  center  of  the  blow- 
pipe, the  tube  enlarges  into  a 
ball,  three  fourths  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  in  which  the 
moisture  from  the  mouth  ac- 
cumulates, and  is  removed, 
occasionally,  by  being  un- 
screwed at  its  centre  and  care- 
fully wiped  out.  This  instru- 
ment is  made  of  brass,  and 
furnished  with  a  mouth  piece 
a,  of  ivory.  Another  form, 
Fig.  154,  and  the  one  to  which 
the  preference  is  given,  was 
introduced  by  Voigt.  It  has 
the  chamber  or  barrel  c,  for 
the  reception  of  moisture,  sit- 
uated at  the  angle  of  the  in- 
strument near  the  beak :  it  is 
circular  in  its  form,  one  inch 
in  diameter,  and  one  eighth 
of  an  inch  across.  The  beak 
issues  from  the  centre  of  this 
chamber,  and  is  capable  of  being  turned  completely  round.  Upon  its 
extremity  is  fitted  a  little  appendage  d,  pierced  with  a  hole  more  or  less 
fine,  through  which  the  air  escapes.  Three  or  four  of  these  little  cones 
accompany  the  instrument  of  different  calibres,  which  can  be  substitu- 
ted for  one  another  at  pleasure.  Berzelius  recommends  that  they  bo 
made  of  platina,  as  in  using  them  for  a  little  time,  they  become  coated 
with  lampblack,  and  if  made  of  this  metal  are  at  once  cleansed  by  heat- 
ing them  to  redness  upon  charcoal  before  the  blowpipe.  This  blowpipe 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  127 

is  provided  with  a  joint  at  5,  and  the  side  of  the  barrel  or  cylinder  oppo- 
site to  that  from  which  the  heak  issues,  comes  off  by  unscrewing,  for 
the  purpose  of  enabling  us  to  wipe  it  dry  occasionally.  This  barrel 
serves  to  contain  the  little  appendages  of  the  beak,  when  the  instrument 
is  not  in  use.  This  instrument  is  also  made  of  brass  with  an  ivory  mouth 
piece. 

The  flame  employed  in  using  the  blowpipe  may  be  either  that  of  a 
candle  or  lamp;  though  considerable  choice  exists  among  candles  and 
lamps  for  this  purpose.  A  tallow  or  wax  candle  in  order  to  answer  best, 
should  be  made  with  its  wick  somewhat  larger  than  ordinary ;  and  of 
lamps,  one  furnished  with  a  single  wick  and  fed  by  olive  oil  has  received 
the  preference.  In  using  the  candle,  the  wiok  is  previously  bent  in  the 
direction  to  which  we  wish  to  direct  the  flame. 

The  keeping  up  a  continual  stream  of  air  through  the  blowpipe  is  at 
first  attended  with  some  difficulty.  This,  however,  is  best  overcome 
by  an  attention  to  the  following  directions.  Closing  the.  mouth,  keep 
the  cheeks  distended  with  air  during  a  number  of  inspirations  and  expi- 
rations, performed  through  the  nostrils.  Next,  attempt  the  same  with 
the  mouth  piece  of  the  blowpipe  between  the  lips :  now,  as  this  provides 
an  exit  for  the  air  in  the  mouth,  unless  a  fresh  supply  be  kept  up  from 
the  lungs,  the  cheeks  will  soon  collapse ;  in  order  to  prevent  this,  at  the 
moment  of  expiration  through  the  nose,  a  sufficient  quantity  of  air  must 
be  allowed  to  enter  the  mouth  to  preserve  their  distention.  By  this 
means,  the  air  in  the  mouth  is  constantly  subject  to  the  same  compres- 
sion, and  flows  in  an  uniform  mannner  from  the  little  orifice.  Having 
acquired  the  habit  of  keeping  up  a  continued  current  of  air  from  the 
blowpipe,  the  beak  is  now  brought  within  the  border  of  the  flame  of  the 
lamp  or  candle.  We  immediately  perceive  before  the  orifice  a  long 
and  conical  blue  flame,  environed  by  an  outer  cone  more  resembling 
the  ordinary  flame  of  a  candle  or  lamp.  It  is  at  the  apex  of  the 
blue  cone  that  the  most  intense  heat  is  produced.  Much  practice, 
however,  is  required  in  order  to  obtain  the  maximum  heat  of  this  in- 
strument. If  the  current  of  air  is  too  strong,  the  heat  is  dissipated 
as  soon  as  produced ;  if  too  feeble,  there  is  a  deficiency  of  air  for  the 
effect. 

Oxidation  takes  place  when  we  bring  the  matter  of  assay  before  the 
apex  of  the  exterior  flame,  where  the  combustible  matter  coining  from 
the  lamp  or  candle  has  ceased  to  attract  oxygen.  The  heat  required  in 
the  matter  of  assay  is  only  that  of  incipient  redness ;  and  one  of  the 
larger  orifices  of  the  beak  is  found  best  for  producing  this  temperature. 
Reduction,  on  the  other  hand,  requires  a  more  elevated  temperature, 


128  TERMINOLOGY* 

which  is  best  obtained  by  the  aid  of  one  of  the  finest  appendages,  the 
opening  of  which  should  be  introduced  only  within  the  edge  of  the 
flame.  A  less  distinctly  blue  cone  than  in  the  former  instance,  sur- 
rounded by  a  more  brilliant  one,  will  be  the  result.  The  matter  to  be 
deoxidized  is  to  be  supported  completely  within  the  bright  flame,  just 
beyond  the  apex  of  the  blue  cone :  this  medium  consists  of  an  inflam- 
mable gas  not  yet  saturated  with  oxygen,  and  which,  of  course,  will  seek 
it  from  the  matter  of  assay. 

The  ordinary  support  for  the  substance  placed  before  the  blowpipe  is 
well  burnt  charcoal.  In  its  selection,  it  is  important  to  attend  to  the  cir- 
cumstance of  its  being  freshly  burned,  and  that  it  be  of  a  light  texture ; 
as  the  more  compact  charcoal,  besides  being  too  good  a  conductor,  is  in- 
convenient on  account  of  the  large  quantity  of  ashes  it  produces,  Gahn 
preferred  charcoal  from  pine  wood.  Platina  wires  three  or  four  inches 
in  length,  are  employed  in  those  cases  where  the  reducing  effect  of  a 
charcoal  support  is  liable  to  prevent  the  reaction  which  we  wish  to  pro-, 
duce.  The  matter  of  assay  is  easily  attached  to  the  wire,  by  bending 
up  one  extremity  into  a  hook,  moistening  it  with  the  tongue,  and  dip- 
ping it  into  the  powdered  flux  we  have  occasion  to  employ,  which  ad- 
heres to  it  in  sufficient  quantity  :  it  is  now  brought  before  the  flame  of 
the  blowpipe  where  it  melts  into  a  drop,  and  this  being  brought  near  the 
matter  of  assay,  they  immediately  unite  and  are  melted  together.  In 
those  instances  where  it  is  requisite  to  roast  the  matter  of  assay  in  or- 
der to  discover  the  substances  with  which  it  is  engaged,  little  tubes  of 
glass  two  or  three  inches  in  length  and  about  one  tenth  of  an  inch  in  di- 
ameter, are  employed.  The  substance  to  be  examined  is  introduced  into 
the  tube  and  placed  at  a  little  distance  from  one  of  its  extremities,  in- 
clining the  tube  so  that  this  extremity  shall  be  the  lowest:  the  flame  of 
a  spirit  of  wine  lamp  i?  now  gradually  brought  to  bear  upon  the  tube 
by  means  of  the  blowpipe,  and  in  such  a  manner  that  the  flame  shall 
play  around  the  part  containing  the  matter  of  assay  :  the  volatile  matters 
sublime  into  the  upper  part  of  the  tube,  where  they  are  in  part  con- 
densed and  capable  of  being  recognized.  Occasionally  in  these  trials,  it 
is  convenient  to  have  a  tube  closed  at  one  extremity :  this  is  easily  pre- 
pared from  open  tubes  by  the  aid  of  the  blowpipe. 

The  reagents  most  commonly  used  with  the  blowpipe,  are  the  sub? 
carbonate  of  soda,  the  borate  of  soda,  and  the  double  salt  formed  of  the 
phosphate  of  soda  and  phosphate  of  ammonia,  which,  for  the  sake  of 
brevity,  are  called  soda,  borax,  and  salt  of  phosphorus.  The  objects  in 
view,  when  the  first  of  these  is  employed,  are  to  ascertain  if  the  bodies 
combined  with  it  are  fusible  or  infusible,  and  to  favor  the  reduction  of 


PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    OF    MINERALS.  129 

the  metallic  oxides.  With  the  second,  we  examine  whether  the  fusion 
of  bodies  along  with  it  takes  place  slowly  or  with  rapidity,  without  ap- 
parent movement  or  with  effervescence,  whether  the  glass  resulting 
from  the  fusion  acquires  color,  and  whether  this  color  is  different  in  the 
fire  of  oxidation  from  what  it  is  in  the  fire  of  reduction ;  and  finally,  we 
notice  whether  the  discoloration  of  the  borax  augments  or  diminishes  by 
becoming  cold,  and  whether  the  glass  preserves  or  loses  its  transparency. 
The  salt  of  phosphorus  is  employed  particularly  in  the  examination  of 
the  metallic  oxides,  whose  characteristic  colors  it  immediately  develops: 
it  is  also  a  valuable  reagent  for  the  silicates.  Charcoal  is  the  support 
most  frequently  made  use  of,  when  these  reagents  are  employed.  In 
no  instance  should  the  quantity  employed,  of  the  flux  and  the  mineral 
together,  exceed  in  size  a  pepper-corn ;  and  in  those  instances  where  a 
mineral  is  used  without  a  flux,  it  should  not  exceed,  in  general,  the  head 
of  a  common  sized  pin. 

For  more  complete  information  upon  the  use  of  the  Blowpipe,  the 
reader  is  referred  to  the  excellent  treatise  of  Prof.  Berzelius,  the  first 
edition  of  whose  work  has  been  translated  from  the  Swedish  into  both 
the  French  and  German  languages,  and  the  second  edition  of  which  was 
published  at  Nttrnberg,  in  1828. 

Action  of  Acids. — The  acids  employed  most  generally  are  the  Nitric, 
the  Muriatic  and  the  Sulphuric.  When  the  two  former  are  used  to  dis- 
cover the  carbonates  of  the  alkalies,  of  the  earths  and  the  metallic  oxides, 
they  are  employed  in  a  state  of  dilution;  and  the  mineral  to  be  examined 
has  a  small  fragment,  the  size  of  a  pepper-corn,  detached,  which,  either 
unbroken  or  crushed  to  powder,  is  put  into  a  wine  glass,  upon  which 
the  acid  is  affused,  when  the  effervescence  from  the  liberation  of  the 
carbonic  acid  gas  becomes  apparent.  If  the  trial  be  to  learn  whether 
the  acid  forms  a  jelly  with  the  dissolved  mineral,  (and  which  never  takes 
place  with  the  carbonates,  or  those  that  effervesce,)  a  stronger  acid  is 
employed  and  a  larger  quantity  of  the  mineral  previously  reduced  to  an 
impalpable  powder;  a  little  heat  is  also  requisite,  and  considerable  time 
is  needed  for  the  digestion  of  the  powder :  on  cooling,  the  fluid  gelatin- 
izes. Occasionally,  the  color  of  the  solution  of  a  mineral  in  these  acids 
is  noticed,  with  a  view  to  detect  their  metallic  ingredients.  The  sul- 
phuric acid  is  used  without  dilution,  for  the  purpose  of  detecting  fluoric 
acid:  it  is  poured  upon  the  mineral  in  a  state  of  powder,  in  a  glass  tube, 
when  the  fluoric  acid  becomes  obvious,  from  the  corrosion  of  the  glass, 


130  CLASSIFICATION. 

PART  n. 

CLASSIFICATION. 

§.  104.  IDENTITY. 

Minerals,  (or  Individuals,)  not  differing  from  each  other 
in  any  of  their  natural  properties,  are  identical. 

This  may  be  considered  as  an  axiom,  not  only  in  mineralogy,  but 
in  Natural  History  generally,  and  lies  at  the  foundation  of  the  whole 
theory  of  the  systems  in  these  sciences. 

It  requires,  however,  some  limitation,  or  explanation. 

By  natural  properties,  must  not  be  understood  every  property 
with  which  these  productions  are  endowed,  since  there  are  several, 
which,  as  they  are  of  no  utility  for  the  purposes  of  mineralogy,  are 
not  included  in  the  above  expression.  Such  are,  besides  the  size  of 
crystals,  also  the  disproportionate  enlargement  of  some  of  their  faces, 
their  junction  with  other  individuals,  their  being  implanted,  imbed- 
ded, SLC.  These  are  called  the  accidental  properties  of  minerals ; 
and  individuals  which  differ  only  in  these  respects,  are  taken  for 
identical  ones,  equally  with  those  which  do  not,  or  which  are  simi- 
lar in  respect  to  such  circumstances. 

Farther;  individuals  are  allowed  a  certain  deviation  from  per- 
fect similarity  in  their  natural  properties,  and  are  still  said  to  be 
identical. 

The  forms,  for  example,  among  several  individuals,  are  not  re- 
quired to  be  the  same ;  provided  they  are  members  of  one  and  the 
same  series  of  crystallization,  (their  remaining  properties  not  being 
dissimilar,)  they  are  identical.  Thus,  in  the  species  Fluor,  indi- 
viduals possessed  of  the  form  of  the  Cube,  the  regular  Octahedron, 
and  of  the  Podecahedron,  are  of  frequent  occurrence,  but  whose 
other  properties,  (as  color,  hardness,  specific  gravity,  &c.)  are  simi- 
lar. Such  individuals  are  identical,  because  the  Cube,  the  Octa- 
hedron, and  the  Dodecahedron,  are  members  of  the  same  series  of 
crystallization.  If  we  suppose  an  individual  to  occur,  agreeing  with 
those  just  mentioned,  excepting  in  form,  which  we  will  imagine  to 
be  that  of  the  Rhomboid;  such  an  Individual  cannot  be  said  to  be 
identical  with  the  others,  since  the  difference  between  it  and  them 


CLASSIFICATION.  131 

Cannot  be  removed  or  made  to  disappear  by  the  idea  of  a  series,  and 
accordingly  tbe  individual  cannot  be  brought  under  the  idea  of 
identity. 

The  same  series,  as  respects  lustre  and  color,  have  been  seen  to 
exist,  (§.  89,93.)  :  with  regard  to  specific  gravity  and  hardness  also, 
a  similar  gradation  is  admitted,  since  the  determination  of  these 
properties  in  individuals  of  the  same  species  does  not  admit  of  rig- 
orous limits.*  In  these  cases,  it  is  to  be  recollected  that  the  series 
arises  out  of  an  uninterrupted  connexion  among  a  number  of  indi- 
viduals, capable  of  being  so  arranged  that  any  two  will  pass  insensi- 
bly into  each  other,  and  that  the  chain  no  where  presents  any  in- 
terruption or  want  of  continuity.  In  the  comparison  of  individuals, 
this  series  may  take  place  in  but  one  of  the  above  mentioned  prop- 
erties, while  in  the  remaining  ones  there  exists  the  most  perfect 
identity,  or  it  may  take  place  in  two  or  three,  or  all  of  them,  at  the 
same  time.  To  illustrate  the  idea  of  identity  by  series  in  the  char- 
acter of  hardness,  for  example,  we  will  suppose  the  comparison  of 
four  individuals  of  the  species  Beryl.  Let  them  all  agKjee,  as  res- 
pects form,  color,  lustre  and  specific  gravity ;  but  in  hardness  we 
find  them  to  be  represented  by  7.5,  7.6,  7.7  and  7.8.  They  are  iden- 
tical, for  thougk  differing  in  hardness,  yet  the  differences  are  mem- 
bers of  a  continuous  series.  If,  however,  an  individual  of  the  spe- 
cies Apatite  be  compared  with  these  individuals,  the  form,  color  and 
lustre  is  exactly  similar  in  both  cases,  but  the  hardness  of  the  crys- 
tal of  Apatite  we  shall  find  to  be  5, — a  discovery  which  immediately 
destroys  the  idea  of  identity,  since  it  is  obvious  that  the  difference 
between  5  and  7.5  is  far  greater  than  that  between  7.5  and  7.8, 
which  are  the  extremes  of  the  series  in  the  hardness  of  the  indi- 
viduals of  Beryl.  They  cannot  therefore  be  said  to  be  identical, 
since  the  numbers  expressive  of  their  hardness  do  not  form  a  con- 
tinuous series. 

By  the  above  process,  extended  to  all  those  properties  which  form 
series  by  these  gradations,  wre  may  include  the  assemblage  of  all 
those  individuals,  which,  notwithstanding  their  differences,  may  yet 
be  brought  under  the  idea  of  identity.  At  the  same  time,  those  in- 
dividuals which  do  not  allow  the  process  to  be  applied  to  them,  are 


*  The  series,  as  respects  the  properties  of  hardness  and  specific  gravi- 
ty, no  doubt  arises,  in  a  majority  of  instances,  from  the  intermixture  of 
foreign  minerals  among  the  individuals  of  a  species,  in  addition  to  the  im- 
perfection of  our  instruments  for  obtaining  accurate  results. 


132  CLASSIFICATION. 

excluded  with  perfect  distinctness  and  accuracy.  An  assemblage 
of  individuals,  formed  in  this  way,  does  not  contain  any  thing  for- 
eign, nor  does  it  want  any  thing  capable  of  being  united  with  it  on 
account  of  its  natural  properties. 

§.  105.  DIFFERENCE. 

Individuals  which  do  not  agree  in  all  their  properties  are 
not  identical. 

If  two  individuals  agree  in  every  one  of  their  properties,  except 
in  their  crystalline  forms,  or  in  color,  or  in  hardness,  or  in  specific 
gravity,  so  as  to  differ  only  in  one  of  these  properties,  nevertheless 
they  will  not  be  identical.  For  the  above  properties  are  natural 
properties,  and  upon  them  depends  the  identity  or  difference  of  in- 
dividuals. 

The  present  proposition,  being  the  reverse  of  § .  104,  like  that, 
requires  some  limitation. 

Accidental  differences  have  no  more  effect  upon  the  difference  of 
individuals  than  upon  their  identity. 

Difference  between  individuals  is  produced  not  by  a  difference  in 
the  crystalline  form,  unless  the  forms  belong  to  different  series  of 
crystallization;  nor  in  either  or  all  of  the  remaining  properties,  if 
individuals  are  known  to  exist  capable  of  filling  up  the  difference  by 
regular  gradations. 

§.  106.  SPECIES. 

An  assemblage  of  individuals,  which  fall  under  the  idea 
of  identity,  is  termed  a  species,  and  the  individuals  belong- 
ing to  it  are  homogeneous  individuals. 

This  may  be  said  to  furnish  an  invariable  idea  of  the  species  in 
mineralogy;  one  which  remains  constant  in  all  sciences  which  con- 
cern the  productions  of  the  mineral  kingdom.  It  is  the  foundation 
of  every  system,  whatever  may  be  the  principles  followed  in  its 
construction.  Its  correct  determination  is  an  object  of  the  highest 
consequence,  since  it  is  the  fixed  point  from  which  every  inquiry 
has  to  start,  whose  object  it  is  to  procure  some  knowledge  of  the 
mineral  kingdom,  of  whatever  kind  this  knowledge  may  be, 


CLASSIFICATION.  133 

§.  107.  TRANSITIONS. 

The  progress  of  the  gradations,  in  the  properties  of  ho- 
mogeneous individuals,  is  termed  a  transition  or  passage; 
and  we  say  of  individuals  in  which  such  a  progress  occurs, 
that  they  pass  into  each  other. 

These  transitions  arise  from  the  series  of  characters  before  con- 
sidered ;  and  individuals  connected  by  transitions  are  homogeneous, 
or  beloag  to  one  and  the  same  species;  there  can  be  no  transitions, 
in  such  cases,  from  one  species  to  another,  although  examples  of  this 
sort  are  sometimes  found  in  minei  alogical  books.  In  such  instances, 
it  is  obvious,  if  the  transition  exists,  the  idea  of  the  species  is  wrong; 
for  under  such  circumstances,  they  should  coalesce  and  form  but  a 
single  species. 

From  the  continuity  of  the  transitions,  or  of  the  series  of  charac- 
ters from  which  they  depend,  we  may  infer  that  there  is  a  remark- 
able connexion  within  the  species,  by  which  all  the  differences  oc- 
curring in  its  individuals  may  be  joined  into  a  whole.  In  this  way, 
we  are  assisted  in  comprehending  the  variety  of  the  mineral  king- 
dom. For  this  reason,  it  is  contrary  to  the  interest  of  mineralogy, 
to  divide  or  subdivide  the  species,  and  to  distinguish  subspecies  and 
varieties.  The  purpose  of  such  divisions  is  to  facilitate  the  general 
survey  of  the  species;  but  this  indeed  would  rather  be  promoted  by 
establishing  the  connexion  between  its  individuals,  if  this  should 
happen  to  be  still  wanting,  than  by  subdivisions,  which  render  it 
less  evident. 

In  those  treatises  where  this  course  has  been  adopted,  the  student 
is  often  greatly  inconvenienced,  after  he  has  settled  the  question 
that  an  individual  belongs  to  a  certain  species,  to  know  under  which 
variety  it  conies ;  for  it  is  obvious,  that  where  all  the  varieties  of  a 
species  are  bound  together,  as  they  must  be,  by  intermediary  indi- 
viduals, specimens  will  occur,  which  can  no  more  be  referred  to 
one  variety  than  to  another.  Indeed,  the  effect  of  such  subdivisions 
is  to  produce  an  erroneous  idea  of  the  species,  as  a  whole,  by  caus- 
ing the  pupil  to  lose  sight  of  those  series  in  the  characters  of  which 
it  allows,  and  to  fix  only  upon  particular  members  of  them,  while 
the  remaining  ones  are  wholly  overlooked.  Accordingly,  he  is  in  a 
condition  to  recognize  those  individuals  only  which  are  identical 
with  such  members  of  the  series  as  form  the  varieties  in  question, 

12 


134  CLASSIFICATION^ 

\vhile  the  determination  of  the  intermediary  memhers,  being  unprd* 
vided  for,  except  in  the  general  description,  #re  a  perpetual  source 
of  doubt  and  confusion.  These  subdivisions  are,  moreover,  entirely 
arbitrary, — many  of  them  coming  from  artists  and  persons  whose 
employment  consists  in  the  working  of  stones;  and  ai'e  unworthy  of 
the  attention  of  the  mineralogist.  They  will  not  be  found  to  be  re- 
tained, therefore,  in  the  present  work,  any  farther  than  the  notice  of 
certain  varieties  which  are  applied  to  economical  purposes*  These 
will  be  pointed  out  with  sufficient  accuracy,  in  the  second  part  of 
the  work,  merely  for  the  sake  of  convenience  to  the  economist. 

§.   108.  Two  KINDS  OF  CLASSIFICATION. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  classification  in  mineralogy,  the 
natural  and  the  artificial,  or  the  synthetical  and  the  analyt- 
ical. The  artificial  or  analytical  classification  has  for  its 
object,  simply,  the  distinction  and  the  naming  of  unknown 
minerals  ;  the  synthetical  or  natural  system,  is  directed  to 
the  knowledge  of  relations  among  the  species  with  a  view 
to  connect  them  into  a  system,  so  that  those  which  resem- 
ble each  other  the  most  in  nature,  shall  be  situated  the  near- 
est each  other  in  the  arrangement.* 


*  For  the  gratification  of  the  more  advanced  student,  the  following  out- 
line of  the  natural  method  is  given,  with  the  hope,  that  such  may  be  led 
by  it  to  consultHhe  profound  and  philosophical  writings  of  Mohs,  from 
whence  it  is  drawn,  and  where  they  will  find  this  system  fully  developed. 

The  species  themselves  are  the  proper  objects  of  classification,  or  the 
things  to  be  classified.  It  is  necessary  therefore,  to  regard  them  as 
wholes.  In  taking  this  view  of  any  one  species,  all  the  connexions  of 
certain  properties  occuring  in  individuals  must  be  allowed  to  disappear, 
and  we  must  view  it,  not  as  a  compound  of  single  varieties,  but  as  com- 
plete as  possible. 

The  principle  of  classification  is  the  resemblance  among  natural 
properties.  Several  bodies  are  similar,  or  resemble  each  other,  which 
approximate  more  or  less  in  their  properties;  and  this  resemblance  is 
the  greater,  the  higher  we  find  the  degree  of  approximation. 


CLASSIFICATION.  135 

Besides  the  natural  and  the  artificial  systems,  there  exists  a  va- 
riety of  classifications  which  cannot  be  included  under  these  heads  ; 
such  as  the  arrangement  of  the  species  in  an  alphabetical  order, 
which,  being  founded  upon  the  name,  possesses  no  real  relation  with 

The  degrees  of  resemblance  among  the  properties  in  different  species 
are  not  every  where  the  same.  We  consider  the  species  as  varieties  to 
be  classified,  and  compare  them  with  each  other  in  respect  to  their  prop- 
erties. We  perceive  that  some  of  them  are  more,  some  of  them  less 
allied  to  each  other  in  resemblance.  Common  Iron  Pyrites,  for  exam- 
ple, is  more  similar  to  while  Iron  Pyrites  than  to  Carbonate  of  Lime; 
the  latter  species  again  is  more  similar  to  Arragonite  than  to  Feldspar. 

An  assemblage  of  species  united  by  the  highest  degree  of  resemblance 
in  its  properties  is  termed  a  GENUS.  The  species  of  Iron  Pyrites 
agrees  so  closely  with  that  of  white  Iron  Pyrites,,  in  every  character 
except  that  of  forms,  that  but  for  this  difference,  the  two  species  would 
coalesce.  Here  is  an  example  of  that  degree  of  resemblance  which 
forms  a  genus.  The  same  degree  of  resemblance  exists  between  Eu- 
clase  and  Emerald.  In  the  case  of  Idocrase,  Garnet,  and  Stauro'.ide,  we 
observe  differences  in  many  characters  at  once,  and  yet  the  resemblance 
is  seen  to  be  as  great  as  in  the  examples  of  Iron  Pyrites  and  Emerald. 
These  examples  prove,  that  there  may  exist  differences,  sometimes  only 
in  a  few,  sometimes  in  many  characters  at  a  time,  without  having  any 
influence  upon  the  degree  of  resemblance  itself.  On  this  account,  it 
becomes  impossible  to  express  this  resemblance  by  the  agreement  in  one 
or  a  certain  number  of  characters.  This,  however,  does  not  prevent 
the  application  of  the  idea  of  the  genus  to  these  natural  productions  alto- 
gether; for  this  application  does  not  pre-suppose  the  idea  to  be  limited 
to  single  characters;  but  it  allows,  and  even  requires,  to  preserve  it  in 
its  full  generality. 

The  genera  being  thus  founded  upon  the  resemblance  of  the  species 
constitute  a  series,  which  it  is  clearly  impossible  should  be  the  ca?e  with 
the  species  themselves.  To  convince  ourselves  of  this,  we  have  only  to 
attempt  a  series  of  species,  in  which  those  placed  nearest,  must  (of 
course,)  resemble  each  other  most,  and  where  we  may  begin  at  any 
chosen  member.  In  forming  such  a  series,  we  very  soon  me-et  with  spe- 
cies, which  render  it  doubtful  whether  the  one  or  the  other,  or  even  a 
third  or  fourth,  &c.  should  follow  the  preceding  species,  and  at  last,  we 
must  either  entirely  abandon  the  experiment,  or  we  must  suppose,  that 
two,  three,  or  more  species  occupy  the  same  place  in  the  series.  The 
groupes  of  species  thus  formed,  however,  are  the  genera  themselves  in 
a  Natural  system;  in  the  real  existence  of  which  we  discover  the  fact, 


136  CLASSIFICATION. 

the  object,  and  of  consequence,  is  useless  except  to  those  who  are 
already  acquainted  with  the  names  ;*  chemical  arrangements,  where 
minerals  have  been  studied  more  with  regard  to  their  relations  to 
their  chemical  than  to  their  natural  properties,  and  which  involve 

that  there  exist  species,  between  which  there  is  a  similar  degree  of  re- 
semblance, and  which  are  more  allied  to  each  other  than  to  any  other 
species  out  of  the  groupe,  a  discovery  which  lies  at  the  foundation  of  the 
idea  of  the  genus.  A  demonstration  of  these  remarks  may  easily  be 
acquired  by  any  person  familiar  with  the  species  in  mineralogy. 

The  mineral  kingdom  is,  therefore,  represented  by  a  series  of  genera, 
exactly  as  in  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms,  and  like  them  it  does 
not  contain  a  series  of  single  species.  Each  of  these  genera  contains 
similar  species,  (if  it  contains  more  than  one,)  every  one  of  these  again 
being  the  assemblage  of  homogeneous  individuals.  Their  succession  in 
the  series  is  made  to  depend  upon  their  greater  or  less  agreement,  or 
similarity. 

'The  order  is,  in  respect  to  the  genera,  what  the  genus  is  to  the  spe- 
cies. The  idea  of  it  is  therefore  obvious  from  the  preceding  remarks. 
A  few  observations  will  illustrate  its  mode  of  application. 

The  genus  Iron  Pyrites,  in  the  peculiar  place  it  occupies  in  the  gen- 
eral series  of  genera,  is  surrounded  by  several  other  genera,  which  ex- 
hibit so  high  a  degree  of  resemblance  to  each  other,  that  they  seem  to 
have  been  formed  after  a  common  type  or  original.  These  are  the  ge- 
nera Nickel  Pyrites,  Cobalt  Pyrites,  Arsenical  Pyrites  and  Copper  Py- 
rites. There  is  not  another  genus  to  be  found  in  the  whole  mineral  king- 
dom, as  hitherto  known,  which  could  be  enumerated  along  with  these, 
without  destroying  the  idea  produced  by  the  assemblage  of  the  above 
mentioned  genera.  In  a  similar  manner,  the  genus  Iron-Ore  is  connect- 
ed, on  one  side  with  the  genus  Manganese-Ore,  on  the  other  side  with 
the  genera  Chrome-Ore,  Cerium-Ore,  Uranium-Ore,  Tantalum-Ore, 
Copper-Ore,  Scheelium-Ore,  Tin-Ore,  Zinc-Ore  and  Titanium-Ore. 
Thus,  likewise,  around  the  genus  Feld-Spar  are  assembled  the  other 
genera  of  Spars,  under  similar  circumstances.  Every  groupe  of  this  kind, 
which  is  an  assemblage  of  genera  similar  to  each  other,  is  an  order. 

The  class  is  an  assemblage  of  similar  orders;  what  the  genus  is  to  the 
species,  or  the  order  to  the  genus,  the  class  is  in  respect  to  the  order. 
The  idea  of  the  class  is  so  comprehensive,  that  it  becomes  difficult  to 
judge  of  its  applicability,  without  the  direct  inspection  of  the  objects 
themselves.  This  inspection  proves  that  every  one  of  the  three  classes 
of  the  natural  system  in  mineralogy  does  contain  orders,  which  are  con- 
*  Brooke, 


CLASSIFICATION.  137 

the  knowledge  and  practice  of  chemistry,  in  order  to  render  them 
practicable  ;*  mixed  methods,  where  the  order  of  the  species  is 
made  to  depend  partly  upon  the  natural  properties,  and  partly  upon 
their  chemical  constitution, t  &c. 

nected,  by  a  greater  degree  of  similarity,  with  each  other,  than  with 
those  of  other  classes. 

To  give  a  recapitulation,  in  a  descending  order ;  the  mineral  kingdom 
contains  three  classes.  Every  class  comprehends  part  of  the  series  of 
genera,  collected  into  several  orders.  The  classes  are  not  of  the  same 
extent ;  and  the  orders  which  they  contain  are  joined  by  an  equal  degree 
of  similarity.  Every  order  is  an  assemblage  of  several  genera  in  their 
regular  succession  ;  hence  it  is  likewise  a  portion  of  the  general  series  of 
genera.  The  genera  comprised  within  an  order,  present  equal  degrees 
of  similarity.  Every  genus  is  an  assemblage  of  similar  species ;  it  is  an 
unity  in  the  series  of  genera.  The  species  within  the  genera  are  con- 
nected by  equal  degrees  of  similarity.  Every  species  is  an  assemblage 
of  homogeneous  individuals ;  the  individuals  of  a  species  are  connected 
by  the  series  of  characters,  that  is  to  say,  by  real  natural  transitions. 
The  individual  is  the  simple  mineral,  produced  by  nature.  It  is  the  only 
systematic  idea  which  immediately  refers  to  nature,  or  to  which  an  object 
of  observation  corresponds, 

It  is  to  be  observed,  that  none  of  these  ideas  have  been  obtained,  or 
deduced  from  the  others,  by  means  of  a  division.  For,  in  order  to  arrive 
at  them,  we  have  not  begun  with  the  highest,  but  with  the  lowest  one, 
which  is  that  of  the  individual,  and  then  the  idea  of  the  species  has  been 
determined  according  to  the  idea  of  homogeneity,  those  of  the  genus, 
order,  &c.  according  to  different  degrees  of  natural,  historical  resem- 
blance ;  the  whole  of  them,  by  aggregation  or  assemblage.  Besides  the 
idea  of  a  species,  a  division  would  have  pre-supposed  also  that  of  the 
mineral  kingdom  ;  and  it  would  have  required  a  principle  according  to 
which  it  might  have  been  effected  with  consistency.  The  present  treaN 
ise  will  show  that  these  conditions  in  fact  may  be  fulfilled,  yet  such  a  di- 
vision, it  will  appear,  cannot  afford  the  same  classes,  orders  and  genera, 
which  have  been  obtained  by  the  other  process,  and  the  degrees  of  class* 
ification  which  will  be  thus  obtained,  while  they  subserve  a  very  im- 
portant purpose,  will  be  altogether  inadequate  to  the  purpose  of  giving 
a  general  view  of  inorganic  nature,  in  agreement  with  the  similarity 
which  exists  among  its  productions,  which  is  the  last  and  highest  aim  of 
Natural  History. 

»  Perzelius.  t  Abbe  Hady. 

12* 


138  CLASSIFICATION. 


ANALYTICAL    SYSTEM. 

PRELIMINARY    OBSERVATIONS. 

j§ 

The  first  object  with  the  student  in  mineralogy  being  the  names 
of  minerals,  it  becomes  necessary  to  point  out  with  as  much  clear- 
ness as  possible  the  course  he  must  adopt.  The  most  obvious  meth- 
od, and  indeed  the  one  which  has  hitherto  been  most  in  practice  among 
learners,  is  to  derive  them  from  a  living  Instructor ;  but  this  be- 
ing out  of  the  reach  of  many  persons,  who  would  otherwise  be  glad 
to  form  some  acquaintance  with  the  mineral  kingdom,  and  where 
enjoyed  being  without  any  certain  mode  of  verification,  is  exceed- 
ingly unsatisfactory.  The  second  thought  is  to  have  recourse  to 
books  containing  descriptions  of  every  species  ;  but  the  number  has 
now  become  so  great,  that  the  labor  of  reading  them  over  in  suc- 
cession, in  order  to  assure  ourselves  of  a  single  mineral,  is  too  great 
to  be  encountered  without  considerable  fatigue  and  loss  of  time, 
and  consequently,  danger  of  disgust.  An  analytical  method,  there- 
fore, whose  sole  object  is,  to  lead  us  in  an  easy  and  sure  manner 
to  the  names  of  minerals,  becomes  desirable.  Its  utility  in  the  veg- 
etable kingdom  has  been  abundantly  tested  ;  and  the  only  question 
to  be  decided  is,  what  shall  become  the  grounds  of  our  divisions  in 
the  mineral  kingdom,  in  order  to  apply  to  it  the  same  benefit. 

If  we  except  the  synthetical  method  of  Prof.  Mohs,  no  system 
is  to  be  found  in  which  the  requisite  assistance,  above  alluded  to,  is 
afforded.  If,  for  example,  we  bestow  a  moments  attention  upon  the 
arrangement  of  the  Abbe  Haiiy,  the  most  celebrated  hitherto  con- 
structed, and  which  has  been  made  the  basis  of  several  popular 
treatises  upon  the  science,  we  shall  find  it  incapable  of  accomplish- 
ing this  end.  It  is  true,  it  contains  classes,  orders  and  genera  ;  but 
surely,  neither  their  author  nor  any  other  person,  ever  supposed  it 
possible,  that  the  learner  could  derive  advantage  from  them  in  the 
way  in  which  a  Botanist  does  from  similar  ideas  in  the  determina- 
tion of  an  unknown  plant ;  viz.  by  first  ascertaining  its  class,  then 
the  order,  then  the  genus,  and  lastly,  by  reading  over  the  essential 
differences  among  the  unities  within  this  last  general  idea,  to.  ar- 
rive at  the  appropriate  species.  Now,  who  avails  himself  of  this 
method  as  respects  the  classification  of  Hatty  ?  Who  analyzes  a  min- 
eral to  determine  its  class,  order  and  genus,  with  a  view  of  arriving 
at  its  name  ?  No  one  certainly.  It  might  be  asked,  who  can  do  it  ( 


ANALYTICAL    SYSTEM.  139 

for  how  few  are  able!  Most  clearly  then,  it  subserves  no  utility  in 
the  determination  of  unknown  minerals.  Its  sole  merit  consists,  in 
providing  for  the  proficient  in  mineralogy,  one  way  of  arranging 
the  different  objects  of  his  knowledge  in  his  cabinet,  and  the  ideas 
which  relate  to  them  in  his  mind.  This  certainty  is  an  object  of 
much  importance,  but  secondary  in  point  of  time  to  the  one  now 
under  consideration.  Our  information  must  first  be  acquired,  be- 
fore it  can  be  philosophically  arranged. 

It  is  otherwise,  however,  with  respect  to  the  system  first  men- 
tioned :  this  provides  for  the  determination  of  the  species  in  a  sci- 
entific manner,  the  learner' being  enabled  to  proceed  to  the  names 
of  minerals  through  the  intermediate  degrees  of  the  class,  order, 
and  genus,  without  being  obliged  to  read  over  the  entire  catalogue 
of  species  in  each  instance,  when  an  unknown  mineral  is  to  be  de- 
termined. But,  like  the  system  of  Natural  Orders  in  botany,  it 
experiences  frequent  embarrassments  from  those  combinations  which 
the  principles  of  the  synthetical  method  impose,  and  which  render 
it  necessary,  in  order  to  distinguish  the  geneva  within  an  order, 
and  the  species  within  a  genus,  to  descend  to  the  observation  of  char- 
acters, too  nice  and  minute  in  their  application,  for  the  use  of  the  be- 
ginner. To  the  advanced  student,  however,  this  system  becomes 
more  available,  since  it  will  often  be  in  his  power  to  determine  the 
place  of  a  mineral  by  analogy,  without  the  minute  study  pf  its  char- 
acters,— an  advantage  which  no  purely  artificial  system  can  possess. 
Like  the  same  system  in  botany,  it  is  superior  to  all  other  methods 
after  a  certain  amount  of  knowledge  is  acquired,  but  at  first,  is  lia- 
ble to  confuse  and  discourage.  (D'abord,  quant  alafacilite,  il  est 
Evident  que,  pour  le  commen$ant,  une  mdthode  artificielle  doit 
paraitre,  et  est  en  re1  alit6  plus  facile.  *  *  *  il  est  done  lien 
certain  que  lorsqu'on  ne  connait  encore  aucune  plante,  et  qu'on 
est  reduit  a  chercher  par  soi-meme  le  nom  des  premieres  qui  se 
pre'sentent,  on  doit  employer  une  mdthode  artificielle  ;  et  sous  ce 
point  de  vue,  la  plus  facile  de  toutes  est  la  meilleure.  Des  Classi- 
fications naturelles  en  general  co?npar6es  aux  artificielles. — De 
Candolle.  TMorie  eldmentaire  de  la  Botanique,  p.  52,  et  seq.) 

§.   109.  DIVISION  OF    THE  MINERAL    KINGDOM  INTO 
CLASSES. 

The  Mineral  Kingdom  is  divisible  into  three  Classes; 
,  Minerals  possessed  of  regular  forms  5  2.  Minerals  yield- 


140  CLASSIFICATION. 

ing  regular  forms  only  by  cleavage ;  3.  Minerals  destitute 
of  regular  forms,  and  not  affording  them  by  cleavage.  The 
first  may  be  termed  the  Crystallized  class,  the  second  the 
Semi-crystallised  class,  and  the  third  the  Uncrystallized  class. 

Minerals  possessed  of  regular  forms  are  crystals,  and  not  imita- 
tive shapes,  (§.  75,)  though  these  also  offer  a  degree  of  regularity. 
Such  as  yield  regular  forms  only  by  cleavage,  consist  of  those  min- 
erals commonly  referred  to,  under  the  expression  of  highly  crystal- 
line, and  which  afford  forms  of  cleavage  by  the  use  of  the  ordinary 
mechanical  aids.  Those  minerals,  in  which  heating  and  immersion 
in  cold  water  are  necessary  to  effect  cleavage,  or  in  which  the  forms 
of  cleavage  can  be  deduced  in  no  other  way  than  from  an  examina- 
tion of  their  natural  joints  in  a  strong  light,  are  not  included  within 
the  semi-crystallized  class.  Minerals  destitute  of  regular  forms 
and  not  yielding  forms  of  cleavage  by  the  ordinary  processes  of 
cleavage,  consist  of  such  as  are  denominated  massive  (in  part),  com- 
pact, and  amorphous  minerals,  besides  those  which  are  liquid  and 
gaseous. 

The  minerals  belonging  to  the  crystallized  class,  possess  the 
highest  degree  of  perfection,  under  which  the  objects  of  the  min- 
eral kingdom  occur.  From  these,  the  members  of  the  semi~crys~ 
tallized  class  differ,  in  the  perfection  of  their  characters,  only  as 
respects  regularity  of  form;  and  may  therefore  be  looked  upon  as 
intermediate  between  them  and  the  third  class ;  which  is  made  up 
of  minerals,  occupying  a  place  still  lower,  when  viewed,  in  the 
completeness  of  their  properties. 

It  may  require  an  explanation,  why  a  mineralogical  method  should, 
unlike  the  systems  in  zoology  and  botany,  make  provision  for  any  but 
perfect  or  crystallized  minerals.  In  the  vegetable  kingdom  it  is  well 
known,  that  no  object  is  considered  as  classifiable,  unless  possessed  of 
the  parts  of  fructification ;  or,  in  other  words,  of  the  highest  degree  of 
perfection,  in  its  characters,  under  which  it  is  capable  of  appearing, 
And  although  the  majority  of  plants,  ordinarily  under  our  observa- 
tion, is  imperfect  in  these  respects,  no  serious  inconvenience  arises 
from  the  fact,  since  they  are  all  possessed  of  an  active  principle, 
whose  operation  will  at  length  advance  them  to  maturity;  in  addi- 
tion to  which,  we  have  no  difficulty  in  finding  other  individuals  of 
the  same  species,  already  in  possession  of  the  requisite  perfection 
to  enable  us  to  accomplish  their  determination.  But  it  is  otherwise 
in  the  mineral  kingdom.  Semi-crystallized  and  uncrystallized  min.* 


ANALYTICAL    SYSTEM.  141 

erals  constitute  by  far  the  largest  part  of  those  requiring  determina- 
tion, and  they  are  wholly  destitute  of  any  tendency  towards  a  higher 
degree  of  perfection.  As  we  find  them,  so  they  remain,  (unless, 
indeed,  they  become,  as  sometimes  is  the  case,  more  imperfect  still, 
from  external  agencies;)  and,  unlike  the  determination  of  imper- 
fect plants,  by  the  aid  of  those  which  are  more  perfect,  it  is  seldom 
passible  to  determine  them  from  their  association  with  crystallized 
individuals  of  the  same  species.  From  this  we  see,  that  a  method 
which  should  omit  to  provide  for  such  minerals  as  aie  not  fully  per- 
fect in  their  characters,  would  be  extremely  imperfect  in  general 
practice. 

As  a  consequence  of  this  necessity  of  providing  means  for  the  de- 
termination of  imperfect  minerals,  lias  arisen  the-' frequent  division 
of  the  species.  Thus,  portions  of  the  species  Fluor  are  found  in  all 
of  the  classes,  according  as  the  individuals  are  crystallized,  cleav- 
able  or  massive.  It  is  to  be  remarked,  however,  that  this  division 
within  the  species,  (unknown  in  the  other  departments  of  natural 
history,)  never  takes  place  in  the  crystallized  individuals  of  the  min- 
eral kingdom  ;  among  which  only  should  we  expect  to  find  the  rule 
of  preserving  the  species  unbroken  observed,  since  they  alone  cor- 
respond to  the  classifiable  objects  in  zoology  and  botany. 

§.  110.  DIVISION  OF  THE  CRYSTALLIZED  CLASS  INTO 
ORDERS. 

Crystallized  minerals  are  divisible  into  orders,  depending 
upon  their  different  systems  of  crystallization. 

Each  system  of  crystallization  affords  the  basis  of  an  order,  within 
the  present  class.  And  the  division  takes  place  throughout,  without 
impairing,  in  a  single  instance,  the  unities  of  the  species  it  contains; 
a  circumstance  obviously  depending  upon  the  fact,  that  all  the  crys- 
tals of  any  one  species  belong  to  one  and  the  same  system  of  crystal- 
lization. No  species  will  therefore  be  found  to  occur,  in  the  crystal- 
lized class,  in  more  than  one  order. 

<§.  111.  DIVISION  OF  THE  SEMI-CRYSTALLIZED  CLASS 
INTO  ORDERS. 

Semi-crystallized  minerals  are  divisible  into  orders,  upon 
the  same  principle  with  the  crystallized  minerals.  (§.  110.) 


142  CLASSIFICATION. 

It  has  been  already  seen,  that  there  exists  but  one  form  of  cleav- 
age in  a  species,  and  that  this  is  the  same  both  in  the  crystallized  and 
semi-crystallized  individuals  of  that  species;  and,  moreover,  that  it 
is  identical  with,  and  in  reality  constitutes  the  primary  form  or  sys- 
tem of  crystallization  in  the  species.  Consequently,  the  system  of 
crystallization  affords  the  foundation  of  a  division  among  the  minerals 
of  the  present  class,  with  the  same  facility  as  in  the  first  class.  And 
we  may  expect  to  find,  from  the  known  fact  that  many  of  the  species 
in  the  mineral  kingdom  embrace  both  crystallized  and  semi-crystal- 
lized minerals,  that  the  same  species  will  exist  in  both  classes,  and 
when  this  takes  place,  the  division  of  both  being  upon  one  principle, 
we  shall  find  them  contained  in  the  same  order  in  both.  For  ex- 
ample, Galena  occurs  in  the  order  of  the  Cube  in  the  first  class,  and 
again  in  the  order  of  the  Cube  in  the  second;  Sulphate  of  Strontian 
in  the  order  of  the  right  rhombic  Prism  in  the  first,  and  again  in 
the  same  order  in  the  second,  &c. 


§.  112.  DIVISION  OF  THE  UNCRYSTALLIZED  CLASS 
INTO  ORDERS. 

Uncr}  stallized  minerals  are  divisible  into  orders,  depend- 
ing upon  the  state  of  aggregation  existing  among  their  par- 
ticles. 

Three  divisions  are  thus  created,  according  as  the  minerals  of  this 
class  are  solid,  liquid  or  gaseous. 

The  present  arrangement  is  not  liable  to  any  objection,  on  the 
ground  that  the  natural  relations  among  the  species  have  been  dis- 
regarded, much  less  that  chemical  affinities  are  overlooked.  It  is 
to  be  tested  only,  as  it  does,  or  does  not,  afford  the  most  direct  means 
in  leading  to  the  names  of  unknown  minerals.  The  properties  upon 
which  it  is  founded  are  of  easy  observation  and  possessed  of  sufficient 
constancy  :  their  examination  does  not  involve  a  knowledge  of  other 
sciences,  or  require  an  inconvenient  minuteness  of  detail.  What  is 
more  easy,  for  example,  than  to  settle  whether  a  mineral  be  crystal- 
lized, and  if  not,  whether  it  yield  a  regular  solid  by  cleavage  ?  These 
are  the  only  questions  to  be  solved  in  the  determination  of  the  class. 
And  if  due  attention  has  been  paid  by  the  pupil  to  the  section  on  Crys- 
tallography, the  orders  in  the  two  first  classes  may  be  ascertained 


ANALYTICAL    SYSTEM.  143 

with  nearly  the  same  degroe  of  ease.  The  system  of  crystallization, 
in  most  cases,  is  a  problem  to  which  the  lowest  attainments  in  miner- 
alogy are  adequate;  or  rather,  it  is  one,  which,  until  the  pupil  is  able 
to  master,  he  is  unprepared  to  take  a  single  step  to  advantage  in  the 
study  of  the  mineral  kingdom.  The  orders  in  the  remaining  class 
need  only  to  be  mentioned,  to  be  recognized. 

§.  113.  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  SPECIES  WITHIN  THE 
ORDERS. 

The  species  are  arranged  in  each  order,  in  a  series,  de- 
pending upon  the  property  of  Hardness,  except  in  the  two 
last  orders  of  the  third  class,  where  it  depends  upon  the 
property  of  Specific  Gravity. 

Where  the  series  depends  upon  the  property  of  hardness,  the  or- 
ders commence  with  the  softest  species,  and  terminate  with  the 
hardest:  in  the  other  case,  it  begins  with  the  lightest  and  termin- 
ates with  the  heaviest. 

Had  it  promised  an  additional  convenience,  in  arriving  at  the 
names  of  minerals,  through  the  use  of  this  system,  it  would  have 
been  easy  to  have  divided  the  orders  into  genera,  depending  upon 
fixed  degrees  of  hardness  and  specific  gravity.  The  idea  of  a  series 
within  the  genus,  however,  founded  upon  these  properties,  seemed 
preferable,  inasmuch  as  it  possesses  every  possible  facility  which 
would  attend  the  division  in  question,  besides  the  advantage  of  ren- 
dering the  arrangement  considerably  less  complicated,  both  as  res- 
pects the  nomenclature  and  practice. 


144  NOMENCLATURE. 

PART   III. 

NOMENCLATURE. 

§.   114.  GENERAL,  OBJECT  OF  NOMENCLATURE. 

The  object  of  Nomenclature,  in  general,  is  to  furnish 
names  for  the  objects  of  Natural  History.  . 

Formerly  it  was  the  practice  in  Natural  History  to  designate  objects 
by  tbeir  characters,  or  descriptions.  For  example,  a  particular 
grass  (now  known  by  a  name  of  two  words  only,)  was  denominated, 
"  Gramen  myloicophorum  carolinianum,  seu  gramen  altissimum 
panicula  maxima  speciosa,  e  spicis  majoribuscompressiusculis  utrin- 
que  pinnatis  blattam  molendariam  quodam  modo  referentibus,  com- 
posita,  foliis  convolutis  mucronatis  pungentibus  donatum."  (Pluke- 
net.  Almag.  173.)  But  at  present,  nomenclature  seeks  to  dispense 
with  these  long  phrases  by  the  substitution  of  short  and  easily  re- 
membered names. 

Nomenclature  is  of  two  kinds,  Systematic  and  Trivial. 

§.   115.  SYSTEMATIC  NOMENCLATURE. 

The  object  of  systematic  nomenclature  is  not  only  to 
provide  names  for  the  species,  but,  also  to  construct  them  in 
such  a  manner,  as  to  indicate  the  connexion  of  the  species 
with  one  another  in  the  system. 

The  systematic  nomenclature  has  in  view  two  things  :  viz.  to  pro- 
vide denominations  for  the  species,  or  to  determine  the  objects  of 
which  something  is  to  be  said,  and  to  remind  us  of  those  which  are 
more  or  less  similar  to  them,  by  indicating  the  places  they  occupy 
in  the  general  assemblage  of  the  natural  productions  of  the  Kingdom. 

As  the  systematic  nomenclature  is  applicable  only  to  the  Natural 
System  in  Mineralogy,  no  farther  attention  will  be  given  in  the 
present  treatise  to  its  developement.  The  zoologist  and  botanist  who 


NOMENCLATURE.  145 

have  been  accustomed  to  this  admirable  contrivance  in  their  re- 
spective departments,  are  referred  to  the  system  of  Prof.  Mobs, 
where  they  will  find  the  fullest  satisfaction  upon  this  subject.* 

§.  116.  TRIVIAL  NOMENCLATURE. 

The  trivial  nomenclature  has  for  its  object  merely  the 
denomination  of  objects. 

It  is  no  part  of  the  trivial  nomenclature  to  indicate  the  connexion 
which  exists  among  the  objects  named.  Unlike  the  denominations 
in  the  systematic  nomenclature,  which  are  composed  of  several 
words  made  up  of  the  names  of  the  order,  genus,  and  species,  to 
which  minerals  belong,  the  names  in  the  trivial  nomenclature  rest 


*  For  the  sake  of  those  readers  who  may  not  find  it  convenient  to  con- 
sult the  work  above  alluded  to,  it  may  be  proper  to  observe,  that  the 
order  is  the  highest  idea  expressed  in  the  nomenclature  of  Mobs  ;  and 
that  in  the  selection  of  the  names  of  his  orders,  he  has  invented  but  two 
new  words,  having  employed  the  terms  used  in  ancient  mineralogy. 
The  names  receive  their  signification  in  agreement  with  the  ideas  of  the 
orders;  thus  Pyrites  embraces  the  minerals  hitherto  called  by  that  name. 
Mica  signifies  a  mineral  which  may  be  cleaved  with  facility  into  thin, 
shining  laminae ;  the  order  Mica,  therefore,  contains  only  such  species 
as  present  cleavage  in  an  eminent  degree.  The  name  of  the  genus 
is  compound,  formed  by  connecting  another  word  with  the  name  of 
the  order:  thus,  we  have  Lead- Glance,  Jlugite-Spar,  Iron-Pyrites, 
fyc.  The  generic  name  also  refers  to  the  properties  of  the  genus,  and 
expresses  as  much  as  possible,  some  striking  feature  of  its  resemblance 
to  other  bodies.  Such  is  the  name  Garnet-Blende.  The  genus  thus 
designated  belongs  to  the  order  Blende ;  the  individuals  which  it  con- 
tains very  often  look  like  Garnet.  The  denomination  of  the  species  is  pro- 
duced through  the  nearer  restriction  of  the  generic  name  by  an  adjective. 
The  adjective  by  which  the  species  is  designated  within  its  genus,  is  one 
descriptive  of  its  natural  properties;  and  in  general,  refers  to  one  of  those 
properties  of  the  species  which  is  most  useful  in  distinguishing  it  from 
other  species  of  the  same  genus:  hence,  the  systems  of  crystallization, 
and  the  relations  of  cleavage,  are  the  most  frequently  employed  ; — exam- 
ples of  which  are,  Hexahedral,  Prismatic,  Rhombohedral  Iron-Pyrites ; 
Rhombohedral,  Octahedral,  Dodecahedral,  Prismatic  Iron-ore,  fyc. 

13 


146  NOMENCLATURE. 

solely  upon  the  species,  and  consequently,  are  not  required  to  con- 
sist of  more  than  one  word.  The  trivial  nomenclature  in  mine- 
ralogy will,  therefore,  have  the  advantage  of  the  systematic,  in  the 
conciseness  of  its  names ;  which  indeed,  is  the  only  recommendation 
it  may  be  said  to  possess.  They  are  derived,  for  the  most  part, 
from  colors,  persons,  localities,  and  other  accidental  circumstances ; 
of  which,  the  following  are  good  examples:  Kyanite,  Olivine, 
Prehnite,  Wavellite,  Andalusite,  Arragonite,  &c. 

§.  117.  NOMENCLATURE  IN  AN  ANALYTICAL  SYSTEM. 

The  nomenclature  in  an  analytical  system  must  be  a 
trivial  one. 

Since,  in  an  analytical  system,  we  must  not  look  for  similarity 
among  the  species  of  any  one  class  or  order,  to  name  the  species  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  suggest  the  class  and  order  to  which  they  indi- 
vidually belong,  instead  of  serving  to  illustrate  or  simplify  the  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  would  only  produce  confusion. 
A  designation,  therefore,  wholly  irrespective  of  any  such  relations 
should  be  employed.  All  that  we  demand  of  nomenclature,  so  far 
as  the  analytical  method  is  concerned,  is  the  simplest  designation 
of  the  object  possible,  from  which  we  may  be  pointed  forward  to 
the  descriptions  for  the  remaining  information  of  which  we  are  in 
search ;  we  have  no  interest  in  being  carried  back  to  the  artificial 
ideas  by  whose  means  we  have  accomplished  tbis  preliminary  step. 

It  is  true,  provided  the  names  employed  in  the  analytical  method 
do  not  lead  us  back  to  the  orders  and  classes  of  that  method,  it 
would  not  be  very  objectionable  what  denominations  were  employed, 
whether  those  of  the  systematic  nomenclature,  or  the  chemical 
names,  so  far  as  minerals  are  possessed  of  them ;  yet,  as  the  ob- 
ject of  this  method  is  only  a  preliminary  step,  those  which  are  the 
shortest  and  most  convenient  seem  preferable,  and  these  are  the 
trivial  names. 

At  the  same  time,  care  has  been  taken  to  give,  in  a  smaller  type, 
the  systematic  names  of  Mobs,  and  some  of  the  important  synonyms 
of  other  authors,  in  order  to  enable  the  student  to  refer  with  con- 
venience, to  the  general  descriptions  in  different  works  upon  the 
science. 


CHARACTERISTIC.  147 

PART   IV. 
CHARACTERISTIC. 

§.  118.  DEFINITION. 

The  characteristic  is  the  assemblage  of  certain  natural 
properties,  arranged  according  to  a  certain  system,  for  the 
purpose  of  distinguishing  the  unities  in  that  system. 

The  characteristic  pre-supposes  the  system,  to  which  it  is  applied, 
to  have  been  already  developed,  and  therefore  is  not  the  source  of 
the  system.  Without  a  system,  it  cannot  exist;  because  the  dis- 
tinction of  bodies,  by  its  means,  takes  place  only  within  the  unities 
of  a  system. 

Any  single  property,  or  a  collection  of  several  properties,  if  it  be 
subservient  to  the  distinction  of  several  species  of  a  genus,  or  of 
several  genera  of  an  order,  or  of  several  orders  of  a  class,  is  termed 
a  character  ;  and  the  single  properties  it  contains,  are  its  character- 
istic terms  or  marks.  If  a  character  contains  only  one  characteristic 
mark,  this  mark  itself  represents  the  character. 

Characters  are  natural  or  artificial,  according  as  they  refer  to  a 
natural  or  artificial  system.  Their  denomination  corresponds  to 
their  object ;  thus,  we  have  characters  of  the  orders,  characters  of 
the  species,  fyc. 

§.  119.  PPOPERTIES  OF  THE  CHARACTERS. 

The  characters  must  be  sufficient  for  a  precise  distinction 
within  their  respective  spheres,  and  as  short  as  the  neces- 
sary degree  of  evidence  in  the  determination  of  the  species 
will  allow. 

Character  are  useless,  if  they  serve  for  the  distinction  only  of 
some  of  the  species  contained  within  their  genus,  (or  order,  if  this 


148  CHARACTERISTIC. 

be  the  next  superior  idea  of  the  system.)  The  shorter  the  charac- 
ter is,  the  more  facility  and  certainty  will  it  afford  in  the  distinction; 
hence  characters  should  be  so  constructed  as  not  to  contain  any  thing 
but  what  is  required  for  the  evidence  and  distinction  of  the  species. 

§.  120.  CHARACTERS  OF  THE  CLASSES  AND  ORDERS, 

The  characters  for  the  classes  and  orders  in  the  analyt- 
ical system  are  formed  by  the  distribution  in  producing  the 
system,  and  consist  of  single  marks. 

In  this  system,  minerals  are  formed  into  classes  from  the  folio w- 
ing  considerations;  viz.  crystallized  minerals,  semi-crystallized  min- 
erals, and  uncrystallized  minerals.  (§.  109.)  Now  the  characters  of 
the  classes  are, — for  the  first  class,  "minerals  crystallized;"  for  the 
second,  "minerals  semi-crystallized;'*  and  for  the  third,  "minerals' 
uncrystallized."  But  these,  it  is  obvious,  are  the  grounds  upon 
which  our  division  of  minerals  into  classes  is  founded.  The  charac- 
ter, moreover,  for  each  of  the  classes,  consists  of  a  single  character- 
istic mark.  The  same  is  true  as  respects  the  orders,  the  characters 
of  which  depend  upon  the  same  property  as  wras  employed  for  their 
formation,  and  as  these  divisions  are  formed  upon  single  properties, 
so  fne  cnarSctefs  for  the  orders  will  consist  of  sfngi'e  terms-. 

In  the  natural  classification  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  single  char- 
acteristic terms  cannot  be  employed,  as  nothing  short  of  a  compound 
character  is  nere  found  sufficient  for  a  general  distinction.  It  is  in. 
this  respect,  in  particular,  that  the  analytical  method  has  the  advan- 
tage in  practice. 

§.  121.  CHARACTERS  FOR  THE  SPECIES. 

The  characters  for  the  species  must  be  so  arranged  as  to 
effect  the  determination  of  individuals  in  the  most  sure  man- 
ner, of  which  the  science  is  capable. 

For  this  reason,  the  species  in  each  of  the  orders,  excepting  the 
two  last  of  the  uncrystallized  class,  are  arranged  in  an  order  depend- 
ing upon  their  degrees  of  hardness;  and  have  this  property  given  as 
the  first  term  in  their  characters.  But  hardness,  by  itself,  is  insuffi- 


CHARACTERISTIC.  149 

for  the  distinction  aimed  at;  since  it  so  happens  that  in  sev- 
eral of  the  orders,  and  especially  in  the  first  order  of  the  third  class, 
a  number  of  species  frequently  coalesce  so  far  as  this  property  is 
concerned,  or  form  equal  members  in  the  series.  In  order  for  a  dis- 
tinction in  these  cases,  additional  marks  require  to  be  added.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  specific  gravity,  sometimes  the  angle  at  which  par- 
ticular faces  incline,  (when  the  mineral  is  crystallized  or  semi- 
crystallized,)  occasionally  also  the  lustre,  streak,  taste,  &c.  are  added 
to  complete  the  character.  In  the  second  and  third  orders  of  the 
third  class,  the  property  according  to  which  the  species  are  arrang- 
ed is  specific  gravity ;  and  this,  of  course,  furnishes  the  first  term  of 
the  character  among  these  species. 

It  is  obvious,  that  in  distinguishing  the  species  by  characters,  we 
need  more  marks  than  are  really  indispensable  merely  to  exclude 
an  individual  from  those  species  to  which  it  does  not  belong ;  for  we 
wish  to  be  assured  that  it  does  belong  to  the  species  under  which 
our  arrangement  of  characters  finally  brings  it.  For  example,  in. 
the  first  order  of  the  first  class,  the  two  species  Horn  Silver  and 
Common  Salt  are  capable  of  berng  distinguished  from  each  other, 
merely  by  the  property  of  hardness,  that  of  the  first  being  =  1...  1-5, 
and  that  of  the  second  being  =  2.  But,  another  v»ineral  maybe 
found  which  on  account  of  its  properties  comes  within  this  order,  and 
which  is  possessed  of  the  hardness  of  one  or  the  other  of  these  spe- 
cies. Under  these  circumstances,  provided  the  characters  of  Horn 
Silver  and  Common  Salt  are  confined  to  the  property  of  hardness, 
this  mineral,  though  really  distinct,  must  coalesce  with  the  one  with 
which  it  agrees  in  its  character ;  whereas  had  the  specific  characters 
of  these  species  been  extended  so  as  to  include  the  property  of  spe- 
cific gravity,  it  might  have  easily  been  discovered  that  it  was  a  dis- 
tinct species.  It  is  on  this  account,  therefore,  that  the  characters  of 
the  species  never  consist  of  less  than  two  marks,  and  sometimes  they 
are  possessed  of  three  or  even  four. 

§.  122.  USE  OF  THE  CHARACTERISTIC. 

The  use  of  the  characteristic  in  mineralogy  is  the  same 
as  in  zoology  and  in  botany. 

If  a  mineral  is  to  be  determined,  the  first  step  relates  to  its  form. 
If  regular,  the  system  of  crystallization  requires  to  be  ascertained. 
If  irregular,  but  yielding  a  regular  form  by  cleavage,  the  same 

13* 


150  CHARACTERISTIC. 

question  is  to  be  determined.  If  irregular,  but  not  yielding  a  form 
of  cleavage,  it  is  merely  to  be  observed  whether  it  be  solid,  liquid 
or  gaseous.  In  case  the  mineral  be  neither  liquid  nor  gaseous,  the 
next  question  will  be,  the  degree  of  hardness  it  possesses. 

The  examination  being  conducted  thus  far,  the  characteristic  may 
be  applied,  from  which  we  learn  the  nature  of  those  observations 
still  necessary  to  be  made,  before  arriving  at  the  end  in  view.  In 
illustration  of  the  entire  process,  let  us  take  the  following  example. 
Let  the  mineral  be  crystallized  under  the  form  of  the  regular  rhom- 
bic Dodecahedron,  the  cleavage  being  parallel  to  the  faces  of  the 
Cube  ;  and  let  its  hardness  be  =  2-5.  The  information  respecting 
the  form  of  our  mineral  conducts  us  to  Class  I.  and  Order  I.  while 
that  relating  to  its  hardness  effectually  excludes  it  from  No.  1,  and 
those  species  below  No.  7.  This  group  of  species,  not  differing 
from  our  mineral  in  respect  to  this  mark  by  an  amount  above  unity 
in  the  scale,  are  considered  as  possessing  the  same  degree  of  hard- 
ness. The  mineral  then  belongs  to  one  of  these  six  species.  The 
next  characteristic  mark  to  be  observed,  for  the  exclusion  of  those 
members  of  the  group  to  which  it  does  not  belong,  consists  of  the 
specific  gravity.  Let  the  specific  gravity  of  our  mineral  be  7-4. 
This  observation  separates  three  of  the  group,  at  the  same  time  that 
it  identifies  the  mineral  under  examination  with  one  of  the  remain- 
ing two,  while  the  other  is  not  excluded  by  a  difference  above  -5 ; 
an  amount  of  difference  always  necessary  for  perfect  exclusion  in 
specific  gravity.  Another  mark  is  therefore  required,  to  complete 
the  characters  of  these  two  species.  This  mark  we  find  to  be  con- 
nected with  cleavage.  No.  5  is  easily  cleavable,  whereas  no  re- 
mark being  appended  to  No.  4,  it  is  not  easily  cleavable.  Let  our 
mineral  be  easily  cleavable.  No.  3  is  of  course  excluded,  and  the 
mineral  under  examination  is  No.  5,  Galena. 

Let  us  suppose  another  instance.  Let  the  mineral  be  crystal- 
lized; the  system  of  crystallization  a  right  rhombic  Prism,  and  hard- 
ness =  7-5.  It  belongs,  therefore,  to  Class  I,  Order  X  ;  and  is  one 
of  the  species  contained  between  No.  45  and  the  end  of  the  order. 
Let  the  specific  gravity  be  =3-5.  This  excludes  all  but  Nos.  50, 
51,  52  and  53.  The  final  mark  is  the  inclination  of  the  lateral  planes. 
Let  this  be  M  on  M  129°.  This  observation  proves  the  mineral  to 
coalesce  with  Staurotide,  while  it  excludes  it  perfectly  from  the  re- 
maining three. 

These  are  ordinary  examples.  It  will  not  frequently,  however, 
be  found  requisite  to  proceed  so  far  in  the  characters  of  many  of  the 
species,  .excepting  the  one  which  comprises  the  individual ;  since 


CHARACTERISTIC.  151 

exclusive  terms  will  often  be  met  with,  in  the  commencement  of  the 
characters  of  those  species  to  which  the  individual  under  examina- 
tion does  not  belong. 

FARTHER    EXPLANATIONS    RELATING    TO  THE    CHARAC- 
TERISTIC. 

1.  Wherever,  in  the  different  orders  of  solid  minerals,  a  break  in 
the  series  of  hardness  occurs,  it  is  marked  by  a  line  of  separation ; 
and  the  species  in  those  cases  where  more  than  one  exists  between 
every  two  lines,  are  arranged  in  the  order  of  their  specific  gravities. 

2.  The  minerals  contained  in  the  appendices  of  the  orders  in  the 
two  first  classes  consist  of  species  concerning  whose  systems  of 
crystallization  our  knowledge  is  yet  imperfect ;  it  is  believed  how- 
ever, that  they  are  referred  to  those  orders  where  the  student  would 
most  naturally  be  led  to  look  for  them,  in  a  majority  of  cases.     The 
appendix  to  the  first  order  in  the  third  class,  embraces  such  miner- 
als as  are  yet  too  imperfectly  described  to  enable  us  to  decide  wheth- 
er they  constitute  independent  species,   or  coalesce  with  ethers 
already  known. 

3.  At  the  conclusion  of  several  orders  in  the  first  and  second  clas- 
ses, references  enclosed  by  a  parenthesis,  to  members  of  other  orders 
will  be  observed,  the  object  of  which  is  to  indicate  to  the  inquirer,  who 
has  run  over  ineffectually  a  particular  order,  in  what  other  order  the 
object  of  his  search  may  be  found.    For  example,  let  the  mineral  be  an 
uncleavable  crystal  of  the  form  of  the  regular  Octahedron,  whose 
hardness  =  25. ..3-0.   and  whose  Specific  gravity  =  8 -4.. .8-9.     Or- 
der 111   in  class  I.  would  first  be  recurred  to  :  but  it  would  be  found 
impossible  to  identify  it  with  either  of  its  species.     At  the  end  of 
the  order,  however, 'reference  is  made   to  Species  6,  Order  I ;  by 
turning  to  which,  we  discover  an  agreement  between  its  character, 
and  the  properties  of  the  mineral  in  question. 

4.  The  names  in  small  capitals,  which  are  preceded  by  the  sign  ?, 
and  whose  characters  are  carried  out  in  parenthesis  are  not  regard- 
ed by  the  author  as  fully  entitled  to  stand  as  distinct  species  ;  but 
are   conceived  to  belong  to  those  species  which  they  immediately 
succeed  in  the  arrangement. 

5.  Wherever,  among  the  synonyms,  a  mark  of  interrogation  fol- 
lows a  name,  it  is  intended  to  indicate  a  doubt  whether  the  substan- 
ces to  which  it  is  applied,  belong  to  the  species  with  which  such 
name  is  arranged. 


152  CHARACTERISTIC. 

6.  When  the  mark  of  interrogation  follows  the  numbers  which 
express  the  hardness,  specific  gravity  or  dimensions  of  particular 
forms,  it  signifies  that  such  numbers  are  only  to  be  regarded  as  ap- 
proximating to  the  truth,  in  the  respective  cases. 

7.  The  sign  IT  placed  before  the  name  of  a  species  indicates  that 
localities  of  it  are  known  in  the  United  States. 

8.  The  sign  ||  signifies  that  those  species  before  which  it  is  placed, 
are  of  comparatively  rare  occurrence. 

9.  The  number  of  species  whose  individuals  never  occur,  except 
in  the  crystallized  state,  being  extremely  small,  it  has  been  deemed 
expedient  to  introduce   them  into  the  uncrystallized  class;  since  it 
sometimes  happens  that  it  is  necessary  to  determine  a  crystallized 
mineral,  whose  crystalline  form  we  may  be  incapable  of  ascertain- 
ing from  its  natural  imperfection,  or  some  artificial  alteration  it  has 
suffered.     Such  minerals  will  be  preceded  by  the  sign  §. 

10.  In  the  semi-crystallized  class,  those  species  which  have  already 
occurred  in  the  crystallized  class,  will  be  denoted  simply  by  their 
trivial  names.  In  connexion  with  the  names  of  such  species,  how- 
ever, will  be  found,  a  reference  back  to  the  page  of  the  crystallized 
class  where  they  are  first  mentioned.  The  same  rule  will  also  be 
gbserved-in  the  first  order  of  the  uncrystallized  class, 


CHARACTERS 


OP    THE 


SPECIES. 


CLASS    I. 


154 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


I.  ORDER. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1. 


2. 


HORN  SILVER. 

Hexahedral  Pearl-Kerate.  M. 
Chloride  of  Silver. 


COMMON  SALT. 

Hexahedral  Rock-Salt.  M. 
Chloride  of  Sodium. 

3.  IT  CUBE-ORE. 

Hexahedral  Lirocone-Malachite.  M. 
Arseniate  of  Iron. 

4.  VITREOUS  SILVER. 

Hexahedral  Silver-Glance.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Silver. 

5.  IT  GALENA. 

Hexahedral  Lead- Glance.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Lead. 

6.  IT  NATIVE  COPPER. 

Octahedral  Copper.  M. 

7.  IT  NATIVE  SILVER. 

Hexahedral  Silver.  M. 

s.  IT  ANALCIMET" 

Hexahedral  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 
9.  IT  TROOSTITE. 

Ferruginous  Silicate  of  Manganese 
Thomson.  Silicate  of  Zinc.  Va- 
nuxem  and  Keating. 

10.  BRIGHT  WHITE  COBALT. 
Hexahedral  Cobalt-Pyrites.  M. 
Arsenical  Cobalt. 


1-0...1-5. 

2-0. 
2-0.. .2-5. 


2-5. 
2-5. ..3-0. 

U  it 

5-5. 


11. 


LEUCITE. 

Trapezoidal  Kou phone- Spar.  M. 
12.  IT  IRON  PYRITES. 

Hexahedral  Iron- Pyrites.  M. 
Bisulphuret  of  Iron. 


5-5. ..6-0. 
6-0.. .6-5. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


155 


CUBE. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


5-5. 

2-25. 
2-9. ..3-0. 
7-19. 

7-4.. .7-6. 

8-4. ..8-9. 

10-0.. .10-5. 

2-0.. .2-2. 

3-8.. .4-1. 

6-1. ..6-35. 
2-4.. .2-5. 

4-9...5-05. 


Cleavage  imperfect. 

Cleavage  eminent. 
Color  red. 


The  trapezohedron  is  the  only  occurring 
form. 


156 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 


13.  ||  BORAC1TE. 

Tetrahedral  Boracite.  M. 
Borate  of  Magnesia. 


II.  ORDER. 


Names. 


1.  FAHLERZ. 

Tetrahedral  Copper-Glance,  M. 

2.  1|  KELVIN. 

Tetrahedral  Garnet.  M. 

III.  ORDER. 

Names. 

~L OXIDE  OF  ARSENIC. 

Octahedral  Arsenic-Jlcid.  M. 

2.  ||  SAL  AMMONIAC. 

Octahedral  Ammoniac- Salt.  M. 
Muriate  of  Ammonia. 

3.  1T  NATIVE  GOLD. 

Hexahedral  Gold.  M. 


4.  IT  PURPLE  COPPER. 

Octahedral  Copper-Pyrites.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Copper  and  Iron. 

5.  1T  RED  OXIDE  OF  COPPER. 

Octahedral  Copper- Ore.  M. 


6.  IT  FLUOR. 

Octahedral  Fluor-Haloide.  M. 
Fluale  of  Lime. 

7.  TENNANTITE. 


8.  IT 


NATIVE  IRON. 

Octahedral  Iron.  M. 
9.    ||  PYROCHLOR. 

Octahedral  Titanium-Ore.  M. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


157 


Sp.  Gravity. 

' 

2-8..  .3-0. 

TETRAHEDRON. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

4-4...5-2. 

3-1.  ..3-3. 

REGULAR  OCTAHEDRON. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Various  Observations. 

3-6...S-7. 

1-5.  ..1-6. 

12-0..  .20-0. 

- 

4-9..  .5-1. 

5-6..  .6-0. 

Color  red. 

3-0...3-3. 
4-2..  .4-4. 

Color  lead-grey. 

7-4..  .7-8. 

4-2. 

Uncleavable. 

14 


158 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


1                                           Names. 

Hardness. 

10.  ir 
11.  n 

12.  IT 

13.  IT 
14.  IF 
15.  1T 

16. 

CHROMATE  OF  IRON. 

Octahedral  Chrome-  Ore.  M. 
MAGNETIC  IRON-ORE. 
Octahedral  Iron-Ore.  M. 
FRANKLINITE. 

Dodecahedral  Iron-  Ore.  M. 

5-5. 
5.5...G-5. 
6-0...6-5. 
7-5. 

8-0. 

u 

10-0. 

||  DYSLUITE. 

SPINELLE. 

Dodecahedral  Corundum.  M. 
AUTOMALITE. 

Octahedral  Corundum.  M. 
Gahnite,  Hausmann. 

DIAMOND. 

Octahedral  Diamond.  M. 

(Native  Copper,  Sp.  6,  Ord.  I.) 

IV.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1. 

2.  IT 
3. 

||  NATIVE  AMALGAM. 

Dodecahedral  Mercury.  M. 

1-0..  .3-0. 
3-5...4-0. 

5-5...6-0. 

BLENDE. 

Dodecahedral  Garnet-Blende.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Zinc. 

SODALITE. 

Dodecahedral  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 
Lapis-lazuli.       Lazulite.     Hauy. 
Haiiyne.  Bruun-Neergaard.    Sa- 
phirin.  Nose.     Spinellan.  Nogge- 
ralh.     Nosin.   Leonhard.     Ittne- 
rite?  Gmelin. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


159 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


4-4.. .4-5. 

4-8...S-2. 

5-0.. .5-1, 

4-35...4-G. 

3-5...3-S. 
4-1.  ..4-3. 
3-4...3-G. 


Cleavable. 

f 
Magnetic  with  polarity. 

Streak  deep  red. 

Color  yellowish  brown.     Lustre  semi- 
metallic. 

Cleavage  difficult. 
Cleavable. 


RHOMBIC  DODECAHEDRON. 


Sp. Gravity. 


10-5...12-5 


4-5...4-S. 


2-28...2-S5. 


160 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


4.  ir 


GARNET. 

Dodecahedral  Garnet.  M. 
Essonite.      Hauy.       Hessonite 
Leonhard.     Rothoffite.  Roman- 
zovite.  Nordenskiold. 


G-5...7-5. 


(Native  Copper,  Sp.  6,  Ord.  I. 
Trooslite,  Sp.  9,  Ord.  I. 
Native  Gold,  Sp.  3,  Ord.  III. 
Tennantite,  Sp.  7,  Ord.  III.) 


V.  ORDER. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1. 


2. 


3.  IT 


MELLITE. 

Pyramidal  Melichr  one-Resin.  M, 
Mellate  of  Alumine. 


MOLYBDATE  OF  LEAD. 

Pyramidal  Lead-Baryte.  M. 

YELLOW  COPPER  PYRITES 

Pyramidal  Copper-Pyrites.  M. 


4.  II  OXAHEVRITE. 

5.  IT      TUNGSTEN. 

Pyramidal  Scheelium-Saryte.  M. 
Tungstate  of  Lime. 


2-0.. .2-5. 
3-0. 

3-5...4-0. 
4-0.. .4-5. 


6.       ||  BLACK  MANGANESE. 

Pyramidal  Manganese- Ore.  M. 
Hausmannite. 


7. 
8.  IT 


ANATASE. 

Pyramidal  Titanium-Ore.  M. 
TIN-ORE. 

Pyramidal  Tin-Ore.  M. 
Oxide  of  Tin, 


5-0... 5-5. 
5-5...6-0. 
6-0...7-0. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


161 


Sp.  Gravity. 


S-5...4-3. 


OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  SQUARE  BASE. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


inclination 
of  PonP" 
Fig.  25. 


Various  Observations. 


1-4...1-6. 

6-5.. .6-9. 

4-1...4-3. 
2-21. 

6-0.. .6-1. 

4-T...4-8. 
3-8.. .3-9. 
6-3..  .7-1. 


93°  0' 

130  15 

125  30 

128  40 

117  30 

136  47 

67  50 


Cleaves  with  difficulty,  perpendic- 
ularly to  the  axis. 


Cleavage  at  right  angles  to  the 
axis. 


14* 


162 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

9.  IT  ZIRCON. 
Pyramidal  Zircon.  M. 

APPENDIX.     • 

||  BRAUNITE. 

Brachytipous  Manganese-Ore.  Hai- 
dinger. 

(Gismondin,  Sp.  9,  Ord.  IX.) 

7-5. 
6-0...6-5. 

VI.  ORDER. 

Name. 

Hardness. 

1.  [|    LENTICULAR  COPPER-ORE. 

Prismatic  Lirocone-Malachite.  M. 
Octahedral    Arseniate    of    Copper. 
Phillips.     Linsenerz.    Werner. 

2-0..  .2-5. 

VII.  ORDER. 

Names, 

Hardness. 

1.      SULPHUR. 

Prismatic  Sulphur.  M. 

APPENDIX. 

||  NAPHTHALINE. 

Resinous  Napthaline.  Koenlein. 

(Libethenite,  Sp.  30,  Ord.  X.) 

1-5.  ..2-5. 

VIII.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  ||    BLACK  TELLURIUM. 

Prismatic  Tellurium-  Glance.  M. 

1-0...  1-5. 
1-0...2-0. 

2.  ||    HORN  QUICKSILVER. 

Pyramidal  Pearl-Kerate,  M, 
Chloride  of  Mercury. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


163 


Sp.  Gravity. 

ncli  nation 
ofPonP" 
Fig.  25. 

»                                                     | 

4-5...4-T. 

4-8. 

84°  20' 

i 

OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  RECTANGULAR  BASE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclinations.  Fig.  26. 

P  on  P>. 

M  on  M'. 

2-8..  .3-0. 

60°  40' 

72°  22' 

OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  RHOMBIC  BASE.            II 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination 
of  PonP" 
Fig.  27. 

Various  Observations. 

1-9..  .2-1. 
1-5. 

106°  20' 

Colors  white,  green,  and  yellow 
transparent  and  brittle. 

RIGHT  SQUARE  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Various  Observations. 

7-0...7-5. 
G-4...6-5. 

Color  greyish-  white. 

164 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


3. 


URAN1TE. 

Pyramidal  Euchlore-Malachite. 

Partsch. 

Pyramidal  Euchlore-Mica.  M. 
Phosphate  of  Uranium. 
[ CORNEOUS  LEAD. 

Murio-Carbonate  of  Lead.  Brooke, 


5. 


6. 

7.  1T 


APOPHYLLITE. 

Pyramidal  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 
Albin.  Werner.  Tesselite.  Brewstcr, 


8.  || 

9.  IT 


THOMSON1TE. 
SCAPOLITE. 

Pyramidal  Feld-Spar.  M. 

Meionite.   Werner.    Dipyre.  Hauy, 
Bergrnanite.   Schumacher.     Wer- 
nerite.    Leonhard.      Gabbronite 
Schumacher.      Ekebergite.    Ber- 
zelius.     Nuttallitq.  Brooke. 
FERGUSONITE. 

Allanite,  (in  part.)  Phillips. 


2-0...2-5. 
2-5. 

4-5.. .5-0. 
5-0. 


IDOCRASE. 

Pyramidal  Garnet.  M. 

Egeran.  Werner.     Loboite  and  Cy- 

prin. 
10.  IT  RUTILE. 

Peritomous  Titanium-Ore.  M. 
Nigrin.   Werner. 

(Tin-Ore,  Sp.  8,  Ord.  V. 

Zircon,  9,        " 

Brachytipous  Manganese-Ore,  Appendix  A, 

Ord.  V. 

Bournonite,  Sp.  1,  Ord.  IX. 
Gehlenite,          6,        " 
Serpentine,  App.  A,     " 
Epsom  Salt,  Sp.  8,  Ord.  X.) 


5-0...5-5. 
5-5...6-0. 

6-5. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


165 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


3-0...3-2. 
6-05. 

2-2...2-5. 
2-3. 


2-6.. .2-7. 

5-8. 

3-1...3-4. 
4-2...4-4. 


Color  pale  yellow  or  pale  green. 

Cleavage  eminent. 

Long,  slender,  transparent  crystals. 


Cleavage  imperfect. 


166 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


IX.  ORDER. 


Names. 


)    Hardness. 


1.  ||    BOURNONITE. 

Diprismatic  Copper- Glance.  M. 
Antimoine  sulfure  plumbo-cupriferes 
Haily.     Endelione.  Bournon. 

2.  IF  ANHYDRITE. 

Prismatic  Gypsum-Haloide.  M. 
Prismatic  Orthoklase-Haloide. 

Partsch. 

Anhydrous  Sulphate  of  Lime. 
Muriacite.    Werner. 
Karstenite.  Hausmann. 


3.  IT  STILBITE. 

Prismatoidal  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 

4.  HARMOTOME. 

Paratomous  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 

5.  ||    COMPTONITE. 


6.  || 

7.1TJ1 


GEHLENITE. 
COLUMBITE. 

Prismatic  Tantalum-Ore.  M. 
Tantalite. 


8.  PERIDOT. 

Prismatic  Chrysolite.  M. 

Olivin.  Werner.  Chrysolite.  Wer- 
ner. Hyalosiderite.  Walchner, 
Tautolite.  Haidinger. 

9.  ||    GISMOND1N. 

Zeagonite.   Gismondi.     Abrazite. 
Brocchi.     Aricite  and  Philiipsite. 


2-5...3-0. 


3-0...3-5. 

3-5...4-0. 
4-5. 

5-0...5-5. 
5-5. ..6-0. 

6-0. 


6-5...7-0. 


7-5. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


167 


RIGHT  RECTANGULAR  PRISM. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


V7...5-8. 


2-7.. .3-0. 


2-0.. .2-2. 


2-3.. .2-4. 


3-02, 


6-0...6-3. 


3-3...3-8G. 


Cleavage  parallel  to  M  (Fig.  29.)  eminent. 


Color  white  ;  transparent.     Lesser  termi- 
nal edges  replaced  by  single  planes  so  as 
to  extinguish  the  bases,  and  which  incline 
to  each  other,  under  an  angle  of  177°  5'. 
Color  grey ;  opake. 


'The  faces  of  the  four  sided  pyramid,  by 
which  it  is  terminated,  incline  to  each 
other,  under  angles  of  123°  30'  and 
117°  30'. 


168 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 


10.  1T  CHRYSOBERYL. 

Prismatic  Corundum.  M. 
Forsterite. 

APPENDIX. 

A.  IT  SERPENTINE. 


X.  ORDER. 


Names. 


2. 
3. 
4. 


KUPFERSCHAUM. 

Prismatic  Euchlore-Malachite. 

Partsch. 

Prismatic  Euchlore-Mica.  M. 
STERNBERG1TE. 


ORPIMENT. 

Prismatoidal  Sulphur.  M. 
GRAPHIC  GOLD. 

Prismatic  Antimony- Glance.  M. 
Graphic  Tellurium. 

5.  ||    BOTRYOGENE. 

6.  ||    KONIGENE. 

7.  IT  GREY  ANTIMONY. 

Prismatoidal  Antimony- Glance.  M 
Sulphuret  of  Antimony. 

8.  IT  EPSOM  SALT. 

Prismatic  Epsom-Salt.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Magnesia. 

9.  ||    WHITE  VITRIOL. 

Prismatic  Vitriol-Salt.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Zinc. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE   SPECIES. 


169 


Sp.  Gravity. 

3-65.  ..3-8. 

2-5. 

RIGHT  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

ncli  nation  of 
M  on  M' 
Fig.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

3-09. 
4-21. 

1  19°  30' 

Color  apple-green  or  sky-blue  ; 
very  sectile. 
In  plates  ;    cleavage  parallel  to 
the  bases  ;  lustre  metallic. 

3-4..  .3-6. 

100    0 

5-7..  .5-8. 

107    44 

2-03. 

120    0 

Color  byacinth-red. 

/ 

Color  dark  emerald-green;  crys- 
tals barrel-shaped,  and  closely 
aggregated. 

4-2..  .4-6. 

91     10 

1-7..  .1-8- 

90    30 

2-0...2-1. 

90    42 

15 


170 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 


Hardness 


10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 
14. 

15. 
16. 


||    THENARD1TE. 

-  Anhydrous  Sulphate  of  Soda. 
||    HAIDINGERITE. 

Diatomous   Gypsum-Haloide.    Hai 

dinger. 

Prismatic  Euclase-Haloide.  Partsch 
Arseniate  of  Lime. 
1T  PYROLUSITE. 

Prismatic  Manganese- Ore.   Haidin 

ger. 
||    MTARGYSITE. 

Hemi-prismatic  Ruby-Blende.  M. 
JAMESON1TE. 
Jlxotomous  Antimony- Glance. 

Partsch. 

BLACK  SILVER. 
Prismatic  Melane- Glance.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Silver  and  Antimony. 
Brittle  Silver-Glance.  Jameson. 


2-0.. .2-5. 


18. 

19. 
20. 


HOPEITE. 

Prismatoidal  Orthoklase-Haloide. 

Partsch. 

WHITE  ANTIMONY. 
Prismatic  Jlntimony-Baryte.  M. 
Oxide  of  Antimony. 
CUPREOUS   SULPHATO-CAR- 

BONATE  OF  LEAD. 
PERITOMOUS  LEAD-BARYTE. 
PRISMATIC  OLIVINITE. 
Prismatic  Olive-Malachite.  M. 
Right  Prismatic  Arseniate  of  Cop- 
per. Phillips. 

|  SULPHATE  OF  LEAD. 
Prismatic  Lead-Baryte.  M. 


2-5.. .3-0, 


3-0. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


171 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  o 
M  on  M' 
Fig;.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

2-73. 

125°  o' 

2-7.  ..2-8. 

100    0 

4-94. 

93    40 

5-23. 

Color   iron-black;    streak   dark 
cherry-red. 

5.56. 

101    20 

5-9.  ..6-4. 

100    0 

2-7. 

98    26 

6-2..  .6-4. 

137    0 

6-4. 
7-07. 

95 

102    27 

Color  deep  verdigris-green. 

4-2..  .4-6. 

110    50 

Color  yellowish  green. 

6-2..  .6-4. 

103    42 

172 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


22.  IT  CELESTINE. 

Prismatoidal  Hal-Baryte.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Strontian. 

23.  1T  HEAVY  SPAR. 

Prismatic  Hal-Baryte.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Barytes. 
Wolnyn.  Jonas. 

24.  ||    ATACAM1TE. 

Prismatoidal  Habronemc-Malachite. 

M. 
Chloride  of  Copper. 

25.  WITHERITE. 

Diprismatic  Hal-Baryte.  M. 
Carbonate  of  Barytes. 

26.  IT  WHITE  LEAD  ORE. 

Diprismatic  Lead-Baryte.  M. 
Carbonate  of  Lead. 


3-0.. .3-5. 


27. 


28. 


29.  || 

30.  IT 

31.  || 
32. 


STRONTIANITE. 

Peritomous  Hal-Baryte.  M. 
Carbonate  of  Strontian. 


WAVELLITE. 

Prismatic  Wavelline-Haloide. 

Partsch. 

Lasionite.  Fuchs. 
Kakoxene  ?  Steinmann, 
BROCHANTITE. 


ARRAGONITE. 

Prismatic  Lime-Haloide.  M, 

Igloite.  Esmark. 
EUCHROITE. 

Prismatic  Emerald-Malachite.  M. 
SKORODITE. 

Prismatic  Fluor-Haloide.  M. 


3-5. 


3-5. ..4-0. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


173 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
Mon  M' 
Fi£.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

3-6..  .4-0. 

104    0 

4-1.  ..4-7. 

101    42 

4-0..  .4-3. 

4-2..  .4-4. 

118    30 

* 

6-3..  .6-6. 

117    18 

3-6.  ..3-8. 

117    32 

2.33. 

122    15 
117 

Color  emerald-green- 

2-6..  .3-0. 

116    10 

3-0. 

117    20 

3-0..  .3-2. 

120    10 

Color  bluish-green. 

15** 


174 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I.    I 


Names. 


Hardness. 


33. 


34. 


LIBETHENITE. 

Diprismatic  Olivine-Malachite.  M. 
Phosphate  of  Copper. 
MANGANITE. 
Prismatoidal  Manganese-Ore.  Hai- 

dinger. 
Grey  Oxide  of  Manganese. 


35.  1T  ELECTRIC  CALAMINE. 

Prismatic  Zinc-Baryte.  M. 
Siliceous  Oxide  of  Zinc. 


37. 

38. 


36.  IT  MESOTYPE. 

Prismatic  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 

Natrolite.    Werner. 

Skolezite.  Fuchs. 
POONAHLITE. 
LAZULITE. 

Prismatic  Azure-Spar.  M. 
?  CHILDRENITE.  Brooke. 
39. 1T||  DATHOL1TE. 

Prismatic  Dystome-Spar.  M. 

Siliceous  Borate  of  Lime. 

Humboldite.  Levy. 
40.  IT  BROWN  IRON  ORE. 

Prismatic  Iron- Ore.  M. 

Hydrous  Oxide  of  Iron. 

Rubinglirnmer.  Hausmann. 

Pyrrhosiderite.    Vllmann. 

Sideroschisolite.    Wernekink. 

Gothite.  Lenz. 

Lepidokrokite.   Ullmann. 


41.  ||    BROOKITE. 
42. 1T||  YENITE. 

Diprismatic  Iron-Ore.  M. 


4-0. 


4-0.. .4-25, 


5-0, 


5-0.. .5-5. 

cc          ce  ? 


(4-5)(5-0) 


5-0...5-5. 


5-5.. .6-0. 


IT  PRISMATIC  ARSENICAL  PYRITES. 

Axotomous  Arsenical-Pyrites.  M.          |  5-0.. .5-5.  |  7-22.  |  122 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


175 


Sp.  Gravity. 

inclination  of 
M  onM' 
Fig.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

3-6...3-S. 

110°0' 

4-3. 

99     40 

Brittle  ;  color  dark  brownish- 
black. 

3-3...3-G. 

102    35 

2-2...2-3. 

91    20 
92    20 

2-9...3-0. 

121    30 

Color  azure-blue. 
(Color  some  shade  of  yellow  ;  in 
octahedra  with  rhombic  bases.) 

a          « 

103    40 

Color  greenish-white. 

3-S...4-2. 

130    40 

3-8...4-1. 

100    0 
112    0 

Cleavage    parallel   with   shorter 
diagonal;  color  orange-red. 
Color  black,  or  greenish-black. 

176 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 


43.  IF  MISPECKEL. 

Prismatic  Jlrsenical-Pyrites.  M. 
Arsenical  Iron. 


44, 


45, 


FAHLUNITE. 

Tricklasite.  Hausmann. 
IT  WHITE  IRON-PYRITES. 

Prismatic  Iron-Pyrites.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Iron. 


46.  ||    OSTRANITE. 

47.  POLYMIGNITE. 


48.  IT  PREHNITE. 

Jlxotomous  Triphane-Spar.  M. 
Koupholite.  Delametherie. 

49.  ||    HUM1TE. 

50.  |j    GADOLINITE. 

Hemi-prismatic  JWelane-Ore. 

Partsch. 

Prismatic  Gadolinite.  M. 
Ytterite.  Blumenbach. 


51. 


ANDALUSITE. 

Prismatic  Jlndalusite.  M. 
?  MACLE  or  CHIASTOLITE. 
52.  IT  STAUROTIDE. 

Prismatoidal  Garnet.  M. 


53.  IT  TOPAZ. 

Prismatic  Topaz.  M. 
Pyrophysalite.  Hisinger. 
Pycnite.    Werner. 

APPENDIX. 

A.  ||  ANTIMONY-PHYLLITE. 

B.  |  YELLOW  TELLURIUM. 


CHARACTERS   OF  THE   SPECIES. 


177 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
M  on  M/ 
Fig.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

5-7.  ..6-2. 

111°  12' 

2-6. 

100    28 

4-65.  ..4-9. 

106    0 

4-3..  .4-4. 

4-8. 

96    0 
116    30 

Very  brittle. 
Color  black. 

2-8.  ..3-0. 

100    0 

Color  greenish-white. 

2-       3-  ? 

120 

4-0..  .4-3. 

109    30 

Color  black. 

3-0..  .3-2. 

91    20 

(2-94.) 

(91    50) 

S-3...3-9. 

129    30 

3-4..  .4-6. 

124    23 

4-0. 

10-6. 

105    30 

Color  greyish-white. 

178 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

C.  ||  ROSELITE. 

Pharmacolite. 

Picropharmacolite.  Stromeyer. 

Arseniate  of  Lime. 

3-5. 

D.  ||  PEGANITE. 

4-5. 

XL  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  IT  GYPSUM. 

Prismatoidal  Euclase-Haloide. 

Partsch. 

Prismatoidal  Gypsum-Haloide.  M. 

Sulphate  of  Lime. 

I  -5.  ..2-0. 

2.  IT  VIVIANITE. 

Dichromatic   Eudase-Haloide. 

Partsch. 

Prismatic  Iron-Mica.  M. 

Phosphate  of  Iron. 

2-0. 

3.    ||  COBALT  BLOOM. 

Diatomous    Euclase-Haloide. 

.  Partsch. 

Prismatic  Cobalt-Mica.  M. 

Arseniate  of  Cobalt. 

2-5. 

4.    ||  CUPREOUS  SULPHATE  OF 

LEAD. 

2-5..  .3-0. 

5.  IT  HEULANDITE. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 
Euzeolite.  Breithaupt. 

Epistilbite. 

3-5.  ..4-0. 

6.    ||  BREWSTERITE. 

5-0..  .5-5. 

7.  IT  WOLFRAM. 

Prismatic  Scheelium-Ore.  M. 

Tungstate  of  Iron. 

«         cc 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


179 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
M  on  M' 
Fi£.  30. 

Various  Observations. 

2'64. 

2.49. 

132°  48' 

127°  or  123° 

Color  rose-red;  in  delicate  fibres. 
Color  green. 

RIGHT  OBLIQUE  ANGLED  -PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  ol 
M  onT, 
Fig.  31. 

Various  Observations. 

2-2.  ..2.  4. 

113°  8' 

2-6.  ..2-7. 

125      15 

2-9.  ..3-1. 

124    51 

5-3..  .5-43. 

102    45 

Color  azure  blue. 

2-0..  .2-2. 

2-1.  ..2-2. 

130    30 

93    40 

Lustre  on  P  pearly. 

7-1.  ..7-4. 

117    22 

180 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

8. 
9. 
10. 

||  ALLANITE. 

Tetarto-Prismatic   Melane-Ore. 
Partsch. 
Orthite.  Berzelius. 

6-0. 

6-0..  .7-0. 
7-5. 

IT  EPIDOTE. 
Prismatoidal  Jlugite-Spar.  M. 
Zoisite.    Werner.     Thulite.  Brooke. 
Withamite.  Brewster. 

||  EUCLASE. 

Prismatic  Emerald.  M. 

XII.  ORDER. 

SECTION    I. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 
6. 

REALGAR. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Sulphur.  M. 
Sulphuret  of  Arsenic. 

1-5.  ..2-0. 

2-0. 

u 

2-5.  ..3-0. 

U          It 

4-5..  .5-0. 

IT  COPPERAS. 
Hemi-Prismatic  Vitriol-  Salt.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Iron. 
||  GAY-LUSSITE. 
RADIATED  ACICULAR  OLI- 
VENITE. 
Oblique  Prismatic  Arseniate  of  Cop- 
per. Phillips. 

||  GLAUBERITE. 
Prismatic  Brithyne-Salt.  M. 
||  HYDROUS  PHOSPHATE  OF 
COPPER. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


181 


Sp 

.  Gravity. 

inclination  ot 
M  on  T, 
Fi£.  31. 

4-0. 

115°     0' 

3- 

2...S-5. 

115     40 

2- 

9...3-1. 

130    50 

OBLIQUE  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

PRISM    OBLIQUE    FROM    AN    ACUTE    EDGE. 

Sp 

.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
M  on  M' 
Fi£.  32. 

Various  Observations. 

3- 

5..  .3-6. 

74°  14' 

1- 

8.  ..1*9. 
1-9. 

82    20 
70    30 

Very  brittle,  colorless  and  transpa- 
rent. 

'•v 

4-19. 

56    0 

Not  very  brittle  ;  color  dark  ver- 
digris-green. 

2- 

7..  .2-8. 

83    20 

Semi-transparent. 

4-2. 

37    30 

16 


182 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

7.  IT  SPHENE. 
Prismatic  Titanium-Ore.  M. 
Silico-calcareous  Oxide  of  Titanium. 

5-0..  .5-5. 
1-5..  .5-5. 

5-0..  .6-0. 

8.  IT  LAUMONITE. 
Diatomous  Kouphone-Spar.  M. 
9.  IT  PYROXENE. 

Paratomous  Jiugite-Spar.  M.     Di- 
opside.    Werner.     Allalite.  Bon- 
voisin.     Fassaite.    Werner.    Pyr- 
gom.      Breithaupt.      Omphazite. 
Werner.        Hedenbergite.     Ber- 
zelius.       JefFersonite.      Keating. 
Achtnite.     Stromeyer.  Protheeite. 

APPENDIX. 

A.  ||  BUCKLANDiTE. 

SECTION    II. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.        BORAX. 

Prismatic  Borax-Salt.  M. 
Borate  of  Soda. 
2.    ||  CHROJVLTTE  OF  LEAD. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Lead  Baryte.  M. 

2-0..  .2-5. 

2-5. 

3-0..  .3-5. 
3-5.  ..5-0. 

3.    ||  WAGNERITE. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Fluor-Haloide.    M. 
Pleuroklase.  Breithaupt. 
4.  IT  GREEN  MALACHITE. 
Hemi-Prismatic  Habroneme-Mala- 
chite.  M. 
Carbonate  of  Copper. 

.  IT  MICA. 

Rhombohedral  Talc-Mica.  M. 
.  M  BLUE  MALACHITE. 

Prismatic  JLzure- Malachite.  M. 


2-0...2-5. 
3-5...4-0. 


2-8.. .3-0. 
3-7...S-9. 


100° 
98°  50' 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


183 


Inclination  of] 

Sp.  Gravity. 

M  on  M' 

Various  Observations. 

Fi£.  32. 

3-4..  .4-4. 

76°  2' 

2-3..  .2-4. 

• 
86    15 

3-2..  .3-5. 

87    5 

«* 

70    40 

Black  ;  opake. 

OBLIQ1JE    FROM    AN    OBTUSE    EDGE. 

Inclination  of 

Sp.  Gravity. 

M  on  M' 

Various  Observations. 

Fig.  32. 

1-7. 

133°  30' 

1 

6-0..  .6-1. 

93    30 

3-1. 

95    25 

Pon  M  109°  20';  crystals  com- 

plicated, resembling  in  color  and 

lustre,  the  Brazilian  Topaz. 

3-6..  .4-5. 

107    20 

184 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

5.    ||  BARYTO-CALCITE. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Hal-Baryte.    M. 

4-0. 

4.5..  .5-0. 
5-0..  .5-5. 
5-5. 

5-0..  .6-0. 

u         cc  p 

5-5...6-0. 
7-5..  .8-0. 

3-5..  .4-0. 

6.    ||  TURNERITE. 
Pictite. 
7.  IT  ANTHOPHYLLITE. 
Prismatic  Schiller-Spar.  M. 

8.    ||  AMBLYGONITE. 

9-  IT  HORNBLENDE. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Jlugite-Spar.  M. 
Byssolite.    Saussure.    Pargasite. 
Bonsdorff. 
10.    [|  ARFVEDSONITE. 
Peritomous  Jlugite-Spar.  Partsch. 
11.    ||  BABINGTONITE. 
Jlxotomous  Jlugite-Spar.  Partsch. 

12.  IT  SILLIMANITE. 
13.  1T  FIBROLITE. 
Bucholzite.  Brandes. 

APPENDIX. 

A.  [|  PYRALLOLITE. 

XIII.  ORDER. 

Names.                                          Hardness. 

1  .    [|  BLUE  VITRIOL. 

Tetarto-Prismatic  Vitriol  Salt.  M. 
Sulphate  of  Copper. 

2-5. 
0...5-5. 

2.  ||  DIASPORE. 
Blattriger   Hydrargillite.    Haus- 
mann.                                                5 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


185 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  o 
M  on  M' 
Fig.  32. 

Various  Observations. 

3-6. 

106°  54' 

3-0...3-3. 

96    10 
125    0 

Crystals  small,  yellowish,  semi- 
transparent. 

2-9...3-0. 

106    10 

2-8...3-2. 

124    30 

3-3...S-4. 
3-2. 

u 

123    55 

155    25? 
99    30 
100    0 

C  Color  black,  cleavage  only  par- 
<     allel  with  one  terminal,  and  one 
(^    lateral,  plane. 
Cleavage  brilliant,  parallel  with 
the  longer  diagonal. 

2-6. 

94    36 

DOUBLY  OBLIQUE  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclinations  of  primary  planes,  Fig.  36. 

Pon  M 

PonT 

M  on  T 

2-2...2-3, 

127°  30' 

115°0' 

93°  30' 

3-43. 

108    30 

101    20 

65    0 

16* 


186 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS- 


Names, 


Hardness. 


3.  l|  LATROBITE. 

Diploite.     Breithaupt. 

4.  If  FELDSPAR. 

Prismatic  Feld-spar.     Mr 

Ice-Spar.    Werner* 
?ORTHOKLASTIC  FELSITE.    Brei- 

thaupt. 

?  PEGMATIC  FELSITE.   Breithaupt. 
PMiKROLiNous  FELSITE.          " 
?  MURCHISONITE.  Levy. 
?  RYAKOLITE.  Glassy  Feld-spar. 

5.  PERIKLIN. 

Heterotomous  Feld-spar.  Partsch 
?  HYPOSKLERIC    FELSITE.     Brei- 
thaupt. 
?  VALENCIAN  FELSITE.  Breithaupt 

6.  IT  ALB1TE. 

Tetarto- Prismatic   Feld-spar. 
Partsch. 

Cleavelandite.  Brooke.  Tetartin 
Breithaupt. 

7.  IF  LABRADORITE. 

Polychromatic  Feld-spar.  Partsch 
Labrador  Feld-spar. 

8.  ANORTH1TE. 

Anorthotomous Feld-spar.  Partsch 
Christianite  and  Biotine.    Mon- 
ticelli  &L  Covelli.     - 

9.  IT  FOWLERITE. 

Ferro-Silicate  of   Manganese. 

Thomson. 

Manganesian  Feldspar.  Crystalli 
zed  Siliceous  Oxide  of  Manganese 
Silicate  of  Manganese  ?  Thomson 


5-75. 


(5-75.) 
..6-0.) 


(5-0. 
(6-0 


..5-5.) 

..6*25.) 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


187 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclinations  of  primary  planes,  Fi£.  36. 

H 

0 

Pon  M 

PonT 

M  on  T 

2-7.  ..2-8. 

91°  9/ 

98°  30' 

93°  30' 

at 

o 

p 

2-5.  ..2-6. 

90    0 

120    15 

112    45 

CO 

•i 

(2-56...2-57. 
(2-56. 

2.57 

(90    0    ) 
[90   0  j 

(90    21  ) 

(90         ) 

(120    36    ) 
(120    33J) 
(118    35    ) 

(112    18J) 
(112    22    ) 
(112    15    ) 
(106   50?)* 

1 

P 

P 
O 

2-54..  .2-56 

93    19 

114    45 

O 

(2-60..  .2-61) 
(2-52.) 

(93    32) 
(§30) 

(120    5  ) 

(122    30) 

(111    20) 

(113    0   ) 

stre  of  common  1 

^ 
CL 

2-6.  ..2-68. 

93    30 

117    53 

115    5 

I 

o 

2-69..  .2-76. 

94    30 

119 

115 

g 

CD 

P 

2-6...2-7. 

94    12 

117    28 

110    37 

& 
P 

P 

1 

1 

3-5..  .3-8. 

95    0 

121    0 

113    0? 

5* 

I 

188 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 

10.  1T  KYANITE. 

Prismatic  Disthene-Spar.  M. 

11.  ||  AXINITE. 

Prismatic  JLxinite.  M. 

APPENDIX. 

A.     ||  HERDERITE. 


Hardness. 


5-0...7-0. 

6-5.. .7-0. 

5-0. 


XIV.  ORDER. 

SECTION    I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1-     II 

2. 

3.  || 

4.  IF 
5. 

6. 


COPPER  MICA. 

Rhombohedral  Euchlore-Mica,  M. 
Rhombohedral  Euchlore-Malachite. 

Partsch. 

Rhomboidal  Arseniate  of  Copper. 
CINNABAR. 

Peritomous  Ruby-Blende.   M. 
Sulphuret  of  Mercury. 


SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 
OF  LEAD. 

Jlxotomous  Lead-Bar yte.  Partsch. 

VITREOUS  COPPER. 

Prismatic  Copper  Glance. 

LEVYNE." 

Macrotypous  Kouphone-Spar. 
Partsch. 


EUDYALITE. 

Rhombohedral  Jllmandine-Spar. 
Partsch. 


2-0. 
2-0.. .2-5. 

2-5. 
2-5...3-0. 

4-0. 
5.. .5-5. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


189 


Sp.  Gravity. 

inclinations  of  primary  planes,  Fig.  36. 

P  on  M              P  on  T              M  on  T 

S-6...37       93°  15'     100°  50'       106    15 

2-2.  ..2-4.     126    0          93    40          95    15 

2-98.*                    1                     I 

*  Resembles  Apatite,  color  yellowish  and  greenish  white  :  brittle, 
lustre  vitreous;  strongly  translucent. 

RHOMBOID. 

ACUTE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  ot 
Pon  P' 
Fig.  40. 

Various  Observations. 

2-5...3-2. 

69°  30' 

6-7...S-2. 

72    0 

6-3..  .6-5. 

72    30 

Lustre  resinous.     Streak  white. 

5-5..  .5-8. 

71    30 

79    29 

2-89. 

73    40 

190 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


7.  ||  CRICHTONITE. 

Craitonite. 

Fer  oxidule  titane.  Hauy 

8.  IT  SPECULAR  IRON. 

Rhombohedral  Iron-Ore.  M. 
Red  Iron-Ore. 
Red  Hematite. 


9.    ||  MOHSITE. 


10.  T  CORUNDUM. 

Rhombohedral  Corundum.  M. 


SECTION    II. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1.  NITRATE  OF  SODA. 

2.  RED  SILVER. 

Rhombohedral  Ruby-Blende.    M. 


3.  IT  CALCAREOUS  SPAR. 

Rhombohedral  Lime-Haloid e.  M. 

Carbonate  of  Lime. 
?  PLUMBO-CALCITE.   Turner. 
?  ARCHIGONAL  CARBON-SPAR. 

Briethaupt. 

?  KOUPHONE  "  " 

?  EUGNOSTIC 
?  POLYMORPHOUS 
?  MEROXENE 
?  HAPLOTYPOUS 
?  MELTNOUS 
?  DIASTATIC 


2-0. 
•0...2-5. 

3-0. 


(2 
(3-0. 


CHARACTERS    OF    THE    SPECIES. 


191 


nclination  of 
Pon  P' 
Fig.  40. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


4-66. 


4-8.. .5-3. 


3-9. ..4-0. 


61°  20' 

86    10 
73    43 

86    4 


Streak  uncolored. 


Streak  red. 

Opake.  Iron-black.  Lustre  high ; 
metallic.  Crystals  small,  flat,  cir- 
cular tables,  with  alternate  re- 
entering  and  salient  angles  on 
their  edges. 


OBTUSE. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


2-09. 


5-4.. .5-9. 


2-5. ..2-8. 
(2-8.) 


Inclination  of 
PonP' 
Fio-.  40. 


106°  33' 


109    56 


105    5 
(104    53J) 


(2-74. ..2-75.)  (105     ) 
(2-67.)  (105 


(2-71. ..2-72.) 
(2-7. ..2-71.) 

(2-68.. .2-69.) 
(2-72.) 
(2-69.) 
(2-77.) 


(105  5     ) 

(105  8     ) 

(105  11   ) 

(105  13  ) 

(105  17  ) 

(105  43  ) 


Various  Observations. 


Cleavage  eminent. 


192 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


?  PRUNNERITE.  Esmark. 
ANKER1TE. 

Paratomous  Lime-Haloide.  M. 

Paratomous  Carbon-Spar.    Brei 

thaupt. 

CARBONATE    OF   MANGA- 
NESE. 

Macrotypous   Parachrose-Ba- 
ryte.  M. 

Rose-red  Carbon-Spar.    Brei- 

thaupt. 

?  MANGANESEOUS  CARBON-SPAR. 
Breithaupt. 


6.  IT  MAGNESITE. 

Carbonate  of  Magnesia. 

7.  BEUDANTITE. 


IT  DOLOMITE. 

Macrotypous  Lime-Haloide.  M. 
Dimeric  Carbon-Spar.  Breithaupt. 
Rautenspath.   Werner. 
Chaux  carbonatee  ferrifere.  Hauy. 
Chaux  carb.  ferro-manganesifere. 

Hauy. 

Bitter-Spar.     Pearl-Spar. 
Mi e mite.    Konite  ?    Schumacher. 
?  EUMETRIC  CARBON-SPAR.  Brei- 
thaupt. 

?  TAUTOKLINOUS          "  " 

?  KRYPTOSE  "  " 

?  ISOMETRIC  "  " 


3-5. 


9. 


IT  CHABASIE. 

RhombohedralKouphone-Spar.  M. 
Gmelinite.  Brewster.  Sarcolite. 
Vauqudin.  Hydrolite.  De  Dree. 


(4-0.. .4-5.) 


3-0.. .4-0. 
3-0..  .4*0. 


4-0. 


3-75.. .4-0.) 

(3-75.) 

(4-0.. .4-5.) 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


193 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
PonP' 
Fig.  40. 

Various  Observations. 

(Color  blue.    Formerly  call- 
ed a  cuboidal  variety  of 

2-9...3-1. 

106°  12' 

Calcareous  Spar.) 

3-3...3-G. 

106    51 

(3-3...3-S.) 

(107    30?) 

2-S...2-9. 

107    30 

92    32 

In  anall,  black,  closely  ag- 

gregated crystals.      Sum- 

mits of  the  rhomboids  trun- 

cated   by    tangent  planes, 

| 

parallel  to  which,  cleavage 

; 

takes  place. 

3-0..  .3-2. 

106    15 

(2-91.) 

(106    11) 

(2-96.) 

(106    10§) 

(2-8...2-81.) 

(106    19) 

(2-84...2-86.) 

(106    19) 

17 


194 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


Haydenite.    Cleaveland. 
?  SARCOLITE.   Thomson. 


4-0.. .4-5. 
(5-0...5-5.?) 


10.  IT  RHOMB  SPAR. 

Brachytypous  Lime-Haloide.  M. 
Brachytypous  Carbon-Spar.  Brei- 

thaupt. 

Carbonate  of  Magnesia  and  Iron 
Breunerite.    Haidenger.    Walm- 

stedite.   Schweigger. 
?  HYSTATIC  CARBON-SPAR.    Brei- 

thaupt. 

11.  1T  SPATHIC  IRON. 

Brachytypous   Parachrose-Ba- 

ryte.  M. 
Siderose  Carbon-Spar.  Brei- 

thaupt. 

Carbonate  of  Iron. 
Sphaerosiderite.  Hausmann. 
?  KAMINOXENE  CARBON-SPAR. 

Breithaupt. 

OLIZONE  "  " 

ALLOTROPOSE        "  <c 

MESITINE  "  " 


4-0, 


..4-5. 
(4-5.) 


12.  || 

13.  || 


ALUM-STONE. 

Rhombohedral  Mum-Haloide.  M. 
DIOPTASE. 

Rhombohedral  Emerald- Mala- 
chite. M. 


14.  IT  CALAMINE. 

Rhombohedral  Zinc-Baryte.  M. 
Carbonate  of  Zinc. 

15.  ||  ILMENITE. 

Jlxotomous  Iron-Ore.  M. 


4-0...4-5. 
(4-0.) 

(4-0.. .4-25.) 
(4-0.) 

5-0. 
5-0. 


5-0...5-25. 
5-0...5-5. 


CHARACTERS    OF    THE    SPECIES. 


195 


inclination  of 
Pon  P' 
Fig.  40. 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


2-0..  .2-1. 


94°  46' 


(Form  is  described  as  re- 
sembling the  cube-octa- 
hedron.) 


3-0...3-11. 


(3-08.; 


107  22 
)(107  28J) 


(3-34...3-37.)(107  14 


3-6...3-9. 


107 


(3-84.)  (107    ) 
(3'74.)|(107  3 


(2-99.; 


2-5...2-8. 
3-2...3-4. 

4-1. ..4-4. 
4-G...4-4. 


107  11J) 


92  50 


126  17 


170  40 


Color  dark  iron-black. 


196 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


•CLASS  I. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

16.  IT 
17.  IT 

A.  IT 
B.  IT 
C.  IT 

D.    i| 
E.    || 

QUARTZ. 

Rhombohedral  Quartz.  M. 
Amethyst.     Iron-Flint. 
TOURMALINE. 
Rhombohedral  Tourmaline. 

7-0. 
7-0..  .7-5. 

1-0...  1-5. 
1-0...2-0. 

1-0...  1-75. 
3-5. 
5-5..  .6-0.? 

APPENDIX. 

TALC. 

Prismatic  Talc  Mica.  M. 
PLUMBAGO. 
Rhombohedral  Graphite-Mica.  M. 
NATIVE  MAGNESIA. 
Hydrate  of  Magnesia. 
ZINKENITE. 
WILLEMITE. 

XV.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  IT 

2.  IT 
3.    || 

.4.    || 

5.    || 

6.    || 

7. 
8. 

SULPHURET  OF  MOLYBDENA. 

Rhombohedral  Molybdena-  Glance.  M. 

1-0...1-5. 
2-0..  .2-5. 

t(                 U 

It             U 

2-5. 

3-0...3-5.? 
3-5.  ..4-0.? 

3-5.  ..4-0. 

FINITE. 
CRONSTEDITE. 

Rhomb  ohedralMelane-Mica.  Partsch. 
NATIVE  TELLURIUM. 
Native  Tellurium.  M. 
Gediegen  Sylvan.    Werner. 
Tellure  natif  auro-ferrifere.  Hauy. 
POLYBASITE. 

HERSHELITE. 
ARSENIATE  OF  LEAD. 
PYROMORPHITE. 

Rhombohedral  Lead-Baryte.  M. 
Brown  Phosphate  of  Lead. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


197 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of 
P  on  P', 
Fig.  40. 

Various  Observations. 

2-5...2-7. 

94°     15' 

* 

3-0...3-2. 

133    20 

2-7...2-S. 

Lamina3  flexible. 

1-8..  .2-0. 

tn  thin,  six-sided  tables;  color  iron- 
black. 

2-35. 
5-30. 

[n  regular  six-sided  prisms  ;  color  white. 
In  regular  six-sided  prisms, 
[n  small  transparent,  or  translucent  crystals 

REGULAR  HEXAGONAL  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Various  Observations. 

4-4..  .4-6. 

1 

2-7. 

3-34. 

Color   brownish-black  ;    streak   dark   leek- 

green. 

6-1...6-2. 
6-2. 

Color  iron-black  ;  lustre  splendent, 

2-1. 

5-0...6-4.  ? 

In  six-sided  prisms,  whose  terminal  edges  are 
replaced,  the  new  planes  inclining  to  the  base 
under  angles  of  132°  ;  bases  dull  and  curved* 

G-9...7-3. 

198 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  f. 


Names. 


9.  IT  GREEN  LEAD-ORE. 

Brachytypous  Lead-Baryte.  Partsch, 
Phosphate  of  Lead. 

10.  IT  MAGNETIC  IRON-PYRITES. 

Dodecahedral  Iron-Pyrites.  M. 


11.  IT  APATITE. 

Rhombohedral  Fluor-Haloide.  M. 
Phosphate  of  Lime. 


13. 


14. 


A. 


NEPHILINE. 

Rhombohedral  Feld-Spar.  M. 

Sommite.  Pseudo-Nephiline.    Fleu- 

reau  de  Bcllevue. 
?  CAVOLINITE. 
?DAVYNE. 
IOL1TE. 

Prismatic  Quartz.  M. 

Peliom.  Werner.  Cordierite.  Hauy 
Dichroite.  Cordier.  Steinheilite 
Pansner. 

BERYL. 

Rhombohedral  Emerald.  M. 

Emerald. 


Hardness. 

3-5...4-0.? 
3-5.. .4-5. 

5-0. 
6-0. 


APPENDIX. 

CAPILLARY  PYRITES. 

Sulphuret  of  Nickel. 


(Talc,  App.  A.  Ord.  XIV. 

Plumbago,  App.B.  Ord.  XIV. 

Hydrate  of  Magnesia,  App.  C.  Ord.  XIV.) 


7-0.. .7-5. 
7-5. ..8-0. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


199 


Sp.  Gravity. 


Various  Observations. 


6-9.. .7-3.  ? 
4-4.. .4-7. 

3-0.. .3-3. 


BSITY 


2-5...2-6. 

(*» 

2-25.. .2-3.) 


\  Opake,  white ;  lustre  pearly  or  silky. 
Surface  of  the  crystals  dull. 


2-5.. .2-6. 
2-6...2-S. 


Dichroism  parallel  and  perpendicular  to  the 
prism. 


CLASS  II. 


202 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  II. 


1.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.       COMMON  SALT.      C.  I.  p.  154. 

2.0. 
2-5. 

2.  IT  GALENA.                     C.  I.  p.  154. 

II.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  1T  RED  OXIDE  OF  COPPER. 
C.  I.  p.  156. 

3-5..  .4-0. 
4-0. 

5-5..  .6-5. 
6-0..  .6-5. 

2.  IT  FLUOR.                        C.  I.  p.  156. 

3.  IT  MAGNETIC   IRON-ORE. 
C.  I.  p.  158. 
4.  IT  FRANKLINITE.         C.  I.  p.  158. 

III.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  IT  BLENDE.                    C.  I.  p.  158. 

3-5.  ..4.0. 

IV.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1,  IT  MOLYBDATE  OF  LEAD. 
C.  I.  p.  160. 

3-0. 
4-0..  .4-5. 

2.  IT  TUNGSTEN.               C.  I.  p.  160. 

V.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  ||  BLACK  TELLURIUM.  C.I.  p.  162. 

2.    ||  URANITE.                   C.  I.  p.  164. 
3.  1T||  CORNEOUS  LEAD.   C.  I.  p.  164. 

1-0...1-5. 

2-0..  .2-5. 
2-5. 

4-5...5-0. 

5-0..  .5.  5. 
6-5. 

4.       APOPHYLLITE.         C.  I.  p.  164. 

5.  IT  SCAPOLITE.               C.  I.  p.  164. 
6.  IT  RUTILE.                      C.  I.  p.  164. 

(Anhydrite.  Sp.  2.  Ord.  VI. 
Cryolite,       Sp.  1.     "       "  ) 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


203 


CUBE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

' 

2-25. 
Y-4...7-6. 

REGULAR  OCTAHEDRON. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

5-6...6-0. 
3-0..  .3-3. 

4-8..  .5-2. 
5-0..  .5-1. 

RHOMBIC  DODECAHEDRON. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

4-5..  .4-8. 

OCTAHEDRON  WITH  A  SQUARE  BASE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

inclination  of 
P  on  P",  Fig.  25. 

6-5..  .6-9. 
6-0...6-1- 

130°  15X 
128    40 

RIGHT  SQUARE  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

7-0...7-5. 

3-0...3-2. 
6-05, 

2-2..  .2-5, 

2-G...2-7. 

4-2...4-4, 

204 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  II. 


VI.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.    ||  CRYOLITE. 

Prismatic  Cryone-Haloide.  M. 
JLxotomous   Orthoklase-Haloide. 
Partsch. 

2-5.  ..3-0. 
3-0..  .3-5. 
3-5...4-0. 
6-0. 

2.  T  ANHYDRITE.            C.  I.  p.  166. 

3.  1T  STILBITE.                 C.  I.  p.  166. 
4.  1F||  COLUMBITE.             C.  I.  p.  166. 

VII.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.       ORPIMENT.              C.  I.  p.  168. 
2.  IT  GREY  ANTIMONY.  C.I.  p.  168. 

1-5...2-0. 
2-0. 

2-5.  ..3-0. 

u       « 

3-0. 
3-0..  .3-5. 

((              U 

a          u 

3-5...4-0. 
4-0..  .4-25. 

3.    II  WHITE  ANTIMONY.  C.  I.  p.  170. 
4.    ||  PERITOMOUS  LEAD-BA- 
RYTE.                   C.  I.  p.  170. 

5.   IT  SULPHATE  OF  LEAD 
C.  I.  p.  170. 

6.  IT  CELESTINE.             C.  I.  p.  172. 
7.  IT  HEAVY  SPAR.           C.  I.  p.  172. 
8.  IT  WHITE  LEAD-ORE.  C.  I.  p.  172. 

9.  1T  ARRAGONITE.         C.  I.  p.  172. 

10.       MANGANITE.            C.  I.  p.  174. 

VIII.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness. 

1.  H  GYPSUM.                    C.  I.  p.  178. 
2.  IT  VIVIAN1TE.                C.  I.  p.  178. 

1-5.  ..2-0. 
2-0. 

3-5...4-0. 

3.  IF  HEULANDITE.         C.  I.  p.  178. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


205 


RIGHT  RECTANGULAR  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

2-95. 

2.7...3-0. 

2-1.  ..2-2. 

6-0..  .6-3. 

RIGHT  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  M  on  M',  Fig.  30. 

3-4..  .3-6. 

4-2..  .4-6. 

100°  00' 
91        10 

6-2.  ..6-4. 

137 

7-07. 

102    27 

6-2.  ..6-4. 

103    42 

3-6.  ..4-0. 
4-1.  ..4-7. 
6-3..  .6-6. 

104 

101    42 
117    18 

2-6..  .3-0. 

116    10 

4-38. 

99      40 

RIGHT  OBLIQUE  ANGLED  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  M  on  T,  Fig.  31. 

2-2..  .2-4. 
2-6.  ..2-7. 

113°  8' 
125    15 

2-0..  .2-2. 

130    30 

18 


206 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  II- 


Hardness. 


Names. 


4.  IF  WOLFRAM. 


5.  IT  EPIDOTE. 


C.  I.  p.  178. 
C.  I.  p.  180. 


5-0.. .5-5, 
6-0.. .7-0, 


IX.  ORDER. 

SECTION  I. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1. 

2. 


REALGAR. 


GLAUBERITE. 


3.  IT  LAUMONITE. 


4.  1T  SPHENE. 


5.  IF  PYROXENE. 


C.  I.  p.  180 
C.  p.  p.  180. 
C.  I.  p.  182. 
C.  I.  p.  182. 
C.  I.  p.  182. 


1-5.. .2-0, 
2-5. ..3-0, 
1-5. ..5-5, 
5-0.. .5-5, 
5-0.. .6-0, 


SECTION    II. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1.  IT  MICA.  C.I.  p.  182 

1.  1T  ANTHOPHYLLITE.    C.I.  p.  184 

?  CUMMINGTONITE. 


2.  IT  HORNBLENDE. 

Carinthin.    Werner.          C.I.  p.  184 

3.  TT  SPODUMENE. 

Prismatic  Trip hane- Spar.  M. 


APPENDIX. 

A.  IT  PICROSMINE. 

B.  ||  PYRALLOLITE.         C.I.  p.  184 

C.  IT  BRONZITE. 

Hemi-Prismatic  Schiller- Spar.  M. 

D.  IT  HYPERSTHENE. 

Prismatoidal  Schiller- Spar.  M. 


2-0..  .2-5. 
5-0..  .5-5. 


5-0..  .6-0. 
6-5..  .7-0. 

2-5..  .3-0. 
3-5..  .4-0. 

4-0..  .5-0. 
6-0. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


207 


Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  M  on  T,  Fig.  31. 

7-1.  ..7-4. 

117°  22' 

3-2..  .3-5. 

115    40 

OBLIQUE  RHOMBIC  PRISM. 

OBLIQJJE    FROM    AN    ACUTE    EDGE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

»                    Inclination  of  M  on  M'  Fig.  32. 

3-5.  ..3-6. 

74°  14' 

4-19. 

56 

2-3...2-4. 

86     15 

3-4..  .4-4. 

76      2 

3-2..  .3-5. 

87       5 

OBLIQUE    FROM   AN    OBTUSE    EDGE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  M  on  M'  Fig.  32. 

2-8...3-0. 
3-0..  .3-3. 

100°    0' 
125 

2-8..  .3-2. 

124    30 

3-17. 

93    94 

2-66. 
2-5.  ..2-6. 

94    36 

3-25. 

94 

3-38. 

93 

208 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  II. 


X.  ORDER. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1.    ||  LATROBITK 


2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 


IT  FELDSPAR. 
PERIKLIN. 
IT  ALBITE. 
IT  FOWLERITE. 


6.  1T  KYANITE. 


C.  I.  p.  186, 

C.  I.  p.  186, 
C.  I.  p.  186, 
C.  I.  p.  186, 
C.  I.  p.  186, 

C.  I.  p.  188 


APPENDIX. 


IT  TABULAR  SPAR. 

Prismatic  Jlugite-Spar.  M. 


5-5, 
6-0, 

(C 


5-0..  .7-0, 


4-0.. .5-0, 


XL  ORDER. 

SECTION    I. 


Names. 


1.  ||  SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 

OF  LEAD.  C.  I.  p.  188. 

2.  IT  SPECULAR  IRON.    C.  I.  p.  190. 

3.  1T  CORUNDUM.  C.  I.  p.  190. 


Hardness. 


2-5. 

5-5...6-5. 
9-0. 


SECTION   II. 


Names. 


Hardness. 


1. 

2. 

3. 
4. 


RED  SILVER. 


C.  I.  p.  190 


IT  CALCAREOUS  SPAR. 

C.  I.  p.  190 

ANKERITE.  C.I.  p.  190 

CARBONATE  OF  MAN- 
GANESE. C.I.  p.  192 


IT  DOLOMITE. 

IT  SPATHIC  IRON. 


7.  IT  RHOMB  SPAR. 


C.I.  p.  190, 
C.I.  p.  194, 

C.I.  p.  194, 


2-0...2-5. 


3-0. 
3-5. 


4-0. 
4-0...4-25 

4-0...4-5. 


CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


209 


DOUBLY  OBLIQUE  PRISM. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Pon  M. 

PonT. 

M  on  T. 

2-7..  .2-8. 

91°  0' 

98°  30' 

93°  30' 

2-5..  .2-6. 
2-54..  .2-56. 
2-6..  .2-68. 
3-5.  ..3-8. 

90    0 
93    19 
93    30 
95    0 

120    15 

117    53 
121    0 

112    45 
114    45 
115    5 
113    0? 

3-6...3-7. 

93    15 

100    50 

106    15 

2-8. 

126    0 

93    40 

95    15 

RHOMBOID. 

ACUTE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  P  on  P',  Fig.  40. 

6-3..  .6-5. 

72°  30' 

4-8...5-3. 

86    10 

3-9...4-0. 

86    4 

OBTUSE. 

Sp.  Gravity. 

Inclination  of  P  on  P',  Fig.  40. 

5-4..  .5-9. 

109°  56' 

2-5..  .2-8. 
2-9..  .3-1. 

- 

105    5 
106    12 

3-3...3-C. 

106    51 

3-0...3-2. 
3-6...3-Q. 

106    15 
107    0 

3-0...3-11. 

107    22 

18* 


CLASS  III. 


ABBREVIATIONS  EMPLOYED  IN  I.  ORDER. 


Ad. 

Bot. 

Capil. 

Col. 

Comp. 

Frac. 

Glob. 

Gran. 

Impal. 

Lam. 


for 


adamantine. 

Met. 

fo 

botryoidal. 

Reni. 

capillary. 

Res. 

columnar. 

Stalac. 

composition. 

T. 

fracture. 

Translu. 

globular. 

Transpa. 

granular, 
impalpable. 

Var. 
Vit. 

lamellar. 

metallic. 

re  ni  form. 

resinous. 

stalactitic. 

taste. 

translucent. 

transparent. 

varieties. 

vitreous. 


212 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  III. 


1.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

1. 

H  SASSOLIN. 

Prismatic  Boracic-JUcid.  M. 

1 

Boracic  Acid. 

1-0. 

1-48. 

2. 

||  ALUMIN1TE. 

Sub-Sulphate  of  Alumine. 

Websterite.  Brongniart. 

« 

1-66. 

3. 

H  MEERSCHAUM. 

Sea-foam. 

(C 

1-6. 

?  PHOLERITE.  Guillemin. 

?  LEJVZIJVITE.  Johns. 

<c 

(1-8...2-10) 

4. 

||    HUMBOLDTINE. 

Oxalate  of  Iron. 

ft 

1-0...2-5. 

5. 

||  ANTIMOMY-PHYLLITE. 

Diatomous  Antimony  -Phyllite.    Brei- 

thaupt. 

<t 

4-0. 

6. 

NATRON. 

Hemi-prismatic  Natron-  Salt.  M. 

Carbonate  of  Soda. 

1-0...1-5. 

1-42. 

7. 

PRISMATIC  NATRON-SALT. 

1.56 

?  TRONA.  Hausmann. 

1-5. 

8. 

IT  TALC.                                      C.  I.  p.  196. 

(C              « 

27..  .2-8. 

9. 

||  KUPFERSCHAUM.            C.  I.  p.  168. 

«         « 

3-09. 

10. 

||  STERNBERGITE.                C.  I.  p.  168. 

«         «( 

4-21. 

11. 

H  SULPHURET  OF  MOLYBDENA. 

C.  I.  p.  196. 

<C              tf 

4-4...46. 

12. 

||  RED  ANTIMONY. 

Prismatic  Pur  pie-  Blende.  M. 

.(         (( 

4S...4-6. 

13. 

HORN  SILVER.                  C.  I.  p.  154. 

((         (t 

5.5. 

14. 

H  BLACK  TELLURIUM.      C.  I.  p.  162. 

„    « 

7-0...7-5. 

15. 

OXIDE  OF  ARSENIC.       C.  I.  p.  156. 

15. 

36..^-7. 

16. 

IF  NATIVE  MAGNESIA.       C.  I.  p.  196. 

1-0...1-75. 

2-35. 

17. 

IT  BITUMEN. 

Black  Mineral  Resin.  M. 

Mineral  Pitch.  Phillips. 

Asphalt.  Leonhard. 

Mineral  Caoutchouc. 

1-0...2-0. 

0-68..  .1-6. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


213 


SOLIDS. 

Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Pearly. 

Yellowish-white. 

T.  acidulous,  becoming 
bitter  &  finally  sweet. 

Dull. 

White. 

in  reni.  masses,  opake. 

Dull. 

(Nacreous.) 
(Dull.) 

White. 
(White.) 
(White.) 

[lather   greasy  to   the 
feel. 
(In     slightly     convex 
scales.) 
(Translucent.) 

Dull. 

Ochre-yellow. 

In  small  flattish  masses. 

Pearly. 

Greyish  -white. 

Translucent:  greasy  to 
the  feel. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

T.  pungent  alkaline. 

Vitreous. 
Pearly. 
Vit.  &  pearly. 

Metallic. 

White. 
Green  and  white. 
Apple-green,  sky- 
hlue. 

Bronze. 

• 
Black. 

T.  pungent  alkaline. 
Greasy  to  the  feel. 
Very    sectile.        Thin 
laminae    flexible  :     in 
reni.  and  bot.  shapes. 

Metallic- 
Met,  ad. 

Adamantine. 
Metallic. 

Lead-grey. 
Cherry  -red. 

Brown  ;  where  ex- 
posed    to    light 
black. 
Blackish  lead-grey 

Lead-grey. 
Cherry-red. 

Shining. 

Thin    lamina?,    highly 
flexible,  very  sectile. 
Tufts  of  capil.  crystals, 
or  fibres  straight,  anc 
divergent  from   com- 
mon centres. 

Vitreous,    in- 
clining to  ad 
Pearly. 

White. 
White. 

Translucent  to  opake. 

Transl.    opake    where 
exposed   to  the  open 
air.  Thin  laminae  flex- 
ible. 

Resinous. 

Reddish-brown  to 
black. 

Sectile,  elastic:     after 
exposure   to  the   air, 
brittle. 

214 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

Sp.  Grav. 

18. 

||  NAPHTHALINE.                 C.  I.  p.  162. 

1-0.  ..20. 

15. 

19.  IT  PLUMBAGO.                          C.  I.  p.  196. 

((             (( 

1-8...2-1. 

20. 

||  HORN  QUICKSILVER.     C.  I.  p.  162. 

((         (( 

6-4..  .6-5. 

21. 

|1  RETINITE. 

Retinasphalt.  Philips. 

1-5-..  .2-0. 

1-35. 

22. 

GLAUBER  SALT. 

Prismatic  Glauber-  Salt.  M. 

Sulphate  of  Soda. 

1-5..  .2-0. 

1-48. 

23. 

1  SAL  AMMONIAC.               C.  I.  p.  156. 

((             S( 

1-5...1-6. 

24. 

SULPHATE  OF  ALUMINE. 

Native  Soda  Alum.     Thomson. 

((         ((  ? 

1-88. 

25. 

SULPHUR.                          C.  I.  p.  162, 

It         tl 

1-9...2-1. 

26. 

NITRATE  OF  SODA. 

((         (t 

209. 

27.  IF  GYPSUM.                               C.  I.  p.  178. 

1C             (f 

22...24- 

28. 

|  COBALT  BLOOM.                C.  I.  p.  178 

(t         (( 

2-94. 

29. 

ORPIMENT.                          C.  I.  p.  168. 

K         (( 

34...S-6. 

SO. 

REALGAR;                              C.  I.  p.  180. 

a         (( 

35...S-6. 

si!  i 

|  GRAPHIC  GOLD.                C.  1.  p.  168. 

S-7...5-8- 

32,   I 

NATIVE  LEAD. 

33.   | 

YELLOW  TELLURIUM. 

Yellow  Gold  Glance.  Jameson. 

10'6. 

34.    | 

|  KONIGENE.                          C.  I.  p.  168. 

2-0. 

35.  IT  COPPERAS,                           C.  I.  p.  180. 

<c 

1-9. 

36.   | 

|  GAY  LUSSITE.                    C.  I.  p.  180. 

<c 

1-9. 

37.  11  NITRE. 

Prismatic  Nitre-  Salt.  M. 

Nitrate  of  Potash. 

M 

1.9...2-0. 

38. 

\  BOTRYOGENE.                     C.  I.  p.  168. 

cc 

2-03. 

39. 

DERMATINE. 

<c 

213. 

40. 

COMMON  SALT,                 C.  I.  p.  154. 

« 

225. 

41.  IF  V1VIANITE.                          C,  I.  p.  178. 

(( 

2-6..  .2-7. 

CHARACTERS    OF    THE    SPECIES. 


215 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Resinous. 

Greenish  and  yel- 

Transpa. and  brittle. 

lowish-white. 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Shining. 

Lamina?  very  flexible. 

Adamantine. 

Greyish    or    yel- 

White. 

lowish-white. 

Resinous. 

Green,  yellow,  red 

Fracture  conchoidal  :  in 

and  brown. 

roundish  masses. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

Efflorescent.    In  mealy 

crusts.       Taste   cool, 

saline  and  bitter. 

Vitreous. 

White  or  grey. 

T.  acute  and  pungent  : 

in  a  mealy  powder. 

Vitreous. 

Colorless. 

In    silky    crystals,    fi- 

brous masses  &  white 

powder.      Taste    like 

alum. 

Resinous. 

Vellow. 

Brittle. 

Vitreous. 

Colorless. 

Taste  cooling. 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

White      in      most 

White. 

Seclile. 

cases. 

Vitreous  ad. 

Peach-blossom- 

Pale  red. 

In  glob.  &  reni.  shapes. 

red. 

Comp.  columnar. 

Viet,  pearly. 

Lemon-yellow. 

Sectile.  Faces  otcomp. 

streaked. 

Hesinous. 

Aurora-red. 

Orange     yel- 

Sectile. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey. 

low  to  red. 

Massive   varieties  im- 

Metallic. 

perfectly  col.  or  gran. 

Metallic. 

Silver-white  incli- 

ning to  yellow. 

Vitreous  ? 

Emerald  or  black- 

ish-green. 

Vitreous. 

Green  to  white. 

Massive  varieties  pul- 

verulent.     T.  sweet- 

ish astringent. 

Vitreous. 

Colorless  or  grey- 

Transpa. or  translu. 

ish  white. 

Vitreous. 

Colorless. 

T.  saline.     In  crystals 

and  flakes;  rarely  col. 

Vitreous. 

rJyacinth    red'    to 

[n  reni.  and  bot.  shapes. 

ochre-yellow. 

T.  feebly  astringent. 

Grea.«y. 

Green      or      dark 

Kidney-shaped,  or  glob. 

brown. 

pieces.        Frac.    con- 

choidal.    Translu. 

fitreous. 

Saline. 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

Blackish-green 

Bluish-white. 

Massive  var.   in  small 

and  indigo-blue. 

reni.  and  glob,  shapes; 
also  in  superficial  coat- 

ings of  dusty  particles. 

216 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS   III. 


[                                     Names. 

Hardness 

ISp.  Grav. 

42.   | 

COPPER  MICA.                    C.  I.  p.  188. 

2-0. 

25...S-2. 

43.  IT  GREY  ANTIMONY.           C.  I.  p.  168. 

20. 

1-0...25. 
2-0...2-5. 

4-2...4-6. 

1-2...1-4. 

1-08. 

44.  IT  BITUMINOUS  COAL. 
Bituminous  Mineral-  Coal.  M. 
Black  Coal.     Brown  Coal. 
Cannel  Coal.     Jet.   Slate  Coal. 
Bituminous  Wood.     Paper  Coal. 

45.  IT  AMBER. 
Yellow  Mineral  Resin.  M. 

46.   j 

|  MELLITE.                             C.  I.  p.  160. 

ft       tt 

1-59. 

47.       BORAX.                                   C.  I.  p.  182. 
48.  IT  EPSOM-SALT.                       C.  I.  p.  168. 

«       it 

1-76. 
1-7..  .1-8. 

49.  IF  ALUM. 
Octahedral  Alum-  Salt.  M. 

it       (t 

tt        tt 

50. 
51. 
52. 

KEROL1TE. 
PYRORTHITE. 
WHITE  VITRIOL.               C.  I.  p.  168. 

20...2-5. 

tt              ft 
ft            tt 

2-0. 
2-19. 
2-0...2-1. 

53.  IT  MICA.                                      C.  I.  p.  132. 

ft             (( 

2-0..  .2-5- 

54.  IT  FINITE.                                 C.  I.  p.  190. 

It         tt 

2.7. 

55. 

|  THENARDITE.                    C.  I.  p.  170. 

tf            (6 

2-7. 

56. 

FIGURE-STONE. 

Agalmatolite. 

((            tt 

2-81. 

57. 

58. 

59. 

|  HAIDINGERITE.                C.  I.  p.  170. 
LENTICULAR  COPPER-ORE. 
C.  I.  p.  162. 
|  URANITE.                             C.  1.  p.  164. 

ft            tt 
tt             ft 

28...3-0. 

u        it 
3-0.  .3-2. 

60.   1 

1  CRONSTEDITE.                   C.  I.  p.  190. 

tf            tt 

3-34. 

61.  IT  PYROLUSITE.                      C.  I.  p.  170. 

ft            tt 

4-S...4-9. 

62.  |1  §  MYARGYSITE.                    C.  I.  p.  170. 

tt            tt 

5-23. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE   SPECIES. 


217 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak.         Various  Observations. 

Pearly. 

Emerald  and  grass- 

Sectile.    Massive  vari- 

green. 

eties,    gran,    uneven 

and  rough. 

Metallic. 

Lead-grey. 

Lead  -grey. 

Capil.  crystals  very  mi- 

nute.     Comp.    some- 

times fine  granular. 

Resinous. 

Black  or  brown. 

Comp.  lam.  gran,  im- 

pal.  and  fibrous. 

Resinous. 

Yellow  to  red. 

White. 

Fracture    conchoidal, 

transpa.     or     translu. 

Res.  electricity  produ- 

ced by  friction. 

Res.  to  vit. 

Honey-yellow. 

White. 

Massive     varieties     in 

nodules;  comp.  gran. 

Res.  and  dull. 

White. 

T.  sweetish  alcaline. 

Vit.  pearly  or 

White. 

Bot.  &  reni.     Particles 

dull. 

of  comp.  very  delicate, 

sometimes      pulveru- 

lent. 

Vit.  pearly  or 
dull. 

White. 

Fibrous,  impal  .or  mealy 

Vit.  faint. 

White  &  greenish. 

White. 

Frac.  conchoidal. 

Resinous. 

Brownish-black. 

Brownish- 

Opake.  Frac.  splintery. 

Pearly  or 

White, 

black. 

Reni.  &  stalac.    Comp. 

dull. 

col.  &  gran.     T.  nau- 

seous and  metallic. 

Pearly. 

Various. 

Comp.  col.  gran,  faces 

of  comp.    irregularly 

streaked  and  rough. 

Res.  faint. 

Blackish  -green    & 

Grey. 

Sectile. 

greenish-grey. 

Vit.  dull  after 

White. 

Pulverulent   after  ex- 

exposure   to 

posure  to  the  air.     T. 

the  air. 

cooling. 

Dull. 

Grey,  yellow,  and 

White    and 

Comp.  impal.,  fracture 

reddish. 

shining 

uneven. 

Vitreous.          White. 

Vitreous. 
Ad.  or  pearly. 

Sky-blue  to  green. 
Emerald,   grass  or 

Composition  granular. 
Composition  granular. 

leek-green. 

Vitreous. 

Brownish-black. 

Dark  leek- 

Opake.     Reni.    Comp. 

green. 

columnar. 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Black. 

Opake.     In  reni.  coats. 

Comp.  col.  and  gran. 

Between  met. 

Iron-black. 

Dark  cherry- 

Opake  except   in   thin 

and  met.  ad. 

red. 

splinters. 

19 


218 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS 


Names. 

Hardness 

"SpTGravT 

63. 

RED  SILVER.                      C.  1.  p.  190. 

20..  .2-5. 

5-4..  .5-9. 

64. 
65. 

JAMESON1TE.                     C.  I.  p.  170. 
|  BI-SELENIURET  OE  ZINC. 

(C              (t 

It        It 

5-56. 
5-56. 

66. 
67. 

|  SELENIURET  OF  LEAD. 
BLACK  SILVER.                  C.  I.  p.  170. 

(6             (« 

5-9...6-4. 

68. 
69. 
70.  1 

|  NATIVE  TELLURIUM.     C.  I.  p.  190. 
1  SULPHURET  OF  BISMUTH. 
I  WHITE  LEAD  ORE.           C.  I.  p.  172. 

u          « 

6-1...6-2. 
6-54. 
63...6-6. 

71. 

72.  { 
73. 

VITREOUS  SILVER.          C.  I.  p.  154. 

(I         « 

2-5. 

1C 

7-19. 

2-2...2-S. 

2-9..  .3-1. 

\  BLUE  VITRIOL.                  C.  I.  p.  184. 
|  COBALT  BLOOM.                C.  I.  p.  178. 

74.' 

|  CRONSTEDITE. 

(C 

(C               <C 

75.H  ||  §  CORNEOUS  LEAD.            C.  I.  p.  164. 

M 

6-05. 

76, 

|  CHROMATE  OF  LEAD.    C.  I.  p.  182. 

M 

6-0...6-1. 

77, 

78:  || 

|  POLYBASITE.                      C.  I.  p.  190. 
\  SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE 
OF  LEAD.                        C.  I.  p.  188. 

(C 

IS 

6-2. 
6-3...6-5. 

79.  IT  GALENA.                               C.  I.  p.  154. 

ft 

7-4..  .7-6. 

80.  IF  LAUMON1TE.                       C.  I.  p.  182. 

1-5..  .5-5? 
1-5..  .3-0. 
2-5.  ..3-0. 

(S             (I 

2-3..  .2-4. 
10-5..  .12-5. 
1-73. 
2-0..  .2-2. 

81.   | 

NATIVE  AMALGAM.        C.  I.  p.  156. 

82.   ||  SULPHATE  OF  POTASH. 
83.  'IT  CHRYSOCOLLA. 
,    ;         Uncleavable  Staphyline-  Malachite.  M. 

84.  IT  MARMOLITE. 

((            (C 

2-47. 

85.!  IT  PICROSMINE. 
Asbestus. 

«         (( 

2S...2-6. 

CHARACTERS    OF    THE    SPECIES. 


219 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Met.  ad. 

From  iron-black  to 

Streak  like 

Comp.   gran.,  strongly 

cochineal-red. 

the  color. 

connected,  sometimes 

impal.,  also  in  plates 

and  coatings. 

Metallte. 

Steel-grey. 

Steel-grey. 

Metallic. 

Dark  lead-grey. 

Blackish  lead- 

Composition  granular  ? 

grey. 

Metallic. 

Bluish-grey. 

Blackish-grey 

Comp.  finely  granular. 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Iron-black. 

Comp.    gran,    strongly 

connected.     Fracture 

uneven. 

Metallic. 

Tin-white. 

Tin-white. 

Comp.  gran.,  fine. 

Metallic. 

Lead-grey. 

Lead-grey. 

Comp.  gran,  or  col. 

Ad.    to     res., 

White   passing   to 

White. 

Comp.  col.  and  impal. 

sometimes 

g''ey. 

pearly. 

Metallic. 

Blackish  lead-grey 

Shining. 

Malleable.      Reticula- 

ted,  arborescent   anc 

capil.,  massive:  con\p. 

impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

Sky-blue. 

White. 

Taste  astringent. 

Ad.  to  vit. 

Crimson-red   to 

In  glob,   and  reniform 

grey- 

shapes:     comp.     col. 

also  pulverulent. 

Vitreous. 

Brownish  black. 

Dark  leek- 

Opake.       In    reniform 

green. 

masses.     Comp.  col. 

Adamantine. 

White    with    pale 

White. 

Transpa.  or  translu. 

tints  of  grey  and 

green. 

Adamantine. 

Hyacinth-red. 

Orange-yel- 

low. 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Iron-black. 

Sectile. 

Res.  to  splen- 

Pale greenish,  yel- 

White. 

Comp.  lam.  or  gran. 

dent,  ad. 

lowish  or  brown- 

ish white. 

Metallic. 

Lead-grey. 

Lead-grey. 

Composition  granular. 

Vit.  to  pearly. 

Greyish  or>eddish 

White. 

Comp.  gran,  or  imper- 

white. 

fectly  columnar. 

Metallic. 

Silver-white. 

Silver-white. 

Comp.    impal.      Frac. 

conchoidal. 

Vitreous. 

White  to  grey. 

Bitter  &  disagreeable. 

Vitreous. 

Emerald,  pistachio 

White. 

Transpa.    Comp.  impal. 

and      asparagus- 

Frac.  conchoidal. 

green  to  sky-blue 

Pearly. 

Greenish  yellow. 

White. 

Comp.  lam.     Individu- 

als large  and  curved. 

C  Sectile.   Comp.  gran. 

Pearly  to  vit. 

Greenish  white. 

White. 

<  &  col.  strongly  cohe- 

(  rent:  in  delicate  fibres 

220 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

Hardness   Sp.  Grav. 

86.  || 

87.    | 

§  HOPEITE.                              C.  I.  p.  170. 
GLAUBERITE.                      C.  I.  p.  180. 

2-5.  ..3-0. 

a       ce 

2-7. 
2-7..  .2-8. 

88.   | 

CRYOLITE.                           C.  II.  p.  204. 

«       cc 

2-9..  .3-0. 

89.|| 
90.   | 

§  RADIATED  ACICULAR  OLIVIN- 
ITE.                                    C.  I.  p.  180. 
CUPREOUS  SULPHATO  CARBON- 
ATE OF  LEAD.                  C.  I.  p.  170. 

ce         tc    * 

(C              (( 

4-19. 
5-3..  .5-43. 

91.  fl  VITREOUS  COPPER.          C.  I.  p.  1SS. 

cc         .( 

5-5..  .5-8. 

92.    | 
93.   | 
94. 

BOURNONITE.                     C.  I.  p.  166. 
WHITE  ANTIMONY.        C.  I.  p.  170. 
PERITIMOUS  LEAD-BARYTE. 
C.  I.  p.  170. 

<C              CC 
(C              CC 

5-7..  .5-8. 
6-2.  ..6-4. 

7.07. 

95.  IT  NATIVE  COPPER.              C.  I.  p.  154. 

cc         cc       . 

S-4...S-9. 

96.  11  NATIVE  SILVER.               C.  I.  p.  154. 

CC              CC 

10-0..  .10-5. 

97.  IT  NATIVE  GOLD.                   C.  I.  p.  156. 

cc         c« 

3-0. 

12-0..  .20-0. 
1-4..  .2-0. 

98.  IT  ANTHRACITE. 
JVon-  Bituminous  Mineral-  Coal.  M. 
Mineral  Carbon,  Blind  Coal. 

99. 

ALLOPHANE. 

cc 

1-8...1-9. 

100.  IT  SERPENTINE.                      C.  I.  p.  168. 

cc 

2-5. 

101.  IT  DEWEYLITE. 

Siliceous  Hydrate  of  Magnesia. 

cc 

22..  .2-3. 

102.  IT  CALCAREOUS  SPAR.        C   I.  p.  190. 
Anthrakonite.  Hausmann. 

« 

2-5..  .2-8. 

103. 

ANKERITE.                           C.  I.  p.  192. 

cc 

2-9..  .3-1. 

104. 

PRISMATIC  OLIV1NITE.  C.  I.  p.  170. 

cc 

4-2...4-6. 

105.   | 

THORITE. 

cc 

46. 

106.  IT  PURPLE  COPPER.              C.  I.  p.  156 

cc 

4-9..  .5-0. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

Greyish  white. 

White. 

Sectile. 

Vitreous. 

Yellowish  or  grey- 

White. 

Semi-transpa.     Brittle. 

ish  white. 

Saline. 

Vit.  inclining 

White. 

White. 

Translucent. 

to  pearly. 

Pearly. 

Verdigris-green  to 

Verdigris- 

Not  very  brittle. 

sky-blue. 

green. 

Resinous. 

Deep  verdigris- 

Greenish 

Translucent 

green. 

white. 

Metallic. 

Blackish  lead-grey 

Shining. 

Sectile;    comp.  fine 

gran,  or  impal. 

Metallic. 
Ad.  to  pearly. 

Steel  -grey. 
White,  rarely  red- 

Steel-grey. 
White. 

Brittle  ;  comp.  gran. 
Comp.   gran.,   lam.  01 

dish  grey. 

columnar. 

Ad.  to  pearly. 

Yellowish  white 

Translucent. 

or  pale  rose-red. 

Metallic. 

Copper-  red. 

Copper-red  : 

In  arborescent  and  fil- 

shining. 

iform  shapes. 

Metallic. 

Silver-white. 

Silver-white  : 

Ductile;  dentiform,  fil- 

shining. 

form      and     capillary 

shapes;  also  arbores- 

cent, and  in  plates. 

Metallic. 

Gold-yellow. 

Shining. 

Filiform,  capil.,  reticu- 

lated  and  arborescent 

shapes  ;  also  in  leaves 

and  membranes. 

Imperfect 

Iron-black 

Iron-black. 

Comp.  lam,,  but  oftenei 

metallic. 

impalpable. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Blue,    green    and 

Reni.   and  hot.  ;  comp. 

grey. 

impalpable. 

Res.  faint. 

Some    shade   of 

Sectile.     Comp,    gran. 

green. 

and  impal.,  veined  & 

spotted. 

Vit.  to  resin- 

White, tinged  by 

White. 

Comp.     impal.      Frac. 

ous,  faint. 

green  and  red. 

even  :  easily  frangible 

Vit.  inclining 

Various. 

White. 

Comp.  col.   gran.  lam. 

to  pearly. 

and  impalpable. 

Vit.  inclining 

White,  with   tints 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

to  pearly. 

of  led,  grey  and 

brown. 

Adamantine. 

Various  shades  of 

Olive-green. 

Glob,   shapes.      Comp. 

green, 

columnar  :     fine    and 

divergent. 

Resinous  and 

Black. 

Brownish  red. 

Very  brittle. 

shining. 

Metallic, 

Copper-red      to 

Greyish  black 

Comp.   gran.,  strongly 

pinchbeck-brown 

connected. 

19* 


222 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

107.       PRISMATIC     ANTIMONY- 
GLANCE. 

Prismatoidal  Copper  Glance.  M. 

3. 

5-73. 

108.   ||  POLYSPH^ERITE. 

M 

5-8. 

109.  1T||  SULPHATE  OF  LEAD,      C.  I.  p.  170. 

U 

6-2...6-4. 

110.  fi|[  MOLYBDATE  OF  LEAD.  C.  I.  p.  160. 

tt 

6-5...6-9. 

111.  l|  §  HERSHELITE.                     C.  I.  p.  196. 

3-0...3-5. 

2-1. 

112.   ||  POLYHALLITE. 
113.  fi  ANHYDRITE.                      C.  I.  p.  166. 

ft             It 

ft         (( 

2-7. 
2-7..  .3-1. 

114.  ||  §  WAGNERITE.                       C.  I.  p.  182. 
115.  fi  CELESTINE.                         C.  I.  p.  172. 

{(         if 

<t         (I 

3-1. 
36..4-0. 

116.   ||  ATACAMITE.                      C.  I.  p.  172. 

ft         ft 

4-0...4-3. 

117.  fi  HEAVY  SPAR,                    C.  I.  p.  172. 

ft         tf 

4-1.  ,.4-7. 

118.   B  HEDYPHANE, 
119.       WITHERITE.                        C.  I.  p.  172. 

120.  fi  WHITE  LEAD-ORE.           C.  I.  p.  172. 
121.   H  NATIVE  ANTIMONY. 

Khombohedral  Antimony*  M. 

ft         ft 

tf       « 
ft         ft 

tt         ft 

3-5. 

540. 
6-3...6-6. 

tt.         tt 
6-5..  .6-8. 

2-4. 

122.  fi||  GIBBSITE. 
Hydrate  of  Alumine, 

123.   I)  ROSELITE.                            C.  I.  p.  178. 
124.   ||  CARBONATE  OF  MANGANESE. 
C.  I.  p.  192. 

tt 
ft 

2-64. 
3-3...3-5. 

125.   ||  STRONTIANITE.                 C.  I.  p.  172. 
126.   ||  ZINKENITE.                        C.  I,  p.  196. 
Haidingerite.  Berthier. 
Berthierite.  Haidinger. 
127.   ||  NATIVE  ARSENIC. 
Native  Arsenic.  M, 

tt 
tt 

3-6...3-S. 

5-3. 
5-7..,5-8. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


223 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Metallic. 

Blackish   lead- 

Blackish  lead- 

Brittle.      Comp.    gran. 

grey- 

grey. 

strongly  connected. 

Greasy. 

Clove-  brown    and 

In  rounded  balls  made 

yellowish  grey. 

up  of  concentric  lay- 

ers. 

Ad.  to  res. 

Yellowish,    grey- 

White. 

Comp.  lamellar  :  often 

ish    or    greenish 

strongly  connected. 

white. 

Resinous. 

Wax-yellow. 

White. 

Comp.  gran.,  strongly 

coherent. 

White. 

Terminal  faces  of  the 

crystals  dull  &  curved. 

Fracture  conchoidal. 

Resinous. 

Grey  to  red. 

Composition  columnar. 

Vitreous. 

White,   or    tinged 

Greyish  white 

Translu.      Comp.  col., 

with  pink  or  blue. 

granular,     sometimes 

impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

Yellow. 

White. 

Translucent. 

Vitreous. 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Brittle.      Comp.   lam., 

blue. 

col.  and  gran. 

Vitreous. 

Grass  and  emerald 

Apple-green. 

Reniform.    Comp.  col., 

green. 

also    in    the    form   of 

sand. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Grey  to  blue,  yel- 

White. 

Glob,  and  reni.  shapes. 

low  and  white. 

Comp.    lam.    col.    or 

granular. 

Ad.  greasy. 

Greyish  -white. 

Comp.  gran,  and  impal. 

Vit.  or  res. 

White  or  yellow- 

White. 

Composition  columnar. 

ish  grey. 

Ad.  to  res. 

White  to  grey. 

Comp.  col.,  but  oftener 

gran.  :  rarely  impal. 

Metallic. 

Tin-white. 

Comp.  of  flat  grains  col- 

lected     into     curved 

lamellae,  or  granular. 

Feeble. 

Greyish  white. 

In  irregular  stalac.  and 

tuberous  masses. 

Comp.  col.   The  fibres 

Vitreous. 

White  or  pink. 

scarcely  perceptible. 
In  capil.  fibres,  having 

a  glob,  aggregation. 

Vitreous. 

Rose-red. 

White. 

Glob,  shapes.      Comp. 

gran.  col.  and  impal. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Greenish  white  & 

White. 

Comp.  col.,  divergent. 

yellowish  brown. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey. 

Steel-grey. 

Metallic. 

Tin-white  to  lead- 

Shining. 

In  reni.  and  stalactitic 

grey. 

shapes.     Composition 

gran,  and  impalpable. 

221 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS  III. 


1                                     Names. 

Hardness. 

Sp.  Grav. 

128.       ANTIMONIAL  SILVER. 

3-5. 
3-0...4-0. 

8-9.  ..10-0. 
2-S...2-9. 

129.  IF  MAGNESITE.                       C.  I.  p.  192. 

130.       FAHLERZ                              C.  I.  p.  156. 

tt       « 

4-4...5-2. 

131.  IT  RED  OXIDE  OF  COPPER.  C.  I.  p.  156. 

tt            t( 

3-5...4-0. 

5-6...6-0. 
20. 

132.   ||  PYRALLOLITE.                 C.  II.  p.  184. 

133.  TF  STILBITE.                             C.  I.  p.  166. 

(t          tt 

2-0...22. 

?  MESOLE.  Berzelius. 

(3-5.) 

(2-37.) 

134.  IF  HEULANDITE.                    C.  I.  p.  172. 

«c          « 

20..  .2-2. 

135.       WAVELLITE.                        C.  I.  p.  172. 

«    „ 

2-33. 

136.  IF  SCHILLER-SPAR. 
Diatomous  Schiller-Spar.  M. 

tt             tt 

2-6..  .2-8. 

137.   ||  KARPHOLITE. 

tt       «  p 

293. 

138.  IT  ARRAGONITE.                     C.  I.  p.  172. 

CC              (C 

2-6.  ..3-0. 

139.  ||  §  EUCHROITE.                        C.  I.  p.  172. 

(t         <( 

3-0. 

140.  ||  §  SCORODITE.                          C.  I.  p.  172. 

ft         « 

3-0..  .3-2. 

141.  ||  §  BROCHANTITE.                   C.  I.  p.  172. 
142.  IF  BLUE  MALACHITE.          C.  I.  p.  182. 

CC              (I 

It         It 

S7...39. 

143.  IF  GREEN  MALACHITE.       C.  I.  p.  182. 

tt         tt 

3-6..  .4-5. 

144.       SULPHURET  OF  MANGANESE. 

Hexdhedral  Glance-  Blende.  M. 
145.  IF  YELLOW  COPPER  PYRITES. 
C.  I.  p.  160. 

tt         tt 

4-01. 
4-1.  ..4-3. 

146.  IF  BLENDE,                               C,  I.  p.  158. 

tf         tt 

4'5...4-8. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


225 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Metallic. 

Silver  to  tin-  white. 

Silver-white. 

Composition  granular. 

Dull. 

Yellowish   or 

White. 

Comp.  impal.    adheres 

greyish  white. 

to  the  tongue. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey  to  iron- 

Brownish 

Comp.   gran.,  strongly 

black. 

grey  or  black 

connected:    often  im- 

palpable. 

Ad.  or  imper- 

Between cochi- 

Brownish red 

Brittle.      Comp.    gran. 

fect  met. 

neal-red   &  lead- 

and  shining. 

impalpable,  sometimes; 

grey. 

earthy. 

Res.  faint. 

Greenish  white. 

White. 

Composition  granular  : 

fracture  earthy. 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

White,  brown  and 

White. 

Implanted        globules. 

red. 

Comp.  imperfectly  col. 

&  strongly  cohering. 

(White.) 

(Implanted      globules. 

Comp.  broad   col.,  ra- 

diating from  a  centre.) 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

White,     red     and 

White. 

Comp.  gran,  of  various 

grey. 

sizes,  and  strongly  co- 

hering. 

Between 

White,  green,  yel- 

Implanted   globules  : 

pearly  &  vit. 

low  and  grey. 

composition   thin  col. 

and  radiating. 

Met.  pearly  & 
faintly  vit. 

Olive  and  blackish 
green  to  pinch- 

Greyish white 

Rather  sectile.    Comp. 
gran,  of  various  sizes. 

beck-brown. 

Silky. 

Bright   straw-yel- 

Comp. thin  col.   scopi- 

low. 

form  and  stellular. 

Vit.  to  res. 

White   to   yellow, 

Greyish  white 

Glob,    and    coraUoidal 

green  and  blue. 

shapes.      Comp.    col. 

delicate,    parallel,   or 

Vitreous. 

Emerald-green. 

Pale  apple  - 

divergent. 

green. 

Vit.,  resinous 

Leek-green  to  ol- 

White. 

Semi-transparent        to 

within. 

ive-green. 

translucent. 

Emerald-green. 

Transparent. 

Vit.,      almost 

Azure,  blackish,  & 

Streak  paler. 

Glob.   bot.   and   stalac. 

adamantine. 

Berlin-blue. 

Comp.      col.,     rarely 

granular. 

Ad.  to  vit. 

Grass,  emerald  & 

Streak  paler. 

Tuberose,  botryoidal  & 

verdigris-green. 

stalac.  shapes.    Comp. 

col.  rarely  impal. 

Imperfect 

Iron-black. 

Dark  green. 

Composition  granular. 

metallic. 

Metallic. 

Brass-yellow. 

Greenish 

Rather  sectile.     Comp. 

black, 

impalpable,    Fracture 

flat-conchoidal. 

Adamantine. 

Reddish  brown, 

White  to  red- 

Comp. curved  lain.  col. 

black,  yellow  and 

dish  brown. 

gran,  and  impal. 

green. 

226 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III, 


Names. 

Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

147.       ARSENiATE  OF  LEAD. 

C.  1.  p.  196. 

3-5..  4-0. 

50..  .6-4. 

148.  IF  PYROMORPHITE. 
149.  IT  GREEN  LEAD-ORE. 

C.  I.  p.  196. 
C.  I.  p.  198. 

C(             (( 

«              (C 

3-5..  .45. 
4-0. 

69..  .7-3. 
6-9..  .7-3  ? 

3-0..  .31. 
4-4..  .4  7. 

3-0..  .3-2. 

150.    ||  MARGARITE. 
J151.  1i   MAGNETIC  IRON  PYRITES. 
C.  I.  p.  198. 

152.  IT  DOLOMITE. 

C.  I.  p.  192. 

153.  IT  FLUOR. 
154.  ||  §  BARYTO-CALCITE. 

C.    .  p.  156. 
rC.    .  p.  184. 

« 

30  ..33. 
3-6. 

155.  ||§  LIBETHENITE. 
156   I)  §  LEVYNE. 
157.       TENNANTITE. 
!158.    ||  TIN-PYRITES. 
Sulphuret  of  Tin. 

C.    .  p.  172. 

C.    .  p.  188. 
C.    .  p.  156. 

C.  I.  p.  194. 

<C 

ft 

(C 

4-0..  .4-25 

36..  .38. 
42..  .4-4. 
4-35. 
36...S9. 

159.  IT  SPATHIC  IRON. 

160.       MANGANITE. 

C.  I.  p.  174 
C.  I.  p.  194 

tt        t( 
4-0..  .4-5. 

4-3. 
2-0..  .2-1. 

161.  IT  CHABASIE. 

162.    ||  OXAHEVRITE. 

C.  I.  p.  160. 

(C              (f 

cc         <c 

163.  §   PEGANITE. 
164.    ||  PYROSMALITE. 
Muriate  of  Iron. 

C.  I.  p.  178. 

(C              (C 

((         (( 

2-49. 
3-0. 

165.  IT  RHOMB  SPAR. 

C.  I.  p.  194 

,f         t( 

3-0...3-1. 

166.  IT  RED  OXIDE  OF  ZINC. 
Prismatic  Zinc  Ore.  M. 

«         <( 

5-4..  .5-5. 

167.  1T  TUNGSTEN. 
168.       NATIVE  PLATINA. 
Native  Platina.  M. 

C.  I.  p.  160. 

(f         (( 
11         (t 

4-5. 

6-0...6-1. 
16-0.  ..200. 

169.  ||  §  BEUDANTITE. 

170.   ||  HARMOTOME. 

C.  I.  p.  166. 

a 

2S...2-4. 

171.   ||  OSMELITE. 

2-7..  2-8. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


227 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Resinous. 

Hair-brown. 

Bot.      Comp.   col    and 

impalpable. 

Res.  and  dull. 

Brown, 

Greyish  white 

Comp.  col.  and  gran. 

Resinous. 

Green. 

Yellowish 

Comp.  col.  and  gran. 

white. 

Pearly. 

Pearl-grey  to 

White. 

Rather  brittle.     Comp. 

white. 

gran,  of  various  sizes. 

Metallic. 

Between    bronze- 

Dark  greyish 

Brittle.  Slight  action  on 

yellow   and  cop- 

black. 

the  magnetic  needle. 

Vit.  to  pearly. 

per-red. 
White,    grey   and 

White. 

Glob,  and  bot.  shapes. 

brown. 

Comp.  granular. 

Vitreous. 

Various. 

White. 

Brittle. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Greyish,  yellowish 

White. 

Transpa.  or  translu. 

or  greenish  white 

Resinous. 

Dark  olive-green. 

Olive-green. 

Translu.  on  the  edges. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

White. 

Semi-transparent. 

Metallic. 

Blackish  lead-grey 

Reddish  grey. 

Opake.  Brittle.    Comp. 

gran;  impalpable. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey     incli- 

Black. 

Comp.    gran,    strongly 

ning  to  yellow. 

coherent. 

Vit.  inclining 

Yellowish  grey  •& 

White. 

Brittle.       Comp.    col., 

to  pearly. 

reddish-brown. 

gran,  and  impal. 

Imperfect 

Brownish  black  in- 

Reddish 

Minute  splinters  trans- 

metallic. 

clining    to    iron- 

brown. 

lucent.      Comp.    col., 

black. 

rarely  granular. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

Semi-transpa.      Comp. 

granular. 

Vitreous  ? 

Light  grey,  green 

Composition  granular. 

&  reddish  brown. 

Vit.,   greasy 

Emerald,  pistachio 

White. 

Transparent  or  translu. 

within. 

and  grass-green. 

Pearly. 

Grey  and  green. 

White. 

Comp.    lam.       Rather 

brittle 

Vitreous. 

Green,  white  and 

Greyish  white 

Translu.      Comp.    col. 

brown. 

and  granular. 

Adamantine. 

Blood-red. 

Orange-yel- 

Comp. gran.,  strongly 

low. 

connected. 

Vit.  to  ad. 

White  and  yellow- 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

ish  white. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey. 

In  small  rolled  masses. 

Greasy. 

Black. 

Greenish  grey 

Crystals     small,      and 

closely  aggregated. 

Vitreous. 

White,  passing  to 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

yellow  and  red. 

Vit.  &  pearly. 

Greyish  white  and 

Translu.      Comp.  col., 

brown. 

in  thin  fibres,  stellu- 

larly  arranged  ;  when 

moist,  emits  an  earthy 

odor. 

228 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

(Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

172.  IT  ||  NATIVE  IRON. 

C.  I.  p.  156. 
C.  II.  p.  208. 

4-5. 
4-0..  .5-0. 

«         tt 

7-4..  .7-8. 

25. 

2-8. 

173.   ||  KARPHOSIDERITE. 
i74.  IT  TABULAR  SPAR. 

175.  IT  BRONZITE. 

C.  II.  p.  206. 

tt            tt 

3-2. 

176.       APOPHYLLITE. 

C.  I.  p.  164. 

4-5..  .50. 

2-2..  .2-5. 

177.  ||  §  TURNERITE. 

C.  I.  p.  184. 

a       tt 

178.    [|  ERINITE. 
179.   [|  HYDROUS  PHOSPHATE  OF  COP- 
PER.                                  C.  I.  p.  180. 

it      (t 

(C              ft 

5-0. 

4-04. 
4-2. 
237 

180.       THOMSON1TE. 

C.  I.  p.  164. 

181.  ||  §  POONHALITE. 

C.  I.  p.  174. 

ft 

182.       ALUM  STONE. 

C.  I.  p.  194. 

« 

2-5..  .2-8. 

183.  ||  §  HERDERITE. 

C.  I.  p.  188. 

« 

2-9. 

184.  IT  APATITE. 

C.  I.  p.  198. 

H 

333. 

185.  ||  §  DIOPTASE. 

C.  I.  p.  194. 

M 

32..  .3-4. 

186.  If  CALAM1NE. 

C.  I.  p.  194. 

50...5-25. 

4-1.  ..45. 

187.  IT  ELECTRIC  CALAMINE 

C.  I.  p.  174. 

6-0. 

3-3...S-6. 

188.  ||  §  PYROCHLOR. 

C.  I.  p.  156. 
C.  I.  p.  174. 

4-5...55. 
5-0...5-5. 

42. 
20..  .2-3. 

189.  IT  MESOTYPE. 

190.  ||  §  COMPTONITE. 
191.  ||  §  BREWSTERITE. 

C.J.  p.  166. 
C.  I.  p.  178. 

t(       tt 
tt       tt 

2-1.  ..2-2. 

192.  IT  SCAPOLITE. 

C.  I.  p.  164. 

tt      tt 

2-6..  .2-7. 

193.  ||  §  EUDYALITE. 
194.  IT  DATHOL1TE. 

C.  I.  p.  188. 
C.  I.  p.  174. 

it        te 
tt        tt 

2-89. 
2-9...3-0. 

195.   ||  BOTRYOL1TE. 

tt           tt 

tt       tt  ? 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


Lustre. 

Color.                   Streak.         Various  Observations. 

Metallic. 

C  In  delicate  radiating 

Vitreous. 

Straw-yellow. 

I  fibres. 

Vitreous. 

White  tinged  with 

Comp.  lam.,  longish  & 

grey  and  red. 

strongly  coherent. 

Met.  pearly. 

Leek-green,  hair- 

Like  the  color 

Comp.  gran.  ;    but  of 

brown  and  grey. 

tener  lam.,  sometime? 

affording   a   metalloid 

appearance. 

Vitreous. 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Brittle.     Comp.  lam. 

blue  and  red. 

Adamantine. 

Yellow,   inclining 

White. 

Transpa.  cr  translu. 

to  brown. 

Res.  almost 

Emerald  or  grass- 

t'ahr  than  the 

fn  small  crested  aggre- 

dull. 

green. 

color. 

gations. 

Ad.,  inclining 

Emerald  or  verdi- 

Pale green. 

In  reni.  masses.  Comp. 

to  vitreous. 

gris-green. 

imperfect  col. 

Vit.  inclining 

White. 

Transpa.     or     translu. 

to  peaily. 

Comp.  columar. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

Transparent.        Comp. 

col.  radiating. 

Vitreous. 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Comp.  small  gran.,   of- 

red &  gi'ey. 

ten  impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

Yellowish    and 

White. 

Strongly  translucent. 

greenish  white. 

Vitreous. 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

various  colors. 

Vit.  inclining 

Emerald  &  black- 

Green. 

Transparent,  or  trans- 

to resinous. 

ish  green. 

lucent. 

Vit.  inclining 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Glob,  and  bot.  shapes. 

to  ad. 

yellow,  green  & 

cornp.  col.,  gran.  &  irn- 

» 

blue. 

pal.  Strongly  cohering. 

Vit.  inclining 

White  tinged  with 

White. 

Stalac.    and     imitative 

to  pearly. 

grey,  green  or 

• 

shapes.    Comp.  gran.. 

brown. 

sometimes  impal. 

Vit.  to  ad. 

Reddish  brown. 

Clear  brown. 

Opake. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

White. 

Glob,    shapes;     comp. 

col  .  delicate,  radiating. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

White. 

Transparent. 

Vitreous. 

White   to  yellow- 

Transparent and  trans- 

ish grey. 

lucent. 

Vit.  inclining 

White     to     grey, 

Greyish  white 

Comp.  gran,  and  impal.: 

to    res.    and 

green,    red,   and 

individuals      strongly 

pearly. 

blue. 

coherent. 

Vitreous. 

Brownish-red. 

White. 

Translu.  on  the  edges. 

Vitreous. 

W^hite  to  green  & 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

yellow. 

Vitreous. 

Greyish  white. 

White. 

In  bot.  shapes  of  very 

thin  individuals. 

230 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS 


Names. 

Hardness.j  Sp.  Grav. 

196. 

||  LAZULITE.                            C.  I.  p.  174 

5-0..  .5-5. 

2-9..  .3-0. 

197.  IT  ANTHOPHYLLITE.           C.  I.  p.  184 

tt       t. 

30...3-3. 

198. 

|l  DIASPORE.                            C.  I.  p.  184 

a       ft 

3-43, 

199.  If  SPHENE.                                 C.  I.  p.  182 

tt       tt 

S-4...4-4. 

200.  U  MANGANESE  SPAR. 

Siliceous  Oxide  of  Manganese.  Phillips 
Rubinspath.  Hydropite,  Rhodonite,  Pho 

tizite,  Hornmangar.  Jascheand.  Germar 

tt       tt 

3-5..  .3-6. 

201.  U  RBOWN  IRON  ORE.          C.  I.  p.  174 

Brown  Hematite.    Compact  Clay-iron 

stone.     Pea-ore. 

tt       tt 

3S...4-2. 

202.  IT  PHOSPHATE  OF  MANGANESE. 

tt       tt 

34...S-7. 

?  HURAUL.ITE. 

("       "  ) 

(2-27.) 

?  HETEPOSITE. 

("       "  ) 

(3-5.) 

203. 

|  CRICHTONITE.                   C.  I.  p.  190 

(t       tt 

4-6...4-7. 

204. 

ILMEN1TE.                            C.I.  p.  194 

Menakenite  ? 

Iserine  ? 

tt       tt 

4-6...4-7. 

205. 

|  BLACK  MANGANESE.      C.  I.  p.  160 

tt       tt 

4-7...4-S. 

206. 

|  NICKELIFEROUS  GREY  ANTI- 

MONY. 

tt       tt 

6-45. 

207.  IT  WOLFRAM.                           C.  I.  p.  178 

tt       tt 

7-1...7-4. 

208.  TT  ARSENICAL  IRON  PYRITES. 

C.  I.  p.  174 

tt       tt  ' 

7-2. 

209. 

COPPER  NICKEL. 

Prismatic  Nickel  Pyrites.  M. 

Arsenical  Nickel.  Phillips. 

tt       tt 

7-S...7-7. 

210.  IT  ANALCIME.                          C.  I.  p.  154 

5.5. 

2  0...2-2. 

211.   | 

GLAUCOLITE. 

tt 

2-7...2-9. 

212.    | 

LATROBITE.                          C.  I.  p.  186 

tt 

2-7...2-S. 

213.  || 

§  AMBLYGONITE.                 C.  I.  p.  184. 

ft 

2-9..  .3-0. 

214. 

SAUSSURITE. 

Jade.    Saussure.       Dyskolite.    JBrei- 

thaupt.     Variolite.   Werner. 

ft 

32...3S. 

215.  1T  TROOSTITE.                         C.  I.  p.  154. 

ct 

4-0...4-1. 

216.  IT  CHROMATE  OF  IRON.      C.  I.  p.  158. 

tt 

4-4...4-S. 

CHARACTERS    OF    THE    SPECIES. 


231 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Vitreous. 

Azure-blue. 

White. 

Comp.  granular,strong- 

ly  connected. 

Pearly  inclin- 

Yellowish grey  & 

White. 

Composition  columnar, 

ing  to  met. 

clove-brown. 

divergent. 

Vitreous. 

Greenish  grey. 

Comp.  lam.  curved. 

Adamantine 

Brown,   yellow, 

White. 

Composition     granular 

to  resinous. 

grey  and  green. 

or  lamellar. 

Vitreous. 

Rose-  red,   brown- 

WThite. 

Comp.    columnar,    of- 

ish  red. 

tener  gran.  &  impai.: 

strongly  cohering. 

Adamantine. 

Brown. 

Yellowish 

Glob,  and  stalac.  shapes, 

brown. 

comp.  col.  or  impal. 

Res.  inclining 

Blackish  brown. 

Yellowish 

Composition  lamellar. 

to  ad. 

grey. 

(Vitreous  ?) 

(Reddish.) 

(Greasy.) 

(Greenish  or  bluish 

(After  exposure   to  the 

grey.) 

air  its  color  is  violet) 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Imperfect 

Dark  Iron-black. 

Black. 

Comp.  lam.  or  impal. 

metallic. 

Imperfect 

Brownish  black. 

Reddish 

Comp.  granular,  finely 

metallic. 

brown. 

connected. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey   to  sil- 

Brittle. 

ver-white. 

Met.  ad. 

Brownish  black. 

Reddish 

Comp.  lam.  and  impal. 

brown. 

Metallic. 

Silver-white  to 

Greyish  black 

Comp.   col.   divergent. 

steel-grey. 

also  granular. 

Metallic. 

Copper-red. 

Brownish 

Comp.  impal. 

black. 

Vitreous. 

White  to  grey  and 

White. 

Composition    granular, 

flesh-red. 

strongly  cohering. 

Vitreous. 

Lavender-blue,  to 

Fracture  splintery  and 

green. 

uneven. 

Vitreous. 

Pale  rose-red. 

White. 

Vit.  inclining 

Greenish  white. 

White. 

Translucent. 

to  pearly. 

Pearly  to  vit. 

White    to    moun- 

White. 

Comp.  gran,  to  impal. 

tain-green. 

strongly  cohering. 

Frac.    uneven,  splin- 

tery. 

Vitreous. 

Greenish  &  grey- 

White. 

Semi-transparent. 

ish  white. 

Composition  granular. 

Imperfect 

Between  iron   and 

Brown. 

Composition  granular: 

metallic. 

brownish  black. 

strongly  connected. 

232 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

Hardness. 

Sp.  Grav. 

217. 

||  CERITE. 

Uncleavable  Cerium-Ore.  M. 

Cerine.  Berzelius. 

5-5. 

49. 

218. 

NICKEL  GLANCE. 

« 

6-0. 

219. 

BRIGHT   WHITE  COBALT. 

C.I.  p.  154. 

M 

6-1...6-3. 

220. 

||  PITCHBLENDE. 

Uncleavable  Uranium-  Ore.  M. 

cc 

6-4..  .66. 

221. 

If  BOLTONITE. 

Bi  -silicate  of  Magnesia.    Thomson. 

5-0...6-0. 

2-S...2-9. 

222. 

IT  HORNBLENDE.                   C.  1.  p.  184, 

Asbestus    (in  part).     Amianthoid.    Per- 

thite.  Thomson.     Hydrous  Anlhophyl- 
lite.   Thomson. 

cc          cc 

2S...32. 

223. 

||  §  ARFVEDSONITE.                C.  I.  p.  184. 

cc          cc 

2-8.  ..3-2. 

224. 

1F  PYROXENE.                         C.  I.  p.  182. 

Asbestus  (in  part).    Mussite. 

cc          it 

32...S-5. 

225. 

PSILOMELANE. 

Uncleavable  Manganese-  Ore.  Hai- 

dinger. 

CC              (C 

4-1...4-2. 

226. 

||  SODALITE.                            C.  I.  p.  158. 

5-5-...6-0. 

22..  .2-3. 

227. 

||  §  BROOKITE. 

(6             CC 

228. 

LEUCITE.                              C.  I.  p.  154. 

CC              CC 

2-4..  .2-5. 

229. 

§  WILLEMITE.                        C.  I.  p.  196. 

CC              CC     ? 

230. 

||  §  BABBINGTONITE.              C.  I.  p.  184. 

CC              CC 

231. 

ISOPYRE. 

CC              CC 

232. 

||  ELAOLITE. 

CC              CC 

2-5..  .2-6. 

233. 

BLUE  SPAR. 

Prism  atoidal  Azure-Spar.  M. 

Blue  Feldspar.  Phillips. 

«C              CC 

3-0...3-1. 

234. 
235. 

||  GEHLENITE.                        C.  I.  p.  166. 
||  BROOKITE:                            C.  I.  p.  174. 

CC              CC 

236. 

||  §  ANATASE.                              C.I.  p.  160. 

CC              CC 

3-S...3-9. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


333 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Adamantine. 

Between      clove- 

White. 

Comp.  gran.  &  impal. 

brown  and  cher- 

ry-red. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey. 

Metallic. 

Tin-white  to  steel- 

Greyish-black 

Comp.  gran.,  small  and 

grey. 

strongly  connected. 

Imperfect 

Greyish,   iron,    or 

Black. 

Comp.  gran.  &  impal. 

metallic. 

greenish  black. 

Vitreous. 

Greyish  white  and 

\Vhite. 

Composition  granular. 

yellowish  grey. 

Vitreous. 

Green,  brown  and 

Comp.  gran,   and  col.  : 

black. 

individuals  long,  par- 

allel and  diverging. 

Vitreous  ? 

Black. 

Vitreous. 

Green  inclining  to 

Comp.  lam.  and  gran. 

brown  and  black. 

imperfect 

Bluish  and   grey- 

Brownish- 

Opake.      Reni.,  bot.  & 

metallic. 

ish  black. 

black.     Shi- 

fiuticose. Comp.  gran. 

ning. 

col.  and  impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

White,  grey, 

Com  p.  gran.,  impal. 

greenish  white, 

azure-blue. 

Met.  ad. 

Hair-brown,    yel- 

low  arid   reddish 

tints. 

Vitreous. 

Ash.-grey,  with    a 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

reddish  and  yel- 

lowish tinge. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

Transparent. 

Vitreous. 

Black. 

Vitreous. 

Greyish-black  and 

Greenish- 

Tracture  conch  oidal. 

velvet-black. 

grey. 

Resinous. 

Duck-blue,  green, 

White. 

Translucent.     Frac. 

red  and  brown. 

conchoidal. 

Vitreous. 

Smalt-blue. 

White. 

Composition  granularin 

large  individuals. 

Res.  to  vit. 

Grey  and  greyish- 

White. 

yellow. 

Met.  ad. 

Ht  air-  brown. 

fellowish- 

Translucent  to  Opake. 

white. 

Brittle. 

Met.  ad. 

Dark-brown  and 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

indigo-blue. 

' 

234 


CHARACTERISTIC- 


CLASS    111. 


Names. 

Hardness. 
5-5..  .6-0. 

Sp.  Grav. 

237.  IT  ||  YENITE.                                  C.I.  p.  174. 

3-8..  .4-1. 

238.  ||  §  FERGUSONITE.                   C.  I.  p.  164. 

tt            tt 

5-8. 

239.  IT  MISPECKEL.                         C.  I.  p.  176. 

t«        « 

6-0. 

5-7...6-2. 
2-S...2-6. 

240.  IT  FELDSPAR.                          C.  I.  p.  186. 

241.   ||  NEPHELINE.                       C.  I.  p.  198. 
242.       PERIKLIN.                            C.  I.  p.  186. 

tt 
(( 

tt         tf 
2-54...2-56. 

243.  11  ALBITE.                                 C.  I.  p.  186. 

t( 

2-6...2-6S. 

244.       ANORTHITE.                        C.  I.  p.  186. 
245.  IT  LABRADORITE.                   C.  I.  p.  186. 
Indianite.  Bournon. 

tt 
tt 

2-6...2-7. 
2-69...2-76. 

246.   ||  TURQUOISE. 
Calaite.  Agaphite  and  Johnite.  Fischer. 

tt 

2-8...3-0. 

247.  TF  HYPERSTHENE.               C.  II.  p.  206. 

tt 

3-38. 

248.  H  FOWLERITE.                        C.  I.  p.  186. 

tt 

3-5..  .3-8. 

249.  ||  ALLANITE.                          C.  I.  p.  180. 

tt 

4-0. 

250.  1T||  COLUMBITE.                        C.  I.  p.  166. 

tt 

5-5...6-S. 

(C            tt 

6-0...6-3. 

1-9...2-2. 
4-S...5-3. 

251.  TT  OPAL. 
Uncleavable  quartz.  M. 
Hyalite.  Hydrophane.  Menilite. 
Cacholong.  Siliceous  Sinter.  Chlo- 
ropal.  Sernhardi.     Fiorite.  Thomson. 
252.  IT  SPECULAR  IRON.              C.  I.  p.  190. 
Compact  red  Iron-ore.     Scaly  red  Iron- 
ore.     Clay  Ironrore.     Reddle.   Jaspery 
Iron-ore.      Columnar    and    Lenticular 
Iron-ore. 

253.  IT  MAGNETIC  IRON-ORE.    C.  I.  p.  155. 

tt         tt 

6-0...65. 

tt      tt 
2-4...2-5. 

254.  IT  PETALITE. 
Prismatic  Petaline  Spar.  M. 

255.      FAHLUNITE.                      C.  I.  p.  176. 

tt      tt 

2-6...2-7. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


235 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations,  j 

Imperfect 

Greenish  to  iron- 

Black. 

Gomp.    col.,    thin   and 

metallic. 

black. 

straight:  also  granular 

and  impalpable. 

Imperfect 

Brownish-black. 

Pale  -brown. 

metallic. 

Metallic. 

Silver-  white  to 

Greyish- 

Comp.  col.,  straight  or 

steel-grey. 

black. 

divergent,  and  impal. 

Vitreous. 

White,  grey,  red, 

White. 

Comp.  lam.,  gran,  and 

and  green. 

impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

Vitreous. 

White,  tinged  with 

White. 

Comp.  gran,  and  lam. 

red. 

Vit.  inclining 

White  to  grey,  red 

White. 

Comp.  lamellar,  rarely 

to  pearly. 

and  green. 

granular. 

Vitreous. 

White. 

White. 

Translu.     Comp.   lam. 

Semi-transparent. 

Vit.  with  iri- 

Greyish and  green- 

White. 

Comp.   gran.  :   individ- 

descent  tints. 

ish-white,   and 

als   of   various   sizes, 

bluish-black. 

strongly  cohering. 

Blue  to  green. 

White. 

Comp.    impal.       Frac. 

conchoidal. 

Met.  pearly. 

Greyish  or  green- 

Greenish- 

Composition  gran,  of 

ish-black.    ' 

grey. 

considerable  size. 

Vitreous. 

Rose-red. 

White. 

Composition  granular, 

individuals  large. 

Imperfect 

Brownish  or 

Greenish- 

Composition  lamellar. 

metallic. 

greenish-black. 

grey. 

Imperfect 

Iron-black. 

Brownish- 

Composition  granular. 

metallic. 

black. 

Vitreous. 

Various  :    play  of 

White. 

Reni.  and  bot.  shapes. 

colors  in  some. 

Comp.  impalpable. 

Frac.  conchoidal. 

Metallic. 

Steel-grey  and 

Reddish- 

Opake.       Glob.,   reni., 

iron-black. 

brown. 

bot.  &  stalac.  shapes. 

Comp.  col.,  gran,  and 

impalpable. 

Metallic. 

Iron-black. 

Black. 

Opake.       Comp.  gran. 

and  impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

White  with  a  tinge 

Comp.  col.   and  impal. 

of  pink  or  blue. 

strongly  coherent. 

Vitreous. 

Green,  brown,  & 

Greyish  white 

Comp.  impalpable. 

black 

236 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS   III. 


Names. 

Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

256.  ||  §  HELVJN. 

C.  I.  p.  156 

6-0.  ..6-5. 

3-1.  ..33. 

257.  IF  WHITE  IRON  PYRITES 

.  C.  I.  p.  176 

«       <« 

46...4-9. 

258.  1F  BRAUNITE. 

C.  I.  p.  162 

f<       tt 

4-8. 

259.  11  IRON  PYRITES. 

C.  I.  p.  154 

((            CC 

4-9..  .5-0. 

'260.   ||  MOHSITE. 

C.  I.  p.  190 

.<         CC 

261.  IF  FRANKLINITE. 

C.  I.  p.  158 

((         ft 

5-0...5-1. 

262.  IF  BRLTCITE. 

Chondrodite.  d'Ohrson. 

6-5. 

3-1. 

263.  TF  IDOCRASE.    . 

C.  I.  p.  164 

(t 

3-1.  ..3-4. 

264.  IF  RUTILE. 

C.  I.  p.  164 

Nigrine  ? 

cc 

4-2..  .4-4. 

265.   ||  OSTRANITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176 

it 

4-S...4-4. 

266.  ||  §  POLYMIGNITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176 

(t 

4-8. 

267.   ||  YTTRO-TANTALITE. 

(( 

5-39. 

268.  IT  KYANITE. 

C.  I.  p.  188. 

5-0...7-0. 

S-6...3-7. 

269.       PITCH  STONE. 

Empyrodox  Quartz.  M.  Obsidian.  Wer- 

ner. Sphaerulite.  Werner 

.  Pearl-stone. 

Werner.  Marekanite.  Kirwan.  Pseudo- 

Chrysolite.     Klaproth.   Pumice  Stone. 

Werner. 

6-0..  .7-0. 

2-2..  2-4^ 

270.  IF  PREHNITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 

CC              CC 

2-8..  .3-0. 

271.  IF  NEPHRITE. 

Jade.  Haiiy. 

CC              (C 

2-9...3-0. 

272.  IF  EPIDOTE. 

C.  I.  p.  180. 

CC              CC 

32..  .3-5. 

273.  IF  TIN-ORE. 

C.  I.  p.  160. 

CC             CC 

6-3..  .7-1. 

274.   ||  AXINITE. 

C.  I.  p.  188. 

6-5..  .7-0. 

22..  .2-4. 

275.  ||  §  HUMITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 

CC             .C 

2-0..  .3-0. 

276.  IF  SPODUMENE. 

C.  II.  p.  206. 

CC             CC 

3-0..  .3-1. 

277.       PERIDOT. 

C.I.  p.  166. 

CC             CC 

3-S...3-8. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


237 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak. 

Various  Observations. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Yellow,  or  green- 

White. 

ish-grey. 

Metallic. 

Bronze-yellow. 

Greyish  black 

Glob.  &  stalac.  shapes.! 

Comp.  columnar. 

[mperfect 

Dark  brownish- 

Dark   brown- 

Comp. gran.,  individu- 

metallic. 

black. 

ish-black. 

als  strongly  coherent. 

Metallic. 

Bronze-yellow. 

Brownish- 

Comp.  gran,  sometimes 

black. 

impalpable. 

Metallic. 

'ron-black. 

Brittle. 

Metallic. 

iron-black. 

Dark  brown. 

Composition  granular. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Yellow  to  red  and 

White. 

Composition  granular. 

brown. 

Vit.  to  res. 

frown,  green  and 

White.             jComposition  columnar.' 

yellow. 

Met.  ad. 

[{eddish-brown. 

Pale  brown. 

Composition  granular, 

strongly  connected. 

Vitreous. 

Liver-brown. 

Pale  brown. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Metallic. 

Black. 

Brown. 

Fracture  conchoidal. 

[mperfect 

Black. 

Grey. 

Composition  granular. 

metallic. 

Pearly  incli- 

White, tinged  with 

White. 

Comp.  broad  col. 

ning  to  vit. 

blue  &  green. 

' 

Vit.  and  res. 

Black,  brown,  red, 

White. 

Comp.  gran.,  strongly 

yellow,  green, 

connected  ;  often  im- 

grey  and  white. 

pal.     Frac.  uneven  & 

conchoidal. 

Vitreous. 

Various  shades  of 

White. 

In  reni.  &  glob,  shapes. 

green. 

composition  granular, 

strongly  coherent. 

Dull. 

Leek-green  to 

White. 

Comp.  impal.,  very 

white. 

tough. 

Vitreous. 

Green  and  grey. 

White. 

Composition  granular, 

rarely  impalpable. 

Adamantine. 

Grey,  yellow,  red, 

Pale  grey. 

Cornp.  col.  divergent; 

brown  &  black. 

also  gran,  and  impal. 

Vitreous. 

Clove-brown. 

White. 

Comp.  lamellar,  rarely 

* 

gran,  and  impalpable. 

Vitreous. 

Yellow  to  reddish  - 

Transpa.  to  translu. 

brown. 

Pearly  &  vit. 

White,  greyish, 

White. 

Composition  lamellar, 

greenish  and  red- 

individuals large. 

dish-white. 

Vitreous. 

Various  shades  oi 

White. 

Comp.  gran.,  individu- 

green. 

als  easily  separated. 

238 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names. 

Hardness 

Sp.  Grav. 

278.   ||  GADOLINITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 
C.  I.  p.  160. 

6-5..  .7-0. 
6-5.  ..7-5. 

7-0. 

4-0..  .4-3. 
3-5..  .4-3. 

2-5..  .2-7. 

279.  IT  GARNET. 

280.  11  QUARTZ.                                C.  I.  p.  196. 
Rose  Quartz.    Prase.    Siderite.    Horn- 
stone.  Lydian  Stone.  Flint.  Chalcedony. 
Carnelian.    Jasper.    Agate.    Heliotrope. 
Chrysoprase.   Plasma.  Swimming-stone. 

281.  ||  §  BORACITE. 

C.  I.  p.  156. 
C.  I.  p.  198. 

M 

7-0..  .7-5. 

2-8.  ..3-0. 
2-5..  .2-6. 

282.  IF  IOLITE. 

283.  IT  TOURMALINE. 

C.  I.  p.  196. 

(i       tt 

3-0..  .32. 

284.  TF§  STAUROTIDE. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 
C.  I.  p.  166. 

tt       tt 
75. 

33..  .3-9. 

285.  U§GISMONDIN. 

286.  IT  §  ZIRCON. 

C.  1.  p.  162. 
C.  I.  p.  180. 

tt 
tt 

4-5.  ..4-7. 
2-9..  .3-1. 

287.  ||  §  EUCLASE. 

288.  IT  ANDALUSITE. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 

tt 

3-0..  .3-02. 

289.1T||§DYSLUITE. 

C.  I.  p.  158. 
C.  I.  p.  198. 

tt 
7-5...8-0. 

4-0..  .4-6. 
2-6..  .2-8. 

290.  IT  BERYL. 

291.  IT  SILLIMANITE. 
292.  IT  FIBROL1TE. 
Bucholzite.  Brandes 

C.  I.  p.  184. 
C.  I.  p.  184. 

t(       tt 
tt       a 

32. 

293.  IF  TOPAZ. 

C.  I.  p.  176. 

8-0. 

3-4..  .4-6. 

294.  1F§  SPINELLE. 

C.  I.  p.  158. 

(C 

35...S-8. 

295.  IF  AUTOMALITE. 

C.  I.  p.  158. 
C.  I.  p.  168 
C.  I.  p.  190. 
C.  I.  p.  188. 

(C 

8-5. 
9-0. 
10-0. 

4-1.  ..4-3. 
3-6..  .3-8. 
3-9..  .4-05. 
3'4"-3-6. 

296.  IT  §  CHRYSOBERYL. 

297.  IF  CORUNDUM. 

298.  §   DIAMOND. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


239 


Lustre. 

Color. 

Streak.     v 

Various  Observations. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Dark  greenish- 

Greenish- 

l*omp.    impal.       Frac. 

black. 

grey. 

conchoidal. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Various  shades  of 

White. 

Comp.  gran,  and  impal. 

brown,  green,  & 

red. 

Vitreous. 

White,  blue,  red, 

White. 

Comp.  col.,  gran,  and 

brown  &  green. 

impalpable. 

Vit.  to  ad. 

White,  grey,  yel- 

White. 

{Comp.  fine  gran,  and 

low,  and  green. 

strongly  connected  : 

Vitreous. 

Shades  of  blue  & 

White. 

generally  exhibits 

black. 

dichroisin. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Brown,  blue, 

White. 

Composition  columnar. 

green,   red,  yel- 

low and  black. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Reddish-brown. 

White. 

Adamantine. 

White,  smalt-blue, 

pearl-grey   and 

rose-red. 

Adamantine. 

Red,  brown,  yel- 

White. 

low,    grey   and 

white. 

Vitreous. 

Mountain-green, 

White. 

or  pale  blue. 

Vitreous. 

Flesh-red  and 

White. 

Comp.  col.  and  gran. 

pearl-grey. 

Vitreous, 

Yellowish-brown. 

Paler  than 

the  color. 

Vitreous. 

Green,  blue,  yel- 

White. 

Comp.  large  granular. 

low  and  while. 

Vit.  to  ad. 

Hair-  brown  to 

White. 

Composition  columnar: 

greyish-white. 

in  thin  fibres. 

Vitreous. 

Greyish-  white. 

White. 

Comp,   col.  in   thin  fi- 

bres, curved  &,  strong- 

ly connected. 

Vitreous. 

White,  yellow, 

White. 

Comp.    columnar,    and 

green  and  bluish. 

easily  overcome. 

Vitreous. 

Red,  blue,  green, 

White. 

and  black. 

Vit.  to  res. 

Dirty-green,  black 

White. 

Composition  granular, 

and  blue. 

easily  overcome. 

Vitreous. 

Olive-green  and 

White. 

yellowish-  white. 

Vitreous. 

Blue,  red,  brown, 

White. 

Composition  granular, 

grey  and  white. 

often  impalpable. 

240 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


Names.                                       Hardness   Sp.  Grav. 

APPENDIX. 

(Consisting  of  species  whose  hardness  has 
not  been  ascertained.) 
A.  |]  §  BUCKLANDITE.                  C.  I.  p.  182. 

B.  ||  §  CAPILLARY  PYRITES.     C.  I.  p.  198. 

II.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Sp.  Grav. 

1.  IT  BITUMEN.  C.  III.  Ord.  I.  p.  212. 

Mineral-oil.     Naphtha. 

2.  IT  WATER. 
Atmospheric  Water.  M. 
3.  1T  SULPHURIC  ACID. 
Sulphuric  Add.  M. 
4.      NATIVE  MERCURY. 
Native  Mercury.  M. 

0-7..  .0-83. 

1-0. 
1-1.  ..1-8. 
13-581. 

III.  ORDER. 

Names. 

Sp.  Grav. 

1.  IT  HYDROGEN. 
Pure  Hydrogen-gas.  M. 
2.  IT  CARBURETTED  HYDROGEN. 
Empyreumatic  Hydrogen-gas.    M. 
3.  IT  NITROGEN. 
Azote. 
4.  IT  ATMOSPHERIC  AIR. 
Atmospheric  air.  M. 
5.  IT  OXYGEN. 
6.  IT  SULPHURETTED   HYDRO- 
GEN. 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen-gas.  M. 

0-069. 
0-555. 
0-969. 

1-000. 
Mil. 

1-1805. 

CHARACTERS  OF  THE  SPECIES. 


241 


Lustre, 

Color, 

c 
I 

Various  Observations. 

Metallic. 

Dark-brown, 
nearly  black. 
Brass-yellow  to 
bronze-yellow  & 
steel-grey. 

pake.     (It  resembles 
Augite.) 
n  delicate,  capillary 
crystals. 

LIQUIDS. 

Color. 

Taste. 

Various  observations. 

Yellowish   or  reddish 
brown  to  black. 

Odor,   peculiar. 
Transparent    to 
opake. 

Colorless. 

Tasteless. 

Colorless. 

Intensely  acid. 

Tin  white. 

Tasteless. 

Lustre  metallic. 

GASES. 

Odor. 

Taste. 

Various  observations. 

Peculiar. 

Tasteless. 

Empyreumatic. 

Tasteless. 

Odorless. 

Tasteless. 

Odorless. 
Odorless. 

Tasteless. 
Tasteless. 

Respirable. 
Respirable. 

Strongly  fetid,  like  rot- 
ten eggs. 

242 


CHARACTERISTIC. 


CLASS    III. 


T3              .                                «T3 

"3    rs              *s 

o 

co          o                           cd 

.^            CO                                          .^ 

75 

-a 

"73     ,^r*                "S 

S'rt          S      S 

-*->      ^          •*-*      -2 

5        ^               H        nS 

^3 

Q 

bJO 

s 

.S 
•              »                  K^J            G 

^=J                   0)                              i                r^ 

D             b/D                                    nr 

o       c          T:      _S 

cu         3              co        r± 

PH       O,             O       J 

£ 

*   .          .             06 

u 

^       i>            o 

i 

O 

00          G^                 t*          G^ 

G£* 

»—  <             i-H                      i—  I             (f^ 

6    *' 

« 

.Q       § 

•«'       rs  o     ico  -"s 

.§  .dH  £*y 

!§t 

loi'io^g     ^w^ 
^S^il^B     grt^ 

H^ogooffi^^Dco 
SH    ^    JLO    SCL^^SH    § 

|ilsilgJ§i 

g^agag    S|« 

*>               00         Ci               O 

T-H 

IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS.  243 


ALPHABETICAL    LIST    OF    PROPOSED    SPECIES  WHICH    ARE 
NOT    YET    FULLY    ESTABLISHED.* 


AESCHYRITE.     Sp.  Gr.  above  4.  ?  Color  blackish. 

ARSENICAL  ANTIMONY  GLANCE.     H.  2-0...3-0.     Sp.   Gr.  6-2.    L. 

pale  vit.     C.  tin-white. 
ARSENICAL  BISMUTH,  Werner.     Soft.     Heavy.     C.  dark  hair-brown. 

L.  res. 
ARSENIC  GLANCE,  Breit.     H.  2-0.     Sp.  Gr.  5-2...5-S.     C.  lead-grey. 

Compact. 

B. 

BISMUTH  BLENDE,  Breit. 

BISMUTH  COBALT-ORE.  H.  4-0.. .5-0?  Sp.  Gr.  4-5.. .4-7.  L.  met. 
C.  lead  or  steel-grey. 

BISMUTHIC  SILVER.  Soft.  Sectile.  L.  met.  C.  light  lead-grey 
In  acicular  crystals,  massive  and  compact. 

BREISKLAKITE,  Monticelli.  In  delicate,  reddish  brown,  capillary 
crystals. 

BUSTAMITE,  Brongniart.  H.  6-0. ..6-5.  Sp.  Gr.  3-1. ..3-3.  C.  light- 
grey,  greenish  or  reddish.  In  reniform  masses. 

C. 

CALCAREOUS  HEAVY  SPAR,  Breit.     Sp.  Gr.  4-0. ..4-2.     Effloresces. 
CARBONATE  OF  BISMUTH.     Sp.  Gr.  4-3.    C.  grey  and  brown.    Earthy. 
CHALKOSIDERITE,  Ullmann. 
CHAMOISITE,  Berthier.     Sp.  Gr.  3-4.    C.  dark  greenish-grey.     Earthy. 

An  impure  Magnetic  Iron-ore  ? 
CHLOROPHJEITE,  Me  Culloch.     H.  1-5.    Sp.  Gr.  202.    C.  dark-green. 

Dull.     In  small  imbedded  globules. 
COBALT   VITRIOL,  Kopp.     L.  vit.  to  pearly.    C.  flesh  or  rose-red. 

Trans.     Taste  astringent. 


*  ABBREVIATIONS. 

Berzel.  for  Berzelius.         C.  for  color.  L.         for  lustre. 

Breit.      "  Breithaupht     H,  "  hardness.  Strom.  "  Stromeyer. 


S44  IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS, 

CONDURRITE,  Phillips.  H.  5-0  ?  Brittle.  C.  brownish-black.  Streak 
dark  lead-grey;  powder-black.  Comp.  impalpable. 

COTTUNITE  (CHLORIDE  OF  LEAD).  Monticelli  and  Covelli. 

CUPREOUS  BISMUTH.  Soft.  Seclile.  L.  met.  C.  pale  lead-grey  to 
tin-white.  Comp.  col.  and  impal. 

CUPREOUS  MANGANESE.  Sp.  Gr.  3-1...3-2.  L.  res.  C.  bluish -black. 
Composition  impalpable. 

D. 

DYSODILE,  Cordier.  Soft:  scratched  by  the  nail.  Sp.  Gr.  1-1...1-2.  C. 
greenish  and  yellowish  to  liver-brown.  Frac.  earthy.  Streak  vit, 

E. 

EARTHY  COBALT.  Soft.  Earthy.  Sp.  Gr.  22.  C  bluish  and  brown- 
ish-black. Streak  shining.  Bot.  arid  stalac.  shapes. 

EDINGTONITE,  Haidinger.  H.  45.  Sp.  Gr.  2-7.  L.  vit.  C.  green- 
ish-white. In  small  crystals. 

ERLAN,  Breit.  H.  5  5. ..6-5.  Sp.  Gr.  3-0.. .3-1.  L.  feebly  vit.  C. 
greenish-grey.  Streak  white.. 


FERRUGINOUS  PL.ATINA,  Schwetzau.      Sp.  Gr.   14-6.  ..15-7.      Less 

malleable  than  Native  Platina.     Magnetic. 
FLUEL.LITE,   Wollaston.     C.  white.    Transparent.     In  minute  crys- 

tals.    Probably  Wavellite. 
FLUOUTE,  Breit. 
FL.UATE  OF  CERIUM,  Berzel.     Sp.  Gi\4'1...4'7.    C.  reddish.    In  plates 

and  masses. 


GALACTITE. 

GIESECKITE,  Sowerby.     H.  2-5.  ..3  0.     Sp.  Gr.  2-83.     L.  faint  res.     C. 

olive-green,  grey  and  brown. 

GLAUCOL.ITE.     H.  5-5.     Sp.  Gr.  2-72.     L.  vit.     C.  blue  to  green. 
GMEL.INITE,  Brewster.     Crystals  small  rhomboids.     H.  4*5.     Sp.  Gr. 

2-05.     L.  vit.     C.  white  to  red. 
GREEN  IRON-ORE. 

H. 

HALLOYITE,  Berthier.     H.  1-5.  ..2-0.    L.  waxy.     C.  white,  or  slightly 
blue.    Adheres  to  the  tongue. 


IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS.  245 

HARD  COBALT  PYRITES,  Breit.     H.  5-0., .6-0.     Sp.  Gr.  6-7.. .6-8.    L. 

met.     C.  dark  tin- white.     Massive. 
HATCHETINE,  Conybeare.    Very  soft.     Very  light.    L.  glistening  and 

pearly.     C.  yellow.     In  flakes. 
HERRENITE,  Del  Rio.     (Carbonate  of  Tellurium  and  Bi-carbonate  of 

Nickel.) 
HISINGERITE,  BerzeL      Sectile.      Soft.      Sp.  Gr.  3-04.      C.  black. 

Streak,  greenish,  grey.     Fracture  earthy. 
HYDRO-CARBON,  Scherer.     Sp.  Gr.   0-65.     L.   nacreous.     White,   or 

yellowish-white.     Crystals  acicular. 
HYDROFHYLLITE,  Hausmann. 
HYDROSILICITE,  Kuh.     C.  white,  without  lustre  ;  feels  greasy,  is  soft 

and  translucent :  does  not  adhere  to  the  tongue. 

I. 

IODIDE  OF  MERCURY,  Del  Rio.     Resembles  dark  colored  Cinnabar. 

IODIDE  OF  SILVER,  Vauquelin. 

IRID-OSMIUM,   Schwetzau.      In  low  six-sided  prisms.     H.  5-0. ..6-0. 

Sp.  Gr.  17-9.. .18-5.     C.  lead-grey. 
IRON-SINTER.    Sp.  Gr.  2-4.     L.  res.    C.  yellowish  and  blackish-brown. 

Brittle.     Fracture  conchoidal. 

K. 

KNEBILITE,  Lenz.  Hard.  Sp.  Gr.  3*7.  L.  glistening.  C.  grey,  red, 
brown  and  green.  Opake.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

KORNITE,  Breit. 

KUPFERINDIG,  Breit.  Soft.  Sp.  Gr.  3-8.  L.  faint  res.  C.  blue.  In 
plates  forming  spheroidal  shapes,  and  impalpable. 

L. 

LEELITE,    Clark.     Sp.   Gr.  2-7.     Lustre  and  translucency  like  horn. 

Massive.     Fracture  splintery. 
LIGURITE,   Viviani.     Crystallized.     H.  above  50.     Sp.  Gr.  3'49.     L. 

between  vit.  and  res.     C.  apple-green.     Frac.  uneven, 

M. 

MELLILITE.     In  crystalline   grains.     H.  6-0...6'5.     C.  yellowish  or 

reddish-brown. 
MINERAL  HYDRO-CARBON,     In  acicular  crystals,     Sp.  Gr.  0  65  ?    L. 

nacreous.     C.  yellowish-white. 

21* 


246  IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS, 

MOLYBDATE  OF  SILVER.  (Silfer-phyllinglans,)  Breit.     Sp.  Gr.   5-89. 

L.  met.     In  flexible,  bladed  masses  of  a  dark  lead-grey  color, 
MONAZITE,  Breit.  Sp.  Gr.  4-92.   L.vit.  C.  brick-red.    Streak  flesh-red. 
MOJVOPHANE,  Breit.  Sp.  Gr.2-15.  H.  below  Feldspar*  L.vit.  C.  white. 

N. 

NATIVE  IRIDIUM. 

NATIVE  PALLADIUM. 

NICKEL  GLANCE,  Pfaff.     H.  5-5.     Sp.  Gr.  6-09.     C.  like  Arsenical 

Pyrites.     Cleavage  parallel  to  the  faces  of  the  cube. 
NONTRONITE,  Berthier.     Soft;  opake:  unctuous  and  tender.     C.  pale 

straw-color.     In  onion-shaped  masses :  compact. 

O. 

OKENITE,  Kdbel.     H.  4t5...6-0.  ?     In  almond-shaped  masses ;  allied  to 

the  Zeolites. 
OLIGOKLASE,  Breit. 

P. 

PECTOLITE,  Kobel.  H.  4-5.. .6-0  ?  Sp.  Gr.  2-69.  In  spheroidal  masses, 
consisting  of  delicate  diverging  individuals. 

PETROSILEX  (of  Sahlberg.)  C.  deep  flesh-red.  Trans.  Compact. 
Frac.  fine  grained. 

PHASTINE,  Breit. 

PICOTITE,  Charpentier. 

PINGUITE,  Breit.     H.  1-0.    Sp.  Gr.  2-31.    Resembles  green  Iron-earth. 

PLOMB-GOMME,  Gillet-Laumont.  H.  5-0?  C.  yellowish  and  reddish- 
brown.  Reniform.  Composition  thin  columnar. 

PRISMATIC  MELANE-GLAJVCE.     Sp.  Gr.  6-2. ..6-3. 

PRISMATOIDAL  BISMUTH-GLANCE,  Wehrle.  H.  2-4.  Sp.  Gr.  7-8. 
Crystals  prismatic. 

PYROPHYLLITE,  Hermann. 

PYRORTHITE,  Berzel.  Soft.  Sp.  Gr.  2-19.  L.  res.  C.  brownish- 
black.  Opake.  Massive, 

R. 

RADIOLITE,  Bremg.     H.  above  4-0.     Sp.  Gr.  2-2.     C.  white,    L,  silky. 

Massive,  with  a  radiating  fracture. 
REUSSIN,  Kirwan. 
RUBELLAN,  Breit.    H.  3.    L.  vit.  to  res.    C.  brownish-red.    Brittle. 


IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS.  247 

S. 

SAPPARITE,  Schlotheim.    H.  above  4-0.     L.  vit.     C.  pale  berlin-blue. 

Streak  greyish-white. 

SAPHIRIN,  Strom.     H.  above  7-0.     Sp.  Gr.  3-4.     L.  vit.     C.  sapphire- 
blue.     Streak  white.     Trans. 
SCHEERERITE,  Strom.     Rather  heavier  than  water.    Very  friable.    C. 

whitish.     L.  pearly.     In  loosely  aggregated  grains  and  folia.1 
SELENIURET  OF  LEAD   AND   COBALT,    Rose.     Resembles  Galena. 

Frac.  granular. 
SELENIURET  OF  LEAD  AND  COPPER,    Rose.    C.  lead-grey.    Frac. 

granular. 

SELENIURET  OF  LEAD  AND  MERCURY,  Rose.     Sp.  Gr.  7*8. 
SELENIURET  OF  SILVER,  Berzel. 
Cuivre  seleni6  argental,  Hatiy. 
Eukairite,  Berzel. 

C.  lead-grey.     In  small  six  sided  tables  with  truncated  angles. 
SELENIURET  OF  SULPHUR,  Strom. 
SILICATE  OF  IRON,  (Bodenmais.) 
SKORIAN,  Breit. 
SORDAWALLITE,  NordenskiMd.     H.  5-0.. .6-0?     Sp.  Gr.  253.     L.  vit. 

C.  greenish  or  greyish-black.     Massive.     Frac.  conchoid. 
STROMNITE,  Traill.     Sp.  Gr.  3*7.    C.  yellowish-white.    L.  feeble,  but 

pearly. 

SULPHURET  OF  SlLVER  AND  COPPER,    Phillips.      Soft.      Sp.  Gr.  6'25. 

L.  met.     C.  blackish  lead-grey.     Massive.     Comp.  impal. 

T. 

TELLURIC  BISMUTH,  Berzel.  L.  met.  C.  silver-white.  Massive, 
broad  foliated. 

TEPHROITE,  Breit.    H.  5-0. ..6-0.  Sp.  Gr.  4-1.  L.  adaman.   C.  ash-grey. 

TESSERALKIES,  Breit. 

TUNGSTATE  OF  LEAD,  Phillips.  L.  res.  C.  yellowish-grey.  Crys- 
tals acute  four  sided  pyramids,  aggregated  in  bunches. 

U. 

URANIUM  VITRIOL,  Johns.  L.  vit.  C.  emerald  and  apple-green.  In 
capillary  crystals. 

V. 

VAUQUELINITE,  Leonhard.  H.  2-5. ..3-0.  Sp.  Gr.  5-5, ..5-78.  L.  ada- 
man. C.  some  dark  green.  In  minute  crystals,  and  massive. 


248  IMPERFECTLY    EXAMINED    MINERALS. 

VELVET  BLUE  COPPER.    L.  pearly.     C.  bright  smalt-blue.     In  short 

capillary  crystals. 
VIGWITE. 

(Blue  Magnetic  Iron-ore.)     Sp.  Gr.  3-71.     C.  dark  greenish-blue. 

W. 

WHITE  IRON-SINTER. 

WILLEMITE,  Levy.    C.  white,  yellowish,  or  reddish.   Trans.    In  small 
rhomboidal  crystals. 

Y. 

YTTRO-CERITE,  JBerzel.     H.  between  4-0  and  5-0  ?     Sp.  Gr.  3-44.     C. 

violet-blue.     Massive.    Opake. 
YTTRO-TANTALITE.     H.  5-5  ?     Sp.  Gr.  5-3. ..5-8.     L.  imperfect  met. 

C.  blackish-brown,  or  black.    Opake.     Massive. 

Z. 

ZURLITE,  Ramondini.     H.  6-0.     Sp.  Gr.  3-27.     L.  res.     C.  green  to 
grey.     In  rectangular  four  sided  tables. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  249 

PART.    V. 

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 
§.  123.  DEFINITION. 

Physiography  is  the  description  of  natural  productions, 
and  consists  in  the  enumeration  of  all  their  natural  proper- 
ties. It  is  intended  to  produce  a  distinct  image  of  those 
objects  which  we  distinguish  from  each  other  by  means  of 
the  Characteristic,  and  denominate  conformably  to  the  rules 
laid  down  in  the  Nomenclature. 

Physiography  is  not  adapted  to  the  purpose  of  distinguishing  min- 
erals. We  cannot  therefore,  by  its  assistance,  find  the  place  of  a  giv- 
en mineral  in  the  system,  or  in  other  words,  recognise  it ;  for  it  is 
independent  of  that  connexion  among  natural  productions  upon 
which  systems  are  founded,  and  considers  them  singly,  every  one 
by  itself.  Physiography,  therefore,  cannot  acquiesce  in  consider- 
ing single  characters  or  characteristic  marks;  but  it  must  exhibit 
them  all,  if  the  image  it  produces  is  meant  to  be  a  complete  and 
satisfactory  one.  Its  difference  from  the  Characteristic  founded 
upon  these  properties,  is  as  obvious  as  the  impossibility  of  substitu- 
ting the  one  instead  of  the  other.  A  description,  therefore,  is  not 
a  character ;  since  the  peculiarity  of  every  character  consists  in  its 
being  composed  of  a  smaller  number  of  characteristic  terms  that 
may  be  observed  in  the  objects  characterized. 

The  descriptions  presuppose  nothing  but  Terminology.  It  is  per- 
fectly indifferent  what  nomenclature  is  adopted  in  Physiography, 
provided  only  the  names  and  denominations  to  which  the  descrip- 
tions of  the  species  refer,  answer  the  purpose  of  keeping  separate 
those  objects,  which  really  differ  from  each  other. 

The  system  of  Prof.  Mohs,  is  the  only  one  which  has  hitherto 
presented  a  separate  view  of  the  Determinative  and  the  Descrip- 
tive parts  of  Mineralogy.  The  greater  part  of  the  mineralogical 
works  have  given  to  the  characters  such  an  arrangement,  that  they 
may  at  the  same  time  represent  the  general  descriptions  of  the  spe- 


250  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

cies,  and  to  the  general  arrangement  of  the  species,  such  an  arrange- 
ment that  they  may  in  like  manner,  serve  the  purpose  of  charac- 
ters. Neither  of  these  plans  entirely  answers  the  purpose ;  and 
those  who  wish  to  become  acquainted  with  minerals,  or  to  acquire 
some  knowledge  of  their  natural  properties,  are  still  under  the  ne- 
cessity of  proceeding  upon  the  old  empirical  method.  They  must 
content  themselves  with  a  superficial  and  broken  sort  of  knowledge, 
to  which  they  themselves  do  not  attach  any  security;  whereas  the 
systematic  way  of  proceeding  leads  to  information,  that  is  solid,  con- 
nected, and  as  complete  as  possible. 

§.   124.  OBJECT  OF  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

The  object  to  which  Physiography  refers,  in  the  mine- 
ral kingdom,  in  as  far  as  it  produces  a  MERE  description,  is 
the  INDIVIDUAL. 

Any  description,  containing  the  indication  of  all  the  properties, 
will  suffice  for  determining  a  particular  individual.  In  the  animal 
and  vegetable  kingdoms,  homogeneous  individuals  are  in  most  cases 
at  the  same  time  identical,  excepting  their  sexual  differences ;  or 
at  least  the  deviations  occurring  in  their  single  characters  may  be 
considered  as  merely  accidental.  One  individual,  therefore,  or  in. 
the  case  of  an  existing  difference  in  the  sexes,  two  of  them,  will 
represent  the  whole  species.  In  the  mineral  kingdom,  the  homo- 
geneous individuals  in  most  cases  differ  so  widely  from  each  other, 
that  a  description  of  the  one  does  not  by  any  means  apply  to  an- 
other ;  one,  or  a  few  of  them,  therefore,  cannot  represent  the  whole 
species,  nor  can  their  description  be  substituted  instead  of  the  de- 
scription of  the  species.  The  description  of  all  the  varieties  of  a 
species  does  not  produce  a  clear  idea  of  the  species  itself;  because 
the  species  is  not  a  single  body,  but  the  assemblage  of  all  the  ho- 
mogeneous individuals  or  varieties.  Individuals,  only,  therefore, 
(or  compositions  of  individuals)  admit  of  being  described;  and  this 
is  effected  by  indicating  all  their  natural  properties.  In  enumera- 
ting these,  it  is  important  to  adopt  some  order  of  succession,  which, 
for  the  sake  of  the  greater  perspicuity,  should  remain  unaltered. 
All  prolixity  should  be  carefully  avoided :  every  superfluous  word, 
every  ambiguous  expression,  in  short,  every  thing  foreign  to  the 
purpose  should  be  rejected ;  and  such  terms  employed  as  are  ex- 
plained in  the  Terminology.  Abbreviations  of  frequently  occurring 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPECIES.  251 

words  and  expressions  should  uniformly  be  adopted,  when  not  in- 
consistent with  an  easy  comprehension  of  their  meaning. 

Descriptions  are  required,  whenever  there  occur  new  varie- 
ties of  a  species  which  is  either  already  known,  or  entirely  new ; 
they  are  also  useful  in  such  varieties  as  are  distinguished  by  a  par- 
ticular application,  or  any  remarkable  property,  or  such  as  have 
been  provided  with  particular  names  in  the  arts  of  life.  In  these 
last  instances  it  is  only  requisite  to  indicate  those  properties,  by 
which  the  variety  in  question  differs  from  other  varieties  of  the  same 
species.  It  is  also  very  useful  to  give  an  accurate  description  of 
such  varieties  as  are  subjected  to  a  chemical  analysis. 

<§.  125.  GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPECIES. 

In  representing  the  species  in  the  mineral  kingdom,  it  is 
necessary  to  construct  a  Collective,  or  General  Description. 

The  problem  to  be  resolved  in  constructing  a  General  Description 
is,  to  give  a  correct  idea  of  all,  or  at  least  of  the  known  varieties  of 
a  species,  in  their  proper  connexion ;  it  must  therefore  contain  at 
once  all  the  descriptions  of  these  varieties  without  its  being  itself, 
in  a  strict  sense,  a  description  at  all.  It  is  evident,  that  the  only 
means  of  arriving  at  this  end,  will  be  the  employment  of  the  series 
of  characters. 

The  method  of  constructing  a  general  description  t>f  a  species  is 
as  follows.  First,  any  suitable  variety  of  the  species  is  chosen,  and 
described  with  all  possible  accuracy, — the  single  characters  succeed- 
ing each  other  agreeably  to  the  order  fixed  upon,  as  abovemen- 
tioned.  The  description  will  contain  only  single  characters,  con- 
sisting of  a  certain  form,  a  certain  color,  a  certain  kind  of  lustre, 
a  certain  degree  of  hardness  or  of  specific  gravity,  &c.,  all  of  these 
being  members  of  their  respective  series.  If,  in  the  place  of  every 
one  of  these  single  characters,  we  substitute  the  complete  series  to 
which  it  belongs,  the  Description  of  the  Individual,  or  of  the  va- 
riety, is  transformed  into  the  Collective  or  General  Description  of 
the  Species 

The  characters  contained  in  the  general  description  are  expressed 
in  series,  produced  either  by  immediate  observation,  or  by  deriva- 
tion. The  characters  in  the  descriptions  of  determined  varieties 
consist  of  single  members  of  these  series.  Evidently,  the  col- 
lective description  not  only  produces  a  complete  idea  of  the  spe- 


252  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

cies  itself,  but  it  also  contains  the  individual  description  of  every 
one  of  its  single  varieties ;  for  as  to  the  latter,  if  we  choose  arbi- 
trarily any  single  member  from  every  one  of  the  mentioned  series, 
and  join  these  members  in  the  adopted  order  of  succession,  the  re- 
sult will  be  the  description  of  a  variety,  belonging  to  the  species. 

The  representation  of  the  species  as  contained  in  the  general  de- 
scription, is  far  more  complete,  than  it  could  be  obtained  by  imme- 
diate observation  ;  for  it  unites  all  the  varieties  which  may  be  pro- 
duced by  all  possible  combinations  of  the  single  properties,  (the 
members  of  different  series.)  It  would  contain  all  the  varieties  pos- 
sible in  a  species  if  the  series  themselves  were  complete,  which 
can  be  maintained  only  of  those  produced  by  derivation  from  given 
forms.  Thus  the  considerations  referring  to  the  mineral  kingdom 
become  both  fertile  and  interesting ;  because,  by  means  of  the  gen- 
eral description,  we  obtain  from  every  newly  discovered  variety, 
though  it  should  differ  from  those  already  known,  only  in  a  single 
character,  an  almost  endless  number  of  new  varieties,  which  may 
be  produced  by  uniting  the  newly  discovered  property  with  every 
combination  of  the  members  of  the  other  series  which  the  general 
description  contains. 

The  pure,  or  properly  so  called,  general  description,  refers  only 
to  the  individuals  of  the  species,  because  it  is  from  these  that  we 
derive  the  most  perfect  of  the  characteristic  marks  employed  in 
mineralogy.  If  the  compound  varieties  are  to  be  noticed,  this  must 
be  done  without  mixing  them  up  with  the  simple  ones. 

From  the  preceding  remarks,  it  appears  that  the  general  descrip- 
tion presupposes  the  correct  idea  of  the  species. 

§.  126.  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

The  general  or  collective  descriptions  require  to  be  so 
arranged,  as  to  facilitate  their  use  as  much  as  possible,  and 
to  produce,  in  fact,  a  complete  general  view  of  the  species. 

In  order  to  determine  the  series  of  crystallization  of  a  species,  it 
becomes  necessary  to  indicate  the  primary  form,  with  its  dimensions, 
except  in  those  cases  where  these  are  always  the  same  as  in  the 
regular  Octahedron,  Cube,  &c.  Accordingly,  in  the  second  part  of 
this  treatise,  this  will  first  be  given,  along  with  the  information 
whether  it  be  deduced  from  calculation,  observed  in  the  crystals 
themselves,  or  obtained  from  cleavage.  In  forms  of  variable  dimen- 
sions, notice  is  also  appended  whether  the  value  of  their  angles  was 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  253 

obtained  by  means  of  the  Reflective  Goniometer,  or  by  the  Common 
Goniometer. 

The  primary  form  being  known,  the  series  of  forms  to  which  it  is 
capable  of  giving  rise,  may,  in  general,  be  easily  inferred  from  the 
known  laws  of  derivation  (§.  51).  Still,  it  is  necessary  for  us  to 
present  in  the  general  description,  as  far  as  possible,  the  forms  that 
actually  do  occur :  since  this  information  is  peculiarly  important  and 
interesting,  and  without  it,  the  picture  of  the  species  would  indeed 
be  deficient.  Commencing,  therefore,  with  the  primary  form,  pro- 
vided it  exists  unmodified  among  the  crystals  of  the  species,  we  pro- 
ceed to  enumerate  the  most  frequent  of  the  occurring  forms.  Next 
to  the  primary,  (or  in  the  absence  of  this,  the  one  most  closely  allied 
to  it,)  we  mention  that  modification  which  may  be  considered  next 
in  remove  from  it,  and  so  on  in  a  series,  terminating  with  the  most 
complicated  and  irregular  forms ;  illustrating  such  of  them  as  are 
conceived  of  with  difficulty  from  mere  description  by  diagrams,  and 
occasionally  adding  the  mutual  inclinations  of  particular  faces.  To 
this  enumeration  will  also  be  annexed,  in  many  instances,  remarks 
to  point  out  the  localities  of  particular  forms,  as  well  as  their  com- 
parative rarity  or  abundance. 

The  phenomenon  of  cleavage  being  in  the  nearest  relation  to  the 
crystalline  forms,  the  next  place  in  the  collective  description  will 
be  assigned  to  it.  The  forms  of  cleavage,  so  far  as  obtainable,  are 
described  ;  and  particular  notice  bestowed  upon  the  degree  of  per- 
fection in  the  different  faces  of  cleavage. 

Fracture,  so  far  as  it  is  contained  in  the  collective  description  it- 
self, refers  only  to  simple  minerals.  It  cannot  be  deemed  however, 
very  important.  Several  varieties  of  fracture,  if  mentioned  in  one 
and  the  same  place,  denote  the  limits  between  which  the  varieties 
range,  which  occur  in  the  species.  Also,  it  is  indicated  whether  the 
fracture  be  obtained  easily,  or  with  difficulty. 

The  physical  quality  of  the  surface  of  the  crystals  is  far  more  im- 
portant than  fracture,  since  it  is  in  close  connexion  with  the  crys- 
talline forms  themselves.  These  faces  are  expressed  by  the  letters 
appropriated  to  the  faces  of  the  different  forms. 

The  characters  depending  upon  the  presence  of  light,  contribute 
very  much  to  enliven  the  image  or  representation  of  the  species. 
The  kinds  of  lustre  must  every  where  be  mentioned ;  and  if  there 
should  be  found  a  difference  as  to  its  occurrence  upon  different  faces, 
in  which  different  kinds  of  lustre  may  be  observed,  this  must  be 
pointed  out, 

22 


254  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


•. 


In  order  to  express  the  series  of  colors,  more  room  is  required  in 
the  general  description  than  can  well  be  allowed,  since  to  do  this 
fully  requires  that  all  the  single  members  be  mentioned.  As  a  sub- 
stitute, however,  an  outline  of  these  series  is  given,  by  indicating 
their  principal  points.  This  mode  of  treating  the  subject  does  by 
no  means  injure  the  use  of  the  series  of  colors,  nor  diminish  their 
importance  in  enlivening  the  collective  descriptions.  Colors  produ- 
ced by  occasional  admixtures  of  minerals  foreign  to  the  species,  do 
not  properly  belong  to  the  collective  description ;  because  they  are 
not  members  of  the  series  of  colors  of  the  species  described.  Yet 
they  are  indicated  by  themselves,  at  least  the  common  shades,  in 
order  to  exclude  them  from  those  with  which  they  are  not  connect- 
ed by  transitions  within  the  same  series. 

The  color  of  the  powder,  or  streak,  is  next  indicated.  To  which 
follow  the  limits  for  the  degrees  of  transparency,  and  notice  of  action 
on  light,  (or  refraction.) 

Lastly  the  general  descriptions  contain  the  indication  of  the  form 
of  aggregation,  of  hardness,  specific  gravity,  and  other  character- 
istic marks,  derived  from,  or  respecting,  the  substance  of  minerals, 
as  odor,  taste,  &c.,  which  may  be  useful  in  the  description  of  varie- 
ties ;  all  of  them  expressed  with  the  utmost  degree  of  brevity, 
possible. 

A  great  number  of  the  different  varieties  of  certain  species  is 
produced  by  the  composition  of  their  individuals.  The  collective 
description  of  the  simple  varieties,  having  already  been  drawn  up 
with  considerable  minuteness,  it  will  now  be  the  easier  to  survey  the 
compound  varieties.  The  general  consideration  of  the  twin  crystals 
(§.  72  &  73),  contains  the  principles  of  the  method,  according  to 
which,  those  belonging  to  any  particular  species,  may  be  indicated 
with  precision  and  convenience.  These  compositions  will  also  be 
illustrated,  where  necessary,  by  diagrams. 

It  will  be  sufficient  only  to  mention  the  imitative  forms,  in  order 
to  recal  their  properties  to  the  memory,  these  being  commonly  so 
much  alike  in  every  instance,  that  they  allow  of  a  general  explanation, 
which  has  been  given  in  its  proper  place.  The  condition  of  their 
surface,  or  of  the  faces  of  composition  in  their  interior,  the  shape  of 
the  particles  of  composition,  and  the  mode  of  that  composition  itself, 
may  likewise  be  indicated.  The  same  applies  also  to  amorphous 
compositions,  or,  as  they  are  called,  to  the  massive  varieties.  As  to 
these,  the  most  important  properties  to  be  mentioned  will  be,  the 
shape  of  the  component  particles,  their  size,  mode  of  aggregation, 
and  fracture.  Thus  we  are  capable  of  expressing  in  a  few  words> 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  255 

much  that  has  been  described  with  great  prolixity ;  while  we  enjoy 
the  advantage  of  arriving  at  an  idea  of  the  subject,  correct  and  gen- 
eral, and  conformable  to  nature. 

The  pseudomorphoses  need  nothing  more  than  to  be  mentioned. 
If  other  properties  should  happen  to  occur  beside  those  above  allu- 
ded to,  they  will  be  inserted  in  a  proper  order,  provided  they  con- 
tribute to  our  knowledge  of  the  natural  properties  of  the  species  to 
which  they  belong;  whereas,  if  any  of  the  foregoing  are  wanting 
they  will  be  passed  over  in  silence.  In  general,  some  one  or  other 
of  the  natural  properties  may  be  rendered  more  prominent,  the  more 
it  contributes  to  a  clear  and  distinct  image  of  the  species. 

The  collective  descriptions  of  the  species  form  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant subjects  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  mineral  kingdom. 
Although  they  represent  the  mineral  species  by  themselves,  not 
regarding  their  resemblance  to  others,  yet  they  effect  this  in  the 
minutest  detail,  and  to  the  greatest  possible  completeness,  and  hence 
they  contain  all  the  natural  historical  information,  properly  so  call- 
ed, relative  to  mineral  productions. 

§.  127.  COLLECTIVE  DESCRIPTIONS  INDEPENDENT  OF 
ALL  SYSTEMS. 

The  collective  descriptions  do  not  depend  upon  the  sys- 
tems ;  but  are  applicable  in  every  system. 

The  collective  description  represents  the  natural  historical  species 
developed  in  the  minutest  detail.  This  species  is  the  basis  of  every 
method,  or  in  fact  of  every  science,  which  refers  to  the  productions 
of  the  mineral  kingdom  :  it  is  the  object,  not  the  product  of  classifi- 
cation. It  may  be  applied  in  a  natural  or  artificial  system,  whether 
drawn  up  in  conformity  with  the  principles  of  Natural  History,  or 
to  those  of  any  science :  nor  is  it  less  applicable  in  an  alphabetical 
arrangement,  since  descriptions  are  consulted  very  much  after  the 
manner  of  a  dictionary  of  words. 

§.  128.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  APPENDED  TO  THE 
COLLECTIVE  DESCRIPTIONS  IN  THE  SECOND  PART  OF 
THIS  TREATISE. 

The  general  descriptions  limited  as  above  (§.  126),  ne- 
cessarily exclude  a  variety  of  important  information  (most- 


256  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

ly,  indeed,  foreign  to  Mineralogy) ;  this  is  arranged  in  a 
systematic  order,  and  forms  an  appendage  to  the  collective 
description  of  each  species. 

The  rules  adopted  in  forming  the  general  description,  required 
the  omission  of  several  facts  relating  to  crystallography,  the  history 
of  the  species  as  connected  with  its  division  into  sub-species  and 
varieties  by  other  writers,  &c.,  information,  nevertheless,  which  is 
requisite  to  be  understood:  this  will  be  collected  together  and  placed 
immediately  after  the  general  descriptions  in  a  smaller  type. 

The  collective  descriptions  being  thus  rendered  as  complete  as 
possible,  mineralogy,  as  a  pure  science,  may  be  said  to  have  dis- 
i  charged  its  duty ;  and  its  species  are  now  fit  to  be  subjected  to  in- 
vestigation in  other  sciences,  each  of  which  will  produce  a  mass  of 
information  concerning  them,  according  to  its  peculiar  nature.  This 
information  the  student  in  mineralogy  will  desire  to  become  ac- 
quainted with.  He  will  seek,  for  example,  to  know  the  chemical 
properties  of  the  mineral,  whose  name  and  natural  properties  he  has 
just  ascertained ;  its  geological  position  likewise,  and  its  applica- 
tion to  useful  purposes.  To  save  him  the  inconvenience  of  consult- 
ing other  works  in  which  this  various  knowledge  is  contained,  the 
results  of  the  different  sciences  to  which  it  belongs,  are  introduced 
into  the  present  treatise,  and  form  the  conclusion  of  the  appendage 
to  the  general  descriptions. 

These  results  will  be  introduced  in  the  following  order :  1.  Those 
derived  from  Chemistry,  as  the  properties  of  the  species  before  the 
blowpipe,  or  when  acted  upon  by  acids,  one  or  more  analyses  by 
the  most  celebrated  chemists,  to  which  will  be  added  such  facts  as 
are  known  concerning  the  artificial  production  of  the  species,  by 
mingling  the  ingredients  in  the  proper  proportions  in  our  Laborato- 
ries :  2.  Geological  information,  or  facts  relating  to  the  mode  in 
which  the  species  occurs  in  nature,  as  the  particular  rock  in  which 
it  is  engaged,  the  manner  of  its  engagement,  whether  in  veins,  beds 
or  disseminated,  &c. :  3.  The  Geographical  distribution,  which  is 
much  less  important  than  that  of  plants  or  animals,  in  which  so 
much  depends  upon  climate,  soil  and  other  accidental  circumstan- 
ces ;  American  localities,  however,  are  carefully  designated :  4. 
Application  and  uses  of  the  species  in  the  arts.  To  which  is  some- 
times added  another  head  for  the  purpose  of  introducing  miscella- 
neous observations,  which  do  not,  strictly  speaking,  fall  under  any 
of  the  above  provisions. 

END    OF    PART    FIRST. 


TREATISE 


MINERALOGY 


SECOND   PART, 

CONSISTING    OF 

DESCRIPTIONS   OF  THE  SPECIES,   AND  TABLES  ILLUSTRATIVE   OF 
THEIR   NATURAL  AND  CHEMICAL   AFFINITIES. 

WITH    FIVE    HUNDRED    WOOD    CUTS. 


BY 

CHARLES  UPHAM  SHEPARD,  A.  B. 

Lecturer  on  Natural  History  in  Yale  College  ;  Member  of  the  American 

(ieological  Society  ;  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Academy  of 

Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia ;  of  the  Natural  History 

Society  of  Montreal,  and  of  the  Geological 

Society  of  France,  &c. 


IN   TWO   VOLUMES. 
VOLUME  I 


NEW  HAVEN: 

HEZEKIAH  HOWE&  CO. 

AND 

HERRICK  &  NOYES. 

1835. 


Entered  according  to  an  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1835, 

by  CHARLES  UPHAM  SHEPARD, 
in  the  Clerk's  office,  of  the  District  Court  of  Connecticut. 


Printed  by  Hczekiah  Howe  &  Co. 


TO 

IENJAMIN   SILLIMAN,  LL.  D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  CHEMISTRY,  MINERALOGY  AND  GEOLOGY" 
IN  YALE  COLLEGE, 

&c.  <fcc. 

DEAR  SIR, 

The  distinguished  services  you  have  rendered  to  the 
cause  of  Mineralogy  and  Geology  in  America,  not  merely 
in  contributing  to  their  early  introduction,  but  to  their 
efficient  cultivation  among  us,  prompt  me  to  dedicate  the 
present  work  to  you. 

The  wisdom  and  zeal  of  those  exertions  which  secured 
to  l[ale  College  the  most  splendid  collection  of  minerals  in 
the  country,  the  valuable  instruction  and  enthusiasm  im- 
parted by  your  lectures  to  a  great  body  of  young  men  now 
dispersed  through  the  whole  nation,  and  the  public  spirit 
which  has  led  you  at  a  po-  nal  sacrifice  to  maintain  in  the 
American  Journal  of  Sri  e  a  free  medium  for  the  dif- 
fusion of  this  kind  of  kno  \re.  are  too  well  known  and 
justly  appreciated  to  r«  he  feeble  acknowledgment 


of  this  tribute ;  but  as  the  work  was  undertaken  at  your 
suggestion,  and  has  been  aided  in  its  progress  by  your  ad- 
vice, I  may  perhaps  be  permitted  the  pleasure  of  improving 
this  occasion  to  express  publicly  the  sense  I  feel  of  the 
value  of  your  labors,  and  to  acknowledge  the  many  kind 
services  for  which  I  stand  indebted  to  your  friendship. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be, 

Your  very  faithful 

And  obliged  Servant, 

CHARLES  U.  SHEPARD 

New  Haven,  May,  1835. 


PREFACE. 


The  eclectic  character  of  my  introductory  volume, 
which  was  intended  to  give  a  view  of  all  the  departments 
of  Mineralogy  excepting  Physiogra'phy,  rendered  it  difficult 
for  persons  employing  it  to  avail  themselves  of  other  treatises 
for  full  descriptions  of  the  species-  The  inapplicability  was 
principally  owing  to  my  adoption  of  the  improvements  of 
MOHS  in  relation  to  simple  and  compound  varieties  and  to 
the  numerical  scale  for  expressing  the  hardness,  and  to  my 
following  BROOKE  in  the  treatment  of  the  regular  forms'; 
not  to  mention  the  circumstance,  that  my  artificial  tables 
enumerated  a  mrnber  of  species  whose  descriptions  had 
not  found  their  way  into  any  English  work.  This  was 
foreseen  in  the  preparation  of  that  volume  ;  and  notice  was 
accordingly  given  in  it,  that  a  second  part,  devoted  exclu- 
sively to  descriptions,  and  constructed  in  accordance  with 
the  principles  of  the  first,  was  in  preparation. 

In  addition  to  the  desire  of  supplying  what  was  thus 
wanting  to  carry  out  the  plan  of  study  which  had  appear- 
ed to  me  to  possess  the  greatest  advantages,  I  was  stimula- 
ted to  the  attempt,  in  the  hope  of  being  able  to  contribute 
something  towards  the  more  satisfactory  determination  of 
American  localities;  an  undertaking  for  which  my  rniner- 
alogical  travels  had  afforded  me  considerable  facilities-  In- 
deed, so  numerous  had  been  the  discoveries  in  important 
mineral  depositories  since  the  last  edition  of  CLEAVELAND'S 

B 


VI  PREFACE. 

Mineralogy  and  the  publication  of  ROBINSON'S  Catalogue, 
and  so  many  doubtful  points  existed  in  relation  to  many  of 
those  quoted  in  these  works — not  a  few  having  been  erro- 
neously announced,  either  through  inaccurate  determina- 
tions of  the  species,  or  their  occurrence  in  trifling  and  ac- 
cidental quantitity — that  the  proposed  work  seemed  justi- 
fiable solely  on  this  ground,  provided  there  was  a  reasona- 
ble hope  of  placing  the  subject  in  a  more  just  light.  Be- 
sides, it  was  had  in  view  to  indicate  the  crystalline  forms 
noticeable  among  our  minerals,  a  point  which  had  been  so 
much  overlooked  as  to  have  created  a  very  unfavorable 
impression  of  the  mineralogical  riches  of  the  country. 
There  seemed  room  also,  to  perform  a  desirable  service 
by  appropriating  to  the  work  the  latest  discoveries  of  the 
German  mineralogists,  to  whom  the  science  is  indebted  for 
its  most  important  advances  during  the  last  ten  years. 

The  general  rules  according  to  which  the  descriptions 
have  been  drawn  up,  are  those  laid  down  in  §.  126,  of  the 
Introductory  volume-  The  trivial  names  to  the  species 
having  been  adopted  in  the  analytical  tables  for  the  reasons 
given  in  §•  117,  it  became  necessary  to  employ  them  also 
in  the  present  work.  Indeed  so  small  is  the  number  of 
species  in  the  mineral  kingdom  compared  with  the  species 
in  the  other  departments  of  Natural  History,  and  so  defi- 
cient in  fixity  are  many  of  the  still  accounted  species,  that 
it  is,  and  probably  for  some  time  to  come  will  be,  most 
prudent  to  call  them  by  these  names-  The  chemical  de- 
signations having  by  general  usage  been  dropped  where 
other  names  existed,  BF.UDANT  in  his  system  of  Mineralo- 
gy has  attempted  by  the  invention  of  new  names,  where 
it  was  necessary,  to  render  universal  the  application  of  the 


PREFACE.  Vll 

trivial  nomenclature.  Approving  of  this  reform,  I  have 
adopted  his  names  in  numerous  instances ;  and  where  spe- 
cies were  still  left  unprovided  with  trivial  epithets,  I  have 
ventured  in  a  few  instances  to  propose  them- 

To  the  trivial  name,  the  systematic  denomination  is  add- 
ed in  a  smaller  type,  as  it  appeared  to  me  important  not  to 
lose  sight  of  what  in  its  other  branches,  is  conceded  to  be  one 
of  the  greatest  advantages  of  Natural  History  ;  viz.  that  of 
expressing  in  the  names,  the  connexion  in  natural  proper- 
ties, subsisting  among  the  species.  Whether  the  names 
here  employed,  which  are  mostly  those  contrived  by  MOHS, 
will  ultimately  be  approved  of  by  Naturalists,  is  not  at  pres- 
ent certain ;  but  their  use  in  the  intercourse  of  Mineralo- 
gists will  often  be  found  to  possess  important  convenience, 
and  though  compelled  in  the  future  and  more  perfected 
state  of  the  science  to  give  place  to  simpler  expressions — 
perhaps  to  those,  constructed  according  to  the  genius  of 
the  Latin  language  by  which  means  the  difficulty  of  their 
translation  from  one  language  into  another  will  be  avoid- 
ed— they  still  appeared  to  me  to  be  worthy  of  being  re- 
tained, especially  as  they  are  introduced  merely  as  syno- 
nyms. 

The  alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  species  has  been 
adopted  because  it  seemed  most  likely  to  subserve  the  con- 
venience of  students  using  my  characteristic,  or  any  other, 
in  the  determination  of  specimens  ;  as  well  as  that  of  per- 
sons having  occasion  to  refer  to  the  descriptions  for  less 
general  purposes,  as  for  example,  to  learn  only  the  crystal- 
line form  of  a  particular  species,  or  to  obtain  information 
respecting  its  locality.  Had  the  natural-historical  arrange- 
ment, the  chemical,  or  any  mixture  of  the  two,  been  em- 


Vlil  PREFACE. 

ployed,  the  inconvenience  of  consulting  an  index  must  ne- 
cessarily have  been  encountered. 

But  while  the  alphabetical  distribution  has  the  advantage 
at  least,  of  being  independent  of  all  scientific  arrangement — 
concerning  whose  present  existence  many  entertain  doubts, 
— the  two  tabular  views,  one  at  the  commencement  of  this 
volume,  and  the  other  at  the  conclusion  of  the  second,  will 
present  the  species  grouped  in  accordance  with  two  classes 
of  affinities,  the  first,  the  natural-historical,  the  second,  the 
chemical,  resemblance.  In  the  construction  of  these  tables, 
I  cannot,  of  course,  suppose  that  I  have  acquitted  myself 
to  the  satisfaction  of  all,  when  I  have  but  so  imperfectly 
satisfied  myself. 

The  chemical  arrangement,  however,  is  such  as  the  pres- 
ent state  of  chemical  science  seemed  to  force  upon  me 
without  much  choice.  A  more  extensive  and  accurate 
analysis  of  minerals,  however,  will  undoubtedly  produce 
in  it  many  changes,  while  also  it  will  permit  the  composi- 
tion of  a  considerable  number  of  species,  now  left  in  un- 
certainty, to  be  expressed  with  atomic  precision. 

Both  in  this  tabular  view,  and  elsewhere  in  the  work,  I 
have  refrained  from  adopting  the  algebraical  language  of 
BERZELIUS  for  denoting  the  chemical  constitution  of  min- 
erals, although  it  would  have  afforded  much  convenience 
in  the  present  state  of  chemical  nomenclature,  more  par- 
ticularly in  relation  to  isomorphous  compounds,  because 
I  have  every  where  sought  to  exclude  whatever  has 
an  abstruse  and  forbidding  air ;  knowing  that  many  have 
been  discouraged  from  entering  upon  this  pleasing  and  fa- 


PREFACE.  IX 

cile  pursuit  by  the  discovery  of  even  the  occasional  use  of 
unintelligible  language  in  a  professedly  elementary  treatise 
of  its  principles. 

The  natural-historical  arrangement  of  the  species  is 
principally  that  brought  forward  by  MOHS.  I  have  never- 
theless ventured,  though  not  without  considerable  hesita- 
tion, to  propose  a  number  of  alterations,  which  will  be  ob- 
vious on  a  comparison  of  the  two  systems.  In  making 
these  changes,  I  have  endeavored  so  to  constitute  the  ge- 
nera that  the  species  of  each  should  be  bound  together  by 
a  similar  amount  of  resemblance.  If  in  the  execution  of 
this  difficult  task,  I  have  not  violated  the  affinities  of  the 
species,  an  important  advantage  will  have  been  secured  in 
the  simplification  of  the  nomenclature  by  the  great  reduc- 
tion of  genera,  especially  in  the  orders,  Ore,  Pyrites, 
Glance  and  Blende. 

The  formation  of  the  new  order,  Picrosmine,  appeared 
to  be  indispensable  in  providing  a  place  for  a  number  of  spe- 
cies, which  MOHS  had  declined  incorporating  with  his  sys- 
tem from  their  deficiency  in  regular  forms.  The  produc- 
tion of  the  genus  Lusine-Ore  was  rendered  necessary  for 
a  similar  reason,  in  order  to  receive  such  species  of  the  re- 
quisite structure  and  specific  gravity,  as  are  believed  to 
owe  their  formation  to  the  decomposition  of  other  species. 
The  above  mentioned  writer  does  not  allow  such  minerals, 
provided  they  are  in  a  friable  state,  to  constitute  distinct 
species;  remarking  of  them,  that  "it  is  in  direct  opposition 
to  the  principles  of  Natural  History,  to  consider  decompo- 
sed varieties  of  one  species  as  varieties  of  another."  To 
the  correctness  of  this  as  a  general  rule  I  readily  assent, 
allowing  it  full  force  when  the  resulting  mass  is  not  homo- 

B* 


X  PREFACE. 

geneous  in  its  mechanical  composition  and  at  the  same  time 
destitute  of  a  fixed  chemical  constitution. 

The  general  order  observed  in  the  particulars  of  the  de- 
scriptions is  that  adopted  by  MOHS,  whose  language  in  re- 
lation to  a  number  of  the  properties  .has  been  employed, 
verbatim.  The  description  of  the  regular  forms,  however, 
is  quite  different  and  requires  some  explanation.  In  many 
instances,  all  the  observed  forms  are  represented  ;  in  oth- 
ers, where  the  number  was  too  great  to  admit  of  this,  such 
a  selection  has  been  made  as  appeared  best  adapted  to  give 
a  correct  idea  of  the  entire  series  of  modifications  within 
the  species.  The  locality  is  sometimes  subjoined,  when 
the  form  represented  is  not  common,  or  when  it  is  known 
to  occur  at  a  particular  spot  in  unusual  perfection. 

The  primary  forms  of  BROOKE  have  been  adhered  to, 
more  for  the  reason  that  they  are  still  in  such  common  use 
in  English  works  and  from  their  expressing  in  general  the 
cleavage  forms  with  correctness,  than  because  they  are  in 
every  instance  the  most  simple  solids  from  which  the  sec- 
ondaries are  capable  of  being  derived.  In  the  last  men- 
tioned view,  they  would  certainly  admit  of  a  very  important 
reduction.  The  tetrahedron,  cube,  regular  octahedron 
and  rhombic  dodecahedron  might  form  a  single  system, — 
the  right  square  prism  and  the  octahedron  with  a  square 
base,  another, — the  right  rectangular  prism  and  the  octahe 
dron  with  a  rectangular  base,  a  third, — and  the  right  rhom- 
bic prism  and  the  octahedron  with  a  rhombic  base,  a  fourth 
system. 

For  the  sake  of  easy  intelligibility  also,  the  angles  and 
faces  of  the  crystals  are  described  without  adopting  an  al- 


PREFACE.  XI 

gebraical  system  of  notation.  Nor  have  I  thought  it  best 
to  quote  the  corrected  angles  in  place  of  such  as  were  ob- 
tained by  observation,  except  in  those  crystals  depending 
upon  forms  of  invariable  dimensions.  In  other  cases,  it 
would  no  doubt  have  been  safe  to  have  employed  such  an- 
gles in  the  great  majority  of  instances,  yet  the  slight  varia- 
tions occurring  in  die  constancy  of  angles  in  the  individuals 
of  several  species,  still  leaves  us  in  doubt  what  dimensions 
to  assume  as  the  most  free  from  error  by  which  to  correct 
the  others.  Until  this  confusion  is  removed,  the  student 
will  not  suffer  much  inconvenience  by  adopting  the  present 
somewhat  circuitous  method  of  becoming  acquainted  with 
crystals.  And  besides,  to  have  adopted  the  mathematical 
treatment  of  crystals  alluded  to,  would  have  prevented  a 
large  number  of  persons  from  understanding  the  subject, 
to  whom  in  its  present  popular  fo/rn,  it  is  perfectly  intel- 
ligible. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  work  it  has  been  necessary  to 
examine  a  great  number  of  doubtful  minerals,  as  well  as 
newly  proposed  species  with  which  the  Scientific  Journals 
abound.  It  may  therefore  be  expected  that  something 
should  be  said  in  this  place  concerning  the  disposition  which 
has  been  made  of  these  materials.  But  a  single  new  spe- 
cies, the Microlite,  has  been  proposed;  though  a  number  of 
observations  have  been  made,  calculated  to  place  the  spe- 
cific claims  of  a  few  minerals  before  proposed  in  a  strong- 
er light. 

If,  however,  my  investigations  have  not  led  me  to  in- 
crease the  number  of  species,  they  have  on  the  other 
hand,  compelled  me  to  treat  a  number  heretofore  regarded 
distinct,  as  varieties  only  of  older  species, — examples  of 


XH  PREFACE* 

which  are  the  Fibrolite^  Sillimanitc,  Finite,  Fowlerite, 
Deweylite,  Marmolite,  &tc. 

But  while  I  have  constantly  been  concerned  to  find  good 
reasons  for  reducing  the  number  of  the  species,  I  cannot 
concur  in  the  proposal  of  ROSE  for  uniting  Pyroxene  and 
Hornblende,  notwithstanding  the  ingenious  reasons  he  uses 
in  favor  of  this  procedure.  To  overlook  their  marked  dis- 
agreement in  crystalline  structure  and  to  cause  them  to  co- 
alesce, would  shake  to  the  foundations  the  most  secure  sup- 
port of  all  specific  distinction.  These  species  as  they  oc- 
cur in  the  United  States  do  not  at  all  favor  his  conclusion, 
inasmuch  as  they  exist  together  at  several  places  in  dolo- 
mite, preserving  their  peculiar  angles  and  cleavages. 

The  proposed  union  of  Schiller  Spar  with  Pyroxene  by 
KOBELL,  is  equally  in  violation  of  two  of  the  best  specific 
properties  in  the  absence  of  crystalline  form  ;  viz.  specific 
gravity  and  hardness.  Indeed,  all  conclusions  in  case  of 
such  complex  compounds,  drawn  from  chemical  composi- 
tion, must  necessarily  be  indecisive. 

The  introduction  of  historical  matter,  as  well  as  a  notice 
of  the  authorities  quoted,  has  been  avoided,  excepting 
only  the  mention  of  the  author  to  the  systematic  name  of 
the  species,  and  occasionally  the  source  whence  the  angles 
and  the  specific  gravity  have  been  derived.*  To  have  car- 
ried these  acknowledgments  farther,  would  have  swelled 
the  dimensions  of  the  work  to  an  inconvenient  size,  without 
having  proportionably  enhanced  its  value  as  an  elementary 
treatise.  The  more  accomplished  mineralogist  will  of 


*  The  works  to  which  I  have  been  most  indebted  in  the  preparation 
of  this  Treatise,  are  mentioned  at  the  conclusion  of  the  preface. 


PREFACE.  X1I1 

course  always  have  at  hand  the  requisite  works  for  consult- 
ation when  information  of  this  kind  is  desired.  The  best 
single  work  adapted  to  the  purpose,  with  which  I  am  ac- 
quainted, is  the  Handbuch  of  LEONHARD. 

It  will  not  be  demanded  of  me  to  pronounce  a  panegyric 
upon  Mineralogy.  When  systematically  and  thoroughly 
pursued,  it  does  not  yield  in  rational  interest  to  any  depart- 
ment of  Natural  History  ;  but  if  its  fundamental  principles 
are  overlooked,  or  but  imperfectly  acquired,  the  pursuit 
can  afford  no  satisfaction  to  a  sound  mind.  A  degree  of 
excitement  may  indeed  attend  the  accumulation  of  rari- 
ties, but  this  is  usually  of  temporary  duration  ;  and  if  a 
good  cabinet  should  be  acquired,  the  perpetual  conviction 
of  ignorance,  which  its  inspection  is  calculated  to  force  up- 
on the  possessor,  is  sufficient  to  produce  ultimate  indiffer- 
ence, if  not  disgust.  When  on  the  contrary,  the  prelimina- 
ry principles  are  acquired,  the  progress  of  the  pupil  is  uni- 
form, rapid  and  delightful.  Every  acquisition  to  his  col- 
lection supplies  some  link  in  the  chain  of  his  knowledge. 
His  cabinet  will  exhibit  the  symmetry  and  beauty  of  his 
attainments.  Every  specimen  worthy  of  possession,  will 
have  its  location  defined  beforehand,  from  which  it  cannot 
be  removed  without  a  palpable  violation  of  order.  A  cab- 
inet thus  formed  becomes  of  itself  an  expression  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  science,  by  means  of  which  its  possessor  is  en- 
abled to  corroborate  the  accuracy  of  its  details,  to  correct 
its  errors,  and  to  extend  its  limits.  Nature  here  becomes 
the  guide  and  teacher,  at  the  same  time  permitting  the  pu- 
pil to  experience  the  enthusiasm,  and  to  sustain  the  dignity, 
of  an  original  investigator. 


XIV  PREFACE. 

But  though  mineralogy  thus  pursued,  fully  rewards  her 
devotees,  its  numerous  connected  inquiries  and  pursuits  con- 
fer upon  it,  also,  a  high  and  deserving  interest. 

To  the  chemist  who  proposes  to  extend  his  knowledge 
to  the  productions  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  this  science  be- 
comes indispensable  in  order  to  enable  him  to  know  what  he 
has  analyzed,  or  how  to  distinguish  and  describe  the  body 
whose  composition  he  has  studied.  To  the  geologist  also, 
it  is  a  collateral  study  of  no  small  importance ;  since  the 
discrimination  of  many  rocks,  and  the  description  of  all, 
depend  upon  a  knowledge  of  no  inconsiderable  number  of 
mineral  species. 

Of  connected  inquiries,  however,  the  most  fertile  and 
highly  interesting,  is  that  arising  out  of  the  regular  forms  as- 
sumed by  crystals,  where,  considering  the  absence  of  the 
living  principle,  a  most  surprising  mixture  of  simplicity  and 
complexness  exists.  To  trace  out  the  geometrical  and  nu- 
merical laws  by  which  the  secondary  forms  are  derived  from 
a  few  fundamental  solids,  though  essential  as  a  part  of  de- 
terminative and  descriptive  mineralogy,  still  leaves  out  of 
the  question  numerous,  shorter  and  more  beautiful  modes  of 
treating  the  subject,  in  consequence  of  the  circuitous  route 
by  which  it  is  necessarily  effected  in  popular  treatises.  The 
invention,  therefore,  of  new  and  more  scientific  methods 
of  studying  the  geometry  of  crystals  will  always  afford  en- 
tertainment and  delight  to  those  who  possess  the  adequate 
mathematical  knowledge.  The  theoretical  consideration 
of  the  shapes  possessed  by  the  elementary  particles  as  con- 
nected with  the  same  subject,  though  without  any  positive 
means  of  verification  and  utility  in  the  practice  of  mine- 
ralogy, will  afford  to  such  inquirers  a  pleasing  occupation. 


PREFACE.  XV 

As  a  collateral  pursuit,  that  of  Optics  is  perhaps  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  and  productive,  as  seems  to  be  evinced 
by  the  rich  harvest  of  discoveries  made  by  BREWSTER  in 
relation  to  the  polarization  of  light  and  double  refraction, — 
discoveries  which  are  fruitful  in  new  and  highly  curious  ex- 
perimental phenomena,  as  well  as  useful  in  affording  an  un- 
expected method  for  detecting  in  ambiguous  cases,  the  pri- 
mary forms  of  crystals.  In  addition  to  which  mention  may 
be  made  of  HERSCHEL'S  ingenious  explanation  relative  to 
the  deviation  of  the  succession  of  colors,  which  many  crys- 
tals exhibit,  from  that  scale  of  tints  established  by  NEWTON, 
by  conceiving  the  axis  of  double  refraction  to  be  different 
for  different  colors;  and  of  another  discovery  of  the  same 
philosopher,  concerning  the  circular  polarization  of  light  to 
the  right  or  left,  and  the  plagihedral  crystallization  of 
Quartz;  (see  figures  371  and  373,)  from  which  it  appears 
that  right  handed  polarization  always  accompanies  right 
handed  plagihedral  faces,  and  left  handed  polarization,  left 
handed  faces.  Very  interesting  observations  are  likewise 
connected  with  the  origin  oMhe  various  kinds  of  lustre  as 
dependent  on  structure,  and  the  phenomena  of  colors  in 
Labradorite  as  the  result  of  internal  cavities  having  the 
shape  of  the  primary  solid. 

Not  the  least  curious  developement  is  that  made  by  SA- 
VART,  from  which  it  appears  that  the  acoustical  phenomena 
depending  on  the  elasticity  of  the  parts  of  the  crystal  lead 
to  information  connected  with  the  internal  structure  of  min- 
erals. The  elasticity  of  all  the  diametral  lines  in  transverse 
plates  cut  from  a  common  crystal  of  Quartz,  parallel  to  the 
axis,  having  similar  optical  properties,  is  equal ;  but  though 
all  the  plates  cut  parallel  to  the  axis  have  similar  optical 
relations,  their  acoustical  properties  have  a  relation  to  the 


XVI  PREFACE. 

edges  of  the  prism;  such  however,  that  any  three  plates  at 
angles  of  120°  have  an  equal  acoustical  elasticity.  He 
found  also  that  by  the  acoustical  properties  he  could  deter- 
mine the  cleavage  planes  of  Quartz,  and  in  general  whether 
a  given  portion  of  a  mineral  belongs  to  a  simple  crystal,  or 
to  a  mass  of  compound  individuals,  as  the  vibration  in  the 
different  cases  gives  corresponding  differences  of  note, 
amounting  to  a  full  tone. 

Besides  its  own  peculiar  attractions,  and  the  recommen- 
dations it  possesses  from  its  affiliation  with  many  branches 
of  general  Physics,  there  is  necessarily  superadcied  to  min- 
eralogy in  this  country  a  strong  interest  arising  out  of  the 
unexplored  state  of  its  mineral  riches.  By  far  the  largest 
part  of  our  territory  still  waits  for  the  first  labors  of  the  Min- 
eralogist ;  and  as  proof  that  the  full  harvest  of  discovery  has 
not  yet  been  gathered  in  even  in  the  New  England  states, 
New  York,  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  in  which  mine- 
ralogical  inquiries  commenced,  and  where  they  have  been 
followed  up  with  the  greatest  activity,  it  needs  only  to  be 
mentioned  that  these  stales  still  continue  to  develope  with 
each  passing  year,  discoveries  of  increasing  interest.  Should 
the  present  work  contribute  to  promote  investigations  so  in- 
viting in  themselves,  and  so  important  to  mankind,  whereby 
the  science  may  reap  fresh  acquisitions,  and  the  country 
increased  resources,  I  shall  experience  a  reward  greatly  be- 
yond the  merits  of  such  imperfect  labors. 

CHARLES  U.  SHEPARD. 
New  Haven,  May,  1835. 


XVli 

LIST    OF    THE    PRINCIPAL    WORKS    CONSULTED    IN    THE    PREPA- 
RATION   OF    THIS    TREATISE. 


Treatise  on  Mineralogy,  by  FREDERICK  MOHS,  translated  from  the 
German,  with  considerable  additions,  by  WILLIAM  HAIDINGER. 
Edinburgh,  1825. 

Traite  elementaire  de  Mineralogie  par  F.  S.  BEUDANT.    Paris,  1830. 

Vollstandige  Charakteristik  des  Mineral-Systems,  von  AUGUST  BREI- 
THAUPT.  Dresden  and  Leipzig,  1832. 

Charakteristik  der  Minsralien,  von  FRANZ  von  KOBELL.  Nurenberg, 
1831. 

Traite  de  Mineralogie,  par  L'ABBE'  KAUY.     Paris,  1823. 

Die  Mineralogie  in  sechs  urid  Zwanzig  Vorlesungcn,  von  Dr.  CARL 
FRIEDH.  ALEX.  HAHTMANN.  Ilmenau,  1829. 

Handbuch  der  Oiyktognosie  von  CARL  CAESAR  von  LEONHARD.  Hei- 
delberg, 1826. 

Die  Anwendung  des  Lothrohrs  in  der  Chemie  und  Mineralogie,  von 
T.  JACOB  BERZELIUS.  Niimberg,  1828. 

An  Elementary  Introduction  to  the  Knowledge  of  Mineralogy,  by  WIL- 
LIAM PHILLIPS.  London,  1823. 

An  Elementary  Treatise  on  Mineralogy  and  Geology,  by  PARKER 
CLEAVELAJND.  Boston,  1322. 

Nouveau  Systeme  de  Mineralogie,  par  J.  J.  BERZELIUS.     Paris,  1819. 

Elementos  de  Orictognosia,  por  el  C.  ANDRES  DEL  Rio.  Filadeliia, 
1832. 

Mineralogie  appliquee  aux  Arts,  par  C.  P.  BRARD.     Paris,  1821. 

Der  NaUrgeschiehte  des  Mineraireiches,  von  FRIEDERICH  MOHS. 
Wien,  1832. 

A  Manual  of  Mineralogy,  by  ROBERT  ALLAN.     Edinburg,  1834. 

Numerous  works  devoted  to  Crystallography,  among  which  may  be 
mentioned  those  of  HAUY,  BOURNON,  BROCHANT,  BROOKE  and 
NAUMANN. 

Various  Memoirs  in  the  different  English,  French  and  German  Jour- 
nals, and  Transactions  of  Academies  and  Learned  Societies;  the  Year- 
ly Account  of  the  Progress  of  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy,  by  BER- 
ZELIUS ;  the  American  Journal  of  Science;  the  Transactions  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  and  of  the  New  York 
Lyceum. 

C 


XV111 

BREITHAUPT'S  SCALE  OF  HARDNESS. 

1.  Foliated  Talc.  2.  Foliated  Gypsum.  3.  Foliated  Mica.  4.  Cal- 
careous Spar,  distinctly  foliated.  5.  Fluor,  distinctly  foliated.  6.  Apa- 
tite. 7.  Sodalite,  vitreous  Actynolite  and  foliated  Scapolite.  8.  Adula- 
ria.  9.  Quartz.  10.  Topaz.  11.  Foliated  Corundum.  12.  Diamond, 


ERRATA. 

VOL.  I. 

Page  12,  line  31,  for  Yttria  read  Lithia.        [and  dele  PARTSCH. 

"     43,  "  20,  for  Habron erne-Malachite  read  Copper-Baryte 

"     51,  "      7,  after  P  insert  on  do. 

"     83,  "  21,  for  930  40'  read  136°  50'. 

"     83,  "  23,  for  87°  8'  read  133°  34'. 

"   101,  "  2,  far  1350  rend  127°  27'. 

"   122,  "  10,  for  80°  read  60°. 

"    143,  "  25,  for  107°  05'  read  177°  05'. 

"    147,  "  25,  for  49 -00  read  58  71. 

"    147,  "  26,  for  14-00  read  21  -3 1. 

"    147,  "  27,  for  35-00  read  19-98. 

"  -159,  •"  30,  for  Cupreous  read  Euotomous. 

"    160,  "  20,  for  Prismatoidal  read  Cupreous, 

"    178,  "      1,  for  Pyramidal  read  Prismatic. 

"    188,  "  10,  for  54-44  read  59-44. 

"    233,  "      5,  for  ISO3  read  130°. 

"   233,  "  18,  for  Antimony  read  Tellurium. 

"   256,  "  10,  for  115°  53/  read  64°  51'. 

"   281,  "  26,  for  Iron  read  Chlnrune. 

VOL.  II. 

Page  31,  line  28,  for  protoxide  read  peroxide. 

"  32,  "  9,  insert  color  black. 

"  48,  "  13, /or  Molybdic  read  Plombic. 

"  128,  "  24,  for  Brachytypous  read  Pyromorphous, 

"  176,  "  14,  for  SCHEEVERITE  read  SCHEENERITE. 

"  186,  "  28,  after  Rome  insert  and. 

"  279,  "  24,  for  WOLCHOUSKOIT  read  WOLCHONSKOIT, 

"  288,  "  19,  for  Prismatic  read  Hemi-Prismatic. 

"  293,  "  9,  for  rather  read  rarely. 

"  296,    "  16,  for  affixed  read  prefixed. 


XIX 


TABULAR    VIEW 


OF  THE 


CLASSES,   ORDERS,  GENERA  AND  SPECIES 
OF   THE   NATURAL   SYSTEM.* 


GENERAL    PROPERTIES    OF    THE    CLASSES. 


CLASS  I. 


G.  under  3-8. 

No  bituminous  odor. 


CLASS  II. 


G.  above  1-8. 
Tasteless. 


*  The  following  abbreviations  are  employed  in  the  tabular  view: 
G.        for  Specific  Gravity. 
H.        for  Hardness. 
BEU.    for  BEUDANT. 
B.         for  BREITHAUPT. 
H.        for  HAIDIJVGER. 
M.       for  MOHS. 
P.        for  PARTSCH. 
S.        for  SHEPARD. 


XX  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

CLASS  III. 

G.  under  i-S. 

GENERAL   PROPERTIES   OF   THE  ORDERS 
OF    CLASS   I. 

Order  I.     GAS.     (M.) 

G.  0-0001...  0-0014. 

Gasiform. 

Not  acid. 

Order  II.     WATER.     (M.) 
G.  1-0. 

*  Liquid. 
Tasteless. 

Order  III.     ACID.     (M.) 
G.  0-0015...  3-7. 
Acid. 

Order  IV.     SALT.     (M.) 
G.  1-2...  2-9. 

Solid. 
Not  acid. 

GENERAL   PROPERTIES   OF  THE  ORDERS 
OF   CLASS  II. 

Order  I.     HALoiDE.1     (M.) 

Unmetallic.     Streak  uncolored. 
H.  2-0...  5-0. 
G.  2-2...  3-5. 


,  salt,  and  £jxo£,  like. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.  XXI 

Order  II.     BARYTE.'     (M.) 
Unmetallic.     Streak  uncolored,  or  orange-yellow. 
H.  2-5...  6-0. 
G.  3-3...  7-3. 

Order  III.     KERATE.3     (M.) 
Unmetallic.     Streak  uncolored. 
H.  1-0. ..2-0. 
G.  5-5...  6-5. 

Order  IV.     MICA.     (M.) 

Cleavage  monotomous.4 
H.  1-0...  4-5. 
G.  1-8...  3-4. 

Order  V.     PICROSMINE.S     (S.) 
When  moistened,  emits  an  argillaceous  odor. 
H.  2-0... 3-0. 

G.  2-0... 2-8. 

Order  VI.     SPAR.     (M.) 
Unmetallic. 
H.  3-5...  7-0. 
G.  2-0...  3-7. 

2  Boeder,  heavy. 

3  Ks'gac;,  horn. 

'4  M6vo£,  single,  and  TSJAVGJ,  /  cleave, — implying  that  the 
cleavage  is  distinct  only  in  a  single  direction. 

5  II»x£o£,  bitter,  and  otf^,  odor, — in  allusion  to  the  smell 
when  moistened. 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

Order  VII.     GEM.     (M.) 
Unmetallic.     Streak  uncolored. 
H.  5-5...  10-0. 
G.  1-9...  4-7. 

Order  VIII.     ORE.     (M.) 
H.  1-0...  7-0. 
G.  3-4...  7-4. 

Order  IX.     METAL.     (M.) 
Metallic. 

H.  0-0...  5-0. 
G.  5-7... 20-0. 

Order  X.     PYRITES.     (M.) 
Metallic. 
H.  3-0...  6-5. 
G.  4-1  ...7-7. 

Order  XI.     GLANCE.     (M.) 
Metallic.     Color  grey,  black. 
H.  1-0...  4-0. 
G.  4-2 ...  7-6. 

Order  XII.     BLENDE.     (M.) 
H.  1-0...  4-0. 
G.  3-9...  8-2. 

Order  XIII.     SULPHUR.     (M.) 
Unmetallic. 
H.  1-0...  2-5. 
G.  1-9...2-OK 


THE    NATURAL    ARRANGEMENT.  XX11I 

GENERAL   PROPERTIES   OF  THE  ORDERS 
OF  CLASS  III. 

Order  I.     RESIN.     (M.) 

H.  0-0... 2-5. 
G.  0-7...  1-6. 

Order  II.     COAL.     (M.) 
Streak  brown,  black. 
H.  1-0...  2-5. 
G.  1-2...  1-6. 

GENERAL  PROPERTIES  OF  THE  GENERA 
OF  CLASS  I.  with  an  enumeration  of  the  Species 
they  contain. 

I.  GAS. 

Gen.  I.     HYDROGEN  GAS.     (M.)     Odor  disagreeable. 
Sp.  1.  Pure  (M.)  Hydrogen. 

2.  Empyreumatic  (M.)    Car  bur  etted  Hydrogen. 

3.  Sulphuretted(M.)       Sulphur  etted  Hydrogen. 

4.  Phosphuretted(M.)    Phosphuretted Hydrogen. 

Gen.  II.     OXYGEN  GAS.     (S.) 
Sp.  1.  Pure  (S.)  Oxygen. 

Gen.  III.     NITROGEN-GAS.     (S.) 
Sp.  1.  Pure  (S.)  Nitrogen. 

Gen.  IV.     ATMOSPHERIC-GAS.     (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Pure  (M.)  Atmospheric  Mr, 

II.  WATER. 

Gen.  I.     ATMOSPHERIC-WATER.     (M.) 

Sp.  1.  Pure  (M.)  Water. 


XXIV  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

III.  ACID. 

Gen.  I.     CARBONIC-ACID.    (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Aer  i  for  m  (M.)  Carbonic  Acid. 

Gen.  II.     MURIATIC-ACID.     (M.) 
Sp,  1.  Aeriform  (M.)  Muriatic  Acid. 

Gen.  III.     SULPHUROUS-ACID.     (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Aeriform  (M.)  Sulphurous  Acid. 

2.  Liquid  (M.)  Sulphuric  Acid. 

Gen.  IV.    BORACIC-ACID.    (M.) 
Sp.  1 .  Prismatic6  (M.)  Sassolin. 

Gen.  V.    ARSENIC-ACID.     (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Octahedral7  (M.)  White  Arsenic. 

IV.  SALT. 

Gen.  I.  NATRON-SALT.    (M.)      Taste    pungent,   alkaline, 
H.  1-0...  1-5.     G,  T4...1-5. 

Sp.  1.  Peritornous8  (S.)  Gay  Lussite. 

2.  H  e  m  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c9  (M.)  Natron. 

3.  T  e  t  a  r  t  o-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  >  °  ( S. )  Trona. 


6  Applied  to  crystals  derived  from  the  right  rhombic  prism. 

7  Applied  to  crystals  derived  from  the  regular  octahedron. 

8  Il5£i,  around,   and  TSJUWW,  /  cleave, — implying  that  the 
cleavage  takes  place  in  more  th?n  one  direction  parallel  to 
the  axis,  and  that  the   faces  are  all  of  the  same  quality. 
The  result  of  the  cleavage  is  a  vertical  prism. 

9  'H/JLJ,  half,  applied  to  oblique  rhombic  prisms. 

10  T£ra£Tocr,  fourth,  applied  to  oblique  rhombic  prisms. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.          XXV 

Gen.  If.    EARTHY-SALT.     (S.)     Deliquescent. 

Sp.  1.  Calcareous  (S.)  Nitrocalcile.  (S.) 

2.  M  a  g  n  e  s  i  a  n  (S.)  Nitro-Magnesite.  (S.) 

Gen.  III.     GLAUBER-SALT.  (M.)    Taste  cool,  then  saline 

and  bitter:  weak.  H.  1-5...  2-0.    G.  1-4...T5. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Glauber-Salt. 

2.  P  r  i  s  m  a  t  o  i  d  a  1 l '  (S.)      Aphthitalite '  2  (BEU.) 

Gen.  IV.  NITRE-SALT.  (M.)  Taste  saline  and  cool.  H.2'0. 
G.  1'9...  2-0. 

Sp.  1 .  Prismatic  (M.)  Nitre . 

2.  Rh  o  in  b  o  h  e  d  r  a  I1 *  (S.)  Soda  Nitre.  (S.) 

Gen.  V.  ROCK-SALT.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Hexahedral14  (M.)        Common  Salt. 

Gen.  VI.    AMMONIA-SALT.    (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Octahedral  (M.)       ,      Sal-Ammoniac. 

Gen.  VII.    VITRIOL-SALT.    (M.)  Taste  astringent.  H.  2*0 
...2'5.     G.  T8...2-3. 

Sp.  1.  H  e  m  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (M.)    Copperas. 

2.  White  Copperas. 

3.  Paratomous15  (S.)        Botryogene.  (HAID.) 

4.  T  e  t  a  r  t  o-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (M.)  Blue  Vitriol. 

1 T  Alluding  to  a  single  cleavage,  parallel  to  the  axis. 
12  A<p$iro£,  unalterable,  and  aXcr,  salt. 
1  3  Implying  the  connexion  of  the  forms  with  the  rhom- 
boid. 

14  Implying  the  connexion  of  the  forms  with  the  cube. 

15  Ila^a,  about*  and  TS/JLVW,  /  cleave,  referring  to  faces  of 
cleavage  of  an  indeterminate  number. 


XXVI  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

5.  Prismatoidal  (S.)  Brochantite.  (LEVY.) 

6.  Prismatic  (M.)  White  Vitriol 

7.  S  t  a  p  h  y  1  i  n  e '  •  (S.)  Cobalt  Vitriol 

8.  H  a  b  r  o  n  e  m  e  '  7  (S.)  Uranium  Vitriol. 

Gen.  VIII.  URANIUM  S/LT.  (S.) 
Sp.  1.  C  u  p  r  i  c  (S.)  Johannite. 

Gen.  IX.     BITTER-SALT.  (M.)     Taste  saline,  bitter. 

H.  2'0...  2'5.  G.  1-7...  1'8. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Epsom  Salt. 

2.  Volatile(S.)  Mascagnine.  (REUSS.) 

Gen.  X.     ALUM-SALT.  Taste  sweetish,  astringent.  H.  2'0. 

2'5.     G.  1-7...  1-8. 
Sp.  1.  Octahedral  (M.)  Alum. 

2.  Prismatic  (S.)  Solfatarite. l 8  (S.) 

Gen.  XL     BORAX-SALT.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Borax. 

Gen.  XII.    BRiTHYNE1 9-SALT.  (M.)    Taste  saline,  feebly 
astringent.     H.  2'5  . . .  3'0.     G.  2*75  . . .  2'85. 

Sp.  1.  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  (S.)  Thenardite. 

2.  Prismatic  (M.)  Glauberite. 

3.  S  t  e  1  e  n  e 2  °  (S.)  Polyhallite. 

1 6  2<ra<puXr;,  a  bunch  of  grapes,   alluding  to  botryoidal 
shapes. 

1 7  'A/3£o£,  delicate,  and  vjjj&a,  a  thread  or  fibre. 

1 8  From   the  solfataras,   in  which  the  mineral  is  chielly 
found. 

1 9  B^idOs,  dense,  (heavy.) 

2  °  Sr^X-yj,  a  column,  in  allusion  to  the  columnar  structure 
of  the  mineral. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.         XXVII 

GENERAL   PROPERTIES   OF   THE  GENERA 

OF   CLASS  II. 
HALOIDE. 

Gen.  I.    CRYONE21 -HALOIDE.   (M.) 
Sp.  1.  O  r  t  h  o  t  y  p  o  u  s2  2  (M.)       Cryolite. 

Gen.  II.    ALUM-HALOIDE.    (M.) 
Sp.  1 .  Rhombohedral  Mum-Stone. 

Gen.  III.  MALACHITE-HALOIDE.  (S.)   Color  green,  or  blu- 
ish green.     H.  2'0 . , .  3'0.     G.  2*3  . . .  3'0. 

Sp.  1 .  Staphyline(S.)  Chrysocolla. 

2.  Lirocone23  ( S. )  Liroconite. 

3.  H  e  x  a  h  e  d  r  a  1  (S.)  Cube  Ore. 

4.  P  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Skorodite. 

5.  H  a  b  r  o  n  e  m  e  (S.)  Nickel  Green. 

Gen.  IV.    FLUOR-HALOIDE.  (M.)     H.  4'0 . . .  5'0.    G.  3-0 
. . .  3'3. 

Sp.  1.  Octahedral  (M.)  Fluor. 

2.  Rhombohedral  (M.)     Apatite. 

3.  Pr  i  sm  atic  (S.)  Herderite. 

4.  Fluellite. 

5.  H  e  m  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)     Yttrocerite. 

Gen.  V.     LIME-HALOIDE.     (M.)     H.  3'0 . . .  4*5.     G.  2'5 

. . .  3'2. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Arragonite. 


21  Kpyo£,  ice,  in  allusion  to  the  easy  fusibility  of  the  min- 
eral. 

23  Opdo£,  straight,  and  TU^O^,  form,  in  allusion  to  the  per- 
pendicular cleavage  of  the  mineral. 

2  *  Afjpfe,  pale,  and  xovia,  powder,  or  dust. 


XXVI11  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

2.  Rhombohedral  (M.)      Calcareous  Spar. 

3.  Macro typous  24  (M.)    Dolomite. 

4.  Brachy  typous25  (M.)  Rhomb  Spar. 

5.  Paratomous  (M.)  Ankerite. 

6.  Microtine26  (S.)  Plumbocalcite. (TURNER.) 

7.  S  tap  byline  (S.)  Magnesite. 

BARYTE. 

Gen.  I.       PARACHROSE2  7-BARYTE.       (M.)       H.  3'5     .  .  6-0. 

G.  3'3 ...  3'9. 

Sp.  1.  Macrotypous  (M.)         Dlallogite. 

2.  B  r  a  c  hy  ty  pou  s  (M.)       Spathic  Iron. 

3.  Rhombohedral  (S.)      Troostite.  (S.) 

4.  Prismatic  (S.)  Triplite. 

5.  T  e  t  a  r  t  o-p  r  i  s  rn  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Manganese  Spar. 

6.  Staphy line  (S.)  Bustamite. 

Gen.  II.     ZINC-BARYTE.     (M.)  H.  5'0.     G.  3'3...45. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Electric  Calamine. 

2.  Axotomous2  8  (S.)  Willemite. 

3.  Rhombohedral  (M.)  Calamine. 


24  Maxpos,  long)  and 

25  Bpa^ug,  «^ori,  and  ruroj:,  form. 

26  Mixpoc:,  small,  alluding  to  the  minuteness  of  the  crys- 
tals. 

27  napaxpwtfis,  change  of  color,  from  the  alteration  in 
color    which    the  species  undergo  from  exposure  to  the 
weather. 

2  8  A|wv,  ^e  axis,  and  <rstavw,  /  cleave  ;  the  cleavage  con- 
sisting of  a  single  face,  which  is  perpendicular  to  the  axis. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.         XXIX 

Gen.  III.     TUNGSTIC    BARYTE.     (M.)     H.   4'0...5'5. 

G.  4'5...  6'J. 
Sp.  1.  Pyramidal29  (M.)  Tungsten. 

2.  P  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Xenotime. 3  °  (BEU.) 

3.  O  c  t  a  h  e  d  r  a  1  (S.)  Microlite.  (S.) 

4.  Perilomous  (S.)  Thorite. 

5.  Rhombohedral  (S.)     Flucerine. 

6.  Tetarto-prismatic(S.).M0tta:^e.  (B.) 

Gen.  IV.     HAL-BARYTE.   (M.)  Prismatic  and  hemi-pris- 

matic.     H.  3  0  ...  4*0.  G.  3'6 . . .  4'7. 

Sp.  1.  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  (M.)  Strontianite. 

2.  Hem  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (M.)  Baryto-  Calcite. 

3.  D  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  l  i  c 3 1 '  (M.)  Witherite. 

4.  Prismatic  (M.)  Heavy  Spar. 

5.  Prisrnatoi  d  al  (M.)  Celestine. 

Gen.  V.     LEAD-BARYTE.    (M.)  H.  2'5...4'0.     G.   54 

...7-3. 

Sp.  1.  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  i^M.)  Kerasite. 

2.  K  e  r  a  s  i  n  e  (S.)  Corneous  Lead. 

3.  D  i-p  r  i  s  in  a  i  i  c  (M.)  White  Lead  Ore. 


29  Applied    to   crystals   derived     from    the   riglit  square 
prism,  and  from  the  octahedron  with  a  square  base. 

30  Ksvos,  vain,  and   TIJULTJ,   honor;  in   allusion  to  the  cir- 
cumstance that  the  phosphate  of  yttria,  of  which  this  mine- 
ral consists,  was  for  a  time  regarded  as  the  oxide  of  a  new 
metal,  the  Thorium. 

31  When  the  cleavages  are  parallel  to  the  sides  of  a  four- 
sided  vertical  prism,  and  at  the  same  time  to  a  horizontal 
prism. 

D 


XXX  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

4.  Hedy  ph  anous  (S.)       Hedyphane. 

5.  P y  r  o  m  o  r  p  h  o  us3  3  (S.)  Pyromorphite. 

6.  S  t  a  p  h  y  1  i  n  e  (S.)  Plumbo-Gummite.  (S.) 

7.  He  mi-prismatic  (M.)  Red  Lead- Ore. 

8.  Pyramidal  (M.)  Yellow  Lead- Ore.  (S.) 

9.  Tung  stic  (S.)  Schceletine.  (BEU.) 

10.  Prismatic  (M.)  Anglesite.  (BEU.) 

11.  Axotomous  (M.)  Leadhillite.  (BEU.) 

12.  Prismatoidal  (S.)  Dyoxylite.3*  (B.) 

13.  Cupreous  (S.)  Caledonite.  (BEU.) 

14.  Euotomous35   (S.)  Cupreous  Anglesite. 
1  5*  • Vauquelinite. 

Gen.  VI.     COPPER-BARYTE.  (S.)     Color  blue  and  green. 

H.  25.  ..5-0.     G.  3-2...  4-6. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (S.)  Olivinite. 

2.  Di-prismatic  (S.)       Libethenile. 

3.  Aplvanistic36   (S.)       Jlpha-nesite. 

4.  Azure  (S.)  R  he  Malachite. 

5.  Rhombohedral  (S.)  Dioptase. 

6.  Peritomous  (S.)          Euchroite. 

7.  H  e  m  i  -  p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Pseudo  Malachite. 


33  IIu£,  fire,  and  f*op9^,  form,  referring  to  it?  crystalliza- 
tion from  fire. 

84  A-£,  twice,  and  ogu^,  acicZ,  from  Us  containing  two 
acids. 

35  Eu,  wellj  and  rg/uivw,  I  cleave ^  from  the  distinctness  of 
the  cleavages. 

36  A9av^,  indistinct. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.          XXXI 

8.  Habroneme  (S.)          Green  Malachite. 

9.  Prismatoidal  (S.)      Jltacamite. 
10.  Dystome37   (S.)  Erinite. 

Gen.  VII.     TELLURIUM-BARYTE.  (S.) 
Sp.  1.  Staphyline  (S.)  Herrerite. 

Gen.  VIII.     BISMUTH-BARYTE.  (S.) 
Sp.  1 .  T  e  t  r  a  h  e  d  r  a  1  (S.)        Bismuth-Blende. 

Gen.  IX.    ANTIMONY-BARYTE.  (M.) 
Sp.  1 .  Prismatic  (M.-)  White  Antimony. 

KERATE. 

Gen.  1.     PEARL  KERATE.     (M.)      H.  1-0... 2-0.     G. 
5-5...  6-5. 

Sp.  1.  Hexahedral  (M.)        Horn  Silver. 

2.  Pyramidal  (M. )  Horn  Quick  Silver. 

3.  Monotomous  (S.)       lodic  Silver. 

MICA. 

Gen.  I.     EucHLORE38-MicA.     (M.)     Color   green  and 

yellow.     H.  1-0...  2-5.     G.  2-5  . . .  3-2. 
Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (M.)   Copper  Mica. 

2.  Prismatic  (M.)  Kupaphrite.  (S.) 

3.  Pyramidal  (M.)  Uranite. 


37  Au£,  with  difficulty,  and  T^AVW,  I  cleave. 
3  8  Eu,  well,  and  ^XWPO^,  green,   from  the  distinctness  of 
the  green  color. 


XXXU  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

Gen.  II.     COBALT-MICA.. (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Diatomous39  Cobalt  Bloom. 

Gen.  III.     Pyrosmalite-MicA.  (B.) 
Sp.  1.  Hexagonal  (B.)  Pyrosmalite. 

Gen.  17.     IRON-MICA.    (M.)      H.  2-0... 2-5.     G.  2-6 

...2-7. 

Sp.  1 .  Prismatic  (M.)  Vivianite. 

2.  Rhombohedral  (S.)    Cronstedite. 

Gen.  V.     GRAPHITE-MICA.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (M.)   Plumbago. 

Gen.  VI.     TALC-MICA.  (M.)     H.    1-0... 2-5.     G.  2-4 

...3-0. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Talc. 

2.  Rhombohedral  (M.)  Mica. 

Gen.  VII.     GYPSUM-MICA.     (S.)      H.  1-0...  3-5.     G. 

2-3...  3-0. 
Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (S.)  Native  Magnesia. 

2.  Prismatoidal  (S.)       Gypsum,. 

3.  Prismatic  (S.)  Anhydrite. 

4.  Diatomous  (S.)  Haidingerite. 

5.  Hemi-prismati  c  (S.)  Pharmacolite. 

Gen.  VIII.     PEARL-MICA.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (M.)  Margarite. 

39  Aiot,  through,  and  T^/XVW,  I  cleave, — implying  that  the 
crystals  possess  one  distinct  diagonal-cleavage. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.        XXX111 

PICROSMINE. 

Gen.  I.     ATELENE*  °-PiCRosMiNE.     (S.)      Lustre  dull. 
H.  2-5...  3-0.     G.  2-2...  2-6. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (S.)  Serpentine. 

2.  Fibrous  (S.)  Picrolite. 

3.  Prismatoidal  (S.)       Picrosmine. 

4.  Nernaline41    (S.)  Nemalite. 

5.  Brittle  (S.)  Kerolite. 

6.  Glyptic  (S.)  Figure  Stone. 

SPAR. 

Gen.  I.    SCHILLER-SPAR.  (M.)     Cleavage  monotomous. 

H.  3  5...  5-0.     G.  2-6...  3-3. 
Sp.  1.  D  i  a  t o  m  o  us  (M.)  Schiller  Spar. 

2.  H  emi-pr  i  sra  a  tic  (M.)  Bronzite. 

Gen.  II.     DISTHENE-SPAR.    (M.)     H.   5-0...  7-0.     G. 
3-0...  3-7. 

Sp.  1 .  Prismatic  (M.)  Kyanife. 

2.  Prismatoidal  (S.)       Spodumene. 

Gen.  III.     DYSTOME-SPAR.  (M.)      H.   5-0  . . .  7-0.     G. 
2-8...  3-0. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Datholite. 

2.  Pyramidal  (S.)  Gehlenite. 

3.  Periotomous  (S.)        Edingtonite. 


^gr,  imperfect;  in  allusion  to  the  want  of  regular 
forms  in  the  genus. 

4  *  NSjfJux,  a  thread^ — from  the  fibrous  structure. 

D* 


XXXIV  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

Gen.  IV.     WAVELLINE-SPAR.  (S.)     Botrybidal,  and  co- 
lumnar.    H.  3-0  ...  4-5.  G.  1-85  . . .  3-00. 
Sp.  1.  Staphyline  (S.)  Gibbsite. 

2.  Uncleavable  (S.)        Mlophane. 

3.  Prismatic  (S.)  Wavellite. 

4.  Prismatoidal  (S.)       Karpholite. 

5.  Hemi-prismat  i  c  (S.)    Cummingtonite. 

6.  T  e  t  a  r  t  o-p  r  i  s  in  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Dlaspore. 

Gen.  V.     KOUPHONE-SPAR.  (M.)     H.   3-5...  6-0.     G. 

2-0...  2-5. 
Sp.  1.  Axotomous  (M.)          Prehnite. 

2.  Abrazitic42   (S.)  Gismondm. 

3.  Trapezohedral  (S.)  Leucite. 

4.  Dodecah'edral  (M.)    Sodalite. 

5.  Hexahedral  (M.)        Analdme. 

6.  Paratomous  (M.)         Harmotome. 

7.  Vesuvian  (S.)  Comptonite. 

8.  Staurotypous43  (M.)    Phillipsite. 

9.  Rhom  bohed  ral  (M.)    Chabasie. 

10.  Sarcoline44(S.)  Gmelinite. 

11.  Macrotypous  (M.)  Levyne. 

12.  Diatomous  (M.)  Laumonite. 

13.  Prismatic  (M.)  Mesotype. 

14.  Orthotornous  (M.)  Thomsonite. 
16.  Prismatoidal  (M.)  Stilbite. 

42  A  and  B^a^w,  to  bubble,  from  the  fact  that  it  does  not 
effervesce  when  melted  before  the  blow-pipe. 

43  2<rau£o£,  a  cross,  and  ruVop,  a  form,  in  allusion  to  the 
cross  form  of  its  macles. 

44  2ot£f,jfe*£,  from  its  reddish  white  color. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT,        XXXV 

16.  H e  rn  i-p  r  i  s  rn  a  t  i  c  (M.)  Heulandite. 

17.  Diplogenous  (M.)       Epistilbite. 

18.  Poly  prismatic45  (S.)  Brewsterite. 

19.  Pyramidal  (M.)  Apophyllite. 

Gen.  VI.     AZURE-SPAR.  (M.)     Color  blue.     H.  5-0  . . . 

6-0.     G.  2-83...  3-10. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Lazvlite. 

2.  Prismatoidal  (M.)      Blue  Feldspar. 

3.  Uncleavable(S.)          Turquoise. 

Gen.  VII.     FELD-SPAR.  (M.)     H.  5-0...  6-0.     G.  2-5 
...3-1. 

Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (M.)  Nepheline. 

2.  Orthotomous  (M.)      Feldspar. 

3.  Heterotomous4  6  (M.)  Periklin. 

4.  T  e  t  a  r  t  o-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  ( M.)  Mbite. 

5.  Anorthotomous  (M.)  Anorihite. 

6.  Polychromatic47  (M.)  Labradorite. 

7.  Eru  throne48   (S.)         Latrobite. 

Gen.  VIII.     ANDALUSITE-SPAR.  (M.) 
Sp.  1 .  Prismatic  (M.)  Jlndalusite. 

45  IIoXu?,  many*  in  allusion  to  the  numerous  prisms  its 
crystals  present  in  a  single  form. 

46  'E<rs£(xr,  another,  and  TS'JXVW,   I  cleave,  in  allusion  to  its 
having  a  different  cleavage  from  Feldspar. 

47  IloXtV,  many,  and  x^a>  c°l°ri  ^n  allusion  to  the  play 
of  colors  it  presents. 

4  8  Efud£o£,  red. 


XXXVI 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


Gen.  IX.     PETALINE-SPAR.  (M.)     H.  5-0 ...  6-5.     G. 

2-8  ...  3-2. 
Sp.  1.  Uncleavable  (S.)          Nephrite. 

2.  Dusclaone  (S.)  Saussurile. 

3.  Prismatic  (M.)  Petalite. 

4.  Rhombohedral  (S.)      Eudyalite. 

5.  Pyramidal  (S.)  Scapolite. 

6.  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  (S.)  Fahlunite. 

7.  Prism  atoidal  (S.)         Jlmblygonite. 

Gen.  X.    AUGITE-SPAR.  (M.)     H.  4-5  . . .  7-0.     G.  2-7 
...3-5. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatoidal  (M.)  Epidote. 

2.  D  y  s  t  o  m-e  ( H.)  Bucklandite. 

3.  Paratomous  (M.)  Pyroxene. 

4.  A  c  h  rn  i  i  i  c  (S.)  Jlchmite. 

5.  A  x  o  t  o  m  o  u  s  ( M.)  Babingtonite. 

6.  He  mi-prismatic  (M.)  Hornblende. 

7.  Peritomous  (M.)  Jlrfwedsonite. 

8.  M'etalloidal  (S.)  Hypersthene. 

Gen.  XL  TABULAR-SPAR.  (S.)     H.  3-5  ...  6-0.     G.  2-0 
...2-9. 

Sp.  1.  Teta  r  to-prismatic  (S.)  Tabular  Spar. 

2.  Prismatic  (S.)  Pyrallolite. 

3.  Parachrose  (S.)  Boltonite. 

GEM. 

Gen.  1.  CORUNDUM.  (M.)    H.  7-0...  9-0.  G.  3-5  . . .  4-6. 
Sp.  1.  Dodecahedral  (M.)     Spinel. 

2.  Octahedral  (M.)  Jlutomolite. 

3.  Rhombohedral  (M.)     Corundum. 


t 

THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.        XXXV11 

Gen.  II.     DIAMOND.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Octahedral  (M.)  Diamond. 

Gen.  III.     TOPAZ.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Topaz. 

Gen.  IV.  EMERALD.  (M.)    H.  7-5...  8-0.  G.  2-6...  3-2. 

Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Euclase. 

2.  Rhombohedral  (M.)    Emerald. 

3.  Pyramidal  (S.)  Chrysoberyl. 

4.  Phenakine  (S.)  Phenakite. 

(NORDENSKIOLD.) 

Gen.  V.  QUARTZ.  (M.)     H.  5-5  ...  7-5.     G.  1-9 . .  .2-7. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Mite. 

2.  Rhombohedra]  (M.)     Quartz. 

3.  Uncleavable  (M.)         Opal 

4.  Em  py  rod  ox49   (M.)       Pitchstone. 

5.  Isopyric  (H.)  Isopyre. 

Gen.  VI.  AXINITE.  (M.)     Color  brown.     H.  6-5  ...  7-0. 
G.  3-0...  3-3. 

Sp.  1.  Tetarto-pr  i  s  m  a  tic  (S.)£xinite. 
2.  Pr  is'matoid  al  (S.)         Bucholzite. 

Gen.  VII.     CHRYSOLITE.  (M.) 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Peridot. 

Gen.  VIII.     BORACITE. 
Sp.  1.  Tetrahedral  (M.)         Boracite. 

49  E(jwru£o£,  belonging1  to  fire,  and  ^oga,  opinion. 


XXXVlll 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


Gen.  IX.     TOURMALINE.  (M.)     H.  7-0  ...  7-5.     G.  3-0 

. . .  3-2. 
Sp.  1.  Rhombohedral  (M.)     Tourmaline. 

2.  Hemi-prismatic  (S.)  Brucite. 

3.  Pyramidal  (S.)  Idocrase. 

Gen.  X.     GARNET.     H.  60...  7-5.     G.  3  1 . . .  4'3. 
Sp.  1.  Tetrahedral  (M.)          Helvin. 

2.  Dodecahedral  (M.)      Garnet. 

3.  Pyramidal  (M.)  Zircon. 

4-  Prismatoidal  (S.)         Staurotide. 

ORE. 

Gen.  I.     MELANESO-ORE.  (P.)     H.  60...7-0.     G.  4'0 

. '. .  43. 

Sp.  1.  Tetarto-prismatic  (P.)  Jlllanite. 
2.  Hemi-prismatic  (P.)       Gadolinite. 


Gen.  II.    ERUTHRONE-ORE.  (S.) 

brown.     H.  3  5  . . .  7'0. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (S-) 

2.  Pyramidal  (S.) 

3.  Prismtoidal  (S.) 

4.  Pyrochlore  (S.) 

5.  Mela  nous  (S.) 

6.  D  iatomous  (S.) 

7.  Peritomous  (S.) 

8.  Octahedral  (S.) 

9.  Hemi-prismatic  (S.) 


Some  shade  of  red  or 
G.  3  4...  7-1. 

Sphene. 

Jlnatase* 

Jlischynite-  (BERZ.) 

Pyrochlore. 

Polymignite.  (BERZ.) 

Brookite* 

Rutile. 

Red  Copper-Ore. 

Red  Zinc-Ore. 


Ms'Xocf,  Black, 


THE    NATURAL    ARRANGEMENT. 

10.  Uncleavable  (S.)          Cerite. 

11.  Monotomous  (S.)          Yttro-Tantalite. 

Gen.  III.  IRON-ORE.  (M.)    H.  5'0 . . .  65.    G.  3-8 . . .  5-3. 

Sp.  1.  Octahedral  (M  )  Magnetic  Iron. 

2-  C  h  r  o  m  a  t  e  d   (S.)  Chrome-Ore. 

3.  Dodecahedral  (M.)  Franklinite. 

4.  A  x  o  t  o  m  o  u  s  (M. )  Crichlomte. 

5.  Uncleavable  (S)  Mohsite. 

6.  Rhombohedral  (M.)  Specular  Iron. 

7.  Prismatic  (M  )  Limonite. 

8.  Di-prismatic  (M.)  Yetiite. 

Gen.  IV.     BARYTE-ORE.    (S.)     H.  50..,6'6.     G.  6'0 
...74. 

Sp.  1 .  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  (S  )  Tin-Ore. 

2.  Prismatic  (S  )  Wolfram. 

3.  P  y  r  a  rn  i  d  a  1  (  S  )  Columbite. 

4.  Uncleavable  (S.)  Pitchblende. 

Gen.  V.    MANGANESE-ORE.  (M.)     Color  black.     H.  2'0 

...65.     G.  3  1  ...49- 

Sp.  1.  Pyramidal  (M  )  Black  Manganese. 

2.  Brachytipous  (M)        Braunite. 

3-  Uncleavable  (M  )         Psilomelane. 

4.  Prism  atoidal  (M.)        Manganite. 

5.  Prismatic  (iM  )  Pyrolusite. 

6.  S  t  a  p  h  y  1  i  n  e  (S  )  Cupreous  Manganese. 


X  TABULAR   VIEW    OF 

Geh.  VI.     LUSINESI-ORE.  (S.)     Pulverulent. 

Sp.  1.  Bismuthic  (S.)  Bismuth  Ochre. 

2.  Tungstic  (S.,)  Tungslic  Ochre. 

3.  Molybdic  (S.)  Molybdic-Ochre. 

4.  Uranic  (S.)  Uranic-Ochre. 

5.  Chromic  (S.)  Chrome-Ochre. 

6.  Cobaltic  (S.)  Earthy  Cobalt. 

7.  Cupric  (S.)  Melaconite.52  (BEU.) 

8.  Plumbic  (S.)  Minium. 

.9.  Antimonic  (S.)  Antimony- Ochre. 

METAL. 

Gen.  I.     MALAcoNE53-METAL.  (S.)     Color  white,  red- 
dish and  yellow.     H.  0-0  ...  3-5.     G.  6-0  ...  14-8. 
Sp.  1.  Auro-tellu  riu  m  (S.)     MuUerile.5*    (BEU.) 

2.  Tellurium  (S.)  Native   Tellurium. 

3.  Bismuth   (S  )  Native  Bismuth. 

4.  Mercury  (S  )  'Native  Mercury. 

5.  Argent  o-rn  ercury(S)  Native  Amalgam. 

6.  Argent  o-a  ntimony  (S)  Jlntimonial  Silver. 

7.  Silver  (S.)  Native  Silver. 

8.  Copper  (S-)  Native  Copper. 

9.  Gold  (S.)  Native  Gold. 

10.  Arsenic  (S.)  Native  Arsenic. 

11.  Antimony(S-)  Native  Jlntimony. 

5 1  A'jtf»£,  decomposition,  from  the  circumstance  that  the 
species  of  this  genus  result  from  the  decomposition  of  other 
species. 

52  JVL'Xacr,  black,  and  xovict,  powder. 

53  MaXaxoc:,  soft. 

54  The  discoverer's  name. 


THE  NATURAL  ARRANGEMENT.  xli 

Genus  II.     SCLERONE*  5  METAL.     (S.)     H.  4'0...5'0. 

G.  7-31  ...18-5. 
Sp-  1.  Iron  (S-)  Native  Iron. 

2.  Platina(S-)  Native  Platina. 

3.  I  r  i  d  i  u  m  (S.)  Native  Indium. 

4.  I  r  i  d-o  s  mi  u  m  (S.)  Irid-Osmine. 

5.  P  a  1 1  a  d  i  u  m  (S.)  Native  Palladium. 

PYRITES. 

Gen.  I.     ERUTHLEUcoNE5  8-PYRiTES.  (S.)     Color  white 

to  red.     H.  5-0...  6-0.  G.  5-7...  7-0. 

Sp.  1.  Cupreous  (S.)  Copper  Nickel. 

2.  E  uotomous  (S.)  Nickel  Glance. 

3.  A  n  t  i  m  o  n  i  a  1  (S.)  Nickel  Stibine.   (BEU. ) 

4.  A  x  o  t  o  m  o  u  s  ( S. )  Leucopyrite. 51  ( S. ) 

5.  P  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)  Mispickel. 

6.  C  o  b  a  1 1  i  c  (S.)  Cobalt  Pyrites. 

7.  Octah  e  d  r  al  (S.)  Smaltine.  (BEU.) 

8.  Hexahedral  (S.)  Cobaltine.  (BEU.) 

Gen.  II.    CHLORONE58-PyRiTEs.  (S.)  Color  greenish  yel- 
low.    H.  3-0...  6-5.      G.  4-1...  5-1. 
Sp.  1.  Hexahedral  (S.)  Iron  Pyrites. 

2.  P  y  r  a  rn  i  d  a  1  (S.)  Yellow  CopperPyrites. 

3.  Prismatic  (S.)  White  Iron-Pyrites. 

4.  Capillary  (S.)  Capillary  Pyrites. 

55  2xX>jpo£,  hard. 

5  6  Epudpoc;,  red,  and  Xsuxos,  white,  the  color  being  a  mix- 
ture of  red  and  white. 

57  Aeuxos,  white,  and  flrupiTrjs,  a  storce  emitting  fire. 
5  8  XXwpoj,  yellowish  green. 

VOL.    I.  E 


xlii 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


Gen.  III.    BRONZE-PYRITES.  (S.)    Color  bronze.    H.  3-5. 

...40.     G.  4-1...  4-7. 

Sp.  1.  R  h  o  m  b  o  h  e  d  r  a  1  (S.)     Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites. 
2.  Octah  ed  r  a  I  (S.)  Variegated  Copper* 


GLANCE. 

Gen.  1.     COPPER-GLANCE. 
G.  43... 

Sp.  1.  Hexahedral(M-) 

2.  Tetrahedral  (M.) 

3.  D  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (M.) 

4.  Prismatic  (M.) 


(M.)     H.  2-5...  4-0. 

5'8. 

Tin  Pyrites. 
Fahlerz. 
Bournonite- 
Vitreous  Copper. 


Gen.  II.  PoLYPoioNE5  °-GLANCE.  (S.)     H.  1-0  . . .  2-5. 

G.  4-5..  .8-5. 

Sp.  1.  Prism  atoi  d  al  (S.) 
2.  Dodecahedral  (S.) 
.3.  Hexahedral  (S.) 

4.  Selenious  (S.) 

5.  Paratornous  (S.) 

6.  Prismatic  (S.) 

7.  Telluric  (S.) 

8.  Bismuthic  (S.) 

9.  Uncleavable  (S.) 

10.  Cu  preo  us  (S.) 

11.  Monotornous  (S.) 


Black  Silver. 
Vitreous  Silver. 
Galena- 
EuJcairite. 

Clausthalite.60  (BEU.) 
Black  Tellurium* 
Telluric  Silver. 
Bornite.61  (BEU.) 
Stromeyerite. 
Cupreous  Bismuth. 
Sternbergite. 


* 9  IIoXuc;,  many,  and  qroisw,   to  make,  in  allusion  to  the 
number  of  species  in  the  genus, 

60  From  the  locality. 

61  Named  from  DE  BORN, 


THE    NATURAL    ARRANGEMENT.  xllll 

12.  Rhombohedral  (S.)     Molybdenite. 

13.  A  xo  to  in  o  u  s  (S.)  Pelybasite.9* 

Gen.  III.     ANTIMONY-GLANCE.  (M.)     H.  1  5  .  .  .  2-5. 

G.  4-2...  5  8. 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (M.)  Graphic  Gold. 

2.  Prism  atoidal  (M.)        Grey  Antimony. 

3.  Axotomous  (M.)  Jamesorite. 

4.  P  e  r  i  t  o  m  o  u  s  (P.  )  Zinkenite.  G  3 

BLENDE. 

Gen.  I.     SCLERONE-BLENDE.  (S.)     H.  3-5  ...  4'0. 

G.  3-9  ...  4-2. 

Sp.  1.  Hex  abe  d  ra  1  (S.)  Manganblende. 

2.  Dodecahedral  (S.)       Blende. 

Gen.  II.     MALACONE-BLENDE.  (S.)    4H.  1-0..  .2-5. 

G.  4-5...  8-2. 
Sp.  1  .  P  r  i  am  a  t  ic  (S.)  Red  Antimony. 

2.  Rhombohedral  (S.)     Red  Silver. 

3.  Aphotistic64  (S.)          Proustite.  (BEU.) 

4.  H  e  m  i-p  r  i  s  m  a  t  i  c  (S.)    Myargyrite. 

5.  Peritomous  (S.)  Cinnabar. 

6.  S  ele  n  i  ou  s  (S.)  Rionite.65  (S.) 

7.  Yellow(S.)  Orpiment. 

8.  Red  (S.)  Realgar. 


62  IIoXOs,  many,  and  Batf^,  Sa^e,  having  many  bases  in  its 
composition. 

63  Named  from  ZINKEN,  its  discoverer. 

s  4  A  and  <pw£,  rozW  o/  Zzg-Af,  from  its  dark  color. 
65  Named  from  DEL  Rio. 


XV       TABULAR    VIEW    OF    THE    NATURAL    ARRANGEMENT. 

SULPHUR. 

Gen.  I.     BRITTLE  SULPHUR.     (S.) 
Sp.  1.  Prismatic  (S.)  Sulphur. 

2.  S  e  1  en  i  o  u  s  (S.)  Sulpho-Sdenite.  (S.) 

GENERAL   PROPERTIES  OF   THE   GENERA  IN 

CLASS  III. 
RESIN. 

Gen.  I.     MELICHRONE^-RESIN.     (M.) 
Sp.  1 .  P  y  r  a  m  i  d  a  1  ( M.)  Mellite. 

Gen.  II.     MINERAL  RESIN.  (M.)     H.  0-0  ...  2-5. 

G.  0-8...  1-2. 

Sp.  1.  Yellow(M.)  Amber. 

Black  (M.)  Bitumen. 

COAL. 

Gen.  I.     MINEBAL-COAL.  (M.)     H.  1-0. 

Sp.  1.  Bituminous  (M.)  Bituminous  Coal. 

2.  Non-bituminous  (M.)  Anthracite. 

66  MsXr^pwv,  having  the  color  of  honey. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTIONS 

OF    THE 

SPECIES. 


I 


ABRAZITE.     (See  Gismondin.) 
ACHMITE.      Achmitic   Augite-Spar. 

Primary  form.    Oblique  rhombic  prism.  MonM=93°4'. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  obtuse  lat- 
eral edges  deeply  truncated,  together  with  the  edges  of  the 
base  in  such  a  manner  as  to  give  rise  to  a  very  acute 
4-sided  summit :  the  acute  lateral  edges  also  slightly  trun- 
cated in  some  instances. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  distinct;  traces,  parallel  with 
the  diagonals.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal.  Surface, 
broad  secondary  lateral  planes  streaked  longitudinally ;  the 
rest,  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  brownish-black,  with  a  tinge  of 
yellow  or  green.  Streak  pale  yellowish-grey.  Translu- 
cent on  the  edges,  to  opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =6-0. .  .6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =3-2. .  .3-3. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  melts  into  a  black  globule,  which  move* 
the  magnetic  needle.  It  affords  no  moisture  by  calcination,  and  is  not 

attacked  by  the  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Silica 55-25 

Peroxide  of  iron 31-25 

Soda 10-40 

Lime 0.72 

Protoxide  of  manganese,  1*08 
1 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Achmite. — Aischynite. 


3.  It  is  found  engaged  in  Quartz  near  Kongsberg  in  Norway. 

4.  This  mineral  has  been  referred  to  Pyroxene  by  several  mineralo- 
gists, from  which  substance,  however^  it  appears  sufficiently  distinct. 

ACHYRITE.     (See  Dioptase.) 

ACICULAR  BISMUTH  GLANCE.     (See  Needle-Ore.) 

ACTINOTE.     (See  Hornblende.) 

ACTYNOLITE.     (See  Hornblende.) 

ADAMANTINE-SPAR.     (See  Corundum.) 

ADINOLE.     (See  Petrosilex.) 

ADIPOCIRE  MINERAL.     (See  Hatchetine.) 

ADULARIA. 

The  most  transparent  and  pure  varieties  of  JLlbite  and  Feld- 
spar, q.  v. 

AE^UINOLITE.     (See  Pitchstone.) 

AEROSITE.     (See  Red  Silver.) 

AGALMATOLITE.     (See  Figure-stone.) 

AGARIC  MINERAL.     (See  Calcareous  Spar.) 

AGATE.     (See  Quartz.) 
AISCHYNITE.    Prismatoi  dal  Eru  throne-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  terminated  by  4-sided 
pyramids. 

Lustre  sub-metallic.  Color  black.  Streak  dark  grey  to 
black. 

Hardness  =5-0... 7-0.     Sp.  gr.  =5-14.  ..5-55. 

1.  In  the  matrass,  it  yields  a  little  moisture,  without  altering  its  appear- 
ance. In  an  open  tube  it  affords  distinct  traces  of  Fluoric  acid.  At  an 
incipient  red  heat,  upon  charcoal,  or  in  the  pJatina  forceps,  it  puffs  up 
and  enlarges  in  all  its  dimensions,  especially  in  the  direction  of  its  cleav- 
age, curls  over  to  one  side  and  remains  without  fusing  of  a  dull  yellow 
color.  With  borax,  it  is  dissolved  in  large  quantities;  the  glass  present- 
ing a  dark  yellow  color  both  in  the  oxidation  and  reduction  fire  of  the 
blow-pipe.  When  the  mineral  is  added  in  excess,  the  glass  after  cool- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Aischynite. — Albite. 


ing  becomes  opake.  It  is  easily  soluble  into  a  clear  and  colorless  glass 
with  the  salt  of  phosphorus.  With  soda,  it  is  decomposed,  without  suf- 
fering fusion. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HARTWALL. 

Titanic  acid 56-00 

Zirconia 20-00 

Oxide  of  cerium IS'OO 

Lime -         -  3-80 

Oxide  of  iron             -         -         -         -         -         -  2-60 

Oxide  of  tin 0-50 

3.  It  was  brought  from  Mias  in  the  Ural  mountains  of  Siberia,  by 
MEXGE. 

ALBIN.     (See  Apophyllite.) 
ALBITE.      Te  tar  to-prismatic    Feldspar. 

PARTSCH. 
Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism. 


MonT  -  -  -  -  117°  53' 
M  on  P  -  -  -  -  93  30 
T  onP  -  -  -  -  115  5 


M 


Secondary  form. 

Fig.  2. 

(C    p  ^?\ 

M  on  1   -     -     -     - 

119°  52' 

^ 

-"" 

P  on  /   -     -     -     - 

119     51 

1     M 

P  on  x  -     -     -     - 

127     23 

T 

T  on  x  -     -     -     - 

110     29 

T  

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Albite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  perfect;  parallel  to  the  faces  M 
and  T  less  perfect,  though  frequently  obtained  with  suffi- 
cient precision  to  admit  of  the  application  of  the  reflective 
goniometer. 

Fracture  uneven,  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Surface  slightly  rough  or  streaked  upon  some  of  the  pri- 
mary faces,  but  even. 

Lustre  vitreous,  often  inclining  to  pearly  upon  perfect 
faces  of  cleavage.  Color  white,  passing  into  grey,  red  and 
green.  Streak  white.  Transparent  in  small  crystals,... 
translucent  on  the  edges.  A  bluish  opalescence  is  some- 
times observable. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  2*613  (small  transparent  crystals 
from  Datiphiny.)  Limits  2-61  . . .  2-68. 

Compound  varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular  to  the  prismatic  axis. 

Fig.  3. 

Fig.  4.       , 


Mnn    9 

...     149     12 

M'on/    -     -    -     - 
P  ong     -     -     -     - 

...     148     30 
-     -     -     150       5 
Q7      Q7 

on  y 

T    on  11 

1  fU      39 

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Albite. 


Twin-crystals,  like  the  above  figures,  and  others  still 
more  complicated,  are  of  frequent  occurrence,  compared 
with  simple  forms. 

Massive  :  composition  granular ;  individuals  of  various 
sizes,  commonly  compressed  parallel  to  T,  in  which  case 
the  composition  assumes  a  lamellar  appearance  ;  the  lam- 
ellae being  arranged  somewhat  in  a  stellular  manner.  The 
composition  rarely  approaches  the  impalpable,  in  which 
case  it  becomes  strongly  coherent. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  on  charcoal,  it  becomes  glassy,  semi-transpa- 
rent and  white  ;  but  rneits  with  difficulty  only  on  its  edges  into  a  semi- 
transparent,  vesicular  glass.  It  is  dissolved  by  borax,  but  slowly  and 
without  effervescence.  If  the  borax  be  previously  mingled  with  oxide 
of  nickel,  the  resulting  globule  will  present  a  brown  color. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  EGGERTZ,         By  ROSE,  By  STROMEYER, 

from  Finbo.        from  Arendal.       from  Chesterfield,  Mass. 
Silica         .         70-48  .          68-84         .         .        70-68 

Alumina    .         18-45  .  20-53         .         .         1980 

With  a  little  oxide  of 

iron  and  liine. 
Soda  .         10-50  9-12         .         .  9-06 

Lime          .  55  .  0-00         .         .          023 

Oxide  of  iron  &  ^ 


manganese 

3.  Albite  is  found  entering  into  the  composition  of  granite,  either  along 
with  quartz    and  mica,    or  accompanied   by  feldspar.     In  general,    it 
would  appear,  that  in  those  granite  veins  and  beds,  where  Tourmaline 
abounds,  Albite  is  substituted  for  feldspar.     Albite  is  also  one  of  the  con- 
stituents of  sienile  and  greenstone. 

4.  The  largest  crystals  of  Albite  hitherto  known,  are  from  Kerabinsk 
in  Siberia.     Crystallized  varieties  are  found  also  in  the  highest  districts 
of  St.  Gothard,  and  the  Alps  of  Savoy.     The  foliated,  massive,  and  near- 
ly impalpable  varieties,  occur  at  Chesterfield  and  Goshen,  (Mass.)  asso- 
ciated with  Tourmalines  of  various  colors,  as  also  at  Paris  in  Maine  ;  at 
the  former  places,  small  transparent  crystals,  lining  cavities  ift  the  ma«- 
shre  variety,  rarely  present  themselves  :  in  Middletown,  Con.,  at  Ha*i  • 

i* 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Albite — Allanite. 


dain,  Con.,  in  two  different  localities ;  the  one  along  with  Chrysoberyl 
and  Columbite,  where  it  is  almost  impalpably  massive ;  the  other,  one 
mile  and  a  half  S.W.,  where  it  occurs  in  large  granular  individuals  of  a 
greenish  white  color,  associated  with  Quartz,  black  Tourmaline,  and 
rarely  with  the  variety  of  mica  called  Finite.  A  variety  similar  to  that 
occurring  along  with  the  Columbite  of  Haddam,  comes  from  Finbo  and 
Brodbo  in  Sweden. 

ALLAGITE.     (See  Red  Manganese-Ore.} 
ALLANITE.     Te  tar  to-Prismatic  Melane- 
Ore.    PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique-angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=  115°. 

Secondary  form. 

Mon  r      -     ....  116°  00- 
Ton  r     ------  129     00 

s    on  r      -.-.--  135     30 

y    on  r     .....  109     01 

s    on  a?      -----  156 

t on x      -----  164 

y   on  a;      -     -     -     -     -  151 

y   on  t 166 


45 
30 
00 
30 


ivi 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  r  and  M  distinct.  Fracture  imper- 
fectly conchoidal. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic  to  resinous.  Color  brown- 
ish or  greenish-black.  Streak  greenish-grey.  Opake. 
Faintly  translucent  and  brown  in  thin  splinters,  to  opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  6-0.     Sp.  gr.— 4-001. 

Compound  varieties.  In  acicular  aggregations.  Mass- 
ive. Composition  impalpable.  Lustre  vitreous.  Color 
passing  into  brown  if  the  mineral  be  decomposed.  Sp.  gr. 
=.•3-1.  ..4*0. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Allanite. 


1.  Several  minerals,  proposed  by  different  authors  as  distinct,  appear 
to  fall  within  the  present  description.     Of  these  the  Allanite  of  THOM- 
SON presents  us  with  the  most  distinct  crystals.     The  Orthite  of  BER- 
ZELIUS  owes  its  diminished  sp.  gr.  to  its  state  of  partial  decomposition. 
The  Cerine  of  the  same  author,  or  the  Cerium  oxide  siliceux  noir  of 
HAUY,  is  usually  compact  and  black. 

2.  Allanite  froths  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  melts  imperfectly  into  a 
black  scoria,  and  it  gelatinizes  in  nitric  acid.     Orthite  froths,  becomes 
yellowish  brown,  and  melts  with  effervescence  into  a  black  vesicular 
globule;  with  borax  into  a  transparent  one,  and  gelatinizes  in  heated  acids. 
The  Cerine  behaves  in  a  similar  manner,  but  Us  globule  acts  upon  the 
magnetic  needle. 

3.  Analysis. 


Oxide  of  cerium 

By  THOMSON, 

Mlanite, 
from  Greenland. 

33-90 

By  BERZELIUS, 

Orthite,              from  Got- 
from  Finbo.         tliebsgang. 
17-39         .         19-44 

Oxide  of  iron 

25-40 

11-42         .         12-44 

Silica 

35-40 

18-83         .        32-00 

Lime 

920 

4-89        .          7-84 

Alumina 

4-10 

14-00         .         14-80 

Yttria 

00-00 

3-80         .          3-44 

Oxide  of  manganese  . 
Water 

00-00 
00-00 

1-36         .          3.40 
8-70         .           5-36 

By  WOLLASTON. 
JLllanite,  from  Myssore. 
Silica                       .            34-00 

By  HISINGER. 
Cerme,from  Riddarhytta. 
30-17 

Alumina 

9-00 

11-31 

Oxide  of  cei'ium 

1980 

28-19 

Oxide  of  iron 

32-00 

20-72 

Lime 

00-00 

9.12 

Oxide  of  copper 
Water 

00-00 
00-00 

0-89 
0-40 

4.  Allanite  was  first  found  at  Alluk  in  East  Greenland,  accompanied 
by  Zircon  and  Quartz.  Orthite  occurs  at  Finbo,  near  Fahlun  in  Swe- 
den, along  with  Quartz,  Feldspar  and  Albite,  in  gneiss.  The  Cerine  ex- 
ists in  the  copper  mines  of  St.  Gorans  at  Riddarhytta. 

ALLOCHROITE.     (See  Garnet.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Allophane — Alum. 


ALLOPHANE.    Uncleavable  Wa velline-Spar 

Reniform,  botryoidal,  massive ;  composition  impalpable. 

Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.     Color  blue,  green, 
brown  and  grey.     Transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =  3-0  nearly.     Sp.  gr.  =  1  -85 ...  1-88. 

1.  Alone  upon  charcoal  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  does  not  melt,  though 
it  swells  up,  becomes  feebly  coherent,  and  communicates  to  the  flame  a 
copper  green  color.  With  borax,  it  fuses  with  great  difficulty  into  a  col- 
orless glass.  It  is  not  soluble  in  soda  ;  but  the  mass  becomes  green  in 
the  oxidation  heat,  and  red  in  the  reduction  flame  :  on  the  addition  of  bo- 
rax, a  speck  of  metallic  copper  may  be  obtained. 
2.  Analysis. 


By 

STROMEYER, 

By  FICIJVUS, 

from  Saalfeld. 

from  Schneeberg. 

Alumina 

32.202 

Hydrate  of  alumina       .         34-30 

Silica 

21-922 

Silica                               .        30- 

Lime 

0730 

Hydrate  of  copper         .        23-70 

Sulphate  of  lime 

0517 

Carbonate  of  lime           .           2-80 

Carbonate  of  copper 

3-058 

Oxide  of  manganese      .           1-80 

Hydrate  of  iron 

2-270 

Water                             .           7.80 

Water 

41301 

3.  It  is  found  at  Saalfeld  in  Thuringia,  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  and  at 
Taune  in  the  Hartz. 

ALMANDIN.     (See  Garnet.) 
ALUM.     Octahedral  Alum-Salt.     MOHS. 

Stalactitic  :  composition  columnar  or  granular,  often  im- 
palpable. Mealy  efflorescence. 

Lustre  vitreous  ;  if  delicately  fibrous,  pearly ;  sometimes 
dull.  Color  white  or  greyish  white.  Transparent .  . . 
translucent  or  opake. 

Hardness=2-0  .  . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.=  l-75.  Taste  sweet- 
ish astringent. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Alum — Alum-stotie. 


1.  Alum  is  very  soluble  in  water,  melts  before  the  blow-pipe  iu  its 
water  of  crystallization,  and  is  converted  into  a  spongiform  mass. 

2.  Analysis. 

Potash  9-94 

Alumina 10-82 

Sulphuric  acid          ....       33-77 
Water  45-47 

3.  It  occurs  in  a  state  of  efflorescence  upon  minerals  and  rocks  which 
contain  alumina,  potash  and  sulphuret  of  iron ;  as  upon  alum-stone,  alum- 
slate  and  mica-slate :  it  is  also  found  accompanying  brown-coal,  and  is 
contained  in  the  waters  of  certain  mineral  springs. 

4.  Alum  occurs  on  the  alum-slate  rocks  near  Christiania  in  Norway, 
and  under  the  same  circumstances  as  near  Moffat  in  Dumfries-shire,  and 
Ferry-town  of  Cree  in  Galloway ;  on  bituminous  shale  and  slate-clay  at 
Hurlet  near  Paisley  in  Scotland :  in  coal  mines  in  Bohemia,  Bavaria  and 
Italy ;  and  in  various  places,  too  numerous  to  be  mentioned,  in  New- 
England,  upon  mica-slate.        * 

5.  This  salt,  as  produced  by  nature,  requires  first  to  be  purified,  in  or- 
der to  be  fitted  for  the  purposes  of  the  arts.     Its  artificial  solution  affords 
it  in  regular  crystals,  having  the  form  of  the  regular  octahedron.     A 
great  quantity  of  alum  is  obtained  by  the  aid  of  chemical  processes.     Its 
uses  are  various ;  as  for  instance,  in  dyeing,  in  medicine,  for  the  manu- 
facture of  leather  and  paper,  and  the  prevention  of  putrefaction. 

ALUMINITE.     (See  Websterite.) 

ALUM-STONE.     Rhombohedral  Alum-Halo- 
id e.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  92°  50'  r.  g. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary  form  with  one  or  more 
of  its  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  tangent  secondary  planes  rath- 
er perfect,  that  parallel  with  the  primary  faces  indistinct. 
The  primary  faces  sometimes  streaked  parallel  to  the  edges 
of  the  secondary  faces. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  upon  the  more  dis- 
tinct faces  of  cleavage.  Color  white,  sometimes  reddish 
or  greyish.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 


10  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Alum-stone — Amber. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =5-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-694  (a  crystal- 
lized Variety  from  Tolfa.) 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  small 
granular,  often  impalpable ;  fracture  uneven,  flat  conchoi- 
dal,  splintery,  sometimes  earthy. 

1.  Alone,  in  the  matrass,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  at  first  disengages 
moisture  ;  but  a  more  intense  heat  occasions  a  sublimate  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia.  The  crystals  decrepitate  with  great  energy  when  heated,  and 
become  reduced  to  powder  like  Diaspore.  Upon  charcoal  in  a  strong 
heat  it  contracts,  but  does  not  melt.  It  dissolves  however,  in  borax, 
with  effervescence,  and  gives  rise  to  a  colorless  and  transparent  glass. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  VAUQUELIN.  ByCoRDiER, 

of  the  crystals. 

Alumina  .         .        43-92        .         .         .        39-654 

Silica  .         .         24-00         .         .         .          0-000 

Sulphuric  acid  .        .        25-00        .        .        .        35-495 
Potash  .         .  3-08         .         .         .         10-021 

Water  .        .          4-00          and  loss  14  380 

a  trace  of  oxide  of  iron. 

3.  Alum-stone  is  found  at  Tolfa  near  Civita  Vecchia,in  the  vicinity  of 
Rome  ;  also  in  Tuscany  in  the  kingdom  of  Naples,  and  in  the  county  of 
Beregh  in  Hungary.  According  to  CORDIER,  it  exists  in  almost  all 
burning  volcanoes.  It  seems  to  form  beds  of  greater  or  less  extent,  chief- 
ly made  up  of  the  massive  varieties,  in  which  small  cavities  occasionally 
present  themselves  lined  with  the  crystals,  which  are  always  very  mi- 
nute. 

*  4.  It  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  alum  ;  and  the  superior  qual- 
ity of  that  from  Tolfa  has  been  ascribed  to  this  mineral. 

AMALGAM.     (See  Native  Amalgam.) 
AMAZON  STONE.     (See  Feldspar.) 
AMAUSITE.     (See  Petrosilex.) 
AMBER.    Yellow  Mineral-Resin.    MOHS. 
Irregular  forms,  grains  and  spheroidal  masses. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  11 

Amber. 


Cleavage  none.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface  une- 
ven and  rough. 

Lustre  resinous.  Prevalent  color  yellow,  passing  into 
red,  brown  and  white.  Streak  white.  Transparent .  . . 
translucent. 

Not  very  brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0. .  .2-5.  Sp.  gr. 
=  1-081. 

Resinous  electricity  produced  by  friction. 

1.  Two  sub-species  have  been  distinguished  in  Amber,  according  to 
their  lustre  and  transparency.     Yellow  Amber  contains  yellow  and  red 
varieties,  and  which  possess  the  highest  degrees  of  transparency  to  be 
met  with  in  the  species.     White  Amber  refers  to  white  and  pale  yel- 
low, faintly  translucent  varieties.    Often,  however,  both  kinds  are  join- 
ed in  one  and  the  same  specimens, — passing  insensibly  into  each  other, 
which  demonstrates  their  identity. 

2.  Amber  burns  with  a  yellow  flame,  giving  out  an  agreeable  odor, 
and  leaves  a  carbonaceous  residue.     It  is  soluble  in  alcohol. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  DRAPPIER. 

Carbon 80-59 

Hydrogen 7-31 

Oxygen 6-73 

Lime              .....  1*54 

Alumina 1-10 

Silica              0-63 

4.  Amber,  without  doubt  owes  its  origin  to  the  vegetable  kingdom  ;  an 
opinion  sufficiently  established   by  the  insects  and  other  organic  bodies 
which  it  often  includes,  by  the  analogous  substance  known  in  commerce 
under  the  name  of  Gum  Copal,  which  is  afforded  by  a  family  of  trees 
growing  in  India,  as  well  as  by  the  circumstances  under  which  Amber 
is  known  to  occur, — it  being  found  in  beds  of  bituminous  wood,  from 
which  it  is  disengaged  by  the  action  of  the  waves  on  the  sea  coast. 

5.  The   principal  places   from  whence  Amber  is  obtained  are:  the 
Prussian  borders  of  the  Baltic  Sea,  (where  it  is  collected  by  the  govern- 
ment, either  during  or  immediately  after  storms,  which  rake  it  up  from 
its  bed  and  throw  it  on  shore,)  Denmark,  Spain,  Sicily,  Greenland,  Chi- 


12  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Amblygonite. 


na  and  other  countries.  It  has  repeatedly  been  met  with  in  various  parts 
of  the  Green  sand  formation  of  the  United  States,  either  loose  in  the  soil, 
or  engaged  in  marl  or  lignite,  as  at  Gay  Head  on  Martha's  Vineyard, 
near  Trenton  in  New  Jersey,  at  Camden  in  Pennsylvania,  and  at  Cape 
Sable  (near  Magothy  river)  in  Maryland. 

6.  The  more  transparent  and  handsomely  colored  specimens  are  cut 
into  various  ornaments  and  works  of  art ;  more  common  varieties  are  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  certain  kinds  of  varnish.  It  is  also  used  for 
fumigation.  The  oil  and  acid  of  amber  were  formerly  articles  of  medi- 
cine. 

AMBLYGONITE.     Prismatoidal    Petaline- 
Spar. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
106°  10'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  prismatic  faces,  apparently  with 
greater  facility  in  one  direction  than  in  the  other.  Frac- 
ture uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  greenish- 
white,  passing  into  light  mountain  and  celandine-green. 
Streak  white.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Hardness  =  6-0.     Sp.  gr.^3-00  . . .  3-04. 

Compound  Varieties.    Massive  :  composition  columnar. 

1,  Heated  by  itself  in  a  matrass,  it  affords  a  little  moisture,  which  in  a 
high  heat  is  perceptibly  acid,  and  corrodes  the  glass.  Upon  charcoal, 
before  the  blow-pipe,  it  easily  melts  into  a  clear  glass,  which  however 
becomes  opake  on  being  suffered  to  cool. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Phosphoric  acid      .         ,        .         .         54-12 
Alumina  ....         38'96 

Yttria  ....          692 

3.  It  is  found  only  at  Chursdorf  near  Penig  in  Saxony,  where  it  occurs 
in  granite  along  with  Tourmaline  and  Topaz. 

AMETHYST.     (See  Quartz.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Analcime. 


13 


AMIANTHUS. 

Silky  fibrous  varieties  of  Hornblende,  Pyroxene,  Picrosmene  and 
Nemolite.  q.  v. 

AMPHIBOLE.     (See  Hornblende.) 
AMPHIGE'NE.     (See  Leucite.) 
AMPHODELLITE. 

Crystalline ;  the  form  of  the  crystals  said  to  resemble  those  of 
Feldspar.  Cleaves  in  two  directions,  whose  mutual  inclina- 
tion is  94°  9'. 

Fracture  resembles  that  of  Scapolite.     Color  reddish. 
Hardness  =  4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-793. 
1.  Analysis. 

By  NORDENSKOLD. 

Silica  45-SO  ^ 

Alumina 3545 

Lime  1015 

Magnesia 5-05 

Protoxide  of  iron    .  1-70 

Moisture  and  loss  .         .         .  1'85 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  lime  quarries  of  Lozo  in  Finland. 

3.  There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  sufficient  reason  why  Amphodcl- 
lite  should  not  be  included  under  Scapolite,  except  the  indications  of 
crystalline  form,  which  however  do  not  appear  to  have  received  much 
attention. 

ANALCIME.  HexahedralKouphone-Spar.  MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  7. 
Fig.  6. 


P,  P'  or  P"  on  b 

b  on  b 


-  1440  44/     3/7 

-  146     26    33 


14  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Analcime. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  form  obtained  with 
difficulty ;  and  even  when  most  distinct,  of  a  very  inter- 
rupted appearance. 

Fracture,  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Surface  in  general  smooth,   sometimes  faintly  streaked. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white,  passing  into  grey,  more 
frequently  into  reddish-white  and  flesh-red.  Streak  white 
transparent .  .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =2-068  (crystals 
from  the  Tyrol.) 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  more  or  less  strongly  coher- 
ent. Faces  of  composition  uneven  and  rough,  and  often 
irregularly  streaked. 

1.  When  first  heated,  Analcime  becomes  milk-white,  and  affords  a  lit- 
tle moisture  :  in  a  more  intense  heat  upon  charcoal,  it  melts  without  in- 
tumescence or  ebullition  into  a  clear,  slightly  vesicular,  glassy  globule. 
It  gelatinizes  in  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Silica              55-84 

Alumina 22-55 

Soda                13-73 

Water 7-90 

3.  Analcime  chiefly  belongs  to  trap  and  basalt,  in  the  amygdaloidal  va- 
rieties of  which  it  mostly  abounds.     It  has  also  been  found,  but  more 
rarely,  in  lavas  and  in  gneiss.     Associated  with  it,  are  Calcareous  spar 
and  the  zeolitic  minerals,  particularly  Chabasie  and  Mesotype.     When 
fqund  in  gneiss,  it  has  occurred  in  beds,  or  metalliferous  veins,  along 
with  Garnet  and  Pyroxene. 

4.  Large  and  handsome  crystals  of  Analcime  are  found  at  the  Seiser 
Alp  in  the  Tyrol,  at  Dumbarton  in  Scotland,  near  Almas  and  Tokoro  in 
Transylvania.     Other  localities  are,  the  western  isles  of  Scotland,  Faroe 
Islands  and  Iceland,  Partridge  Island  in  the  Basin  of  Mines,  (Nova  Sco- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anatase. 


15 


tia.)  and  Monte  Somma — where  from  its  being  of  a  flesh-red  color  it  has 
received  the  name  of  Sarcolite.  It  is  met  with  in  the  iron-stone  beds  of 
Arendal  in  Norway,  and  in  the  silver  veins  of  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz. 

ANATASE.     Pyramidal  Titanium-Ore.  MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base.     P  on 
P  (over  the  base)  =136°  47'. 

Secondary  forms. 
Fig.  8. 

Fig.  9. 


P  on  o 


r  on  o 
r  on  s 
P  on  5 


-   111°  17' 

152  -27 
166  30 
132  5 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  faces  and  to  b,  both 
perfect. 

Fracture  conchdidal,  scarcely  observable. 

Surface  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  metallic  adamantine.  Color  various  shades  of 
brown,  more  or  less  dark,  also  indigo-blue.  Streak  white. 
Semi-transparent .  .  .  translucent. 

Hardness^  5-5  ...  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-826. 


16 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anatase — Andalusite. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  behaves  like  pure  oxide  of  titanium.     It 
dissolves,  with  difficulty,  in  the  salt  of  phosphorus,  and  the  portion  not 
melted  becomes  white  and  semi-transparent.    The  experiments  of  VATJ- 
QTJELIN  prove  it  to  be  a  pure  oxide  of  titanium. 

2.  It  occurs  in  narrow,  irregular  veins,  consisting  of  those  species 
which  constitute  the  rocks  themselves,  viz.  Albite,  Quartz,  Mica  and 
Augite,  and  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  Axinite  and  Crichtonite. 

Its  chief  localities  are  Bourg  d'Osians,  in  Dauphiny  and  Switzerland  ; 
but  it  is  also  found  in  Cornwall,  in  Norway,  in  Spain  and  Brazil. 

ANDALUSITE.    Prismatic  Andalusite.    MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    MonM'=91°2Q' 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  10. 

Fig.  11. 


M 


M  on  M'  -         -         -         91°  20' 

P  on  M'  or  M     -  90     00 

P  on  c  -       140     00 

d   on  c  -       145     00 

g    ong  -       125     00 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  M7  distinct;  parallel  with 
P  scarcely  perceptible. 
Fracture  uneven. 

Surface  uneven   and  rough.     Generally  covered  with 
plates  of  Mica  or  Talc. 

Lustre    vitreous.     Color  flesh-red    passing  into  pearl- 
grey.     Streak  white.     Translucent  on  the  edges. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Andalusite. 


17 


Hardness  =  7-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  3'104  (of  a  cleavable  va- 
riety.) 

Compound  varieties.  Massive  :  composition  indistinctly 
granular  and  columnar. 

1.  The  mineral  long  known  under  the  name  of  Made  or  Chiastolite 
appears  to  be  a  mixed  mineral,  consisting  of  Andalusite  and  some  of  the 
minerals  entering  into  the  formation  of  clay  slate  ;  the  Andalusite  assum- 
ing a  crystalline  form  and  being  subject  to  a  remarkable  composition, 
which  will  be  understood  from  the  annexed  figures  representing  cross 
sections  of  the  twin-crystals.  The  twin  crystal  in  each  instance,  it  will 
be  seen,  results  from  the  juxta-position  of  four  single  crystals,  whose 
nearest  point  of  contact,  as  respects  any  two  of  them,  is  formed  by 
Fig.  12.  Fig.  13.  Fig.  14. 


17 


20 


2* 


18  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Andalusite. 


their  lateral  edges.  It  is  not  common  to  find  the  edges  of  the  bases 
equal,  as  in  fig.  12  ;  two  of  the  sides  being  more  frequently  unduly  ex- 
tended, as  in  figs.  13  and  14.  Cross-sections  made  in  different  parts 
of  one  crystal  sometimes  afford  the  different  appearances  of  figs.  12, 
13,  and  14.  But  the  more  common  mode  of  aggregation  is  represented  by 
*  figs.  15, 16X 17  and  18,  which  results  from  the  greater  or  less  replacement 
of  the  angles  that  are  adjacent  in  the  composition.  Rarely,  we  are  pre- 
sented with  a  parti-colored  aspect,  as  in  figs.  19  and  20,  the  inner  por- 
tion a  exhibiting  a  milk-white  color,  while  the  exterior  &,  is  of  a  green- 
ish grey  color.  The  hardness  of  these  crystals  varies  from  3-D  to  7-5, 
according  to  the  preponderance  of  Andalusite  in  their  composition. 
Those  which  possess  the  hardness  of  7-5  have  the  color, lustre  and  cleav- 
ages of  Andalusite.  The  circumstance  which  determines  to  the  forma- 
tion of  these  twin-crystals  pertains  apparently  to  the  gangue ;  for  the 
Macle  occurs  only  in  clay  slate,  while  a  similar  aggregate,  varying  in 
hardness  from  3-0  to  7-5,  is  found  imbedded  in  single  crystals  of  the  form 
of  fig.  12,  in  veins  of  Quartz,  at  the  same  locality.  Before  the  bjow- 
pipe,  Macle  affords  a  little  moisture  without  suffering  any  alteration.  In 
a  white  heat,  its  color  becomes  white,  but  it  does  not  undergo  the  slight- 
est fusion.  With  borax,  it  is  with  much  difficulty  dissolved  into  a  trans- 
parent glass.  According  to  a  recent  analysis  of  LANDGREBE,  it  con- 
sists of  Silica  68-497,  Alumina  30-109,  Magnesia  1-125,  Water  and  Car- 
bon 0-269 ;  and  another  by  JACKSON,  of  Silica  33-0,  Alumina  61.0,  pro- 
toxide of  iron  4-0,  and  Water  1-50. 

2.  Alone,  before  the  blowpipe,  it  whitens  in  spots,  but  does  not  melt. 
With  borax,  it  dissolves  with  great  difficulty  into  a  transparent  and  col- 
orless glass. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  VAUQTJELIJY,  By  BRANDES, 

from  Spain.  from  Tyrol. 

Silica  .         .        3246         .         .         .         34-000 

Alumina  .         .         52-24         .         .         .        55-750 

Potash  .         .          8-10         .         .         .  2-000 

Oxide  of  iron       .         .          200         .         .         .  3-375 

Loss  .         .          6-00         .         .         .          0-000 

Lime  2-125 

Magnesia 0-375 

Oxide  of  manganese 3-625 

Water  1-000 

4.  Crystals  of  Andalusite  are  found  imbedded  in  mica  slate,  or  im- 
planted in  the  cavities  of  rocks  forming  irregular  beds  or  nodules  in  gra» 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Andalusite. — Anglesite. 


19 


nite  and  primitive  slate.     It  is  generally  associated  with  Quartz,  some- 
times with  a  decomposing  Mica. 

5.  This  species  was  first  discovered  in  the  province  of  Andalusia  in 
Spain.     Crystals  of  very  considerable  magnitude  are  found  in  the  valley 
of  Lisenz  near  Inspruck  in  the  Tyrol.     It  also  occurs  near  Braunsdorf  in 
Saxony,  at  Herzogau  in  the  Upper  Palatine,  at  Forez  in  France,  in  grey 
dolomite  containing  Hornblende  in  the  Simplon,  and  in  black  limestone 
with  granular  Iron-Pyrites  at  Coulepeux  in  the  valley  of  Ger,  (Haut  Ga- 
ronne.) in  mica-slate  in  Aberdeenshire  in  Scotland,  in  the  counties  of 
Wicklow  and  Dublin   in  Ireland.     In   the  United  States   at  Westford, 
Mass,  it  occurs  abundantly  both  crystallized  and  massive.     A  few  hand- 
some crystals  have  also  been  found  at  Litchfield,  (Con.) 

6.  The  Chiastolite  or  Macle  is  found  at  a  great  number  of  places  ;  but 
no  where  so  plentifully,  or  under  such  a  diversity  of  forms,  as  in  the 
towns  of  Lancaster  and  Sterling,    (Mass.)     It  is  in  Lancaster  that  the 
single  crystals  of  Macle  imbedded  in  Quartz  have  been  found,  and  which 
occur   under  the  common   form   of  Andalusite.     Foreign   localities  of 
Chiastolite  are  the  following  :  St.  Jago  di  Corapostella  in  Spain,  Bareges 
in  the  Pyrenees,  the  Bayreuth,  Hartz,  and  Cumberland  in  England. 

ANDREOLITE.     (See  Harmotome.) 
(See  Vivianite.) 
Prismatic    Lead-Baryte. 


ANGLARITE. 
ANGLESITE. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form. 
103°  42'. 

Secondary  forms. 
Fig.  21. 


Right  rhombic   prism.     M  on  M'  = 


Fig.  22. 


20 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anglesite. 


Fig.  23. 


Fig.  24. 


Fig.  25. 


Mon  M' 
P  on  a 
P  on  e 
P  on/ 
P  on  A 
M  on  c 
Mon/ 


M  on 
M  on  cl 
M  on  i 
a  on  a1 
a  on  f 
cl  on  cl' 
cl  on  c2 


128°  10' 
127  56 
160  42 


79 
129 
104 
142 


30 
28 
30 
20 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  /  imperfect  and  inter- 
rupted. Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface,  M  and  /  often 
striated  parallel  to  the  axis,  a  in  a  horizontal  direction.  In 
general  the  faces  are  smooth,  and  often  of  high  degrees  of 
lustre. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  21 

Anglesite. — Anhydrite. 

Lustre  adamantine,  inclining  to  vitreous  and  resinous. 
Color  yellowish,  greyish,  or  greenish  white,  also  yellow- 
ish, smoke  and  ash-grey.  Sometimes  faintly  tinged  green 
or  blue.  Streak  white.  Transparent. . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  2-5  ...  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  6-298. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  lamellar, 
also  granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  often  strongly 
connected.  Faces  of  composition  rough. 

1 .  It  decrepitates  in  the  flame  of  a  candle,,  and  frequently  assumes  a 
slight  reddish  tinge  on  the  surface.  Reduced  to  powder  it  melts  easily 
before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  white  slag,  which  is  reduced  to  metallic 
lead  by  the  addition  of  soda. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Oxide  of  lead  .        .         .        72-47 

Sulphuric  acid  .         .        .        26-09 

Water  .         .         .          0-12 

Hydrous  oxide  of  iron  .  .  .  0-09 
Oxide  of  manganese  .  .  .  0-06 
Silica  .  .  .  0-51 

3.  It  is  found  in  lead  and  copper  veins,  traversing  clay-slate  and  grey- 
wacke  slate,  along  with  various  ores  of  lead  and  copper. 

4.  It  is  found  at  the  Lead  hills  and  Wanlockhead  in  Scotland,  Pary's 
mine  in  Anglesea,  Mellanoweth  in  Cornwall ;  also  at  Clausthal  and  Zel- 
lerfeld  in  the  Hartz,  near  Freiberg  in  Baden,  at  Siegen  in  Prussia,  in 
Spain,  and  Siberia. 

It  occurs  along  with  Galena  in  the  lead  mines  of  Missouri :  also  in  the 
lead  mine  of  Southampton,  (Mass.) 

ANHYDRITE.     Prismatic  Gypsu  m-H  a  1  o  i  d  e. 

MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  Prism. 


22 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anhydrite. 


Fig.  27. 


Secondary  form. 

Fig.  26. 


M      d 


P  on  M,  or  T 
MonT 
M  on  d 
Ton  d 

Cleavage  parallel  with  M  and  T  perfect ;  less  easily  ob- 
tained parallel  with  P,  yet  quite  distinct. 

Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surfaces  M 
and  T  smooth  ;  P  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  a  little  upon  the  most  distinct 
faces  of  cleavage  to  pearly.  Color  generally  white,  some- 
times passing  to  flesh-red,  violet-and  smalt-blue  or  ash-grey. 
Streak  greyish-white.  Transparent .  .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  3-0  ...  3-5.     Sp.  gr.=2'89. 

Compound  Varieties.  Contorted  ;  composition  colum-r 
nar  in  thin  fibres,  parallel  and  variously  bent.  Massive  : 
composition  granular,  of  different  sizes,  sometimes  impalpa- 
ble, and  then  the  fracture  is  splintery  ;  in  other  massive  va- 
rieties, the  composition  is  columnar,  commonly  thin  and 
parallel.  Faces  of  composition  rough. 

1.  This  species  has  been  divided  into  several  subspecies  in  the  earlier 
treatises  on  mineralogy.  Thus  the  Cubic  Muriacite,  also  called  Cube 
spar,  comprehends  simple  varieties,  and  easily  cleavable  compound  ones, 
in  which  the  individuals  possess  a  considerable  size.  The  name  Anhy- 
drite was  appropriated  to  varieties  of  a  smaller  granular  composition,  and 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  23 

Anhydrite. 


that  of  Tripe  stone  (Gekr&ssteiri)  to  the  contorted  compositions,  consist- 
ing of  thin  columnar  individuals.  Compact  and  fibrous  Muriacite  were 
the  denominations  of  compound  varieties  of  very  small  individuals,  the 
one  granular  and  impalpable,  the  other  columnar.  The  Vulpinite  of 
Italy,  so  named  from  its  locality,  is  composed  of  granular  individuals,  a 
little  longer  in  one  direction,  of  a  greyish  white  or  grey  color,  and  very 
much  resembling  a  coarse  grained,  primitive  marble. 

2.  When  heated  alone  in  a  matrass,  it  yields  no  moisture.  Before  the 
blow-pipe  in  platina  forceps,  it  is  converted,  with  difficulty,  into  a  white 
enamel,  the  heated  mass  affording  when  moistened  an  alkaline  reaction. 
With  borax,  it  dissolves,  accompanied  by  effervescence,  into  a  transpa- 
rent glass,  which  on  cooling  assumes  a  yellow  or  brownish  yellow  color. 
3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH, 

a  cleavable  variety  from  Hall  in  the  Tyrol. 
Sulphuric  acid       ....         55-00 
Lime  ....         41-75 

Muriate  of  soda      ....  1-00 

Except  the  muriate  of  soda,  the  other  varieties  which  have  been  ana- 
lyzed, have  presented  nearly  the  same  proportions, 

By  a  peculiar  process,  which  is  natural,  Anhydrite  attracts  water,  loses 
its  transparency,  becomes  diminished  in  hardness  and  specific  gravity 
and  approaches  in  these  properties  common  Gypsum.  The  cleavage  of 
this  altered  substance  still  enables  us  to  distinguish  it  from  Gypsum.  It 
has  been  called  Chaux  sulfatee  epigtne  by  HAUY. 

4.  Anhydrite  is  found  in  beds  of  gypsum,  and  of  clay  along  with  com- 
mon salt.     It  al  o  occurs  with  metallic  minerals,  as  Galena  and  Blende. 

5.  Splendid  g<     les  of  large  and  well  denned  crystals  (fig.  11.)  of  An- 
hydrite have  been  found  at  Aussee  in  Stiria;  other  crystallized  varieties 
at  Hall  in  the  Tyrol,  at  Hallein  in  Salzburg,  in  Switzerland,  &c.     The 
blue  variety  is  fc    ud  at  Sulz  on  the  Neckar,   and   at  Bleiberg  in  Carin- 
thia.     Foliated   Anhydrite,  transparent  and  of  a  fine  blue  color,  is  fre- 
quently met  with  in  geodes  in  the  black  limestone  at  Lockport,  (N.Y.) 
associated  with  crystals  of  Calcareous  spar  and  Gypsum.     Columnar  va- 
rieties occur  at  Ischel  and  Berchtesgaden  ;  compact  ones,  in  the  Hartz, 
in  Mansfeld,  &c. ;  the   contorted   varieties  are   found  at  Wieliczka  and 
Bochnia  in  Poland.     The  decomposed  Anhydrite  occurs  in  considerable 
quantities  at  Aussee  in  Stiria,  at  Bex  in  Switzerland,  and  in  other  places. 
It  is  observed  at  Lockport  in  thin  coatings  upon  the  foliated  variety  above 
alluded  to,~and  also  filling  up  crevices  among  the  foliae. 


24  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anhydrite — Ankerite . 

6.  The  blue  varieties,  in  which  the  granular  particles  of  composition 
cohere  more  firmly  than  in  others,  are  cut  and  polished  for  various  or- 
namental purposes,  and  are  known  in  the  arts  by  the  name  of  Marmo 
bardiglio  di  Bergamo. 

ANHYDROUS  SILICATE  OF  IRON. 

Massive  :  foliated. 

Cleavage,  divides  easily  into  four-sided  prisms. 
Color  dark  brown,  opake. 
Hardness  =  4.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-884. 
Brittle.     Attracted  by  the  magnet. 

1.  Heated  in  a  glass-tube,  it  emits  ammoniacal  vapors,  and  loses  1-97 
of  its  weight.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  in  the  re- 
ducing flame  acquires  a  metallic  lustre,  and  assumes  the  appearance  of 
magnetic  iron.  Dissolves  in  muriatic  acid  by  the  aid  of  heat,  without 
effervescing,  leaving  behind  a  quantity  of  silica  in  flakes. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Silica 29-600 

Protoxide  of  iron          .         .         .         68-605 
Protoxide  of  manganese        .         .  1-857 

3.  It  is  found  at  Sclavcorrach,  one  of  the  Morne  mountains,  in  the 
north-east  of  Ireland. 

4.  Not  enough  is  known  concerning  the  foregoing  mineral  to  pro- 
nounce upon  its  specific   character  with  certainty.     It  scarcely  differs 
from  Yenite  except  in  being  aUi^cted  by  the  magnet,  and  in  its  infusi- 
bility. 

ANKERITE.     Paratomous    Lime-Haloid  e. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=  106°  12. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  faces  perfect.  Frac- 
ture uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous,  slightly  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  white, 
with  various  tints  of  grey,  red  and  brown.  Streak  brown, 
Translucent,  often  very  faintly. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  3-5  . . .  4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-080. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel  with  the  vertical  axes. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Ankerite — Anorthite. 


Fig.  28. 


Massive :  composition  granular,  individuals  in  most  cases  ea- 
sily discernible,  often  mixed  with  Calcareous  Spar.  Faces 
of  composition  uneven  and  rough. 

1.  It  becomes  black  before  the  blow-pipe  without  melting,  and  acts 
upon  the  magnetic  needle.     With  borax  it  melts  into  a  pearl.     The  color 
is  darkened  on  the  surface  by  being  exposed  to  the  air. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  SCHROTTER. 

Carbonic  acid  with  oxide  of  iron 

Lime  .... 

Magnesia     .... 

Oxide  of  manganese  . 
3.  The  Ankerite  occurs  in  the  Rathhausberg  in  Salzburg  upon  beds  in 
mica-slate,  and  in  many  places  upon  the  beds  of  Heavy  Spar,  extending 
from  Stiria  along  the  whole  chain  of  the  Alps.  The  Ankerite  forms  veins 
in  the  transition  limestone  about  the  city  of  Quebec,  and  in  the  U.  States 
it  occurs  in  connexion  with  the  coal  formation  at  West  Springfield,  (Mass.) 


35-308 
50-113 
11-846 

3-084 


ANORTHITE. 

PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.    Doubly  oblique 
prism. 


Anorthotomous    Feldspar. 

Fig.  29. 


MonP 
MonT 
P  onT 


94°  12' 
117  28 
110  57 


26 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anorthite — Anthophyllite. 


Secondary  form. 

MonZ 
T  on  I 
P  on  e 
P  on  n 
P  on  t 


Fig.  30. 


117°  25' 
120     30 

137  32 
133     13 

138  46 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  and  M ;  none  parallel  to  T. 

Fracture  conchoidal. 

Surface  of  T  more  smooth  than  of  I. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  cleavage  planes,  vitreous  in  other  di- 
rections. Color  white.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . . 
translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-763  (massive) ; 
=  2' 656  (small  crystals,  apparently  not  entirely  free  from 
Augite.) 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  behaves  like  Feldspar,  except  that  with  so- 
da it  does  not  give  a  clear  glass.  It  is  entirely  decomposed  by  concen- 
trated muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 

Silica  ....         44-49 

Alumina  ....         34-46 

Oxide  of  iron  .         .         .         .  0-74 

Lime  ....         15-68 

Magnesia  ....  5-26 

3.  The  only  locality  of  Anorthite  is  Mount  Vesuvius.  It  is  found  lin- 
ing cavities  in  Limestone,  along  with  a  green  variety  of  Augite. 

ANTHOPHYLLITE.    Prismatic  Schiller-Spar. 
MOHS. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  27 

Anthopbyllite. 


Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  P  on  Px  = 
125°. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  sides  of  the  primary  form  and 
both  its  diagonals, — the  cleavage  parallel  to  the  longer  di- 
agonal being  more  distinct  and  easily  obtained. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Surface  streaked  parallel  to  the  axis. 

Lustre  pearly,  inclining  to  metallic,  particularly  upon  the 
perfect  face  of  cleavage.  Qolor  between  yellowish-grey 
and  clove-brown.  Streak  white.  Translucent,  sometimes, 
only  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5-0  . . .  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =3-129. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  ;  composition  columnar, 
straight,  sometimes  divergent  and  rather  broad  ;  faces  of 
composition  irregularly  streaked.  They  are  often  aggre- 
gated in  a  second  composition,  which  is  angulo-granular 
and  wedge-shaped. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  unalterable  except  in  very  thin 
fragments,  when  it  fuses  on  the  edges  into  a  black  slag.  With  borax,  it 
melts  with  difficulty  into  a  glass,  colored  by  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  JOHW.  By  THOMSOX.        By  GMELIN. 

Silica  56-00  56-290         -         56-00 

Alumina        -  13-30  1-545        -  3-00 

Magnesia      -  14-00  19-665        -         23-00 

Lime  3-33  0-000'        -  2-00 

Oxide  of  iron  6-00  7-280        -  0-00 

Oxide  of  manganese     3-00  0-000         -          4-00 

Water  1-43  1-685         -  0-00 

Potash  0-00  13-500         -         12-00 

3.  Anthophyllite  occurs  in  beds  of  mica-slate,  accompanied  by  Gar- 
net, Talc,  Augite,  lolite,  &c. 

4.  It  has  been  brought  from  the  cobalt  and  copper  mines  of  Kongsberg 
and  Modum  in  Norway.     It  is  found  with  Augite  in  Greenland ;  and 


28  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anthracite. 


with  Tourmaline  and  lolite   at  Haddam,   (Con.)     It  also  occurs  with 
Quartz  in  mica-slate,  at  Chesterfield  and  Bhndford,  (Mass.) 

ANTHRACITE.     Non-Bituminous    Mineral- 
Coal.     MOHS. 

No  regular  form  or  structure.  Massive,  generally  im- 
palpable ;  rarely  vesicular,  and  sometimes  divided  into  co- 
lumnar masses,  meeting  in  rough  faces. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  often  perfect. 

Lustre  imperfect  metallic.  Color  iron-black,  sometimes 
inclining  to  greyish  black,  often  beautifully  tarnished. 
Streak  unchanged.  Opake. 

Not  very  brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0  ...  2*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
1-4. 

1.  The  Columnar  Glance- Coal  of  JAMESON,  and  the  Mineral  Car- 
bon, or  Mineral  Charcoal,  are  both  varieties  of  Anthracite.     The  for- 
mer is  remarkable  for  its  irregular  columnar  composition,  which  is  prob- 
ably produced  by  fissures,  and  the  low  degree  of  lustre  in  its  fracture : 
the  latter  occurs  in  thin  layers  and  massive  specimens  of  a  very  delicate 
columnar  composition,  and  presenting  a  silky  lustre. 

2.  The  varieties  of  the  present  species  do  not  contain  any  bitumen,  but 
consist  wholly  of  carbon,  occasionally  mixed  with  a  small  proportion  of 
oxide  of  iron,  silica  and  alumina.     They  are  inflamed  with  difficulty,  and 
burn  without  smoke  or  bituminous  smell  and  with  little  or  no  flame, — 
leaving  a  more  or  less  considerable  earthy  residue. 

3.  Anthracite  is  found  occasionally  in  more  ancient  rocks ;  but  its  prin- 
cipal deposits  are  in  secondary  strata,  consisting  of  coarse  sand  stones, 
greywacke  and  slate.     It  is  sometimes  met  with  in  veins  traversing  trap 
rocks. 

4.  Vast  deposits  of  Anthracite  are  found  in  the  United  States.     The 
most  celebrated  of  these  is  the  anthracite  region,  so  called,  of  the  Sus- 
quehanna,  situated  chiefly  in  Luzerne  county,  (Pen.)     It  is  between 
sixty  and  seventy  miles  long,  and  about  five  broad,  constituting  a  trough 
or  elongated  basin,  through  which  the  Susquehanna  river  and  Lacka- 
wanna  creek,  flow.     The  Anthracite  breaks  out  throughout  this  region 
in  precipices  and  hills,  forming  in  some  places  the  beds  of  the  rivers  and 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Anthracite. — Antimonial  Silver. 


smaller  streams  which  descend  from  the  mountains ;  and  the  whole  of 
this  extent  is  completely  overlaid  by  coal  beds  of  various  thicknesses,  re- 
peated again  and  again  with  their  attendant  rocks.  The  neighboring 
counties  of  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh  abound  in  this  species  also,  where  it 
occurs  under  similar  circumstances.  The  Anthracite  of  Pennsylvania  is 
distinguished  by  its  sub-slaty  and  conchoidal  fracture.  Very  frequently 
also,  it  is  liable  to  the  most  splendid  tarnishes  which  this  species  ever 
presents.  A  second  Anthracite  region  is  Rhode  Island,  where  a  forma- 
tion exists  at  Portsmouth  ;  and  a  third  in  Worcester,  (Mass.)  The  An- 
thracite of  these  last  mentioned  districts  is  remarkable  for  its  irregular 
columnar  composition,  dull  grey  color,  and  low  degree  of  lustre.  This 
last  variety  is  found  on  the  Meissner  in  Hessia,  forming  the  uppermost 
division  of  a  bed  of  bituminous  wood,  covered  by  basalt.  It  also  occurs 
in  Scotland.  The  slaty  Anthracite  is  found  at  Schonfield  in  Saxony,  in 
Savoy,  at  Kongsberg  in  Norway,  at  Staffordshire  in  England,  in  Ayr- 
shire Scotland,  and  at  Kilkenny  in  Ireland. 

5.  On  account  of  the  difficult  inflammability  of  this  species  of  coal,  and 
its  scarcity  in  Europe,  it  appears  to  have  attracted  little  attention  for  eco- 
nomical purposes.  Its  abundance  in  this  country  however,  and  the 
cheapness  with  which  it  is  raised,  (it  being  worked  in  open  quarries,) 
have  brought  it  into  extensive  use.  At  present,  it  forms  the  principal 
fuel  in  the  maritime  cities  of  the  northern  states,  and  is  applied  to  nearly 
every  purpose  of  raising  temperature. 

ANTHRAKONITE. 

An  impure  Calcareous  Spar,  which  owes  its  prismatic  concretion- 
ary form  to  some  species  of  Favosites. 

ANTIMONIAL  SILVER.     Prismatic  Antimony. 

MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism  ? 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  31. 


M  on  M     - 


-     120°  0' 


3* 


30  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Antimonial  Silver. 


Cleavage  parallel  to  o  and  P  distinct ;  cleavage  parallel 
to  M  imperfect. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Surface  in  general  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  silver-white,  inclining  to  tin- 
white.  Streak  unchanged. 

Hardness  =  3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  9-44  .  . .  9-8. 

Compound  Varieties.  -  Twin-crystals  like  those  of  Ar- 
ragonite  and  White  Lead-Ore.  Massive :  composition 
granular,  individuals  of  various  sizes,  and  easily  separated. 

Pseudomorphic  six-sided  prisms. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  yields  a  globule  of  silver,  while  the  anti- 
mony is  driven  off. 

2.  Analysis. 
Silver  -        ...         .         76-5 

Antimony 23-5 

3,  It  is  found  accompanied  by  Native  Silver,  Native  Arsenic,  Galena 
and  various  other  species.     Its  localities  are  Altwolfach  in  Fiirstenberg, 
and  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz. 

4.  The  Arsenical  Silver  is  considered  as  a  more  or  less  intimate  me- 
chanical mixture  of  Native  Arsenic,  or  of  Mispickel  with  Antimonial  Sil- 
ver.    It  possesses  the  color  of  Native  Silver,  hut  is  commonly  tarnished 
externally  of  a  blackish  color.     It  occurs  in  small,  curved  lamellar  com- 
positions, consisting  of  very  thin  crystalline  coats.     It  is  harder  than  An- 
timonial Silver.     Before  the  blow-pipe,  the  arsenic  and  antimony  are  for 
the  most  part  volatilized,  leaving  a  globule  of  impure  silver,  surrounded 
by  a  slag.     A  specimen  from  Andreasberg  afforded  Klaproth, 

Arsenic         -         -         -  -         35-00 

Antimony     .....  4  00 

Silver 12-75 

Iron  44-25 

Its  localities  are  the  same  as  those  mentioned  for  Antimonial  Silver, 
and  in  addition,  it  comes  from  Guadalcaual  in  Estremadura  in  Spain, 

5.  It  is  valuable  for  the  extraction  of  silver. 

ANTIMONY  PHYLLITE. 

Primary  form.     Rhombic  prism.    Dimensions  unknown,  and  like- 
wise whether  the  prism  be  right  or  oblique. 




Secondar 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Apatite. 


31 


Secondary  form.  A  thin,  six-sided  prism  derived  from  a  rhombic 
prism,  through  the  truncation  of  the  acute  edges. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  lateral  planes  of  the  primary  form,  and 
with  its  shorter  diagonal. 

Fractare  scarcely  observable. 

Surface  uneven. 

Lustre  pearly,  inclining  to  adamantine.  Color  greyish-white. 
Translucent. 

Sectile.     Thin  laminae  are  flexible,  like  Talc. 

Hardness  =  1-0  .  . .  1-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  4-025. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  conducts  like  white  Antimony.     A  copious 
precipitate  of  oxide  of  antimony  is  thrown  down  from  its  solution  in  mu- 
riatic acid,  by  water. 

2.  But  two  specimens  of  this  mineral,  the  one  at  Dresden  and  the  other 
at  Halle,  have  been  seen  ;  and  their  locality  is  unknown. 

APATITE.     Rhombohedral  Fluor-Haloide. 

MOHS. 

Primary  fonrio     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  32. 

Fig.  33. 


M 


M 


M 


M  on  a? 
P  on  x 
x  on  x 

M  on  e 
M  on  r 
P  on  r 


129°  13'  53") 

140  46  7  V 

143  7  48  ) 

150  00  00 

112  12  28 

157  47  32 


32 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Apatite. 


Fig.  34. 


Fig.  35. 


M 


f  on  s 
e    on  5 
M  on  5 
r    on  a? 
M  or  M7  on  rf 
M  on  e 
P  on  cl 
P  on  c2         - 
P  on  c3 
P  on  a 
M  on  cl 
M  on  c2 
M  on  c3 
M^n&orZ/ 
6    on  a 
The  planes  bb  are  rarely  seen  together  on  the  same  crystal. 


Fig.  36. 

L 

^^^      ~^_^^ 

I 

\ 

I 

i 

125°  15'  52") 

144  44   8  f  TT 
135  00  00  (  * 

162  58  33  J 

J50  00  00  ^ 

169   2  00 

157  00  00 

134  43  00 

120  38  00 

124  16  00 

>PHILLIPS. 

112  48  00 

130  30  00 

139  48  00 

149  40  00 

162  18  00 

PHYSIOGRAPHY.  33 

Apatite. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  the  planes  of  the  primary  form, 
that  parallel  with  the  base  obtained  with  most  difficulty. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  more  or  less  perfect,  uneven. 

Surface,  the  secondary  faces  generally  very  smooth  ;  the 
primary  lateral  ones  striated  in  a  longitudinal  direction. 
Sometimes  all  the  edges  are  rounded. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  white,  fre- 
quently violet-blue,  mountain-green,  or  asparagus  green  ; 
also  yellow,  grey  red  and  brown  colors,  though  none  of 
.them  are  bright.  Transparent  Or  translucent.  A  bluish 
opalescence  appears  upon  the  faces  parallel  to  the  principal 
axis  in  some  crystals,  particularly  the  white  varieties. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-225  (asparagus- 
green  crystals  from  Spain) ;  =3' 180,  from  Salzburg. 

Compound  Varieties.  Implanted  globular  and  reniform 
shapes :  composition  imperfectly  columnar ;  faces  of  composi- 
tion rough.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  individuals  of 
different  size,  not  impalpable;  faces  of  composition  uneven 
or  rough. 

1.  Several  varieties  of  the  present  species  which  are  decidedly  sepa- 
rate from  others  and  connected  among  themselves,  were  formerly  con- 
sidered as  forming  two  or  even  three  distinct  species.     The  distinctive 
marks  between  them,  however,  are  so  slight,  that  they  are  incapable  of 
being  indicated  with  certainty,  and  it  would  therefore  be  superfluous  to 
attempt  their  explanation. 

2.  Certain  varieties  are  phosphorescent  upon  ignited  charcoal  and  be- 
fore the  blow-pipe  ;  in  particular  those  crystals  which  are  terminated  by 
a  single  plane,  some  of  which  phosphoresce  when  rub"bed  with  hard  bod- 
ies.    In  a  very  strong  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  the  edges  and  solid  angles 
are  rounded  off;  but  it  does  not  melt  without  addition.     With  borax,  it 
dissolves  slowly  into  a  clear  glass.     With  salt  of  phosphorus  it  dissolves 
in  great  quantities,  affording  a  transparent  glass,  which,  when  nearly 
saturated,  becomes  opake  in  cooling,  and  presents  crystalline  faces,  sim- 
ilar, but  less  distinct  than  phosphate  of  lead.     Apatite  has  been  artificial- 


34  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Apatite. 


ly  formed  by  exposing  a  mixture  of  phosphoric  acid  and  sulphate  of  lime 
to  a  high  temperature.  It  exhibits  a  lamellar  texture,  and  shows  by  heat 
on  opposite  ends,  opposite  kinds  of  electricity, — a  property  not  hitherto 
observed  in  the  natural  crystals  of  Apatite. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KL.APROTH.       By  VAUQUELIN,     By  PELLETIER  & 
from  Spain.          DojvADEi,fr. Spain. 

Lime  55-0            .  54-28               .               59-0 

Phosphoric  acid  45-0  45-72               .              34-0 

Carbonic  acid                .  .1-0 

Muriatic  acid                ,  .  0-5 

Fluoric  acid                  .  .  2-5 

Silica                             .  .2-0 

Iron                                                .  .1-0 

4.  There  are  examples  of  Apatite  entering  as  an  occasional  admixture 
into  the  composition  of  rocks,  as  granite  and  limestone.     But  it  more  fre- 
quently appears  iji  beds  and  veins,  consisting  chiefly  of  ores  of  iron  and 
tin,  or  of  crystallized  varieties  of  those  species  of  which  the  rocks  them- 
selves are  composed.     The  crystallized  variety,  called  Asparagus-stone 
from  Spain,  is  found  in  an  ancient  volcanic  rock,  along  with  Specular 
Iron  and  compact  Calcareous-spar.      The   compound  varieties,  called 
Phosphorite,  of  the  same  country,  form  particular  beds. 

5.  Ehrenfriedersdorf  in  Saxony,  Schlackenwald  in  Bohemia,  the  Grei- 
ner  mountain  in  Salzburg,  Cabo  de  Gata  in  Spain,  Devonshire  and  Corn- 
wall, are  some  of  the  most  distinguished  localities  of  this  species.     Aren- 
dal  in  Norway  affords  the  bluish  green  and  reddish  brown  crystals, 

t^Moroxite} ;  St.  Gothard  in  Switzerland,  and  Heiligenbluter  Tauern  in 
Salzburg,  furnish  remarkable  white,  transparent  crystals  ;  and  Estrema- 
dura  in  Spain,  and  Schlackenwalk  in  Bohemia,  produce  massive  varie- 
ties, while  a  pulverulent  variety  is  found  at  Marmarosch  in  Hungary. 
Small  yellowr  crystals  occur  at  Partridge  Island  in  Nova  Scotia. 

Apatite  has  been  found  in  many  places  in  the  United  States ;  but  we 
possess  but  one  locality  which  affords  it  in  any  considerable  quantity,  or 
in  well  crystallized  specimens,  and  this  is  at  Governeur,  St.  Lawrence 
Co.  (N.Y.)  where  it  occurs  crystallized  in  granular  limestone,  the  crys- 
tals being  very  abundant,  large,  (sometimes  4  or  6  inches  in  length,)  well 
defined,  having  the  form  of  fig.  35,  (except  r,)  and  possessing  a  rich  sea- 
green  or  mountain-green  color.  Crystals  several  inches  long,  of  the  prima- 
ry form  have  been  obtained  at  Amity,  (N.Y<)  where  it  occurs  of  a  green 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  35 

Apatite. — Aphanesite. 

color  in  white  limestone,  associated  with  brown  Augite  and  Scapolite. 
At  Bolton,  (Mass.)  it  occurs  crystallized  and  massive,  of  a  bluish  green 
color,  under  similar  circumstances,  with  the  addition  of  Petalite  and 
Sphene.  Handsome  green  crystals  have  been  found  at  Monroe,  (Con.) 
in  granite :  but  they  are  scarce.  Very  distinct  crystals  an  inch  or 
more  in  length,  of  a  reddish  brown  color,  are  occasionally  met  with  in 
a  vein  of  granite  at  Greenfield,  (N.Y.)  acccompanied  by  Chrysoberyl, 
Tourmaline  and  Garnet.  The  following  localities  of  Apatite  in  small 
green  or  yellowish  green  crystals,  imbedded  in  granite,  are  quoted  in 
Cleaveland's  Mineralogy,  viz.,  near  Baltimore,  (Maryland,)  near  Wil- 
mington, (Delaware,)  near  Philadelphia,  New  York  and  New  Haven  ; 
also  the  following  in  Iron  Pyrites : — near  Green  Pond,  Morris  co.  (N.Y.) 
and  at  Anthony's  Nose  in  the  Highlands  of  New  York. 

APHANESITE.     Aphanistic  Copper-Bary te. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'= 
56°.     PonM=99030'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  37.  Fig.  38. 

P  on  al  125°  00' 

P  on  cl  80     30 

P  on  c2  99     30 

/  on  /  62     30 

Lustre  pearly  upon  the  face  of  perfect  cleavage.    Color 

dark  verdigris-green,  inclining  to  sky-blue,   still  darker  on* 

the  surface.     Streak  verdigris  green.     Translucent  on  the 

edges. 

Not  very  brittle.     Hardness  =  2-5  ...  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  = 

4-192. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  deflagrates  and  emits  arsenical  vapors. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  CHENEVIX. 

Oxide  of  copper          .  .  .  54-00 

Arsenic  acid  .  .  .  30-00 

Water  .  .  16-00 

n 


36  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Aphthitalite. — Apophyllite. 

3.  It  has  hitherto  been  found  only  in  Cornwall,  with  several  other 
species  of  the  salts  of  copper,  and  with  Copper  Pyrites  and  Quartz. 

APHRITE.     (See  Calcareous- Spar.) 

APLOME.     (See  Garnet.) 

APHTHITALITE.     Prismatoidal    Glauber- 
Salt. 

Massive  $*  rnammillary,  apparently  formed  in  successive 
layers. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color   white,  with  certain  bluish  or 
greenish  stains.     Translucent. 

Rather   brittle.     Hardness  =  2-5...  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  = 
1-731. 

Taste  saline  and  bitter,  disagreeable. 

1.  It  has  not  been  analyzed,  but  probably  will  be  found  to  be  a  sulphate 
of  potash,  with  a  trace  of  sulphate  and  muriate  of  copper. 
2.  It  occurs  at  Mount  Vesuvius. 

APOPHYLLITE.      Pyramidal    Kouphone- 
Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 


*  The  artificial  crystals  are  right  rhombic  prisms  of  112°  &,  having 
their  acute  angles  replaced  so  as  to  form  dihedral  summits  of  106°  46', 
and  having  the  lateral  edges  truncated. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

4pophyllite. 


37 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  39. 


Fig.  40. 


Fig.  41.      P 


127°  59') 
119     30  V 
'104       2  ) 

120°     5') 

128     20   V  PHILLIPS* 

104     18  ) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  faces,  most  perfect 
at  right  angles  to  the  axis. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Surface  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  vitreous.  The  natural  and  cleavage  face  P  pos- 
sess pearly  lustre.  Color  several  shades  of  white,  greyish, 
bluish  or  reddish.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  translu- 
cent. 

4 


38  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Apophyllite. — Arfwedsonite. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  4' 5  . . .  5-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-335. 
Compound  varieties.     Massive :   composition  lamellar, 
straight,  or  slightly  curved. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  first  exfoliates,  then  intumesces  like  borax, 
and  melts  at  last  into  a  white  vesicular  globule.  It  is  easily  dissolved 
by  borax.  It  is  positively  electrified  by  friction,  but  not  by  heat.  It 
likewise  exfoliates  in  acids ;  and  its.  powder  forms  with  them,  a  jelly. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS,  By  STROMEYER, 

fromUtoen.  from  Faroe. 


Silica         .  .  53-13  .         .  52-38  .  .  51-26 

Lime          .  .  24-71  .         .  24-98  .  .  25-20 

Potash        .  .  527  ..  5-27  .  .  5-14 

Fluoric  acid  .  0-82  .         .  0-64  .  .  0-00 

Water         .  .  16-20  .         .  1620  .  .  16-04 

3.  The  natural  repositories  of  Apophyllite  are  the  vesicular  cavities 
of  amygdaloidal  rocks,  or  metalliferous  beds  with  Augite,  Calcareous 
Spar  and  Copper  Pyrites. 

4.  Some  of  the  finest  varieties  are  from  the  amygdaloid  of  Iceland  and 
the  Faroe  islands.     Likewise  near  Indore  in  India.     Under  similar  cir- 
cumstances it  occurs  at  Mariaberg,  near  Aussig  in  Bohemia,  and  the  va- 
riety from  thence  has  been  called  Jllbin.     It  has  been  found  occupying 
drusy  cavities  of  a  very  extensive  bed  of  limestone  in  gneiss,  containing 
ores  of  copper,  at  Czcklowa,  near  Oravvitza  in  the  Bannat.     Other  local- 
ities are  New  South  Shetland,  and  several  iron-mines  in  Sweden  and 
Norway. 

The  only  known  localities  in  North  America  are  Peter's  Point  and  Par- 
tridge Island  in  the  Basin  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 

ARFWEDSONITE.     Peritomous  Augite-Spar. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'= 
123°  55',  from  cleavage. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  sides  of  the  prism/  producing 
brilliant  faces. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Arragonite. 


39 


Lustre  vitreous.     Color  black.     Opake. 
Hardness  inferior  to  Hornblende.     Sp.  gr.  =3'44. 

1.  It  melts  easily  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  black  globule.     With 
borax,  it  gives  a  glass  colored  by  iron  ;  with  salt  of  phosphorus,  likewise, 
but  paler,  and  becoming  colorless  on  cooling,  whilst  a  dark  grey  silica- 
skeleton  remains  undissolved. 

2.  It  occurs  along  with  black  Augite  and  black  Sodalite  in  Greenland, 
and  has  generally  been  considered  as  a  ferruginous  variety  of  Horn- 
blende, from  which,  however,  its  brilliant  cleavages,  the  inclination  of 
its  lateral  faces  and  inferior  hardness,  seem  sufficiently  to  distinguish  it 
as  a  new  species. 

The  mineral  generally  taken  for  a  variety  of  Hornblende  in  a  porphy- 
ritic  trap  from  Plymouth,  (Vt.)  appears  to  agree  with  the  above  descrip- 
tion. 

ARRAGONITE.     Prismatic  Lime  Haloide. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
116°  10'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  43.  Fig.  44. 


M  on  cl 
Mon  M7 
M'onA 
h    on  cl 
cl  on  cl 
M  on  b 
cl  on  c2 
cl  on  c3 
cl  on  b 
b    on  b 


1  QQO  1  Q/  "^   Bilin,  Bohemia. 

116  10  I 

121  38  ^ PHILLIPS. 

125  55 

108  18  J 

144°  oon 

150  30 

141  00  VPHILLIPS. 

136  30  I 

129  33  J 


40 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Arragonite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  lateral  faces  of  the  primary 
form. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Surface  generally  smooth.  The  curvature  of  the  sides 
parallel  to  the  prismatic  axis  very  often  produces  acicular 
crystals,  variously  aggregated. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous  upon  faces  of  frac- 
ture. Color  white,  prevalent ;  sometimes  passing  into  grey, 
yellow,  mountain-green  and  violet  blue.  Streak  greyish 
white.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3«5  . . .  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-931,  (the 
transparent  crystals  from  Bohemia.) 

Compound  varieties. 

Fig.  45.  Fig.  46.  Fig.  47. 


Arragon. 

Fig.  45.  Formed  from  the  composition  of  two  individu- 
als, like  fig.  43,  the  angle  of  revolution  being  90°. 

Fig.  46.  Formed  from  the  composition  of  three  individ- 
uals of  the  same  form,  as  explained  in  §  73.  Part  I. 

Fig.  47.  The  dotted  lines  represent  the  cracks  observa- 
ble down  each  plane,-arising  from  the  contact  of  the  planes 
forming  the  dihedral  summits  of  the  several  individuals  of 
which  fig.  46  is  composed  ;  and  hence  the  six  lateral  planes 
of  this  apparently  regular  hexagonal  prism  are  not  flat;  but 
each  presents  a  slightly  re-entering  angle. 

Globular,  reniform,  coralloidal  shapes ;  surface  drusy, 
composition  columnar,  the  individuals  being  often  very  del- 
icate, but  also  occurring  of  various  dimensions ;  faces  of 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  41 

Arragonite. 


composition  irregularly  streaked.  Massive  :  composition 
columnar,  either  parallel,  or  divergent,  or  irregular  ;  and  of 
different  sizes  of  individuals. 

1.  Thin  fragments  of  transparent  crystals  decrepitate  in  the  flame  of  a 
candle  ;  other  varieties  lose  their  transparency,  and  become  friable.  It 
phosphoresces  upon  red-hot  iron,  and  is  soluble  in  nitric  and  muriatic 
acid,  with  effervescence. 

2.  .Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Carbonate  of  lime          .         .        95-2965         .         99-2922 
Carbonate  of  strontites  .  0-5090         .          4-1043 

Water  ....  0-1544         .  05992 

The  carbonate  of  strontites  does  not  exist  in  constant  proportions,  and 
has  not  been  found  at  all  in  the  coral loidal  varieties. 

3.  Imbedded  crystals,  generally  twins,  o;  consisting  of  a  greater  num- 
ber of  individuals,  are   found  in  compound  varieties  of  Gypsum,  mixed 
and  colored   with  oxide  of  iron,  accompanied   by  crystals   of  Quartz, 
which  have  likewise  suffered  a  similar  admixture.     Other  varieties  oc- 
cur in  the  cavities  of  basalt  and  other  trap  rocks,  also  in  irregular  beds 
and  veins.     It  is  found  in  beds  of  iron-ores,  in  those  coralloidal  varieties 
which  have  been  called  Flos-ferri,  in  which  the  component  individuals 
are  so  minute  that  their  form  and  structure  is  undistinguishable.     It  is 
also  found  in  various  repositories,  along  with  several  species,  as  Copper 
and  Iron  Pyrites,  Galena  and  Malachite.     It  likewise  occurs  in  lava. 

4.  The  most  beautiful  crystals  occur  near  Bilin  in  Bohemia,  in  a  vein 
traversing  basalt,  and  filled  with  a  massive  variety  of  the  same  species, 
consisting  of  large  columnar  particles  of  composition.     The  varieties  of 
twin-crystals  imbedded  in  Gypsum,  are  found  in  the  kingdom  of  Arragon 
in  Spain,  from  whence  the  name  of  the  species  has  been  derived.     The 
greenish  colored  specimens  are  brought  from  Marienberg  in  Saxony, 
and  Sterziog  in  the  Tyrol.     The  finest  varieties  of  Flos-ferri  are  found 
in  the  mines  of  Eisen-ertz  in  Stiria;  it  also  occurs  atSchemnitz,  St.  Ma- 
rie mines,  and  in  those  of  Baygorri  and  Vicdessos  in  the  Pyrennees.     In 
England,  the  Dufton  lead  mines  furnish  beautiful  specimens  in  acicular 
crystals,  and  finely  columnar  masses  of  a  satin  lustre.     Other  localities 
are  Mount  Vesuvius,  Iglo  in  Hungary,  France,  Scotland,  Iceland  and 
Silesia. 

4* 


42  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Arsenic-glance. 


The  Flos-ferri  has  been  met  with  at  Lockport,  (N.  Y.)  coating  gypsum 
in  geodes,  at  Edenville,  (N.Y.)  lining  cavities  of  Mispickel  and  Cube  ore, 
and  at  Haddam,  (Con.)  and  its  vicinity,  in  thin  seams  between  layers  of 
gneiss.  A  fibrous  variety  occurs  at  Scoharie,  (N.Y.)  It  also  exists  in 
numerous  limestone  caves  of  the  south  western  states. 

.   ARSENIATE  OF  COBALT.     (See  Cobalt-Bloom.} 
ARSENIATE  OF  COPPER.  (See  Jlphanesite, Copper-Mica , 

Erinite,  Euchroite,  Liroconite  and  Olivenite.) 
ARSENIATE  OF   IRON.     (See  Cube-ore.) 
ARSENIATE  OF  LIME.     (See  PharmaJcolite.) 
ARSENIATE  OF  NICKEL.     (See  Nickel- Ochre.) 

ARSENICAL  ANTIMONY  GLANCE. 

In  reniform  masses,  consisting  of  thin  and  curved  individuals. 
Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  shining  to  faint.     Color  tin-white  to  steel-grey. 
Hardness  =  2-0... 3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =6-2. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  melts,  and  during  fusion  emits  fumes  of  An- 
timony and  Arsenic.     Decomposed  by  nitric  acid,  affording  a  white  pre- 
cipitate, soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Przibram  in  Bohemia,  Allemont  in.Dauphiny,  Poul- 
laouen  in  Brittany,  and  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz. 

ARSENIC-GLANCE. 

Massive,  botry oid al;  composition  columnar,  individuals  radia- 
ting. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  dark  lead-grey. 
Hardness  =  20...  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  5-2  . . .  5-5. 

1.  Fragments  of  it,  held  in  the  blaze  of  a  lamp,  take  fire,  and  dissem- 
inate, amidst  continual  sparks,  a  greyish,  arsenical  vapor.  Heated  on 
platina  foil,  it  is  surrounded  by  a  ring  of  crystallized  arsenic  acid  ;  and 
as  it  diminishes  perceptibly,  the  vapor  is  partly  deposited  in  the  form  of 
a  blackish-grey  powder.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  burns, 
at  first  with  a  bluish  flame,  and  disappears  in  a  dense  smoke.  It  does 
not  melt,  until  just  before  it  disappears,  when  a  white  metallic  globule 
is  obtained.  In  the  matrass  it  gives,  at  first  crystallized  arsenic  acid  : 
afterwards,  a  grey  smoke  and  metallic  arsenic,  without  any  perceptible 
residuum.  It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  and  the  solution  (when  the  acid  is 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Atacamite. 


43 


not  in  excess)  gives  a  white  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  water.  With 
hydriodic  acid,  it  at  first  gives  a  blackish  brown,  and  then  a  citron-yel- 
low, precipitate. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KERSTEJV, 

from  Marienberg. 

Arsenic         .     '    .         .         .         .         96785 
Bismuth 3-001 

3.  It  occurs  in  small  quantises  only,  at  Palmbaum  in  Marienberg,  ac- 
companied by  Native  Arsenic,  Red  Silver,  Fluor,  Heavy  Spar,  Calca- 
reous Spar,  Copper  Nickel,  Native  Silver,  &c. 

4.  It  is  not  probable  that  the  bismuth  is  a  necessary  ingredient  in  this 
mineral,  which  might  with  more  propriety  be  included  under  Native 
Arsenic. 

AsBESTUS. 

Silky  varieties  of  Hornblende,  Pyroxene,  Picrosmene  and  JYV- 
molite :  q.  v. 

ASPARAGUS-STONE.     (See  Apatite.) 
ASPHALTUM.     (See  Bitumen.) 
ATACAMITE.     Prismatoidal    Habroneme- 

Malachite.     PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M/  =  100° 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  48. 


M  on  M> 
P  on  al 
P  on  a2 
P  on  c 
P  one 
a2  on  a'2 
a2  on  c 
a2  on  e 
c  on  c' 
c  on  d 
c  on  e 
e  on  e 


100' 

142  40 
123  25 
127  12 
116  20 
112  45 
110  30 

143  25 
107  10 
159  00 
137  40 
127  07 


'PHILLIPS. 


44  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Atmospheric-air. 


The  planes  M  M'  are  the  result  of  cleavage.  Among  the  minute  crys- 
tals are  to  be  observed  some  in  which  the  planes  «2,  «2>  and  c,  cf  of  fig. 
48  prevail  to  the  exclusion  of  the  rest,  converting  them  to  the  form  of  an 
octahedron  with  a  square  base. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  P,  less  distinct  parallel  to  M  and  M7. 

Colors,  olive,  leek,  grass,  emerald,  and  blackish-green. 
Streak  apple-green.  Nearly  transparent . . .  translucent  on 
the  edges. 

Rather  brittle.      Hardness  =  3-0  . . .  3*5.      Sp.  gr.  = 

4-43. 

• 

1.  It  communicates  bright  blue  and  green  colors  to  the  flame  of  a  can- 
dle, or  if  exposed  to  the  blast  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  develops  vapors  of  mu- 
riatic acid,  and  melts  at  last  into  a  globule  of  copper.  It  is  soluble  with- 
out effervescence  in  nitric  acid. 


2.  Analysis. 

By  PROUST. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

Oxide  of  copper 

76-595 

73-00 

Muriatic  acid 

10.638 

10.10 

Water 

12-767 

16.90 

3.  It  is  found  at  Remolinos  in  Chili,  on  Brown  Iron-Ore;  sometimes 
with  Red  Oxide  of  Copper  and  Malachite:  it  occurs  also  in  Peru  with  some 
of  the  ores  of  silver.  It  is  found  in  the  form  of  fine  sand  in  the  river  Li- 
pas,  in  the  desert  of  Atacarna,  (and  hence  the  name  of  the  species,)  sepa- 
rating Chili  from  Peru.  Other  localities  are,  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony, 
and  Mount  Vesuvius. 

ATELESTITE. 

Crystalline,  in  structure  resembling  Sphene. 

Lustre  resinous  to  adamantine.     Color  pure   sulphur-yellow. 

Transparent  to  translucent. 

Hardness  about  3.     Heavy. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  affords  the  indications  of  bismuth. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Schneeberg. 

ATMOSPHERIC-AIR.    Pure  Atmospheric-gas. 
MOHS. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  45 

Atmospheric- Water. 

Gaseous.     Transparent. 

Sp.  gr.  =1-0.  Nearly  800  times  lighter  than  distilled 
water. 

1.  It  is  tasteless  and  without  odor,  except  that  of  electricity,  which  it 
sometimes  very  manifestly  exhibits.  Though  transparent,  it  neverthe- 
less reflects  a  blue  color  when  in  large  masses,  as  in  the  sky  above  us. 
The  lower  atmosphere  is  contaminated  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  by  ev- 
ery kind  of  air  or  vapor  which  can  be  formed  by  the  various  bodies  that 
compose  the  earth's  surface.  Over  the  land  espe<yaUy,  carbonic  acid  is 
mingled  with  it  in  a  proportion  generally  equal  to  0-001. 
2.  Analysis.  t 

Nitrogen 79-00 

Oxygen 21-00 

8.  Atmospheric-air  constitutes  the  atmosphere,  and  surrounds  the 
whole  globe  to  the  height  of  forty  or  forty-five  miles. 

ATMOSPHERIC  WATER.    P  u  r-e  A  t  m  o  s  p  h  e  r  i  c- 
Water.     MOHS. 

Liquid.     Transparent. 
Sp.gr.  =1-0. 

1.  Its  form  of  aggregation  is  continually  liable  to  fluctuation  from 
changes  of  atmospheric  temperature  ;  and  instead  of  water  there  appears 
aqueous  vapor,  or  steam,  and  ice  and  snow.  Ice  is  commonly  produced 
with  too  much  rapidity  to  permit  the  separate  crystals  of  which  its  mass- 
es are  composed,  to  be  distinctly  visible.  They  have  been  observed, 
however,  by  SCORESBY  and  HERixcAtrT  DE  THTJRY,  under  the  form 
of  hexahedral  prisms,  of  which  the  terminal  faces  presented  striae  paral- 
lel to  the  faces  of  the  prism,  and  in  some  instances  with  truncated  termi- 
nal edges.  The  sp.  gr.  of  ice  =  '92.  The  crystals  of  snow  present  an 
almost  endless  variety  of  forms,  which  are  perfect  geometrical  figures. 
They  are  usually  lamellar,  and  transparent ;  often  in  regular  hexagons, 
having  six  points  radiating  from  their  centres,  with  parallel  collateral 
ramifications  in  the  same  plane  :  in  slender  six-sided  needles,  or  spines  ; 
and  in  combinations  of  hexagons  and  spines,  producing  stelliform,  or 
wheel-shaped  compositions.  Dr.  BREWSTER  has  observed  quadrangu- 
lar plates  in  the  hoar-frost  crystallized  upon  leaves  and  stones;  which 


46  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Automolite. 


leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the  system  of  crystallization  in  ice  is  a  quad- 
rangular prism,  and  not  a  rhomboid,  as  was  formerly  supposed.  It  is 
well  known  that  no  species  in  mineralogy,  whose  primitive  form  is  the 
rhomboid,  presents  crystallizations  similar  to  the  star-like  figures  of  snow. 
The  hail-stones  which  fall  in  the  spring  have  the  form  of  spheric  sec- 
tions, consisting  of  opake,  thin  prisms,  radiating  from  the  centre  :  those 
formed  during  heavy  thunder  storms  in  summer,  generally,  affect  the 
shape  of  irregular,  flattish  globules,  consisting  of  columnar  particles  of 
composition,  but  often  perfectly  transparent,  and  sometimes  enclosing 
air  bubbles. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZEI.IUS. 

Oxygen 88-94 

Hydrogen      .         .         .         .         .         11-06 

When  pure,  it  is  destitute  of  taste  or  odor.  But  water  which  flows 
within  or  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth,  contains  various  earthy,  saline, 
metallic,  vegetable,  or  animal  particles,  which  often  materially  affect  its 
taste  and  smell,  and  sometimes  considerabty  augment  its  specific  gravity. 
Thus  from  the  accidental  presence  of  salts  and  acids  are  formed  the  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  hard  water,  of  acidulous  and  bitter  waters,  and  sea  water. 
3.  Pure  atmospheric  water  descends  from  the  atmosphere  in  the  form 
of  rain,  mist,  dew,  snow  or  hail ;  it  is  also  emitted  from  springs,  and  ac- 
cumulated all  over  the  globe  in  lakes,  seas,  &c. :  in  these  last  instances, 
however,  it  is  contaminated  with  variable  proportions  of  saline  sub- 
stances. 

AUTOMOLITE.    Octahedral  Corundum.    MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  form. 


Fig.  49. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  faces. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  47 

Axinite. 


Fracture  conchoidal. 

Surface  rough,  sometimes  covered  with  Mica  or  Blende. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  dirty  green 
tinges,  inclining  to  black  and  blue.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
lucent on  the  edges  . . .  nearly  opake. 

Hardness  =  8-0.     Sp.  gr. =4-232. 

Fig.  50. 

Compound  varieties.  Twin-crystals. 
The  octahedral  hemitrope.  Massive:  com- 
position granular. 


1.  Alone  before  the  blowvpipe,  it  is  infusible,  and  nearly  so  with  borax, 
or  with  salt  of  phosphorus.  With  soda,  it  melts  imperfectly  into  a  dark 
scoria,  which  being  melted  again  with  soda,  deposits  upon  the  charcoal 
an  areola  of  oxide  of  zinc. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ECKEBERG. 

Alumina 60-00 

Oxide  of  zinc  ....  24-25 
Oxide  of  iron  ....  9-25 
Silica  ....  4-75 

3.  Automolite  generally  occurs  imbedded  in  talcose  slate  and  quartz, 
and  is  accompanied  by  Galena,  Blende,  Garnet,  Gadolinite,  &c.  It  is 
thus  found  at  Fahlun  and  Brodbo  in  Sweden. 

In  the  United  States,  it  occurs  at  Haddam,  (Con.)  along  with  Chryso- 
beryl,  Garnet  and  Columbite  in  granite. 

AXINITE.     Tetarto-prismatic  Axinite. 

Primitive  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism  ?  P  on  M= 
134°  40',  P  on  T=115°  17',  M  on  T-=  135°  10'  (PHIL- 
LIPS.) 


48 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Axinite. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  51. 


M  on  al 

179° 

00' 

M  on/3   - 

90°  isn 

M  on  a2 

150 

3 

T  on  A: 

147  55 

M  on  h 

146 

35 

T  on  A 

152  5 

M  on  dl   - 

130 

30 

T  on  dl 

149  30 

M'ond2   - 

100 

45 

T  ond2   - 

130  5 

M  on  </3 

72 

38 

T  ondS   - 

94  12 

M  on  il 

179 

20 

P  on  al 

133  25 

M  on  t2 

174 

40 

P  on  c 

136  22 

M  on  iS 

152 

25 

P  on  /I 

173  20 

M  on  i4 

142 

28 

P  on  A 

143  20 

M  on  i5 

138 

10 

P  on  dl 

139  30 

M  on  k 

120 

00 

P  ond,2 

121  30 

M  on  c 

112 

25 

P  on  d3   - 

110  20 

M  on/2   - 

135 

12 

j 

Cleavage  indistinct  and  interrupted. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Surface  of  M  and  T  irregularly  streaked.  The  secon- 
dary faces  are  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  clove-brown,  various  shades  in- 
clining to  plum-blue  and  pearl-grey.  Green  from  an  ad- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  49 

Axinite. 


mixture  of  Talc.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  trans- 
lucent, sometimes  only  on  the  edges.  It  exhibits  the  prop- 
erty of  dichroism. 

Hardness=6-5  . . .  7-0.     Sp.  gr.=3-271. 

Compound  varieties.  Massive  :  composition  lamellar, 
generally  a  little  bent ;  faces  of  composition  irregularly 
streaked.  Sometimes  the  composition  is  granular  and  im- 
palpable. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  melts  easily,  and  with  intumescence,  into  a 
dark-green  glass,  which  becomes  black  in  the  oxidating  flame.  Some 
varieties  are  differently  electrified  by  heat,  contiguous  to  opposite  ends 
of  the  crystals,  and  in  these  also  a  difference  has  been  observed  by 
HAUY. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KL.APROTH.  By  WIEGMANN. 

Silica  .         .         .        50-50         ...        45-00 

Lime  .         .         .         17-00        .         .         .         12-50 

Alumina  .  .  .  16-00  .  .  .  1900 
Oxide  of  iron  .  .  950  .  .  .  12-25 
Oxide  of  manganese  .  5-25  .  .  .  9-00 

Potash          .         .         .  0-25         .         .         .  0-00 

Magnesia    .         .         .  0-00         .         ,         .  0-25 

Boracic  acid         .         .          0  00         .         .        .          2-00 

3.  Axinite  occurs  in  beds  and  veins  in  primitive  countries.     It  is  ac- 
companied in  the  former  situations  by  Calcareous  Spar,  Blende,  &c. ;  in 
the  latter,  chiefly  byAugite,  Quartz,  Feldspar  and  various  metallic  min- 
erals. 

4.  It  is  found  in  beds  at  Thum  near  Ehrenfriedersdorf  in  Saxony,  from 
whence  it  has  sometimes  been  called  Thumite  or  Thumerstone.     At 
Kongsberg  in  Norway,  it  occurs  in  veins  with  Vitreous  Silver.    Beau- 
tiful crystals  are  met  with  in  the  veins  of  various  places  near  Bourg 
d'Oisans  in  Dauphiny,  at  Bareges  in  the  Pyrenees,  in  Savoy,  in  the 
county  of  Gb'mor  in  Hungary,  and  in  large,  well  defined  crystals  at  Bo- 
tallack  in  Cornwall.     In  the  latter  place,  it  is  found  in  a  massive  state, 
forming  a  peculiar  kind  of  rock  with  Garnet  and  Tourmaline.     It  is  also 
found  at  several  places  in  the  Hartz. 

5 


50 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Babingtonite. 


AZOTE.     (See  Nitrogen.) 
*  AZURLTE.     (See  Lazulite.) 

BABINGTONITE.     Axotomous  Augite-Spar. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.     Oblique   rhombic  prism.     Dimensions 
unknown. 


Secondary  form. 


92°  34' 

88     00 

25 


Fig.  52. 


thin 


p  on  m 
p  on  t 
t   on  h 
m  on  t 

m  on  h          -    -     - 
p  on  d 

fon  m 
on  g 

Cleavage  distinct,  parallel  to  p  and  t. 

Fracture  imperfectly  conchoid al. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  black,  often  greenish  ; 
splinters  are  faintly  translucent,  and  of  a  green  color,  per-, 
pendicular  to  p,  of  a  brown  color  parallel  to  it.  In  large 
crystals,  it  appears  opake. 

Hardness  =  5*5  . . .  6-0. 

1.  According  to  Mr.  CHILDREN,  it  is  composed  of  silica,  iron,  man- 
ganese and  lime,  with  a  trace  of  titanium. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Arendal  in  Norway,  in  small  crystals,  (resembling  dark 
colored  crystals  of  Pyroxene,)  disposed  on  the  surface  of  crystals  of  Albite  ; 
and  at  Governeur,  (N.Y.)  coating  crystals  of  Feldspar. 

BARYTO-CALCiTE.     He  m  i-Pri  smatic  Hal- 
B  a  r  y  t  e.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'= 
106°  54'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Baryto-Calcite. 


51 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  53. 


M  on 

M' 

- 

106° 

54'    ^~r\ 

M  on 

P 

- 

102 

54  ff%^\ 

b    on 

b 

- 

95 

15 

\ 

/ 

h    on 

the 

edge  between  b  and  6 

119 

00 

f 

l/ 

c 

P 

- 

. 

135 

00 

* 

c    on 

c 

. 

145 

54 

/ 

Cleavage  perfect  parallel  to  M  and  M7 ;  less  easily  ob- 
tained, though  perfect,  parallel  to  P. 

Fracture  uneven,  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Surface  h  striated  parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination 
with  M ;  the  vertical  planes  parallel  to  the  axis. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  white, 
greyish  yellowish,  or  greenish.  Streak  white.  Transpa- 
*  rent . . .  translucent. 

Hardness  =4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =3'66. 

Compound  varieties.     Massive :    composition  granular. 

1.  It  does  not  melt  alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  gives  a  clear  glob- 
ule with  borax.  Like  Witherite,  it  is  soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  CHILDREN. 

Carbonate  of  barytes        .         .         .        65-9 
Carbonate  of  lime  .         .         .         33-6 

It  sometimes  gives  traces  of  iron  and  manganese. 
3.  It  occurs  at  Alston  moor  in  Cumberland,  both  massive  and  crystal- 
lized. 

BATRACHITE. 

Massive,  with  traces  of  a  rhombic  prism  of  115°.    Composition 
impalpable. 


52 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


Beryl. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  the  sides  and  shorter  diagonal  of  the 
above  prism,  but  mostly  indistinct.     Fracture  small  conchoidal. 
Lustre  resinous  or  vitreous  ;  more  inclined  to  the  latter. 
Color  light  greenish-grey,  to  almost  white.     Streak  white. 
Hardness  =  5-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-038. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  fusible  alone,  without  any  perceptible 
change  in  the  color  of  the  flame.     It  affords  a  little  moisture  when  heat- 
ed in  the  matrass.     It  is  slowly  dissolved  in  phosphoric  salt,  leaving  be- 
hind flocculi  of  silica.     With  soda,  it  is  with  difficulty  dissolved  into  a 
dark  colored  pearl.     From  these  and  other  experiments,  it  has  been  in- 
ferred by  MERLET  to  be  a  silicate  of  magnesia. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Rizoni,  a  mountain  in  southern  Tyrol. 

BERGMANITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 
BERYL.     Rhornbohedral  Emerald.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  55. 
Fig.  54. 


M 


P  ous 

Mons 
Ponzf 
Mont 


135°  00  ") 

127     45'  40"  I 
150     00 
120     00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


53 


Beryl. 


Fig.  57. 


M 


M  on  n 
n  on  s 
s  on  t 

P  on  « 
P  on  c2 
cl  on  c'l 
Mon  d 


150°  00 

135  00 

156  42' 

135  14' 

159  10 

179  40 

150  00 


59" 


HAUY. 


I 

PHILLIPS. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  all  the  primary  planes,  but  not  dis- 
tinct. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Surface,  the  prisms  striated  parallel  to  the  axis. 

The  pyramidal  faces  smooth. 

*  Lustre  vitreous.  Color  green,  passing  into  blue,  yellow 
and  white  :  the  brightest  of  these  colors  is  emerald  green  ; 
.the  greater  part  of  the  species,  however,  exhibits  only  pale 
colors.  Streak  white.  Transparent.  .  .  translucent. 

Hardness=7-5  .  .  .  8-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-732  of  a  perfectly 
emerald  green  variety  ;  2*678,  of  an  apple-green  crystal. 


54  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Beryl. 


Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  composition  generally 
large  granular,  sometimes  imperfectly  columnar. 

1.  The  only  important  differences  between  Emerald  and  Beryl  are  in 
the  colors ;  which,  since  they  produce  an  uninterrupted  series,  are  alto- 
gether insufficient  for  a  division  of  the  present  species.     The  color  of 
Emerald  is  emerald  green  ;  all  the  varieties  of  other  colors  are  Beryl. 

2.  In  a  strong  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  the  edges  are  rounded  off,  and  a 
shapeless  vesicular  scoria  is  produced.     Transparent  varieties  become 
milky.     It  is  dissolved  by  borax. 

3.  Analysis.  ^ 

By  BERZELITTS,  By  KLAPROTH. 

from  Broddbo.  The  Emerald  of  Peru, 

Silica                     .         .        68-35         .  .         .         68-50 

Alumina               .         .         17-60         .  .         .         15-75 

Glucina                 .         .         13-13         .  .         .         1250 

Oxide  of  iron        .      _.           0-72         .  .         .           1-00 

Oxide  of  columbium  ".           0-27         .  .         .           0-00 

Oxide  of  chrome           .           0-00         .  .         .           030 

Lime        .             .         .           0-00         .  .         .           0-25 

4.  Beryl  occurs  in  imbedded  crystals  in  various  rocks,  most  generally, 
however,  in  granite.     It  is  also  found  in  implanted  crystals  in  veins  and 
in  beds.     It  is  associated  with  Feldspar,  Chrysoberyl,  Topaz,  Tin-ore, 
Garnet,  &c.     It  is  met  with,  likewise,  in  fractured  crystals  and  rolled 
masses  in  secondary  repositories. 

5.  The  finest  crystals  of  the  emerald-green  colors,  or  the  true  Eme- 
rald, come  from  Peru,  where,  according  to  HUMBOL.DT,  it  forms  druses 
with  Calcareous  Spar,  and  occurs  in  veins  traversing  hornblende-slate, 
clay-slate  and   granite.      It  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  Quartz  and 
Iron  Pyrites.     Less  beautiful  varieties  are  found  imbedded  in  mica-slate 
in  the  valley  of  Heerbach,  district  of  Pinzgau,  Salzburg.     The  ancients 
procured  their  Emeralds  from  Egypt.     Their  localities  have  been  re- 
discovered, and  are  situated  in  granite  and  mica-slate,  in  Mount  Zalara, 
seven  leagues  from  the  Red  Sea  in  Upper  Egypt.     Transparent  crystals 
of  bluish-green  Beryl    (called  Aquamarine}    are   found  in  Siberia  and 
Brazil.     In  Siberia  it  occurs  in  the  granitic  district  of  Nertschinsk,  on 
the  confines  of  China  in  compact  ferruginous  clay;  also  in  the  Uralian 
nnd  Altai  mountains,  often  in  large  crystals :  in  Brazil,  it  is  found  in  frac- 
tured crystals  in  the  sand  of  rivers.     More  common  varieties  are  met 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  55 

Beryl — Beudantite. 

with  at  Limoges  in  France,  near  Zwiesel  on  the  Rabenstein  in  Bavaria, 
at  Finbo  and  Broddbo  in  Sweden,  and  in  some  of  the  tin  mines  of  Sax- 
ony and  Bohemia. 

The  Beryl  is  an  abundant  mineral  throughout  New  England ;  and 
many  of  its  localities  are  distinguished  for  the  size  and  perfection  of  the 
crystals  which  they  afford.  The  most  remarkable  of  these  is  Acworth, 
(N.H.)  about  fifteen  miles  from  Bellows'  Falls.  They  occur  at  this 
•place  in  a  powerful  vein  of  granite  traversing  gneiss.  The  largest  crys- 
tals weigh  from  two  to  three  hundred  pounds,  and  measure  four  feet  in 
length.  Their  form  is  that  of  tolerably  perfect  hexagonal  prisms.  The 
prevailing  color  of  the  large  crystals  is  a  pale  bluish  green  :  the  smaller 
crystals  are  pale  yellow,  rarely  a  deep  honey,  or  wax-yellow.  At  Bow- 
doinham  and  Topsham,  (Me.)  this  species  is  found  in  veins  of  graphic 
granite  in  small  but  exceedingly  regular  crystals,  of  a  pale  greenish  or 
yellowish  white  color.  They  are  mostly  imbedded  in  a  brown  Quartz ; 
and  sometimes  present  the  form  of  fig.  55.  A  few  crystals  of  the  eme- 
rald green  color  have  been  met  with  at  Topsham.  The  Albite  granite  of 
Goshen  and  Chesterfield  afford  small  and  irregular  crystals  of  pale  green 
colors,  some  of  which  are  transparent.  In  Connecticut  at  Haddam, 
large  crystals  of  the  yellow  and  yellowish-green  varieties,  occur  at  the 
chrysoberyl  vein,  many  of  which  contain  implanted  crystals  of  Chryso- 
beryl  and  Columbite.  A  seam  of  Brown  Quartz  in  a  vein  of  mica  slate 
in  the  same  town,  has  afforded  very  beautifully  transparent  crystals  of  the 
form  represented  in  fig.  56 :  the  quarries  of  gneiss  in  the  neighborhood  on 
both  sides  of  the  Connecticut  river,  produce  green  prisms  of  the  common 
variety.  At  Monroe,  a  vein  of  graphic  granite  furnishes  uncommonly 
handsome  crystals  as  respects  their  regularity  and  the  number  of  crys- 
tals of  different  sizes  implanted  within  a  small  mass  of  the  rock. 

6.  Beryl,  when  clear  and  transparent,  and  of  a  fine  emerald  green 
color,  is  highly  valued  as  a  gem  :  the  bluish  colored  crystals  are  not  so 
highly  prized,  but  are  employed  for  the  same  purpose. 

BEUDANTITE. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P'=92°  30'. 


56  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Beaudantite — Bismuth-Blende. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  58. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  a. 

Surfaces  curved  ;  generally  brilliant. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  black  ;  in  thin  fragments,  trans- 
lucent, and  of  a  deep  brown  color.  Streak  greenish-grey. 

Hardness  =4-0...  4-75. 

Compound  varieties.  Massive  :  composition  not  descri- 
bed. 

1.  It  consists  of  the  oxides  of  iron  and  lead. 

2.  Its  locality  is  Horhausen  on  the  Rhine,  where  it  seems  associated 
with  Brown  Iron-Ore. 

3.  The  want  of  a  knowledge  of  the  specific  gravity  of  this  mineral 
prevents  us  from  referring  it  to  its  natural  historical  genus.     The  prop- 
erties above  enumerated,  however,  prove  it  with  sufficient  distinctness  to 
be  a  peculiar  species. 

BI-SELENIURET  OF  ZINC.     (See  Rionite.) 

BISMUTH   BLENDE.     Tetrahedral    Bismuth 

B  ary  te. 

Primary  form.  Unknown.*  Implanted  globular  shapes. 
Massive  :  composition  thin  columnar,  impalpable,  also  cur- 
ved lamellar. 

«k 

"  HARTMANN  gives  the  Tetrahedron  as  the  primary  form  of  this  species,  and  de- 
scribes its  crystals  as  occurring  in  tetrahedra,  with  their  edges  deeply  bevelled,  and 
like  fig.  55,  P.  I. 


Frac 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bismuth-Blende — Bismuthine. 


57 


Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal  or  uneven. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  dark  hair-brown,  yellowish-grey 
and  straw-yellow.  Streak  yellowish-grey.  Translucent 
DF  opake. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
5-9...  6-0. 

1.  It  decrepitates  briskly  before  the  blow-pipe,  emits  an  arsenical  odor, 
and  is  finally  converted  into  a  glass,  which  effervesces  with  borax. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HUNEFELD. 

Carbonate  of  bismuth  .....        58-8 

Arsenic  acid  2-2 

Silica  23-8 

Arsenic,  cobalt,  copper  and  iron  .         .         .  5-ft 

Gangue  9-1 

3.  It  occurs  with  Quartz  at  Schneeberg  in  Saxony. 

BISMUTHIC  COBALT-ORE. 

The  description  of  this  species,  as  put  forth  by  KERSTEN,  is 
too  defective  to  enable  us  to  decide  whether  it  is  entitled  to  rank 
as  a  distinct  species.  It  is  described  as  massive,  having  a  lead  or 
steel-grey  color,  a  feebly  metallic  lustre  and  a  sp.  gr.  from  6-0  . . . 
7-8.  It  is  believed  to  consist  of  arsenic,  cobalt  and  bismuth.  It 
occurs  with  other  ores  of  cobalt  at  Schneeberg  in  Saxony. 

BISMUTHINE.    Prismatic  Polypoione-Glance. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M= near- 
ly 91°. 

Secondary  form. 


The  lines  parallel  to  the  plane/,  rep- 
resent the  striae  constantly  observed  on 
the  crystals,  but  which  in  reality  are  a 
series  of  planes. 


58  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bismuthine — Bismulh-Ochre. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  planes  P  and  /,  most  perfec 
parallel  with  the  latter,  and  at  right  angles  to  /,  affording 
the  measurement  of  90°  by  the  reflective  goniometer 
Fracture  scarcely  observable.  Surface  of  the  prisms  deep- 
ly streaked  parallel  to  the  axis. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  lead-grey,  inclining  a  little  tc 
steel-grey.  Streak  unchanged. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  2*0  . . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
6-549. 

Compound  varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular, 
the  individuals  being  of  various  sizes;  or  columnar,  indi- 
viduals straight  and  aggregated  in  various  directions. 

1.  It  is  volatilized  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  covers  the  charcoal  with 
a  yellow  areola.  It  is  easily  fusible,  and  emits  continually  small  drops 
in  a  state  of  incandescence.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  and  the 
solution  yields  a  vrhite  precipitate  on^being  further  diluted. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  SAGE. 

Bismuth 60-00 

Sulphur 40-00 

8.  It  occurs  principally  in  veins,  but  is  also  found  in  beds,  and  is  gen- 
erally associated  with  Native  Bismuth. 

4.  It  is  a  rare  mineral.  Its  localities  are,  Altenberg,  Schneeberg, 
Joachimsthal,  Rezbanya,  Cornwall,  Riddarhyttan  in  Sweden,  Beresof  in 
Siberia,  at  Canock  in  Cumberland. 

It  has  been  noticed  at  a  single  spot  in  the  United  States,  in  the  cele- 
brated Chrysoberyl  locality  of  Haddam,  (Con.) 

BISMUTH-OCHRE.     Bismuthic    Lusine-Ore. 

Massive:  composition  impalpable;  earthy  and  pulver- 
ulent. Fracture  conchoidal  to  earthy. 

Color  straw-yellow,  or  greyish  yellow. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  59 

Bismuth-Ochre — Bitumen. 
Soft.     Sp.  gr.=4-36. 

1.  Upon  charcoal,  it  is  easily  reduced  to  the  metallic  state,  attended 
y  a  peculiar  odor.  It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid, — the  solution  throwing 
3wn  a  white  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  water. 

2.  Analysis. 

Oxygen 10-13 

Bismuth 89-87 

It  frequently  occurs  mixed  with  carbonate  of  bismuth  and  iron. 
3.  It  is  found  in  small  quantity  upon  the  ores  of  bismuth,  cobalt  and 
.ickel,  at  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  Joachimsthal  in  Bohemia,  Saint  Agnes 
i  Cornwall,  Siberia  ;  and  at  Haddam,  (Con.)  in  the   chrysoberyl  rock, 
vhere  it  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  Bismuthine. 

BITTER-SPAR.     (See  Dolomite.) 
3ITUMEN.     Black  Mi  n  era  1- Resin.     MOHS. 

Aggregation  solid  or  fluid,  and  all  the  intermediate  sta- 
ges. No  regular  form.  Stalactilic  shapes:  surface  smooth. 
Massive. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  more  or  less  perfect,  uneven. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  black,  passing  into  various  brown 
Hid  red  tints.  Fluid  varieties  are  sometimes  perfectly  col- 
orless. Streak  commonly  unchanged,  sometimes  lighter 
than  the  color.  Translucent  on  the  edges,  opake ;  some 
fluid  varieties  are  transparent. 

Sectile,  malleable,  elastic.  Bituminous  odor.  Hard- 
ness =  0-0  . . .  2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  0-S2S,  brown,  malleable  ; 
1-073,  black,  slaggy  ;  1*160,  hyacinth-red,  slaggy. 

1.  Mineral  Oil  and  Mineral  Pitch  have  been  treated  as  two  species; 
the  former  embracing  under  it  as  varieties  Naphtha  and  Petroleum,  and 
the  latter  Earthy  Bitumen,  Elastic  Bitumen,  and  Compact  Bitumen  or 
Asphaltum ;  but  all  these  varieties  differ  in  nothing  except  their  state  of 
aggregation,  which,  however,  forms  an  uninterrupted  series  from  those 
which  are  perfectly  fluid  to  such  as  are  perfectly  solid.  The  Mineral 


60  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bitumen. 


Oil  is  first  inspissated,  and  then  it  is  changed  into  Mineral  Pitch  by  fur 
ther  exposure  to  the  air.  Naphtha  embraces  yellowish  and  nearly  trans 
parent  varieties  of  the  fluid  Bitumen,  while  Petroleum  consists  of  thos 
which  have  the  consistence  of  tar,  together  with  a  black  color.  Elasti 
Bitumen  is  distinguished  by  its  elasticity.  Earthy  Bitumen  has  an  ear 
thy  fracture,  while  Asphaltum  possesses  a  more  or  less  conchoidal  frac 
ture.  Still,  all  these  varieties  are  joined  by  transitions,  which  prove 
that  they  form  but  a  single  natural  historical  species. 

2.  Mineral  oil  is  easily  inflammable,  and  burns  with  a  white  flam< 
and  much  smoke.  Also  the  Mineral  Pitch  is  very  inflammable,  an< 
burns  with  a  bituminous  smell ;  some  varieties  melt  in  a  higher  tempe 
rature. 

8.  Analysis* 
By  THOMSON, 

of  Naphtha.  of  Elastic  Bitumen 

Carbon         .         .        82-20         ....  52-25 

Hydrogen            ,         14-80         ....  7-49 

Azote                    .          0-00         ....  0-15 

Oxygen                .           0-00         ....  40-11 

4.  The  fluid  varieties  of  Bitumen  ooze  out  of  several  rocks,  as  sand 
stone,  slaty  clay,  &c.,  or  they  are  found  on  the  surface  of  springs  anc 
lakes.     The  elastic  variety  is  found  in  limestone  rocks  along  with  Gale- 
na ;  the  earthy  in  beds  with  limestone,  but  associated  with  members  o: 
the  coal  formation.     The  Asphaltum  is  imbedded  in  nodules  in  limestone, 
in  agate  balls,  in  veins  with  Galena,  Fluor,  Sec. ;  also  in  beds,  and  on  the 
shores  and  waters  of  certain  lakes. 

5.  Fluid  varieties  have  been  found  in  various  districts  of  Italy,  in  Si- 
cily, in  Zante,  in  the  Caspian  Sea,  in  Persia  and  other  countries  in  Asia, 
Elastic  Bitumen  (sometimes  called  mineral  Caoutchouk)  occurs  at  Cas- 
tleton   in    Derbyshire.     Earthy  Bitumen  is  found   near  Neufchatel  in 
Switzerland,  at  Grund  in  the  Hartz,  in  Dalmatia,  &c.     Asphaltum  forms 
nodules  in  limestone  at  Bleiberg  in  Carinthia,  in  sandstone  in  Albania,  in 
great  abundance  in  the  island  of  Trinidad,  and  in  large  pieces  on  the 
shores,  or  floating  on  the  surface  of  the  Asphaltic  lake  in  Judea,  called 
the  Dead  Sea. 

The  United  States  and  the  Canadas  afford  numerous  localities  of  the 
more  fluid  and  soft  varieties  of  Bitumen.  Petroleum  occurs  on  the  Ken- 
hawa  in  Virginia,  on  a  spring  of  water  five  miles  from  Scottsville,  Allen 
co.  (Ken.)  at  several  places  in  the  western  part  of  Pennsylvania,  at  Duck 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  61 

Bituminous  Coal. 

Creek  in  Munroe  co.  (Ohio,)  and  in  Liverpool  in  the  same  state,  where 
a  salt  well,  while  boring,  yielded  about  fifteen  gallons  per  day.  In  New 
York,  it  is  found  floating  upon  the  surface  of  Seneca  Lake,  and  is  hence 
known  in  commerce  under  the  name  of  Genesee  or  Seneca-Oil.  In  Wood- 
bury,  and  some  other  places  in  Connecticut,  the  Elastic  Bitumen  is  found 
in  connexion  with  a  bituminous  limestone.  The  black  limestone  in  the 
vicinity  of  Quebec  affords  exudations  of  Petroleum. 

6.  The  different  varieties  of  Bitumen  allow  of  considerable  application 
for  illuminating,  for  fuel  in  fire-works,  in  the  manufacture  of  varnish  and 
of  black  sealing-wax.  Mingled  with  grease  or  common  pitch,  it  is  used 
for  paying  the  bottoms  of  ships.  The  ancients  employed  Bitumen  in  the 
construction  of  their  buildings;  the  bricks  of  which  the  walls  of  Baby- 
lon are  built  are  cemented  with  hot  bitumen.  The  Egyptians  are  also 
said  to  have  employed  it  for  the  embalming  of  bodies. 

BITUMINOUS    COAL.      Bituminous  Mineral 
Coal.     MOHS. 

No  regular  form  or  structure.  Fracture  conchoidal,  un- 
even. 

Lustre  resinous,  more  or  less  distinct.  Color  black  or 
brown,  passing  in  earthy  varieties  into  greyish  lints.  Some- 
times exhibits  tarnished  colors.  Streak  unchanged,  except 
that  it  sometimes  becomes  shining.  Opake. 

Sectile,  in  different  degrees.  Hardness  =!•().  ..  2-5. 
Sp.  gr.  =  1-223,  moor-cod  from  Teplitz  ;  =  1-270  com- 
mon brown  coal  from  Eibiswald  in  Stiria  ;  =-1-271,  black 
coal  from  Newcastle  ;  =1-288,  bituminous  wood;  1-423, 
cannel  coal  from  Wigan  in  Lancashire. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  lamellar, 
faces  of  composition  smooth  and  even,  different  gradations; 
granular  texture  often  impalpable,  in  which  case  fracture  is 
uneven,  even  or  flat  conchoidal.  Ligniform  shapes,  the 
structure  of  which  resembles  that  of  wood,  sometimes  very 
distinct,  but  often  obliterated,  with  the  exception  of  some 

6 


62  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bituminous  Coal. 


slight  traces,  when  the  fracture  becomes  conchoidal  across 
the  fibres.  There  are  some  earthy  varieties  of  a  loose  fri- 
able texture. 

1.  The  present  species  is  treated  by  some  writers  as  forming  four  sep- 
arate species :    viz.   Brown  Coal,  Black  Coal,  Cannel  Coal  and  Jet ; 
and  the  two  first  mentioned  varieties  have  been  again  divided  into  seve- 
ral sub-species.     The  color  of  Brown  Coal  is  brown,  as  its  name  imports. 
It  possesses  a  ligneous  structure,  or  consists  of  earthy  particles.     Its  va- 
rieties are  as  follows :  Bituminous  Wood,  which  presents  a  ligneous 
texture,  and  very  seldom  any  thing  like   a  conchoidal  fracture,  and  is 
without  lustre ;  Earthy  Coal,  consisting  of  loose  friable  particles ;  Moor 
Coal,  or  Trapezoidal  Brown  Coal,  distinguished  by  the  want  of  ligne- 
ous structure,  and  by  the  property  of  bursting  and  splitting  into  angular 
fragments,  when  removed  from  its  original  repository ;   Common  Brown 
Coal,  which,  though  it  still  shows  traces  of  ligneous  texture,  is  of  a  more 
firm  consistency  than  the  rest  of  the  varieties,  and  possesses  higher  de- 
grees of  lustre  upon  its  more  perfect  conchoidal  fracture.     The  color  of 
Black  Coal  is  black,  without  inclining  to  brown,  and  it  is  destitute  of  the 
ligneous  texture.     Some  of  its  varieties  immediately  join  those  of  Brown 
Coal.     They  are  :  Pitch  Coal,  of  a  velvet  black  color,  generally  inclin- 
ing to  brown,  strong  lustre,  and  presenting  in  every  direction  a  large  and 
perfect  conchoidal  fracture  ;  Slate  Coal,  possessing  a  more  or  less  coarse, 
slaty  structure,  which,  however,  seems  to  be  rather  a  kind  of  lamellar 
composition,  than  real  fracture  ;  Foliated  Coal,  which  is  similarly  com- 
pounded, only  the  laminae  are  thinner ;   Coarse  Coal  has  a  composition 
resembling  it,  only  the  component  particles  are  smaller,  and  approach  to 
a  granular  appearance.     Cannel  Coal  is  without  visible   composition, 
and  has  a  flat  conchoidal  fracture  in  every  direction,  but  with  little  lus- 
tre, by  which  it  is  distinguished  from  Pitch  Coal.     It  most  resembles  the 
Moor  Coal,  but  the  difference  in  their  specific  gravity  is  greater  than  be- 
tween almost  any  other  two  varieties  of  coal.     Jet  occurs  in  elongated 
reniform  masses,  and  sometimes  in  the  shape  of  branches  with  a  regular 
woody  structure.     Its  lustre  is  brilliant,  and  its  fracture  perfectly  con- 
choidal.    All  these  kinds,  however,  are  united  by  numerous  transitions, 
so  that  it  continually  becomes  doubtful  to  which  of  them  we  should  refer 
certain  specimens,  though  thoy  are  undoubtedly  Bituminous  Coal. 

2.  Bituminous  Coal  is  more  or  less  easily  inflammable,  and  burns  with 
flame  and  a  bituminous  smell.     Several  varieties  become  soft; and  others 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  03 

Bituminous  Coal. 


coak  when  kindled.     They  have  a  more  or  less  considerable  earthy  res- 
idue. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Newcastle  or  caking  coal.  Cannel  Coal. 

Carbon         .         .         .        75-28         .  .         .         64-72 

Hydrogen            .         .          4-18       '.  .         .        21-56 

Azote                    .         .         15-96         .  .         .         10-72 

Oxygen                .         .          4-58         .  .         .           0-00 

4.  The  varieties  called  slate  coal,  foliated  coal,  and  pitch  coal,  occur 
chiefly  in  the  coal  formation  ;  some  varieties  of  pitch  coal,  also  the  moor 
coal,  bituminous  wood,  and  common  brown  coal,  are  met  with  in  the  for- 
mations above  the  chalk ;  the  earthy  coal,  and  some  varieties  of  bitumin- 
ous wood  and  common  brown  coal,  are  often  included  in  diluvial  and  al- 
luvial detritus.  The  coal  seams  alternate  with  beds  of  slaty  clay  and 
common  clay,  sandstone,  limestone,  sand,  &c.  They  are  often  associated 
with  vegetable  organic  remains  in  slaty  clay,  sometimes  also  with  shells. 
Generally  there  is  more  or  less  Iron  Pyrites  and  White  Iron  Pyrites 
mingled  along  with  them,  and  they  are  sometimes  traversed  by  veins  of 
Galena. 

The  present  species  is  so  universally  distributed,  that  only  a  few  lo- 
calities can  here  be  mentioned  as  examples.  Bituminous  wood  is  found 
in  considerable  quantity  in  Iceland,  and  is  called  Surturbrand;  in  the 
Meissner  mountain  in  Hessia,  in  the  Westerwald,  at  Voitsbey  in  Stiria, 
and  at  Bovey  in  Devonshire.  Earthy  coal  is  found  at  Merseberg,  Halle, 
Bernburg,  and  at  Eislben  in  Thuringia.  Moor  coal  occurs  in  the  north- 
ern districts  of  Bohemia.  Common  brown  coal  occurs  in  immense  quan- 
tities on  the  river  Sau,  and  on  the  foot  of  the  Schwaneberg  Alps.  Pitch 
coal  is  likewise  found  in  the  Meissner,  in  Saxony,  Silesia,  on  the  Rhine, 
and  in  France.  Slaty  coal  occurs  at  Potschappel  in  Saxony,  in  Silesia, 
in  Westphalia,  and  particularly  at  Newcastle,  White  haven,  and  other 
places  in  England  and  Scotland.  Paper  Coal,  which  occurs  in  thin  pa- 
per-like seams,  is  found  in  Saxony  and  Sicily.  Cannel  coal  exists  abun- 
dantly in  Lancashire  and  Shropshire  in  England  and  in  Scotland.  Jet  is 
brought  from  the  Prussian  amber  mines,  and  is  met  with  at  a  considera- 
ble depth,  between  beds  of  sandstone,  at  several  places  in  France. 

Bituminous  Coal  exists  in  the  greatest  quantity  throughout  extensive 
portions  of  the  States  of  Pennsylvania,  Virginia  and  Ohio.  From  Galli- 
opolis  to  the  Falls  of  the  Ohio,  coal  of  the  best  quality  may  be  bought  for 


64  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bituminous  Coal — Black  Manganese. 

ten  cents  the  bushel ;  and  at  Pittsburg,  where  it  is  most  abundant,  its 
price  is  six  cents  the  bushel.  According  to  Maclure,  the  independent 
coal  formation  extends  from  the  waters  of  the  Ohio  to  the  waters  of  the 
Tombigbee.  The  coal  of  this  region  is  chiefly  a  very  pure  slate  coal ; 
and  is  often  beautifully  tarnished  with  the  richest  iridescence.  At  some 
places  upon  the  Ohio,  however,  extensive  deposits  of  the  purest  pitch 
coal  are  found.  The  secondary  region  of  the  Connecticut  river  affords 
occasionally  traces  of  Bituminous  Coal,  not  only  in  its  sandstones  and 
slates,  but  in  its  trap ;  but  is  no  where  likely  to  be  found  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  be  explored. 

5.  The  important  uses  of  this  species  for  fuel  are  well  known.     Can- 
nel  coal  and  jet  are  wrought  for  ornamental  purposes. 

BLACK  MANGANESE.     Pyramidal  Manga- 
nese-Ore.    MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base.     P  on 
P"=]170  30'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  60. 


a  on  a         -  139°  56' 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  base  of  the  primary  form  per- 
fect ;  less  distinct  and  interrupted  parallel  with  the  octahe- 
dral faces. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre    imperfect    metallic.       Color   brownish   black, 
Streak  dark  reddish  or  chesnut-brown.     Opake, 
*    • 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  65 

Black  Manganese. 

Hardness  =  5-0 ...  5*5.      Sp.  gr.  =  4-722  of  a  crys- 
tallized variety. 

Compound  Varieties.     Twin  crystals.     Common  octa- 
hedral hemitrope  ;  also  repeated  a  second  time, 
Fig.  61. 


Massive  :  composition  granular,  firmly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  on  charcoal,  in  a  strong  heat,  it  fuses  on  the 
edges  ami  assumes  a  blackish-grey  color.  With  borax,  it  is  easily  dis- 
solved, giving  in  the  exterior  flame  an  amethystine  blue  color,  and  in 
the  interior  a  feeble  tinge  of  iron.  With  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  dissolves 
rapidly  with  effervescence,  and  attended  with  a  deep  blue  color,  which 
disappears  in  the  reduction -fire  of  the  instrument. 

2.  Analysis. 

It  is  not  absolutely  certain  that  the  Black  Manganese  has  as  yet  been 
subjected  to  analysis,  although  it  is  extremely  probable  that  the  variety 
of  Manganese  from  Piedmont,  analysed  by  BERZEL.IUS,  belongs  to  this 
species.  It  consisted  of 

Oxide  of  manganese      ....         75-80 
Silica  .         .         .         .         13-17 

Oxide  of  iron  .         .         .         .          4-14 

Alumina  ....          2-80 

3.  It  has  been  found  in  veins  in  porphyry,  along  with  other  ores  of 
manganese,  at  Ochrenstock,  near  Ilmenau  in  Thuringia,  and  at  IhlefeJd 
in  the  Hartz.  In  the  United  States,  it  occurs  at  Lebanon,  (Penn.)  It  is 
yet  a  rare  substance. 

6* 


66 


PHYSIOGRAPHY, 

Black  Silver. 


BLACK  SILVER.  Prismatoidal  Polypoione- 
Gla  nee. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  MonM'=100° 
O7.  The  dimensions  of  the  primary  form,  however,  can- 
not be  considered  as  fixed,  since  LEONHARD  and  HART- 
MANN  describe  crystals  of  this  species,  which  appear  to 
have  a  primary  form  of  107°  47'. 

Secondary  forms. 

100°     0' 

135  15 
110       0 

170  10 

160  30 

146  30 

120  12 

145  24 

143  25 

122  15  J 


M  on  M' 

M  or  M'  on  a  or  a4 

M  on  cl 

M  on  gl 
M  on  g2 
M  on  g3 
a  on  cl 
a  on  c2 
a  on  c3 
c3  on  c3 


Fig.  62. 


Himmelsfurst  miner  Freiberg-. 
Fig.  63. 

-     72°   13'     HARTMANN. 
p,  s  and  o  are  tangent  planes. 

The  mutual  inclinations  of  the  pyra- 
midal faces  P,  which  correspond  to  the 
lateral  edges  of  the  primary  form,  are 
130°  16r  and  104°  19'.  It  also  oc- 
curs in  crystals,  destitute  of  the  faces  o 
p  and  a. 

Przibram,  Bohemia. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  M  and  M7  easy,  and  in  other  direc- 
tions, of  the  variety  from  Freiberg.  The  variety  from 
Przibram  has  indistinct  cleavages. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY*  67 

Black  Silver. 


Surface  of  the  prisms  striated  vertically. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  iron-black.     Streak  unchanged. 

Sectile.  Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2*5.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-269  from 
Przibram ;  =5-5,  from  Freiberg. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  like  those  of  Ar- 
ragonite.  (q.  v.)  Massive  :  composition  granular,  individ- 
uals strongly  connected  ;  fracture  uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  yields  a  dark  colored  metal- 
lic globule,  which  may  be  reduced  either  with  soda  and  silver,  or  with 
nitre.  It  is  soluble  in  dilute  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  BRANDES, 

from  Freiberg. 

Silver         -         -         -        66-50        -         -         -        65-50 
Antimony  -        -         10-00        ...  0-00 

Arsenic  -        -  0-00         -         -.       -          3-30 

Iron  5-00         -         -         -  5-46 

Sulphur  -        -         12-00        -        -        -         19-40 

Copper  and  arsenic    -  0-50         ...          0-00 

Copper  -         -  0-00         -         -         -          3-75 

3.  Black  Silver  occurs  in  silver-veins  along  with  other  ores  of  silver, 
also  with  Galena,  Blende,  Copper  and  Iron  Pyrites,  Heavy  Spar,  &c.    It 
is  sometimes  associated  with  Native  Arsenic  and  Native  Gold.     Its  com- 
pact varieties  are  often  intimately  mixed  with  Galena  and  with  Stibine, — 
a  mixture  designated  by  the  name  of  White  Silver,  the  Weiss geltigerz 
of  WERNER.     The  richer  it  is  in  silver,  the  more  it  approaches  in  its 
properties  to  the  pure  varieties  of  Black  Silver ;  while  in  the  contrary  ca- 
ses, it  presents  more  nearlylhe  characters  of  compact  Galena  and  of  com- 
pact Stibine,  or  of  a  mixture  of  both.     It  occurs  in  the  silver  veins  of 
Saxony. 

4.  Black  Silver  is  found  chiefly  in  Saxony,  Bohemia  and  Hungary ;  in 
the  last  of  which  countries  it  is  called  Roschgewachs.     Its  chief  locali- 
ties in  Saxony  are  the  mining  districts  of  Freiberg,  Schneeberg,  and 
Johanngeorgenstadt ;  in  Bohemia,  those  of  Przibram  and  Ratieborzitz ; 
and  in  Hungary  those  of  Schemnitz  and  Cremnitz.     It  is  found  also  in 
small  quantities  in  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz ;  and  at  Zacatecas  in  Mex- 
ico, and  in  Peru,  as  well  as  in  Siberia. 


68  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Black  Tellurium. 


5.  On  account  of  the  large  proportion  of  silver  which  it  contains,  it  is  & 
valuable  ore  for  the  extraction  of  that  metal. 

BLACK  TELLURIUM.   Prismatic  Polypoione- 

Glan  c  e. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  64. 


x  on  x  90°  00'  c.  g.) 

x  on  xf         -         -       135     00    c.  g.f  0 
Pona          -        -       118     35  I  PHILLIPS. 

Pone  .-       110     00    c.  g.J 

Cleavage  parallel  with  P,  perfect.  * 

Fracture  not  observable. 

Surface  P  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed. 

Highly  flexible  in  thin  laminae.  Very  sectile.  Hard- 
ness =  1  -0  ...  1-5.  Sp.  gr.  =7-085. 

Compound  varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  sometimes  longish, 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  melts  easily,  emits  white 
fumes,  whicji  are  deposited  upon  the  charcoal,  and  gives  a  metallic  glob- 
ule. With  borax,  it  gives  a  bead  of  gold  containing  a  little  silver.  It  is 
easily  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Tellurium  ....         32-20 

Lead  •  54-00 

Gold  ....          9-00 

Silver  ....          0-50 

Copper  *  1-30 

Sulphur  ....          3-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blende. 


69 


3.  It  has  been  found  only  in  veins  with  Native  Gold,  Galena,  Blende 
and  Carbonate  of  Manganese. 

4.  Its  chief  locality  is  Nagyag  in  Transylvania,  from  whence  it  ob- 
tained its  old  name  of  Nagiaker-Erz.     It  is  found  also  with  Graphic 
Tellurium  at  Offenbanya  in  the  same  country. 

BLENDE.     DodecahedralSclerone-Blende. 
Primary  form.     Rhombic  dodecahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  65. 


Four  of  the  obtuse  solid 
angles  are  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes,  while  the  re- 
maining four  are  unaltered, 
except  that  they  are  formed 
from  six  instead  of  three 
plane  angles,  as  may  be  seen 
in  the  angle  at  o. 

P  on  e 

S  on  $       - 


144°  44'  08 
129     31    18 


TT     v 

r 


70  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blende. 


3.          Fig.  67. 


Pon  a  135°  00'  00"  ) 

a  on  e  125     15    52     >  HAUY. 

c  on  c  109     18    16    ) 

4.  Dodecahedron  with  the  obtuse  solid  angles  deeply  trun- 
cated, so  as  to  give  rise  to  an  octahedron  with  its  edges  re- 
placed by  tangent  planes,     (fig.  62.  P.  I.) 

5.  Regular  octahedron. 

6.  Tetrahedron. 

7.  Regular  octahedron  with  its  edges  and  angles  replaced 
by  tangent  planes. 

8.  Cube. 

9.  Tetrahedron   with   its   angles   replaced   by  tangent 
planes. 

10.  Tetrahedron  with  its  angles  replaced  by  three  planes 
resting  on  its  edges,  (fig.  55.  P.  I.) 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  faces,  perfect. 

Fracture  conchoidal.  Some  yellow  varieties  are  phos- 
phorescent by  friction. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  green,  yellow,  red,  brown, 
black,  none  of  these  bright.  Streak  white  to  reddish- 
brown,  corresponding  to  the  color,  Transparent. . .  trans- 
lucent, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  71 

Blende. 


Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  4-078,  a 
cleavable  variety;  =4*027,  a  columnar,  compound  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Octahedral  he- 
mitrope.  (fig.  50.)  This  composition  is  repeated,  as  in 
fig.  61,  and  sometimes  for  a  number  of  times.  Reniform 
and  other  imitative  shapes :  surface  rough  ;  composition 
columnar,  often  almost  impalpable  ;  straight,  divergent,  and 
frequently  producing  a  second  curved  lamellar  or  granular 
composition.  Massive:  composition  columnar,  or  granular, 
sometimes  impalpable,  often  very  distinct.  The  fracture  of 
impalpable  compositions  is  uneven  or  even. 

1.  Although  the  subspecies  distinguished  by  the  earlier  writers  on 
mineralogy  among  the  varieties  of  Blende,  have  been  denominated  after 
their  colors,  yet  they  do  not  depend  entirely  or  solely  upon  these  colors. 
Yellow  Blende  includes  the  more   transparent  varieties,  whether  of  a 
*reen,  yellow  or  reddish-brown  color.     Brown  Blende  consists  of  the 
more  opake  red  and  brown  varieties.     Black  Blende  is  either  black  and 
opake,  or  blood-red.     Brown  Blende  has  been  further  divided  into  folia- 
ted, radiated  and  fibrous  brown  Blende  :  simple  varieties  and  compound 
ones,  consisting  of  granular  individuals,  are  contained  in  the  first  of  these 
divisions ;  columnar  compositions,  in  which  the  individuals  are  still  dis- 
cernible in  the  second ;  and  very  thin  .columnar  or  impalpable  composi- 
tions originating  from  them,  which  assume  various  imitative  shapes,  are 
comprehended  in  the  third  division.     The  exact  distinction  of  the  above 
varieties,  requires  much  practice,  and  can  be  acquired  only  empirically ; 
and  even  then  many  varieties  will  occur  that  render  the  distinction  im- 
possible, which  is  proof  that  the  distinction  itself  is  useless. 

2.  When  strongly  heated  in  the  oxidating  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  it 
gives  off  vapors  of  zinc,  which  form  a  coating  on  the  charcoal,  but  it  does 
not  melt.     It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  during  which  process  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  is  evolved. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  THOMSOX.  By  GUENIVEAU. 

Zinc        .         .         59-09         .  .         62-00 

Iron         .         .         12-05         .  .  1.50 

Sulphur  .        28-86         .  .        34-00 


72  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blende — Bloedite. 


4.  Blende  is  an  abundant  and  widely  diffused  ore  ;  but  all  its  varieties 
are  not  equally  common.     It  is  found  in  beds  and  veins,  accompanied  by 
Galena,  Copper  Pyrites,  Heavy  Spar,  Fluor,  Spathic  Iron,  &c.     It  also 
occurs  in  silver  veins  associated  with  Native  Silver  and  other  ores  of  that 
metal. 

5.  Yellow  Blende  principally  occurs  in  fine  varieties  at  Schenmitz  in 
Lower  Hungary,  and  at  Kapnick  in  Transylvania ;  also  in  Saxony,  at 
Ratieborzitz  in  Bohemia,  at  Gummesud  in  Norway,  and  other  places* 
Brown  Blende  is  found  at  Freiberg  and  other  localities  in  Saxony,  Bohe- 
mia, the  Hartz,  Sweden,  and  in  great  quantities  in  Derbyshire,  Cumber- 
land and  Cornwall  in  England.     The  radiated  variety,  in  particular,  is 
found  at  Przibram  ;  it  is  this  variety  in  which  STROMEYER  detected  the 
metal   Cadmium.      The   fibrous   Blende  occurs   at   Geroldseek  in  the 
Brisgau,  and  at  Raibel  in  Carinthia.     Black  Blende  comes  from  Frei- 
berg, Annaberg,  Breiten  brunn,  and  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony,  and  mar 
ny  places  in  Bohemia,  Hungary,  Silesia  and  other  European  countries. 

The  localities  of  Blende  in  the  United  States  are  very  numerous ;  a 
few  of  these  only  therefore  can  be  indicated.  The  yellowish-brown  fol- 
iated variety  is  found  abundantly  along  with  Galena  at  North  and  South 
Hampton,  (Mass.)  ;  the  black  Blende  occurs  at  Monroe,  (Con.)  associa- 
ted with  Wolfram,  Tungsten,  Native  Bismuth  and  Arsenical  Iron  ;  the 
yellow  Blende  in  transparent  crystals  is  met  with  occasionally  through- 
out the  secondary  limestones  of  New  York  and  Ohio.  The  Missouri 
lead  mines,  and  the  Perldomcn  lead  mine  near  Philadelphia,  abound  with 
the  present  species. 

BLOEDITE. 

Crystalline.     Primary  form  unknown.     Massive :  imperfectly 
foliated,  and  stalactitic.     Fracture  uneven. 
Color  between  flesh  and  brick  red. 

Taste  sharp  bitter  and  astringent.     Becomes  moist  in  the  air. 
1.  Analysis. 

By  JOHN. 

Sulphate  of  soda  .         .         .         33-34 

Sulphate  of  magnesia  .         .        .        36-66 

Sulphate  of  manganese          .         .         .  0-33 

Sulphate  of  iron  .         .         .          034 

Chloride  of  sodium  .         .         .          0-33 

Water  22-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  73 

Blue  Malachite. 


2.  It  is  found  in  the  salt  mines  oi'Jschel  in  Lower  Austria. 

3.  The  foregoing  description  is  too  inadequate  to  pronounce  upon  the 
pecific  character  of  Bloedite.     If  it  shall  prove  to  be  a  new  species,  it 
vill  probably  take  its  systematic  place  within  the  genus  Glauber-Salt. 

4.  Under  this  mineral  must  be  included  the  Sulphate  of  soda   and 
nagnesia  of  Schemnitz,  which   occurs  in  little  crystalline  fibres  or 
leedles,  that  appear  to  be  rhombic  prisms.     It  is  not  efflorescent   like 
he  Glauber-Salt. 

According  to  BEUDANT,  it  contains 

Sulphuric  acid  ....  44-7 
Soda  .A  .  .  .  17-6 

Magnesia  ....         11-4 

Water  ....         25-4 

Earthy  matter          .         .         .         .          09 

5.  The  Reussine  of  KARSTEN  may  also  be  introduced  here,  until 
omething  further  is  determined  respecting  its  properties.     It  occurs  in 
ix-sided  acicular  crystals,  which  probably  come  from  a  rhombic  prism  : 
.Iso  in  flakes.     Fracture  conchoidal.     Taste  bitter,  astringent.     It  con- 
ists  of 

Sulphate  of  soda  .  .  .  66-04 

Sulphate  of  magnesia  .  .  .  31-35 
Sulphate  of  lime  .  .  .  0-42 

Chloride  of  magnesium  .  .  2-19 

According  to  BEUDANT,  the  Reussine  is  a  mixed  mineral,  consisting 

f effloresced  Glauber-Salt  and  small  crystalline  particles  of  the  double 

alt  of  sulphate  of  soda  and  magnesia. 

BLUE  MALACHITE.     Azure  C  oppe  r-Bary  te. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
)8°  50'. 

Secondary  forms. 

1.  Primary  form.  2.  Primary  form,  having  the  obtuse 
erminal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes,  (fig.  95.  P.  I.) 
*.  Primary  form,  having  both  the  obtuse  and  acute  termi- 
lal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes.  4.  Form  2d,  with 
he  oblique  edges  of  the  prisms  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 
>.  Form  2d,  with  the  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  sin- 

7  > 


74 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blue  Malachite. 


gle  planes.     6.  Form  4th3  with  lateral  solid  angles  replaced 
by  single  planes. 

Fig.  68. 


91°  30'^ 

'M  on  gl  or  M'  on  gfl 

142  56 

98  50 

M  on  g2  or  M'  on  g'2 

131   4 

135  15 

M  on  h  or  M'  on  h1 

139  15 

149  20 

M  on  /  or  M'  on  V 

179  26 

138  12 

a  on  /or/' 

139  30 

119  30 

ha 

a  on  h 

136  45 

115  30 

£ 

el  on  e2 

169   2 

112  15 

H 

el  on  e4 

141   6 

92  15 

E 

el  on  / 

129  00 

123  40 

h3 

e3  on  e3'  over  P 

120  30 

111   5 

* 

e3  on  eo 

157   5 

116  55 

#1  on  #2 

168  15 

149   5 

#1  on  e6 

164  24 

156   5 

h  on  cl 

154  ,4 

138  30 

7t  on  c2 

134  55 

159  50 

h  on  c3 

115  00 

PonMorM' 

MonM 

P  on  a 

P  on  el  or  e'l 

P  on  e2  or  e'2 

P  on  e3  or  e'3 

P  on  e4  or  e'4 

Pon/or// 

Pon  A 

M  or  M'  on  a 

M  on  el  or  M'  on  e'l 

M  on  e2  or  M'  on  e'2 

M  on  e4  or  Mr  on  e'4 

M  on  e5  or  M'  on  e'5 

M  on  e6  or  M'  on  e'6 

M  on /or  M  on/' 

Cleavage  parallel  to  M  and  M'  perfect;  parallel  to  P 
very  difficult.  Cleavage  may  be  effected  also  parallel  with 
both  diagonals  of  the  primary  form. 

Surface  of  P  striated  in  the  direction  of  the  longer  diag- 
onal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  almost  adamantine.  Color  various 
shades  of  azure-blue,  passing  into  blackish  blue  and  berlin- 
blue.  Streak  blue,  lighter  than  the  color.  Transparent . .. 
translucent  on  the  edges. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  75 

Blue  Malachite. 


Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-831, 
crystals  from  Chessy. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular,  reniform,  botryoidal, 
stalactitic  shapes,  implanted  and  imbedded;  surface  drusy 
and  rough  ;  composition  columnar,  more  or  less  perfect  and 
distinct,  faces  of  composition  rough.  Massive  :  composi- 
tion columnar,  more  rarely  granular.  Sometimes  in  an 
earthy  state. 

1.  Blue  Malachite  is  soluble  with  effervescence  in  nitric  acid,  becomes 
black  if  exposed  alone  to  high  decrees  of  temperature,  melts  upon  char- 
coal, and  colors  glass  of  borax  green  in  the  oxidating  flame. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.          By  VAUQUELIN. 
Copper  .        .         56-00         .         .         56-00 

Oxygen  .  .  14-00  .  .  12-50 
Carbonic  acid  .  24-00  .  .  25-00 
Water  .  .  6-00  .  .  6-50 

3.  It  is  met  with  in  veins  and  beds,  included  in  rocks  of  different  ages. 
It  is  generally  accompanied  by  Green  Malachite  and  some  other  ores  of 
copper.     Occasionally  it  is  so  intimately  connected  with  Green  Mala- 
chite, that  crystals  of  the  form  of  the  Blue  Malachite  consist  entirely,  or 
at  least  with  only  the  exception  of  a  thin  film  on  the  surface  of  the  deli- 
cate green  fibres,  of  Green  Malachite.     It  is  often  engaged  in  ochrey  va- 
rieties  of  Limonite,  and  associated  with  White  Lead-ore,  Galena  and 
Cobalt-bloom. 

4.  The  most  beautifully  crystallized  varieties  are  found  in  a  bed  in  sec- 
ondary mountains  at  Chessy  near  Lyons  in  France.     Fine  crystals  are 
brought  from  Siberia.     Very  delicate,   but  small  crystals,  are  found  at 
Oravitza  in  the  Bannat.     Blue  Malachite  occurs  also  in  Thuringia,  Hes- 
sia,  the  Hartz,  Silesia,  Tyrol,  Spain,  Chili,  Peru,  and  at  several  places  in 
England  and  Scotland. 

The  United  Stales  afford  no  very  interesting  deposits  of  this  species. 
The  best  specimens  are  found  in  Pennsylvania  at  the  Perkiomen  lead 
mine,  where  it  occurs  in  small  crystals  along  with  Galena,  Blende  and 
White  Lead-Ore. 


76  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blue  Spar. 


BLUE  SPAR.      Prismatoidal    Azure-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism  ?  of  unknown  di- 
mensions. 

Cleavage  indistinct,  sometimes  pretty  obvious  in  one  di- 
rection, with  traces  in  other  directions,  making  oblique  an- 
gles with  the  easily  observed  cleavage.  Massive.  Com- 
position granular,  often  in  large  individuals ;  strongly  co- 
herent. Fracture  uneven,  often  splintery. 

Lustre  vitreous,  slightly  inclining  to  pearly  upon  faces  of 
cleavage.  Color  smalt-blue,  inclining  sometimes  to  white 
and  green.  Streak  white.  Translucent  on  the  edges,  of- 
ten nearly  opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5-5  ...  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-024. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  loses  its  color,  but  does  not  melt.  It  is 
slowly  and  with  difficulty  dissolved  in  borax.  With  boracic  acid  and 
iron- wire,  it  yields  a  globule  of  phosphuret  of  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  R.  BRAITDES. 

Phosphoric  acid  .         .         .         43-32 

Silica  .         .         .  6-50 

Alumina  .         .         .        34-50 

Magnesia  .        .         .         13-56 

Lime  .         .         .  0-48 

Protoxide  of  iron  .         .         .  0-80 

Water  .         .         .          0-50 

3.  It  occurs  in  masses,  sometimes  six  or  eight  inches  over;  also  in 
large  indistinct  crystals  imbedded  in  Quartz  and  mixed  with  Mica.    The 
rock  embracing  it,  however,  has  no  where  been  found  in  place. 

4.  It  is  found  in  the  valley  of  Freschnitz  near  Krieglach,  on  the  Mtlrz 
in  Upper  Stiria  ;  also  at  Therenberg  at  the  foot  of  the  Wechsel  mountain 
in  Lower  Austria. 

5.  The  near  agreement  of  Blue  Spar  with  Sodalite  in  hardness  and 
specific  gravity,  and  the  want  of  certainty  in  our  knowledge  respecting 
the  system  of  crystallization  to  which  Blue  Spar  belongs,  render  it  pos- 
sible that  the  two  substances  may  hereafter  be  shown  to  be  identical. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blue  Vitriol. 


77 


Fig.  69. 


BLUE  VITRIOL.    Tetarto-Prismati  c  Vitriol- 
Salt.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism.     P  on  M  127° 
30'.     P  on  T  108°.     M  on  T  123°  10'. 

Secondary  form. 

M  on  T  -          123°   10' 

r    on  M  126 

r    on  T  110 

r    on  n  -         -          100 

r    on  P  103 

n    on  P  -          120 

P  on  T  -          127 

t     on  r  -         -          1 39 

K  on  n  -         -          109 

K  on  r  114 

s    on  n  -  92 

s    on  r  139 

Cleavage  very  imperfect.     Fracture  conchoidal.     Sur- 


face :  the  faces  n  commonly  deeply  striated  parallel  to 
their  edges  of  combination  with  M  and  T,  which  faces  are 
also  sometimes  striated,  though  not  so  generally  as  n. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  sky-blue,  in  different  shades, 
commonly  deep.  Streak  white.  Semi-transparent  . . . 
translucent. 

Rather  brittle.     Hardness  =2-5.     Sp.  gr.=2'213. 

Taste  astringent  and  metallic. 

1.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  and  gives  a  blue  solution:  a  polished 
surface  of  iron  when  immersed  in  this  solution  is  covered  with  a  film  of 
metallic  copper. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Oxide  of  copper  .         .         .         32-13 

Sulphuric  acid  .         .         .        31-57 

Water  .         .         .        36-30 


78  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Blue  Vitriol — Boltonite. 

3.  Blue  Vitriol  owes  is  existence  to  the  decomposition  of  Copper  Pyr- 
ites; and  is  found  dissolved  in  water  issuing  from  mines,  and  which  has 
received  the  name  of  Water  of  Cementation.     From  this,  it  deposits  itself 
spontaneously  in  certain  places,  and  presents  itself  in  large  masses,  occa- 
sionally associated  with  other  ores. 

4.  Its  chief  localities  are  the  Rammelsberg  near  Goslar,  Neusohl  in 
Hungary,  Anglesey  in  the  Pary's  mine,  Cornwall  at  the  Consolidated 
mines,  and  at  the  copper  mines  in  Wicklow,  Ireland.     Its  occurrence 
maybe  expected  at  the  copperas  mine  in  Stafford,  (Vt.) 

5.  As  it  occurs  in  nature,  it  requires  first  to  be  purified,  before  it  can 
be  employed  in  the  arts,  where  it  is  used  in  dyeing,  in  printing  of  cot- 
ton, linen,  &c.     The  oxide  of  copper,  separated  from  its  acid,  is  likewise 
used  in  painting. 

BOLTONITE.     Parachrose  Tabular- Spar. 

Massive.  Composition  granular  .:  individuals  large. 
Cleavage  in  one  direction  pretty  distinct,  in  two  others  ob- 
lique to  the  first,  indistinct,  but  affording  indications  of  a 
doubly  oblique  prism  for  the  primary  form.  Fracture  un- 
even or  small  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  bluish  grey,  yellowish  grey,  wax 
yellow  to  yellowish  white.  The  darker  colors  change  to 
yellow  on  exposure  to  the  weather.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent or  translucent. 

Hardness  =  5-0  ...  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-8  ...  2*9. 

1.  This  mineral  when  first  discovered  was  regarded  as  Pyrallolite.  It 
is  believed  to  be  identical  with  the  substance  described  by  Dr.  THOM- 
SON, (Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist,  of  N.York,  Vol.  III.  p.  50,)  under  the  name 
of  Bisilicate  of  Magnesia ;  and  accordingly  the  analysis  there  given  is 
here  quoted. 

2.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  white  and  transparent,  but 
does  not  melt.  With  borax,  it  dissolves  slowly  into  a  transparent  glass. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Silica  ....         56-64 

Magnesia  ....         36-52 

Alumina  ....  6-07 

Protoxide  of  iron    ....          2'46 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Boltonite — Boracite. 


79 


4.  Boltonite  occurs  thickly   disseminated  through   white  limestone, 
associated  occasionally  with  Petalite. 

5.  It  is  found  abundantly  at  Bolton,  (Mass.)  and  has  also  been  detect- 
ed in  the  neighboring  quarries  of  Boxborough  and  Littleton. 

BOMBITE. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable. 
-  Color  bluish  black. 
Hardness  =  7-5. 
1.  Fusible  before  the  blow-pipe  with  ebullition  into  a  yellowish  glass. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  LAUGIER. 
Silica 
Alumina 
Oxide  of  iron 
Magnesia 
Lime 

Carbon  .         .         . 

Sulphur 
3.  Its  geological  situation  is  unknown. 


50-0 

10-5 

250 

3-5 

0-5 

-    .  3-0 

0-3 
It  has  been  found  only  in 


Bombay.     It  appears  to  be  a  variety  of  flinty-slate. 

BORACITE.     Tetrahedral    Boracite.      MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  71. 
Fig.  70. 


Segeberg  Holstein. 


LOneberg. 

Cleavage,  traces  parallel  to  the  faces  of  the  octahedron. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 


80 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Boracite — Borax. 


Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  adamantine.  Color  white, 
inclining  to  grey,  yellow  and  green.  Streak  white.  Semi- 
transparent,  translucent. 

Hardness  =7'0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2*974  of  an  isolated  crystal. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  intumesces,  and  melts  into  a 
glassy  globule,  which  becomes  white  and  opake  on  cooling.     It  is  elec- 
tric by  heat,   four  alternating  terminal  points  of  its  cubic  axes  being 
positive,  and  those  which  are  opposite  to  them,  negative. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  PFAFF. 

Boracic  acid  ....         54-55 

Magnesia  ....         3O68 

Oxide  of  iron          .         .         .         .  0  57 

Silica  ....  2-27 

3.  Boracite  is  found  in  remarkably  distinct  crystals,  about  the  size  of  a 
pea  and  under,  imbedded  in  compound  varieties  of  Gypsum,  and  rarely 
in  Anhydrite. 

4.  The  only  known  localities  are  Ltineberg  in  Brunswick  and  Sege- 
berg  in  Holstein. 

BORAX.     Prismatic   Borax-Salt.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  93° 
30'. 


Secondary  form. 

P  on  M  or  M' 
M  or  M'  on  h 
Mon& 
Mone 
P  on  A 
P  ongl 
P  on  g2 
P  on  e 
e    on  0-2 


101°  30 

133     20 

136 

138 

106 

139 

115 

114 

141 


Fig.  72. 


45 
12 
30 
15 
30 
28 
52 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  81 

Borax — Bornite. 


Cleavage  parallel  to  M  and  M'  perfect,  also  to  both  the 
diagonals  of  the  primary  form.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  white,  inclining  to  grey  and 
green.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0  .  . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
1'716.  Taste  sweetish  alkaline,  feeble. 

1.  It  is  soluble  in  water;  the  solution  changes  vegetable  blues  to 
green.  It  intumesces  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  then  melts  into  a  trans- 
parent globule. 

2.  Analysis. 
Soda  167 

Boracic  acid     .         .      '  .         .         .         36-4 
Water  46  9 

3.  Borax  occurs  in  different  districts  of  Persia  and  Thibet,  where  it  is 
found  on  the  surface  of  the  soil,  in  the  vicinity,  and  sometimes  at  the  bot- 
tom, of  several  lakes,  and  in  a  state  of  solution  in  the  waters  of  mineral 
wells.     It  is  found  also  in  Ceylon  and  at  Potosi. 

4.  The  natural  salt  is  employed  in  manufacturing  the  artificial  one  by 
the  addition  of  a  greater  quantity  of  soda.     The  artificial  salt  is  made  use 
of  as  a  flux,  in  the  production  of  imitation  gems,  and  in  the  process  of  sol- 
dering. 

5.  The  natural  historical  properties  above   described  apply  to   the 
manufactured  salt :  concerning  the  natural  salt  but  little  is  known,  al- 
though perfect  crystals  of  the  form  here  figured  are  sometimes  found 
among  it.     In  general,  it  is  understood,  that  it  is  found  mingled  up  with 
Common  Salt  and  some  excess  of  boracic  acid.     The  locality  in  Thibet, 
which  is  15  days  from  Tisvolumbo,  the   capital,  is  a  lake  supplied  by 
springs,  the  waters  of  which  contain  both  borax  and  common  salt.     The 
edges  and  shallows  of  this  lake  are  covered  with  a  stratum  of  Borax, 
which  is  dug  up  from  time  to  time,  and  the  holes  thus  made  are  gradu- 
ally filled  by  a  fresh  deposition. 

BORNITE.     Bismuthic  Poly  po ion  e -Glance  , 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     Angles  not  determined. 
Cleavage  perfect  parallel  with  the  primary  form. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  pale  steel-grey. 
Elastic.     Not  particularly  sectile.    Soft.    Sp.  gr.  =8-0, 


82  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bornite  —  Botryogene. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  melts  very  easily  into  a  globule,  that  can 
be  entirely  volatilized,  during  which  the  supporting  charcoal  is  covered 
with  yellow  oxide.  If  dissolved  in  the  state  of  powder  in  nitric  acid,  a 
precipitate  of  sulphur  is  formed. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KL.APROTH.  By  WEHLE. 

Bismuth         .         .         95-01         .         .         6M5 
Sulphur         .         .  5-00         .         .   1      2-33 

Tellurium 2974 

Silver  2-07 

3.  It  has  been  found  at  Deutsch-Pilsen  in  Hungary,  accompanied  by 
several  species  of  the  genus  Lime  Haloide,  Iron  Pyrites,  &c. 

4.  Other  varieties  have  been  examined  from  different  localities,  which 
require  to  be  mentioned  in  this  place.     One  from  Hungary,  for  example, 
has  the  following  properties: 

It  occurs  in  imbedded  masses,  having  a  general  resemblance  to  3  and 
6  sided  prisms.  Cleavage  perfect  in  the  direction  of  the  bases.  Frac- 
ture imperfectly  conchoidal, uneven,  scarcely  perceptible.  Lustre  metal- 
lic. Color  intermediate  between  tin-white  and  steel-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed or  rather  darker ;  its  place  becomes  shining  in  the  mineral. 
Opake.  Very  sectile.  Thin  laminae  perfectly  flexible.  Hardness  = 
1-5.  Sp.  gr.  =7-408.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  gives  the  reactions  of 
sulphur,  tellurium  and  bismuth.  It  occurs  accompanied  by  Native  Gold 
and  Yellow  Copper  Pyrites,  imbedded  in  Quartz,  at  Schemnitz.  It  con- 
tains according  to  WEHLE, 

Bismuth  .  .  .  .  .  59  84 
Tellurium  .  .  ,  .  .  35-24 
Sulphur 4-92 

5.  Another  variety,  examined  by  BERZELITJS,  which  had  been  com- 
municated to  him  by  WEISS  of  Berlin,  was  found  to  contain  only  telluri- 
um and  bismuth. 

BOTRYOGENE.     Paratomous  Vitriol-Salt. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
119°  56'. 

Cleavage  distinct  in  the  direction  of  M  and  M'. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  hyacinth-red.  Streak  yellow 
and  shining.  Translucent, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Botryogene — Bournonite. 


83 


Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-039. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform  and  botryoidal  shapes; 
the  individuals  are  often  regularly  terminated  at  the  surface 
of  these  shapes.  Color  ochre-yellow. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  in  a  glass  tube,  it  intumesces,  and  gives  off 
water,  leaving  a  reddish  yellow  earth  behind.  It  is  very  slowly  soluble 
in  water,  to  which  it  imparts  a  much  more  feebly  astringent  taste  than 
sulphate  of  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS, 

Sulphate  of  iron  .         .         .         48-3 

Sulphate  of  magnesia       .         .         .         20-8 
Water  .         .         .         309 

8.  It  is  found  coating  Gypsum  and  Iron  Pyrites,  associated  with  Epsom 
salt  and  Copperas  in  the  great  copper  mine  at  Fahlun. 

BOTRYOLITE.     (See  Datholite.) 

BOURNONITE.     Diprismatic  Copper-Glance. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  73. 


M 


P  on  d  93°  40' 

P  on  o  87       8 

Cleavage  distinct  parallel  with  M  and  T,  and  with  both 
diagonals   of  the  prism.      Fracture  conchoidal,    uneven. 


84  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bournonite. 


Surface  nearly  equal,  often  highly  smooth  and  splendent: 
longitudinal  striae  sometimes  visible  on  the  secondary  planes, 
replacing  the  lateral  edges  of  the  prism. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel  grey,  inclining  to  blackish 
lead  grey  or  iron  black,  according  to  the  physical  quality 
of  the  surface.  Streak  unchanged. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =5-763. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  M,  or  the 
broader  face  of  the  primary  form.  The  individuals  are 
generally  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composition.  The 
axes  of  the  individuals  cross  each  other  at  angles  of  93°  40' 
and  86°  20'.  Massive  :  composition  granular  ;  individu- 
als strongly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  generally  decrepitates,  emits  a  white  sul- 
phureous vapor  ;  after  which  there  remains  a  black  globule,  consisting 
of  a  crust  of  sulphuret  of  lead,  within  which  is  a  mass  of  copper.  It  is 
easily  soluble  in  heated  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HATCHETT.  Ey  KLAPROTH. 

Antimony  .         .         24-23         .         .         20769 

Lead  ,        .         .         42-62         .         .         42-50 

Copper  .         ..        1280         .         .         11-75 

Iron  .         .  1-20         ..  5-00 

Sulphur  .         .         17-00         .         .         18-00 

3.  Bournonite  is  found  in  veins,  associated  with  Stibine,  Galena,  and 
Blende. 

4.  It  was  first  found  in  the  parish  of  Endellion,  Cornwall,  at  Huel 
Boys.     Another  locaUty,  very  early  known,  was  Kapnik  in  Transylva- 
nia.    It  is  now  known  to  exist  at  Neudorf,  in  Anhalt,  in  large  and  mag- 
nificent crystals;  also  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz.     Still  other  deposits 
of  this  ore  are  BraQnsdorf  in  Saxony,   Neusohl  in  Hungary,  and  OfFen- 
banya  in  Transylvania. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Braunite. 


85 


BRAUNITE.     Brachytypous  Manganese-Ore. 
HAIDINGER. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base.  P  on 
P  over  the  base,  108°  39'. 

Secondary  forms. 

1.  Primary  form,  with  the  summits  replaced  by  tangent 
planes.  Wunsiedel,  Bayreuth. 


Fig.  76. 


Wunsiedel. 
Elgersburg. 

Bt.  Marcel,  Piedmont. 

s  on  s  over  the  summit  96°  33' 

s  on  s  at  the  base  -  140°  30' 

P  on  x  and  x,  alternately  -  144°     4'  and  128°  IT 

xon  x  at  the  base  -  154°  25' 

Cleavage  very  distinct  parallel  with  the  primary  faces. 
Fracture  uneven.  Surface  o  possesses  less  lustre  than  P, 
but  is  even,  and  sometimes  faintly  streaked  parallel  to  the 
edges  of  combination  with  P.  Primary  faces  often  a  little 
rounded  ;  faces  s  uneven,  rough,  and  horizontally  streaked  5 
faces  x  smooth  and  even. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  dark  brownish  black, 
Streak  of  the  same  color. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  6-0  ...  6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  4-818. 
8 


86  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Braunite — Brewsterite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular 
individuals  strongly  coherent. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  TURNER. 

Protoxide  of  manganese       .         .         .        86*940 

Oxygen  9851 

Water  0-949 

Baryta  <         .         ,         .         ,  2-260 

Silica  a  trace. 

2.  It  is  yet  a  rare  mineral,  having  been  brought  only  from  a  few  pla- 
ces in  Thuringia,  (Elgersburg,  Ehrenstock  and  Friedrichsrode,)  and  from 
Wunsiedel  in  the  Bayreuth. 

BREISLAKITE. 

Acicular  and  capillary  crystals  ;  bent  and  grouped  like  wool. 

Color  reddish,  or  chesnut  brown. 

1.  Nitric  acid,  when  heated,  reduces  it  to  a  most  impalpable  powder 
of  a  yellow  color.  In  the  flame  of  a  lamp,  the  crystals  suffer  no  change  ; 
but  before  the  blow-pipe  they  melt  into  a  black  enamel.  It  gives  with 
salt  of  phosphor«s  a  green  globule  in  the  oxidating  flame,  which  be- 
comes red  in  the  reducing  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  thus  indicating  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  copper. 

2.  Analysis.     Dr.  WOLLASTON  is  said  to  have  made  a  chemical  ex- 
amination of  this  species  ;  the  result  of  which  was-,  that  it  consisted  of  si- 
lica, alumina,  and  a  little  iron. 

3.  Breislakite  lines  the  small  cavities  in  the  lava  of  Scalla,  where  it  is 
accompanied  by  Atacamite  and  Nepheline.     It  is  also  found  under  simi- 
lar circumstances  in  the  lava  of  Olebano,  near  Pozzuoli. 

BREUNERITE.     (See  Rhomb-Spar.} 

BREWSTERITE.     Polyprismatic  Kouphone- 

Sp  a  r . 

Primary  form.  Right  oblique  angled  prism.  M  on 
T  =  93°  40'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Brewsterite. 


87 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  77. 


P  on  d  -         93°  50'  P  on  c4     -         92°  00' 

Pond  -  119  30  d  on  c2     -         95     00 

Ponc2  -  114  30  d  on  d'      -       175     00 

PoncS  -  112  00  (172°  HAIDINGER.) 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  to  P,  traces  parallel  to  T. 
Fracture  uneven. 

Faces  slightly  streaked  parallel  to  their  common  inter- 
sections. 

Lustre  vitreous,  pearly  upon  P.  Color  white,  inclining 
to  yellow  and  grey.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Hardness  =5-0  . . .  5-5.'     Sp.  gr.  =2-12  . . .  2-20. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  first  its  water  and  becomes  opake, 
then  it  froths  and  swells  up,  but  is  with  difficulty  fusible.  It  gives  a  skel- 
eton of  silica  with  salt  of  phosphorus. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Silica  ....         58-800 

Alumina  -         ...         18912 

Lime  -         -         -         -         12-384 

Potash  1-500 

Water  ....         11-700 

103-296.    (The  excess 
of  33  p.  c.  was  attributed  lo  soda  employed  in  the  analysis.) 

3.  It  is  found  lining  cavities  in  a  granitic  rock  at  Strontian,  in  Argyll- 
shire in  Scotland. 

BRIGHT  WHITE  COBALT.     (See  Smaltine.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Brochantite — Bronzhe. 

BROCHANTITE.    Prism  atoi  d  al  Vitriol-Salt. 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'  117°. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  78. 


Cleavage  ;  traces  parallel  to  m.    Surface  m  blackish  and 
dull,  the  remaining  faces  smooth  and  shining. 
Color  emerald  green.     Transparent. 
Hardness  =3-5  . . .  4-0,  nearly.     Sp.  gr.  ==  3*7  ...  3-8. 

1.  Analysis. 
By    MAGJVTJS. 

Sulphuric  acid  .         .         .         17-426 

Oxide  of  copper  .         .         .         66-935 

Water  .         .         .         11-917 

Oxide  of  tin  .         .         .  3-145 

Oxide  of  lead  .         .         .  1-048 

2.  It  is  found  in  small,  but  well  denned  crystals,  on  Green  Malachite, 
at  Ekatherinburg,  Siberia;  also  in  a  pulverulent  form  in  France  and 
Hungary. 

BRONZITE.  Hemi-prismatic  Sch  iller-  Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism/  Mon  M7  94°.  C. 

Cleavage  ;  parallel  with  P  very  perfect,  though  in  gene- 
ral a  little  curved  ;  and  sometimes  having  almost  impercep- 
tible layers  of  Calcareous  Spar  interposed  between  the  la- 
minae. In  the  direction  of  M  and  M7  less  distinct ;  with 
traces  also  in  to  the  diagonals  of  the  cleavage  form.  Frac- 
ture uneven  and  splintery. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  89 

Bronzite. 


Lustre  metallic  pearly  upon  P;  for  the  rest,  low  degrees 
of  an  imperfectly  vitreous  lustre.  Color  dirty  shades  of  leek 
green  and  blackish  green  ;  also  liver-brown,  hair-brown  and 
clove-brown,  greenish  and  ash-grey.  These  colors  are 
heightened  by  a  metalloidal  appearance  upon  P,  "and  often 
incline  to  pinchbeck-brown.  Streak  corresponding  to  the 
color.  Translucent,  sometimes  only  on  the  edges. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  4'0  . . .  5-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
3-251,  a  brown  variety  from  Bayreuth. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  strongly  connected. 

1.  By  the  action  of  fire  it  assumes  a  lighter  color,  and  loses  its  water ; 
but  is  by  itself  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KOHLER. 

From  Stempel  near  Marburg.  Ulten  Valley,  Tyrol. 

Silica              .         .         57  193         ....  56-813 

Magnesia       .         .         32-669         ....  29677 

Lime              .         .           1-299         ....  2-195 

Protoxide  of  iron               7-4(>l         ....  8-464 

Protoxide  of  manganese  0-349         ....  0-616 

Alumina         .         .           0698         ....  2-068 

Water             .         .           0  631         ....  0  217 

3.  Bronzite  is  found  in  imbedded  crystalline  particles,  either  simple  or 
compound,  in  serpentine  and  greenstone  rocks.     It  sometimes  presents 
itself  in  beds  in  the  serpentine  formation,  mingled  with   massive  Horn- 
blende. 

4.  It  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  in  and  near  the  Gulsen  moun- 
tain, in  the  vicinity  of  Kraubat  in  Stiria,  where  it  forms  beds  in  serpen- 
tine.    It  occurs  near  Hof  in  Bayreuth,  and  probably  at  the  Baste  in  the 
Hartz,  in  the  Bacher  mountain  in  Lower  Stiria,  near  Marburg,  the  Ul- 
ten Valley  in  the  Tyrol,  at  Lizard  district  in  Cornwall,  and  in  various 
other  countries. 

A  variety  of  this  species  has  been  discovered  within   a  few  years  at 
Amity,  in  Orange  county,  (N.Y.)     It  occurs  in  limestone  beds,  which 

8* 


90  .  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bronzite — Brookite — Brucite. 

are  associated  with  serpentine  ;  and  is  immediately  connected  with  mass- 
ive and  crystallized  Hornblende,  Augite,  and  Plumbago.  Its  color  is  a 
fine  reddish  brown,  attended  with  a  metallic  lustre.  It  has  been  ana- 
lyzed by  Mr.  T.  G.  CLEMSOIST,  who,  under  the  impression  of  its  be- 
ing a  new  species,  has  bestowed  upon  it  the  name  of  Seybertite,  after 
the  American  analyst,  Mr.  SEYBERT.  But  its  identity  in  form,  hardness 
and  sp.  gr.  with  Bronzite,  does  not  appear  to  justify  the  attempted  dis- 
tinction. Mr.  CLEMSOIT  found  it  to  consist  of 

Alumina  ....        37-60 

Magnesia  ....         24-30 

Lime  ....         10-70 

Silica  ....         17-00 

Protoxide  of  iron    ....  5-00 

Water  ....  3-60 

BROOKITE.     Diatomous  Er  ut  hron  e-Or  e. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'  100°. 

Secondary  form.     Low  hexagonal  prism. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal. 

Lustre  metallic  adamantine.  Color  hair-brown,  passing 
into  a  deep  orange-yellow,  and  some  reddish  tints.  Streak 
yellowish  white.  Translucent . . .  opake,  the  brighter  col- 
ors are  observed  by  transmitted  light. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5-5  ...  6*0. 

1.  It  contains  oxide  of  titanium,  with  traces  of  iron  and  manganese ; 
but  has  not  yet  been  analyzed.  The  first  varieties  were  noticed  among 
the  minerals  accompanying  Anatase  from  Dauphiny ;  but  much  finer 
crystals,  some  of  them  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  have  lately  been  found 
at  Snowdon,  in  Wales.  In  both  places  they  are  accompanied  by  Quartz ; 
and  in  Dauphiny,  besides  Anatase,  it  is  attended  by  Crichtonite  and  Albite. 

BROWN  IRON  ORE.     (See  JLimonite.) 
BRUCITE.     Hem  i -prismatic  Tourmaline. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M' 
112°?  from  cleavage. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  91 

Brucite. 


Secondary  form.  In  very  short  prisms,  apparently  hav- 
ing all  the  edges  and  solid  angles  replaced  so  as  to  oblite- 
rate the  lateral  and  terminal  planes.  The  secondary  ter- 
minal planes  much  rounded  ;  the  most  distinct  crystals 
affording  angles  over  the  summit  of  between  130  and  140° 
with  the  common  goniometer. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  M,  M'  indistinct ;  that  parallel 
with  P  very  indistinct. 

Lustre  vitreous,  to  resinous.  Color  yellow,  brown  and 
red.  Transparent . .  .  translucent. 

Hardness  =  6-5.      Sp.  gr.  =  3-199. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals. 

1.  It  is  fused  with  difficulty  before   the  blow-pipe.     It  loses  its  color 
almost  entirely,  becomes  opake,  and  shows  traces  of  fusion  on  very  thin 
edges.     The  brown  and  grey  varieties  act  upon  the  magnetic  needle, 
where  the  double  magnetism  is  employed. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  D'OnssoN.  By  SEYBERT.    , 

Silica  .         .         38-00         .         .         32-666 

Magnesia     .         .         54-00         .         .         54-000 
Oxide  of  iron        .  5-10         .         .  0000 

Peroxide  of  iron  .  0-00         .         .  2  333 

Alumina  .  1-50         .         .  0-000 

Potash  .  0-86         .         .  0-000 

Fluoric  acid          .  0-00         .         .  4-086 

Water  .          0-00         .         .  1-000 

3.  Brucite  is  found  disseminated  through  Calcareous  Spar,  associated 
with  Hornblende,  Spinel  and  Mica. 

4.  It  occurs  at  Ersby  in  the  parish  of  Pargas  in  Finland,  where  it  was 
first  discovered :  but  its  most  abundant  localities  are  in  the  U.  States, 
in  the  adjoining  counties  of  Sussex,  (New-Jersey.)  and  Orange,  (New 
York,)  where  it  exists  under  the  circumstances  above  described,  and  also 
accompanied  by  Spinel,  and  rarely  by  Pyroxene  and   Bronzite.      In 
Sussex  county,  it  is  particularly  abundant  at  Newton ;  and  in  Orange 
county,  at  Amity  and  Edenville. 


92  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bucbolzite. 


BUCHOLZITE.     P  r  i  s  m  a  t  o  i  d  a  1  A  x  i  n  i  t  e. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  99° 
30'  ?  Only  the  primary  crystal  with  curved  faces  has  been 
observed  ;  and  this  without  regular  terminations. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  longer  diagonal  perfect ;  par- 
allel with  P  and  M,  visible,  but  indistinct.  Fracture  con- 
choidal  to  uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  shades  of  greyish  white  and 
hair-brown;  sometimes  presenting  a  metalloidal  appearance 
upon  M.  Bluish  opalescence  rarely  observed  upon  cleav- 
age faces  parallel  to  M.  Streak  white.  Translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  7-5  . . .  8-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-2. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  columnar, 
consisting  of  delicate,  straight  or  slightly  curvilinear  indi- 
viduals, strongly  coherent,  and  sometimes  nearly  impalpa- 
ble. Viewed  in  the  longitudinal  fracture  the  lustre  is  silky  ; 
but  in  the  cross  fracture,  which  is  even  and  splintery,  it  is 
resinous. 

1.  The  identity  of  Sillimanite  with  the  present  species  appears  proba- 
ble, not  only  from  the  resemblance  in  the  properties  of  hardness  and 
specific  gravity,  but  in  that  of  crystalline  structure  ;  the  perfect  crystals 
of  the  former  often  becoming  compound  and  fibrous  at  one  end;  and  the 
less  impalpable  masses  of  Bucbolzite,  exhibiting  crystals  which  afford 
the  brilliant  cleavage  surfaces  parallel  with  the  longer  diagonal  of  Silli- 
manite. The  disagreement  in  chemical  composition,  it  is  presumed  will 
disappear  on  searching  for  zirconia  in  future  analyses  of  Bucholzite. 
Before  the  blow-pipe,  alone,  and  with  borax,  infusible. 

2.  Analysis. 

ByBowEN,         ByMuiR,       ByBRANDEs,  By  HILTON & 
from  from  from  MITCHELL, 

Chester,  Ct.         Chester,  Ct.  Tyrol,      fr.  Chester,  Pen. 

Silica         .         42-666  38-670  46-00  46-40 

Alumina  .         54-111 
Zirconia    .  0-000 


Oxide  of  iron       1999 
Water       .  0  510 

Potash      .  0-000 


35-106 

18-510 

7-216 

0-000 

0-000 


50-00 
000 
2-50 
0-00 
150 


52-92 

0-00 
a  trace. 

0-00 

0-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Bucklandite — Bustamite. 


93 


3.  The  distinctly  crystallized  variety,  or  Sillimanite,  occurs  in  veins 
>f  Quartz  at  Chester,  (Conn.)  in  a  quarry  of  gneiss.  The  compactly 
ibrous  variety  was  discovered  originally  in  the  Tyrol.  It  exists  in  the 
United  States,  at  Chester,  (Penn.)  near  Philadelphia,  and  at  Hum- 
jhreysville,  (Conn.) 

BUCKLANDITE. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism  ?     M  on  M  109°  20'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  79. 
on  M  or  M'  ...         103°  56' 

MonM' 

VI  on  p  ... 

on  p  ... 

on  e  ... 

o    on  o  ... 


M  on  e'  ... 

Cleavage  not   observable.     Color  dark  brown,  nearly  black. 
Opake.     It  appears  to  be  harder  than  Pyroxene. 

1.  It  was  discovered  in  small  crystals  on  a  specimen   from  Neskiel 
mine,  near  Arendal  in  Norway,  where  it  occurs  with  black  Hornblende, 
Scapolite.  and  Calcareous  Spar.     It  resembles  Pyroxene. 

2.  It  is  not  sufficiently  described  to  settle  the  question  of  its  specific 
character,  t 

BUSTAMITE.    Staphyline  Parachrose-Baryte. 

Massive  :  in  reniform  and  botryoidal  groupes. 

Color,   light   grey,   passing  into  a  greenish  or  reddish 
color.     Nearly  opake. 

Hardness  =  6-0  .  .  .  6-5.      Sp.  gr.  =  3-1  ...  3-3, 

1.  Analysis. 

By  DUMAS. 

Silica                        ....  48-90 

Protoxide  of  manganese          .         .  36-06 

Lime                       ....  14-57 

Protoxide  of  iron    ....  0-81 


94 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calamine. 


2.  It  occurs  at  Real  de  Minas  in  Mexico. 

CALAMINE.      Rhombohedral    Zinc-Baryte 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P'  =107°  40'. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  80. 

Fig.  81.  Fig.  82. 


Siberia. 

gong     137°  8/ 

Rezbanya. 

monm  113°  31'. 

Cleavage^  parallel  with  the  primary  form  perfect,  ofter 
curved.  Fracture  uneven,  imperfectly  conchoidal.  Sur- 
face of  the  primary  faces  generally  curved,  and  often  rough, 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  white,  though 
seldom  pure  :  generally  grey,  green,  or  brown.  Streak 
white.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =5-0.     Sp.  gr.=4-442. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform,  botryoidal,  stalactitic, 
and  other  imitative  shapes  ;  surface  generally  rough,  com- 
position columnar.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  some- 
times impalpable  ;  strongly  coherent.  By  decomposition, 
it  becomes  friable  and  earthy.  Crystalline  coats  and  pseu- 
domorphoses  formed  after  crystals  of  Calcareous  Spar. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  95 

Calamine — Calcareous  Spar. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  loses  its  transparency,  but  is  infusible  ;  the 
;arbonic  acid  is  driven  off,  and  the  residue  acts  like  pure  oxide  of  zinc, 
t  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid  with  effervescence.  It  is  negatively  electrifi- 
jd  by  friction. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  SMITHSOX. 

Oxide  of  zinc         ....         65-20 
Carbonic  acid         ....         34-80 

3.  Calamine   is  found,  often  associated  with   Electric  Calamine,  in 
reins  and  beds  belonging  to  various  classes  of  rocks,  but  chiefly  in  those 
ivhich  are   calcareous ;  and  they  are   usually  accompanied  by  ores  of 
ead,  copper,  iron  and  zinc. 

4.  It  occurs  in  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar  in  Hungary,  at  Raibel  and 
31eiberg  in  Carinthia,  at  Tarnowitz  in  Silesia,  at  Medziana  in  Poland,  at 
\ix  la  Chapelle  ;  also  in  France,  and  in  Leicestershire,   Derbyshire, 
Flintshire,  Somersetshire,  in  England,   and  at  Wanlockhead  and  Lead 
lills  in  Scotland.     Calamine  exists  in  the  United  States  in  .great  abun- 
iance,  in  Jefferson  county,  Missouri,  at  a  lead  mine  called  Valle's  Dig- 
gings.    Other  localities  of  this  species  less  remarkable,  are  the  Perkio- 
nen  lead  mine,  Pennsylvania,  and  the  iron  mine  at  Franklin,  New  Jer- 
?ey :  at  the  latter  place,  however,  it  only  occurs  in  a  pulverulent  form, 
rom  the  decomposition  of  Red  Zinc-Ore. 

CALCAREOUS  HEAVY  SPAR. 

This  mineral,  imperfectly  distinguished  by  BREITHAUPT  from 
Heavy  Spar,  is  described  as  follows  :  Crystals,  right  rhombic 
prisms;  surmounted  by  pyramids ;  the  lateral  planes  inclining  un- 
der angles  of  101°  53'.  Cleavable  parallel  with  the  base  with 
great  distinctness,  and  nearly  as  much  so  with  the  lateral  faces  of 
the  rhombic  prism.  Lustre  pearly  to  vitreous.  Sp.  gr.  =  4*02 
. . .  4-29.  Locality  is  not  mentioned. 

CALCAREOUS  SPAR.     Rhombohedral    Lime 

Haloide.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  105°  5'. 


96 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  83. 


Fig.  84. 


Derbyshire  and  Cumberland. 


Fig.  85. 


Fig.  86. 


Cadiz,  Spain. 


Fig.  87.- 


Fig.  88. 


Hartz. 


Hartz. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous   Spar. 


97 


Fig.  89. 


Hartz,  Cumberland  and  Derbyshire. 


Fig.  93. 


Fig.  90. 
P 


Fig.  92. 


Dauphine  and  Derbyshire. 


Fig.  94. 


98 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous   Spar. 


Fig.  95. 


Leyden,  (N.Y.) 
Fig.  99. 


IX 

Hart*  and  Cumberland. 


Fig.  96. 


Near  Montreal,  (Lower  Canadi 


Fig.  98. 


Fig.  100. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


99 


Fig.  102.  Fig.  103. 


Fig,  101. 


f]  f 


Hartz  and  England    gouthbury,  (Conn.) 


Fig.  106, 


Westmoreland, 
(England.) 


100 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Fig.  108.  Fig.  109. 


Fig.  113. 


Fig.  114. 


Fig.  110. 


Derbyshire  and  Cumberland. 
Tig.  112. 


Fig.  115. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  101 

Calcareous   Spar. 


Fig.  83.  The  primary  with  its  lateral  edges  replaced  by 
tangent  planes,  a:  P  on  «•*-.=  135°.  The  crystals  of  this 
modification  differ  in  the  length  of  the  new  planes  a.  Fig. 
84.  The  primary  with  its  lateral  angles  replaced  by  tangent 
planes,  b.  Fig.  85,  has  the  planes  elongated  :  this  is  the 
most  common  modification  of  the  species.  The  planes  P 
are  often  irregularly  extended  ;  and  sometimes  one  or  two 
of  them  are  wholly  wanting  from  each  extremity  of  the 
prism.  P  on  6  =  135°.  Fig.  86.  The  primary,  having  its 
summit  replaced  by  a  tangent  plane.  Fig.  87  and  88,  the 
same,  with  the  new  plane  more  extended  :  these  form  the 
basees  of  HAUY.  P  on  c=135°.  The  faces  c  are  liable  to 
a  pearly  lustre.  Fig.  89  unites  the  modifications  of  Figs. 
84  and  86.  Fig.  90,  the  same,  with  the  faces  b  more  ex- 
tended so  as  to  produce  an  elongated  prism.  Fig.  91,  the 
regular  hexagonal  prism,  produced  from  Fig.  90  by  the  ex- 
tension of  c  :  the  prismatique  of  HAUY.  Occasionally,  the 
prism  is  reduced  in  length  to  a  mere  table.  Hartz.  Some- 
times this  modification  is  affected  by  the  undue  enlarge- 
ment of  certain  of  the  lateral  faces,  so  as  to  convert  it  into  a 
trihedral,  tetrahedral  or  pentagonal  prism.  Fig.  92.  Pri- 
mary, with  its  upper  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes.  P 
on  d=149°  2'.  Fig.  93,  the  same,  more  deeply  replaced. 
Fig.  94,  d  on  c/=134°26'.  This  is  called  the  equilateral 
rhomboid  :  it  is  the  equiaxe  of  HAUY.  It  is  a  very  abun- 
dant form  of  Calcareous  Spar.  Fig.  95,  the  same,  having 
the  lateral  angles  replaced  by  tangent  planes.  donbl=z 
116°  34'.  Figs.  96  and  97,  the  same,  in  which  b  I  is  va- 
riously produced.  Fig.  98,  the  equilateral  rhomboid,  with 
its  lateral  edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes.  These  prisms 
are  sometimes  elongated.  Fig.  99,  the  same  as  Fig.  97, 
9* 


102  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous   Spar. 


but  having  the  summit  replaced  by  a  tangent  plane,  d  on 
cl  =  153°  26'.  Four  other  rhomboids,  of  the  following 
dimensions:  viz.  115°  42',  129°  54',  151°  48',  and  156° 
24',  derivable  from  the  primary  by  tangent  replacements 
of  its  upper  edges,  the  new  planes  inclining  differently  to 
the  vertical  axis,  undergo  many  of  the  modifications  above 
described  with  respect  to  the  primary  and  the  equilateral 
rhomboids  ;  but  their  forms  are  not  common. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  rhomboids,  Calcareous  Spar 
presents  a  great  variety  of  acute  rhomboids,  of  which  Fig. 
100  is  one  of  the  most  common.  It  is  the  contrastant  of 
HAUY.  Its  localities  are  numerous.  This  rhomboid  goes 
through  the  modifications  above  described  ;  and  in  addition 
to  them,  it  occurs  having  the  summits  replaced  by  three 
new  planes  :  in  one  instance,  the  new  planes  resting  upon 
the  rhornboidal  planes  ;  and  which  incline  under  angles  of 
105°  5',  being  portions  of  the  primary  form:  and  in  the 
other,  resting  upon  the  edges  and  inclining  towards  the  axis. 
e  on  e  =  65°  41';  Fig.  101,  a  rhomboid  still  more  acute, 
/  on  /=60°  34'.  Fig.  102,  the  same,  with  the  upper 
edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes ;  the  contractee  of  HAUY. 
/on  dl  =  112°  9'  59".  dl  on  dl  =  134°  25'  38".  Fig. 
103  is  a  rhomboid  slightly  acute,  g  on  g=S7°  48.  It  ap- 
proaches the  cube  in  form  ;  and  is  called  by  HAUY,  the 
cuboide.  It  is  not  common.  It  suffers  the  same  modifica- 
tions as  the  last  described  rhomboid.  Figs.  104  and  105 
explain  the  passage  of  the  primary  into  an  acute  rhomboid, 
called  the  inverted  rhomboid,  in  consequence  of  its  being  a 
complete  inversion  of  the  primary  rhomboid.  P  on  A= 
129°  13'  53".  h  on  A  =  78°  27'  47".  This  form  is  found 
undergoing  all  the  modifications  above  described,  and  many 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  103 

Calcareous  Spar. 


others;  amounting  in  all  to  more  than  forty.  Fig.  106,  a 
still  more  acute  rhomboid,  the  cleavage  of  whose  crystals 
takes  place  at  the  summits,  directly  upon  the  edges.  It  is 
the  mixte  of  HAUY.  ion  i=63°  44'  55".  It  is  common.  P 
on  i=ll9°  2'  11".  Fig.  107  is  the  same,  having  the  pri- 
mary planes  at  the  summit,  and  having  the  upper  edges  re- 
placed by  the  planes  c?2.  Pond2  =  149°2'  II'7,  iond2  = 
149°  2'  II",  i  on  d'2  154°  39'  14".  Fig.  108  is  the  most 
acute  of  all  the  rhomboids  of  Calcareous  Spar.  It  is  called 
the  dilatce  of  HAUY.  It  is  not  very  rare,  either  perfect,  or 
suffering  the  modifications  above  described,  k  on  &  =  60° 
24'.  Fig.  109  represents  the  primary  rhomboid  having  its 
upper  edges  replaced  by  two  planes, — the  commencement  of 
the  dodecahedron  with  scalene  triangular  planes,  as  repre- 
sented in  Fig.  110.  m  on  m  over  the  summit  =121°  26'. 
Fig.  Ill  has  the  lateral  solid  angles  replaced  by  tangent 
planes  ;  and  Fig.  1 12  has  in  addition,  the  upper  edges  of  bl 
replaced  by  the  planes  w,  which  forms  the  soustractive  of 
HAUY.  Numerous  other  faces,  in  addition  to  these,  occur 
in  some  of  the  varieties,  won  61  =  152°  6'  52'',  n  on  n 
=  161°  48'  18".  Fig.  113  is  the  primary  rhomboid,  having 
its  lateral  edges  replaced  by  two  planes  n.  It  is  very  com- 
mon in  this  condition  ;  and  with  the  new  planes  more  ex- 
tended, as  in  Fig.  114,  it  forms  the  binaire  of  HAUY;  and 
when  they  are  still  more  so,  as  in  115,  it  forms  the  meta- 
tastique  of  the  same  author.  Fig.  1 13  undergoes  more  than 
one  hundred  modifications.  P  on  n  =  151°  2'  40".  n  on 
n  over  the  summit  =48°  22'.  n  on  n  over  the  base  =  104° 
28'  40".  n  on  n  over  a  pyramidal  edge  =  144°  20'  26". 
bl  on  »=152°  6'  52". 


104 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous   Spar. 


Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid,  easily  ob- 
tained, even  and  highly  perfect.  Fracture,  perfectly  con- 
choidal,  but  difficult  to  be  obtained. 

Surface  generally  even  :  rarely,  curved  faces  appear  in 
certain  rhomboids  and  pyramids. 

Lustre  vitreous.  The  lustre  of  c  is  sometimes  pearly. 
Color  white,  prevalent.  Also  different  shades  of  grey,  red, 
green,  yellow ;  all  of  them  pale.  Dark  brown  and  black 
colors  owing  to  foreign  admixtures.  Streak  greyish  white. 
Transparent . . .  translucent ;  double  refraction  very  con- 
siderable, and  easily  observed. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2*721,  a  transpa- 
rent crystal. 

Compound  Varieties.     Twin-crystals. 
Fur.  116. 


Fig.  117. 


Fig.  119. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  J  05 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Fig.  121. 
Fig.  120. 


In  Fig.  116  and  117  the  face  of  composition  is  perpen- 
dicular to  the  axis  of  the  aggregated  crystals ;  and  the  an- 
gle of  Revolution  =60°.  In  Fig.  119  the  face  of  compo- 
sition is  represented  by  the  dotted  lines  in  Fig.  118.  In 
Fig.  120  it  coincides  with  a  plane  passing  through  its  verti- 
cal axis  :  in  both,  the  angle  of  revolution  =  180°.  The 
regular  composition  in  faces  parallel  to  the  plane  indicated 
in  Fig.  118,  takes  place  also  in  massive  varieties ;  and  then 
more  or  less  thick  laminae  of  the  two  individuals  alternate 
with  each  other,  as  in  Fig.  121.  The  frequent  occurrence 
of  those  well  known  striae  (here  delineated)  upon  the  faces 
of  cleavage,  parallel  to  the  horizontal  diagonal  of  the 
rhombs,  depehds  upon  this  mode  of  regular  composition. 

Implanted  globules ;  stalactitic,  botryoidal,  fructicose 
shapes  :  surface  uneven,  drusy,  rough  or  smooth,  composi- 
tion columnar,  more  or  less  distinct,  straight  diverging,  and 
of  various  sizes.  Sialactitic  and  botryoidal  varieties  are  of- 
ten composed  a  second  time  of  curved  lamellar  particles, 
conformably  to  the  surface  of  the  imitative  shapes,  the  faces 
of  composition  being  uneven  and  rough,  or  irregularly 
streaked  in  a  longitudinal  direction, 


106  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Massive:  1.  Composition  columnar,  the  individuals  be- 
ing straight,  parallel,  or  diverging,  very  often  of  remarka- 
ble delicacy.  In  a  second  composition,  globular  masses  are 
produced,  consisting  of  curved  lamellar  particles,  the  faces 
of  composition  between  the  latter  often  being  smooth. 
These  globules  are  again  joined  in  a  third  composition,  pro- 
ducing granular  masses,  between  which  the  faces  of  compo- 
sition are  uneven  and  rough.  2.  Composition  granular, 
the  individuals  being  of  various  sizes,  and  even  impalpable  ; 
faces  of  composition  irregularly  streaked,  uneven  and 
rough.  The  individuals  cohere  more  or  less  firmly.  If 
the  composition  be  impalpable,  fracture  becomes  splintery, 
uneven,  flat,  conchoidal,  or  even  ;  on  a  large  scale  it  is 
sometimes  slaty.  The  fracture  is  earthy  in  those  varieties 
in  which  the  individuals  cohere  but  slightly.  3.  Composi- 
tion lamellar ;  the  indviduals  more  or  less  thin,  and  often 
bent ;  face  of  composition  sometimes  rough,  and  possessing 
a  pearly  lustre.  Globules  formed  in  cavities ;  plates,  of 
various  kinds  of  composition. 

1.  The  species  of  Calcareous  Spar,  as  at  present  regarded  by  the  ma- 
jority of  mineralogists,  probably  embraces  several  distinct  species,  sepa- 
rated from  one  another  by  constant  differences  of  form,  hardness  and 
specific  gravity.  An  attempt  has  been  made  within  a  few  years  by 
BREITHAUPT,  to  determine,  by  some  of  the  nicest  mineralogical  re- 
searches of  modern  times,  a  number  of  such  species.  But  as  the  differ- 
ences upon  which  he  founds  his  conclusions  are  so  slight,  in  comparison 
with  specific  differences  in  general  in  the  mineraal  kingdom,  it  seems 
most  judicious  for  the  present  to  introduce  his  results  in  the  form  of  an 
appendix  to  this  species,  where  they  will  be  found  given  in  sufficient  de- 
tail to  enable  the  mineralogical  student  to  appreciate  their  value. 

The  division  of  Calcareous  Spar  into  several  sub-species  and  varieties, 
in  the  older  treatises  on  the  science,  depends  chiefly  upon  the  mode  of 
composition,  and  upon  admixtures  and  impurities,  with  which  the  indi- 
viduals have  been  affected  in  their  formation.  Of  these  Limestone  rep- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  107 

Calcareous  Spar. 


resents  the  greater  part  of  the  pure  varieties  of  the  species.  The  sim- 
ple varieties,  and  such  compound  ones  in  which  the  indviduals  are  of 
considerable  size,  and  easily  cleavable,  have  been  called  Calcareous 
Spar  ;  compound  varieties  of  granular,  still  discernible  individuals,  are 
granular  Limestone,  both  comprehended  under  the  head  of  foliated 
Limestone.  If  the  granular  composition  disappear,  compact  Limestone 
is  formed ;  under  which  denomination  also,  Oolite  or  Roestone  was  in- 
cluded ;  the  roundish  grains,  however,  of  the  latter,  consist  of  columnar 
individuals,  disposed  like  the  radii  of  a  sphere,  and  frequently  showing 
distinct  traces  of  cleavage.  Common  fibrous-  Limestone  is  produced  by 
columnar  composition  in  massive  varieties;  the  fibrous  Calcs inter  by 
the  same,  but  appearing  in  various  imitative  shapes.  Pea-stone  or  Pi- 
solite consists  of  diverging  columnar  individuals,  collected  into  cuived 
lamellar  ones,  forming  globular  masses,  which  are  again  agglutinated  by 
a  calcareous  cement.  Each  of  the  globules  generally  contains  a  grain, 
of  sand,  which  is  of  Quartz  or  Feldspar.  Compact  limestone  passes  into 
Chalk,  if  the  individuals  are  more  loosely  connected  with  each  other,  so 
that  the  whole  assumes  an  earthy  appearance  ;  and  Hock  milk  or  Agaric 
mineral  is  formed,  if  the  mass  contains  so  many  interstices,  that  it  seems 
to  possess  but  a  sinall  degree  of  specific  gravity.  Calcareous  tufa,  a 
recent  deposit  formed  on  the  suiface  of  the  earth,  is  often  cleavable,  and 
thus  possesses  all  the  properties  of  the  variety  called  Calcareous  Spar. 
Slate  spar  or  Argentine,  is  produced  by  a  lamellar  composition  in  mass- 
ive varieties,  in  the  direction  of  the  face  ol  composition  Fig.  119  of  twin- 
crystals,  contained  in  thin  parallel  layers.  Swinestone,  Anthracoliite, 
Marl  and  Bituminous  Limestone*  are  impure  and  mixed  varieties,  part- 
ly of  calcareous  spar,  partly  of  compact  limestone. 

The  pure  vaiieties  of  Calcareous  Spar  are  entirely  soluble,  with  effer- 
vescence in  nitric  or  muriatic  acid.     In  the  common  fire  they  are  infu- 
sible, but  part  with  carbonic  acid,  and  become  converted  into  quick-lirne. 
2.  Analysis. 

According  to  the  analyses  of  several  of  the  first  chemists,  Calcareous 
Spar  consists  of  Lime  -  -  56-0 . . .  57-0 

Carbonic  acid    -         -         43  0  ...  44  0 

The  varieties  very  often  contain  a  small  portion  of  oxide  of  iron,  silica, 
magnesia,  alumina,  carbon  or  bitumen. 

3.  Calcareous  Spar  rarely  enters  into  the  composition  of  rocks.  In 
most  ca.ses,  the  more  considerable  masses  of  it  form  particular  beds  in 
other  rocks,  or  constitute  rocks  themselves:  the  latter  consist  chiefly  of 


108  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous   Spar. 


compact  limestone  ;  the  former  of  granular  limestone.  The  simple  vari- 
eties occur  in  drusy  cavities,  more  frequently  in  veins  than  in  beds,  ac- 
companied with  the  varieties  of  different  species.  Columnar  composi- 
tions have  been  observed  to  form  veins  by  themselves,  and  a  great  num- 
ber of  varieties  are  met  with  in  the  cavities  of  several  rocks.  Slate  spar 
is  generally  a  product  of  beds  of  granular  limestone;  calcareous  tufa 
and  rock-milk,  being  of  a  sintery  formation,  occur  upon  the  surface,  and 
in  fissures  of  limestone  rocks,  and  rock-rnilk  in  particular  is  generally  a 
very  pure  carbonate  of  lime.  Stalactitic  and  pisiform  varieties  are  pro- 
duced by  calcareous  springs  and  other  waters.  The  original  repository 
of  Anthracolite  is  not  known,  it  having  as  yet  been  found  only  in  large 
boulders.  The  impure  varieties  occur  in  particular  strata,  between  those 
ef  compound  varieties  of  other  species.  This  species  is  very  common  in 
petrifactions,  imbedded  in  compact  varieties  of  the  same  species. 

4.  Calcareous  Spar  is  one  of  the  most  widely  diffused  species.  Seve- 
ral of  its  varieties  have  a  considerable  share  in  the  constitution  of  moun- 
tains in  many  countries.  This  is  particularly  true  in  Switzerland,  Italy, 
Carniola,  Carinthia,  Salzburg,  Stiria,  and  in  several  parts  of  the  United 
States.  Beds  of  granular  limestone  in  gneiss  and  mica  slate,  abound  in 
all  the  New  England  States ;  also  in  New  York,  New  Jersey  and  Penn- 
sylvania ;  also,  of  the  compact  limestone,  in  Upper  and  Lo*ver  Canada, 
upon  Lake  Chanoplain,  and  throughout  the  vast  district  contained  be- 
tween the  Alleghany  mountains,  the  lakes  and  the  Mississippi.  Of  crys- 
tallized varieties,  the  most  remarkable  occur  in  Derbyshire  and  Cum- 
berland, in  the  mining  districts  of  Saxony  and  Bohemia,  in  the  Hartz,  in 
Carinthia,  Stiria,  Hungary,  and  France;  and  in  North  America,  at  By- 
town,  (Lower  Canada,)  Kingston,  (Upper  Canada,)  Lockport  and  Ley- 
den,  (New  York,)  and  the  Silver  mines  of  Mexico.  Iceland  is  the  lo- 
cality of  its  finest  and  most  transparent  varieties,  from  whence  come  the 
best  pieces  of  the  doubly  refracting  spar.  The  crystallized  sandstone  of 
Fontainbleau  in  France,  (Chaux  carbonatde  quartzifere  O/*HAUY,)  is  a 
variety  of  calcareous  spar,  mechanically  mixed  with  sand.  When  crys- 
tallized, it  assumes  the  form  of  the  inverted  rhomboid.  Argentine 
occurs  in  Saxony,  Norway  and  Cornwall,  and  in  the  United  States 
at  Williamsburg  and  Southampton,  (Mass.,)  in  the  lead  veins,  as  well  as 
in  the  iron  mine  of  Franconia,  (N.  H.)  Picrolite  is  found  in  Carniola, 
and  at  Carlsbad  in  Bohemia.  Anthracolite  is  found  in  Salzburg.  Calca- 
reous Tufa  abounds  in  the  States  of  New  York  and  Ohio,  where  its  for- 
mation at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  or  in  cavities  of  compact  limestone, 
is  constantly  progressing.  Stalactitic  varieties  are  particularly  abundant 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  109 

Calcareous   Spar. 


in  the  caves  of  Virginia  and  Kentucky.     Most  of  the  varieties  are  so 
common  as  to  render  the  mention  of  their  localities  unnecessary. 

5.  Several  varieties  of  Calcareous  Spar  are  usually  employed  for  vari- 
ous purposes,  partly  depending  upon  their  mechanical,  partly  upon  their 
chemical  composition.  Those  used  in  sculpture,  and  in  ornamental  arch- 
itecture, are  called  marble;  the  more  common  or  coarse  varieties  are 
used  for  the  common  purpose  of  building.  A  peculiar  variety  of  very 
fine  grained,  compact  limestone,  is  used  for  plates  in  lithography.  The 
best  sort  is  found  near  Pappenheim  and  Sohlenhofen  in  Bavaria.  Quick 
lime  is  obtained  from  the  calcination  of  this  species.  Carbonic  acid  for 
chemical  purposes,  as  well  as  for  the  impregnation  of  artificial  mineral 
waters,  is  obtained  from  chalk  and  from  marble  powder.  Chalk  is  allo 
used  for  writing  and  for  whitewashing.  Calcareous  Spar  is  likewise  a 
valuable  addition  in  several  processes  of  melting  ores,  and  in  producing 
certain  kinds  of  glass. 

APPENDIX  TO  CALCAREOUS  SPAR. 
i.  Jlrchigonal  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 

Pon  P  =  105°  0'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid,  perfect. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  4-0  . . .  4-25. 

Sp.gr.  =  2.7348,  a  cleavable   fragment  from   Neue  Hoffhung 

Gottes  at  Bi  aunsdorf,  west  of  Freiberg. 
2-7362,  a  similar  variety,  but  less  cleavable. 
2-7426,  cleavage  forms,  from  Hirnmelsftlrst  inFreiberg. 
2-7485,  cleavage  forms,  very  clear  and  beautiful,  from 

the  Tuuge  hohe  Birke  in  Freiberg. 
2-7500,  dull  crystalline  fragments,  from  HimmelsfQrst. 
Other  localities  of  the  Archigonal  Carbon-Spar  at  Freiberg,  are  the 
Beschert  GlQck  and  Himmelfahrt  mines.     Besides,  it  occurs  at  Johann 
Georgenstadt,  at  Schneeberg  in  the  Erzgebirge,  and  at  Przibram  in  Bo- 
hemia; and  on  the  whole  is  a  frequently  occurring  species. 

ii.  Kouphone  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 

p  on  P  =  105°  2'  30". 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid,  perfect. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =3-75. 
gp.  gr.  =  2-6788,  cleavage  forms,  from  Kornial-Hole  at  Trieste, 
in  mountain  limestone. 

10 


110  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Color,  brick-red,  like  the  Heulandite  from  Fassa,  Tyrol. 
Its  only  locality  is  Trieste. 

iii.  Eugnostic  Carbon-Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 

Pon  P  =  105°  5'. 

.Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid,  very  distinct. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =3-75.  ..4-00. 
Sp.gr.  =  2-7170,  a  clear  cleavage  crystal  from  Iceland. 

2-7171,  a  clear  cleavage  crystal,   but  of  a  flesh-red 

color,  from  Iberg  in  the  Hartz. 

2-7177,  a  clear  cleavage  crystal,  from  the  same  place. 
2-7179,  a  cleavage  crystal,  from  Rotluf  in  Chemnitz, 

in  the  Erzgebii  ge. 

2*7190,  a  clear  crystal,  from  Ahren  in  Tyrol. 
2-7190,  three  clear  cleavage  crystals,  from  Boiza  in 

Siebenburgen. 

2-7203,  cleavage  crystal,  from  a  beautiful  white  Cal- 
careous Spar  from  Moderstolln,  Schemnitz. 

1.  A  variety  analyzed  by  STROMEYER,  from  Iceland,  contained 
Carbonic  acid        -  43-70 

Lime  -  56-15 

^  Oxide  of  manganese  and  iron          -  0-15 

iv.  Polymorphous  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 

P  on  P  =  105°  8'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid  very  distinct. 

Hardness  =  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =0-4. 

Sp.gr.  =  2-7088,  locality  not  known. 

2'7089,  a  cleavage  crystal.     Maxen  at  Dresden. 
2-7100,  a  cleavage  crystal.     Braunsdorf  in  Tharand. 
2-7110,  a  cleavage  crystal,  of  a  pale  wine-yellow  col- 
or, locality  unknown. 

2  7111,  a  cleavage  crystal,  of  a  pale  wine-yellow  col- 
or, from  Derbyshire. 
2-7122,  a  cleavage  crystal,  milk-white  to  blue,  from 

Cziklowa  in  the  Bannat. 
2  7125,  a  cleavage  crystal,  white  and  transparent,  from 

StanowskiGorni  in  Karczowka. 
The  following  varieties  probably  belong  to  this  species. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  Ill 

Calcareous  Spar. 


Sp.gr.  =  2-7081,  milk-white,  translucent  Calcareous  Spar,  from 

Scheibenberg  in  the  Erzgebirge. 
2-7084,  milk-white,  from  Krodendorf  in  the  Erzge- 
birge.    Lustre  resinous,  or  oily. 

This  is  the  most  abundant  species  of  the  family  ;  and  occurs  in  forma- 
tions of  nearly  every  age.  A  variety  from  Andreasberg,  analyzed  by 
STROMEYER,  afforded 

Carbonic  acid  -  43-5635 

Lime  55  9802 

Oxide  of  manganese  and  iron      -          0-3563 
Water  0-1000 

v.  Meroxene  Carbon-Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 
PonP  =  l05°  11'. 

Cleavage  perfect  parallel  with  the  primary  rhomboid. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  4'0. 
Sp.gr.  =  2  6895,  a  fragment  of  a  crystal,  from  Tharaud  in  Dres- 
den. 

2-6903,  cleaved  from  massive  variety,  associated  with 
Natrolite,  from  Mariaberg  in  Aussig,  Bo- 
hemia. 

Most  of  the  zeolitic  druses  from  Iceland  are  supposed  to  ccr^aia  thia 
species. 

vi.  Haplotypous  Carbon-Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
P  on  P  ==  105°  13'  40". 

Cleavage,  less  perfect  than  in  the  foregoing  species. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =4-25. 
Sp.gr.  =  2-7280,  >  fragments  of  crystals  of  a  wine-yellow  color, 
2-7294,  5  from  the  galleries  of  Verlorne  Hoffimng  and 
Neue    Hoffnung   Gottes    at    Braunsdorf, 
west  from  Freiberg. 

The  following  Calcareous  Spars  have  a  similar  specific  gravity  and  a 
similar  hardness : 

2-7259,  greyish  white,  in  large  compact  masses  from  Alten  Au- 
gust in  Freiberg. 

2-7260,  translucent,  yellowish  white,  cleavage  masses  inter- 
mingled with  Vitreous  Copper,  from  Sangerhausen, 
Thuringia. 

2-7272,  smoke-grey,  large  crystals,  from  Neu  Gliickin  Schnee- 
berg  in  the  Erzgebirge. 


112  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcareous  Spar. 


2-7284,  white  cleavage  crystals,  at  Zaukerode  near  Dresden. 
2-7300,  a  crystal  from  Northumberland. 

The  most  of  these  varieties  are  too  imperfectly  cleavable  to  admit  of 
accurate  measurement. 

vii.  Melinous  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
P  on  P  =  105°  17'. 

Cleavage  perfectly  obtained  parallel  with  the  primary  rhomboid. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  4 . . .  4-25. 
Sp.gr.  =2-6958,  honey  yellow,  cleavage  crystals  from  Neu- 

dorf  at  Borna. 

2-6968,  from  Mont  Martre  near  Paris. 

It  is  found  in  green-sand  and  in' planerkalkstein  in  Saxony.  It  also 
occurs  at  Cotta,  at  Naundorf  in  Borna,  and  again  on  the  lower  portions 
of  Zehista  in  the  region  of  Pirna.  Under  similar  circumstances  at  Dux 
in  Bohemia. 

viii.  Diastatic  Carbon-Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
PonP=105°  43>. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  primary  rhomboid  perfect. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =»4.  .  .4-25. 
Sp.gr.  =2  7698,  massive  variety  from  Seegen  Gottes,  Freiberg. 
2-7758,  cleavage  crystals  from  Habacht,  Freiberg. 
2'7870  common  fibrous  limestone,  from  Adam  Heber 
in  Schneeberg. 

ix.  Plumbo-  Calcite.    TURNER.     Carbonate  of  Lime  and  Lead. 
P  on  P  =  104°  53'  30". 
Hardness.     It  is  scratched  by  Iceland  Spar. 
Surface  of  crystals  slightly  rounded. 
Lustre  pearly.     Sp.gr.  =282. 
Massive  and  opake. 

Heated  in  a  platina  crucible,  or  in  a  glass  tube,  it  decrepitates,  and  af- 
ter some  time  assumes  a  brownish,  or  pale  reddish  tint.     It  consists  of 
Carbonate  of  lime    .         .         .         .         92-2 
Lead  ....          7-8 

x.  Prunnerite.     ESMARK. 

The  violet  blue  variety  of  Calcareous  Spar,  occurring  with  Apophyl- 
lite  in  the  Island  of  Hestoe,  one  of  the  Faroes,  and  hitherto  arranged  as  a 
variety  of  cuboidal  Calcareous  Spar,  has  been  established  into  a  distinct 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Calcedonite. 


113 


species  by  ESMARK;  the  grounds  of  this  distinction  however,  are  not 
as  yet  made  known. 

CALCEDONY.     (See  Quartz.) 

CALEDON1TE.     Cupre-ous   Le  ad-Bary  te  . 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M/  =  95°. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  122. 


95°  00X> 

rM  on  el 

144°  00' 

90  00 

M  on  h 

132  30 

108  00 

Bd 

a2  on  02' 

143  42 

126  00 

>  o  * 

«2  on  e2 

140  40 

126  00 

P 

c  on  h 

144  30 

115  30 

• 

el  on  el' 

108  00 

90  00 

I  e2  on  e2' 

128  35 

M  on  M' 

P  on  M  or  M 

P  on  <?2 

P  on  c 

P  on  el  or  el7 

P  on  e2  or  e2' 

Ponh 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  M  and  T  indistinct,  but  parallel  to 
h  more  obvious.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface  streaked. 

Lustre  resinous. 

Color  deep  verdigris-green;  inclining  to  mountain-green, 
if  the  crystals  are  very  delicate.  Streak  greenish-white. 
Translucent. 

Rather  brittle.     Hardness  =2-5  , 


.  3'0.    Sp.  gr.=6*4. 


1.  Analysis. 
By  BROOKE. 
Sulphate  of  lead  . 

Carbonate  of  lead  . 

Carbonate  of  copper         . 
10* 


55-8 
32-8 
11*4 


114  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Capillary  Pyrites — Carbonate  of  Bismuth. 

2.  It  is  found  along  with  other  ores  of  lead  at  the  Lead  Hills  of  Scot- 
land. 

CANNEL  COAL.     (See  Bituminous  Coal.) 

CAOUTCHOUC  MINERAL.     (See  Bitumen.) 
CAPILLARY  PYRITES.    Capillary  Chlorone- 
Py  r  ite  s. 

Delicate,  capillary  crystals. 

Lustre  metallic.    Color  brass-yellow,  inclining  to  bronze-- 
yellow and  steel-grey. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  brittle  metallic  globule  ;  it  col- 
ors glass  of  borax,  violet-blue.  In  nitric  acid,  it  is  dissolved  without 
leaving  a  residue,  forming  a  pale  green  solution. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ARFWEDSOIV. 

Nickel 64-35 

Sulphur 34-26 

3.  It  occurs  at  Johanngeorgenstadt  in  Saxony,  Joachimsthal  in  Bohe- 
mia, St.  Austle  in  Cornwall,  and  in  the  Westerwald,  accompanied  by 
several  species  of  Pyrites,  and  by  Calcareous  Spar. 

CARBOCERINE. 

The  composition  of  this  mineral,  as  carbonate  of  cerium,  given 
by  BERZELIUS,  is  all  the  information  we  possess  concerning  it. 

CARBONATE  OF  BARYTES.     (See  Witherite.) 
CARBONATE  OF  BISMUTH. 

Earthy. 

Color  grey  and  brown. 

Sp.  gr.  =4-3. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  MCGREGOR. 

Carbonic  acid  .         .         .         51-50 

Oxide  of  bismuth  .         .         .         2880 

Oxide  of  iron  .         .         .           2-10 

Alumina  .         .         .          7-50 

Silica  .         .         .           6-70 

Water  .         ,         .          3-60 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  115 

Carbonic-Acid. 


2.  It  was  found  at  St.  Agnes  in  Cornwall. 

3.  From  the  inconsistency  of  the  chemical  results  obtained  above,  with 
:he  known  laws  of  chemical  combination,  it  seems  probable  that  some 
nistake  has  been  committed  in  the  analysis. 

CARBONATE  OF  COPPER.  (See  Blue  Malachite  and 
Green  Malachite.) 

CARBONATE  OF  IRON.     (See  Spathic  Iron.) 
CARBONATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  White  Lead-ore.) 
CARBONATE  OF  LIME.     (See  Calcareous  Spar.) 
CARBONATE  OF  LIME    AND   MAGNESIA.      (See  Dolo- 
mite.) 

CARBONATE  OF  MAGNESIA.     (See  Magnesite.) 
CARBONATE  OF  MAGNESIA  AND    IRON.      (See  Rhomb 
Spar.) 

CARBONATE  OF  MANGANESE.     (See  Diallogite.) 
CARBONATE  OF  SODA.     (See  Natron  and  Trona.) 
CARBONATE  OF  SODA  AND  LIME.    (See  Gay-Lussite.) 
CARBONATE  OF  STRONTIAN.     (See  Strontianite.) 
CARBONATE  OF  ZINC.     (See  Calamine.) 

CARBONIC-ACID.    Aeriform  Carbonic-Acid. 
MOHS. 

Gaseous.     Transparent. 

Sp.  gr.  =1*51961.  BIOT  and  ARAGO.  Taste  slightly 
acidulous ;  pungent. 

1.  It  extinguishes  burning  bodies  of  all  kinds,  and  is  incapable  of  sup- 
porting the  respiration  of  animals.  It  reddens  the  vegetable  blues ;  but 
the  original  color  is  restored  by  heating,  or  exposure  to  the  air.  Lime 
and  barytic-water,  become  turbid  when  brought  into  contact  with  it ; 
and  it  is  absorbed  by  recently  boiled  water  at  the  common  pressure  and 
temperature,  in  a  quantity  equal  to  the  volume  of  the  water.  Under  a 
pressure  of  36  atmospheres,  carbonic  acid  becomes  converted  into  a  li- 
quid. 


116  PHYSIOGRAPHY, 

Carbonic-Acid. 


2.  Analysis. 

By  BJERZELIUS. 
Carbon 27-40 

Oxygen 72-60 

3.  It  is  found  in  the  largest  quantity  and  highest  degree  of  purity  upor 
the  surface  of  carbonated  springs,  and  in  caves;  in  which  cases  it  issue; 
directly  from  the  earth.  Of  the  most  remarkable  of  these  sources  of  the 
present  species  in  the  United  States,  are  the  springs  of  Saratoga  anc 
Ballstown  near  Albany.  An  ingenious  hypothesis  to  account  for  the  or- 
igin of  the  carbonic  acid  in  these  localities,  and  many  others  of  less  im- 
portance in  the  vicinity,  has  been  proposed  by  Prof.  EATOK.  The  rock 
through  which  the  waters  rise  is  an  argillite,  containing  large  quantities 
of  iron-pyrites  and  carbonate  of  lime.  The  iron-pyrites,  he  conceives,  i< 
decomposed  by  water,  the  sulphuric  acid  thus  formed  being  in  contact 
with  the  carbonate  of  lime,  gypsum  is  produced,  and  carbonic  acid  dis- 
engaged ;  which  being  situated  at  great  depths  in  the  earth,  and  conse- 
quently under  great  pressure,  combines  with  water  in  large  proportions; 
and  when  the  waters  thus  charged  issue  from  the  earth,  the  pressure  be- 
ing removed,  they  part  with  their  superabundant  carbonic  acid.  The 
well  known  mineral  springs  of  Tunbridge  and  Carlsbad  are  remarkable 
for  the  evolution  of  this  acid  gas.  It  issues  from  a  small  cave  in  the  side 
of  a  mountain  near  Naples,  the  floor  of  which,  to  the  depth  of  a  foot  or 
more,  is  covered  with  a  stratum  of  this  noxious  fluid,  into  which,  if  a 
dog  be  introduced,  he  is  immediately  suffocated.  It  has  hence  been 
called  the  grotto  del  cane.  Another  cave  of  a  similar  character  exists 
in  the  Bttdb's  hegy,  a  porphyry  mountain  in  Transylvania.  Carbonic 
acid  is  also  emitted  from  certain  marshes,  and  from  the  solfataras.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  foregoing  sources  of  this  species,  it  is  formed  abundantly  by 
the  combustion  of  all  substances  that  contain  carbon,  the  respiration  of 
animals,  and  the  spontaneous  changes  to  which  dead  animal  and  vegeta- 
ble matter  is  subject.  Accordingly,  it  is  always  present  in  the  atmos- 
phere, even  at  the  highest  elevations.  All  kinds  of  spring  and  well- 
water  contain  it  dissolved  in  them,  and  to  the  presence  of  which  they  are 
partly  indebted  for  their  agreeable  flavor.  Where  carbonic  acid  is  evol- 
ved in  low  situations,  it  is  liable  from  its  gravity  to  accumulate ;  a  cir- 
cumstance which  often  happens  in  deep  mines  and  wells,  in  which  it 
forms  an  atmosphere  known  in  English  by  the  name  of  choke-damp,  in 
German  by  the  name  of  Schwaden  or  Swath. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  117 

Carburetted  Hydrogen — Celestine. 

4.  Carbonic  acid  is  applied  to  a  variety  of  purposes  in  medicine  aod  th« 
irtt. 

CARBURETTED  HYDROGEN.    Empyreumatic 

Hydrogen  Gas.     MOHS. 
Amorphous.     Transparent.     Expansible. 
Sp.  gr.=0*5707.     Odor  empyreumatic. 

1.  It  burns  with  a  bright  flame,  sometimes  tinged  with  blue. 
2.  Analysis. 

Carbon 74-87 

Hydrogen 25-13 

3.  It  is  developed  from  marshes  and  stagnant  pools,  and  is  also  found 
n  volcanic  countries.     But  its  greatest  source  is  certain  coal  mines  and 
salt  springs. 

4.  It  is  particularly  abundant  at  Newcastle  and  Liege,  where  it  is  de- 
nominated fire-damp.     Numerous  localities  of  it  might  be  cited  in  Ohio 

land  New  York  ;  the  more  remarkable  of  which,  however,  is  Fredonia, 
40  miles  from  Buffalo,  where  it  was  first  observed  to  bubble  up  from  a 
small  stream  ;  but  on  boring  a  hole  1£  inch  in  diameter  through  a  soft  fe- 
tid limestone  rock,  of  no  great  thickness,  the  gas  left  the  stream,  and  was 
discharged  by  this  orifice.  The  brilliancy  of  the  flame  led  to  its  being 
adopted  as  a  means  of  illuminating  the  village.  A  gazometer  collects  30 
cubic  feet  in  14  hours. 

CARBURET  OF  IRON.     (See  Plumbago.) 
CARNELIAN.     (See  Quartz.) 
CAVOLINITE.     (See  Ncphiline.) 
CEYLANITE.     (See  Spinel.) 

CELESTINE.     Prismatoidal    Hal-Bar yte. 

MOHS. 

Primary   form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on   M'  =? 
104°. 


118 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Celestine. 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  123. 


Fig.  124. 


Fig.  125. 


Fig.  126. 


Fig.  123,  the  primary  with  its  acute  solid  angles  replaced 
by  single  planes.  P  on  0  =  128°  31'.  Fig.  124,  the  same, 
in  which  the  terminal  plane  of  the  primary  is  extinguished. 
o  on  0=102°  58';  o  on  o  over  the  summit  =  77°  2'.  Fig. 
125,  like  Fig.  124,  but  having  the  obtuse  solid  angles  re- 
placed by  planes  c?;  d  on  d  =  78°  28'.  Fig.  126,  P  on 
J=140°  46';  M  on  z=154°  6'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  sides  of  the  primary  form,  high- 
ly perfect ;  that  of  the  bases  less  distinct.  Fracture  imper- 
fectly conchoidal,  uneven. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  119 

Celestine. 


Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous  ;  sometimes  also,  a 
little  to  pearly  on  the  perfect  faces  of  cleavage.  Color 
white  prevalent,  passing  into  bluish-grey,  sky-blue  and 
smalt-blue.  Also  reddish-white  and  flesh-red.  Transpa- 
rent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3*0  ...  3-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-858,  a 
white  translucent,  cleavable  variety,  from  the  Tyrol. 

Compound  Varieties.  Imperfect  globular  shapes,  sur- 
face drusy,  composition  columnar.  Plates  more  or  less 
thin  :  surface  rough,  composition  columnar,  thin  and  par- 
allel. Massive  :  composition  either  lamellar  and  aggrega- 
ted into  larger  granular  masses ;  or  columnar,  generally 
straight  and  divergent ;  or  granular,  the  individuals  being  of 
various  sizes.  Faces  of  composition  smooth,  rough  or  ir- 
regularly streaked. 

1.  The  varieties  of  the  present  species  have  been  variously  divided  in 
the  mineralogical  systems  into  subspecies  and  kinds,  notwithstanding  they 
are  connected  among  themselves  by  immediate  transitions.  Tabular 
crystals,  and  lamellar  compound  masses,  were  called  foliated  Celestine; 
others  of  columnar  crystallizations  and  compositions,  prismatic  Celestine. 
Among  the  massive  varieties  were  distinguished  radiated  Celestine,  con- 
sisting of  thin  columnar  compositions,  radiating  from  a  centre  ;  fibrous 
Celestine,  comprehending  the  thin  plates,  formed  by  delicate  columnar 
particles  of  composition;  and  compact  Celestine,  which  is  a  mechanical 
mixture  of  Celestine  and  Calcareous  Spar. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  Celestine  decrepitates  and  melts,  without  per- 
ceptibly coloring  the  flame,  into  a  white  friable  enamel.  It  loses  its 
transparency  on  being  heated,  and  acquires  a  caustic  taste  different  from 
that  of  Heavy  Spar  under  similar  circumstances.  Reduced  to  powder, 
it  phosphoresces  upon  red  hot  iron. 

2.  Jlnalysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Strontia  ....         56-00 

Sulphuric  acid        .         .         .         .        44  00 


120  PHYSIOGRAPHY* 

Celestine— Cerite. 


3.  Celestine  is  rarely  found  in  greywacke :  its  usual  localities  are  in 
transition  limestone,  sandstone  and  trap  rocks  ;  in  which  it  occurs  in  sin- 
gle kidney-shaped  masses,  in  large  massive  concretions,  and  in  vesiculai 
cavities.     Other  deposits  are  in  gypsum  beds,  alternating  with  marl  and 
clay,  and  associated  with  sulphur. 

4.  The  handsomest  prismatic-shaped  crystals,  and  massive  columnar 
varieties,  occur  in  the  Sulphur  mines  of  Sicily  ;  also  under  the  same  cir- 
cumstances at  Bex  in  Switzerland,  and  Conil  near  Cadiz  in  Spain.    Tab- 
ular crystals  and  lamellar  compositions  are  found  in  beautiful  varieties  al 
Monte  Viale,  near  Verona,  and  in  the  Bristol  Channel  in  England.    Fine 
varieties  occur  in  the  Seiseralpe  in  the  Tyrol.     The  bide  varieties  occur 
in  greywacke  at  Leogangin  Salzburg,  and  at  Meudon,  near  Parrj.    The 
blue  columnar  varieties  occur  at  Dornburg  near  Jena.     The  compact  is 
found  in  the  tertiary  of  Montmartre  near  Paris.     Magnificent  crystalli- 
zations of  Celestine  of  a  delicate  blue  color  have  been  found  in  the  sec- 
ondary limestone  bordering  on  lake  Erie  :  particularly  at  a  place  called 
Stroniian  Island  in  that  lake.     Columnar,  as  well  as  lamellar,  varieties, 
are  found  under  similar  circumstances  at  Lockport  and  Scoharie,  (N.Y.) 

CEREOLITE.     (See  Kerolite.) 

CERINE.     (See  Jlllamte.) 
CERITE.     U  n  c  1  e  a  v  a  b  1  e    Eruth  rone-Ore. 

Regular  forms  and  cleavage  unknown. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  intermediate  between  clove- 
brown  and  cherry-red,  passing  into  grey.  Streak  white. 
Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  —  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4-912. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular, 
individuals  not  distinguishable ;  fracture  uneven  and  splin- 
tery. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible  ;  but  with  borax  forms  an 
orange-yellow  globule,  which  becomes  paler  on  cooling.  Wiih  soda  it 
does  not  perfectly  dissolve  ;  but  forms  a  semi- fused,  dark  yellow  mass. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.                                            12 

Cerite  —  Chabasie. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HISINGER. 

Oxide  of  cerium            ... 

68-59 

Silica 

18-00 

Oxide  of  iron                  ... 

2-00 

Lime                                ... 

1-25 

Water  and  carbonic  acid 

9-60 

3.  This  rare  mineral  occurs  in  a  bed  of  gneiss  at  the  copper  mine  of 
Nya  Bastnaes,  near  Riddarhyttan,  Westmoreland,  in  Sweden.  It  is  ac- 
companied by  Bismuthine  and  Mica. 

CHABASIE.     Rhombohedral  Kou  phone-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  94°  46'. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  127.  Fig.  128. 

A. 


Fig.  127,  the  primary,  having  the  upper  edges  and  the 
lateral  angles  replaced  by  tangent  planes.  P  on  r  =  120° 
5'.  n  on  r=143°  59'.  Fig.  128,  the  same,  in  which  the 
edges  between  P  and  r  are  replaced  by  the  planes  x.  x  on 
a?' =  173°  32'.  x  on  x'  (over  the  base)  =96°  40'.  P  on 
£  =  175°  30'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  rhomboid,  but  not  dis- 
tinct.    Fracture  uneven.     The  faces  P  are  generally  stri- 
ated parallel  with  the  upper  edges  of  the  rhomboid. 
11 


122 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Chabasie. 


Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white  or  reddish  white  :  rarely 
yellowish  white.  Streak  white.  Semi-transparent  .  .  . 
translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =4-0  ...  4-5.  Sp.  gr.= 2- 100,  crys- 
tals from  Bohemia. 

Compound  Varieties.     Twin-crystals. 

In  this  figure  the   face  of  Fig.  129. 

composition  coincides  with 
the  vertical  axis  ;  and  the 
angle  of  revolution  =  80°. 
Fig.  127,  in  place  of  the  pri- 
mary, sometimes  enters  into 
composition  in  the  same  way. 
Massive  :  composition  granu- 
lar, of  various  sizes  ;  faces  of 
composition  uneven. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  white  blebby  mass.     It 
is  not  acted  on  by  the  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 


By  BERZELIUS,             By  ARFWEDSOJV, 

from  Gustavusberg.                  from  Fassa. 

Silica 

5065 

48-38 

49-07 

Alumina    . 

1790 

19-28 

1890 

Water 

1990 

21-40 

19-73 

Lime 

9-37 

8-70 

Potash 

1-70 

2-50 

12-19 

with  soda. 

3.  Chabasie  chiefly  occurs  in  the  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks.     It 
has  been  found  also  in  seams  between  the  layers  of  gneiss  and  mica- 
slate.     It  is  accompanied  by  Stilbite,  Laumonite,  Calcareous  Spar  and 
Quartz. 

4.  The  largest  and  most  distinct  crystals  are  found  in  Iceland,  the  Fa- 
roe islands,  and  the  vicinity  of  Aussig  in  Bohemia.     Other  localities  are 
Altenberg  near  Oberstein  in  Saxony,  Talisker  in  the  isle  of  Skye,  Glen 
Fary  in  Perthshire  in  the  north  of  Ireland,  and  near  Swan's  creek  in  the 
Basin  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia.    At  this  last  named  place  it  occurs  of  a 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  .         123 

Chabasie. 


wine  yellow  or  flesh-red  color,  in  crystals  of  various  sizes,  and  often 
highly  modified :  they  exist  in  the  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks,  accom- 
panied by  Analcime,  Calcareous  Spar  and  Heulandite.  In  the  United 
States,  Chabasie  is  occasionally  met  with  in  the  trap  region  of  the  Con- 
necticut river;  also  in  seams  between  the  layers  of  a  mica  slate  rock  at 
Chester,  (Mass.)  and  at  Baltimore,  (Maryland,)  under  similar  circum- 
stances. It  occurs  on  gneiss  with  Stilbite,  at  Hadlyme,  (Ct.) 

CHALKOLITE.     (See  Uranite.) 
CHALKOPYRITE.     (See  Yellow  Copper-Ore.} 
CHALKOSIDERITE. 

In  very  thin  tabular  crystals :  stalactitic  and  drusy.  Frac- 
ture fibrous  and  foliated.  Color  green,  mostly  yellowish.  Lus- 
tre pearly.  "  Half-hard."  Sp.  gr.  =3-392. 

CHALKOSINE.     (See  Vitreous  Copper.) 

CHALKOTRICHITE. 

The  capillary  variety  of  Red  Copper-ore,  q.  v. 

CHAMOISITE. 

Massive ;  composition  impalpable,  or  oolitic. 

Color  greenish-grey. 

Scratched  by  the  point  of  a  knife.     Sp.  gr.  ==  3-0 ...  3-4. 

1.  It  yields  moisture  when  heated  in  a  glass  tube,  at  the  same  time 
assuming  a  blacker  color,  and  becoming  more  magnetic.  It  dissolves  in 
the  strong  acids,  leaving  behind  a  portion  of  gelatinised  silica. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Silica  ....         14.3 

Alumina  ....          7.3 

Protoxide  of  iron    ....        60-5 
Water  ....         17.4 

In  addition  to  the  above,  it  contains  variable  proportions  of  carbonate 
of  lime  and  magnesia. 

3.  It  occurs  in  beds  of  moderate  thickness  in  the  limestone  mountain 
of  Chamoison  in  the  Vallais,  France. 

4.  It  is  explored  with  profit  as  an  ore  of  iron. 

5.  The  Chamoisite  appears  to  be  an  impure  variety  of  Magnetic  Iron- 
Ore. 


124  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Childrenite — Chlorophaeite. 
CHILDRENITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'  =  92°  48'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  130. 
P  on  cor  e"     -        -        114°  50' 

P  on  a 

Pon/ 

e  on  e'  -        -        130    20 

Cleavage,  imperfect,  parallel  fo  P.     Fracture  uneven. 
Lustre   vitreous,    inclining   to   resinous.      Color    yellowish 
white,  wine-yellow,  ochre-yellow,  and  pale  yellowish-brown. 
Streak  white.     Translucent 
Hardness  =  4-5  . . .  5-0. 

1.  Dr.  WOLL.ASTON  found  this  mineral  to  be  a  compound  of  phospho- 
ric acid,  alumina,  and  iron. 

2.  It  has  hitherto  been  found  only  in  the  neighborhood  of  Tavistock, 
disposed  in  rough  crystals  and  crystalline  coats  on  Spathic  Iron,  Iron  Py- 
rites and  Quartz,  occasionally  accompanied  by  Fluor. 

3.  Childrenite  approaches  in  several  of  its  properties  the  species  La- 
zulite,  the  planes  a  a  of  whose  crystals  may  be  considered  as  corres- 
ponding to  M  M  of  Childrenite. 

CHLORITE.     (See  Talc.) 
CHLOROMELAN.     (See  Cronstedite.) 
CHLOROPAL.     (See  Opal.) 

CHLOROPHJEITE. 

Massive :  in  small  grains,  imbedded  in  basalt  or  trap,  and 
sometimes  hollow.  Fracture  conchoidal . .  .  nearly  earthy. 

Color  pistachio  green,  and  translucent  or  opake  ;  but  soon 
turning  into  brown  and  black  on  being  exposed  to  the  air,  with- 
out losing  its  lustre :  the  same  effect  takes  place  in  a  longer 
time,  to  the  depth  of  an  inch  or  two,  into  the  rock. 

Brittle.     Hardness,  scratched  by  a  quill.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-020. 
1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  remains  nearly  unchanged,  altering  nei- 
ther its  color  nor  transparency.     Besides  silica,  it  contains  iron  and  a  little 
alumina.     It  occurs  in  Scuirmore  cliff  in  the  island  of  Rum,  also  in  Fife- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  125 

Chrome-Ochre — Chrome-Ore. 

shire  and  in  Iceland.  It  has  been  found  at  several  places  in  the  United 
States,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  those  of  Gill,  (Mass.)  and  South- 
bury,  (Conn.) 

2.  It  appears  to  be  decomposed  Mesotype. 

CHONDRODITE.     (See  Brucite.) 

CHRISTIANITE.     (See  Jlnorthite.) 

CHROMATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Red  Lead-Ore.) 
CHROME-OCHRE.     Chromic  Lusine-Ore. 

Massive :  composition  impalpable :  earthy  and  pulveru- 
lent. 

Color  dark  green. 

1.  Infusible  before  the   blow -pipe,  but  changes  to  a  lighter  green. 
With  borax,  it  gives  a  fine  green  color. 

2.  Analysis. 

Oxygen 29-89 

Chrome 70-11 

3,  It  sometimes  occurs  pure,  but  more  frequently  mingled  with  earthy 
matters,  as  in  the  mountains  of  Ecouchets,  between  Conches  and  Creu- 
zot,  Saone  and  Loire.     Also  with  Feldspar  at  Elfdalen  in  Dalecarlia,  and 
in  serpentine  rocks  in  the  Alps  of  Savoy  and  Piedmont. 

CHROME-ORE.     Chromated    Iron-Ore, 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  131- 


Floboken,  (New  Jersey,)  and  Bare  Hills,  (Maryland.) 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  form  rather  imper- 
fect.    Fracture  uneven,  or  imperfectly  conchoidal. 
11* 


126  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Chrome-Ore. 


Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  between  iron-black 
and  brownish-black.  Streak  brown.  Opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =4'498,  a  variety 
from  Stiria. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular, 
the  individuals  being  of  various  sizes,  and  generally  firmly 
connected. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  acts  upon  tbe  mag- 
netic needle  after  having  been  exposed  to  the  reducing  flame.  It  is  with 
difficulty  wholly  soluble  in  borax,  to  which  flux  it  imparts  a  beautiful 
green  color. 

2.  Analysts. 

By  VAUQTJELIJN".     By  KLAPROTH. 
Oxide  of  chrome          -         -         43-00        -         -        55-50 
Protoxide  of  iron         -         -        34-70         -         -        33-00 
Alumina  -         -        20-30         -         -          6-00 

Silica  2-00         -         -          2-00 

3.  The  varieties  of  Chrome-Ore  have  been  hitherto  found  only  in 
serpentine,  in  irregular  veins  and  beds,  which  appear  to  be  of  contempo- 
raneous formation  with  the  rock  itself. 

4.  This  species  was  first  found  in  the  department  of  du  Var  in  France, 
where  it  formed  nodules  and  kidney  shaped  masses.     In  Stiria  it  occurs 
in  the  Qulsen  mountain  near  Kraubat,  in  serpentine,  in  very  irregular 
veins.     Other  localities  are,  Portsoy  in  Banffshire,  and  at  Buchannan  in 
Stirlingshire,  in  Scotland  ;  in  the  latter  place  imbedded  in  limestone :  at 
Unst  and  Fetlar  in  the  Shetland  isles,  in  Silesia,  Bohemia  and  the  Ural- 
ian  mountains.    In  the  United  States  a^very  abundant  deposit  exists  at  the 
Bare  Hills  near  Baltimore,  where  it  occurs  in  veins  or  masses  in  serpen- 
tine.    The  crystals  are  found  at  the  same  place  in  channels  worn  by 
water  about  the  base  of  the  hill.     At  Hoboken  in  New  Jersey,  it  is  found 
both  massive  and  in  crystals,  imbedded  in  Serpentine  and  Dolomite  ;  and 
under  similar  circumstances  at  Milford  and  West  Haven,  (Conn,) 

5.  The  Chrome-Ore  is  highly  valuable  for  extracting  the  oxide  of 
chrome,  which  is  employed  either  alone,  or  in  various  combinations 
with  the  oxides  of  other  metals,   as  cobalt,  lead,  mercury,  &c.,  both 
for  painting  on  porcelain,  and  for  painting  in  oil.     It  yields  green,  yellow 
and  red  pigments. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Chrysoberyl. 


127 


CHRYSOBERYL.     Prismatic  Emerald. 
Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  132. 

Fig.  133.  Fig.  134. 


Haddam,  (Conn.) 


Siberia. 


Fig.  132,  the  primary  having  the  terminal  plane  oblite- 
rated by  the  extension  of  the  planes  i,  which  replace  the 
shorter  terminal  edges,  i  on  i  =  120°,  anamorphique  of 
HAUY. — Fig.  133,  in  addition  to  the  new  planes  i,  the  ter- 
minal angles  and  the  lateral  edges  are  replaced,  o  on  i  = 
133°  19',  H.  o  on  M  =136°  41',  H.  M  on  s  =  125° 
16'. — Fig.  134  is  the  octovigesimale  of  HAUY.  n  on  o  = 
163°  53'  H.  T  on  n=126°  8'  H. 

Cleavage  distinct  parallel  to  the  primary  form  ;  effected 
with  ease  parallel  to  M,  but  with  difficulty  in  the  direction  of 
T  and  P.  Traces  of  a  diagonal  cleavage.  Fracture  con- 
choidal.  Surface,  the  vertical  planes  striated  longitudinal- 
ly ;  the  remaining  ones  generally  smooth  and  even. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  asparagus-green,  passing  into 
greenish-white,  olive  green,  and  yellowish-grey.  Streak 
white.  Transparent . . .  translucent :  sometimes  exhibiting 


128  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Chrysoberyl. 


a  bluish  opalescence  when  viewed  perpendicular  to  the  nar- 
row lateral  plane  of  the  primary. 

Hardness  =  8-5.     Sp.  gr.  =3'754,  a  transparent  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  composi- 
tion perpendicular,  axis  of  revolution  parallel  to  the  edge 
formed  by  the  meeting  of  planes  i  and  T,  Fig.  132 ;  an- 
gle of  revolution  =  60°. 

-      136. 


In  Fig.  135,  the  crystals  project  beyond  the  face  of  com- 
position only  at  one  extremity ;  it  is  rare  to  find  them  pro- 
jecting at  both  extremities,  although  these  do  sometimes  oc- 
cur at  Greenfield,  (N.Y.)  Occasionally  the  sides  1  are  so 
deeply  replaced  as  to  convert  the  made  into  a  triangular 
prism;  and  when  this  is  the  case,  the  re-entering  angle  at  a  is 
not  visible,  the  composition  being  detected  only  by  the  striae. 
In  Fig.  136,  three  prisms  cross  each  other,  or  the  compo- 
sition is  repeated  ;  and  the  prisms  project  at  each  end  be- 
yond the  faces  of  composition.  Rarely  crystals  are  found, 
in  which  they  project  only  at  one  end,  in  which  case  the 
form  which  results  is  represented  by  the  upper  half  of  Fig. 
136;  and  still  more  rarely  they  are  found  in  which  they 
project  at  neither  extremity,  when  a  regular  hexagonal  ta- 
ble is  produced. 

1.  It  remains  unchanged,  if  exposed  alone  or  with  soda  to  the  heat  of 
the  blow-pipe,  only  the  surface  in  the  latter  case  becomes  dull.  It  is 
with  difficulty  fusible  with  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  129 

Chrysoberyl — Chrysocolla. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  SEYBERT,  By  THOMSON  and  MUIR, 

fr.  Haddam.  fr.  Brazil.  fr.  Brazil. 

Alumina  7360  68-666  -  76-752 

Glucina  15-80  16-000  -  17-791 

Silica  4-00  3999  -  0-000 

Protoxide  of  iron  3-38  4-733  -  4-494 

Oxide  of  titanium  1-00  2666  -  0-000 

Moisture  0-40  0-666  -  0-480 

3.  Chrysoberyl  is  found  in   granite  veins  associated  with  Tourmaline, 
Beryl  and  Garnet :  also  in  the  alluvial  deposits  of  i  ivers,  along  with  other 
species  of  gems. 

4.  It  occurs  in  Brazil  along  with  Diamond  and  Topaz,  also  in  Ceylon  ; 
in  which  places  it  has  been  found  only  in  sand.     The  most  interesting 
deposits  of  this  species  are  in  the  United  States,  at  Haddam,  (Conn.)  and 
Greenfield,  near  Saratoga,   (N.Y.)     At  the  former  place  it  is  associated 
with  Garnet,  Beryl,  Automalite  and   Columbite  ;  and  at  the  latter  with 
Tourmaline,  Garnet  and  Apatite.     In   both  cases  it  exists  in  granite, 
traversing  gneiss  in  veins. 

CHRYSOCOLLA.      Staphyline    Malachite- 
Haloid  e. 

Regular  forms  unknown.  Cleavage  none.  Fracture 
conchoidal. 

Color  emerald-green,  pistachio-green,  asparagus-green, 
passing  into  sky-blue.  If  they  incline  to  brown,  the  mine- 
ral is  impure.  Streak  white,  a  little  shining.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  2-0  . . .  3'0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2*031,  a  semi-transparent  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Botryoidal,  reniform  shapes  or 
massive  varieties  :  composition  impalpable  ;  fracture  more 
or  less  perfectly  conchoidal.  Pseudomorphoses  in  the 
shape  of  Red  Copper-Ore  and  of  Copper-Mica.  Im- 
pure varieties  are  often  earthy. 


130  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Chrysocolla. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  first  becomes  black ;  and  in 
the  inner  flame,  red,  without  melting.  With  borax,  it  melts  into  a  green 
glassy  globule,  and  is  partly  reduced,  as  the  metallic  particles  which 
this  globule  contains,  evince.  If  pure  it  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  with- 
out effervescence,  and  leaves  a  residue  of  silica. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KJLAPROTH.      By  JOHN.  By  BOWEKT, 

from  N.  Jersey. 
Copper  40-00         -         42  00  > 

Oxygen  10-00         -  7-635 

Silica  -  26-00         -         28-37  -         37-250 

Water  17t)0         -         17-50  -         17-000 

Carbonic  acid  7-00         -  3-00  0-000 

Sulphate  of  lime  000         -  1-50  0-000 

3.  The  natural  repositories  of  Chrysocolla  are  those  of  other  ores  of 
copper,  where  it  is  found  along  with  them,  and  also  with  Brown  Iron- 
Ore  and  Quartz. 

4.  It  occurs  at  Saalfield  in  Thuringia,  at  Lauterberg  in  the  Hartz,  at 
Saska  and  Moldawa  in  the  Bannat,  at  Herrengrund  in  Lower  Hungary, 
at  Falkenstein  and  Schwatz  in  the  Tyrol,  in  the  Lizard  district  in  Corn- 
wall ;  in  Norway,  Siberia,  Mexico  and  Chili.     In  the  United  States,  at  a 
copper  mine  in  Sommerville,  (New  Jersey,)  Chrysocolla  is  found  accom- 
panying Red   Copper-Ore,  Native   Copper,   and  Green  Malachite.     In 
Nova  Scotia,  at  the  Basin  of  Mines,  associated  with  other  ores  of  copper, 
and  with  Brown  Iron-Ore. 

CHRYSOLITE.      (See   Olivine.) 
CHRYSOPRASE.     (See   Quartz.) 
CHUSITE.     (See  Olivine.) 

ClMOLITE. 

A  pearl,  or  reddish  grey  clay,  tender  to  the  feel,  and  falling 
to  pieces  in  water.     It  consists,  according  to  KLAPROTH,  of 
Silica  ....         63-00 

Alumina  ....        23-00 

Water  ....         12-00 

Oxide  of  iron          ....  1-25 

It  is  not  known  from  the  decomposition  of  what  mineral  it  is  derived. 
It  occurs  at  Argentiera,  (Cimolis,)  an  island  in  the  Grecian  Archipelago, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cinnabar. 


131 


Fig.  137. 


CINNABAR.     Peritomous  Melacone-Blende. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P'  =72°. 
Secondary  form. 

P  on  P'        - 

P  on  62 
P  on  63 
P  on  e 
a  on  bl 
a  on  62 
a  on  63 
a  on  64 
e'  on  61 
e  on  63 


- 

71° 

48^ 

- 

157 

20 

- 

152 

8 

- 

159 

18 

- 

127 
133 

5 
25 

a 

v  > 

f  3 

- 

138 

34 

- 

146 

31 

- 

142 

55 

- 

131 

26 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  form,  highly  perfect. 
Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface  of  the  crystals  horizontally 
streaked,  sometimes  very  deeply. 

Lustre  adamantine,  inclining  to  metallic  in  dark  colored 
varieties.  Color  several  shades  of  cochineal-red,  the  dar- 
ker varieties  inclining  to  lead-grey.  Streak  scarlet-red. 
Semi-transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Sectile.  Hardness=2'0  . . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =8-098,  the 
cleavage  variety  from  Neurrnarktel. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals,  like  Fig.  84,  of 
the  compound  varieties  of  Calcareous  Spar.  Rarely  in 
some  indistinct  imitative  shapes.  Massive  :  composition 
granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  generally  small  and 
often  impalpable.  In  the  last  case,  fracture  becomes  une- 
ven, even,  or  flat  conchoidal.  Plates,  superficial  coatings. 
There  is  sometimes  a  tendency  to  thin  columnar  composi- 
tion, the  mass  being  friable,  and  the  color  scarlet  red. 


132  PHYSIOGRAPHY* 

Cinnabar. 


1.  The  Hepatic  Cinnabar  is  a  compound  variety  of  Cinnabar,  which 
is  impure,  and  having  on  that  account  a  streak  inclining  to  brown.  The 
dark  red  Cinnabar  includes  the  crystals,  and  those  compound  varieties 
in  which  the  individuals  are  still  discernible  ;  it  is  generally  cochineal- 
red.  The  bright  red  Cinnabar  is  friable,  and  of  a  scarlet-red  color.  The 
compact  Hepatic  Cinnabar  contains  reniform  massive  varieties  of  a  gran- 
ular composition,  consisting  of  impalpable  individuals.  The  slaty  Hepat- 
ic Cinnabar  is  the  same  thing,  only  interrupted  by  irregularly  streaked 
smooth  faces,  which  possess  a  slaty  appearance.  These  however  are 
accidental,  not  having  any  relation  to  the  composition  itself.  The  Bitu- 
minous Cinnabar  consists  of  Cinnabar,  intermixed  with  coarse  coal  or 
bituminous  shale. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  the  pure  varieties  are  easily  volatilized.  It  is 
soluble  in  nitric  acid.  On  being  sublimated,  it  crystallizes  in  columnar 
masses. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KL.APROTH. 

Mercury        .         .         84-50         .         .        85-00 
Sulphur         .         .         14-75         .         .         14-25 

3.  Cinnabar  chiefly  occurs  in  beds,  accompanied  by  Native  Mercury, 
Native  Amalgam,  and  sometimes  only  by  Calcareous  Spar  and  Quartz. 
Some  of  its  varieties  have  been  found  in  veins,  where  they  occur  along 
with  several  ores  of  iron. 

4.  It  occurs  in  beds  in  gneiss,  at  Richenaw  in  Upper  Carinthia,  and 
at  Hartenstein  in  Saxony  ;  also  at  Dumbrawa  in  Transylvania,  in  grey- 
wacke.     It  is  found  included  in  irregular  veins,  situated  in  beds  of  lime- 
stone, at  Harmagor,  Windisch-Kappel,  and  other  places  in  Carinthia,  but 
particularly  at  Neumarktel  in  Carniola,  the  Palatinate,  and  Almaden  in 
Spain.     At  Idria.  it  occurs  in  beds  of  bituminous  shale,  with  Bitumen 
and  dark  grey  sandstone,  associated  with  limestone.     Other  localities  are 
Schemnitz,  Cremnitz,  and  Rosenau  in  Hungary,  at  Horzowitz  in  Bohe- 
mia, in  tlie   Erzberg,  near  Eisenerz  in  Stiria.     The  Hepatic  Cinnabar 
has  been  found  only  at  Idria ;  the  bright-red  Cinnabar  at  Wolfstein  in 
the  Palatinate.     Cinnabar  likewise  abounds  in  Mexico  and  Peru,  in  Chi- 
na and  Japan. 

5.  It  is  used  for  the  extraction  of  mercury ;  if  very  pure,  it  is  employ- 
ed as  a  pigment  in  its  natural  state. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  133 

Clausthalite. 


CLAUSTHALITE.     Paratomous  Polypoione- 

Gl  an  c  e.    . 

Massive:  individuals  granular  :*  the  larger  ones  having 
one  bright  cleavage  ;  also  in  minute  lamellar  masses. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  lead-grey,  with  a  tinge  of  blue. 
Streak  dark  grey. 

Hardness,  below  Galena.     So.  gr.  =6 '8. 

1.  Heated  in  a  glass  tube  before  the  blow-pipe,  the  selenium  sublimes 
and  fills  the  upper  part  of  the  tube  with  crystals  of  selenic  acid.  Upon 
charcoal  it  smokes,  and  tinges  the  flame  of  the  blow-pipe  blue.  Cold  ni- 
tric acid,  after  some  time,  causes  the  mass  to  assume  a  red  color  in  conse- 
quence of  the  separation  of  selenium. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE.  By  STROMEYER. 

Lead  -         72-3         -         -         70-98 

Selenium          -         27-7         -         -         28-11 
Cobalt  -         00-0         -         -  0-83 

3.  It  is  found  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  Hartz,  at  several  places  not  far 
apart,  one  of  which  is  Lorenz,  near  Klausthal;  another  is  near  Zorge, 
in  the.  veins  of  iron-ore  which  traverse  the  argillite ;  and  another  still  is 
near  Tilkerode.  The  mineral  is  contained  in  a  dolomite  or  argillite, 
accompanied  by  Malachite  and  Quartz. 

APPENDIX  TO  SEL.ENITJRET  OF  LEAD. 
i.  Seleniuret  of  Lead  with  Seleniuret  of  Cobalt. 
Sp.  gr.  =  7  697.         Found  by  ROSE  to  contain 

Lead 63-92 

Cobalt  3-14 

Selenium 31-42 

Iron  0-45 

Loss  1'07 

It  is  found  near  Klausthal,  engaged  in  dolomite. 

ii.  Seleniuret  of  Lead  with  Seleniuret  of  Copper. 
Sp.  e;r.  =  5-0  ...  7-0.         Analysis  by  ROSE. 

5    Selenium                         -         -         -  29-96 

Iron  with  traces  of  lead  0-44 

Lriad                                -         -         -  59-67 

Iron                                  -         -         *  033 

Copper  7-86 

Undecomposed  and  loss          -  1*74 
12 


134 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Clausthalite — Cobalt-Bloom. 


Another  sample  gave, 
Selenium 
Copper 
Lead 
Silver 
Oxide  of  lead  and  iron 


34-26 

15-45 

47-43 

1-29 

2-OS 


From  Tilkerode,  in  veins  of  dolomite  with  Malachite, 
iii.  Seleniuret  of  Lead  and  Mercury. 

Sp.  gr.  =  7-3. 

Selenium  -        -        -        24-97 

Lead  ...         55-84 

Mercury  ...         10-94 

Loss  ...          2-25 

It  gives  when  heated  in  an  open  tube  a  yellow  sublimate   of  the 
seleniate  of  mercury. 

It  is  found  at  the  mine  Tilkerode,  engaged  in  dolomite. 

CLEAVELANDITE.     (See  Albite.) 
COBALT-BLOOM.     Diatomous  Cob  alt -Mica. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique-angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=  124°   51'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  138, 


The  greater  terminal  edges  are  replaced  by  single 
planes,  and  the  lateral  edges  by  two  planes,  k  on  k  = 
130°  10'.  s  on  5  =  94°  12'.  /  on  /=11S°  23'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  135 

Cobalt-Bloom. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  perfect :  that  parallel  with  M 
and  T  scarcely  visible.  Surface,  P  and  T  streaked  ver- 
tically. 

Lustre  upon  P  pearly,  particularly  if  produced  by  cleav- 
age. The  rest  of  the  faces  possess  adamantine  lustre  in- 
clining to  vitreous. 

Color,  crimson-red,  cochineal-red,  peach  blossom-red, 
sometimes  pearl-grey  or  greenish  grey.  The  red  tints  of 
the  former,  by  transmitted  light,  incline  much  more  to  blue 
if  seen  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  P.  Streak  corres- 
ponding to  the  color,  though  a  little  paler.  If  the  mineral 
be  crushed  into  powder  in  a  dry  state,  this  powder  pos- 
sesses a  deep  lavender-blue  tinge,  which  is  not  the  case  if 
the  powder  be  comminuted  in  water.  Transparent  to  trans- 
lucent on  the  edges.  Crystals  are  least  transparent  in  a  di- 
rection perpendicular  to  P. 

Sectile ;  thin  lamina?  are  flexible  in  one  direction.  Hard- 
ness:^'5  ...  2-0;  the  lowest  degrees  are  upon  P.  Sp.gr. 
=2*948,  a  red  crystallized  variety  from  Schneeberg. 

Compound  Varieties.  Implanted  globular  and  reniform 
shapes  ;  surface  drusy  ;  composition  more  or  less  perfectly 
columnar  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  faces  of  composi- 
tion either  smooth  or  rough.  Massive,  composition  colum- 
nar, often  stellularly  divergent,  and  aggregated  in  a  second 
granular  composition,  faces  of  composition  rough.  Some- 
times in  a  state  of  powder,-  as  a  coating  upon  other  mine- 
rals. 

1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  assumes  a  darker  hue.  Upon  char- 
coal, it  emits  copious  arsenical  fumes,  and  melts  in  the  inner  flame,  into 
a  bead  of  arseniuret  of  cobalt.  With  borax  and  other  fluxes,  it  yields  a 
fine  blue  colored  salt. 


136 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cobalt-Bloom — Cobaltine. 


Oxide  of  cobalt 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BUCHOL.Z. 
39-00 

Arsenic  acid 

-    .     -         -         37-00 

Water 

2200 

3.  Cobalt-bloom  occurs  in  veins,  traversing  rocks  of  various  ages,  and 
also  in  beds.     It  is  accompanied  by  Copper  Nickel,  Smaltine,  Native 
Bismuth,  Malachite,  Quartz  and  Calcareous  Spar. 

4.  The  principal  localities  of  this  species  are  Schneeberg  and  Anna- 
berg  in  Saxony,  and   Flatten  in  Bohemia,  where  it  occurs  in  veins  in 
primitive  rocks ;  Saalfeld  in  Thuringia,  Riegelsdorf  and  Bieber  iir  Hes- 
sia,  where  it  is  found  in  veins  in  secondary  mountains.     Other  locatities 
are  WUrtemberg  in  Prussia,   Tyrol,   Norway,  Sweden,  Cornwall  and 
Scotland. 

5.  When  in  sufficient  quantity,  it  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 
smalt. 

COBALTINE.     Hexahedral    E  ruthl  e  u  cone- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1 .  Cube  with  its  angles  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

2.  Regular  octahedron. 

3.  Regular  octahedron  with  its  solid  angles  replaced  by 
tangent  planes. 


Fig.  139 


Fig.  140. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cobaltine. 


137 


Differing  from  fig.  139  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  irregularly  six-sided 
planes  7c,  to  small  triangles. 


90° 
109 
125 
166 
153  * 
140 
163 
126 

00' 

28 
15 
30 
26 

46 

27 
52 

00" 
16 
52 
00 
5 
17 
00 

11 

00"' 
00 
00 
00 
30 
00 
00 
00 

H. 

p. 
p. 
p. 

H. 
P. 
P. 
H, 

P  on  P'  or  P  '       . 

a   on  a'  or  a"         ... 

P  or  P"  on  a 

Ponil,  P'on/.-T,  orP'on&2" 

P  on  £2,  P'  on  &2',  or  P ''  on  7c2" 

a  or  a  on  &2 

a  on  i 

£2'  on  /&' 

The  above  crystal.?,  all  from  Tunaborg,  (Sweden.) 

Cleavage  parallel  with  faces  of  the  cube,  perfect.  Frac- 
ture imperfectly  concboidal,  uneven.  Surface,  the  faces  of 
the  cube  streaked  in  three  directions  perpendicular  to  each 
other.  The  remaining  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  silver-white,  inclining  to  red, 
Streak  greyish-black. 

12* 


138  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cobaltine — Cobalt  Vitriol. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  6-298. 
Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  composition  granular, 
generally  small,  but  easily  discernible. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  gives  a  large  quantity  of 
arsenical  fumes,  and  melts  only,  after  having  been  roasted.  It  imparts  a 
blue  color  to  borax  and  other  fluxes.  It  affords  a  pink  solution  with  ni- 
tric acid,  leaving  a  white  residue,  which  is  itself  dissolved  on  further 
digestion. 

2.  Analysis. 


By 

fr. 
Cobalt 

KLAPROTH,     By  TASSAERT,    BySTROMEYER, 
Tunaberg.          fr.  Tunaberg.          fr.  Modum. 
44-00             .           36-00           .           33-10 

Arsenic* 

55-50 

49-00 

43-46 

Iron 

0-00 

5-66 

323 

Sulphur 

0-50 

6-50 

20-08 

3.  It  occurs  in  beds  in  primitive  rocks,  and  in  veins.     It  is  accompa- 
nied chiefly  by  Iron  Pyrites,  Mispickel,  and  Copper  Pyrites ;  in  beds, 
it  is  also  associated  with  Magnetic  Iron-Ore,  Pyroxene,  Hornblende, 
and  Feldspar  ;  in  veins  it  is  sometimes  found  with  limestone  and  Heavy- 
Spar.     The  crystals  found  in  beds  are  terminated  on  all  sides. 

4.  This  species  occurs  in  the  parish  of  Modum  in  Norway,  at  Tuna- 
berg in  Siidermanland  in  Sweden,  at  Querbach  in  Silesia,  and  Bottallack 
near  St.  Just  in  Cornwall. 

5.  It  is  a  valuable  ore  of  cobalt,  which  metal  is  employed  for  painting 
in  porcelain  and  the  manufacture  of  smalt. 

COBALT  VITRIOL.    Staphyline  Vitriol- Salt. 

Stalactitic  and  coralloidal  shapes :  composition  columnar, 
in  most  cases  impalpable.  Friable. 

Lustre  vitreous  :  in  very  thin  columnar  compositions,  it 
becomes  pearly.  Color  flesh-red  and  rose-red  .  ..reddish 
white.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Taste  astringent. 

1 1.  It  communicates  to  borax  a  blue  color;  and  is  soluble  in  water. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cobalt  Vitriol — Colurnbite. 


139 


2.  Analysis. 
By  KOPP. 

Oxide  of  cobalt  .         .         .        38-71 

Sulphuric  acid  .         .         .         19-74 

Water  .         .         .        41-55 

3.  'it  occurs  in  the  rubbish  of  old  mines  at  Bieber  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Hanau. 


(See  Pyroxene.) 


COCCOLITE. 

COLLYRITE. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.     Color  white.     More  or 
less   translucent.      Fracture  conchoidal,   with  resino-vitreous 
lustre.     Easily  impressed  by  the  nail,  and  shining  when  cut 
with  the  knife.     Adheres  strongly  to  the  tongue. 
1.  Infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  affording  water  by  calcination,  and 
at  the  same  time  becoming  pulverulent.     Forms  a  jelly  in  the  acids. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  KL.APROTH, 
from  Chemnitz. 

Silica  .         .         .         14-0 

Alumina  .         .         .         45-0         .         .         .         44-5 

ttater  ..         .         .         42-0         .         .         .         40-5 

3.  It  occurs  in  narrow  seams  in  porphyry  at  Schemnitz,  in  the  lead 
mines  of  Esquera  in  the  Pyrenees,  and  at  Weissenfels  in  Saxony. 

COLOPHONITE.     (See  Garnet.) 
COLUMB1TE.     Pyramidal    Barjte-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 

Secondary  form. 
P  on  M  orT     -         90°  OOO  Fiff,  144. 


By  BERTHIER, 

from  Esquera. 

15-0 


MonT 

90 

00 

/> 

P  on  al  or  al'  - 
P  on  c 

136 
120 

30 
00 

«/v 

>\Ll>A 

Ton  dl 

156 

30 

H 
n 

// 

Tond2 

114 

30 

T 

d 
1 

\ 
¥ 

Tone 

150 

00 

140  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Columbite. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  M  and  T  rather  distinct,  espe- 
cially that  of  M  :  the  cleavage  parallel  with  P  less  obvious. 
Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  M  and 
T  vertically  streaked. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  greyish  and  brown- 
ish-black. Streak  dark  brownish-black,  on  the  file  a  little 
shining.  Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =6-038. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive :  composition  granular. 

1.  Upon  charcoal,  it  suffers  no  change  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  it 
melts  with  borax,  and  is  partly  soluble  in  heated  sulphuric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS.  By  VOCEL.  By  BORXOWSKY, 

fr.  Kimito.    fr.Finbo.    fr.Brodbo.          fr.  Bodenmais. 

Columbicacid                   83-2  66-99  GS-22  75-00  75-00 

Tungsticacid                      00  000  6-19  0-00  0-00 

Protoxide  of  iron                 7-2  7-06  8-80  17-50  20-00 

Protoxide  of  manganese    7-4  7-44  6-62  109  4-00 

Oxide  of  tin                         0-G  16-75  8-2G  1-00  0-50 

Lime                                  a  trace.  2-40  1-19  0-00  0-00 

The  Columbite  of  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)  consists  of  the  oxides  of  co- 
Juiiibium,  tin,  iron  and  manganese,  with  a  trace  of  lime. 

3.  Columbite  occurs  in  granite  veins,  usually  attended  by  Beryl. 

4.  It  is  found  at  Bodenmais  in   Bavaria,   associated  with  Beryl    and 
Uranite,  where   it  exists  in   very  distinct  crystals.     Also  at  Finbo  and 
Brodbo  near  Fahlun  in   Sweden,  with  Topaz,  Albite,  and  Quartz.     It 
has  been  met  with  at  several  other  places  in  Sweden  and  Finland. 

Columbite  was  first  discovered  near  New  London,  (Conn.)  and-  the 
specimens  sent  by  Gov.  Winthrop  to  Sir  Hans  Sloane.  The  original  lo- 
cality has  never  since  been  re-discovered  ;  but  the  mineral  was  subse- 
quently found  at  Haddamin  the  well  known  Chrysoberyl  deposit,  which 
place  still  affords  fine  specimens  of  it,  though  in  very  limited  quantity. 
More  distinct  crystals,  arid  of  greater  magnitude,  come  from  Chester- 
field, (Mass.)  where  it  exists  along  with  variously  colored  Tourmalines 
and  Beryl  in  granite.  The  most  perfect  crystals,  as  well  as  the  largest 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Columbite — Common  Salt. 


141 


of  this  species  which  the  United  States  have  afforded,  have  been  found 
atAcworth,  (New  Hampshire,)  but  the  locality  appears  to  be  exhausted. 

APPENDIX  TO  COLUMBITE. 
Brown  Tantalite  of  Kimito.     BERZELIUS. 
Sp.  gr.  =  79.     Powder  cinnamon-brown. 
When  heated  with  borax,  in  a  very  fine  powder,  it  is  with  dif- 
ficulty dissolved.     The  glass  does  not  possess  the  color  of  the  ox- 
ides of  iron,  except  a  dark  green  color,  which  exists  only  during 
the  experiment.     With  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  is  readily  dissolved. 
It  becomes  minutely  divided  with  soda,  but  does  not  dissolve,  giv- 
ing in  the  reduction  flame  a  little  tin,  and  upon  platina-foil  the  re- 
action of  manganese. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 
Columbic  acid  .         .         .         82-56 

Protoxide  of  iron  .         .         .         14-41 

Protoxide  of  manganese          .         .  1-79 

Oxide  of  tin  ...  0-56 

Silica  .         .         .  0-72 

It  is  probable  that  future  researches  may  render  it  necessary  to  divide 
the  species  Columbite,  but  at  present  our  knowledge  of  the  properties  of 
its  varieties  do  not  justify  the  procedure. 

COMMON    SALT.     Hexahedral   Rock-Salt. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  145.  Fig.   146. 


3.  Octahedron. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with   the  cube,    perfect;  rarely  also 
the  crystals  cleave  parallel  with  the  diagonals  of  this  form. 


•V 


142  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Common  Salt. 


Fracture  conchoidal.     Surface  generally  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  somewhat  inclining  to  resinous.  Color 
generally  white,  passing  into  yellow,  flesh-red  and  ash-grey. 
Sometimes  beautifully  violet,  Berlin  or  azure-blue.  Streak 
white.  If  scratched  with  the  nail,  it  does  not -yield  any 
powder,  but  receives  an  impression,  and  becomes  a  little 
shining.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-257,  a 
yellowish-white  transparent  variety.  Taste  saline. 

Compound  Varieties.  Dentiform  and  some  other  imi- 
tative shapes,  rare.  Commonly  massive.  Composition 
granular  or  columnar,  the  latter  in  most  cases  parallel, 
sometimes  curved.  Size  of  the  component  individuals  va- 
rious. Faces  of  composition  rough. 

1.  Several  varieties  in  the  geological  relations,  and  some  differences  in 
the  chemical  composition,  have  given  rise  to  the  subdivision  of  Common 
Salt  into  subspecies  in  the  older  books.  Thus  the  varieties  found  in  beds 
have  been  called  Rock-salt ;  such  as  are  found  at  the  bottom  of  salt 
lakes,  or  on  their  shores,  Sea-salt ;  and  the  former  again  have  been  di- 
vided into  foliated  and  fibrous  Rock-salt,  according  to  their  granular  or 
columnar  mode  of  composition. 

Common  salt  is  very  easily  soluble  in  water.  It  remains  unaltered,  if 
exposed  to  the  dry  atmosphere,  and  decrepitates  upon  glowing  charcoal, 
or  before  the  blow-pipe.  It  crystallizes,  both  from  solutions  in  water, 
and  from  fusion.  It  undergoes  a  remarkable  change  if  exposed  to  a 
moist  atmosphere,  in  consequence  of  the  absorption  of  w"ater.  The  solu- 
tion of  a  mass  of  a  cubical  shape  begins  regularly  at  its  edges,  and  trans- 
forms the  cube  first  into  a  cube  with  its  edges  bevelled,  and  finally  into 
the  icositelrahedron  with  triangular  faces,  (fig.  124.  Part  I.)  In  the  lat- 
ter form,  Ihe  mass  of  the  salt  diminishes  in  size,  till  at  last  it  is  entirely 
dissolved.  2.  Analysis. 

By  HEJVRY.     [Rock-salt  variety.] 
Muriate  of  soda  .         .         .         983  25 

Sulphate  of  lime  .         .         .  6-50    ' 

Muriate  of  magnesia     .         .         .  0-19 

Muriate  of  lime  .         .         .  0-06 

Undissolved  matter      .  10-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Common  Salt — Comptonite. 


143 


3.  Common  salt  occurs  chiefly  in  beds,  some  of  which  are  of  conside- 
rable dimensions,  though   commonly  of  an  irregular  form,  and  is  met 
with  in  secondary  rocks,  accompanied  by  gypsum,  sandstone  and  clay. 
It  is  likewise  found  at  the  bottom  and  in  the  vicinity  of  salt  lakes,  in  the 
waters  of  which  it  is  dissolved.     It  is  contained  in  the  waters  of  salt 
springs,  of  several  mineral  wells,  and  of  the  sea,  though  in  variable  quan- 
tities.    It  occurs  upon  certain  varieties  ot  lava,  and  in  some  volcanic 
lakes. 

4.  In  the  solid  state,  it  exists  in  large  quantity  in  Poland,  Hungary, 
Transylvania,  Moldavia,  and  Walachia,  in  Stiria,  Upper  Austria,  Salz- 
burg, the  Tyrol,  Bavaria,  Wurtemberg  and  Switzerland  ;  also  in  Eng- 
land and  Spain,  and  numerous  other  countries  in  and  out  of  Europe.    In 
several  of  these  countries,  and  also  in  several  of  the  United  States,  Com- 
mon Salt  exists  abundantly  in  salt  springs,  from  which  it  may  be  obtain- 
ed by  means  of  evaporation.     The  variety  sea-salt  is  found  in  the  Cri- 
mea, in  the  deserts  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  in  Egypt,  and  in  several  places 
in  Southern  Africa  and  America. 

5.  The  employment  of  common  salt  for  culinary  purposes,  in  differ- 
ent arts  and  manufactures,  is  too  familiar  to  need  enumeration. 

COMPTONITE.     Vesuvian    Ko  u  p  hon  e- S  p  ar.' 
Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

MonT       -       90°  00' ' 


Fig.  147. 


T  on  c' 
c  on  c' 
M  on  d' 


93     00 


-     107     05 


35 


^PHILLIPS. 


M 


d 


Cleavage  parallel  to  T  and  M,  the  first  a  little  more  dis- 
tinct ;  also  parallel  to  the  diagonal.  Fracture  small  con- 
choidal,  uneven.  Surface  d  striated  parallel  to  the  edges 
of  combination  with  M  and  T.  The  remaining  faces 
smooth. 


144  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Comptonite. 


Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white.     Streak  white.     Trans- 
parent . . .  semi-transparent. 
Hardness  =5-0...  5-5. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  gives  off  water,  intumesces  a  little,  and  be- 
comes opake ;  then  it  melts  imperfectly  into  a  vesicular  glass.  The 
globule  obtained  with  borax  is  transparent,  but  vesicular ;  that  obtained 
with  salts  of  phosphorus  contains  a  skeleton  of  silica,  and  becomes  opake 
on  cooling.  With  a  little  soda,  it  melts  imperfectly  ;  but  with  a  larger 
quantity,  it  becomes  infusible.  The  glass,  with  solution  of  cobalt,  is 
dirty  bluish-grey.  It  forms  a  gelatine  when  exposed  in  the  state  of  pow- 
der to  the  action  of  nitric  acid. 

2.  It  occurs  in  the  cavities  of  an  amygdaloidal  rock,  along  with  Har- 
raotome,  at  Mount  Vesuvius. 

CONDURRITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  dividing  into  irregular  por- 
tions like  starch.  Fracture  flat  conchoidal. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  brownish-black.  Sometimes  highly 
polished,  with  a  tinge  of  blue.  In  powder,  soot  black. 

Hardness,  does  not  scratch  glass  ;  is  brittle,  but  yields  to  the 
knife,  leaving  a  polished  metallic-looking  surface  nearly  of  a  lead- 
grey  color. 

1.  A  fragment  placed  on  a  red-hot  coal,  affords  a  copious  white  vapor, 
leaving  behind  a  metallic  substance,  in  a  semi-fluid  state  of  a  yellowish 
color.  It  dissolves  entirely  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  FARADAY. 

Water  .  .  .  8-98 

Arsenious  acid  .  .  .  25  944 

^Copper  .  .  .  60-498 

Alloy  of  }  Sulphur  .  .  .  3-064 

v  Arsenic  .  .  .  1(504 

Iron  .  .  .a  trace. 

It  is  probably  a  mechanical  mixture  of  metallic  arsenic,  arseniate  of 
copper,  oxide  of  copper,  and  a  little  Copper  Pyrites,  one  or  more  of  these 
substances  being  in  combination  with  water.  Should  this  suggestion 
prove  correct,  it  will  not  deserve  to  be  ranked  among  the  species  of 
mineralogy. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Copperas. 


145 


3.  It  was  discovered  in  the  Condurrow  mine  at  Cornwall. 

CONITE.     (See  Dolomite.) 

COPPERAS.     Herni-Prismatic  Vitriol-Salt, 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'= 
82°  20'.  P  on  M  or  M'  =  99°  20'. 

Secondary  forms.  The  primary  is  almost  invariably  af- 
fected by  slight  replacements  of  the  acute  and  obtuse  solid 
angles,  as  well  as  of  the  acute  and  obtuse  terminal  edges.* 
More  rarely  the  lateral  edges  are  removed  also. 

Fig.  148. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  perfect ;  that  parallel  to  M  less 
perfect.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface  generally  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color,  several  shades  of  green,  pass- 
ing into  white.  Streak  white.  Semi-transparent.,  .trans- 
lucent. A  faint  bluish  opalescence  sometimes  observable 
parallel  to  the  faces  M. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =1-832  of  a 
variety  containing  about  0*1  of  sulphate  of  copper.  Taste 
sweetish  astringent  and  metallic. 

13 


146  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Copperas — Copper  Mica. 

Compound  Varieties.  Slalactitic,  botryoidal,  reniform  : 
composition  columnar ;  if  the  particles  become  very  thin, 
the  lustre  approaches  to  pearly.  Massive :  composition 
granular.  Pulverulent. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  becomes  magnetic,  arid  colors  glass  of  bo- 
rax, green.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  and  the  solution  becomes  black 
on  being  mixed  with  tincture  of  galls.  If  exposed  to  the  open  air,  it 
soon  becomes  covered  with  a  yellow  powder,  which  is  persulphate  of 
iron. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Oxide  of  iron  ....  25-7 

Sulphuric  acid          ....  28-9 

Water  ....  45-4 

3.  In  most  cases,  the  present  species  is  produced  by  the  decompositions 
of  other  minerals,  particularly  of  Iron  Pyrites  and  White  Iron  Pyrites; 
and  it  is  therefore  commonly  found  in  such  places,  in  which  artificial 
heaps,   constructed   for  that   purpose,   mines,   or  other   circumstances 
brought  about  by  art,  have  given  occasion  to  its  formation.     It  is  also 
found  dissolved  in  the  waters  of  several  mines. 

4.  It  occurs  in  the  Rammelsberg  near  Goslar  in  the  Ilartz,  at  Schwar- 
zenberg  in  Saxony,  in  several  mines  in  Schemnitz  in  Hungary ;  also  in 
Sweden,  in  Spain,  in  different  coal  mines  in  England  ;  at  Hurlet  in  Ren- 
frewshire  in  Scotland.     In   the  United   States,   numerous  localities  of 
Copperas  have  been  discovered,  especially  in  New  England,  in  which 
section  of  the  country  it  exists  in  the  form  of  crusts  upon  the  surfaces  of 
those  mica-slate  rocks,  which  happen  to  abound  ia  Iron  Pyrites. 

5.  Both  the  natural  and  the  aitificial  Copperas  are  used  in  dyeing,  in 
making  ink  and  Prussian  blue,  and  also  for  producing  sulphuric  acid; 
the  residue  from  the  distillation  being  red  oxide  of  iron,  is  employed  as  a 
color,  and  for  a  polishing  substance. 

COPPER  MICA.     Rhombohedral    Euchlore- 
Mica.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  69°  30'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  147 

Copper  Mica. 


Secondary  form. 

The  annexed  figure  is  the  pri- 
mary, having  the  summits  repla- 
ced by  single  planes.  Tingtang,  Cornwall. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P,  or  the  primary,  only  in  traces; 
but  parallel  with  o,  with  great  ease.  Surface,  o  smooth, 
sometimes  striated  in  triangular  directions.  P  often  a  little 
uneven. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  o,  both  as  faces  of  cleavage,  and  as 
faces  of  crystallization.  The  faces  P  possess  a  lustre  in- 
termediate between  vitreous  and  adamantine.  Color,  em- 
.erald-green  and  grass-green.  Streak  emerald-green  to 
apple-green,  rather  paler  than  the  color.  Transparent . . . 
translucent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2*5488. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals ;  faces  of  composition  uneven 
and  rough. 

1.  Before  the  blow- pipe,  it  loses  both  color  and  transparency,  emits 
fumes  of  arsenic,  and  is  changed  into  a  friable  scoria,  containing  some 
white  metallic  globules.  With  borax  it  yields  a  green  globule,  and  is 
partly  reduced.  In  nitric  acid,  it  is  soluble  without  effervescence.  - 

2.  Analysis. 
By  CHENEVIX. 

Oxide  of  copper  .         .         .         49-00 

Arsenic  acid  .         •         •         14-00 

Water  .         •         •         35-00 

3.  The  present  species  occurs  in   copper  veins,  along  with  various 
other  ores  of  copper,  particularly  with  the  Liroconite,  and  with  Brown 
Iron-Ore  and  Quartz. 

4.  It  is  found  only  in  some  of  the  copper  mines  near  Redruth  in  Corn- 
wall ;  and  in  minute  crystals  at  Herrengrund  in  Hungary. 


148  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Copper  Nickel. 


COPPER  NICKEL.     Cupreous  Eruthleucone- 
Py  rites. 

Massive  :  composition  granular,  individuals  being  small, 
and  strongly  connected  :  reniform,  composition  columnar, 
generally  impalpable.  Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  copper-red.  Streak  pale  brown- 
ish-black. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =5-0  . . .  5*5.     Sp.  gr.  =7-655. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melis  upon  charcoal,  and  emits  an  arsen- 
ical smell.  The  remaining  metallic  bead  is  white  and  brittle.  In  ni- 
tric acid,  it  soon  becomes  covered  with  a  green  coating.  It  is  soluble  in 
nitro-muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  PFAFF. 

Nickel  .         44-206  (with  a  little  cobalt.)         .         48-96 

Arsenic  .         54-726  ....         46-42 

Iron  .  0-337  ....  0-34 

Lead  .  0  320  ....  0-56 

Sulphur  .  0-401  .         .         .  '      .  0-80 

3.  The  Copper  Nickel  chiefly  occurs  in  veins  in  various  classes  of 
rocks,  occasionally  occurring  in  them  as  beds.     It  is  almost  always  ac- 
companied by  Smaltine  ;  sometimes  also  by  ores  of  silver  and  lead,  and 
often  invested  by  Nickel-ochre. 

4.  The  present  species  is  found  in  veins  at  Schneeberg,  Annaberg, 
Marienberg,  Freiberg,  Gersdorf  and  other  places  in  Saxony;  at  Joach- 
imsthal  in  Bohemia ;  at  Saalfeld  in  Thuringia  ;  at  Riegelsdorf  in  Hes- 
sia;  in  the  Hartz  and  Black  Forest ;  also  at  Allemont  in  Dauphiny,  and 
in  several  of  the  mines  of  Cornwall.     In  beds,  it  occurs  at  Schladming 
in  Upper  Stiria,  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  Orawitza,  in  the  Bannat.    It 
occurs  in  the  United  States  at  Chatham  in  Connecticut,  accompanied  by 
Smaltine  in  gneiss. 

5.  DOEBEREINER  has  observed   that  the  metallic  alloy,  consisting 
chiefly  of  arsenic  and  nickel,  which  is  obtained  from  the  process  of  fab- 
ricating smalt,  often  crystallizes  in  four-sided  tabular  crystals,  and  is  in 
every  respect  similar  to  Copper  Nickel. 

CORDIERITE.     (See  lolite.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  149 

Corneous  Lead — Corundum. 

CORNEOUS  LEAD.     Kerasine  Lead-Baryte. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary  form  having  its  lateral 
and  terminal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  lateral  planes  of  the  primary ; 
cross  fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  white  and  pale  tints  of  grey, 
yellow  and  green.  Streak  white.  Transparent  to  trans- 
lucent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  below  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =6-056. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  quickly  into  a  yellow  globule,  which 
becomes  white  and  crystallizes  upon  the  surface,  when  cooling.  Upon 
charcoal,  it  is  reduced. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPKOTH.  By  BERZELIUS, 

I'r.  Mendip. 

Oxide  of  lead  85-5  .  Lead                          25-85 

Muriatic  acid  8-5  .  Oxide  of  lead            57-07 

Carbonic  acid  6-0  .  Carbonate  of  lead      6-25 

Chlonne  00  ,  8-84 

Silica  00  .  V46 

Water  0-0  .  0-54 

3.  It  is  found  at  the  Mendip  hills  in  Somersetshire,  at  Matlock  in  Der- 
byshire, Hausbaden  near  Badeuweiler  in  Germany,  and  in  the  United 
States  at  Southampton,  (Mass.) 

CORUNDUM.     Rhombohedral    Corundum, 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P'=86°  4'. 

Secondary  forms.  1.  Regular  six-sided  prism.  2.  The 
same,  having  the  terminal  edges  replaced.  3.  Dodecahe- 
dron with  isosceles-triangular  faces,  the  upper  pyramid  in- 
clining to  the  lower  under  121°  34'.  4.  The  same,  with 
the  summits  replaced  by  single  planes. 

13* 


150 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Corundum. 


Fig.  151. 


Pon  P' 
P  on  a 
P  on  o 
p  on  o 
p  on  a 
o  on  a 
p  on  P 
h  on  h 
h  on  a 
h  on  o 
Pon  A 


=  86°  4' 

122  30 

137  30 

151  30 

118  30 

90  00 

154  7 

128  20 

118  56 

151  17 

154  2 


PHILLIPS. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  a  perfect :  but  sometimes  inter- 
rupted by  conchoidal  fracture.  The  faces  obtained  in  the 
direction  of  P  are  commonly  the  result  of  composition.  The 
faces  of  cleavage  and  regnlar  composition  are  striated  par- 
allel to  their  common  edges  of  intersection.  Fracture  con- 
choidal to  uneven.  Surface  a  striated  parallel  to  the  edges 
of  combination  with  P.  The  isosceles  pyramids  are  often 
deeply  striated  in  a  horizontal  direction. 

Lustre  vitreous,  much  inclining  in  some  varieties  to  pearly 
upon  a.  Color,  blue,  red,  green,  yellow,  brown,  grey  and 
white.  Some  of  the  blue,  red  and  yellow  colors,  very 
lively  and  beautiful.  Streak  white.  Transparent . .  .trans- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  151 

Corundum. 


lucent.     In  several  varieties,  if  cut  round,  a  six-sided  opa- 
lescent star  is  observable  in  the  direction  of  the  axis. 
Hardness  —  9-0. 
Sp.  gr.  =  3-979,  blue,  transparent  (Sapphire.) 

3-949,  green,  translucent  (Corundum.) 
3-921,  brown,  faintly  translucent  (Adamantine- 
Spar.) 

3-909,  red,  transparent  (Ruby.) 

Compound  Varieties.  Regular  composition  parallel  to 
one  or  more  faces  of  P,  repeated  in  parallel  layers,  very 
frequent.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  often  impalpa- 
ble, and  then  the  fracture  becomes  splintery  and  uneven. 

1.  Most  of  the  transparent  simple  varieties  have  been  designated  Sap- 
phire,  while  the  compound  ones  have  been  called  Emery.  The  varie- 
ties of  Sapphire,  generally  possess  an  indistinct  cleavage,  and  a  conchoi- 
dal  fracture;  the  surface  of  its  crystals  is  smooth,  though  not  always 
even.  The  remaining  varieties  differ  almost  only  in  color, —  Corundum, 
comprehending  those  whose  color  is  green,  blue  or  red,  and  in  most  ca- 
ses inclining  to  grey,  while  those  of  Adamantine- Spar  are  hair-brown 
and  reddish-brown.  Both  of  them  are  easily  cleavable,  or  at  least  show 
faces  of  composition  parallel  to  the  primary  form  ;  and  the  crystals  pos- 
sess a  rough  and  uneven  surface,  There  are  many  crystals,  part  of 
which  is  Sapphire  and  part  Adamantine-Spar. 

Before  the  blow-pipe  it  is  infusible,  whether  alone  or  with  soda  ;  it  is 
with  difficulty  soluble  in  borax,  and  if  previously  reduced  to  powder,  al- 
so, in  salt  of  phosphorus.     It  is  not  acted  upon  by  acids. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  TENN  ANT. 

Sapphire.        Corundum.  Emery. 

Alumina   -  .        98-50         .        89-50         .        86-00 

Silica  .  0-00         .  5-50         .  3-00 

Oxide  of  iron         .  1-00         .          1-25         .          4-00 

Lime  0-50         .          0-00         .  0-00 

3.  Corundum  is  found  in  imbedded  crystals,  and  in  massive  varieties. 
Sapphire  is  chiefly  met  with  in  the  sands  of  rivers,  and  is  accompanied 


152  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Corundum. 


by  crystals  and  grains  of  Magnetic  Iron-Ore,  and  several  species  of  gems. 
The  variety  Corundum  occurs  in  imbedded  crystals  in  a  rock,  which 
consists,  according  to  BOURNOJV,  of  Feldspar  and  Fibrolite,  several  spe- 
cies of  gems  and  Magnetic  Iron-Ore.  Adamantine-Spar  occurs  with 
Magnetic  Iron-Ore  and  Fibrolite  (Kyanite)  in  a  sort  of  granite,  con- 
taining no  Quartz.  Some  varieties  have  been  found  imbedded  in  com- 
pact Feldspar,  Magnetic  Iron-Ore,  Calcareous- Spar  and  talcose-slate. 

4.  The  finest  varieties  of  Sapphire  come  from  Pegu,  where  they  oc- 
cur in  the  Capelan  mountains  near  Syrian.     It  has  also  been  found  at 
Hohenstein  in  Saxony,  at  Bilin  in  Bohemia,  at  Puy  in  France,  and  in 
several  other  countries.     Corundum  occurs  in  the  Carnatic  in  the  East 
Indies  ;  Adamantine-Spar  in  the  neighborhood  of  Canton  in  China,  and 
on  the  coast  of  Malabar.     In  St.  Gothard,  red  and  blue  varieties  exist  im- 
bedded in  dolomite.     Those  from  Gellivara  in  Sweden,  imbedded  in  Mag- 
netic Iron-Ore,  are  of  a  yellowish-white  color.     Emery  is  found  in  the 
higher  part  of  Saxony,  in  the  mountain  called  Ochsenkopf  near  Schnee- 
berg,  and  is  of  a  dark  blue  color,  inclining  to  grey;  it  approaches  to  the 
appearance  of  blue  Corundum,  whenever  its  individuals  are  of  conside- 
rable size.     In  the  island  of  Naxos,  and   in  several  other  islands  of  the 
Greek  Archipelago,  also  at  Smyrna,  Emery  is  found  in  large  boulders  on 
the 'surface  of  the  earth,  mixed  with  other  minerals. 

Very  beautiful  blue  Corundum  is  found  at  Newton,  (N.J.)  disseminated 
through  an  aggregate  of  brown  Hornblende,  Mica,  Feldspar,  Tourmaline, 
Iron  Pyrites,  Talc  and  Calcareous-Spar,  the  whole  of  which  is  connect- 
ed with  an  extensive  bed  of  white  limestone.  The  majority  of  the  spe- 
cimens are  found  in  detached  boulders  of  various  sizes,  distributed  through 
the  soil  in  a  kind  of  basin,  or  valley  of  moderate  extent,  between  two 
small  limestone  ridges.  The  ctystals  of  Corundum  are  often  several 
inches  in  length,  though  deficient  in  perfection  of  form.  They  are 
also  found  loose  in  the  soil.  Very  well  defined  crystals  of  Corun- 
dum of  a  bluish,  and  also  of  a  pink  color,  are  found  under  somewhat 
similar  circumstances  in  the  vicinity  of  Warwick,  (N.Y.)  where  they 
sometimes  occur  in  cavities  of  large  crystals  of  Spinel.  Pale  blue  crys- 
tals of  this  species  occur  in  Connecticut  at  West  Farms,  near  Litchfield, 
associated  with  Kyanite ;  and  single  crystals  have  been  found  loose  in 
the  soil  in  the  State  of  North  Carolina. 

5.  The  pure  and  transparent  varieties  of  Corundum,  when  finely  col- 
ored, are  in  great  estimation  as  ornamental  stones.     The  red  varieties 
are  most  highly  valued  ^  and  go  by  the  name  of  Oriental  Ruby.    The 
violet- blue  are  called  Oriental  Amethyst,  the  green  Oriental  Emerald, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  153 

Couzeranite. 


the  yellow  Oriental  Topaz,  and  the  blue  Oriental  Sapphire.  Jlsteria 
is  a  variety  of  Sapphire,  not  perfectly  transparent,  and  shewing  a  star- 
like  opalescence  in  the  direction  of  the  axis,  if  cut  in  oval.  Much  use  is 
made  of  Corundum  and  Adamantine-Spar,  particularly  in  India  and  Chi- 
na, for  cutting  and  polishing  steel  and  gems,  and  it  is  said  even  of  Dia- 
mond, which  has  given  occasion  to  the  name  of  Adamantine-Spar.  Em- 
ery yields  a  well  known  polishing  material. 

COTTUNITE. 

In  acicular  crystals. 
Lustre  adamantine,  shining. 
Color  white. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  melts  very  easily,  coloring 
the  ilame  blue,  arid  affords  a  white  smoke,  which  adheres  to  the  coal, 
turns  into  greenish  yellow  flakes,  and  is  chiefly  converted  into  metallic 
lead.  Heated  in  a  matrass,  it  melts  and  sublimes.  It  dissolves  in  wa- 
ter ;  and  the  nitrate  of  silver  throws  down  from  the  solution,  a  precipitate 
of  chloride  of  silver. 

2.  Analysis. 

Chlorine 25-48 

Lead  .      •  .         .         .         .        74-52 

3.  Its  locality  is  believed  to  be  Mount  Vesuvius. 

4.  Additional  information  is  requisite  before  we  can  pronounce  with 
confidence  as  to*  its  specific  rank. 

COUZERANITE. 

Primary  form.     Oblique   rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  96°. 
p  on  M  =  92  or  93°. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  greyish  black,  black  and  indigo-blue. 

Hardness  =  70.     Sp.  gr.  =  26  . .  .  2-7. 

1.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  fuses  into  a  white  enamel. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  DUFRESNOY. 

Silica              52-37 

Alumina 24-02 

Lime               .  11-85 

Magnesia       .....  2-40 

Potash 5-52 

Soda  3-96 


154 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Crichtonite. 


3.  It  is  found  in  many  places  in  the  Pyrenees,  but  chiefly  comes  fiorr 
the  valley  of  Vicdessos,  passage  of  Aulus,  at  the  bridge  of  the  Taule,  &c 

4.  Further  investigation  is  necessary  to  establish  it  as  a  distinct  spe 
cies.     It  resembles  Feldspar. 

CRICHTONITE.    Axotom  ous  Iron-Ore.    MOHS, 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  85°  59'. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  152.  Fig.    154. 


PonP 

P  on  a 

Pon  b 
P  on  V 

m  on  m 
m  on  o 


85°  59' 
127     40 

128 


122 
61 
97 


1 

28 
20 
12 


Irregular  forms  and  grains. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  to  «,  less  distinct  parallel  with 
P,  and  not  always  observable.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Sur- 
faces generally  more  rough  than  smooth,  and  nearly  all  oi 
them  alike. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  155 

Crichtonite. 


Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  dark  iron-black. 
Streak  black.  Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =5-0  ...  5-5     Sp.  gr.  =  4-661 . 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals :  axis  of  revolu- 
ion  perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  :  angle 
)f  revolution  =  60°.  (See  fig.  129.) 

The  compositions  of  tbis  kind  hitherto  observed  are  not 
juite  regularly  formed,  but  consist  generally  of  several  al- 
;ernating  laminse.  The  situation  of  the  individuals  is,  how- 
ever, recognizable  from  the  direction  of  their  faces. 

1.  The  foregoing  description  is  principally  derived  from  the  species 
Jlxototnous  Iron- Ore  of  MOHS,  under  which  it  is   believed  that  the 
Crichtonite  falls;  and  within  the  present  species  also  must  be  included 
the  Ilmenite  of  Prof.  KUPFER,  who  describes  it  as  occurring  in  various- 
y  modified  oblique  four-sided  prisms,  and  as  having  a  black  color,  brown- 
ish streak,  shining  lustre  and  a  conchoidal  fracture  ;  without  cleavage, 
fragments  sharp-edged  and  opake.     Hardness  =  4.     Sp.  gr.  =4-75. 

2.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  does  not  suffer  any  alteration  what- 
soever.    With  the  fluxes  it  acts  in  general  like   pure  oxide  of  iron  ; 
but  when  dissolved  in  salt  of  phosphorus  and  the  glass  is  reduced,  there 
appears  as  the  color  of  the  oxide  of  iron  vanishes,  a  more  or  less  distinctly 
red  color,  the  depths  of  the  color  depending  upon  the  relative  quantity  of 
the  titanium  in  the  variety  employed. 

3.  jlnatysis. 
Variety  Ilmenite. 

Titanic  acid  .         .         .        46-67 

Oxide  of  iron  .         .         .         47-08 

Oxide  of  manganese       .         .         .  2-39 

Magnesia  .         .         .          0-60 

Lime  .         .         .  0-25 

Oxide  of  chrome  .         .         .          0-38 

Silica  .        .         .          2-80 

4.  It  occurs  in  imbedded  grains  and  crystals,  in  several  varieties  of 
Mica  and  dolomite,  in  the  valley  of  Gastein  in  Salzburg,  and  frequent- 
ly along  with  the  crystals  of  Rutile,  over  which  it  often  forms  a  black 
coating,  as  at  Kluttau  in  Bohemia,  in  the  gold  streams  of  Ohlapian  in 


156  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Crichtonite — Cronstedite. 

Transylvania,  &c.  The  only  locality  of  the  Crichtonite  variety  is  the 
department  of  the  Isere  in  France,  where  it  occurs  in  narrow  vein 
along  with  Anatase. 

The  variety  Ilmenite  is  found  in  the  Ilmen  mountains  in  the  Urals. 

The  black  metallic  crystals  found  accompanying  the  Spinel,  Brucite 
Rutile,  &c.,  imbedded  in  Serpentine  and  white  limestone  at  Amity 
(N.Y.)  belong  to  the  present  species.  They  have  the  form  denominate) 
Fer  oligiste  imitatifby  HA.TJY.  They  are  distinguished  from  Specula 
Iron  by  color,  fracture,  streak,  and  a  diminished  specific  gravity.  Itals< 
occurs  in  broad  laminated,  imperfectly  hexagonal  masses,  at  Washing 
ton,  (Conn.)  imbedded  in  a  vein  of  Quartz,  traversing  primitive  rocks 
and  likewise  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  same  state. 

5.  The  Crichtonite  presents  us  in  its  crystallization  a  nearer  approxi 
mation  to  perfect  isomorphism  with  Specular  Iron,  than  exists  betweei 
any  other  two  species  where  the  composition  is  equally  diverse. 

CRONSTEDLTE.     Rhombohedral  Iron-Mica 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid,  of  unknown  dimensions. 

Secondary  form.     Hexagonal  prism. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  terminal  planes  of  the  hexagona 
prism  perfect;  with  the  lateral,  imperfect. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  brownish-black.  Streak  darl 
leek-green.  Opake. 

Thin  laminae  are  elastic.  Hardness  =2-5  nearly.  Sp 
gr.  =  3-348. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform  and  massive  :  compo 
sition  columnar. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  froths  a  little  without  melting:  with  bo 
rax,  it  yields  a- black,  opake  and  hard  bead.  Reduced  to  powder,  it  ge 
latinizes  in  concentrated  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STEINMANW. 


Silica 
Oxhide  of  iron 
Oxide  of  manganese 
Magnesia 
Water 


22-452 

58.853 
2-885 
5-078 

10-700 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  157 

Cryolite. 


3.  It  occurs  at  Przibram  in  Bohemia,  in  veins  containing  silver-ores, 
along  with  Brown  Iron-Ore,  Spathic  Iron,  White  Iron-Pyrites  and 
Calcareous  Spar.  It  has  also  been  found  at  Wheal  Maudlin  in  Corn- 
wall. 

CRYOLITE.  "  Prismatic    Cry  on  e-Haloide  . 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right-rectangular  prism.     C. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  perfect,  with  M  and  T  less 
perfect,  or  coherent.  Fracture  imperfect  or  conchoidal. 
uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous,  a  little  inclining  to  pearly  upon  the  faces 
of  P.  Color  white,  sometimes  verging  upon  red  or  yel- 
lowish-brown. Streak  white.  Semi-transparent ...  trans- 
lucent. On  account  of  its  low  refractive  power,  it  appears 
more  transparent  when  immersed  in  water. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  2-5  .  .  .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.=2-963  of  a 
white  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
the  individuals  being  of  considerable  size. 

1.  It  is  very  fusible,  and  melts  even  in  the  flame  of  a  candle.  Before 
the  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  first  perfectly  liquified  ;  but  soon  be- 
come? hard  again,  and  assumes  at  last  a  s'aggy  appearance.  It  is  inso- 
luble in  water,  though  it  suffers  cleavage  more  readily  after  having 
been  immersed  in  it  far  some  time. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  K  LAP  ROTH.  By  VAUQUELISF. 

Alumina  -         -         21-0         -        .-         -         24-0 

Soda  -         -         32-0         -         -         -         36-0 

Fluoric  acid  and  \vater  47-0         ...         40-0 

3.  It  occurs  at  Arksut-fiord,  (West  Greenland,)  in  two  small  layers  in 
gneiss,  one  of  which  contains  orjjy  the  white  varieties,  whereas  the  other 
contains  the  colored  ones,  accompanied  by  Galena,  Irjii- Pyrites,  Spathic 
Iron  and  Feldspar. 

14 


158  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cube-Ore. 


CUBE-ORE.    HexahedralMalachite-Haloide. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  The  cube  with  the  alternate  solid  angles  replaced  by 
triangular  planes. 

2.  The  same,   but  replaced    by  four  planes,  three  of 
which  rest  upon   the  primary  edges,  the  fourth   upon  the 
apex  of  the  new  planes. 

3.  The  cube  with  its  edges  and  angles  truncated. 
Cleavage,   parallel  with  the   primary  form  difficult  and 

imperfect.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  of  the 
cube  sometimes  streaked  parallel  to  the  edges  of  the  sec- 
ondary faces  situated  upon  the  solid  angles.  The  other 
faces,  with  the  exception  of  the  secondary  planes  situated 
upon  the  edges  of  the  cube,  often  curved. 

Lustre  adamantine,  not  very  distinct.  Color  olive-green, 
passing  into  yellowish-brown,  bordering  sometimes  upon 
hyacinth-red  and  blackish-brown  ;  also  into  grass  green  and 
emerald  green.  Streak,  olive-green  . . .  brown,  commonly 
pale.  Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Rather  sectile.     Hardness  =  2-5.     Sp.  gr. ^3-000. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
rare. 

1.  Exposed  to  a  gentle  heal,  its  color  is  changed  into  red.  In  a  high- 
er degree  of  temperature,  it  intumesccs,  gives  little,  or  no  arsenic,  and 
leaves  a  red  powder.  Upon  charcoal,  it  emits  copious  fumes  of  arsenic, 
and  melts  in  the  inner  flame  into  a  metallic  scoria,  which  acts  upon  tha 
magnetic  needle,  2.  Analysis. 

By  CHENEVIX.       By  VAUQXJEL.IJW. 
Oxide  of  iron  -         -         45-50         -  48-00 


Arsenic  -  -  31-00 

Oxide  of  copper  -  -  9-00 

Silica  -  -  4-00 

Carbonate  of  lime  -  -  000 

Water  -  -  1050 


18-00 
000 
000 
200 

3200 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  159 

Cube-Ore — Cummingtonite — Cupreous  Anglesite. 

3.  Cube-Ore  is  chiefly  found  in  veins  of  copper  ores  in  the  older  class- 
i  of  rocks,  where  it  is  accompanied  by  Vitreous  Copper,  Fahlerz,  Whit* 

Iron-Pyrites  and  Quartz. 

4.  It  is  principally  found  in  Cornwall,  in  several  copper-mines,  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Red  ruth,  but  has  also  been  found  at  St.  Leonhard  in 
France,  and  at  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony. 

In  the  United  States,  it  has  been  met  with  in  drusy  coatings,  along 
with  Mispickel,  Iron,  and  Copper  Pyrites,  at  Edenville  in  Orange  coun- 
ty, (N.  Y.)  where  these  minerals  exist  in  gneiss  ;  and  under  similar  cir- 
cumstances in  Derby,  (Conn.) 

CUMMINGTONITE.  Hemi-prismatic  Wavel- 
line-Spar? 

Massive  :  composition  thin  columnar,  scopiform  and  stel- 
lular, rather  incoherent;  fibres  somewhat  curved. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  an  oblique  rhombic  prism. 

Lustre  silky,  color  ash-grey.     Translucent  to  opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =6-,5.     Sp.  gr.  =3-2014. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  except  on  very  thin 
edges.     With  carbonate  of  soda  it  fuses  with  effervescnce  into  a  dark 
glass.     With  borax  it  fuses  into  a  black  glass. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  MUIR. 

Silica  ....         56-543 

Protoxide  of  iron          -         -         -         21.669 
Protoxide  of  manganese       -         -  7-802 

Soda  8-439 

Volatile  matter   ....          3-178 

8.  Cummingtonite  is  found  at  Plainfield  and  Cummington,  (Mass.) 
in  mica-slate,  associated  with  Garnet  and  White  Iron- Pyrites. 

CUPREOUS  ANGLESITE.     Cupreous   Lead- 

Bary  te. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique-angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=»102°  45'. 


160  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cupreous  Anglesite — Cupreous  Bismuth. 

Secondary  form. 

MonT  102°  45'     w 
P  on  /I  90     00  /  § 

T  on /I  161     30  I   jj 

M  on  d  120     30  '  p 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  M  and  T  very  perfect.  Surface 
generally  smooth  and  shining,  some  of  the  faces  rough. 

Lustre,  adamantine. 

Color  deep  and  beautiful,  azure-blue.  Streak,  pale  blue. 
Faintly  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.=5-30 
, . .  5*43.  BROOKE. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  BROOKE. 

Sulphate  of  lead  ...         74.4 

Oxide  of  copper  ...         jg.0 

Water  4-7 

2.  It  is  found  along  with  other  ores  oT  lead,  at  Lead  Hills  in  Scotland : 
also  at  Linares  in  Spain. 

CUPREOUS   BISMUTH.     Prismatoidai    Poly- 
poi  o  n  e  -  Gl an  c  e  . 

Crystalline.  Primary  form  not  known ;  probably  pris- 
matic. Massive :  composition  columnar,  the  individuals 
being  long  and  slender  ;  also  impalpable. 

Cleavage,  in  one  direction  parallel  with  the  prismatic 
axis.  Fracture  uneven,  or  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel-grey,  light  copper-red, 
passing  to  yellowish.  Streak  blackish  grey. 

Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =6-125. 

1.  It  melts  very  easily  before  the  blow-pipe,  coloring  the  flame  of  the 
lamp,  blue  ;  and  leaving,  after  the  fumes  have  subsided,  a  whitish,  or  sul  • 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cupreous  Bismuth — Cupreous  Manganese. 


phur,  yellow  slag,  which,  on  being  heated  with  soda,  yields  metallic 
copper.  The  powder  is  dissolved  in  nitric  acid,  with  evolution  of  red 
fumes,  and  the  precipitation  of  sulphur  and  sulphate  of  lead.  The  solu- 
tion affords  with  water  a  white  precipitate  of  oxide  of  bismuth,  or  with 
aulphuric  acid,  one  of  sulphate  of  lead. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  JOHX,  By  KLAPROTH, 

from  Ecathcrineburg.  from  Baden. 

Sulphur  .         .         .         11-58  16-3 

Bismuth  .         .         .        43-20         .         .         27-0 

Lead  .         .         .        24-32         .         .         33-0 

Copper  .         .         .        12-10         .         .          09 

Nickel  .         .         .  1-58         .         .          0-0 

Tellurium  .         .         .  1'32 

Silver  .         .        .          000         .        .        15-0 

Iron  .         .         .          0-00         .         .          4-3 

8.  It  is.  found  in  the  mines  of  Pyschminskoi  and  Klutschefskoi  in  the 
district  of  Ecatherineburg  in  Siberia,  in  Quartz,  accompanied  by  Native 
Gold  and  Galena.  The  variety  analyzed  by  KLAPROTH  occurs  in 
Quartz  and  Fluor,  with  Iron  Pyrites,  Copper  Pyrites  and  Galena,  at 
Schapbach  in  Baden. 

APPENDIX  TO  CUPREOUS  BISMUTH. 

i.  Cupreous  Sulphur et  of  Bismuth. 
Crystalline  in  fibrous  masses  and  capillary  crystals. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  light  steeNgrey  to  tin-white.     Streak 

white, 

1.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 
Sulphur         ....  12-58 

Bismuth 47-24 

Copper  .         .         .         .         .         34.66 

1.  It  occurs  at  Gallenbach  in  the  principality  of  Farstenberg,  in  a  dis- 
integrated granite  with  Heavy  Spar,  Native  Bismuth  and  Copper  Py- 
rites. 

CUPREOUS  MANGANESE.     Staphyline  Man- 
ganese-Ore. 

Small  reniforra  and  botryoidal  groupes,  massive.    Com- 
position impalpable.     Fracture  imperfectly  concboidal. 
14* 


162  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Cupreous  Manganese — Datholite. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  bluish-black.  Streak  unchan- 
ged. Opake. 

Hardness  =3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3.197  . . .  3-216. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  brown,  but  is  infusible.  To  bo- 
rax and  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  communicates  the  colors  of  copper  and 
manganese.  2,  Analysis. 

By  LAMPADIUS. 

Black  oxide  of  manganese      .         .         82-00 
Brown  oxide  of  copper  .         .         13-50 

Silica  .        .          2-00 

BERZELITJS  found  it  to  contain  a  considerable  quantity  oft  water, 
3.  It  occurs  in  the  tin  mines  at  Schlaggenwald  in  Bohemia,  and  at  Ar- 
marilla  in  Chili. 

CYANITE.     (See  Kyanite.) 

CYMOPHANE.     (See  Chrysoberyl.) 

CYPRIN.     (See  Idocrase.} 

DAVYNE.     (See  JYcphiline.}  « 

DATHOLITE.      Prismatic    Dystome-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic   prism.      M  on   M'  = 

102°  30'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  156.  Fig.  157. 


P  on  s 
P  on  a 


Seiseralp. 

122°  00' 

115  45 

177  04 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  163 

Datholite. 

Cleavage,  very  indistinct  parallel  to  s,  but  somewhat 
more  easily  observed  parallel  to  P.  Fracture  uneven,  im- 
perfectly conchoidal.  Surfaces,  several  faces  much  streak- 
ed, and  others  altogether  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous,  and  particularly  in  the  fracture  inclining 
to  resinous.  Color  white,  inclining  to  green,  yellow,  and 
grey;  sometimes  of  a  dirty  olive  green,  or  honey-yellow 
tinge.  Streak  white,  more  or  less  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  . ,  .  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-989,  a 
rariety  from  Arendal. 

Compound  Varieties.  Botryoidal  and  implanted  globu- 
lar shapes,  surface  drusy,  composition  columnar.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  columnar,  consisting  of  delicate,  straight 
and  generally  diverging  individuals,  radiating  from  a  cen- 
tre ;  also  granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  faces  of 
composition  rough  and  irregularly  streaked. 

1.  Owing  to  the  variation  of  position  in  which  the  crystals  of  this  spe- 
cies were  at  first  described,  they  were  referred  to  two  different  specie*, 
Datholite  and  Humboldtite,  the  latter  of  which  is  now  abandoned.  Still 
another  species  or^sub-spccies,  according  lo  some  authors,  the  Botryo- 
lite,  requires  also  to  be  united  with  Datholite.  It  embraces  the  reni- 
fonn  and  globular  shapes,  consisting  of  thin  individuals  ;  but  specftnens 
have  lately  been  discovered,  which  clearly  prove,  by  transition,  their 
connexion  with  Datholite. 

>    Exposed  to  the  flame  of  a  candle,  it  becomes  friable  ;  before  the  blow- 
pipe, it  loses  its  transparency,  intutrjesces,  and  melts  into  a  glassy  glob- 
ule.    It  is  easily  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  and  leaves  a  siliceous  jelly. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

of  crystals.  of  Botryolite. 

Silica  -         -         S6-50  -         -         36-00 

Lime  3550  3950 

Boracic  acid        -         -         24  00  -         -         -         13-50 

Oxide. of  iron      -         -  0-00  -         -         -  I'OO 

Water  -        -          400  6-50 


164  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Datholite — Diallogite. 

3.  It  occurs  in  beds  of  iron-ore,  in  primitive  rocks,  accompanied  by 
Calcareous  Spar;  sometimes  also  by  Fluor,   Hornblende,  Quartz  and 
Prehnite :  with  the  latter  species,  and  several  others  of  the  Zeolite  fam- 
ily, it  is  found  in  agate  balls  and  irregular  veins  in  trap-roeks. 

4.  Upon  the  beds  of  iron-ore  at  Arendal  in  Norway,  are  found  the  va- 
rieties of  Datholite  and  Botryolite.     The  Humboldtite  occurs  in  agate 
balls  in  the  Seiseralp  in  the  Tyrol,  and  in  irregular  veins  in  greenstone 
in  Stlisbury-craig  near  Edinburgh. 

In  the  United  States,  in  New  Jersey  at  Paterson,  the  Datholite  ha« 
been  met  with  in  large  and  well  denned  forms,  in  trap ;  and  at  Middle- 
field  in  Connecticut,  the  variety  Humboldtite  occurs  under  similar  cir- 
cumstances, and  in  cavities;  also  on  Mt.  Carmel,  at  Hainden,  (Conn.) 
with  Prehnite. 

DERMATIN,     (See  Kerolite.) 
DEWEYLITE.     (See  Kerolite.) 

DIALLOGITE.     Macrotypous  Parachrose- 
Baryte.     MOHS. 

Primary  form,  a  rhomboid.     P  on  P=106°  51'. 

Secondary  form,  the  primary  having  the  upper  edges  re- 
placed by  tangent  planes. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  primary  form.  Fracture  une- 
ven, imperfectly  conchoidal.  Surface  streaked  parallel 
with*  the  edges  of  the  new  planes,  thus  producing  lenticular 
crystals. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  various 
shades  of  rose-red,  partly  inclining  to  brown.  Streak 
white.  Translucent  in  different  degrees. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3*5.  Sp.  gr.  =3-592  of  the  crys- 
tallized variety  from  Kapnik. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular  and  botryoidal  shapes  : 
surface  sometimes  smooth,  at  other  times  rough  ;  compo- 
sition columnar,  often  indistinct.  Massive  :  composition 
granular,  sometimes  small,  and  even  impalpable ;  some- 
times it  is  columnar. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Diallogite. 


1.  The  varieties  of  the  present  species  have  often  been  confounded 
wtth  other  minerals,  one  of  which  has  been  proposed  by  BREITHAUPT 
A*  a  distinct  species,  an  account  of  which  will  be  given  at  the  close  of 
(his  description. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  its  color  is  changed  into  grey,  brown  and  black, 
and  it  decrepitates  strongly  ;  but  is  infusible  without  addition.  It  is  ea- 
sily fusible  in  glass  of  borax,  which  thereby  becomes  of  a  violet  blue 
color.  If  exposed  to  the  air,  its  natural  color  is  changed  into  brown. 
Many  bright  rose-red  varieties  become  paler  on  being  exposed  in  a  sim- 
ilar manner.  It  effervesces  briskly  in  nitric  acid. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  DuMENiL.         By  BERTHIIR, 

fr.  Nagyag. 

Oxide  of  manganese  -         54-60  '-  -  56-00 

Carbonic  acid  -         33-75  -  -  38-60 

Oxide  of  iron  1'87  -,  -  0-00 

Silica  4-37  -  -  0-00 

Lime  2-50  -  5-40 

S.  It  occurs  for  the  most  part  in  metalliferous  veins,  with  various  ores 
of  Iron  and  Copper,  and  with  Quartz.  It  is  also  found  in  beds  with  oth- 
er minerals  containing  manganese. 

4.  It  is  found  in  several  of  the  Saxon  mines,  particularly  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Freiberg ;  also  at  Nagyag  and  Kapnik  in  Transylvania,  near 
Elbingerode  in  the  Hartz,  and  in  other  countries. 

i.  Manganeseous  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT, 

Pon  P  =  107°  30'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary,  easily  effected. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  5-75  . . .  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  « 
3-592. 

BREITHAUPT  includes  in  this  species  the  mineral  from  Kapnik  only, 
.This  variety  was  analyzed  by  BERTHIER,  and  found  to  contain, 
Carbonic  acid  ....        30-4 

Protoxide  of  manganese         ...        41-0 
Lime  43 

Quartz  ...         -         21  0 

96-7 


166  PHYSIOGRAPHY, 

Diamond. 


DIAMOND.     Octahedral  Diamond.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  Primary  form,  having  its  solid  angles  replaced  by  tan- 
gent planes. 

2.  Primary  form,   having  its  edges  replaced  by  tangent 
planes. 

3.  Cube. 

4.  Cube,  having  its  edges  replaced   by  tangent  planes. 

5.  Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

The  annexed  figure  repre-  Fig-  158- 

sents  in  planes  P  P'  P"  and 
P'"  the  primary  faces  of  the 
octahedron,  and  in  a  a'  a" 
those  of  the  cube,  which  are 
generally  flat  and  brilliant. 
The  numerous  faces  di  and 
d2,  are  uniformly  convex; 
each  of  which  is,  in  reality,  a 
series  of  planes,  as  is  mani- 
fest on  other  crystals,  but  in  no  instance  sufficiently  perfect 
for  the  use  of  the  reflective  goniometer. 

Irregular  forms  and  grains. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  octahedron,  perfect. 
Fracture,  conchoidal.  Surface,  the  octahedron  sometimes 
faintly  streaked  parallel  to  its  edges  of  combination,  but  in 
general  very  smooth.  Also  the  dodecahedron,  if  often 
streaked,  rough  and  uneven ;  the  tetraconta-octahedron, 
curved  and  smooth.  Grains  possess  a  rough  and  granula- 
ted surface. 

Lustre  bright  adamantine.  Color  white,  prevalent ;  al- 
so various  shades  of  blue,  red,  yellow,  green,  brown,  grey, 


\L 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  167 

Diamond. 

and  even  black.  Generally  pale.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent . . .  translucent,  dark  colored  varieties  only  on  their 
edges.  If  cut  and  polished,  it  shows  a  most  lively  play  of 
color. 

Hardness  =10*0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3*520,  of  a  white  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular  to  a  face  of  the  octahedron  ;  angle  of 
revolution  =60°.  (See  fig.  50.)  Also-,  axis  of  revolution 
parallel  to  one  of  the  axes  of  the  rhombic  dodecahedron 
which  passes  through  the  obtuse  solid  angles.  (See  the 
annexed  figure.)  Angle  of  revolution  =60°. 

Fig.  159. 


1.  Diamond  is  perfectly  combustible   at  a  temperature  of  about  14° 
Wedgewood,  and  yields  with  oxygen,  carbonic  acid  gas.     His  not  acted 
iipon  by  acids  or  alkalies. 

2.  The  rocks  hitherto  considered  as  the  gangue  of  Diamond  are  secon- 
dary ones,  as  several  kinds  of  sandstone,  consisting  of  aggiegated  quartz 
pebbles.     It  Is  also  found  in  strata  of  iron-shot  sand  and  clay,  and  in  the 
loose  sand  of  plains  and  rivers.     In  a  specimen  from  Brazil,  in  the  pos- 
session of  Mr.  HEULAND,  it  is  associated  with  Skorodite,  and  imbedded 
in  a  compact  variety  of  Brown  Iron-Ore. 

8.  The  Diamond  was  first  discovered  in  the  East  Indies,  where  it  ha§ 
been  worked  for  many  centuries,  and  in  Brazil.  They  are  found  in  va- 
rious places  on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  British  peninsula  in  India,  btit 
particularly  between  Golconda  and  Masulipatam ;  also  near  Panna  in 
•Buodelcund,  It  also  occurs  in  the  peninsula  of  Malacca,  and  the  isle  of 


168  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Diaspore — Dioptase. 

Borneo.  In  Brazil,  they  occur  in  the  district  of  Serro  do  Frio  in  the  ca- 
pitania  of  Minas  Geraes,  and  were  first  discovered  in  the  Riacho  Fundo, 
then  in  the  Rio  do  Peixe,  and  also  in  the  Terra  de  St.  Antonio. 

4.  Diamond  is  the  most  valuable  of  all  the  gems.  It  is  employed  also 
in  cutting  glass,  and  for  engraving,  cutting  and  polishing  other  hard 
stones,  and  the  Diamond  itself. 

DIASPORE.     Tetarto-prismatie   Wavelline- 
Spar? 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism,  according  to 
PHILLIPS.  M  on  T=64°  54'.  P  on  T=101°  20'.  P 
on  M  =  108°  30'.  According  to  MOHS,  it  is  a  rhombic 
prism  of  about  130°. 

Lustre  vitreous    and    pearly.     Color  greenish-grey. 

Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Scratches  glass.     Sp.  gr.  =  3*4324. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  most  violently,  and  splits  into 
many  small  scaly  particles,  possessing  a  feeble  alkaline  reaction. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  VATJQTJELIN.  By  CHILDREN. 

Alumina  -         -         80-00  -         -         76-06 

Protoxide  of  iron   -         -  3  00  7-78 

Water  -         -         17-30  -         -         1470 

BERZELITJS  is  of  opinion  that  besides  these,  it  also  contains  some  alka- 
line substance. 

3.  Its  locality  is  unknown. 

4.  Its   reference  to  the  genus  Wavelline-Spar  is  made  with  hesita- 
tion, from  the  limited  knowledge  possessed  of  its  properties.     Unlewi 
some  clue  to  the  discovery  of  its  locality  shall  ere  long  be  made,  it  will 
become  doubtful  whether  it  is  not  an  artificial  production. 

DICHROITE.     (See  loliie.) 
DIOPSIDE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 

DIOPTASE.     Rhombohedral  C  opper-Bary  te. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=126°   17'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.                                           1  OU 

Dioptase. 

Secondary  form 

Fig.  160. 

.S    /         X. 

g  on  g' 

95°  33'       /X 

j     sr'  \ 

o'  on  o  or  o 

-       120     04 

<7 

^?7       (? 

g  on  o,  or  g' 

on  o'         -173     00 

kri 

y*   X4/^ 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  form,  perfect.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal,  uneven.  ^ 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  emerald 
green,  also  blackish-green,  and  verdigris-green.  Streak 
green.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =^5.0.     Sp.  gr.  =3*278. 

1.  It  decrepitates  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  upon  charcoal  it  becomes 
black  in  the  exterior  flame,  and  red  in  the  interior  one,  without  melting. 
It  is  easily  soluble  in  glass  of  borax,  and  imparts  to  it  a  green  color.  It 
is  soluble  without  effervescence  in  muriatic  acid. 


2.  Analysis. 

• 

By  LOWITZ. 

By  VAUQUEI.IM-. 

Oxide  of  copper 
Carbonate  of  lime 

65-00 
(>  JO 

2557 

42-85 

Silica 

33-00 

28-57 

Water 

12-00 

0;00 

3.  It  has  been  found  accompanied  by  Green  MalacJiHa  and  Calcare- 
ous Spar,  but  the  nature  of  its  original  repositories  is  hot  known.  It  oc- 
curs in  the  Kirghese  steppes  in  Siberia.  Minute  crystals  are  said  to  ac- 
company the  Electric  Calamiae  of  Rezbanya  in  Hungary, 

DIPLOITE.     (See  Latrobite.) 
DIPYRE.     (See  Scapolitc.) 
15 


170 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Dolomite. 


DOLOMITE.     Macrotypous    Lime-Haloide . 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     PonP=106°  15'. 
Secondary  forms. 

1 .  An  acute  rhomboid  of  79°  36'  from  Gotha  in  Saxony. 

2.  One  still  more  so,  of  66°  7',  from  Hall,  Tyrol. 

Fig.  161. 


3.  The  same,  having  its  summits  sur- 
mounted by  three  pyramidal  faces  of 
the  primary  rhomboid,  whose  apices 
are  replaced  by  tangent  planes,  as  in 
the  annexed  figure. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  rhomboid,  perfect, 
with  traces  of  a  cleavage  at  right  angles  to  the  vertical  axis. 
Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface,  faces  m  streaked  parallel 
to  the  edges  of  combination  with  P.  The  rest  of  the  faces 
generally  smooth,  and  of  nearly  the  same  physical  quality. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  in  several  varieties. 
Color  white,  seldom  pure,  generally  inclining  to  red  or 
green.  Various  shades  of  red,  among  which  is  a  fine  rose- 
red.  Also  green,  brown,  grey,  black,  very  often  owing  to 
foreign  admixtures.  Streak,  greyish-white.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-884,  a 
greenish  white  cleavable  variety,  from  Mexico. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  171 

Dolomite. 


Compound  Varieties.     Twin-crystals. 

Fig.  162. 


Piedmont. 

Sometimes  variously  repeated.  Implanted  globules;  bo- 
tryoidal,  fructicose,  and  other  imitative  shapes  :  surface 
drusy  and  rough,  composition  columnar.  Massive :  com- 
position granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  generally 
easily  distinguishable,  and  often  but  slightly  cohering.  The 
composition  is  often  columnar,  also  of  different  sizes  of  in- 
dividuals. These  compositions  are  again  variously  com- 
pounded, as  the  granular  composition  in  a  coarser  kind  of 
granular  composition,  of  which  the  component  particles  may 
be  easily  separated,  and  present  an  uneven  surface.  It  oc- 
curs often  in  crystalline  coatings  upon  other  crystals,  im- 
pressions, &tc. 

1.  The  remark  which  was  made  under  Calcareous  Spar,  respecting  its 
comprehension  of  several  distinct  species,  separated  from  one  another  by 
constant  differences  of  form,  hardness  and  specific  gravity,  may  be  appli- 
ed to  Dolomite  with  nearly  the  same  propriety.  Arid  the  mineralogist 
there  referred  to,  who  has  attempted  to  distinguish  those  species,  has  oc- 
cupied himself  also  with  the  varieties  of  the  present  species.  Some  ac- 
count of  his  labors  will  be  introduced  as  an  appendix  to  Dolomite. 

The  division  of  this  species  into  sub-varieties  and  sub-species,  accord- 
ing to  the  older  mineralogists,  depended  upon  slight  variations  of  compo- 
sition, color,  lustre,  and  upon  chemical  and  mechanical  mixtures. 
Rhomb-spar  and  Bitter-spar  are  the  names  applied  to  crystallized  vari- 


1 72  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Dolomite. 


eties,  provided  their  faces  are  not  curvilinear  or  unusually  pearly  ;  also 
to  large  grained  and  easily  cleavable  varieties,  chiefly  of  greenish  colors. 
Brown-spar  comprehends  those  varieties  which  possess  a  reddish  brown 
color.  Pearl-spar  included  crystallized  varieties  with  curved  faces,  and 
possessed  of  a  pearly  lustre.  The  massive  varieties  of  granular  compo- 
sition were  called  Dolomite. 

Before  the  blow- pipe,  some  of  the  varieties  assume  a  darker  color,  and 
a  higher  degree  of  hardness.  They  are  soluble  in  acids,  but  much  more 
slowly  than  Calcareous  Spar,  and  attended  with  less  effervescence. 

2.  It  is  difficult  to  judge  of  the  chemical  composition  of  Dolomite.     It 
contains  carbonate  of  lime  and  carbonate  of  magnesia ;  but  the  relative 
quantity  of  the  two  has  not  been  accurately  settled.     From  several  anal- 
yses  by  KLAPROTH,  the   proportion  appears  to  be  nearly  as   54*18  ; 
45-82,  which  corresponds  to 

„  Lime  -  30-55 

Magnesia  -         -         -         -         22-18 

Carbonic  acid        ....         47-26 

Several  analyses  of  brown-spar  give  very  similar  results ;  others  de- 
viate more  or  less  from  them.  In  general,  brown-spar  seems  to  contain 
more  o^-ide  of  iron  and  manganese,  than  either  the  old  varieties  dolomite 
or  rhomb-spar. 

3.  The  different  varieties  of  Dolomite  differ  in  respect  to  their  locali- 
ties.    The  granular  variety  (dolomite)  constitutes  beds  in  other  rocks, 
and  therefore  belongs,  itself,  to  the  class  of  rocks.     Rhomb-spar  occurs 
in  imbedded  crystals  and  compound  masses,  in  several  kinds  of  rocksj 
particularly  in  common  Talc,  and  less  frequently  in  compact  varieties  of 
g3Jrpsum  that  are  mixed  with  clay.     Brown-spar  is  principally  found  in 
metalliferous  veins. 

4.  The  variety  called  Dolomite  occurs  in  St.  Gothard,  in  the  Appen- 
ines,  and  in  Carinthia ;  Rhomb-spar  in  various  districts  of  Salzburg,  the 
Tyrol  and  Switzerland,  at  Miemo  in  Tuscany,  (from  which  the  name  of 
Miemite  has  been  derived,)  and  in  many  other  countries  ;  beautiful  crys^ 
tals  at  Traversella  in  Piedmont.     Brown-spar  and  Pearl-spar  are  very 
frequent  at  Schemnitz  in  Hungary,  Kapnik  in  Transylvania,  Freiberg 
ind  elsewhere  in   Saxony,  at  Clausthal  in  the  Hartz,  in  Norway  arid 
Sweden,  at  Alston  Moor  in  Cumberland,  in  the  greywacke  quarries  of 
the  same  country,  in  Derbyshire,  Baeralston  and  other  places  in  Devon- 
shire. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  173 

Dolomite. 


In  the  U.  States  the  Rhomb-spar  variety  or  bitter-spar,  occurs  abun- 
dantly at  numerous  places  in  R.  Island,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  im- 
bedded in  common  Talc  or  its  variety,  steatite ;  as  at  Roxbury,  (Vt.)  where 
it  occurs  in  large,  yellow,  transparent  crystals,  imbedded  in  greenish 
transparent  Talc  ;  at  Srnithfield,  (R.  I.)  where  it  occurs  in  large  grained, 
easily  cleavable  individuals,  associated  with  white  Talc  in  Calcareous 
Spar  or  limestone,  and  rarely  in  very  perfect  implanted  rhomboids  of 
small  dimensions.  The  Pearl-spar  exists  abundantly  both  of  a  white 
color,  and  with  a  delicate  pink  tinge,  at  Lockport.  (N.Y.)  where  it  is  as- 
sociated with  Calcareous  Spar,  Celestine,  and  Gypsum  in  geodcs, 
occurring  in  transition  limestone.  The  brown-spar  is  found  at  nume- 
rous places  in  New  York  and  Ohio,  where  it  occurs  in  greywackes  and 
secondary  limestones,  in  the  form  of  veins  and  seams.  The  massive  va- 
riety of  Dolomite  constitutes  extensive  beds  in  Litchfie'd  county,  (Conn.) 
and  in  the  south  western  towns  of  Massachusetts. 

6.  Dolomite  is  often  employed  as  a  marble,  and  rarely  in  the  produc- 
tion of  quick  lime. 

APPENDIX  TO  DOLOMITE. 
i.  Eumetric  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
Pon  P=106°  11'. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  P  uncommonly  perfect  and  easy. 
Hardness  =  5-0,  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 
Sp.  gr.  =2-9177,  a  cleavage  crystal. 

The  Eumetric  Carbon-Spar  embraces  only  the  beautifjl  twin-crystals, 
above  alluded  to,  from  Traversella  in  Piedmont. 

ii.  Tautoklinous  Carbon- Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 
Pon  P=10S°  10'  40". 
Cleavage  parallel  with  P  perfect. 
Hardness  =  4-75  ...  5.  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 
Sp.  gr.  =2-9633.  )  Fragments   of  cleavage   crystals  from  the 

2  9644.  5      mine  of  Beschert  GlQck  in  Freiberg. 
Color  reddish,  or  greyish-white. 

It  occurs  at  Freiberg,  Johann-Georgenstadt,  and  probably  the  brown- 
apar  of  Schnecberg  belongs  to  the  present  species. 

Hi.  Kryptose  Carbon- Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 
Pon  P  =  106°  19'. 
Cleavage  parallel  with  P,  but  not  very  perfect. 

15* 


174  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Dolomite — Dyoxylite. 

Hardness  =  4-50 . . .  4-75.  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 
Sp.  gr.  =  2-809,  reddish-white,  cleavage  crystal. 
2-810,  brownish  red,  cleavage  crystal. 
2-827,  dark  brownish  red  and  brown,  with  delicate^ 

black  stripes ;  both  from  Freiberg, 
1.  It  consists,  according  to  KARSTEN,  of 

Carbonate  of  lime  -  96-40 

Carbonate  of  protoxide  of  manganese  2-10 

Carbonate  of  iron  -  0-95 

Water  and  loss  0-55 

It  is  found  only  at  two  mines  in  Freiberg. 

iv.  Isometric  Carbon-Spar,     BREITHAUPT, 
PonP  =  106°  19;. 
Cleavage  parallel  with  P  perfect. 
Hardness  =  5-50  . . .  5-75.  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 
Sp.  gr  =a  2-847,  minute, ash-grey  crystals  in  gypsum,  from  Hall. 

in  Tyrol. 

2-849,  greenish  white  masses  of  a  compound  variety, 
from  Koloseruck  in  Bilin,  (Bohemia,)  where 
it  occurs  in  seams  in  basalt. 

^  853,  minute,  but  possibly  not  perfectly  pure  cleav- 
age crystals,  of  the  above  variety,  from  HalK 
2-857,  minute,  pure,  and  white   cleavage  crystals, 

from  Dinz. 

2-859,  asparagus  green,  cleavage  crystals,  from 
Schweinsdoif.  (Tharaudite.) 

The  variety  from  Hall  afforded,  to  KLAPROTH, 

Carbonate  oflime                          ....  gg-0 

Carbonate  of  magnesia                  ....  25*5 

Carbonate  of  protoxide  of  iron     -  TO 

Water                                            ....  2-0 

Foreign  matter                              ....  2-0 

DYOXYLITE.      Prismatoidal    Lead-Baryte.' 
HAIDINGER. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic   prism.     M  and  M'*= 
120°  45'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.                                         175 

Dyoxylite. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.   163. 

a  on  b 

111° 

00/  1              tf 

/d>  i 

r~7~^ 

b  on  b 

J30 

00 

P- 

Xv^    x^^V 

a  on  c 

106 

45 

?•  / 

7\      ^  \ 

a  on  d 

73 

45 

"  £    /   ^ 

A 

\ 

a  on  e 

123 

20 

5 

i 

/    £t 

conf 

133 

00 

d  on  e 

136 

54  , 

Cleavage  parallel  with  M  and  P,  but  more  perfectly  par- 
allel with  the  shorter  diagonal.  The  lamina?  resulting  from 
cleavage  are  flexible,  like  Gypsum. 

Lustre  adamantine,  inclining  to  resinous,  pearly  upon  the 
perfect  face  of  cleavage.  Color  greenish-white,  or  yellow- 
ish white,  sometimes  inclining  to  grey.  Streak  white. 
Translucent.  •  . 

Sectile.     Hardness  ^2-0. .  .2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  6-8..  .7-0. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  BROOKE. 

Carbonate  of  lead  -         -         -         46-9 

Sulphate  of  lead  -         -         -         53-1 

The  effervescence  while  dissolving  in  nitric  acid  is  scarcely  perceptible. 
2.  It  19  found  in  columnarly  aggregated  crystals,  at  the  Lead  hills  in 
Scotland. 

DTSCLASITE. 

Massive  ;  imperfectly  fibrous  ;  the  fibres  sometimes  direr- 
gent. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white.     Translucent.     It  possesses 
double-refraction. 

Tough.     Hardness  above  Fluor.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-362. 
1.  Heated  to  redness,  it  emits  moisture.     Before  the  blow-pipe,  it 
fuses  only  on  the  edges.     With  soda  it  forms  a  semi-transparent  glass, 
and  with  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus  it  gives  colorless  glasses.     It  ge- 
latinizes readily  with  muriatic  acid. 


170                                         PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Dysluite. 

Silica 

2.  Analysis. 
By  CONN  ELL. 

57-69 

Lime 

. 

26-83 

Water  ^ 

. 

1471 

Soda 

- 

0-44 

Potash 

_ 

023 

Oxide  of  iron 

. 

0-32 

Oxide  of  manganese      ... 

0-22 

3.  Its  locality  is  Faroe. 

DYSKOLITE.     (See  Saussurite.) 
DYSLUITE. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Secondary  form.  Regular  octahedron,  with  its  edges  trun- 
cated. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  rather  imperfect.  Frac- 
luie  sub-conchoidal.  Surface  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclinirfg  to  resinous.  Color  yellowish- 
brown  or  greyish  brown.  Streak  paler  than  the  color.  Trans- 
lucent on  the  edges  ...  to  opake. 

Hardness  =  7-5  ...  8-0.     Sp.  gr.  40..:  4'6. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible. 

2.  It  is  found  in  small  quantity,  at  Sterling,  (New  Jersey,)  dissemi- 
nated through  laminated  Calcareous  Spar,  and  associated  with  Franklin- 
ite  and  Trooslitc. 

3.  There  is  nothing  but  the  unimportant  property  of  color  to  distin- 
guish this  mineral  from  Automalite,to  which  it  should,  without  doubt,  be 
referred.  « 

DYSODILE. 

Massive ;  compact  or  laminated.     Extremely  fragile. 

Fracture  earthy. 

Soft,  scratched  by  the  nail.     Sp.  gr.  =^r  1-1 . . .  1-2. 

Color  greenish  and  yellowish,  to  liver-brown.  Streak  vitre- 
ous. Macerated  in  water,  it  becomes  translucent,  and  its  lami- 
na acquire  elasticity.  When  breathed  upon,  it  emits  an  argil- 
laceous odor. 

1,  It  burns  with  a  considerable  flame  and  smoke,  and  an  almost  insup- 
portably  fetid  odor,  leaving  a  residue  of  nearly  half  its  weight,  and  unal- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  177 

Earthy  Cobalt. 


tered  in  form.  It  occurs  at  Melili,  near  Syracuse  in  Sicily,  in  the  form 
of  a  bed  of  inconsiderable  thickness,  between  beds  of  a  secondary  lime- 
stone. 

2.  It  probably  belongs  to  the  species  Bitumen,  so  far  as  it  is  a  simple 
mineral. 

EARTHY  COBALT.     Cobaltic   Lusine-Ore. 

Pulverulent,  investing  ores  of  iron  and  of  cobalt,  and  in- 
termingled with  these,  and  with  earthy  matters. 

Color  black. 

1.  Heated  upon  charcoal,  it  gives  no  arsenical  odor;  and  fused  with 
soda,  gives  no  indication  of  manganese.     With  borax,  it  forms  a  very  in- 
tensely blue  glass. 

2.  BEUDANT  suggests  its  composition  to  be, 

Oxygen  -         -         -         -         2890 

Cobalt  ....         71-10 

3.  It  is  probably  derived  from  the  decomposition  of  the  arseniurets  of 
cobalt,  being  found  in  small  quantity  with  these  ores.  ' 

4.  Its  principal  localities  are  WOrtemberg,  Saalfeld,  Joachimsthal  and 
the  Tyrol. 

5.  The  botryoidal  and  the  stalactitic  Earthy  Cobalt,  whose  sp.  gr.  =» 
2-24,  and  which  afford  moisture  when  heated,  and  the  smell  of  arsenic, 
appear  to  be  mixtures  of  the  above  mineral  with  Brown  Iron-Ore,  some 
of  the  ores  of  cobalt  and  of  manganese,  together  with  accidental  earthy 
ingredients;  of  which  character  appear  to  be  the  following  minerals: 

From  Riechelsdorf. 

• 

Analyzed  by  KLAPROTH. 

Peroxide  of  cobalt  with  oxide  of  manganese        -         -  97-0 

Oxide  of  manganese           .„----  80-0 

Oxide  of  copper  1-0 

Water                                  -  85-0 

Silica                                    124-0 

Alumina                              102-0 

From  Saalfeld. 

Analyzed  by  DOBEREINER. 

Oxide  of  cobalt  and  of  manganese      -         -    '     -         -  76-9 

Water               -                         231 


178 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Edingtonite. 


EDINGTOiNITE.     Pyramidal  Dy  stom  e-Spar. 

Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism  ? 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  164. 


Cleavage,  pretty  distinct  parallel  to  the  primary  faces. 
In  other  directions  a  small  and  conchoidal  fracture.  Sur- 
face^  M  and  T  generally  smooth,  the  rest  curved  and  with- 
out lustre. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  greyish  white.  Semi-transpa- 
rent, but  oftener  translucent.  Streak  white. 

Hardness  =-4-0  . . .  4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-71. 

1.  It  yields  moisture  when  calcined.  It  is  fusible  before  the  blow- 
pipe into  a  transparent  glass.  It  gelatinizes  in  the  acids. 


Silica 
Alumina 
Lime    . 
Water 


2.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 


35-09 
27-69 
12-68 
13-32 


3.  It  occurs  at  Kilpatrick  near  Dumbarton,  (Scotland,)  where  it  is 
accompanied  by  Harmotome  and  Thomsonite,  being  implanted  upon  the 
latter  mineral  in  crystals,  the  largest  of  which  is  only  two  lines  in  diam- 
eter. 

EKEBERGITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 
ELAOLITE.     (See  Nepheline.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Electric  Calamine. 


179 


ELECTRIC    CALAMINE.     Prismatic    Zinc- 
Baryte.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=102° 
35'. 

Secondary  form. 


Fig.  165. 


M  on  M 
M  on  a 
a  on  h 
a  on  c  or  e 
c  on  c' 


102°  30' 

132  35 

128  40 

115  00 

126  36  J 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  lateral  planes,  per- 
fect ;  traces  of  cleavage  parallel  with  the  terminal  planes. 
Fracture  uneven.  Surface  of  lateral  planes  streaked  par- 
allel with  their  common  intersections.  The  rest  of  the 
faces  generally  smooth,  sometimes  rounded. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly,  sometimes  to  ada- 
mantine upon  curved  faces  of  crystallization.  Color  white, 
prevalent :  occasionally  blue,  green,  yellow  or  brown. 
Streak  while.  Transparent . .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-379,  crystals 
from  Rossegg  in  Carinthia. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular,  botryoidal  shapes  :  sur- 
face drusy.  Massive  :  composition  either  granular  or  co- 
lumnar ;  the  former  of  them  often  impalpable  and  strongly 
coherent,  and  then  the  fracture  becomes  uneven ;  the  lat- 
ter straight  and  divergent. 


180  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Electric  Calamine. 

1.  la  some  of  the  crystals  of  Electric  Calamine,  dissimilar  modifica- 
tions have  been  observed  upon  the  opposite  extremities  of  the  same  crys- 
tals, as  in  Tourmaline  ;  attended  also  with  the  evolution  of  different 
kinds  of  electricity,  as  in  that  mineral.  Like  the  Tourmaline,  the  elec- 
tric excitation  is  occasioned  by  common  changes  of  atmospheric  tempe- 
rature ;  and  is  not  destroyed  in  the  crystals,  even  after  their  exposure  to 
a  red  heat. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  a  little,  loses  its  transparency, 
intumesces,  and  emits  a  green  phosphorescent  light.  It  is  infusible  with- 
out addition,  but  is  dissolved  by  borax  into  a  clear  glassy  globule,  which 
becomes  opake  on  cooling.  It  is  phosphorescent  by  friction.  Reduced 
to  powder,  Jt  is  soluble  in  heated  sulphuric  or  muriatic  acid,  and  when 
cooled,  it  forms  a  jelly. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERTHIER.          By  BERZEL.ITJS. 
Oxide  of  zinc          .         06-00         .         .         68-37 
Silica     .         .         .         25-00         .         .         26-23 
Water    .  .  9-00         .         .  7-40 

This  species  has  been  found  artificially  produced,  lining  the  throats 
of  iron  furnaces,  in  Salisbury,  (Conn.)  where  the  ore  employed  is  the 
Brown  Iron-Ore.  The  furnaces  are  constructed  of  mica-slate.  The 
mineral  presents  itself  in  coatings,  quarter  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  having 
botryoidal  shapes  with  drusy  surfaces.  Its  color  is  a  delicate  straw- 
yellow. 

3.  Electric  Calamine  is  found  along  with  Calamine  in  veins  belong- 
ing to  various  classes  of  rocks,  but  chiefly  calcareous*  ones.     It  is  usually 
associated  with  Blende  and  Galena. 

4.  Considerable  quantities  occur  at  Bleiberg  and  Raibel  in  Carinthia, 
Rezbanya  in  Hungary,  Freiburg  in  Brisgau,  Altenberg  near  Aix-la- 
Chapelle,  near  Tarnowitz  in  Silesia,  at  Olkuzk  and  Medziana  Cora  in 
Poland  and  in  Siberia,     It  occurs  in  Leicestershire,  Derbyshire,  Flint- 
shire, Somersetshire,  &c.,  in  England;  at  Wanlockhead  and  Lead-Hills 
in  Scotland. 

In  the  United  States,  it  has  of  late  been  discovered  in  Jefferson  co. 
(Missouri)  at  a  lead  mine  called  Valle's  diggings,  where  it  is  associated 
with  Calamine. 

EMERALD.     (See  Beryl.] 
EMERY.     (See  Corundum.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Epidote. 


181 


ENDELLIONE.     (See  Bournonite.) 
EPIDOTE.     Prismatoidal    Augite-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique-angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=  115°  40'. 


Secondary  forms. 


MonT 
Ton  b 
b   on  M' 
a   on  a 
a   on  b 


Fig.  167. 


Fig.  166. 


* 


115°  36' 

f 

\ 

128     35 

116     26 

M 

T 

^ 

109     24 

125     32 

*<*. 

^^ 

/ 

^xj 

Francor 

^^ 

iia;  (N.H.) 

Fig.  168. 

Mono     -         121°  23')  35  (  P  on  o      -         148°  37 r 
M  on  T     -         116     40  \  g  <^  P  onw(fig.!67)125     35 
T  on  u    -         144     25  )  r«  ( P  on  z      -         145       3 

16 


182 


PHYSIOGRAPHY, 

Epidote. 


Fig.  169. 


x> 

\ 

1 

T                       1 
T 

e 

I 

M  on  e 

15 

0°   15'  1 

r 

Pon 

6?          -     145°     V 

T  on  e         -     145     24 

B 

P  on  cl         -     148     30 

Ton/1       -     145     39 
Ton/2       -     114     40 
Mond        -     125       2 

ILLIPS. 

T  on  cl         -     121     50 
Ton  bl        -     104     30 
w  T  on  62        -     142-    35 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  to  M ;  less  so  parallel  to  T. 
Fracture,  uneven.  Surface,  the  lateral  planes  sometimes 
streaked  vertically  :  in  general,  the  faces  are  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  upon  perfect  faces  of 
cleavage,  and  the  corresponding  faces  of  crystallization. 
Color,  green  and  grey,  prevalent.  Among  the  most  com- 
mon shades  of  the  first,  is  pistachio-green  ;  in  general,  the 
green  lints  are  more  inclined  to  yellow  than  in  Pyroxene 
and  Hornhlende.  The  grey  colors  pass  into  white  and  a 
very  pale  flesh-red.  Streak  greyish-white.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges.  Viewed  in  a  direction 
parallel  to  the  axis,  the  color  of  the  crystals  contains  less 
yellow  than  in  the  directions  perpendicular  to  it. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =6-0  ...  7-0.  Sp.  gr.  =3-269,  va- 
riety Zoisite,  from  the  Saualpe;  =3-425,  Pistazite,  from 
Arendal. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion parallel  to  the  prismatic  axis,  as  represented  in  the  an- 
nexed figure  ;  angle  of  revolution  =  180°, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Epidote. 


183 


Fig.  170. 


M 


Franconia,  (N.  H.) 


M  on  T 
T  on  T' 


115°  36' 
129    35 


a  on  a' 


109°  24' 


Several  varieties  consist  of  concentric  coats,  the  outer 
ones  of  which  being  pealed  off,  leave  a  crystal  with  smooth 
faces.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  of  various  sizes  of 
individuals,  sometimes  impalpable,  strongly  connected  :  co- 
lumnar, straight,  and  either  parallel  or  divergent,  or  irregu- 
lar, and  of  various  sizes  of  individuals. 

1.  Epidote  includes  Zoisite,  or  the  grey  and  whitish  colored  varieties 
oC  the  present  species,  and  which  by  some  mineralogists  have  been  treat- 
ed of,  as  constituting  a  separate  species.    The  light  reddish-black  variety 
from  Piedmont,  called  the  Manganesian  Epidote,  is  Zoisite  tinged  by  ox- 
ide of  manganese. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  the  varieties  of  Epidote  intumesce,  and  part- 
ly exfoliate,  but  are  with  difficulty  brought  to  the  condition  of  a  transpa- 
rent glass.     Those  with  much  iron  are  more  easily  fused  than  the  rest. 
With  borax,  Epidote  first  intumesces,  and  then  yields  a  clear  globule. 

3.  Analysis. 


fr.  the  Saualpe. 
Zoisite. 

By  DESCOTILS 

fr.  Dauphiny. 
Epidote. 

1,   ByVAUQUELIJT, 

fr.  Norway. 
Epidote. 

Silica 

45-00 

37-00 

37-00 

Alumina   . 

29-00 

27-00 

21-00 

Lime 

21-00 

14-00 

15-00 

Oxide  of  iron 

3-00 

17-00 

24-00 

184  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Epidote — Epistilbite. 

4.  Epidote  is  found  variously  disseminated  in  nearly  all  the  primitive 
rocks,  without  however  entering  into  their  composition  as  a  regular  in- 
gredient, but  rather  occurring  in  single,  drusy  cavities,  narrow  seams 
arid  veins.     The  finer  crystallizations  belong  to  beds  of  Magnetic  Iron- 
Ore.     The  variety  Zoisite  occurs  in  single  crystals  and  crystalline  masses 
in  beds,  with  Hornblende,  Kyanite,  Garnet  and  Zircon. 

5.  Magnificent  crystals  of  Epidote  are  found  in  the  iron-mines  of 
Arendal,    Norway.      Similar  varieties  occur  also  in   Sweden.     Very 
handsome  crystallizations  of  the  present  species  are  found  in  Switzer- 
land, Piedmont,  the  Pyrenees  and  the  Upper  Palatinate.     Less  remark- 
able varieties  come  from  the  Saualpe,  where  the  transition  of  the  green 
colored  crystals  into  the  grey,  or  Zoisite,  is  observed.     The  grey  col- 
ored Epidote,  or  Zoisite,  is  found  in  the  Bache  mountain  and  Schwam- 
berg  Alpe  in  Lower  Stiria;  in  the  Fichtelgeburge,  and  in  the  Tyrol. 
The  red  mangariesian  varieties  occur  at  St.  Marcel  in  the  valley  of  Aosta 
in  Piedmont. 

Crystals,  resembling  in  size,  color  and  form,  those  from  Norway  and  Swe- 
den, occur  in  the  iron- mine  of  Franconia  and  in  its  vicinity,  in  the  state  of 
New  Hampshire.  Very  beautiful  grey  crystals,  though  of  small  diam- 
eter compared  with  their  length,  have  been  found  at  Hawley,  penetrating 
small  beds  of  quartz  in  hornblende-rock.  The  pistachio-green  crystals 
occur  at  Cumberland,  (R.  I.)  in  veins  and  drusy  cavities,  in  a  species  of 
trap-rock.  A  variety  precisely  similar  to  that  from  Piedmont  has  been 
found  in  small  quantity  at  Haddam,  (Con.)  forming  a  vein  in  gneiss  about 
one  inch  wide.  But  the  greyish  white  colors,  or  Zoisite  varieties,  are  the 
most  frequent  in  the  U.S.  These  occur  in  columnar  compositions,  in  which 
the  individuals  are  large,  at  Wardsborough,  (Vt.)  Milford,  (Conn.)  but 
particularly  at  Goshen  and  Williamsburg,  (Mass.)  In  the  last  mentioned 
places  they  exist  in  veins  and  beds  of  quartz  situated  in  mica  slate.  In 
the  eastern  part  of  Maine,  a  radiating  variety  has  been  discovered,  which 
Ls  purplish  red  at  the  centres  of  the  fibrous  masses,  but  assumes  the  pis- 
tachio-green where  the  fibres  diverge  most.  A  variety  of  Zoisite  in 
long,  nearly  impalpable  fibres,  of  a  dark  bluish  grey  color,  occurs  with 
Calcareous  Spar  in  mica  slate,  at  Montpelier,  (Vt.) 

EPISTILBITE.     Diplogenous  Kouphone-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism,     M  on  M=135° 
10', 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Epistilbite. 


185 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  171. 


Fig.  172. 


M 


M  on  t      -    -    -    -    122°  9' 

t  on  *  109  46 

t  on  w  154  51 

t  on  5      -    -    -    -    141  47 

s  on  s  147  40 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal  of 

the  prism.     In  other  directions  only  an  uneven  fracture. 

Surface,  the  faces  M  shining,  but  uneven,  not  admitting  of 

the  use  of  the  reflective  goniometer  ;  the  faces  s  are  dull ; 

t  are  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre,  on  M  vitreous ;  that  of  r  pearly.     Color,  white. 
Transparent,  to  translucent  on  the  edges. 
Hardness  ==4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-249  . . .  2-50. 


Fig.  173. 


Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crys- 
tals :  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  : 
face  of  composition  parallel  to  one  of 
the  primary  lateral  faces  :  angle  of  rev- 
olution =  180°.  Massive  :  composi- 
tion granular. 

16* 


M 


M 


186  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Epistilbite — Epsom  Salt. 

1.  Epistilbite,  according  to  Dr.  BREWSTER,  is  destitute  of  the  two 
systems  of  colored  rings,  which  are  visible  in  Heulandite.     The  double 
refraction  of  the  former  mineral  is  also  vastly  greater  than  that  of  the  lat- 
ter ;  it  also  gives  the  white  light  of  fixed  polarization,  and  exhibits  at  its 
edges  many  orders  of  colors. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  froths  up,  and  forms  a  vesic- 
ular enamel,  but  cannot  be  melted  into  a  globule.     In  the  matrass,  it 
intumesces  considerably,  and  gives  off  water.     Borax  dissolves  a  great 
quantity  of  it,  and  forms  a  clear  globule.     It  is  also  soluble  in  salt  of 
phosphorus,  with  the  exception  of  a  skeleton  of  silica.     With  solution  of 
cobalt  the  enamel  becomes  blue.     It  is  soluble  in  concentrated  muri- 
atic acid,  with  the  exception  of  a  fine  granular  residue  of  silica. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 

Silica              ,         .         .       '  .         .  58-59 

Alumina         .....  17*52 

Lime               .         ...         .         .  7-56 

Soda                .....  1-78 

Water             14-48 

4.  It  occurs  in  amygdaloidal  rocks  in  Iceland  and  the  Faroe  Islands, 
along  with  Heulandite,  and  at  Poonah  in  India. 

EPSOM    SALT.     Prismatic    Epsom-Salt. 
JAMIE SON. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M/  =  90° 
30'. 

Secondary  forms. 

1.  The  primary,  having  the  terminal  edges  deeply  re- 
placed, so  as  to  form  pyramids  at  each  extremity,  and  like- 
wise having  the  acute  lateral  edges  truncated. 

2.  The  same  form,  with  the  addition  of  tangent  trunca- 
tions of  the  obtuse  lateral  edges,  and  of  the  upper  edges  of 
the  pyramidal  terminations. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  to  the  shorter  diagonal  of  the 
primary  form  ;  less  so,  parallel  with  the  faces  formed  by  the 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  1ST 

Epsom  Salt — Erinite. 

truncation  of  the  pyramidal  edges.  Fracture,  conchoidal. 
Surface,  crystals  striated  vertically  upon  their  lateral  planes. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent . . .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness2-0  .  ..2-5.  Sp.gr.  =  l-751. 
Taste  saline  and  bitter. 

Compound  Varieties.  Botryoidal,  reniform,  and  in  the 
shape  of  crusts:  composition  columnar,  if  the  particles  are 
very  delicate,  the  lustre  becomes  pearly.  Pulverulent. 

1.  It  deliquesces  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  is  with  difficulty  fusible, 
if  its  water  of  crystallization  has  been  driven  off.  It  dissolves  very  rea- 
dily in  water. 

2.  Analysis, 

By  VOGEL. 

Water  ....         48-0 

Sulphuric  acid          ....         33-0 
Magnesia  '.         18-0 

."5.  It  effloresces  from  several  rocks,  both  in  their  original  repositories, 
and  iu  artificial  walls.  It  forms  the  principal  ingredient  of  certain  min- 
eral waters. 

4.  It  occurs  in  Freiberg,  and  in  its  neighborhood,  efflorescent  upon 
gneiss;  likewise  in  Scotland,  in  the  Hartz,  in  Berchtesgaden,  in  Salz- 
burg, at  Idria  in  Carniola,  in  Bohemia  and  in  Hungary. 

It  abounds  in  the  limestone  caves  of  Kentucky  and  Indiana,  whose 
floors  are  often  covered  with  it  in  delicate  crystals,  intermingled  with 
dry  earth  to  a  considerable  depth.  In  New  York  also,  ten  miles  from 
Coeymans,  on  the  east  face  of  the  Helderberg,  it  effloresces  from  the 
calcareous  sandstone. 

5.  After  having  been  purified,  it  is  employed  in  medicine,  as  well  as 
for  the  production  of  magnesia. 

ERINITE.     Dystome    Copper-Baryte. 

Highly  crystalline  :  the  individuals  arranged  in  concen- 
tric coats,  with  rough  surfaces,  produced  by  the  termina- 
tion of  exceedingly  minute  crystals ;  the  layers  often  not 


188  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Erinite. 


firmly  cohering,  so  that  they  may  easily  be  separated  from 
one  another.  These  layers  themselves  are  very  compact, 
exhibiting  an  uneven  or  imperfectly  conchoidal  fracture,  and 
traces  of  cleavage.* 

Color,  a  beautiful  emerald  green,  slightly  inclining  to 
grass-green.  Streak  green,  but  paler.  It  is  slightly  trans- 
lucent on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-5  . . .  5-0.     Sp.  gr.=4-043. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Oxide  of  copper  .         .         .         54-44 

Alumina  .         .         .  1-77 

Arsenic  acid  .         .         .         33-78 

Water  .         .        .          5-01 

2.  It  is  associated  with  other  species  of  arseniate  of  copper,  and  occurs 
in  the  county  of  Limerick  in  Ireland. 

ERLAN. 

Massive  :  composition  granular,  also  impalpable  and  slaty. 
Fracture  splintery  and  uneven. 

Color  greenish  grey.  Lustre  feebly  vitreous  to  dull.  Streak 
white,  and  possessing  a  resinous  or  oily  lustre. 

Hardness  =  5-5  ...  6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-0  . .  .3-1. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  GMELIN. 

Silica                .         .     ^    .         .         .  59-8 

Alumina          .....  15-9 

Lime                ......  15-7 

Oxide  of  manganese         .         .  5-6 

Soda                 3-0 

2.  It  occurs  associated  with  Mica  at  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony,  form- 
ing a  mountain  mass. 

*  These  plates  form  crest-like  aggregations.  A  circumstance  which 
greatly  increases  the  difficulty  of  observing  the  regular  forms,  is  the 
want  of  lustre ;  the  surface  of  the  concentric  layers  being  quite  dull, 
while  there  is  only  a  slight  degree  of  resinous  lustre  on  the  fracture. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Euchroite. 


189 


3.  From  the  foregoing  description,  Erlan  would  appear  to  be  only  a 
variety  of  argillite. 

ESSONITE.     (See  Garnet.) 

iUCHROITE.     Peritomous  C  o  p  p  e  r-Baryte. 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M=117° 

|20'. 

Secondary  form. 
M  on  M 
/     on    I 
s     on  s 
?i    on   n 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  primary  lateral  planes,  distinct; 
indistinct  parallel  to  n. 

Fracture  small  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  the  verti- 
al  faces  of  the  prism  streaked  parallel  to  their  common 
dges  of  combination. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  bright  emerald-green.  Streak 
>ale  apple-green.  Double  refraction  considerable.  Trans- 
arent . .  .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp,  gr.  = 
3-389. 

1.  In  the  matrass,  it  loses  its  water,  and  becomes  yellowish  green  and 
riable.     When  heated  to  a  certain  point  upon  charcoal,  it  is  reduced  in 
n  instant  with  a  kind  of  deflagration,  leaving  a  globule  of  malleable  cop- 
er, with  white  metallic  particles  dispersed  throughout  its  mass,  which 
re  entirely  volatile  upon  a  continued  blast. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Peroxide  of  copper         .         .         .        47-85 
Arsenic  acid  .         .         .         33-02 

Water  .     .   18-80 

S.  It  was  discovered  at  Libethen  in  Hungary,  in  quartzose  mica  slate. 


190 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Euclase. 


EUCLASE.     Prismatic    Emerald.       MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  oblique-angled  prism.    MonT= 
130°  50'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  175. 


P  on  M  or  T 
M  on  M  or  T 
bl  on  M  or  T 
62  on  M  or  T 


P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 
P 


on  c 
on  d 
on  el 
on  e2 
on  c3 
on  e4 
on  c5 
on  c6 
on  c7 
on  e8 
on  c9 
on  clO 
on  ell 


90°  0'  ~. 

^ 

*  P  on  c!2 

130  52 

P  on  e!3 

98  50 

Pon61 

100  00 

P  on  62 

124  30 

Pon61 

124  24 

Pon62 

122  28 

>-d 

Pon63 

121  30 

f 

felon  62 

120  10 

P 
*  t-<  < 

62  on  62' 

116  05 

*5 

61  on  62 

112  50 

GO 

62  on  63 

111  50 

62  on  61 

109  40 

d  ond 

108  46 

clon  d 

107  20 

el  on  61 

106  22 

el  on  61 

105  14 

103C 

100 

123 

108 

130 

112 

139 

165 

143 

162 

169 

143 

105 

140 

148 

115 


Cleavage,  highly  perfect,  and  very  easily  obtained  par 
allel  to  P  ;  less  distinct  parallel  to  T.  Fracture  perfect!; 
conchoidal,  and  very  easily  obtained.  Surface,  the  face 
between  T  and  P  streaked  parallel  to  their  common  inter 


section. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  191 

Euclase — Eudyalite. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  mountain-green,  passing  into 
>lue,  and  white,  always  pale.  Streak  white.  •  Transpa- 
ent .  .  .  semi-transparent,  generally  the  first. 

Very  brittle  and  fragile.  Hardness  =  7-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
5*098,  a  greenish-white  crystal. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  intumesces  in  a  strong  heat,  and  becomes 
vhite.  If  the  heat  be  still  farther  increased,  it  melts  into  a  white  ena- 
nel. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIU*. 

Silica  ....         43-22 

Alumina  ....         30-56 

Glucina  ....         21-78 

Oxide  of  iron  ....  2-22 

Oxide  of  tin  ....  0-70     . 

3.  Nothing  as  yet  is  known  with  sufficient  accuracy,  of  the  mode  of 
ts  occurrence  in  nature.  The  first  varieties  of  it  were  brought  by  DOM- 
BEY  from  Peru.  It  was  afterwards  found  at  Capao  in  the  mining  dis- 
rict  of  Villa-Ricca  in  Brazil,  where  it  occurs  in  beautifully  crystallized 
rarieties  in  a  chloritfc  slate,  resting  on  sandstone,  along  with  Topaz.  It 
s  generally  brought  to  Europe  in  fractured  crystals. 

EUDYALiTE.     Rhombohedral  Petali  n  e-Spar. 
I  Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P ;  =  73°  40'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  176. 


P  on  tc       -        106°  36'         P  on  z       -       126° 


192  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Eudyalite — Eukairite. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  o  distinct ;  parallel  to  z  less  so  : 
traces  of  cleavage  parallel  with  the  faces  of  the  primary 
rhomboid.  Fracture  conchoidal  or  uneven.  Surface 
smooth,  but  often  rather  uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  brownish-red.  Streak  white. 
Translucent  on  the  edges  . .  .  opake. 

Hardness  =5-0  .  .  .  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-898. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  leek-green  scoria.  If  redu- 
ced to  powdsr,  it  gelatinizes  with  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Silica                      ....  52-00 

Zhconia                  .         .                  .  10-89 

Lime                        ....  10-14 

Soda                         ....  13-92 

Oxide  of  iron           .         •         •         •  6-85 

Oxide  of  manganese       .         .         .  2-57 

Muriatic  acid         .         .         .         .  1-03 

3.  It  is  found  in  Greenland,  mixed  with  Sodalite,*  Hornblende,  and  9 
mountain  green  variety  of  Feldspar. 

EUKAIRITE.     Selenious  Poly poine-Glance 
Massive  :  composition  granular  or  impalpable. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  lead-grey.     Streak  white,  wher 

impressed  with  the  nail. 

Ductile.     Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2*5. 

1.  When  heated  alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  a  strong  smell  o 
selenium,  and  yields  greyish  white,  and  hard  metallic  globules.  Heatec 
with  lead  upon  bone-ashes,  it  gives  a  globule  of  silver.  In  an  open  tube 
it  affords  a  precipitate  of  selenium  and  selenious  acid.  It  prevents  the 
reaction  of  copper  with  fluxes,  and  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZEL.IUS. 

Selenium     ,         .         .         31-58         .         .         .        26-00 
Silver  .         .         .         43-16         .         .         .        38-93 

Copper         .         .         .         25-26         ,         .         .         23-05 
Earthy  matters     .         .  000         .         .         .          8-90 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fahlerz. 


193 


3.  It  occurs  disseminated  through  Calcareous  Spar,  in  the  mine  of 
Skrickerum  in  Smoland. 

FAHLERZ.      Tetrahedral    Copper-Glance. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Tetrahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  177.  Fig.  178. 

2. 


Fig.  180. 


4. 


Kapnik. 


Schwatz,  (Tyrol.) 


5,  Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

6,  Icosatetrahedron. 

7,  Trigonal  dodecahedron,  resulting  from  the  extension 
of  the  bevelling  planes  in  Fig.  179. 

Cleavage,  not  visible,  except  traces  of  the  octahedron. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  of  different  degrees  of  perfection 
Surface,  the  tetrahedron  and  the  trigonal   dodecahedron 
17 


194  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fahlerz. 


generally  streaked  irregularly,  parallel  to  their  common  edg- 
es of  combination,  not  rough ;  the  dodecahedron  some- 
times a  little  rough.  Some  varieties  are  subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel-grey  . . .  iron-black.  Streak 
unchanged,  sometimes  inclining  to  brown. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  3-0  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
4-104,  from  Cremnitz  ;  =  4*950  from  Kapnik  $  =4-798, 
from  Schvvatz-. 

Oompound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  compo- 
sition parallel  to  a  face  of  the  octahedron  ;  the  individuals 
continued  beyond  the  face  of  composition. 

Fig.  181. 


Dillenburg. 

Massive  :  composition  granular,  of  various  sizes  of  indi- 
viduals, strongly  connected,  and  often  impalpable  ;  fracture 
uneven. 

1.  Schwarzerz  has  been  distinguished  as  a  subspecies  under  Fahlerz. 
but  differs  only  in  having  a  deeper  black  color,  and  a  more  conchoida! 
fracture. 

The  varieties  of  the  present  species  differ  somewhat  in  their  behavior 
before  the  blow-pipe,  arising  chiefly,  it  may  be  concluded,  from  acci- 
dental mixtures,  depending  upon  the  substances  with  which  they  occur 
associated.  Some  jyeld  arsenic  when  roasted,  others  antimony,  and  the 
residue  melt  in  different  ways.  After  roasting,  (hey  yield  a  globule  of 
copper. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  195 

Fahlerz — Fahlunite. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 


of  Fahlerz.  of  Schwarzcrz. 

Copper  .         .        4800         .         .         40-25 

Arsenic  .         .         14-00         .         .  0-75 

Antimony       .         .  0-00         .         .         23-00 

Sulphur          .         .         1000         .         .         18-50 
Iron  .         .         25-50         .         ,         13-50 

Silver  .         .  0-50         .         .  0-30 

Other  varieties  contain  the  same  ingredients  in  other  proportions. 
Some,  moreover,  contain  zinc,  mercury,  or  lead  ;  and  in  some  varieties 
as  much  as  13£  p.  c.  of  silver  has  been  discovered  :  in  others  again,  a 
small  quantity  of  gold  is  detected. 

3.  Fahlerz  is  found  in  beds  and  veins.     It  is  accompanied  by  Copper 
Pyrites,  Spathic  Iron,  and  Quartz. 

4.  The  varieties  of  a  steel-grey  color  are  found  in  veins  near  Frei- 
berg in  Saxony,  and  in  beds  in  Anhalt  in  the  county  of  Gomor  in  Hun- 
gary, in  Stiria,  &c. ;  varieties  called  Schwarzerz  are  met  with  in  veins 
at  Schwatz  and  other  places  in  Tyrol,  at  Kapnik  in  Transylvania,  at 
Cremnitz  in  Hungary  ;  also  at  Clausthal  and  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz. 
It  occurs  also  in  the  neighborhood  of  Dillenburg ;  in  Mansfield ;  in  small 
quantities  at  Airthrie,  and  other  places  in  Scotland  ;  in  Cornwall,  and  in 
South  America. 

FAHLUNITE.     Peritomous  Petaline-Spar. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
109°  28'.  MonP=101°  30'.  Reniform  massive.  • 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  primary  form.  Fracture  con- 
choidal .  .  .  uneven,  splintery. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  olive-green  and  oil  green,  pass- 
ing into  yellow,  grey,  brown,  and  black.  Streak  greyish- 
white.  Feebly  translucent  on  the  edges  .  . .  opake. 

Hardness  =6-0  . . .  6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-61  .  . .  2-66. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  pale-grey,  and  melts  on  its  thin- 
nest edges.  It  is  but  slowly  dissolved  in  glass  of  borax,  and  communi- 
xates  to  it  the 'color  produced  by  oxide  of  iron. 


196 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fahlunite — Feldspar. 


2.  Analysis. 
By  TROLLE-WACHTMEISTER. 

A  black  m 
Sp. 

Silica 
Alumina 
Oxide  of  iron 
Magnesia 

Protoxide  of  manganese 
do.  mixed  with  ox.  of  iron 
Soda 
Potash 

Fluoric  acid  with  silica 
Lime 
Water 

3.  It  occurs  at  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  in  a  talcose  or  chloritic  slate,  with 
Galena  and  Copper  Pyrites. 

FASSAITE.     (See  Pyroxene.} 
FELDSPAR.     Orthotomous  Feld-spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism. *     M  on  T  = 
120°.     PonM=90°.     P  on  T  =67°   15', 

Fig.  182. 


issive  var.      Crystallized  grey  v 
gr.  =2-68.               Sp.gr.  =274 
43-51       .         .         44-60 

ar.    Blackish  grey  van 
Sp.  gr.  =  2-79 
44-95 

25-81       . 

30-10 

30-70 

6-35       . 

3-86 

7-22 

6-57       . 

6'75 

6-04 

0-00       . 

o-oo 

1-90 

1-72       . 

2-24 

0-00 

4-45 
0-94       . 

I    1-98 

o-oo 

1-38 

0-16       . 

0-00 

o-oo 

0-00       . 

135 

0-95 

11-66 

935 

8-05 

*  In  the  description  of  this  species,  it  has  been  found  the  most  conven- 
ient to  represent  the  crystals  after  the  method  of  HATJY,  in  preference 
to  that  of  BROOKE,  whose  projections  have  generally  been  adopted  in 
(he  present  work. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


19T 


Secondary  forms. 


Fig.  183. 


Fig.  184. 


Fig.  185. 


M 


St.  Gothard.—  Rossie,  (N.Y.) 


\ 


Fig.  18G.  Fig.  187, 


Fig.  188. 


Isere. 


Middlcfield  and  Becket,  (Mass.) 

17* 


198 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


Fig.  189. 


In  order  to  render  more  easily  intelligible  the  changes 
suffered  by  the  primary  form,  ihe  planes  M  and  T  have  the 
same  position  given  them  in  the  secondary  forms,  as  in  the 
figure  by  which  the  primary  is  illustrated.  Fig.  183.  (uni- 
taire.  HAUY.)  M  on  y  =  90°.  H.  P  on  */  =  99°  29'.  H. 
Fig.  184.  (prismatique.  HAUY.)  M  on  7  =  120°.  H. 
Pon/=lll°  40'.  H.  Fig.  185.  (binaire.  H.)  Ton/ 
=  60.  Fig.  186.  (ditetraedre.  H.)  P  on  #=128°  51'.  H. 
Fig.  187.  (sexdecimal  H.)  x  on  y  =  150°  45'  28".  H. 
M  on  s=H60  20'.  H.  Fig.  188.  (synoptique.  H.) 
T  or  M  on  z  =  1 50°.  M  or  P  on  n  =  1 35°.  q  on  x  = 
164°  40'.  H.  q  on  a  =  149°  107.  P.  This  is  a  reunion  of 
all  the  modifications  of  Feldspar.  Crystals  agreeing  with 
it,  with  the  deficiency  of  planes  n  q  and  y,  are  found  at 
Greenfield,  near  Saratoga,  (N.Y.) ;  also  at  Haddam,  (Conn.) 
Others,  only  wanting  planes  n  and  </,  occur  at  Governeur, 
St.  Lawrence  co.  (N.Y.)  Fig.  189.  This  is  an  elonga- 
tion of  Fig.  187,  in  the  direction  of  the  edge  between  P  ajid 
M.  Fig.  188,  suffers  the  same  elongation  in  the  direction 
of  the  plane  n. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


199 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained ;  parallel  with  M  perfect,  with  T  obscure,  though 
sometimes  obvious.  Fracture  conchoidal  to  uneven.  Sur- 
face frequently  streaked  in  a  horizontal  direction ;  most  of 
the  other  faces  are  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  sometimes  inclining  to  pearly  upon  per- 
fect faces  of  cleavage.  Color  white,  prevalent,  inclining  to 
grey,  green  and  red  ;  sometimes  grey,  flesh-red,  verdigris 
green.  Streak  greyish  white.  Transparent,  translucent 
on  the  edge.  A  bluish  opalescence  observable  in  the  di- 
rection of  T,  most  distinctly  in  transparent  varieties.  The 
variety  called  moonstone,  from  Ceylon,  appears  considera- 
bly more  red,  and  of  a  lower  degree  of  transparency,  if 
viewed  perpendicularly  to  T,  than  in  any  other  direction. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-558,  a  white 
transparent  variety  ;  limits  of  the  species  2.53  . . .  2'60. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  1.  Face  of 
composition  parallel  with  the  edge  between  P  and  M. 
(Fig.  189.)  Axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  the  plane 
d  gfl  k  h  u  of  the  same  figure.  Angle  of  revolution  = 
180°.  See  annexed  figure. 

Fig.  190. 


If  this  mode  of  composition  be  repeated  on  all  the  faces 
of  the  same  form,  four  sided  prisms,  consisting  of  four  indi- 


200 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


viduals,  will  be  formed,  which  are  nearly  rectangular,  and 
bounded  on  their  extremities  by  the  faces  P  P  and  x  x. 
This  composition  is  seen  in  the  annexed  figure. 

Fig.  191. 


It  is  a  frequent  form,  from  St.  Gothard. 


2.  Two  crystals,  like  Fig.  187,  excepting  planes  x  and 
s.  Axis  of  revolution  parallel  to  the  principal  axis,  face  of 
composition  parallel  either  to  the  right  (Fig.  192.)  or  to  the 
left  faces  (Fig.  J93.)ofM. 


Both  are  found  near  Elbogen  in  Bohemia. 


3.  Axes  of  revolution  perpendicular,  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel  to  P,  angle  of  revolution  =180°. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  201 

Feldspar. 


Fig.  194. 


LaClayette  and  Loire  in  France. 

Sometimes  there  occurs  a  composition  according  to  sev- 
eral of  these  laws  at  once.  Massive  :  composition  granu- 
lar, of  various  sizes  ojf  individuals,  sometimes  lamellar. 

1.  Several  distinct  species  were  formerly  included  under  the  name  of 
Feldspar,  and  variously  subdivided  into  subspecies  and  varieties.  First, 
those  gray  varieties  which  possess  bright  iridescent  colors,  were  establish- 
ed into  a  particular  subspecies,  under  the  name  nt  Labrador  Feldsnar, 
These  are  now  known  to  comprehend  varieties  of  Feldspar  and  of  Labra- 
dorite.  The  most  transparent  and  pure  varieties,  generally  in  implanted 
crystals,  lining  the  walls  of  narrow  veins  in  ancient  rocks,  were  likewise 
considered  as  a  particular  subspecies,  and  called  JLdularia.  It  is  made 
up  of  Feldspar  and  Albite.  The  less  transparent  varieties  were  divided 
into  common  and  compact  Feldspar  ;  the  first  of  which  contained,  though 
not  exclusively,  easily  cleavable  crystals ;  the  second,  imbedded  crys- 
tals, having  no  distinct  cleavage,  and  compound  masses  of  small,  or  im- 
palpable and  strongly  connected  individuals.  Common  Feldspar  con- 
tains varieties  of  all  the  species  enumerated  above.  From  it,  Clinkstone, 
which  is  commonly  a  mixed  mineral,  and  forms  the  mass  of  porphyry- 
slate,  was  distinguished  as  a  particular  species ;  so  also  was  Variolite, 
consisting  of  small  globular  masses,  imbedded  in  a  mixed  rock.  It  has 
not  been  exactly  ascertained  to  what  species  Clinkstone  and  Variolite  be- 
long. Imbedded  crystals  of  considerable  degrees  of  transparency,  in  por- 
phyry slate,  occurring  also  in  various  other  trachytic  and  volcanic  rocks, 
were  called  glassy  Feldspar.  Ice-spar  occurs  in  white  transparent 
crystals,  greatly  resembling  Adularia  and  glassy  Feldspar,  but  implanted 
in  the  drusy  cavities  of  rocks  ejected  by  Mount  Vesuvius.  In  regard  to 


202  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


the  particular  state,  in  which  the  varieties  of  common  Feldspar  occur, 
those  which  are  more  or  less  decomposed,  were  designated  by  the  denom- 
ination of  earthy  common  Feldspar,  and  considered  as  a  particular  sub- 
species. If  the  decomposition  has  arrived  at  its  limits,  so  that  the  whole 
is  converted  into  a  more  or  less  firmly  coherent  powder,  Porcelain- 
Earth  is  formed.  It  is  possible  that  porcelain-earth  arises  from  the  de- 
composition of  several  species  of  the  Feldspar  family.  . 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  Feldspar  becomes  glassy,  semi- 
transparent  and  white,  but  melts  with  difficulty,  and  only  upon  its  edges, 
into  a  semi-transparent,  vesicular  glass.  It  is  dissolved  by  borax,  but 
slowly  and  without  effervescence,  into  a  clear  globule.  It  is  not  acted 
upon  by  acids. 

Analysis. 
By  VAUQTJELIJY.          By  KLAPROTH. 

Adularia.          Common  Feldspar  fr.  Carlsbad. 
Silica  .         64  JO         .         .         64-50 

Alumina  .         20-00        !         .         19-75 

Potash  .         14-00         .         .         11-50 

Lime  .          2-00        .         ,      a  trace. 

Oxide  of  iron       .  .          0-00        .        .          1  75 
Water  .         0-00        .        .         0-75 

Feldspar  frequently  enters  into  the  composition  of  rocks,  and  consti- 
tutes, with  Quartz  and  Mica,  the  different  kinds  of  granite  and  gneiss  ; 
with  Hornblende,  it  forms  syenite  and  greenstone  ;  and  with  Augite,  the 
Augite-rock.  To  several  of  these  rocks,  large  crystals  of  Feldspar  im- 
part a  porphyritic  appearance  ;  and  it  is  a  characteristic  mark  of  the  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  porphyry  more  properly  so  called,  to  have  isolated  crys- 
tals of  this  species  distributed  throughout  their  compact  mass.  Basalt, 
and  some  other  allied  rocks,  must  be  considered  as  most  intimate  mix- 
tures of  Feldspar  with  Hornblende  or  Pyroxene,  or  with  both  these  spe- 
cies, the  individuals  being  so  small  as  to  be  no  longer  recognizable.  In 
several  of  these  rocks  which  contain  Feldspar  as  one  of  their  ingredients, 
larger  masses  of  it  frequently  form  concretions  separated  from  the  rest, 
and  assume  the  shape  of  more  or  less  extended  beds.  If  these  be  de- 
composed by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere,  and  their  situations  be  favora- 
ble, Porcelain  earth  is  formed,  among  the  most  remarkable  of  which  we 
notice  those  in  gneiss,  at  Aue  near  Schneeberg  in  Saxojiy,  and  at  Haf- 
nerzell  in  the  district  of  Passau.  At  Carclaise  and  Cligga  in  Cornwall, 
the  porcelain  earth  originates  in  the  decomposition  of  granitic  rocks.  It 
occurs  frequently  in  beds  along  with  ores  of  iron  and  titanium,  with  sev- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  203 

Feldspar. 


eral  species  of  the  Hornblende  and  Garnet  families  ;  but  it  may  be  con- 
sidered as  a  rarity  in  veins,  except  in  those  which  are  composed  of  the 
same  species  of  which  the  rocks  consist  which  they  traverse.  In  these, 
its  varieties  are  accompanied  by  Axinite,  Quartz,  several  ores  of  titani- 
um, Calcarious  Spar  and  other  species ;  and  have  their  surface  some- 
times covered  with  scaly  particles  of  Talc.  Sometimes  the  crystals  have 
their  surfaces,  particularly  the  planes  M,  covered  with  crystals  of  Al- 
bite,  disposed  in  parallel  position. 

The  finest  crystals  of  Adularia  are  found  in  the  highest  districts  of  St. 
Gothard,  and  the  Alps  of  Savoy  ;  several  varieties  occur  also  in  Salzburg, 
the  Tyrol,  Bavaria,  Dauphiny,  the  isle  of  Arran,  in  Cornwall  and  Wales. 
Very  large  crystals  of  Feldspar  are  found  in  Siberia,  which  are  general- 
ly penetrated  by  Quartz,  sometimes  of  considerable  transparency.  Am- 
azon stone,  a  verdigris- green  variety,  associated  with  small  white  crys- 
tals of  Albite,  occurs  near  Fort  Troitzk  in  the  Uralian  mountains.  Com- 
pact Feldspar,  forming  the  body  of  clinkstone-porphyry,  is  found  in  the 
Bohemian  Mittelgebirge,  in  the  western  isles  of  Scotland,  at  Sahla  in 
Sweden,  in  the  Hartz,  &c.  Variolite  has  been  noticed  from  Piedmont 
and  Corsica.  The  finest  varieties  of  porcelain  earth  are  those  from  Chi- 
na, where  it  is  called  Kaolin,  from  Saxony,  from  Passau,  and  from  Li- 
moges in  France. 

The  United  States  have  thus  far  afforded  few  handsomely  crystallized 
specimens  of  the  present  species,  although  they  have  been  quoted  from 
a  number  of  localities.  The  most  interesting  of  these  are  Rossie  and 
Governeur  in  St.  Lawrence  co.  (N.Y.)  Greenfield  near  Saratoga  in  the 
same  state,  and  Haddam,  (Conn.)  At  the  first  mentioned  place  it  is  as- 
sociated with  crystallized,  white  Hornblende  and  Scapolite  in  limestone, 
and  at  the  two  last  with  Chrysoberyl,  Garnet  and  Tourmaline  in  a  gra- 
nitic vein.  A  few  crystals  have  been  afforded,  apparently  belonging  to 
this-specics,  at  Franconia,  (N.H.)  in  a  vein  made  up  chiefly  of  large  crys- 
tals of  Epidote  and  Quartz.  Crystallized  Feldspar  in-small  quantity,  fre- 
quently accompanies  Beryl  in  N.  England  ;  and  is  met  with  also  in  loose 
masses,  lining  small  cavities  in  a  rock  made  up  of  Hornblende,  Au- 
gite,  and  massive  Feldspar.  The  crystals  are  often  deeply  imbedded 
in  Calcareous  Spar.  Under  these  circumstances,  it  has  been  found 
at  Middlefield  and  Becket,  (Mass.)  Feldspar  exists  in  very  large  im- 
perfect crystals,  disseminated  through  gneissj  and  imparting  to  it  a  por- 
phyritic  appearance,  throughout  the  primitive  region  of  New  England. 
It  is  found  of  a  verdigris  green  color,  crystallized  and  massive,  at  Bever- 
ly, (Mass.)  The  flesh-colored  varieties  appear  to  abound  more  in  the 


204  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar. 


granite  which  accompanies  the  Atlantic  coast  from  Connecticut  to 
Maine,  though  often  met  with  in  the  interior.  Adularia,  or  opalescent 
varieties,  though  not  the  most  strongly  marked,  occur  in  Worcester  co. 
(Mass.)  and  in  the  granite  bordering  upon  Lake  George,  near  Ticonde- 
roga,  (N.Y.)  as  well  as  at  Haddam,  (Conn.)  and  Paris  in  Maine.  Feld- 
spar in  very  large,  perfectly  cleavahle  individuals,  and  suited  to  all  the 
purposes  of  porcelain  manufacture,  abound  in  Charles  co.  (Penn.,)  Dela- 
ware, in  the  Highlands  of  New  York,  and  at  several  places  in  N.  Eng- 
land, too  numerous  to  be  mentioned.  Decomposed  Feldspar  is  met 
with  occasionally  in  granite  beds,  as  at  Andover,  (Mass.)  ;  in  Cheshire, 
(Conn.)  a  deposit  was  discovered  in  digging  the  Farmington  Canal, 
which  appears  to  have  owed  its  origin  to  the  red  sandstone  formation. 

Several  varieties  of  this  species  are  used  in  the  arts  and  manufactures. 
The  purest  opalescent  varieties  of  Adularia  are  cut  round  and  polished, 
and  worn  as  ring  stones,  &c.  The  finest  of  them  are  from  Ceylon,  and 
are  called  moon-stones.  The  sun-stone  is  also  used  in  jewellery :  it 
exhibits,  reddish  and  variegated  patches  of  light,  in  the  shape  of  ob- 
lique-angled parallelograms  on  the  cleavage  face  T.  This  variety  is 
found  at  Lyme,  (Connecticut.)  Graphic  granite  is  cut  for  snuff- 
boxes,  &c. :  it  consists  of  a  simple  variety  of  the  present  species,  reg- 
ularly mixed  with  long  parallel  crystals  of  Quartz,  whose  transverse 
angular  sections  bear  some  resemblance  to  certain  letters.  The  pure 
varieties  of  Feldspar  are  used  in  the  composition  of  the  paste  of 
porcelain,  also  for  the  enamel  with  which  it  is  covered  ;  and  the  decom- 
posed variety,  or  porcelain  earth  itself,  is  the  most  important  material  in 
that  department  of  manufactures. 

APPENDIX  TO  FELDSPAR. 
i.  Mikrodinous  Felsite.     BREITHAUPT. 

Pon  M=~112°  15'.     PonT=90°2l/.     M  on  T  =  118°  35', 

Cleavages  very  perfect. 

Hardness  =  7-75  .  . .  8-0.  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 

Sp.  gr.  =  2  562,  reddish  to  liver-brown,  from  Arendal. 

2-565,  reddish  white,  from  Arendal. 

2  567,  g*rey,  with  blue  opalescence,  from  Friedrichs- 
vairn. 

2-568,     do.     in  small  pure  cleavage  forms. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Feldspar — Fergusonite. 


205 


The  composition  of  Mikroclinous  Felsite  is,  according  to  KLAP- 
ROTH, 

Silica  ....  65-00 

Alumina  -         -         -         -  20-00 

Potash  ....  12-25 

Oxide  of  iron  -  1-25 

Magnesia  -        -                 -  a  trace. 

Water  -  0-50 


99-00 


P  on  g' 
g  on  h1 


ii.  Murchisonite.     LEVY. 

90°  00' 

-     •  '  -        90    «0 


The  two  cleavages  which  are  at  right  angles,  are  like  Feld- 
spar ;  the  third  has  a  nacreous  lustre,  and  is  as  easily  obtained  as 
the  others.  The  plane  P  of  this  figure  is  not  afforded  by  cleav- 
age in  common  Feldspar. 

Color  white,  with  a  tinge  of  red.     Opake. 

It  occurs  at  Heavitree  near  Exeter,  forming  a  compact  rock,  associa- 
ted with  Quartz,  Mica  and  black  Tourmaline  ;  and  is  connected  with  the 
red  marl. 

ih\  Ryakolite.     ROSE? 

The  experiments  of  G.  ROSE  upon  the  glassy  Feldspar,  are  said  to 
have  rendered  it  apparent  that  its  angles  are  different  from  those  of  Feld- 
spar, and  from  the  above  enumerated  varieties,  proposed  as  species.  Its 
sp.  gr.  =  2-576.  It  occurs  in  the  lava  of  Vesuvius,  and  in  that  of  the 
Lacher  Lake. 

FERGUSONITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 

18 


206  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fergusonite. 


Secondary  form.          Fig.  196. 


s  on  s        -       100°  30'     |     z  on  *'  159° 

Cleavage,  traces  parallel  to  s.  Fracture  perfectly  con- 
choidal.  Surface  rather  uneven. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color 
dark  brownish  black ;  in  thin  splinters,  pale.  Streak  very 
pale  brown,  like  Rutile.  Opake  :  in  thin  splinters,  translu- 
cent. 

Brittle.      Hardness  =  5-5  ...  6-0.      Sp.  gr.  =  5*838. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  its  color  and  becomes  pale  greenish- 
yellow,  but  alone,  is  infusible.  It  is  entirely  dissolved  in  salt  of  phospho- 
rus, but  some  particles  remain  a  long  time  unaltered.  The  pale  green- 
ish globule  becomes  opake  by  flaming,  or  on  cooling,  when  very  much 
saturated.  Before  the  whole  portion  has  been  dissolved,  it  assumes  a 
pale  rose  color  in  the  reducing  flame. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HARTWALL. 

Columbic  acid  .  -        •        -        47-75 

Yttria  -         -         -         41-91 

Oxide  of  Cerium  -        -        -          4-68 

Zirconia  -         -  3  02 

Oxide  of  tin  1-00 

Oxide  of  uranium  0-95 

Oxide  of  iron  -         -         -  0-34 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  207 

Figure-stone. 


3.  It  is  found  imbedded  in  Quartz  at  Kikertaursak,  near  Cape  Fare- 
well in  Greenland. 

FERRUGINOUS  PLATINA. 

In  crystals  and  grains.  The  form  of  the  crystals  described  as 
cubical. 

Color  dark  platina-grey.     Surface  tarnished,  like  meteoric  iron. 

Hardness  ==  8-0  ...  8-5.    (Scale  of  BREITHAUPT.) 

Malleable.  Sp.  gr.  =  14-6  . . .  15-7.  It  is  magnetic  ;  and  in 
some  cases  not  only  attracts,  but  repels  the  needle. 

1.  It  gives,  by  chemical  trials,  evidence  of  a  considerable  portion  of 
iron. 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  platina  sand  from  Nijnotaguilsk  in  the  govern- 
ment of  Perme  in  Siberia. 

3.  Whether  it  be  specifically  distinct  from  Native  Platina,  stijl  admits 
of  a  doubt. 

FETTBOLE. 

Massive ;  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Color 
liver-brown.  Lustre  resinous.  Opake.  Hardness  =1-50  ..  .2-0. 
Sp.  gr.  =  2-249.  It  falls  to  pieces  in  water,  attended  with  a  crack- 
ling noise.  According  to  KERSTEN,  it  consists  of  a  tri-silicate  of 
iron,  with  9  proportionals  of  water.  It  is,  without  doubt,  an  acci- 
dental mixture  of  these  principles,  resulting  from  the  decomposi- 
tion of  some  one  or  more  mineral  species, 

FETTSTEIN.     (See  Nepheline.) 
FIBROLITE.     (See  Kyanite.) 

FIGURE-STONE.      Glyptic   Atelene-Picros- 
mine. 

Massive :  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  coarse 
splintery,  imperfectly  slaty. 

Color  white,  grey,  green,  yellow,  red  and  brown;  none 
of  them  bright.  Acquires  some  lustre  in  the  streak.  Trans- 
lucent, in  most  cases,  only  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =2«0 . . .  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2.815  . . .  2-9. 


208  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Figure-stone — Flucerine. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  becomes  white.  It  is  part- 
ly soluble  in  sulphuric  acid,  leaving  a  siliceous  residue. 

2.  Analysis* 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  THOMSON. 

Silica  -         -         54-50       -  49-816 

Alumina  -        -         34-00       -         -  20*596 

Potash  6-25       -         -         -  6-800 

Lime  -         -          0-00       -         -         -          6-000 

Oxide  of  iron      -         -  0'75       -         -         -  1-500 

Water  4-00       -         -         -  5-000 

3.  It  is  brought  from  China,  gj^ess  characteristic  varieties  have  been 
found  also  in  Transylvania  and  in  Saxony. 

4.  It  is  cut  by  the  Chinese  into  various  ornaments  and  grotesque  shapes. 

FIORITE.     (See  Opal.) 
FLINT.     (See  Quartz.) 

FLUCERINE.      Rhombohedral    Tungstic- 
Bary  te. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid,  of  unknown  dimensions. 

Six-sided  prisms,  plates  and  amorphous  masses. 

Cleavage  most  distinct  perpendicular  to  the  axis,  or  par- 
allel with  the  base  of  the  hexagonal  prism. 

Fracture  uneven  and  splintery. 

Color  reddish  white  to  yellow.  Streak  white  to  yellow* 
Opake  or  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =5-50  . . .  5-75.     Sp.  gr.  =4-7. 

1.  Heated  in  the  matrass,  or  the  glass-tube,  it  corrodes  the  glass. 
Alone,  it  does  not  fuse,  but  its  color  changes  to  brown ;  with  borax  and 
salt  of  phosphorus,  it  gives  a  red  or  orange  colored  globule,  which  be- 
comes pale  on  cooling. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELITJS. 

Fluoric  acid  16-24 

Peroxide  of  cerium  ------        82-64 

Yttria  -          M2 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  209 

Flucerine — Fluellite — Fluor. 

3.  It  occurs  at  Finbo  and  Brodbo,  near  FahluD,  imbedded  in  Albite 
and  Quartz. 

APPENDIX  TO  FLUCERINE. 

i.  Fluate  with  excess  oflase. 
Traces  of  crystalline  structure.     Color  yellow. 

It  resembles  porcelain  jasper.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  scarcely  dif- 
fers from  the  foregoing  description.  If  heated  alone  on  charcoal,  it  turns 
black,  at  an  incipient  redness ;  but  assumes  on  cooling,  successively, 
dark  brown,  red  and  orange  tints.  It  is  composed,  according  to  BER- 
ZELIUS,  of 

Fluoric  acid  -         -         -         10  85 

Peroxide  of  cerium       -         -         -        84-20 
Water  4-95 

It  is  found  at  Finbo. 

ii.  Fluate  of  Yttria  and  Cerium. 

Earthy  ;  fc'jnd  in  masses  seldom  exceeding  the  size  of  a  pea. 
Color  pale  red,  sometimes  deep  red,  yellow  or  white.  Easily 
scratched  by  the  nail. 

According  to  BERZEL.ITJS,  it  is  a  mechanical  mixture  of  fluate  of 
yttria  with  fluate  of  cerium  and  silica.  It  gives  nearly  the  same  reac- 
tions as  the  neutral  fluate,  first  described. 

FLUELLITE.     Fluor  Haloid  e? 

Octahedron,  with  a  rhombic  base.  P  on  P/=144°. 
P  on  P"  over  the  summit  =109°. 

Color  white.     Transparent. 

1.  It  occurs  in  minute  crystals  of  the  form  above  mentioned,  having 
its  most  acute  solid  angles  replaced,  along  with  the  Wavellite  from 
Cornwall.  It  has  been  found  to  contain  alumina  and  fluoric  acid. 

2.  Its  hardness  and  specific  gravity  require  to  be  known,  before  its 
place  in  the  natural  system  can  be  correctly  determined. 

FLUOR.    OctahedralFluor-Haloide.    MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
18* 


210 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fluor. 


Secondary  forms. 

1.      Fig.  197.  2.     Fig.  198. 


3.  Cube. 

The  most  common 
form. 


St.  Gallen,  Stiria. 

4.     Fig.  199. 
^       A         ~^\ 

<r~^ 


^    h 

d 

St.  Gallen. 


5.  Rhombic 
dodecahedron. 

Ehrenfriedersdorf,  Sax. 


Derbyshire. 
Trumbull,  (Conn.) 

7.      Fig.  201, 


Derbyshire. 
Trumbull,  (Conn.) 


St.  Agnes,  Cornwall, 
9.        Fig.  203. 


Zinnwald,  Saxony. 


10.     Fig.  204. 


;  \ 


211 

Fluor. 


In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  are  found  crystals  in  the 
form  of  a  cube,  with  its  edges  replaced  by  three  planes, 
and  also  having  the  additional  planes  of  Fig.  202.  PHIL- 
LIPS describes  a  crystal  in  his  possession,  whose  general 
form  is  that  of  a  cube,  but  whose  edges  are  replaced  by 
seven  planes,  and  whose  solid  angles  are  replaced  by 
more  than  four  times  this  number,  and  resulting  in  a  form 
bounded  by  322  planes. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  faces  of  the  regular  octahe- 
dron perfect :  rarely  also,  parallel  with  the  faces  of  the 
rhombic  dodecahedron  and  cube.  Fracture  conchoidal, 
more  or  less  perfect. 

Surface.  The  cube  generally  smooth.  Octahedron  of- 
ten rough  and  drusy.  Dodecahedron  various,  being  some- 
times smooth,  at  other  times  rough  and  drusy.  Sometimes 
the  faces  of  the  cube  and  the  tetraconta-octahedrons  are 
curved. 

Lustre  vitreous. 

Color  white,  though  not  very  common,  and  seldom  pure. 
Generally  wine-yellow  or  violet-blue.  Among  its  brightest 
colors  are  emerald  and  pistachio-green,  sky-blue,  rose-red, 
and  crimson-red.  The  dark  blue  colors  bordering  upon 
black,  are  probably  due  to  bituminous  impregnations.  Fre- 
quently different  shades  of  colors  are  disposed  in  coats  par- 
allel to  the  faces  of  the  cube,  or  symmetrically  distributed 
along  the  edges  or  solid  angles  of  crystals. 

Streak  white.  It  is  sometimes  slightly  tinged,  if  the  col- 
ors be  very  deep. 

Translucent .  . .  transparent.  Sometimes  different  colors 
appear  by  reflected  and  by  transmitted  light. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4'0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3*140. 


212 

Fluor. 


Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel  to  one  of  the  faces  of  the  octahedron  ;  the 
individuals  having  one  of  their  axes  parallel,  are  continued 
beyond  the  face  of  composition,  and  particles  of  the  one  are 
observed  formed  upon  the  faces  of  the  other.  See  annexed 
figure. 

Fig.  205. 


Implanted  globular  shapes,  rare  :  surface  drusy,  composi- 
tion columnar.  Massive :  composition  granular,  the  individ- 
uals being  of  various  sizes ;  if  the  composition  be  impal- 
pable, its  fracture  becomes  flat  conchoidal  and  splintery, 
the  surface  of  fracture  being  scarcely  glimmering.  Mass- 
ive varieties  are  also  sometimes  composed  of  columnar  par- 
ticles, generally  of  considerable  size,  seldom  thin  or  di- 
verging, but  very  often  forming  a  second  curved  lamellar 
composition.  The  faces  of  composition  are  sometimes  ir- 
regularly streaked,  more  generally  uneven  and  rough. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  and  becomes  phosphorescent, 
but  loses  its  color  and  melts  at  last  into  a  rather  opake  globule.  It  phos- 
phoresces likewise,  if  thrown  upon  ignited  charcoal  or  heated  iron.  Sev- 
eral varieties  which  exhibit  this  property  in  particularly  bright  green 
colors,  have  been  called  Chlorophane  or  Pyro-smaragdus.  If  expo- 
sed to  a  high  degree  of  temperature,  they  lose  the  property  ef  again 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  213 

Fluor. 


•bowing  this  phenomenon.  Sulphuric  acid  decomposes  the  powder  of 
the  mineral,  attended  with  the  evolution  of  fluoric  acid,  which  is  recog- 
nized by  its  property  of  corroding  glass.  Several  varieties,  particularly 
the  sky-blue  ones,  lose  their  color  on  being  exposed  to  the  light, 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

Lime  ....        67-75 

Fluoric  acid  :  32'25 

3.  Fluor  does  not  enter  as  a  regular  constituent  into  the  composition 
of  rocks.     It  is  not  very  frequently  found  in  beds.     More  generally  it 
occurs  in  veins,  with  other  minerals,  in   primitive   or  transition  rocks. 
Very  seldom  it  is  associated  with  petrifactions,  as  the  blue  varieties  ot 
Derbyshire,  with  entrochites. 

4.  The  most  beautiful  crystals  of  Fluor  are  found  at  Beeralston  in  Der- 
byshire, at  St.  Agnes  and  other  places  in  Cornwall,  and  at  Zinnwald  in 
Bohemia.     Large  crystals,  generally  twins,  of  the  cube,  of  handsome 
blue  and  green  colors,  occur  at  Alston  in  Cumberland,  which  frequently 
contain  water.     Beautiful,  dark  blue,  perfect  crystals,  having  their  edges 
and  angles  highly  replaced,  have  been  found  along  with  Quartz  in  pqr- 
phyritic  greenstone,  near  Gourock  in  Renfrewshire.     Well  defined  crys- 
tals of  the  primary  form,  of  an  apple  green  color,  occur  at  Moldavia  in 
the  Bannat  of  Temeswar.     Rose  red  octahedrons,  occasionally  of  great 
magnitude,  are  met  with  near  Charaouni  in  Savoy.     The  Saxon  varieties 
are  generally  of  a  cubical  form,  and  of  violet  blue,  or  wine  yellow,  col- 
ors.    The  compound  uncleavable  varieties  (compact  fluor)  are  chiefly 
from  Sirassberg  and  Stollberg  in  the  Hartz,  from  Cornwall  and  Swa* 
*len.     The  friable  ones,  (earthy  Jluor,)  are   found  in  Saxony,  England 
and  Norway.     The  chlorophane  occurs  at  the  Pednandrae  mine  in  Corn- 
wall, and  at  Ecatherineburg  in  Russia.     Specimens  from  the  latter  place 
have  been  observed  to  phosphoresce  simply  from  the  warmth  of  the  hand. 

The  United  States  have  not  proved  very  productive  in  handsome  vari- 
eties of  Fluor.  The  most  remarkable  region  in  this  country  for  the 
present  species,  is  situated  in  the  State  of  Illinois,  along  the  country 
south-west  from  Cave  rock  on  the  Ohio  for  thirty  miles,  in  Gallatin  co. 
It  exists  in  nodular  masses,  disseminated  through  the  soil,  or  occurs  im- 
bedded in  a  compact  limestone.  Its  crystals  are  often  large,  and  present 
a  diversity  of  colors  ;  the  prevailing  one,  however,  is  a  dark  purple,  al- 
most  black,  but  appearing  extremely  rich  by  transmitted  light.  The 
darker  colored  varieties  emit  a  bituminous  odor  when  cleaved.  Green 
octahedrons,  sometimes  an  inch  in  diameter,  have  been  found  imbedde^ 


214  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Fluor — Franklinite. 


in  a  crystalline  Quartz  in  the  notch  of  the  White  Mountains  in  New 
Hampshire.  Fluor  (variety  Clorophane)  of  several  colors  accompanies 
the  Topaz  and  Magnetic  Iron- Pyrites,  at  Trumbull,  (Conn.)  where 
it  also  forms  entire  veins  in  gneiss.  An  emerald  green,  massive  vari- 
ety occurs  in  narrow  seams  in  mica  slate,  at  Putney  in  Vermont.  Other 
American  localities  are  the  following  :  Smith  co.  (Tennessee)  in  white 
and  purple  cubes;  in  Virginia,  near  Woodstock,  Shenandoah  co.,  in 
small  loose  masses,  in  the  fissures  of  a  limestone  rock  containing  shells ; 
also  at  Shepherdstown  on  the  Potomac,  in  veins  of  white  limestone,  of 
red  and  purple  colors  ;  in  New  Jersey,  near  Franklin  furnace  ;  in  New 
Yorkj  at  Amity,  in  thin  seams  in  white  limestone,  along  with  yellow 
Tourmaline,  Hornblende  and  Spinel ;  and  at  Lockport  and  its  vicinity, 
in  white  cubes,  in  black  limestone,  associated  with  crystallized  Calca- 
reous Spar  and  Celestine  ;  in  Massachusetts,  at  the  Southampton  lead- 
mine. 

FoRSTERITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism  ?     M  on  M  =  128°  54', 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  its  terminal,  and  its 
acute  lateral,  edges  replaced  by  single  planes:  the  inclination 
of  the  faces  on  the  terminal  edges  to  the  base  =  126°  6'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P. 

Color  white.     Translucent. 

1.  It  is  inferred  from  the  experiments  of  CHILDREN,  to  be  a  silicate 
of  magnesia. 

2.  It  is  found  with  Spinel  and  Pyroxene  on  Mount  Vesuvius. 

FRANKLINITE.     Dodecahedral  Iron-Ore. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Secondary  form.     Regular  octahedron,  with  its  edges 
truncated.     Irregular  forms,  grains. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  form,  but  not  perfect. 
Fracture  conchoidal.     Surface  of  all  the  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.    Color  iron-black.    Streak  dark  brown. 
Opake. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  215 

Franklinite — Gadolinite. 


Brittle.  Acts  upon  the  magnetic  needle,  but  does  not 
exhibit  magnetic  poles.  Hardness  =6-0  . . .  6'5.  Sp.  gr. 
=  5-091. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular, 
strongly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  alone  on  charcoal,  it  presents  the  appear- 
ances of  Magnetic  Iron-Ore  ;  but  with  soda  in  a  good  reduction  fire,  it 
emits  the  white  smoke  of  Zinc,  and  becomes  green  when  heated  with 
the  same  reagent  upon  platina-foil  in  the  oxidation-heat  of  the  instru- 
ment. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERTHIER.  By  THOMSOX. 

Peroxide  of  iron          -         -         66-00         -         -         66-10 
Red  oxide  of  manganese      -         16-00         -         -  0-00 

Oxide  of  zinc  -         -         17-00         -         -         17-425 

Deutoxide  of  manganese     -          0-00        -         -        14-96 
Silica  0-00         -         -  0-204 

Water  *  000  0-560 

3.  Franklinite  is  found  at  Franklin  furnace  in  Hamburg,  (N.  Jersey,) 
accompanied  by  Red  Zinc- Ore,  Calcareous  Spar  and  Garnet.  The  most 
perfect  crystals  at  this  locality  are  imbedded  in  the  Red  Zinc-Ore  ;  those 
engaged  in  the  Calcareous  Spar,  and  associated  with  Garnet,  exhibit 
rounded  faces,  resulting  from  the  truncation  of  the  solid  angles  of  the 
primary  form.  A  more  remarkable  deposit  of  the  present  species  oc- 
curs at  Stirling  in  the  same  region,  where  it  exists  in  a  powerful  vein, 
in  which,  cavities  occasionally  appear  containing  crystals  of  a  very  large 
size,  from  one  to  three  inches  in  diameter,  and  which  are  associated  with 
Troostite. 

GABBRONITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 

GADOLINITE.      Hemi-prismatic    'Me lane- 
Ore.     PARTSCH. 

Primary  form*.     Oblique   rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  = 
115°. 


216 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gadolinite. 


Secondary  form.* 


Fig.  207. 


M  on  M'     - 
P  on  h 
M  on  e 
M  on  b 


115°  e.g. 
98 
100 
153 


b  on&' 
e  on  ef 
6'one' 


120° 

120 

130 


Cleavage,  so  imperfect,  that  its  direction  has  not  been  as- 
certained. Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  greenish- 
black,  very  dark.  Streak  greenish-grey.  Translucent  or 
the  edges,. almost  opake. 

Hardness  =6-5  . . .  7-0.     Sp.  gr.  =4-0  . . .  4-3. 

*  The  Abbe  HAUY  gives  the  following  figure  and  measurements  foi 
this  substance,  which,  however,  are  only  claimed  to  be  approximations 

Fig.  206. 
M  on  I    -         ...        -         143° 

M  on  r  - 

M  on  M  - 

/    on  I  - 

I    on  r  - 

I    on  s  - 

r    on  s  - 

r    on  u  - 


125  16 

160  32 

f   7  ' 

142   8 

w 

^V 

108  50 
161  11 

$ 

41 

"M 

90  00 

144  44  > 

\J 

PHYSIOGRAPHY.  217 

Gadolinite — Galena. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  impalpa- 
ble. Fracture  conchoidal. 

1.  As  soon  as  the  heat  of  the  blow-pipe  is  communicated  to  thin 
fragments,  they  exhibit  an  instantaneous  glow.  In  the  strongest  heat 
the  mass  swells  up,  turns  greyish  green,  and  is  traversed  by  numerous 
fissures.  In  very  thin  fragments,  it  melts  with  difficulty,  into  a  greyish 
glass.  Some  varieties,  according  to  BERZELIUS,  become  white,  and 
swell  into  cauliflower-like  masses,  without  suffering  fusion ;  while  oth- 
ers, according  to  PHILLIPS,  fuse  readily,  after  some  decrepitation,  into 
a  black  glass. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 


fr.  Finbo.           fr.  Brodbo.        fr.  Korarfvet. 

Yttria 

45-00 

45-95 

47-62 

Protoxide  of  iron 

1143 

1263 

8-30 

Protoxide  of  cerium 

17-92 

18-20 

3-40 

Silica 

25-80 

24-16 

29-20 

Lime 

0-00 

0-00 

3-47 

Oxide  of  manganese 
Glucina 

o-oo 

0-00 

o-oo 
o-oo 

1-42 
1-70 

Water 

0-00 

0-00 

5-20 

3.  Gadolinite  occurs  in  sjneiss  and  granite,  and  is  chiefly  accompanied 
by  Feldspar,  Albite  and  Quartz.  Its  localities  are  Ytterby  near  Stock- 
holm, and  Finbo  and  Brodbo  near  Fahlun  in  Sweden.  It  is  also  found 
in  Greenland. 

GAHNITE.     (See  Jlutomalite.) 
GALACTITE. 

A  name  which  has  been  given  to  a  mineral  found  in  the  trap/of 
Kilpatrick,  near  Glasgow ;  but  which  is  probably  a  variety  of 
Analcime. 

GALAPEKTITE.     (See  Halloysite.) 
GALENA.     Hexahedral  Polypoion e-G lance. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1-  Cube,  with  the  angles  truncated. 
19 


218  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Galena. 


2.  Regular  octahedron.    Bleiberg  in  Carinthia.    South- 
ampton, (Mass.) 

3.  Octahedron,  with  its  angles  truncated.    Cumberland, 
England. 

4.  Octahedron,  with  its  angles  replaced  by  four  planes 
resting  on  the  octahedral  planes. 

5.  The  same,  with  the  truncation  of  the  summits  of  the 
four-sided  pyramids  situated  upon  the  angles  of  the  octahe- 
dron. 

6.  The  octahedron,  with  the  edges  truncated. 

7.  The  octahedron,  with  the  edges  bevelled,   and  the 
angles  truncated, — the  truncating  planes  being  the  primacy 
faces  of  the  species. 

8.  The  same,  excepting  that  the  edges  are  replaced  by 
three   planes,   (pentacontaedre,   HAUY,)   from   Feistriz  in 
Stiria. 

9.  The  trigonal  icositetrahedron. 

Fig.  208. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  cube,  highly  perfect,  and  ea- 
sily obtained.  Fracture  rarely  discoverable.  Surface,  the 
cube  and  the  trigonal-icositetrahedron  streaked  parallel  to 
the  edges  of  combination  with  the  octahedron.  Sometimes 
subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  pure  lead-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Galena. 


219 


Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =2*5.  Sp.  gr.  =  7*568,  of 
a  cleavable  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  ;  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face  of 
the  octahedron. 

Fig.  209. 


Kapnik,  Transylvania. 

Reticulated,  tabular,  and  some  other  imitative  shapes, 
the  individuals  of  which  are  often  still  observable.  Massive : 
composition  granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  some- 
times impalpable.  In  this  case  the  color  becomes  pale,  or 
whitish  lead-grey,  the  fracture  even,  or  flat  conchoidal,  and 
the  streak  shining.  The  granular  particles  of  composition 
sometimes  become  elongated,  or  compressed  in  one  direc- 
tion, and  then  approach  to  lamellar  or  columnar  ones. 
Pseudomorphoses  of  Pyromorphite.  Plates,  &c, 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts,  if  heated  with  precaution,  and  yields 
after  the  sulphur  has  been  driven  off,  globules  of  metallic  lead.  It  is 
partly  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  and  leaves  a  white  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMPSON. 

Lead 85-13 

Sulphur 13-02 

Iron  0-50 


220  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Galena. 


3.  Galena  is  frequently  found  in  veins,  but  also  in  great  quantity  in 
beds,  particularly  in  limestone  rocks.     In  beds,  it  is  accompanied  by  va- 
rious other  ores  of  lead,  by  Blend'e,  Copper  and  Iron-Pyrites  ;  in  veins,  it 
occurs  along  with  ores  of  silver,  copper  and  antimony,  sometimes  with 
Native  Gold.     In  both  cases  it  is  attended  by  Fluor,  Calcareous  Spar  and 
Quartz. 

4.  The  remarkable  beds  of  Galena  in  Carinthia,  which  occur  in  lime- 
stone, and  are  worked  at    Deutsch-Bleiberg,  Windisch-Bleiberg,  Win- 
disch  Kappel,  Ebriach,  and  other  places,  possess  in  several  respects  a 
striking  similarity  to  those  of  Derbyshire,  Durham  and  Northumber- 
land, in  England.     It  is  also  found  in  beds  in  olderTbcks,  as  in  Stir- 
ia,  Carinthia,  &c.     In  veins,  it  occurs  in  rocks  of  different  ages,  from 
gneiss  to  the  coal  formations,  in  various  parts  of  Saxony  and  Bohemia,  in 
the  Hartz,  in  Anhalt,  in  Hungary,  in  Transylvania,  in  France,  in  Scot- 
land, and  in  many  other  European  countries.     Fine  crystals  have  been 
obtained  from  the  Pfaffenberg  mine  near  Neudorf  in  Anhalt,  from  Sax- 
ony, from  Transylvania,  from  Cumberland,  Durham,  &c.     Compact  Ga- 
lena chiefly  occurs  at  Freiberg  in  Saxony,  in  the  Hartz,  in  Carinthia, 
and  at  the  Lead  Hills  in  Scotland.     The  Specular  Galena,  or  Slicken- 
sides,  which  consists  of  an  extremely  thin  coating  of  this  species  on. 
Quartz,  or  on  some  other  mineral,  is  found  principally  in  some  of  the 
mines  of  Derbyshire.* 

American  localities  of  Galena  are  exceedingly  numerous,  although  we 
have  but  few  valuable  mining  deposits  of  this  species.  The  most  impor- 
tant are  those  situated  in  Missouri,  in  the  counties  of  Washington,  St. 
Genevieve,  Jefferson  and  Madison;  and  at  Galena  in  the  north-west  part 
of  the  State  of  Illinois.  In  these  regions  the  Galena  is  found  in  an  allu- 
vial deposit  of  clay  and  marl,  through  which  are  disseminated  masses  of 
Quartz, — the  whole  resting  upon  a  secondary  limestone.  Numerous  lo- 
calities might  also  be  quoted  in  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Tennessee,  Virginia 
and  Maryland.  In  Pennsylvania,  it  occurs  on  Perkiomen  creek,  23 
miles  from  Philadelphia,  accompanied  by  several  of  the  salts  of  lead  ;  and 
in  New  York  at  Ancram,  and  in  Livingston's  manor  in  Columbia  co.  In 
Connecticut,  besides  thin  veins  at  Middletown,  Huntington,  and  South- 

*  The  Quartz  or  mineral  on  which  it  is  formed,  constitutes  the  vein 
stone,  adhering  to  both  walls  of  the  vein ;  when  these  vein  stones 
meet,  each  being  thinly  coated  by  Galena,  they  are  readily  separated  by 
the  pick,  and  indeed  sometimes  fly  off  spontaneously,  with  a  loud  explo- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Galena — Garnet. 


221 


ington,  a  deposit  has  lately  been  discovered  at  Brookfield,  whose  ex- 
tent is  not  yet  fully  developed.  In  Massachusetts,  numerous  veins  have 
been  discovered  in  Hampshire  county,  the  most  important  of  which  ex- 
ist at  Southampton  and  Northampton.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  it 
may  be  added  that  Galena  has  been  found  in  Vermont  and  Maine. 

Galena  is  the  source  of  the  principal  part  of  the  lead  of  commerce. 
On  account  of  its  generally  containing  a  small  quantity  of  silver,  it  is  also 
employed  to  a  considerable  extent  for  the  extraction  of  this  metal.  Pot- 
ters use  either  the  Galena  reduced  to  powder,  or  the  litharge  produced 
from  it,  for  glazing  coarse  pottery. 

GANOMATITE. 

Massive  :  in  crusts,  and  kidney-shaped.     Fracture  conchoidal. 
Lustre  vitreous.     Color  yellow,  to  brown  and  green. 
Sp.  gr.  =2926. 
Other  properties  and  locality,  unknown. 

GARNET.     Dodecahedral    Garnet.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Rhombic  dodecahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  Dodecahedron,  with  the  edges  truncated.    Hamburg, 
(N.J.) 

2.  Trapezohedron.     Washington,  (Conn.)      Common. 

3.  Dodecahedron,  with   the  edges  replaced    by  three 
planes,  (trie  margine.  HAUY.) 

Fig,  210, 


Franconia,  (N.  If.) 

19* 


222 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Garnet. 


4.  The  same  as  1.  with  the  addition  of  the  truncation  of 
the  acute  solid  angles  of  the  dodecahedron  by  four  planes 
resting  upon  the  edges  of  the  dodecahedron,  (uniternaire. 
HAUY.)     Bannat  of  Temeswar. 

5.  Icositetrahedron. 

Fig.  211. 


6.  Tetraconta-octahedron. 

Fig.  212. 


Mussa,  Piedmont. 

Irregular  forms  and  grains. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  dodecahedron,  but  very  indis- 
tinct. Fracture  conchoidal,  more  or  less  perfect,  general- 
ly uneven.  Surface,  the  crystals  sometimes  streaked  par- 
allel to  the  edges  of  combination  with  the  dodecahedron  : 
the  dodecahedron  itself  is  sometimes  streaked  parallel  to 
its  edges  of  combination  with  the  cube.  The  surface  of 
the  grains  is  uneven,  rarely  granulated. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  223 

Garnet. 


Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous  in  some  varieties, 
more  nearly  the  latter.  Color  red,  brown,  yellow,  white, 
green,  black ;  except  some  red  colors,  none  of  them  are 
bright.  Streak  white.  Transparent .  . .  translucent. 

Hardness  =  6-5  ...  7-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-6 1 5,  Grossular ; 
3-701,  Melanite;  3-769,  brown,  common  Garnet ;  3.788, 
Pyrope  ;  4*098,  crystals  of  precious  Garnet,  Tyrol;  4-125, 
grains  of  precious  Garnet,  Ohlapian  ;  4-179,  crystals  of  Al- 
mandine  ;  4*208,  crystals  of  precious  Garnet,  Haddam. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  and  often,  even  impalpable, 
easily  separated,  or  strongly  coherent ;  faces  of  composition 
irregularly  streaked,  uneven  or  rough.  If  the  composition 
be  impalpable,  the  fracture  becomes  uneven  and  splintery. 
The  composition  is  sometimes  thick  lamellar,  and  bent,  the 
face  of  composition  being  pretty  smooth. 

1.  From  the  diversity  in  hardness  and  specific  gravity,  which  exists 
among  the  numerous  varieties  of  Garnet,  it  is  highly  probable  that  the 
present  limits  of  the  species  are  too  wide,  and  that  they  include  individ- 
uals which  will  hereafter  be  discovered  to  constitute  independent  spe- 
cies. It  is  not  at  all  likely,  however,  that  discoveries  will  take  place  in 
coincidence  with  the  arbitrary  and  empirical  separation  of  the  species 
into  varieties,  as  found  in  the  older  treatises  of  mineralogy ;  for  these 
are  founded  almost  entirely  upon  accidental  circumstances.  These  sub- 
divisions from  their  present  currency  in  books,  require  to  be  noticed. 
Grossular  occurs  only  in  imbedded  crystals  of  the  forms  of  icositetrahe- 
dron,  and  combinations  of  it  with  the  dodecahedron.  Its  colors  are  con- 
fined to  asparagus  green  and  mountain  green.  Pyrencite  also  occurs 
only  in  small  blackish,  imbedded  crystals  in  limestone.  Melanite  pos- 
sesses the  form  of  modification  1,  is  generally  imbedded,  and  of  a  velvet- 
black  color.  Pyrope  occurs  only  in  grains,  and  is  remarkably  distinct, 
from  its  pure  translucency  and  blood  red  color,  which  is  not  found  in  any 
other  variety.  Among  the  varieties  known  under  the  simple  denomina- 
tion of  Garnet,  are  found  every  simple  form  and  combination  noticed 


224 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Garnet. 


above,  among  the  crystalline  varieties,  also  grains  and  massive  speci- 
mens: it  contains  likewise  every  shade  of  the  series  of  colors,  and  it  is 
therefore  only  in  the  particular  union  of  several  of  these  properties,  that 
we  must  look  for  the  distinction  of  the  above  mentioned  varieties.  The 
color  of  Precious  Garnet  is  always  red  ;  its  crystals  are  found  imbed- 
ded. It  is  the  only  variety  that  occurs  in  grains,  and  if  compound,  it 
presents  lamellar  composition.  Common  Garnet  seldom  occurs  in  red 
colors,  and  these  are  of  dull  shades ;  its  crystals  are  generally  implant- 
ed, and  the  composition  is  granular,  but  not  impalpable.  Colophoniteis  a 
compound  variety  of  yellowish-brown  and  reddish- brown,  or  oil  green 
and  honey-yellow  colors,  consisting  of  roundish  particles  of  composition, 
which  are  easily  separable.  If  the  composition  be  impalpable,  Allochro- 
ite  is  formed.  The  two  varieties  Jlplome  and  Essonite,  appear  less  con- 
nected with  the  rest  of  the  species,  than  any  of  those  which  have  been 
enumerated.  The  first  of  these  occurs  in  dodecahedrons,  having  the 
acute,  solid  angle  replaced  by  tangent  planes,  parallel  with  which  cleav- 
age takes  place,  thus  indicating  the  cube  as  the  system  of  crystalliza- 
tion to  which  they  belong.  The  latter,  according  to  HATJY,  presents 
traces  of  cleavage  parallel  to  a  prism  of  101°  40'.  It  is  generally  found 
in  grains  ;  but  the  optical  examinations  of  Dr.  BREWSTER  and  M.  BIOT, 
render  it  extremely  probable  that  it  is  only  a  variety  of  Garnet. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  Garnet  melts  without  effervescence,  pretty 
uniformly,  into  a  black  globule,  presenting  a  vitreous  lustre.  Some 
varieties  present  a  slight  effervescence,  but  finally  yield  the  same  result. 
The  bead  obtained  by  melting  is  frequently  attracted  by  the  magnet. 

3.  Analysis. 


KLAPROTH. 


SIMON.     VAITQUELIN.    KL.  LAUGIER.  KL. 


Gross  u-!Mela- 
lar.     jnite. 

pr.  Gar- 
net. 

Coloph- 
oriite. 

Alloch- 
roite. 

Pyre- 
neite. 

Py- 

rope. 

Apl- 
orne. 

Esso- 
nite. 

Silica          -     - 
Alumina    - 
Lime          -     - 
Ox.  of  iron-     - 
Ox.  of  manganese 

44-00 

8-50 
33-50 
12-00 
a  trace. 

35  50 
6-00 
3250 
24-25 
0-40 

35-75 
27-25 

o-oo 

36-00 
0-25 

37-00 
13-50 
29-00 
7-50 
4-75 

3500 
8-00 
30-00 
17-00 
3-50 

43-00 
16-00 
20-00 
16-00 
0-00 

40-00 
28-50 
3-50 
16-50 
0-25 

40-0 
20-0 
155 

2-0 
20 

38-80 
21-20 
31-25 
6-50 

o-oo 

Besides  these,  Colophonite  contains  6-5  p.  c.  of  magnesia,  0-5  p.  c.  of 
oxide  of  titanium,  and  TO  of  water;  Allochroite,  60  of  carbonate  of 
lime  ;  Pyreneite,  4-0  of  water  ;  and  Pyrope,  10  of  magnesia,  and  2-0  of 
chromic  acid. 

4.  Garnet  occurs  in  many  rocks  with  a  degree  of  constancy,  and  in  a 
quantity  almost  sufficient  to  be  regarded  as  an  essential  ingredient  in 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  225 

Garnet. 


their  composition.  It  is  particularly  plentiful  in  mica-slate,  gneiss,  gra- 
nite, and  also  exists,  though  in  smaller  quantity,  in  limestone,  chlorite- 
slate,  serpentine  and  lava.  Precious  Garnet  occurs  in  slaty  primitive 
rocks ;  Grossular  and  Pyrope  are  found  in  serpentine,  the  latter  also  in 
other  rocks,  through  the  decomposition  of  which  it  is  brought  into  the 
soil.  Melanite  is  imbedded  in  lava,  and  occurs  implanted  in  geodes 
ejected  by  Vesuvius,  also  in  primitive  limestone.  Pyreneite  is  found  in 
a  blackish  limestone,  Common  Garnet  is  found  in  beds,  consisting  either 
wholly,  or  for  the  greater  part  of  its  varieties,  accompanied  by  Magnetic 
[ron-Ore,  Hornblende  and  Epidote.  Allochroite  is  found  under  similar 
circumstances.  Colophonite  fbrms  veins  in  primitive  rocks. 

5.  Grossular  is  found  with  Idocrase  in  a  kind  of  serpentine,  in  Kamts- 
chatka ;  Melanite,  at  Frescati  and  Albano  near  Rome  ;  Pyrope,  near 
Bilin  in  Bohemia,  and  in  the  serpentine  of  Zoblitz,  and  the  forest  of  Zell 
n  Saxony ;  Pyreneite,  near  Bareges  in  France.  Precious  Garnet,  some- 
imes  in  large,  but  not  very  transparent  crystals,  and  often  covered  with 
coat  of  chlorite,  occurs  at  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  and  in  many  localities  of 
the  Tyrol,  Carinthia,  Stiria,  Switzerland,  Hungary,  &c.  The  varieties 
possessing  lamellar  compositions,  are  found  in  Greenland ;  Common  Gar- 
net, in  large  quantities,  at  Arendal  in  Norway,  Fahlun,  Langbanshytta 
in  Sweden,  Orawitza  in  the  Bannat  in  Hungary,  Stiria,  Siberia  and  many 
other  places.  Colophonite  is  known  from  Arendal;  Allochroite  from 
Drammen  in  Norway,  and  the  valley  of  Zem  in  Salzburg.  The  trans- 
parent crystals  of  precious  Garnet,  called  Jllmandine,  are  chiefly  brought 
from  Ceylon  and  Pegu,  where  they  occur  in  the  sand  of  the  rivers.  The 
Aplome  comes  from  Lena  in  Siberia,  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony,  and 
from  Bohemia  and  England  ;  the  Cinnamon  stone  from  Ceylon. 

Several  very  beautiful  varieties  of  Garnet  have  been  found  in  the  U. 
States.  Small,  but  exceedingly  perfect,  dodecahedrons,  of  a  handsome 
red-brown  color,  and  transparent,  occur  at  Hanover,  (New  Hampshire,) 
disseminated  through  hornblende-gneiss.  Dark  blood-red,  and  highly 
splendent  crystals,  (modification  3,)  present  themselves  in  geodes,  in 
massive  Garnet,  Calcareous  Spar,  and  Magnetic  Iron-Ore,  at  Franconia, 
(N.  H.)  Splendid  geodes,  of  a  transparent,  cinnamon-brown  colored  va- 
riety, (of  modification  1,)  are  found,  accompanied  by  Scapolite,  in  white 
limestone,  at  Carlisle,  (Mass.) :  less  remarkable  specimens,  also,  of  the 
same  variety,  occur  at  Boxborough  in  the  same  region.  Geodes  of  Mel- 
anite, of  great  beauty,  in  which  the  crystals  sometimes  are  above  an  inch 
in  diameter,  occur  at  Franklin  furnace,  in  New  Jersey,  inlimestonej  as- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Garnet  —  Gay  Lussite. 


sociated  with  Quartz  and  greenish  Feldspar.  A  rich,  red  colored  Gar- 
net, in  irregular  trapezohedrons,  sometimes  of  considerable  size,  is  found  at 
Haddam,  (Conn.)  associated  with  Chrysoberyl,  Automalite,  and  Colum- 
bite,  Very  perfect  trapez-ohedrons,  of  a  reddish  brown  Garnet,  abound 
in  mica  slate,  in  Munroe,  Washington,  and  several  neighboring  towns  in 
Connecticut.  Large  dodecahedral  crystals,  of  a  dull  red  color,  and  not 
possessed  of  smooth  faces,  are  found  in  chlorite  slate,  at  Marlborough 
and  New  Fane,  in  Vermont:  also  in  mica  slate,  in  Chesterfield,  (Mass.) 
A  blackish  brown  variety,  in  large  crystals,  (of  modification  1,)  is  found 
in  limestone,  at  Lyme,  (Conn.)  Colophonite  in  large  grains,  possessing 
rich  colors,  constitutes  a  powerful  vein,  in  gneiss,  atWillsborough,  (N.Y.) 
on  Lake  Champlain.  At  Roger's  Rock,  also,  upon  Lake  George,  is  found 
a  much  finer  grained  variety,  of  yellow  and  red  colors.  Yellow  and  red- 
dish, brown  Garnet,  is  found,  along  with  Franklinite.,  in  limestone,  at 
Franklin  Furnace,  in  New  York. 

GAY  LUSSITE.     Peritomous  Natron-Salt. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =  68° 
50'.  P  on  M  =  96°  30'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  faces  of  the  primary  form, 
perfect  ;  most  so,  parallel  with  M.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Transparent.  Very 
brittle.  Hardness  =2*5.  Sp.  gr.  =1-9. 

1.  When  heated,  it  decrepitates.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  rap- 
idly. In  nitric  acid,  it  dissolves  with  a  brisk  effervescence,  giving  rise 
to  crystals  of  nitrate  of  soda, 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BOUSSIJVGAULT  and  CORDIER. 

Carbonate  of  soda                           ,  33-96 

Lime                               -         ...  31-39 

Water                             ....  32-20 

Carbonic  acid                ....  1-45 

Alumina                        -         -        -         -  1-00 

3.  It  is  found  in  great  abundance,  disseminated  in  detached  crystals 
through  clay,  near  Lagunilla  in  Colombia. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  227 

Gehlenite — Gibbsite. 


rEHLENITE.     Pyramidal  Dystome-  Sp  ar. 

Primary  form.     A  right  square  prism. 

Cleavage,  in  traces,  parallel  with  the  base. 

Lustre  resinous,  inclining  to  vitreous.  Color,  different 
hades  of  grey,  mostly  yellowish  ;  none  of  them  bright. 

Opake.     Sometimes  faintly  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =5-5  . . .  6*0.     Sp.  gr.  =3-029. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  fuses  only  in  thin  splinters.     In  borax,  it 
very  slowly  dissolved.     It  gelatinizes  in  heated  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  FUCHSK  By  KOBELL. 

Alumina  .         .         24-80  .        ..         .         21-4 

Silica  .         .         2964  .         .         .        31-0 

Lime  .         .         35-30  .         .         .        37-4 

Oxide  of  iron          .  6  56  ...  4-4 

Magnesia  .         .  0-00  ...          3-4 

Water  .      .         .  3  30  ...  20 

3.  It  has  been  found  on  Mount  Monzoni,  in  the  valley  of  Fassa  in  the 
Tyrol,  along  with  Calcareous  Spar. 

3IBBSITE.     Staphyline    Wavelline-Spar. 

Irregular  stalactites ;  tuberose  masses. 

Structure  fibrous,  the  fibres  radiating  from  the  centre. 

Lustre  faint.  Color  greenish  or  greyish  white.  Trans- 
ucent. 

Hardness  =3*0  . . .  3'5,  but  easily  reduced  to  powder. 
Sp.  gr.  =2-4. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  whitens,  but  is  infusible. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  TORREY. 
Alumina  .....         64-8 

Water  34-7 

3.  It  is  found  in  very  small  quantity  only,  disseminated  through  a  bed 
of  Limonite,  at  Richmond,  (Mass.) 


228  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gilbertite. 


GlESECKlTE. 

Crystallized  in  six-sided  prisms. 

Cleavage  not  visible.    Fracture  uneven,  splintery. 

Lustre  resinous,  faint.     Color  olive-green,  grey,  brown. 

Streak  uncolored.    Feebly  translucent  on  the  edges  . . .  opake. 

Hardness  ==  2-5  ...  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-832. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Silica                       ....  46-07 

Alumina                 ....  33-82 

Magnesia                ....  1-20 

Black  oxide  of  iron         .         .         .  3-35 

Oxide  of  manganese       .        .        .  1-15 

Potash                *    .         .         .         .  6-20 

Water                      ....  4-88 

2.  It  occurs  in  Greenland,  with  Feldspar. 

3.  The  above  description  probably  applies  to  a  variety  of  Mica,  similar 
to  Finite. 

GILBERTITE. 

Massive ;  foliated. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  white,  with  a  shade  of  yellow.     Trans- 
lucent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =  4-00  ?     Sp.  gr.  =  2-648. 
1.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Silica  ....        45-155 

Alumina     '          .         .         .        .        40-110 
Lime  ....          4-170 

Magnesia  ....          1-900 

Protoxide  of  iron  .         .         .  2-430 

Water  ....  4-250 

2.  It  occurs  at  St.  Austle  in  Cornwall,  and  contains  through  its  mass 
particles  of  Fluor,  and  what  appears  to  be  Apatite. 

3.  It  is  quite  probable,  that  the  above  mineral,  which  is  well  known 
as  Cornish  Talc,  is  an  aggregate  of  Talc,  Mica  and  several  other  mine- 
ral species. 


GIOBERTITHV     (See  Magnetite.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  229 

Gismondin — Glauberite. 

GISMONDIN.     Abrazitic    Kouphone-Spar. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 

Secondary  form.  Primary  form  surmounted  by  four- 
sided  pyramids,  whose  faces  correspond  to  the  prismatic 
faces.  The  adjoining  faces  of  either  pyramid  incline  un- 
der 122°  58' :  and  a  face  of  the  upper  pyramid  to  a  cor- 
responding one  of  the  lower,  under  85°  40'. 

Cleavage  imperfect,  parallel  to  the  pyramidal  faces.  Sur- 
face, prismatic  faces  frequently  rounded ;  the  pyramidal 
ones  smooth,  and  though  generally  very  small,  yet  possess- 
ing high  degrees  of  lustre.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  pale  smalt-blue,  milk-white, 
pearl-grey  and  rose-red.  Translucent,  in  small  crystals, 
nearly  transparent. 

Hardness  =6-0  .  . .  6-5.     Sp,  gr.  =2-16  . . .  2-2. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  phosphoresces,  and  becomes  friable,  but  is 
infusible.     It  gelatinizes  with  acids  without  effervescence. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  CARPI. 

.     Silica  ....         41-4 

Lime  ....        48-6 

Alumina  ....  2-5 

Magnesia  ....  1*5 

Oxide  of  iron  ....  2-5 

3.  Gismondin  occurs  along  with  white  octahedrons  of  Fluor,  Feld- 
spar and  other  minerals,  in  the  drusy  cavities  of  a  volcanic  rock,  at  Capo 
di  Bove,  near  Rome. 

It  approaches  in  several  of  its  properties,  especially  that  of  form,  the 
species  Zircon. 

GLAUBERITE.      Prismatic  Br  i  t  hy  n  e-S  al  t. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Oblique  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M'=83° 
20'.     Mon  P=104°  15'. 
20 


230  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Glauberite — Glauber  Salt. 
Secondary  form. 


P  on  e  or  e'     137°    9'  )   g»  C  M  on  e  147°  40' 

e    on  e'  116    20  V  |  {P    on/  112     20 

M  or  M'  on/   131     35  )  I   ( e  or  e'  on/       132     37 

The  planes  M  and  /  are  often  wholly  wanting. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  M'  perfect;  traces  of  P 
but  interrupted  by  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  conchoi- 
dal.  Surface,  planes  e  streaked  parallel  to  their  common 
edges  of  combination,  partly  uneven,  but  smooth  and  shi- 
ning. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  yellowish  or  greyish-white. 
Streak  white.  Semi-transparent , . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  2'5  .  . .  3-0,      Sp.  gr,  =  2-807. 

Taste  feebly  saline  and  astringent. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  and  melts  into  a  white  ena- 
mel. Immersed  in  water,  it  loses  its  transparency,  and  is  partly  dissol- 
ved. The  same  appears  in  a  moist  atmosphere. 

2.  Analysis, 
By  BRONGNIART. 

Sulphate  of  lime      ....        490 
Sulphate  of  soda       .         .         .         .         51-0 

3.  It  occurs  in  imbedded  crystals  in  Common  Salt,  at  Villarubia,  near 
Ocanain  New  Castile.  Another  locality  is  Aussee  in  Uppe*  Austria. 

GLAUBER  SALT.     Prismatic  Glauber-Salt. 
MOHS. 

Efflorescent,  and  in  mealy  crusts. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  231 

Glauber  Salt. 


Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent to  opake. 

Sectile.  Hardness  =  1-5  ...  2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  1-481. 
Taste  cool,  then  feebly  saline  and  bitter. 

1.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  water,  but  readily  falls  into  powder  on  being 
exposed  to  the  air. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  REUSS. 
Sulphate  j    "  ^  67-024 

Carbonate  V  of  soda )  16-333 

Muriate              )  C 11-000 

Muriate  of  lime 5  643 

3.  Glauber  Salt  is  found  accompanying  Common  Salt  and  Epsom  Salt, 
or  as  an  efflorescence,  upon  the  soil,  and  on  several  rocks ;  also  on  the 
shores  of  salt  lakes,  and  in  some  mineral  springs. 

4.  It  occurs  in  the  neighborhood  of  Ausser,  Ischel,  and  Hallstadt  in 
Austria,  at  Hallein  in  Salzburg,  in  Hungary,  in  Switzerland;  also  in 
Italy  and  Spain,  and  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

GLAUCOLITE. 

Massive.     Cleavage  parallel  with  a  rhombic  prism  of  143°  30;, 
nearly.     Fracture  splintery,  or  uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  lavender-blue,  to  green.     Translucent. 
Hardness  =  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2  7  . .  .  2-9. 

1.  Fusible  with  difficulty  before  the  blow-pipe,  into  a  blebby  white 
glass  ;  but  is  soluble  in  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERGMANS.    . 

Silica  54-58 

Alumina        .        .         .        .        .        29-77 

Lime  11-08 

Potash 4-57 

3.  It  is  found  in  compact  Feldspar  and  granular  limestone,  with  Talc, 
in  the  granitic  mountains,  upon  the  borders  of  the  Sliudiauka,  which 
empties  into  lake  Baikal. 

4.  With  the  exception  of  the  cleavage,  the  foregoing  description  would 
apply  to  some  of  the  varieties  of  Scapolite. 


232 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gmelinite. 


GMELINITE.     Sarcoline    Ko  uphone-Spar. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid  :  dimensions  unknown. 

Secondary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism,  with  the 
terminal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes. 


y  on  y'         -         -         -  83°  36' 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  rhomboid,  visible,  though  not 
easily  obtained.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface  streaked,  the 
prism  horizontally,  the  pyramidal  planes  parallel  to  the  edg- 
es of  combination  with  the  rhomboid. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white,  passing  into  flesh-red. 
Streak  white.  Translucent. 

Hardness  =4*5.     Sp.  gr.  =2'05. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  swells  up,  and  assumes  the  appearance  of 
an  enamel.  When  held  in  the  flame  of  a  candle,  it  exfoliates  into  nume- 
rous scales. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  VATJQTJELUV,  By  THOMSON, 


fr.  Montecchio-Maggiore.     fr.  Castel.                fr.  Antrim,  Ireland. 

Silica 

50-00       . 

50-00 

39-896 

Alumina 

20-00       . 

20-00 

12-968 

Lime 

4-50 

4  25 

0-000 

Soda 

450       . 

4-25 

0-000 

Water 

2100       . 

20-00         .       .. 

29-866 

Protoxide  of  iron 

o-oo     . 

o-oo 

7-443 

Potash 

0.00       . 

o-oo 

9827 

3,  It  is  found  in  the  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks,  at  Montecchio- 
Maggiore,  and  at  Castel  in  the  Vicentine,  and  in  the  county  of  Antrim 
in  Ireland. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gmelinite — Graphic  Gold. 


233 


4.  It  would  appear  that  the  newly  proposed  Ledererite,  from  Cape 
Blomidon.  Nova  Scotia,  is  a  variety  of  Gmelinite.  It  is  described  by 
Mr.  JACKSOIV  as  occurring  in  regular  six-sided  prisms,  whose  terminal 
edges  are  truncated,  the  truncating  planes  inclining  to  the  prismatic  fa- 
ces under  angles  of  180°,  i.  e.  y  on  yf  (of  the  above  figure)  =?  80°  ;  a 
difference  not  very  considerable,  when  it  is  considered  that  the  common 
goniometer  was  employed.  The  crystals,  besides,  are  mentioned  as  hav- 
ing the  longitudinal  striae  upon  the  prismatic  faces.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-169. 
Hardness  nearly  the  same  as  Feldspar,  though  from  the  circumstance 
that  Mr.  BROOKE  considered  the  mineral  as  Apatite,  it  seems  probable 
that  it  must  be  somewhat  lower.  The  crystals  are  transparent,  or  only 
translucent ;  white,  or  tinged  with  flesh-red.  Lustre  vitreous.  Ac- 
cording to  Mr.  HAYES,  it  consists  of,  Silica  49-470,  Alumina  2T480, 
Lime  11-480,  Soda  3  940,  Phosphoric  acid  3-480,  Oxide  of  iron  0-140,  For- 
eign matter  0-030,  Water  8-580,  Loss  1-400.  This  mineral  occurs  in 
trap,  with  Analcime  and  Stilbite. 

GCETHITE.     (See  Limonite.) 

GRAPHIC  GOLD.    Prismatic  Antimony-Glance. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =  107° 
44'. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  215. 


P  on  al 
P  on  «2 
P  on  cl  or  cl' 
P  on  c2  or  c2' 


P  on  c3  orc3'  132°  45' 
MonA  -  J26  08 
/on  h  '  T  90  00 


Cleavage  parallel  with  M  highly  perfect ;  with  T  per- 
fect, though  not  so  easily  obtained.     Fracture   uneven. 


234  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Graphic  Gold. 


Secondary  surfaces  of  the  prism  vertically  streaked ;  M 
fused-like ;  the  remaining  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  pure  steel-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed. 

Very  sectile.    Hardness  =1-5  . .  .2*0.    Sp.  gr.  =5-723. 

Compound  Varieties.  Regular  composition  of  acicular 
crystals,  nearly  at  angles  of  60°  and  120°,  in  one  plane, 
frequently  repeated,  and  imparting  to  the  whole  the  ap- 
pearance of  certain  characters  for  writing.  Massive  :  com- 
position imperfectly  columnar  or  granular,  small,  but  not 
impalpable. 

1.  The  present  species  presents  a  great  many  varieties  of  crystalline 
forms,  which  being  generally  very  much  engaged  among  each  other, 
and  moreover  modified  by  regular  composition,  have  not  yet  been  satis- 
factorily developed. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily  into  a  dark  grey  metallic  globule, 
and  covers  the  charcoal  with  a  white  oxide,  which  changes  into  a  green, 
or  bluish  green,  when  the  reduction  flame  is  directed  upon  it.  After 
having  continued  the  blast  for  some  time,  a  ductile  metallic  metal,  of  a 
light  yellow  color,  remains. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPB.OTH. 

Tellurium  ....         60-00 

Gold  -         -         -         -         S000v 

Silver  -         -         -         -         1000 

It  yet  remains  to  be  explained  how  an  amalgam  of  the  above  compo- 
sition should  possess  a  sp.  gr.  of  only  5-723,  when  the  artificial  prepara- 
tion would  mount  as  high  as  10. 

3.  Graphic  Gold  occurs  at  Offenbanya  in  Transylvania,  in  very  nar- 
row, but  quite  regular  veins,  which  traverse  porphyry,  several  of  them 
at  a  short  distance  from  each  other,  and  parallel.     It  is  accompanied  by 
Native  Gold  and  Quartz  ;  and  is  occasionally  met  with  along  with  Black 
Tellurium,  at  Nagyag  in  Transylvania. 

4.  It  is  a  valuable  ore,  on  account  of  its  richness  in  gold  and  silver.     ' 

GRAPHITE.     (See  Plumbago.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  235 

Green  Malachite. 


GREEN  EARTH.     (See  Talc.) 
GREEN  IRON-ORE. 

Massive  :  reniform  and  fibrous. 

Lustre  vitreous,  silky.  Feebly  translucent  upon  the  edges. 
Color  dark  lake-green ;  the  decomposed  fibres,  yellowish  or 
brownish. 

1.  It  yields  water  on  being  heated,  and  melts  very  easily  into  a  black- 
porous  slag,  which  is  not  magnetic.     It  is  soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  KARSTENV 

Phosphoric  acid  -..'•'-         -         -         28  50 

Oxide  of  iron  -  -         -         62-52 

Water  ....  898 

3.  It  occurs  in  the  Hollester  mines  near  Siegen,  in  Prussia. 

GREEN  LEAD-ORE.     (See  Pyromorphite.) 

GREEN  MALACHITE.     Habroneme    Copper- 

Baryte.  » 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'= 
103°  42'.  P  on  the  obtuse  edge  of  the  prism  =118°  II7. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  obtuse  edge 
of  the  prism  truncated. 

Cleavage,  highly  perfect  in  the  direction  of  P  ;  that  par- 
allel with  the  obtuse  edge  of  the  prism,  or  longer  diagonal, 
less  distinct.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven,  scarcely  ob- 
servable in  crystallized  varieties.  The  secondary  plane 
upon  the  obtuse  edge  sometimes  streaked,  the  other  faces 
smooth. 

Lustre  adamantine,  inclining  to  vitreous.  Color  grass- 
green,  emerald-green,  verdigris-green.  Streak  green,  rath- 
er paler  than  the  color.  Translucent,  sometimes  only  on 
the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =3-5  .  .  .  4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =4-008. 


236 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Green  Malachite. 


Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals:  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  with  the 
longer  diagonal  of  the  prism;  angle  of  revolution  =180°. 

Fig.  216. 


M 


This  composition  occurs  in  almost  every  variety,  and 
even  in  those  masses  which  consist  of  columnar  particles  of 
composition.  It  then  seems  as  if  both  the  faces  of  a  prism 
were  present,  forming  a  dihedral  termination  of  each  indi- 
vidual of  123°  37,  while  in  fact  there  exists  only  one  of 
them.  Fascicular  aggregations  of  delicate  crystals.  Tu- 
berose, globular,  reniform,  botryoidal  and  stalactitic  shapes: 
surface  drusy,  rough,  sometimes  smooth  ;  composition  co- 
lumnar, generally  very  thin,  often  impalpable.  Very  thin 
columnar  composition,  produces  a  satiny  lustre  ;  impalpa- 
ble composition,  is  the  cause  of  conchoidal  fracture.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  as  above.  The  composition  often  re- 
peated ;  granularly  compound  masses  consist  of  columnar 
ones  radiating  from  a  centre  ;  curved  lamellar  ones  are 
likewise  composed  of  thin  columnar  indiviuals.  The  sur- 
face of  the  second  composition  is  often  rough,  and  particu- 
larly in  curved  lamellar  compositions,  covered  with  a  white 
coating. 

1., Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  becomes  black,  and  is  partly 
infusible,  partly  converted  into  a  black  scoria.     It  is  easily  soluble  in  bo- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Green  Malachite — Grey  Antimony. 


237 


rax,  imparting  to  it  a  deep  green  color,  and  yielding  a  globule  of  metal- 
lic copper.     It  is  soluble,  without  residue,  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

ByKLAPROTH.  By  VAUQUELIN. 

Copper  -         -        5800         -         -         56-10 

Oxygen  -         -         12-50        -         -         14-00 

Carbonic  acid       -         -         1800         -         -         21-25 
Water  -         -         U'50         -         -  8'75 

3.  It  occurs  in  the  same  repositories  as  Blue  Malachite,  with  which  it 
is  frequently  associated.     Beautiful  varieties  of  Green  Malachite  are 
found  at  Chessy  in  France,  in  Siberia,  and  at  Moldavia  in  the  Bannat  of 
Temeswar.     The  compact  Malachite  is  chiefly  found  at  Schwatz  in  Ty- 
pol.     Green   Malachite  occurs  in  Cornwall,   Cumberland  and  Wales, 
England. 

It  is  found  in  the  United  States,  at  several  places,  though  no  whe 
very  handsome  specimens.     The  most  interesting  localities  are  in  Mary- 
land, in  the  Blue  Ridge  in  Pennsylvania  near  Nicholson's  Gap,  and  at 
the  Perkiomen  Lead  Mine,  and   in  New  Jersey   at  Schuyler's  mines, 
where  it  is  accompanied  by  Red  Copper-Ore. 

4.  Those  varieties  which  are  sufficiently  compact,  are  cut  into  ?ase?, 
snuffboxes,  ring-stones  and  other  ornaments.     Others  are  used  as  pig- 
ments.    If  it  occurs  in  sufficient  quantity,  it  is  a  valuable  ore  for  the  ex- 
traction of  copper. 

GREY  ANTIMONY.  Prismatoidal  Antimony- 
Glance.  MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =91° 
10'.  (90°  45'.  MOHS.) 

Secondary  form. 

M'onM  880  40/' 

M'  on  e'2,  or  M  on  e2  145     30 

M'  or  M  on  h 

M7  on  i'  or  M  on  i 

M'  on  g 

e'2  on  e2 


Fig.  217. 


on  e'2  or  e2 
on  i1  or  i 


134 

20 

2  Fr 

171 

40 

P 

173 

00 

Q 

en 

108 

30 

'   9 

125 

30 

161 

30  . 

238  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Grey  Antimony. 


Cleavage,  highly  perfect  in  the  direction  of  A,  or  the 
shorter  diagonal  of  the  prism ;  much  less  distinct  parallel 
with  M.  Fracture  small  conchoidal,  rather  imperfect. 
Surface,  the  vertical  planes  deeply  striated  parallel  to  their 
own  intersections,  and  rough.  The  remaining  faces  gene- 
rally smooth.  Subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  lead-grey,  inclining  to  steel- 
grey.  Streak  unchanged. 

Sectile.  Thin  laminae  are  a  little  flexible.  Crystals 
sometimes  bent.  Hardness  =2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =4-62. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive ;  composition  colum- 
nar, of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  sometimes  very  thin,  but 
not  impalpable.  They  are  long  and  straight,  either  paral- 
lel or  divergent  from  several  common  centres,  and  aggrega- 
ted in  a  second  angulo-granular  composition.  The  faces 
of  composition  are  irregularly  streaked  in  a  longitudinal  di- 
rection. Sometimes  the  composition  is  granular,  and  then 
the  individuals  often  become  impalpable,  but  are  generally 
very  strongly  connected  ;  the  fracture  becomes  even  or  un- 
even. Capillary  crystals  often  form  a  tissue  resembling 
wool,  or  felt, 

1.  Grey  Antimony  is  very  fusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  is  absorb" 
ed  by  the  charcoal.  By  a  continued  blast,  it  may  be  valatilized,  with- 
out leaving  any  considerable  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  PROUST.  By  THOMSOX. 

Antimony  -        -         75-00         -         -         73-77 

Sulphur  -         -         25-00         -         «•        26-23 

3.  The  present  species  occurs  in  veins  and  beds  :  in  the  latter  case 
along  with  Spathic  Iron.  It  is  frequently  associated  with  Heavy- Spar, 
Blende  and  Quartz.  Its  decomposition  produces  the  Antimony-  Ochre, 
a  friable,  compact  yellow  substance,  with  which  it  is  often  associated  or 
covered. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  239 

Grey  Antimony. 


4,  Veins,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  the 'present  species,  have  been 
discovered  at  Posing  near  Pressburg  in  Hungary,  and  at  Wolfsthal  in 
the  county  of  Stollberg  in  the  Hartz  ;  also  such  as  contain  considerable 
quantities  of  it  associated  with  other  minerals,  at  Felsobanya  in  Upper 
Hungary,  at  Crcmnitz,  Schemnitz,  and  other  places  in  Lower  Hungary, 
and  in  France,     Other  localities  are  Br'dunsdorf  near  Freiberg  in  Saxo- 
ny, Neudorf  in  Anhalt,  Cornwall  and  Scotland.     The  fibrous  variety  oc- 
curs at  Loben  in  the  valley  of  the  Levant  in  Carinthia,  and  the  compact 
at  Magurka  in  Hungary. 

5.  It  is  used  for  extracting  the  crude   antimony,  or  the  metal  itsef, 
which  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  several  metallic  alloys,  and  in 
medicine. 

APPENDIX  TO  GREY  ANTIMONY. 

i.  Haidingerite.     BERTHIER. 

Massive  ;  sometimes  exhibiting  appearances  of  prismatic  crys- 
tals, but  generally  in  confusedly  aggregated  masses,  whose  struc- 
ture is  foliated. 

Lustre  feeble,  metallic.     Color  iron-grey,  with  tarnished  hues. 
1.  Before  the  blosv-pipe,  it  melts  readily.     It  is  quickly  acted  upon  by 
cold  muriatic  acid,  giving  out  pure  sulphuretted  hydrogen  ;  and  is  total- 
ly dissolved  except  some  Pyrites  and  Quartz, 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Sulphur 308 

Antimony         .....         52-0 

Iron  16-0 

Zinc  0-3 

3.  It  occurs  along  with  Quartz,  Calcareous  Spar  and  Iron-Pyrites,  at 
Chazellesin  France. 

4.  It  has  until  lately  been  rejected  as  an  ore  of  antimony,  on  account 
of  the  impurity  of  the  metal  obtained. 

5.  It  is  probable  that  this  mineral  is  nothing  more  than  an  impure  va- 
riety of  Grey  Antimony. 

GREY  MANGANESE.     (See  Pyrolusite,  Manganite  and 
Psilomelan.) 

GURHOFIAN,     (See  Dolomite.) 


240 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gypsum. 


GYPSUM.     Prisrnatoidal   Gypsum-Mica. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique  angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=  113°  8'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  218. 


Oxford,  England — Ohio. 
Fig.  219. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gypsum. 


241 


Fig.  222. 


Bex,  Switzerland. 


Fig.  218.  Primary  form,  having  the  longer  and  shorter  ter- 
minal edges  replaced.  P  on  I  =108°  3'  19".  P  on/= 
124°  4V  43".  /on/=110°  36'  34".  /  on  Z=143°  53' 
22".  (trapczienne.  HAUY.) — Fig.  219.  The  same,  altered 
only  through  the  additional  planes  k.  P  on  k  =  134°  2 17 
40".  k  on  Z  =  153°  41'  <69".  (progressive.  HAUY.) — 
Fig.  220.  The  same  as  Fig.  218,  with  the  addition  of 
planes  n  through  the  replacement  of  the  acute  terminal  an- 
gles, (equivalente.  HAUY.) — Fig.  221.  The  same  with 
Fig.  220.  excepting  the  substitution  of  planes  o  for  f.  o  on 
o  =71°  40'  32".  (quaterno  bisunitaire.  HAUY.) — Fig. 
222.  Lik'e  Fig.  218.  with  the  addition  of  planes  r,  and  the 
truncation  of  the  acute,  lateral  edges,  (disjoint &.  HAUY.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained ;  with  M  and  T  imperfect,  the  former  of  these  being 
of  a  conchoidal  appearance,  while  the  former  is  obtained 
with  difficulty,  on  account  of  the  flexibility  of  the  mineral  in 
that  direction,  and  often  presents  a  fibrous  aspect.  Frac- 
ture scarcely  perceptible. 

Surface.  P  and  I  streaked,  parallel  to  their  common 
intersections.  The  faces  e  and  /  often  rounded,  which 
21 


242 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gypsum. 


gives  rise  to  the  well  known  lenticular  shapes,  if  the  faces 
P  and  /  disappear. 

Lustre  vitreous.  P  possesses  a  pearly  lustre,  more  or  less 
distinct,  both  upon  faces  of  cleavage  and  faces  of  crystalli- 
zation. 

Color,  generally  white,  sometimes  inclining  and  passing 
into  srnalt-blue,  flesh-red,  ochre-yellow,  honey-yellow,  and 
several  shades  of  grey.  Impure  varieties  assume  dark- 
grey,  brick-red  and  brownish-red  tinges.  Streak  white. 
Transparent .  .  .  translucent. 

Sectile.  Thin  lamina  are  flexible  in  the  direction  of 
those  edges  which  arise  from  the  intersection  of  P  with  r. 

Hardness  =1*5  .  .  .  2-0.  The  lowest  degrees  upon  P, 
its  highest  degrees  in  the  direction  in  which  the  crystals  are 
rounded.  Sp.  gr.  =2-310. 

*  Fig.  223. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin- 
crystals.  1.  Axis  of  revolution 
perpendicular,  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel  to  M.  Angle  of 
revolution  =  180°,  (as  in  the  an- 
nexed figure,)  which  is  under- 
stood, if  we  suppose  fig.  220.  to 
possess,  instead  of  the  edge  from 
the  meeting  of //,  a  portion  of 
M,  and  the  bisection  to  take  place 
through  P. 

2.  Axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  M ;  face  of  com- 
position parallel  to  P  :  angle  of  revolution  =180°. 


M 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  243 

Gypsum. 


3.  Axis  of  revolution  perpendicular ;  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel  to  T.  According  to  this  law  are  formed  the 
arrow-shaped  twins,  consisting  of  lenticular  crystals.  Glob- 
ular masses,  generally  formed  of  discernible  individuals. 
Dentiform.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  passing  into 
impalpable,  sometimes  scaly ;  also  columnar,  often  as  thin 
as  hair,  long,  generally  straight  and  parallel.  Sometimes 
without  cohesion  of  the  single  particles,  in  the  state  of  pow- 
der. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  exfoliates  and  melts,  though  with  difficul- 
ty, into  a  white  enamel,  which  after  a  short  time  falls  into  powder.  In 
a  lower  degree  of  heat,  it  loses  its  water  and  becomes  friable,  so  as  to  be 
easily  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder.  If  mixed  with  water,  this  pow- 
der becomes  warm,  and  soon  hardens  into  a  solid  mass. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BUCHOLZ. 

Lime  ....        33-0 

Sulphuric  acid        ...        -        44-8 
Water  21-0 

3.  Compound  varieties  of  Gypsum  form  beds  in  secondary  mountains, 
more  sparingly  in  the  older  classes  of  rocks  ;  and  they  are  generally  pos- 
sessed of  a  considerable  thickness.     Its  principal  repositories  are  sand- 
stones and  clay,  in  which  it  is  associated  with  limestone  and  Common 
Salt.     Brine  springs  very  often  issue  from  the  rocks  in  its  vicinity.    Sim- 
ple varieties  are  chiefly  found  in  clay,  in  salt  works  ;  also  in  abandoned 
mines  and  old  heaps,  where  they  are  often  products  of  recent  origin. 

4.  Gypsum  is  found  in  almost  all  countries,  both  crystallized  and  mas- 
sive ;  for  example,  in  Mansfeld,  Thuringia,  Bavaria,  Franconia,  Swa- 
bia,  Switzerland,  in  the  Tyrol,  Stiria  and  Austria ;  also  Poland,  Hungary 
and  Transylvania ;  in  England,  France,  Spain.     Beautiful  crystals  are 
found  near  Oxford,  at  Bex  in  Switzerland,  Hall  in  the  Tyrol,  and  at 
Ischel ;  large  lenticular  crystals,  generally  twins,  occur  at  Montmartre, 
near  Paris.     Gypsum  occurs  in  great  quantities  in  Nova  Scotia,  both 
the  earthy  varieties  and  the  scaly.     In  the  United  States,  this  species  is 
abundant  in  Arkansaw,  Illinois,  Tennessee,  Virginia,  Ohio  and  N.York. 
At  Poland,  in  Trumbull  co.  (Ohio,)  exceedingly  perfect  and  transparent 


244  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Gypsum — Haidingerite. 

crystals,  several  inches  long,  of  the  form  of  Fig.  218,  are  found.  Near 
Niagara  falls,  and  at  Lockport,  (N.Y.)  very  handsome  varieties  of  snowy 
white,  granular,  and  foliated  Gypsum,  occur  imbedded  in  black  lime- 
stone. 

5.  Gypsum  is  variously  employed  in  manufacturing  artificial  marble, 
stucco  work,  mortar,  &c. ;  also  for  making  casts  of  statues,  medals,  &c. 
It  is  added  to  the  mass  of  certain  kinds  of  porcelain  and  glass.  In  sculp- 
ture, it  is  used  under  the  name  of  alabaster.  It  is  also  employed  in  ag- 
riculture, for  improving  the  soil,  both  calcined,  and  in  its  natural  state  ; 
it  forms  the  paste  of  colored  drawing  pencils,  and  is  employed  in  polishing. 

GUMMITE.     (See  Halloysite.) 
HAIDINGERITE.     Diatoraous  Gypsum-Mica. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =99° 
52'. 

Secondary  forms.  The  primary,  having  the  lateral  and 
terminal  angles  replaced  by  single  planes,  together  with  the 
truncation  of  the  obtuse  lateral  edges,  and  the  bevelment  of 
the  lateral  edges.  The  obtuse  edges  of  the  prism  are 
sometimes  replaced  by  three  pianos. 

Cleavage,  highly  perfect,  and  easily  obtained  in  the  di- 
rection of  P. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent, in  small  crystals  translucent.  Double  refraction  ob- 
servable through  M,  and  the  opposite  face  replacing  the 
obtuse  edge,  making  an  angle  of  40°. 

Sectile.     Thin  laminae,  slightly  flexible. 

Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2-5.  The  face  P  may  be  scratched 
by  Common  Salt.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-§48. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Arseniate  of  lime        -        -        -        85-681 
Water  -         -        -         14-319 

2.  It  has  been  observed  only  upon  a  single  specimen,  whose  locality 
is  unknown,  in  the  cabinet  of  Mr.  FERGUSON,  of  Raith.  The  mineral 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Haidingerite — Harmotome. 


245 


forms  crystalline  coats,  of  a  somewhat  botryoidal  appearance,  over  a  fer- 
ruginous Quartz,  which  covers  a  rose  red  variety  of  Diallogite,  resem- 
bling that  found  near  Freiberg.  The  same  specimen  also  contained 
large  crystals  of  Pharmacolite. 

HAIDINGERITE  of  BERTHIER.     (See  Grey  Antimony.} 

HALLOYSITE. 

Reniform  and  tubercular  masses.   Massive ;  composition  im- 
palpable.    Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous.    Color  pure  white,  or  tinged  with  blue.   Trans- 
lucent on  the  edges.     In  water  becomes  transparent. 
Sectile,  may  be  indented  by  the  nail,  and  polished  with  the  finger. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Silica 44-94 

Alumina 89-06 

Water 16-00 

It  is  found  in  masses  three  or  four  inches  in  diameter,  among  ores  of 
iron,  zinc  and  lead,  in  cavities  of  transition  limestone,  at  Angleure,  near 
Liege. 

HARD  COBALT  PYRITES.     (See  Colaltine.) 

HARMOTOME.    Paratoraous  Kouphon  e-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  "forms. 

Fig.  224.  Fig.  225. 


Strontiaiij  Scotland, 


246 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Harmotome. 


Fig.  226. 


Mons  -         -         -         125°     5'     P. 

s    on  s  over  the  summit      -         110     26 
s    on  al  171       4 

s    on  a2  151     35 

s    on  a3  149     32 

«4ona4'  177     28 

Fig.  224.  Primary  form,  with  the  solid  angles  trunca- 
ted, a  on  a  =121°  57'  56'.  a  on  a  over  the  summit, 
=86°  36'. 

Fig.  225.    s  on  T  =  123°  41'  24". 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  T ;  also  with  the  planes 
a  ;  but  imperfect  in  all  directions.  Fracture  uneven,  im- 
perfectly conchoidal.  Surface,  a  and  s  streaked  parallel  to 
their  common  edges  of  combination.  M  and  T  smooth, 
but  in  most  cases  T  is  divided  into  four  faces,  meeting  at 
very  obtuse  angles,  as  in  certain  varieties  of  Fluor. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white  prevalent,  passing  into 
grey,  yellow,  red  and  brown.  Streak  white.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-392. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Harmotome. 


247 


Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel,  axis  ©f  revolution  perpendicular  to  one  of 
the  faces  of  M  and  T.  The  individuals  are  continued  be- 
yond the  face  of  composition,  and  produce  the  cruciform 
crystals.  (See  annexed  figure.) 

Fig.  227. 


Massive  :  composition  granular,  rare. 

1.  Alone  upon  charcoal,  it  melts,  without  intumescence,  into  a  clear 
globule.     It  phosphoresces  with  a  yellow  light,  and  is  not  easily  acted 

upon  by  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.    By  WERNEKINK.  By  THOMSON. 


fr.  Andreasbcrg.            fr.  Schiffcnberg. 

fr.  Strontia 

Silica 

49-00 

~-       44-79 

-  53-07 

-       48735 

Alumina 

16-00 

-       19-28 

-  21-31 

-       15-100 

Baryta 

18-00* 

-       17-59 

-     0-39 

-       14-275 

Lime 

o-oo 

1-08 

-    6-67 

3-180 

Potash 

o-oo 

0-00 

-     0-00 

2-550 

Ox.  iron  and  mang. 

0-00 

0-85 

-     0-56 

0-000 

Water 

15-00 

-       15-32 

-  17-09 

-       14-000 

8.  Harmotome  occurs  in  metalliferous  veins,  traversing  grey-wacke 
and  mica-slate,  and  in  the  vesicular  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks. 

4.  The  beautiful,  cruciform  twins  occur  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz ; 
and  the  simple  crystals  at  Strontian,  in  Scotland.  Other  localities  are, 
Kongsberg  in  Norway,  Oberstein  in  Deuxponts,  where  it  is  found  in  ag- 
ate balls;  Baden,  near  Engelhaus  and  Buchan  in  Bohemia,  and  in  the 


£48  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Harmotome. 


vicinity  of  Mount  Vesuvius.     It  is  also  said  to  occur  very  frequently  in 
amygdaloid,  in  Scotland. 

HATCHETINE. 

In  the  shape  of  flakes  like  spermaceti,  or  of  granular  masses  like 
bees-wax. 

Lustre  slightly  glistening  and  pearly,  and  of  considerable  de- 
grees of  transparency  when  in  flakes,  else  dull  and  opake.  Color 
yellowish-white,  wax  yellow  and  greenish-yellow. 

Hardness,  like  soft  tallow.  Very  light.  Without  odor  or  elas- 
ticity. 

1.  It  melts  below  the  boiling  point  of  water.     Ether  dissolves  it  readi- 
ly;  being  evaporated,  the  solution  yields  a  viscid,  oily  inodorous  matter. 
Distilled  over  the  spirit-lamp,  it  gives  a  bituminous  smell,  a  greenish- 
yellow,  butryaceous  substance  is  disengaged,  and  a  coaly  residue  re- 
mains in  the  retort.     At  a  lower  temperature  a  light  oil  is  distilled. 

2.  It  occurs  in  small  contemporaneous  veins  with  Quartz,  Calcareous 
Spar  and  iron-ores,  at  Merthyr  Tydril  in  South  Wales.     It  has  been 
described  by  Mr.  BRANDE  under  the  denomination  of  Mineral  Jldipo- 
cire. 

3.  The  description  of  Hatchetine  agrees  very  nearly  with  the  follow- 
ing one  given  of  Mountain  Tallow.     It  has  the  color  and  feel  of  tal- 
low, and  is  tasteless ;  its  sp.  gr.  =  0-6078,  in  its  natural  state,  but  is  in- 
creased by  melting  it,  to  0-983,  the  air  bubbles  being  driven  off.   It  melts 
at  118°,  and  boils  at  290°.     When  melted  it  is  transparent  and  colorless, 
but  becomes  opake  and  white  on  cooling.     It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  is 
dissolved  by  alcohol,  oil  of  turpentine,  olive-oil  and  naphtha,  when  hot, 
but  is  precipitated  when  they  cool.     It  does  not  form  soap  with  alcaline 
substances,  but  is  combustible.     It  has  been  found  in  a  bog,  on  the  bor- 
ders of  Loch  Fyne,  and  has  been  formerly  noticed  on  the  coast  of  Fin- 
land, in  one  of  the  Swedish  lakes ;  near  Strasburg,  and  in  Scotland. 

HAUSMANNITE.     (See  Black  Manganese.) 
HAUYNE.     (See  Sodalite.) 
HAYDENITE.     (See  Chabasie.) 
HAYTORITE. 

A  variety  of  Quartz,  resembling  Calcedony,  in  perfect  crys- 
tals, single  and  variously  aggregated,  and  having  the  form  of  Da- 
tholite,  (-variety  Humboldtite.)  It  occurs  in  detached  pieces,  ac- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Heavy  Spar. 


249 


companied  by  small  masses  of  Calcedony,  Garnet,  green  Horn- 
blende, Talc  and  Magnetic  Iron-Ore— the  aggregate  being  en- 
veloped by  a  ferruginous  clay,  and  existing  in  an  iron  mine  adja- 
cent to  the  Hay  Tor  granite  quarries,  in  Devonshire.  The  for- 
mation of  these  crystals  is  quite  inexplicable  according  to  the 
known  laws  of  pseudomorphism. 

HEAVY    SPAR.      Prismatic    Hal-Baryte. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M'=101° 
42'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  223. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  229. 


De  Rome,  Puy  de  Dome. 


Fig.  231. 


Fig.  230. 


x    M 


250 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Heavy  Spar. 


Fig.  232. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  233. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Tig.  234. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  235. 


Cheshire,  (Cono.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Heavy  Spar. 


251 


Fig.  236. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  237. 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  238. 


Fig.  228.  Primary  form,  with  its  obtuse  angles  trunca- 
ted. P  on  d  =140°  59'  21".  (apophane,  H.)— Fig.  229. 
The  same,  with  the  faces  d  enlarged,  d  on  d=78°  1'  58". 
(binaire,  H.)— Fig.  230.  Primary  form,  with  its  acute  an- 


252  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Heavy  Spar. 


gles  truncated.  P  on  0  =  127°  5'  13".  (emoussee,  H.) — 
Fig.  231.  The  same,  with  the  planes  o  enlarged,  o  on  o 
=  105°  49'  34".  (unitaire.  H.)— Fig.  232.  d  on  u  = 
160°  41'  39".  u  on  w=116°  38'.  (bino-bisunitaire.  H.) — 
Fig.  233.  e?onZ=163°  2' 22".  (soussextuple.  H.)— Fig. 
234.  Mon*=154°26'  52".  z  onz=110°  25'  38".  o  on 
z  =  135°  39'  58".  (entouree.  H.)— Fig.  235.  M  on  &= 
129°  13'  54". ,  k  on  o  =  142°  8'  47".  (sexdecimale.  H.)— 
Fig.  236.  (sousquadruple.  H.) — Fig.  237.  (triplante.  H.) 
—Fig.  238.  c  on  o  =  166°  46'  49r/.  M  on  c=133°  31' 
31".  (diplonome.  H.) 

Cleavage.  M  and  T  perfect.  The  latter  commonly 
more  easily  obtained,  the  former  sometimes  interrupted. 
Cleavages  are  also  visible  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal. 
Fracture  conchoid al}  seldom  observable.  Surface  in  a  few 
examples  only,  faintly  streaked.  The  same  faces  which  in 
certain  modifications  are  rough,  in  others  are  perfectly 
smooth,  while  the  reverse  takes  place  in  other  faces ;  so 
that  they  do  not  constantly  present  the  same  appearances. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  white,  prev- 
alent, inclining  to  yellow,  grey,  blue,  red  or  brown.  Streak 
white.  Transparent . .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =3-0  .  .  .  3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4-446. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globules,  both  imbedded  and 
implanted,  also  reniform  shapes  :  surface  drusy,  uneven 
and  rough ;  composition  either  lamellar,  generally  imper- 
fect or  columnar,  the  latter  often  very  thin.  In  the  reni- 
form shapes,  the  curved  lamellar  particles  of  composition 
consist  of  imperfectly  straight  lamellar,  or  of  columnar  ones. 
Massive  :  composition  as  in  the  imitative  shapes,  more  fre- 
quently the  distinctly  straight  lamellar  masses  are  aggregated 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  253 

Heavy  Spar. 


in  a  granular  composition.  The  composition  is  sometimes 
granular,  and  even  impalpable.  Without  coherence  of  the 
particles,  friable. 

1.  It  decrepitates  when  suddenly  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  fu- 
ses with  difficulty.  Several  varieties  emit  a  phosphorescent  light,  if 
carefully  heated,  and  retain  this  property  for  some  time  after  cooling. 
In  the  interior  flame,  it  assumes  a  burning,  hepatic  taste. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Baryta  66-00 

Sulphuric  acid 34-00 

Several  varieties  contain  substances  foreign  to  this  mixture,  which 
must  be  considered  as  impurities,  as  silica,  oxide  of  iron,  alumina,  &c. 
Crystals  of  Heavy  Spar  have  been  artificially  obtained  by  dissolving  sul- 
pho-cyanuret  of  barium  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  allowing  this  solution  to 
be  slowly  decomposed  by  the  influence  of  the  atmosphere ;  they  are  in 
the  form  of  the  primary  ;  having  angles  of  101°  42'  and  78°  18'. 

3.  Many  varieties  of  Heavy  Spar,  but  more  particularly  the  granular 
and  compact  ones,  occur  in  beds,  accompanying  Galena  and  Blende  ; 
others  are  found  in  iron  ores.     It  is  frequently  met  with  in  veins,  in  rocks 
of  various  ages,  either  with  the   above   mentioned,   or  with  cupriferous, 
minerals;  also  with  manganese  ores,  Grey  Antimony,  and  Realgar. 

4.  Large  and  beautiful  crystals  have  been  found  in  the  mines  of  Cum- 
berland, Durham  and  Westmoreland,  in  England  ;  also  at  Felsobanya 
and  Cremnitz  in  Hungary,  at  Freiberg,  at  Marienberg  and  other  places 
in  Saxony,  at   Pzribram   and  Mies  in  Bohemia,   at  Roya  and  Roure  in 
Auvergne.     A  radiated  variety,  in  imbedded  globules,  is  found  at  Monte 
Paterno,  near  Bologna.    The  Calcareous  Heavy-Spar  of  BREITHAUPT, 
is  a  variety  of  the  present  species,  found  near  Freiberg.     It  contains  a 
little  sulphate  of  lime,  in  consequence  of  which  its  sp.  gr.  is  only  4-2. 

The  deposits  of  this  species  are  too  numerous  in  the  United  States  to 
be  enumerated;  only  a  few  of  the  more  important  can  be  mentioned. 
The  curved  lamellar  varieties  are  abundant  at  the  Southampton  lead 
mines  in  Massachusetts,  and  in  several  similar  places  in  the  vicinity.  In 
Connecticut,  similar  varieties  are  found  in  connection  with  the  trap  and 
sandstone  at  Berlin,  Farmington,  and  Southington.  But  the  most  inter- 
esting locality  is  at  Cheshire,  where  it  occurs  in  distinct  crystals,  as  well 

22 


254  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Heavy  Spar — Hedyphane. 

as  in  foliated  masses,  associated  with  crystallized  Quartz,  Green  Mala- 
chite and  Vitreous  Copper,  all  of  which  minerals  are  imbedded  in  sand- 
stone. An  extremely  delicate,  fibrous,  nearly  compact  variety,  is  found 
in  great  abundance,  at  Pillar  Point,  Jefferson  co.  near  Sacket's  Harbor, 
(N.Y.)  where  it  forms  large  veins.  Its  colors  are  reddish-brown,  and 
yellowish  and  greyish  white.  At  the  Perkiomen  lead-mine  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, are  found  the  foliated,  the  compact  and  the  earthy  varieties.  Hea- 
vy Spar  is  extremely  abundant  in  the  Missouri  lead-mines,  and  through- 
out the  southern  and  western  States  generally.  It  occurs  at  Schoharie, 
(N.  Y.)  associated  with  Strontianite  in  the  water-limerock. 

5.  Little  use  has  heretofore  been  made  of  Heavy  Spar.  Pure  white 
varieties  are  used  as  a  white  paint,  either  alone,  or  mixed  with  white 
lead.  The  fibrous  variety  of  various  colors,  from  Pillar  Point,  (N.Y.) 
has  been  sawn  into  moderately  sized  slabs,  and  polished  ;  many  of  which 
present  a  very  handsome  appearance. 

HEDENBERGITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 
HEDYPHANE.     He  dy  phanous  Le  ad-Bary  te. 

Massive  :  composition  granular  and  impalpable.  Frac- 
ture small  and  imperfectly  conchoidal ;  occasionally  exhib- 
iting little  fissures. 

Lustre  adamantine  to  resinous.  Color,  greyish  white. 
Translucent. 

Hardness  =4-5  . . .  5-0.  (Scale  of  BREITHAUPT.)  Sp. 
gr.  =5-461  .  .  .  5-498. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  white  frit,  but  less  easily  than 
the  Mimetene.  The  lead  is  not  reduced,  even  in  the  strongest  heat  of 
the  reduction  flame  ;  nor  does  the  resulting  mass  assume  a  polyhedral 
figure.  The  arsenical  odor  is  rarely  perceptible. 

2.  Analysis.' 

Oxide  of  lead  ....  53-00 

Muriatic  acid  .  2.00 

Lime  ....  14-00 

Arsenic  acid  ....  22-80 

Phosphoric  acid  .         .         .         .  '     8-20 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Helvin. 


255 


3.  It  is  found  at  Langbahshytta  in  Sweden,  where  it  forms  narrow 
veins  in  a  beautiful  red,  manganesian  Pyroxene,  and  a  granular  brown 
Garnet. 

HELIOTROPE.     (See  Quartz.) 
HELVIN.     Tetrahedral   Garnet.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Tetrahedron. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  239. 


Cleavage,  traces  of  the  octahedron.  Fracture  uneven. 
Surface,  P  smooth,  and  a  little  rounded,  sometimes  streak- 
ed parallel  to  the  edges,  a  rough,  but  even. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  wax- 
yellow,  inclining  to  honey-yellow,  and  yellowish  brown,  or 
to  siskin-green.  Streak  white.  Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =6-0  . . .  6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-100. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  melts  in  the  reducing 
flame  with  effervescence  into  a  globule,  of  almost  the  same  color  as  the 
mineral.  In  the  oxidating  flame,  the  color  becomes  dark,  and  the  fusion 
more  difficult.  With  borax,  it  yields  a  transparent  glass,  often  colored 
£>y  manganese. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  VOGEL. 

Silica  ....        39-50 

Alumina  ....        15-65 

Oxide  of  iron  ....  37-75 
Oxide  of  manganese  .  .  .  3-75 
Lime  0-50 


256 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Herderite. 


3.  It  has  hitherto  been  found  only  at  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony,  in 
beds  in  gneiss,  accompanied  by  Blende,  Quartz,  Fluor  and  Calcareous 
Spar. 

HEMATITE.     (See  Limonite  and  Specular  Iron.) 
HERDERITE.     Prismatic    F  1  u  o  r- H  al  o  i  d  e. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  =* 
115°  53'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  240. 

JM: 


M 


t  on  t' 
t  on* 


115°  53' 
115       7 

p  onp        -  141     16 

Cleavage  distinct  parallel  to  faces  M,  but  interrupted  ; 
also  perpendicular  to  the  axis, — the  latter  only  in  detached 
portions  of  very  bright  and  even  faces ;  faint  indications 
parallel  to  P,jp.  Fracture  small  conchoidal.  Surface,  M 
very  smooth,  and  delicately  streaked  parallel  to  its  edges 
of  combination  with  P,  and  resembling  in  this  respect  the 
faces  p. 

Lustre  vitreous,  slightly  inclining  to  resinous.  Color 
several  shades  of  yellowish  and  greenish-white  :  streak 
white,  strongly  translucent. 

Very  brittle.     Hardness  =5-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-985. 

1.  The  present  species  has  been  confounded  with  Apatite,  which  it 
exceedingly  resembles  in  several  properties  ;  but  the  different  aspect  of 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  257 

Herderite — Herrerite. 


the  faces  p  and  t,  the  former  being  smooth,  or  but  faintly  streaked  par- 
allel to  their  intersections  with  P,  while  the  latter  are  granulated,  proves 
that  the  forms  do  not  belong  to  the  hexagonal,  but  to  the  prismatic  sys- 
tem. 

2.  The  only  specimen  of  Herderite  at  present  known,  is  in  the  Wer- 
nerian  museum  at  Freiberg.  It  came  from  the  tin-mines  of  Ehrenfrie- 
dersdorf  in  Saxony. 

HERRERITE.    Staphyline  Tellu  rium-Baryte. 

Massive  :  in  reniform  masses. 

Cleavage  in  three  directions,  affording  rhomboidal  frag- 
mentSj  whose  angles  are  incapable  of  measurement  on  ac- 
count of  the  curvatures  of  the  faces. 

Lustre  vitreous  to  pearly,  and  shining,  on  fresh  surfaces. 
Color  pistachio,  emerald,  and  grass-green.  Streak  yellow- 
ish grey.  Translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-0  . . .  4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4-3. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  at  first  becomes  grey,  and  af- 
terwards gives  a  white  smoke,  which  adheres  to  the  charcoal.  On  di- 
recting the  reduction  flame  of  the  blow-pipe  upon  it,  it  becomes  of  a 
beautiful  grass-green.  Heated  in  an  open  tube,  it  gives  an  abundant 
white  smoke,  which  adheres  to  the  glass,  and  on  examining  it  with  a 
microscope,  it  is  seen  to  be  composed  of  innumerable  white  and  transpa- 
rent globules. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HERRERA. 

Carbonic  acid  .         .         .         .         81-86 

Tellurium  ....         55-58 

Peroxide  of  nickel        ....        12-32 
3.  It  is  found  at  Albarradon  in  Mexico,  in  transition  limestone,  in  a 
metallic  vein,  consisting  chiefly  of  ores  of  lead,  Native  Silver,  Horn- 
Silver,  and  lodic-Silver. 

APPENDIX  TO  HERRERITE. 
i.  Fibrous  Herrerite.     DEL  Rio, 

Massive :  reniform,  composition  columnar,  individuals  slender 
and  radiating.     Earthy  and  dull. 

22* 


258 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Herrerite — Heulandite. 


Color  apple  green. 
Very  soft ;  but  brittle.     Sp.  gr.  =3. 

1.  It  occurs  with  the  above,  and  would  appear  to  be  simply  a  variety 
which  has  suffered  partial  decomposition. 

HERSCHELITE. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  form.     Primary,  having  its  terminal  edges  replaced, 
the  new  planes  inclining  to  the  bases  under  132°. 
Fracture  conchoidal.     Surface  rough.     P  dull  and  curved. 
Color,  white.    Translucent . . .  opake. 
Hardness  =  4-0  ...  5-5  ?     Sp.  gr,  =  2-11. 

1.  It  is  believed  to  have  in  general,  the  composition  of  Feldspar  or 
Leucite. 

2.  It  is  found  with  Olivin,  at  Aci  Reale  in  Sicily. 

3.  It  appears  to  be  related  to  Nephiline  ;  but  further  researches  are 
required  to  settle  its  specific  character. 

HETEROSITE.     (See  Triplite.) 

HEULANDITE.     He  mi-prism*  tic  Kouphone- 

Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique-angled  prism.     M  on  T 
=  130°  30'. 


146°  30^ 

148  00 
111  56 

"0 
M 

114  20 
129  40 
133  35 

tLLIPS. 

108  15 

\ 

Fig.  241. 


Secondary  form. 

M  on  a 

T  on  a       - 

P  on  a 

M  on  /      - 

J    on  f 

P  on  6       - 

P  onb       - 


Cleavage,  P  highly  perfect.  Fracture  imperfectly  con- 
choidal, uneven.  Surface  of  all  the  faces  more  or  less  un- 
even ;  P  often  concave,  M  and  T  convex. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  259 

Heulandite. 


Lustre  vitreous.  The  faces  P  possess  high  degrees  of 
pearly  lustre,  both  as  faces  of  cleavage  and  of  crystalliza- 
tion. Color,  various  shades  of  white,  prevalent,  passing 
into  red,  grey,  and  brown.  Streak  white.  Transparent 
.  .  .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-200. 
White  crystals  from  Iceland. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
the  individuals  being  of  various  sizes,  sometimes  easily  sep- 
arable, sometimes  strongly  cohering ;  faces  of  composition 
uneven  and  rough.  Globules  formed  in  vesicular  cavities. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  a  slight  intumescence,  during 
which  it  emits  a  phosphoric  light. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  LAUGIER.  By  WALMSTEDT. 

fr.  the  Tyrol. 
Alumina  .         .         10-00         .         .         .        7-99 

Silica  .         .         45-00         .         .         .       59-90 

Carbonate  of  lime          .        16-00        .        .        .        0-00 
Lime  .        .        11-00        .         .        .      16-87 

Water  ;.        .         12-00         .         .         .       13-43 

Oxide  of  iron          .         .          4-00         .         .         .         0-00 
Oxide  of  manganese      .          0-50        .        .         .        0-00 

3.  The  varieties  of  Heulandite  are  usually  found  accompanied  by  Stil- 
bite,  in  the  vesicular  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks,  and  in  certain  metal- 
liferous veins. 

4.  Iceland  and  the  Faroe  islands  afford  the  most  magnificent  crystals  of 
Heulandite,  of  a  pearly  white  color,  and  often  transparent.     A  similar 
variety  comes  from  the  Vendyah  mountains  in  Hindostan.     The  brick- 
red  crystals  and  compound  masses  occur  in  the  Tyrol  and  in  Scotland. 

In  North  America,  the  present  species  is  found  in  great  perfection  in 
large  white  crystals,  at  Cape  Blomidon  in  Nova  Scotia.  It  has  also  been 
met  with  along  with  Chabasie  upon  mica  slate,  at  Chester,  (Mass.)  and 
with  Stilbite  and  Chabasie  on  gneiss,  at  Hadlyme,  (Conn.) 

HlSlNGERITE. 

Massive.     Cleavage  distinct  in  only  one  direction.    Fracture 
earthy. 


260 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hopeite. 


Color  black.     Streak  greenish-grey. 
Sectile.     Soft.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-045, 

1.  If  gently  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  magnetic  ;  in  a 
stronger  heat,  it  melts  into  a  dull,  opake,  black  globule,  and  yields  a  yel- 
lowish green  glass  with  borax. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Oxide  of  iron  .         .  .  51-50 

Silica  .         .  .  27-50 

Alumina  .         .  .  5-50 

Oxide  of  manganese  ...  0-77 

Volatile  matter  .         .  .  11-75 

Magnesia  .  a  trace. 

3..  It  has  been  found  in  the  parish  of  Sva"rta  in  Sttdermanland,  inter- 
mixed with  limestone. 

4.  It  is  probable  that  it  belongs  to  the  species  Limonite. 

HOPEITE. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M'^- 

24'. 


Secondary  form. 
s    on  s    over  I 
M  on  M  over  g     - 
P  on  P  over  M  - 
P  on  P' 


81°  34' 
101     24 
139     41 
107       2 


Cleavage  parallel  with  the  longer  diagonal  perfect,  that 
parallel  with  the  base  less  distinct.  Surface,  plane  I  streak- 
ed lengthwise  ;  the  rest  of  the  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  pearly  upon  I.  Color  greyish  white. 
Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  translucent.  Refraction 
double. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hopeite — Hornblende. 


261 


Sectile.     Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-76. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  gives  off  its  water,  and  melts  into  a  clear 
colorless  globule,  tinging  the  flame  green.     It  gives  no  skeleton  of  silica 
with  salt  of  phosphorus,  with  which  it  melts  in  all  proportions.     If  much 
of  the  mineral  is  added,  the  globule  turns  opake  in  cooling,  but  dees  not 
deposit  any  fumes  of  zinc  on  the  charcoal.     The  globule  obtained  from 
'using  it  with  borax  does  not  become  opake  on  cooling.     With  soda,  it 
gives  a  scoria  which  is  yellow  when  hot ;  copious  fumes  of  zinc,  and 
nearest  the  scoria,  some  of  cadmium  also,  are  deposited.     The  melted 
mineral  forms  a  fine  blue  glass  with  solution  of  cobalt.     Hopeite  seems 
therefore  to  be  a  compound  of  some  of  the  stronger  acids,  as  phosphoric, 
or  boracic  acid,  with  zinc  an  earthy  base,  a  little  cadmium,  and  a  great 
deal  of  water. 

2.  It  has  been  hitherto  found  only  in  the  Calamine  mines  of  Alten- 
berg,  near  Aix-la-Chapelle,  and  is  very  rare. 

HORNBLENDE.     Hemi-prismatic  Augite-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'= 
124°  30'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  243.  Fig.  244. 


M 


M 


M 


.M 


Edenville,  (N.Y.) 


Edenvflle  and  Amity,  (N.Y.) 


262 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende. 


Fig.  245. 


M 

v  V 
^ 

Edenville,  (N.Y.) 


M 


M 


Willsborough,  (N.\r.) 


Fig.  243.  Primary  form,  having  its  lateral  angles  trun- 
cated. Z  on  Z=110°  2'.  (ditetraedre.  H.)—  Fig.  244.  The 
same,  having  the  acute  lateral  edges  truncated.  I  on  x  = 
105°  11V  Mono?  =117°  43'.  (bisunitaire.  H.)—  Fig. 
245.  P  on  5  =  104°  57".  P  on  Z=164°  49'.  M  on  s  = 
152°  177.  (dihexaedre.  H.)—  Fig.  246.  r  on  r  =  149° 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende. 


263. 


38'.  r  on  a?  =  105°  11'.  (dodecaedre.  H.)— Fig.  247. 
(triunitaire.  H.) — Fig.  248.  x  on  z  =  118°  28'.  t  on  x 
=  129°  8'.  (accelere.  H.) 

Cleavage.  M  highly  perfect ;  less  distinct  parallel  with 
P,  and  to  the  diagonals  of  the  prism.'  Fracture  imperfectly 
conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  sometimes  streaked  paral- 
lel to  the  axis  ;  sometimes  all  the  faces  are  uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  upon  faces  of  cleav- 
age in  the  varieties  possessing  pale  colors.  Color,  various 
shades  of  green,  often  inclining  to  brown  ;  there  is  an  unin- 
terrupted series  into  perfectly  white,  and  into  black  va- 
rieties. Streak  greyish-white  . .  .brown.  Nearly  transpa- 
rent . . . opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =5-0  . . .  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =3-167,  ba- 
saltic Hornblende  from  Lower  Stiria ;  3*127,  Carinthin; 
3-026,  Actynolite  from  Zillerthal ;  3-006,  blackish-green 
common  Hornblende  ;  2-931,  white  Tremolite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  s,  of  Fig. 
245.  as  in  Fig.  250. 

Fig.  249.  Fig.  250. 


This  composition  is  also  observable  in  massive  varieties, 
sometimes  in  very  thin  laminae,  having  often  some  foreign 


264  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende. 


substance,  particularly  laminae  of  Pyroxene,  interposed  be- 
tween them.  Massive:  composition  granular, .individuals 
of  various  sizes,  generally  strongly  cohering,  and  producing 
in  the  large,  a  tendency  to  slaty  fracture ;  composition  co- 
lumnar, individuals  of  various  sizes,  sometimes  very  deli- 
cate, generally  long,  parallel,  or  diverging,  and  aggregated 
in  a  second  granular  composition.  Compositions  of  short 
and  irregularly  distributed  columnar  particles,  possess,  in 
the  largo,  a  slaty  fracture.  Very  thin  columnar  composi- 
tion produces -a  silky  lustre. 

1.  Of  those  varieties  of  the  present  species  which  have  obtained  dis- 
tinct names,  arid  which  in  some  systems  of  mineralogy,  have  even  been 
regarded  as  forming  separate  species,  the  following  are  the  most  remark- 
able, viz.  Hornblende,  Tremolite,  Jlctynolite  and  Jisbestus.  The  dark 
blackish  and  greenish  colors  constituted  Hornblende,  which  was  divided 
into  basaltic,  common  and  slaty  ;  the  first  of  these  affording  crystals  ea- 
sily cleavable  ;  the  second  such  as  are  of  difficult  cleavage,  and  the  mas- 
sive, granular  and  columnar  varieties,  excepting  such  as  are  jet-black, 
shining  and  easily  cleavable,  which  were  distinguished  under  the  name 
of  Carinthin,  and  the  third  comprehends  such  massive  specimens  as  ex- 
hibit a  slaty  fracture.  Tremolite  consists  of  the  pale  green,  grey,  bluish 
and  white  varieties,  and  has  been  divided  into  common,  asbestiform  and 
granular.  The  first  occurs  in  crystals,  rarely  with  perfect  termina- 
tions, and  in  massive  varieties,  in  which  the  individuals  are  large  ;  the 
second  in  columnar  compositions,  or  coarsely  fibrous,  with  considerable 
degrees  of  transparency  ;  the  third  refers  to  very  thin  or  capillary  crys- 
tals; and  the  fourth  consists  of  granular  particles.  The  varieties  of  Ac- 
tynolite  differ  from  those  of  Tremolite,  by  their  deep  green,  (often  grass- 
green)  colors.  The  asbestiform  tremolite,  and  asbestiform  actynolite, 
form  a  passage  into  asbestus,  which  term  is  applied  not  only  to  minute 
columnar,  and  variously  interwoven  individuals  of  this  species,  but  to 
those  also  of  Pyroxene  and  some  other  species, — the  name  denoting 
rather  a  peculiar  state  of  aggregation  in  these  species,  than  the  substance 
of  a  distinct  mineral.* 

*  Asbestus  in  general,  has  been  divided  into  amianthus,  which  con- 
sists of  highly  delicate  fibres,  often  thinner  than  a  hair,  longitudinally 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende. 


265 


Green  Diallage  or  Smaragdite,  in  some  cases  consists  of  laminae  of 
Hornblende,  with  faces  of  composition  parallel  to  s ;  in  others,  of  the 
same,  alternating  with  laminae  of  Pyroxene ;  both  generally  of  bright 
green  colors. 

Among  the  varieties  of  this  species,  and  those  of  Pyroxene,  a  striking 
analogy  of  certain  varieties  has  been  observed.  Augite  and  Hornblende, 
Sahlite  and  Actynolite,  Diopside  and  Tremolite,  stand  in  these  relations ; 
and  both  series  terminate  in  their  respective  kinds  of  asbestus. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  Hornblende  melts  with  a  little  difficulty,  at- 
tended by  a  slight  degree  of  intumescence,  into  a  globule,  which  is  not 
clear,  but  variously  colored  by  iron  or  chrome,  agreeably  to  the  contents 
of  the  specimen.     In  borax,  it  also  fuses  slowly. 
3.  Jlnalysis. 
By  BONSDORF.  By  VAUQUELIN. 


a  white 
var. 

a  green 
var. 

a  black               Smaragdite, 
var.                  fr.  Corsica. 

Silica 

- 

60.31     - 

46*26     - 

45-69 

50-00 

Magnesia 
Lime 

- 

2423     - 
1366     - 

19.03     - 
1396     - 

1879. 
13-85 

6-00 
1300 

Alumina 

. 

0-26     - 

11-48     - 

1218 

11-00 

Protoxide  of  ij  on 

- 

0-15     - 

3-43     - 

732 

0-00 

Protoxide  of  manganese 
Fluoric  acid 

0-00     - 
091     - 

9  36     - 

1-60     - 

0-22 
1-50 

0-00 
000 

Oxide  of  iron 

- 

o-oo   - 

0-00     - 

o-oo 

550 

Oxide  of  copper 
Oxide  of  chrome 

- 

0-00     - 

o-oo   - 

000     - 
000     - 

000 

o-oo 

1-50 
•7-50 

Water  &  foreign  substances  O'lO     - 

1-04     - 

o-oo 

o-oo 

4.  Imbedded  crystals  of  basaltic  Hornblende  often  accompany  those  of 
Pyroxene  in  basaltic  and  amygdaloidal  rocks.  Crystals  of  Hornblende 
and  of  Tremolite,  are  found  in  limestone  and  dolomite  rocks,  as  well  as 
in  porphyry  and  granite.  Common  Hornblende,  Actynolite,  and  Tre- 


cohering  with  each  other,  and  easily  separated  ;  into  common  asbestus, 
relating  to  coarser  varieties,  more  firmly  cohering,  and  yielding  splintery 
fragments  ;  into  Rock-cork,  in  which  the  particles  are  aggregated  in  a 
loose  felt-like  texture ;  and  into  Rock-wood  or  ligneous  asbestus,  in 
which  a  texture  of  the  preceding  kind,  only  more  firm  and  close,  as- 
sumes the  appearance  of  dried  wood. 

23 


266  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende. 


rnolite,  occur  in  metalliferous  veins  and  beds  in  ancient  rocks,  with  ores 
of  titanium,  iron,  zinc  and  lead.  Common  Hornblende  frequently  enters 
into  the  composition  of  rocks,  as  in  sienile,  greenstone,  &c.  Actynolite  is 
chiefly  found  in  talcose  slate.  Amianthus  lines  the  sides  of  narrow  veins 
in  primitive  mountains. 

5.  Basaltic  Hornblende  occurs  in  beautiful  crystals,  near  Teising  and 
Teplitz  in  Bohemia.  Large  and  very  distinct,  black  crystals  are  found 
imbedded  in  granular  limestone,  at  Pargas,  Finland.  Crystals  of  a 
handsome  green  color,  often  becoming  small,  and  possessed  of  rounded 
edges,  occur  at  Pargas  in  Finland,  in  white  limestone  ;  and  which  have 
been  called  Pargasite.  The  crystals  in  the  drusy  cavities  of  Vesuvian 
minerals,  though  small,  are  generally  very  distinct,  and  possess  a  high 
degree  of  lustre.  Handsome  varieties  of  Tremolite  are  found  in  dolomite 
at  St.  Gothard  :  Amianthus  in  great  abundance  at  Corsica,  also  in  Pied- 
mont, Savoy,  Salzburg,  and  Zoblitz,  in  Saxony.  Rock-wood  exists  in 
large  masses,  in  a  metalliferous  bed  at  Sterzing  in  the  Tyrol :  Rock-cork 
at  Johanngeorgenstadt  in  Saxony,  at  Sahlberg  in  Sweden,  in  Moravia, 
and  at  the  Lead-Hills  in  Scotland.  Green  Diallage,  generally  accom- 
panied by  Garnet  and  Saussurite,  occurs  at  Corsica,  on  Monte  Rosa,  in 
the  Bacher,  and  several  other  places  in  Southern  Europe. 

The  United  States  afford  the  present  species  in  all  its  varieties.  Long 
black  crystals,  sometimes  flattened  through  the  truncation  of  the  obtuse 
lateral  edges,  occur  at  Chester,  (Mass.)  and  at  Franconia,  (N.  H.)  ;  the 
latter  place  likewise  affords  brilliant  blacjc  prisms,  having  the  acute  late- 
ral edges  replaced.  Large  and  handsome  black  crystals  (dodecaedre.  H.) 
occur  at  Newton,  (N.J.)  Small  but  very  perfect  black  crystals,  are 
found  at  Willsborough,  (N.Y.)  upon  the  mountain  near  the  well  known 
Garnet  and  Tabular  Spar  locality,  where  they  occur  imbedded  in  black 
Tourmaline.  Very  distinct  reddish  brown  crystals,  one  or  two  inches 
long,  and  possessing  nearly  the  same  diameter,  have  been  obtained  along 
with  black  Spinel,  at  Amity,  (N.Y.)  Hair-biown  and  greenish  white 
crystals,  of  unusual  finish  and  beauty,  occur  in  the  limestone  of  Eden- 
ville,  (N.Y.)  :  also  a  light  greyish  white  variety  in  limestone,  from  the 
same  vicinity,  associated  with  yellow  Tourmaline  and  Rutile,  whose  crys- 
tals are  often  coated  and  penetrated  by  Kerolite.  White  crystals,  above 
an  inch  long,  and  three  quarters  of  an  inch  wide,  but  much  flattened, 
abound  throughout  the  dolomite  beds  of  Litchfield  co.  (Conn.)  particu- 
larly at  Canaan  ;  they  are  also  found  under  similar  circumstances,  far- 
ther north  into  the  borders  of  Mass  achusetts,  at  Sheffield  and  Great  Bar 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hornblende — Horn  Quicksilver. 


267 


rington.  Similar,  though  more  slender  forms  of  the  same  variety,  occur 
at  Antwerp,  (N.Y.) ;  at  which  place  also  is  found  the  variety  Pargasite. 
Handsome  varieties  of  Actynolite  are  found  at  most  of  the  steatite  quar- 
ries in  Vermont ;  particularly  at  Windham,  Readsborough  and  New- 
Fane  :  also  at  Middlefield,  (Mass.)  Massive,  granular  Hornblende,  in 
large  easily  cleavable  individuals,  of  a  shining  black  color,  are  found  at 
Plymouth,  (Vt.)  and  at  Edenville,  (N.Y.)  Columnar  and  radiating  va- 
rieties, of  the  same  color,  abound  in  Hawley,  (Mass.)  A  green  fibrous 
variety,  the  fibres  several  inches  long,  and  parallel,  occurs  at  Cumber- 
land, (R.  I.)  Massive  Tremolite,  as  well  as  fibrous,  abounds  throughout 
the  granular  limestone  and  dolomite  of  the  country.  The  finest  speci- 
mens are  found  in  Litchfield  county,  (Conn.)  Hornblende  asbestus 
abounds  at  Staten  Island,  (N.Y.)  at  West-Farms,  (Conn.)  at  Brighton 
and  Dedham,  (Mass.) ;  also  near  Philadelphia,  in  Hornblende  rocks.  A 
delicate  variety,  in  short  fibres,  (Byssolite,)  occurs  in  the  iron-mines  of 
Franconia,  (N.  H.) 

HORN   QUICKSILVER.     Pyramidal   Pearl- 

Kerate.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  251. 


M 


d 


M  or  M  on  el,  or  cl 
M  or  M  on  c2,  or  c2 
M  or  M  on  d 
a   on  d 


129°  30? 
158    00 
135    00 
119    30 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  very  indistinct.     Fracture  per- 
fectly conchoidal.     Surface  smooth. 


268  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Horn  Quicksilver — Horn  Silver. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  yellowish  grey  or  ash-grey, 
also  yellowish  and  greyish  white.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
lucent, sometimes  only  on  the  edges. 

Sectile.    Hardness  =1-0. .  .2-0.    Sp.gr.  =6*482. 

Compound  Varieties*  Crystalline  coats,  probably  form- 
ed originally  upon  globules  of  fluid  mercury  :  composition 
not  observable.  Massive  :  composition  granular. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  is  entirely  volatilized,  if 
pure.     It  is  not  soluble  in  water. 

2.  Analysis. 

Oxide  of  mercury                    -.  88-43 

Muriatic  acid  11-52 

3.  This  rare  mineral  occurs  in  secondary  rocks,  along  with  Cinnabar 
and  ochry  v^rieties^of  Iron-Ore. 

4.  Its  chief  locality  is  Moschellandsberg  in  Deuxponts,  but  it  also  oc- 
curs at  Idria  in  Carniola,  and  Almaden  in  Spain.    At  Horzowitz  in  Bohe- 
mia, it  has  been  found  with  Cinnabar  in  veins,  traversing  a  bed  of  Iron-Ore. 

HORN  SILVER.     Hexahedral   Pea  rl-Kerate. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.       Fig.  252. 


2. 

Octahedron. 

Siberia. 


Cornwall,  England. 
3.        Fig.  253. 


X d 


4. 
Rhombic  dodecahedron* 

Siberia- 


Johanngeorgenstadt 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  269 

Horn  Silver. 


Cleavage  none.  Fracture  more  or  less  perfectly  con- 
choidal.  Surface  of  the  cube  sometimes  faintly  streaked 
parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  the  dodecahedron. 

Lustre  resinous,  passing  into  adamantine.  Faces  of  frac- 
ture often  more  splendent  than  those  of  crystallization.  Color 
pearl-grey,  passing  on  the  one  hand  into  lavender-blue  and 
violet  blue,  on  the  other,  into  greyish,  yellowish  and  green- 
ish white,  into  sisken-green,.  asparagus-green,  pistachio- 
green,  and  leek-green.  The  color  becomes  brown  on  be- 
ing exposed  to  light.  Streak  shining.  Translucent .  .  . 
feebly  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Sectile.  Hardness  =1-0  ...  1-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  5-552,  a 
white  granular  variety  from  Peru. 

Compound  Varieties.  In  crusts  :  composition  scarcely 
observable,  sometimes  columnar.  Massive :  composition 
granular,  strongly  coherent,  or  imperfectly  columnar,  and  of- 
ten bent;  faces  of  composition  rough. 

1.  It  is  fusible  in  the  flame  of  a  candle,  and  emits  fumes  of  muriatic 
acid.  Upon  charcoal,  it  may  be  almost  entirely  reduced  before  the 
blow-pipe,  and  is1  likewise  easily  reduced,  if  rubbed  wet  upon  a  clean  sur- 
face of  iron  or  zinc.  It  is  insoluble  in  nitric  acid  or  in  water.  It  may 
be  obtained  in  a  crystallized  state,  either  from  fusion,  or  from  the  evapo- 
ration of  a  solution  of  muriate  of  silver  in  ammonia. 

2.  Analysis* 
By  KLAPROTH. 

from  Saxony.  from  Peru. 

Silver  -         -        67-75  -  -         -         76-0 

Oxygen  4-75  -  -         -  7-6 

Muriatic  acid        -         -         14-75  -  16-4  % 

Oxide  of  iron        -         -          6-00  -  -        -  0-0 

Alumina  -        -  1-75  ...  0-0 

Sulphuric  acid      -         -          0  25  -  0-0 

23* 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Horn  Silver. 


3.  Horn  Silver  is  most  frequently  found  in  the  upper  parts  of  veins  in 
clay  slate,  but  occurs  also  in  beds,  generally  along  with  other  ores  of  sil- 
ver ;  very  often  also  with  ochry  varieties  of  Limonite,  or  with  similar 
varieties  6f  decomposed  Iron-Pyrites.     It  is  associated  with  several  spe- 
cies of  copper-ores,  and  with  Calcareous  and  Heavy  Spar. 

4.  Formerly,  it  occurred  in  considerable  quantities  in  the  Saxon  mi- 
ning districts  of  Johanngeorgenstadt  and  Freiberg;  also  at  Joachimsthal 
in  Bohemia.     In  small  quantities,  it  occurs  in  France,  in  Spain,  atKongs- 
berg  in  Norway,  in  Cornwall,  and  Silesia ;  but  in  large  masses,  fre- 
quently associated  with  Native  Silver,  in  Mexico  and  Peru,  where  the 
green  varieties  of  colors  particularly  occur. 

HORNSTONE.     (See  Quartz.) 

HUMBOLDTINE. 

Msssive  :  in  plates. 

Color  bright  yellow. 

Soft,  yielding  to  the  nail.     Sp.  gr.  =  1-3. 

Acquires  resinous  electricity  by  friction. 

1.  On  ignited  charcoal  it  is  decomposed,  giving  out  a  vegetable  odor, 
and  leaves  a  metallic  stain,  at  first  yellow,  then  black,  and  at  last  red. 
It  is  insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  RIVJERO. 

Protoxide  of  iron       -         -         .                  .         .         53-56 
Oxalic  acid  46.14 

3.  It  occurs  imbedded  in  moor-coal,  near  Bilin  in  Bohemia;  and  is 
supposed  by  RIVERO  to  have  been  produced  from  the  decomposition  of 
succulent  plants. 

HUMBOLDTITE,     (See  Datholite.) 

HUMITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  120°. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Humite. 


271 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  254. 


90000'     1 

Aondll 

1570  20' 

120    00 

Aong-3 

100    40 

HcS     1:2 

h  on  ^2 

103    40 

i:.-0    00 
141       1 

A  on  gl 
h  on  il 

115    15 
133    36 

153    '15 

h  on  t2 

140    56 

1)0    00 

1j 

A  on  t'3 

143    20 

101     f>0 

cl  on  dl 

155     2 

103    42 

P    < 

cl  on  d5 

159    10 

1  1  '2     4."> 

cl  on  d7 

159    30 

1  1  '.)     -i  \ 
1!2L      15 

5° 

dl  on  g-3 
d!2  on  dQ 

116    25 
163    22 

125     30 

d!2  on  g-  3 

131     15 

129    46 

l'2l    20 

62  on  ^3 
61  on  M 

143    15 
137    00 

r>t     2 

/on  a 

115    10 

.      136     16 

. 

P  on  /or  h 
Mon  h 
M  on  dl 
Mon/ 
P  on  cl 
P  onc2 
A  on  a 
A  on  dl 
A  on  d'2 
A  on  d3 
A  on  d4 
A  on  do 
A  on  t/6 
A  on  d7       * 
A  ond8 
A  on  d9 
A  on  dlO 

Cleavage,  traces  parallel  to  M  and  h,  or  to  a  six-sided  prism. 

Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  various  shades  of  yellow,  sometimes  al- 
most white,  passing  into  reddish  brown.  Transparent . . .  translu- 
cent. 

Brittle,     Hardness  =  6-5  ...  7-0. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  opake  on  the  outside,  but  is 
infusible.     It  gives  a  clear  glass  with  borax. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Monte  Somma,  with  Mica  and  various  other  minerals. 

3.  Several  of  the  properties  of  Humite  would  seem  to  render  it  proba- 
ble that  it  may  be  identical  with   Brucite.     At  present,  however,  the 
crystalline  forms  of  the  latter  substance  oppose  this  union  of  the  two  min- 
erals, although  it  must  be  confessed  that  Brucite  has  never  been  found 
in  perfectly  formed  crystals. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Huraulite. 


HURAULITE. 

Primary  form.  -Oblique  rhombic  prism,  M  on  M=62°80;. 
P  on  M  =  101°  1^. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  having  its  acute  lateral  edges  re- 
placed, and  terminated  by  dihedral  summits. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  yellowish-red,  to  reddish-brown. 
Hardness  =  3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-27. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  fuses  very  easily  into  a  metallic,  black 
globule,  which  is  taken  up  by  the  magnet. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  DUFRESNOY. 

Phosphoric  acid  .         .         .         .         .         .        38-00 

Protoxide  of  iron          ......         11-10 

Protoxide  of  manganese      .         .         .         .         .        32-85 

Water  .  ....         18-00 

3.  It  is  found  in  little  masses,  dispersed  through  graphic  granite,  near 
Limoges  in  France,  and  is  accompanied  by  an  olive  green,  fibrous  .Viv- 
ianite.  The  graphic  granite,  however,  is  not  found  in  place.  With  the 
Huraulite  is  found  a  massive  mineral  in  scales,  fibres,  and. impalpable, 
which  is  supposed  to  be  the  same  substance.  The  scaly  variety  is  of  an 
intense,  reddish- brown  color,  and  a  bright  pearly  lustre. 

HYACINTH.     (See  Zircon.)  ^ 

HYALITE.     (See  Opal.) 

HYALOSIDERITE. 

A  partially  decomposed  variety  of  Peridot. 

HYDRATE  OF  MAGNESIA.     (See  Native  Magnesia.) 
HYDRARGILLITE.     (See  Wavellite.) 

HYDRO-CARBON. 

Primary  form  unknown.     Crystals  acicular. 
Lustre  pearly.     Color  white,  or  yellowish-white. 
Sp.  gr.  =  0.65. 

HYDRO-CARBONATE  OF  LIME. 

The  variety  Chalk  of  Calcareous  Spar,  altered  by  having  been 
subjected  to  the  influence  of  trap  dykes.  It  occurs  at  the  Giant's 
Causeway  in  the  north  of  Ireland.  According  to  DA  COSTA,  it 
consists  of  four  atoms  of  carbonate  of  lime,  and  three  atoms  of  wa- 
ter. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  273 

Hydrogen — Hypersthene. 
HYDRO-CARBONATE  OF  LIME  AND  MAGNESIA. 

A  variety  of  Calcareous  Spar  or  Dolomite,  found  in  veins  and 
irregular  masses,  in  an  amygdaloid  of  a  loose  texture,  accompani- 
ed by  zeolitic  minerals  and  the  common  Calcareous  Spar,  at  Derry 
in  the  north  of  Ireland.  * 

HYDROGEN.      Pure    Hydrogen-Gas.      MOHS. 

Amorphous.     Transparent.     Expansible. 

Sp.  gr.  =  0-0688.  BERZ.  0-0732.  BIOT  and  ARAGO. 
Odor  peculiar. 

1.  Hydrogen-Gas,  as  it  is  found  in.  nature,  is  generally  in  a  state  of 
combination.  By  the  assistance  of  chemical  processes,  it  may  be  ob- 
ained,  free  from  all  odor.  It  burns  with  a  feeble  light  in  atmospheric 
air,  and  if  mixed  with  it,  detonates  when  inflamed.  It  imparts  neither 
aste  nor  odor  to  water,  with  which  it  is  kept  in  contact. 

2.  Hydrogen-Gas  is  developed  from  several  kinds  of  rocks,  limestone, 
beds  of  coal,  &c. ;  also  from  pools  and  stagnant  water  in  general ;  and 
t  is  met  with  under  these  circumstances  in  different  countries  through- 
out the  globe. 

HYDROLITE.     (See  Gmelinite.) 

HYDROPHANE.     (See  Opal.) 

HYDROPHYLLITE.     (See  Appendix.) 

HYDROSILICITE.     (See  Kerolite.) 
HYPERSTHENE.     Prismatoidal    Schiller- 
Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Obliqne  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
about  93°. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  having  the  acute  lateral 
edges  bevelled.  Warwick,  (N.Y.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  sides  and  base  of  the  primary 
.prism,  more  perfectly,  parallel  to  the  shorter  diagonal  of 
that  form,  traces  parallel  to  the  longer  diagonal  of  the  same. 
Fracture  uneven. 


274  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Hypersthene. 


Lustre  eminently  metallic-pearly,  upon  the  most  perfect 
diagonal  cleavage ;  in  other  directions,  more  or  less  dis- 
tinctly vitreous.  Color  greyish,  brownish  or  greenish- 
black  ;  several  varieties  almost  copper-red  upon  the  perfect 
face  of  cleavage.  Streak  greenish-grey.  Opake;  in  some 
varieties,  slightly  translucent  on  the  edges* 

Brittle.     Hardness  =6*0.     Sp.  gr.  =3-389. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  sometimes  of  considerable  size;  faces  of  com- 
position uneven  and  rough. 

1.  If  heated  alone,  it  is  little  altered  in  appearance,  but  melts  upon 
charcoal  into  a  greenish-grey,  opake  globule,  easily  soluble  in  borax. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

Silica  ....         54-25 

Magnesia  ....         14-00 

Alumina  ....  2-25 

Lime  ....          1-50 

Oxide  of  iron        ....        24-50 
Water  -  1,00 

Manganese  .        «•        -        -.  a  trace. 

3.  Hypersthene  occurs  engaged  in  a  mixture  of  Labradorite  and  Py- 
roxene.    The  rock  often  contains  Magnetic  Iron-Ore,  and  seems  to  be 
analogous  to  sienite  or  greenstone.     It  exists  also  in  a  slaty  rock  with 
Garnet,  in  serpentine  along  with  Saussurite,  and  in  white  limestone 
along  with  Spinel  and  Brucite. 

4.  It  was  first  brought  from  the  coast  of  Labrador.     It  is  quoted  from 
Cornwall,  England,  where  it  is  said  to  occur  in  serpentine,  and  from 
Greenland,  where  it  exists  in  primitive  slate.     The  variety,  Jiowever, 
from  the  last  mentioned  place,  with  a  blue  opalescence  parallel  to  the 
shorter  diagonal  of  the  prism,  presents  two  faces  of  cleavage  inclined  at 
an  angle  of  about  124?  30',  and  must  be  referred  to  the  species  Horn- 
blende. 

Hypersthene  has  within  a  few  years  been  met  with  in  Orange  county, 
(N.Y.)  at  Warwick,  In  the  formation  of  limestone,  with  which  is  associ- 
ated serpentine,  and  which  is  so  abundant  in  Spinel  and  Brucite.  It  oc- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  275 

Idocrase. 


curs  here  in  crystals  several  inches  long,  by  half  an  inch  in  diameter  ; 
but  oftener  in  very  minute  prisms.  In  both  cases,  the  prisms  are  defi- 
cient in  regular,  terminating  planes,  though  they  commonly  have  their 
acute  lateral  edges  bevelled.  It  is  associated  with  Brucite,  and  is  not 
.bundant. 

HYPOCHLORITE.     (See  Green  Iron-Ore.) 
HYPOSKLERITE.     (See  Feldspar.} 
HYPOSTILBITE. 

Massive  :  in  globules,  consisting  of  delicate  fibres,  or  impalpa- 
ble. 

Lustre  feeble.     Color  while. 

Does  not  scratch  glass.     Sp.  gr.  =2-14, 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  difficulty  upon  the  edges;  the 
mass  swelling  and  becoming  rough.  Soluble  in  the  acids  without  form- 
ing a  jelly.  The  solution  furnishing  a  precipitate  by  oxalate  of  ammonia. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BEUDANT.*  By  Du  MENIL. 

Silica          -         -         -  54-43  -  -  -  52-25 

Alumina    -        -        -  18-32  ...  18-75 

Lime                                        8-10  -  -  -  738 

Soda                                          2-41  -  -  .  -  2-39 

Water        -         -        -  18-70  -  -  -  18-75 

3.  It  has  been  found  with  Stilbite  and  Epistilbite,  in  amygdaloid,  from 
Faroe. 

4.  The  above  description  is  quite  inadequate  for  the  distinction  oi  this 
mineral  from  Mesotype, 

ICE-SPAR.     (See  FELDSPAR.) 
IDOCRASE.     Pyramidal    Garnet.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 


276 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Idocrase. 


Secondary  forms. 


Worcester,  (Mass.) 


Fig.  257. 


M 


Jtt 


Amity,  (N.Y.) 
Fig.  258.  Fig.  259. 


Vesuvius. 


Vesuvius.     Norway. 


Fig.  255.  Primary  form,  with  the  lateral  edges  trunca- 
ted. M  on  d=135°.  (perioctaedre.  H.)—  Fig.  256.  The 
same,  having  the  terminal  edges  truncated.  P  on  c  =142° 
54'.  (unibinaire.  H.)—  Fig.  257.  M  on  h  =  153°27/, 
don  A  =  161°  337.  s  on  5  =  148°  24'.  c  on  5  =  150°  31'. 
M  on  5  =  144°  44'.  (isomeride.  H.)—  Fig.  258.  P  on  n  = 


152°  587.  P  on  0  =  151°  52'.  c  on  o  =  154°  45'.   M  on  o 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  277 

Idocrase. 


=  118°  8'.  (encadree.  H.)— Fig.  259.  Ponr=10S°  18'. 
d  on  r=.  161°  42'.  r  on  *  =  153°  30'.  r  on  5  =  152°  58'. 
r  on  #=150°  35'.  x  on  a?=154°  28'.  z  on  *=139°  52'. 
(enneacontaedre.  H.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  not  very  distinct,  still  less  so 
parallel  with  P.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven. 
Surface,  P  sometimes  uneven  and  curved  ;  the  lateral  faces 
striated  parallel  to  their  common  intersections,  the  rest  of 
the  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous,  sometimes  the  lat- 
ter very  distinctly.  Color  various  shades  of  brown,  passing 
into  leek-green,  pistachio-green,  olive-green  and  oil-green. 
Streak  white.  Semi-transparent . . .  faintly  translucent  on 
the  edges.  If  viewed  in  the  direction  of  the  axis,  the  colors 
incline  more  to  yellow,  perpendicular  to  it,  more1  to  green. 

Hardness  =6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-399. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes,  sometimes  considerable,  and  often  strongly 
connected.  There  occur  also  columnar  compositions, 
generally  of  thin  individuals,  straight  and  divergent  or  irreg- 
ular, faces  of  composition  irregularly  streaked. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  melts  easily  into  a  pale  green 
glass,  rarely  attended  by  effervescence.  With  borax,  it  easily  melts  into 
a  clear  glass  stained  with  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  BORKOWSKY. 

"  fr. Vesuvius.  fr.  Silesia.  .  fr.  Eger,  Bohemia. 

Silica  .         35-50         .         .         42-00  .         41-00 

Alumina  .         33-00         .         .         16-25  .         22-00 

Lime  .         22-25         .         .         34-00  .         22-00 

Magnesia          .  0  00  0  00  .  3  00 

Oxide  of  iron    .  7-50         .         .  5-50  .  6-00 

Oxide  of  manganese    0-25         .         .         a  trace.  .          2-00 

Potash  .  0-00         .         .          000  .  1-00 

24 


278  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Idocrase. 


3.  Some  of  the  varieties  of  Idocrase  occur  in  serpentine,  others  in 
veins  in  gneiss   and  limestone,   and  in  ejected  volcanic   masses.     It  is 
commonly  associated  with  Garnet,  Pyroxene,  Mica  and  Hornblende. 

4.  The  imbedded  crystals  of  the  form  unibinaire,  have  been  found  on 
the  banks  of  the  Wilui  river,  and  Lake  Baikal  in  Siberia  ;  the  implanted, 
complicated  crystals  occur  at  Monte  Somma,  among  the  fragments  eject- 
ed by  Vesuvius,  and  have  been  originally  formed  in  those  cavities  of  the 
rock  in  which  they  are  found.     At  Hasta,  near  Eger  in  Bohemia,  it  oc- 
curs in  long,  reddish-brown,  deeply  striated  forms,  and  in  columnar 
masses;  in  similar  circumstances  inFinland.  In  beds  in  limestone,  it  occurs 
at  Orawitza  in  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar,  and  at  Mount  Monzoni  near  Fassa 
in  Tyrol ;  also  near  Christiania  in  Norway,  and  in  magnificent  crystals 
of  a  light  green  color,  in  the  valley  of  Brozzo,  and  at  other  places  in 
Piedmont.     A  variety  from  Tellemarken  in  Norway,  of  a  blue  color,  and 
containing  copper,  has  been  called  Cyprine. 

The  most  interesting  specimens  of  Idocrase  which  the  U.  S.  has  hith- 
erto afforded,  were  discovered  at  Worcester,  (Mass.)  in  aquartzoserock, 
in  which  it  formed  seams  and  veins,  accompanied  by  Pyroxene  and  Gar- 
net. The  variety  is  precisely  similar  to  that  from  near  Eger  in  Bohe- 
mia. Another  locality  is  at  Amity,  (N.Y.)  where  it  occurs  both  granu- 
lar and  in  crystals,  (sometimes  an  inch  in  diameter,)  disseminated  through 
limestone  with  Pyroxene  and  Hornblende.  The  granular  variety  was 
supposed  by  Dr.  THOMSON  to  constitute  a  new  species,  to  which  he 
g.ive  the  name  of  Xanthite.  The  handsome  brown  crystals  accompany- 
ing Corundum  at  Newton,  (N.  J.)  have  been  erroneously  referred  to 
this  species  :  they  belong  to  Tourmaline. 

IGLOITE.     (See  Jlrrogonite.') 
ILMENITE.     (See  Crichtonite.) 
ILVAITE.     (See  Yenite.) 
INDIANITE. 

Massive ;  composition  granular  to  impalpable.  It  yields  to 
cleavage,  according  to  BROOKE,  in  two  directions,  inclined  to  each 
other  under  angles  of  93°  15'  and  84°  45'. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  greyish-white,  with  a  tinge  of  rose- 
red.  Translucent. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  279 

lodic  Silver. 


Hardness  =  5-5 ...  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-72. 
1.  It  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  CHENEVIX.  By  LAUGIER. 


white  variety.        rose-red  variety. 

Silica  .        42-5          .          43.0  .  42-0 

Alumina  .        37-5          .          34-5  .  34-0 

Lime  .         15-0          .  15-6  .  15-0 

Soda  .  0-0  .  2-6  .  3-3 

Oxide  of  iron      .          3-0          .  1-0  .  3-2 

Water  .          0-0          .  1-0  .  1-0 

3.  It  occurs  in  the  Carnatic,  associated  with  Feldspar,  Hornblende, 
Garnet,  Corundum,  Epidote  and  Magnetic-Iron. 

4.  It  is  nearly  related  to,  if  not  identical  with,  Labradorite. 

INDICOLITE.     (See  Tourmaline.) 

IODIC  MERCURY. 

In  spots  of  a  fine  lemon-yellow  color,  in  the  variegated  sand- 
stone of  Casas  viegas,  Mexico.  In  the  air,  as  well  as  in  ammonia, 
it  changes  to  black.  It  resembles  the  artificial  protiodide  of  mer- 
cury. 

IODIC  SILVER.     Monotomous  Pearl-Kerate. 

Massive  :  in  thin  plates. 

Color  greyish  white,  or  silver-white.  Exposed  to  the 
air,  it  changes  to  lavender-blue.  Lustre  resinous.  Streak 
semi-metallic.  Translucent. 

Soft,  flexible. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  instantly  melts,  and  produces 
a  smoke  which  tinges  the  flame  of  a  beautiful  violet  color,  globules  of 
silver  at  the  same  time  appearing  upon  the  charcoal. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Albarradon,  near  Mazapil  in  Mexico,  and  occurs  in 
thin  veins  in  steatite. 


280  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

lolite. 


IOLITE.     Prismatic    Quartz.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  Primary,  having  the  terminal  edges  truncated. 

2.  The  same,  having  all  its  edges,  both  lateral  and  ter- 
minal, truncated  ;  rarely,  also,  its  angles. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M,  but  very  indistinct.  Fracture 
conchoidal.  Surface  of  some  crystals  rough  and  dull. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  various  shades  of  blue,  generally 
inclining  to  black.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  trans- 
lucent ;  blue  if  viewed  in  the  direction  of  the  axis,  yellow- 
ish-grey if  perpendicular  to  it. 

Hardness  =7-0  . .  .  7-5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-583  . . .  2-718. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive;  composition  granu- 
lar, strongly  connected,  and  recognized  with  difficulty. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  in  a  good  heat,  but  with  difficulty* 
and  only  on  its  edges,  into  a  glass  not  inferior  to  the  mineral,  either  in 
color  or  transparency. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  GMELIN.        By  STROMEYER.        By  Dr.  BRANDES.    By  BONSDORFF. 

var.Steinheilite,. 


^                                                                        vcu.  i  uiiom,         var.oieiime 
fr.  Bavaria.             fr.  Finlai 

Silica        ,        42-60 

48-538 

54-00 

49-95 

Alumina    .        34-40 

31-730 

28-50 

32-28 

Magnesia  .           5-80 

11-305 

0-50 

10-45 

Lime         .           1-70 

0-000 

0-00 

0-00 

Oxide  of  iron       1-50 

5-686 

16-18  peroxide 

5-00 

Ox.  manganese    1-70 

0-702 

0-25 

0-03 

3.  lolite  occurs  in  aggregated  crystals  with  Garnet,  Quartz,  &c.  at 
Cabo  de  Gata  in  Spain,  in  the  bay  of  San  Pedro;  and  this  variety  has 
been  called  lolite.  Peliom  is  found  at  Bodenmais  in  Bavaria,  sometimes 
in  very  distinct  crystals,  but  generally  massive,  with  Magnetic  Iron- 
Pyrites.  It  occurs  with  Feldspar  and  Garnet,  in  fine  crystals,  at  Ujord- 
iersoak  in  Greenland^  at  Arendal  in  Norway,  and  at  Orijerfvi  in  Finlapd : 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  281 

lolite — Iridosmine — Iron  Pyrites. 

the  variety  from  the  last  place  has  been  called  Steinheilite.  lolite  also 
comes  from  Siberia  and  from  Lunzenau  in  the  Erzgebirge. 

It  is  found  in  the  U.  S.  at  Haddam  in  Connecticut,  associated  with 
Garnet  and  Anthophyllite  in  gneiss. 

4.  The  Saphire  cFeau  of  the  jewellers  is  a  transparent  variety  of  the 
present  species  from  Ceylon. 

IRIDOSMINE.     Iridosmic  Sclerone-Metal. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 

Cleavage  indistinct,  and  only  in  the  direction  of  the  bases. 

In  grains. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  between  silver-white  and  lead- 
grey. 

Malleable  with  difficulty.  Hardness  =6-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
17-96...  18-57. 

V 

1.  It  undergoes  no  perceptible  change  when  heated  before  the  blow- 
pipe. Heated  with  nitre,  it  affords  the  characteristic  odor  of  osmium  and 
a  mass  soluble  in  water,  to  which,  when  nitric  acid  is  added,  a  green  pre- 
cipitate makes  its  appearance. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Osmium 24*5 

Iridium          -        -         -         -         -        72-9 
Iron  2-6 

3.  It  is  found  with  Native  Platina,  at  Nijnotaguilsk,  in  the  Urals,  and 
in  South  America. 

IRON  PYRITES.     Hexahedral  Iron-Pyrites. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  2. 

Cube,  with  angles  truncated.  Regular  octahedron. 

Shoreham,  (Vt.)  Marietta,  (Ohio.)  Haddam,  (Conn.)    Rare. 

24* 


282 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Iron  Pyrites. 


Fig.  260, 


5.         Fig.  262, 


Cornwall— Elba. 


7.         Fig.  264. 


4.          Fig.  261. 


6.         Fig.  263. 


Elba. 


8.        Fig.  26». 


Corsica. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Iron  Pyrites. 


283 


9.        Fig.  266. 


11.         Fig.  268. 


Elba. 


10.         Fig.  267. 


Schneeberg,  Saxony. 


12.        Fig.  269. 


Valley  of  Planen,  near 
Dresden. 


1.  (Cubo-octaedre.  H.) — 2.  (octacdre.  H.) — 3.  e  on  e 
126°  52'  12".  d  on  e  =  140°  46'  Tf.  (icosaedre.  H.)— 
4.  P  one  =  153°  267  5/x.  (cubo-icosaedre.  H.)— 5.  (cw&o- 
dodecaedre.  H.) — 6.  (dodecaedre.  H.)  —  7.  P  on  0=144° 
44'  8".  o  on  0  =  131°  487  36".  (triepointe.  H.)— 8.  (trape- 
zoidal H.)— 9.  /on/=141°  477  127'.  rf  on/=157°  47' 
33''.  P  on  d=152°  15'  52".  (quadriepointe.  H.)— 10. 
(triacontaedre.  H.)— 11.  /on  e  =162°  587  347/. 


284 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Iron  Pyrites. 


gene.  H.) — 12.  The  cube,  embracing  all  the  previous  mod- 
ifications. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  cube  and  octahedron,  in  va- 
rious degrees  of  perfection ;  sometimes  highly  perfect  r,  of- 
ten one  of  them  more  distinct,  or  both  lost  in  conchoidal 
fracture.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  of  the 
cube  streaked  parallel  to  the  obtuse  edges  of  combination 
with  the  pentagonal  dodecahedron  :  the  faces  of  this  dode- 
cahedron are  streaked,  either  parallel  to  the  same  edges,  or 
parallel  to  edges  which  are  perpendicular  to  the  former. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color,  very  few  shades  of  a  charac- 
teristic bronze-yellow.  Streak  brownish-black. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  6-0  ...  6-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  5*031,  a 
cleavable  variety,  from  Freiberg;  =  4*981,  a  crystallized 
variety,  from  Littmittz  in  Bohemia. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face  of 
the  dodecahedron.  The  individuals  continued  beyond  the 
face  of  composition,  by  which  the  compound  group  takes  a 
cruciform  appearance.  The  composition  frequently  re- 
peated. 

Fig.  270. 


Schbharie,  (N.Y.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  285 

Iron  Pyrites. 


Imbedded  and  implanted  globules ;  surface  drusy  ;  com- 
position indistinctly  columnar.  Massive  ;  composition  gran- 
ular, sometimes  even  impalpable,  strongly  coherent;  frac- 
ture uneven,  or  on  a  large  scale,  flat  conchoidal.  Cellular. 

1.  In  the  oxidating  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  Iron  Pyrites  becomes  red 
upon  charcoal,  the  sulphur  is  expelled,  and  oxide  of  iron  remains.  At  a 
high  temperature,  in  the  interior  flame,  it  melts  into  a  globule,  which 
continues  red-hot  for  a  short  time  when  removed  from  the  blast,  and  pos- 
sesses, after  cooling,  a  crystalline  fracture  and  metallic  appearance.  In 
heated  nitric  acid,  it  is  partly  soluble,  and  leaves  a  whitish  re&idue.  Some 
varieties  are  subject  to  decomposition  when  exposed  to  the  action  of  the 
atmosphere. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HATCHETT. 

Iron  -         *         47-30        -         -        47-85 

Sulphur  -         52-70         -         -         52-15 

3.  Iron-Pyrites  is  one  of  the  most  common  and  widely  diffused  species 
among  the  ores  ;  and  occurs  in  very  various  repositories.     It  is  engaged 
in  imbedded  crystals,  and  in  massive  nodules  ;  the  former  particularly  in 
clay-slate  and  greywacke-slate,  the  latter  in  greenstone,  granular  lime- 
stone, &c.     It  even  forms  beds  by  itself,  included  in  primitive  slate ;  and 
is  often  an  important  ingredient  of  those  beds  which  contain  ores  of  lead, 
iron,  &c.     It  frequently  occurs  mixed  with  coal  seams,  and  the  beds  of 
clay  which  form  a  part  of  the  ccal  measures.     The  Auriferous  Pyrites 
contains   a  small  portion  of  native   gold  mechanically  mixed  with  it, 
which  appears  to  operate  by  a  galvanic  effect  in  producing  the  decompo- 
sition to  which  this  variety  is  so  generally  subject.     Iron- Pyrites  is  also 
found  with  ores  of  silver.     It  is  contained  in  many  organic  remains,  both 
of  vegetable  and  animal  origin,  and  is  one  of  the  species  which  can  be 
distinctly  traced  in  the  composition  of  some  of  the  meteoric  masses. 

4.  Some  of  the  crystals,  along  with  their  localities,  have  been  men- 
tioned above.     The  island  of  Elba  is  the  most  conspicuous  for  large  and 
well  defined  crystals  :  very  fine  crystals  are  found  in  Piedmont,  at  Frei- 
berg, Johanngeorgenstadt,  &c.  in  Saxony,  in  Bohemia,  in  Hungary,  in 
the  Hartz,  at  Kongsberg  in  Norway,  at  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  in  Derby- 
shire and  Cornwall. 

The  United  States  is  not  particularly  rich  in  localities  of  interesting 
varieties  of  Iron-Pyrites.  Shoreham,  (Vt.)  and  Schoharie,  (N.  Y.)  pro? 


286  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Iron  Pyrites. 


duce,  in  the  black  limestone  quarry  of  the  former  place,  and  in  the  wa- 
ter limerock  of  the  latter,  the  handsomest  crystals  we  have  yet  discov- 
ered. The  secondary  limestones  in  the  vicinity  of  Marietta,  (Ohio,)  af- 
ford interesting  crystals. 

5.  Iron-Pyrites  is  roasted  for  extracting  sulphur ;  after  which  it  is  ex- 
posed to  the  oxidating  influence  of  the  air  for  the  production  of  sulphate 
of  iron. 

IRON  SINTER. 

Reniform,  stalactitic  .  . .  massive.  Composition  impalpable. 
Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  yellowish-,  reddish-,  blackish-brown. 
Transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Not  very  brittle.     Soft.     Sp.  gr.  =  2*40. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  intumesces,  and  some  varieties  emit  a 
strong  arsenical  odor,  during  which  they  are  partly  volatilized. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.     By  KERSTEJV,  BySxROMEYEiu 

fr.  Freiberg. 

Oxide  of  iron            -        67-00  -  -  40-45  -  -  33.46 

Arsenic  acid              -           0-00  -  -  30-25  -  -  26-06 

Sulphuric  acid          -           8-00  -  •  0-00  -  -  10-75 

Protoxide  of  manganese     0-00  -  -  0-00  -  ,  0-59 

Water                       -        25-00  -  -  28-50  -  -  28-48 

3.  It  is  found  in  several  old  mines,  as  Freiberg  and  Schneeberg  in 
Saxony,  and  in  Upper  Silesia. 

ISERINE. 

In  small  rounded  grains. 

Cleavage  scarcely  distinguishable.    Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  semi-metallic.     Color  black.     Streak  black. 

Hardness  =  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  4-68  . . .  4-78. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  alone,  on  charcoal,  it  is  unalterable.  With 
the  fluxes,  it  acts  in  general  like  Magnetic-Iron  ;  but  with  the  salt  of 
phosphorus,  it  presents  in  the  reduction  flame  a  bluish-red  color. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ROSE,          -  By  KLAPROTH,     By  BERTHIER, 

fr.  Norway,  fr.  Iserweise.         fr.  Cornwall.  fr.  Brazil. 

Titanic  acid        -        43-73  -       50-12  -        45-25  -  43-5 

Peroxide  of  iron  -         42-70  >           ^Q.OQ                  «i  nn  KA  n 

Protoxide  of  iron-         13-575  '       49  88  '         51'°°  '  54>0 

Oxide  of  manganese      0  00  -        0-00  -          0-25  -  0-0 

Silica                   -          000  -        0-00  -          3-50  •  2-50 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  287 

Jamesonite. 


3.  Its  localities  are  numerous ;  the  principal  ones,  however,  are  the 
banks  of  the  Mersey  near  Liverpool,  England,  and  Iserweise  in  the  Rie- 
sengebirge. 

4.  Iserine  possesses  a  strong  affinity  to  Crichtonite  in  its  most  impor- 
tant properties,  with  which  it  is  probable  that  future  researches  will 
prove  it  identical. 

IsOPYRE. 

Regular  forms  not  observed.  Massive,  in  very  pure  masses  of 
considerable  size,  (nearly  two  inches  in  each  direction)  :  compo- 
sition impalpable.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  often  considerable.  Color  greyish  black  and 
velvet,  occasionally  dotted  with  red.  Streak  pale  greenish  grey. 
Opake,  or  very  faintly  translucent  on  the  thinnest  edges,  with  a 
dark,  liver  brown  tint. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5-5  ..  .0-0     Sp.gr.  =  2-91. 

Slight  action  on  the  magnetic  needle. 

1.  From  the  description  of  Tachylite,   (by  BREITHATJFT,)  it  would 
seem  that  Isopyre  is  identical  with  that  substance,  excepting  that  the  sp. 
gr.  of  Tachylite  is  only  2  5  ...  2  54. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  fuses  without  the  disengagement  of  moist- 
ure or  gas;  melted  in  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  gives  indications  of  silica. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Silica  ....         47-09 

Alumina  ....         13-91 

Peroxide  of  iron    -  20-07 

Lime  ....         15-43 

Peroxide  of  copper         -         -         -  1-94 

4.  Isopyre  is  found  in  the  west  of  Cornwall. 

ITTNERITE.     (See  Sodalite.) 
JADE.     (See  Nephrite.) 
JAMESONITE.    Axotomous  Antimony-Glance. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=  101° 
)20'. 


288  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Jamesonite — Johannite. 

Secondary  forms.  The  primary,  with  its  acute  lateral 
edges  truncated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  T  highly  perfect ;  less  distinct, 
though  easily  observed,  when  the  crystals  are  not  too  small, 
parallel  with  M  and  the  secondary  lateral  planes.  Fracture 
not  observable. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  steel-grey.     Streak  unchanged. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  5-564. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  colum- 
nar, individuals  generally  very  delicate  ;  straight  and  paral- 
lel, or  divergent. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  in  an  open  tube,  it  yields  a  dense  white 
smoke  of  oxide  of  antimony,  and  leaves  behind  chiefly  antimoniate  of 
lead.  Upon  charcoal,  after  the  volatilization  of  the  antimony  and  lead, 
there  remains  behind  a  slag,  which,  with  the  fluxes,  exhibits  the  reac- 
tion of  oxide  of  iron,  containing  traces  of  oxide  of  copper. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 

Sulphur  -         -       22-15         -         -         -         22-53 

Lead  -         -       40-75         -         -         -       .30-71 

Copper  -         -         0-13        -         -         -  0-19 

Iron  -         -         2-30        -         -         -          2  65 

Antimony  -         -       34-40         ...         34-90 

3.  It  occurs  in  masses  of  considerable  dimensions  in  Cornwall ;  also 
in  Hungary. 

JEFFERSONITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 
JOHANNITE.     Cypririe    Ur  an  ium-  S  al  t. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
1110? 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M. 

Color  grass-green,  to  siskin-green.  Lustre  vitreous. 
Streak  siskin-green.  Semi-transparent. 

Hardness  =2-0 ...  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  3- 1  . . .  3-2.  Taste 
bitter,  rather  than  astringent. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  289 

Johannite — Karpholite. 

1.  It  dissolves  easily  in  water;  and  is  a  double  sulphate  of  uranium 
and  copper,  containing  water. 

2.  It  is  very  rare,  and  has  been  met  with  only  in  an  abandoned  mine 
at  Joachimsthal  in  Bohemia. 

JURINITE.     (See  Brookite.) 
KAKOCHLOR. 

In  imitative  shapes,  and  compact.     Fracture  conchoidal,  to  un- 
even. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color  bluish  black. 
Hardness  =  25...  3-0. 
1.  Locality  not  mentioned. 

KAKOXENE. 

In  capillary  crystals,  and  massive,  with  fine  columnar  compo- 
sition, consisting  of  divergent  individuals. 

Lustre  silky.     Color  yellowish,  to  brown.     Streak  yellowish. 
Hardness  =  3-00  . .  .  4-00.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-38. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  STEINMANJV. 

Phosphoric  acid 17-36 

Alumina  10-01 

Silica  8-90 

Peroxide  of  iron 36-82 

Lime  0-15 

Water  and  fluoric  acid 25-95 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  fissures  of  a  variety  of  Limonite,  in  the  mines  of 
Hrbek,  near  Zbirow  in  Bohemia. 

8.  It  is  altogether  probable  that  this  mineral  is  only  a  variety  of  Wa- 
vellite. 

KAOLIN. 

Decomposed  Feldspar  and  Albite.  q.  v. 

KARPHOLITE.    Prismatoidal  Wavelline-Spar. 
Massive  :  composition  thin  columnar,  scopiform  and  stel- 
lular, rather  incoherent,  meeting  again  in   angularly  granu- 
lar compositions. 

25 


290  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Karpholite — Kerasite. 

Lustre  silky.     Color  high  straw-yellow,  sometimes  ap- 
proaching to  wax-yellow.     Opake. 

Hardness  =4-5  . . .  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-935. 

1.  It  intumesces  before  the  blow-pipe,  becomes  white,  and  melts  im- 
perfectly into  a  coherent  mass. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  STEINMANN.  By  STROMEYER. 

Silica  -         -         37-53         -         -         -         36-154 

Alumina  -         -        26-48         -         -         -         28-669 

Protoxide  of  manganese     17-09         -         -         -         19-160 
Protoxide  of  iron       -  5-64        ...  2-290 

Lime  0-00         -         -         -  0-271 

Fluoric  acid      -         -  0-00         -         -         -  0-470 

Water  -         -         11-36         -         -         -         10-780 

3,  It  occurs  in  granite  at  Schlackenwald  in  Bohemia,  accompanied 
by  Fluor  and  Quartz. 

KARPHOSIDERITE. 

Reniform  masses  ;  rarely,  also,  granular.     Fracture  uneven. 
Lustre  resinous ;  shining  and  glimmering  in  the  streak.     Color 
straw-yellow. 

Hardness  =  4-0  ...  4-5.     Feels  greasy.     Sp.  gr.  =  2'5- 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  becomes  black  ;  and  melts, 
in  a  strong  fire,  into  a  globule,  which  is  attractable  by  the  magnet.     In 
glass  of  borax,  it  is  easily  soluble  ;  and  with  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  melts 
into  a  black  scoria.     It  contains  oxide  of  iron,  phosphoric  acid,  water, 
with  small  quantities  of  oxide  of  manganese  and  zinc. 

2,  It  occurs  in  Greenland. 

KABSTENITE.     (See  Anhydrite.) 

KERASITE.     Peritomous    Lead-B  ary  te. 
HAIDINGER. 

In  radiated  masses. 

Cleavage  highly  perfect  and  easily  obtained,  parallel  to 
a  right  rhombic  prism  of  102°  27 ',  and  in  the  direction 
of  its  shorter  diagonal.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal, 
to  uneven. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  291 

Kerasite — Kerolite. 

Lustre  adamantine,  particularly  upon  the  cross-fracture, 
inclining  to  pearly  upon  faces  of  cleavage.  Color  yellow- 
ish white,  straw  yellow,  rose  red,  pale.  Translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =7-077. 

1.  It  decrepitates  slightly  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  is  easily  melted ; 
the  globule  is  of  a  deeper  color  than  the  mineral.  On  charcoal,  it  is  re- 
duced, and  emits  fumes  of  muriatic  acid.  Treated  with  peroxide  of  cop- 
per and  salt  of  phosphorus,  the  flame  assumes  an  intensely  blue  color. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Oxide  of  lead  .--.-.        90-13 

Muriatic  acid 6-84 

Carbonic  acid 1-03 

Water  0-54 

3.  It  is  found  near  Church-hill,  in  the  Mendip  Hills  in  Somersetshire, 

engaged  in  manganese-ores,  and  accompanied  by  several  other  salts  of 

lead,  and  by  Calcareous  Spar. 

KERATITE.     (See  Quartz.) 

KERATOPHYLLITE.     (See  Hornblende.) 
KEROLITE.     Brittle    Atelene-Picrosraine. 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism.  Dimensions 
unknown. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained ;  less  distinct  parallel  with  T,  least  of  all  parallel 
with  P.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface  of  M  streaked  paral- 
lel with  its  combinations  with  P. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  M,  inclining  to  vitreous ;  upon  the 
rest,  glimmering  or  dull.  Color  oil-green,  siskin-green, 
leek-green,  to  blackish  green,  rarely  presenting  patches  of 
duck-blue.  Streak  white.  Translucent,  in  thin  laminae. 

Sectile.  Laminae  brittle.  Hardness=2*5  . . .  3*0.  The 
lowest  degrees  upon  M :  the  highest  upon  the  solid  angles 
and  edges.  Sp.  gr.  =2-4  . . .  2-6. 


292  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Kerolite. 


Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  broad  co- 
lumnar, curved,  lamellar  and  divergent :  also  botryoidal  in 
cavities,  and  impalpable.  Sp.  gr.  of  the  compact  =2*2... 
2*3.  Color  white,  tinged  by  grey,  green  and  red. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  when  heated  suddenly,  it  decrepitates  vio- 
lently ;  the  fragments  becoming  white  and  harder.  In  very  small  frag- 
ments, if  the  heat  is  gradually  applied,  a  roundish  enamel-like  edge  is 
produced  ;  but  unattended  with  any  ebullition.  In  powder,  with  borax, 
the  lighter  colored  varieties  produce  a  perfectly  colorless  glass ;  the 
blackish  green  variety  affords  a  greenish  transparent  glass.  Pseudomor- 
phoses  in  the  shape  of  Quartz,  Hornblende  and  Spinel. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  PFAFP.  By  NUTTALL.  By  STEEL.  By  SHEPARD. 


Magnesia 

Silica 

Lime 

Water 

Protox.  iron  with)    ^      :       0.6     _       ^     _       Q  Q()     _ 

traces  of  chrome  > 
Alumina          -         12-18     -       00     -       1-000     -       0-00     -       0-000 
Peroxide  of  iron         0-00     -       0-0     -       0-400     -       0-00     -       0-000 

3.  The  present  species  is  found  in  veins  in  serpentine,  and  dissemina- 
ted through  Schiller-Spar. 

4.  The  Kerolite  was  first  described  by  BREITHAUPT,  as  occurring  in 
reniform  masses,  in  plates  and  compact,  with  a  hardness  =  2-0. ..  2-5, 
and  sp.  gr.  =  2-33  . . .  2-4,  having  a  resinous  lustre,  and  occurring  in  thin 
seams  in  serpentine,  at  Franckenstein  in  Silesia.     The  Marmolite  of 
NUTTALL  must  be  referred  to  the  same  species  ;  it  occurs  at  Hoboken, 
(N.  J.)  where  it  is  found  forming  narrow  veins  in  serpentine  ;  and  from 
whence  is  derived  the  specimens  possessed  of  a  distinctly  crystalline 
structure.     It  also  occurs  at  this  place  possessed  of  an  impalpable  texture, 
but  only  in  small  quantities.     A  leek  green  and  blackish  green,  variety, 
in  curved  and  stellular  laminae,  occurs  at  Blandford,  (Mass.)  engaged  in 
Schiller-Spar.     The  compact  variety  of  the  United  States,  and  which 
has  been  called  JDeweylite,  by  EMMOJTS,  is  found  in  seams  and  ir- 
regular veins  at  Middlefield,  (Mass.)  at  Cooptown,  Hat  ford  county, 


var.  Kerolite.  /- 

' 

var.  Deweylite. 
fr.  Middlefield. 

bl.  gr.  var. 
fr.  Blanford. 

fr.  Hoboken. 

18.01     - 

46-0 

-     41-720 

-     40-00     - 

41-400 

37-95     - 

36-0 

-     41-256 

-     40-00     - 

40-00 

o-oo   - 

2-0 

-       0-000 

-       0-00     - 

0-932 

31-00     - 

15-0 

-     17-680 

-     20-00     - 

15-670 

PHYSIOGRAPHY.  293 

Kerolite. 


• 


(Md.)  and  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.)  The  pseudomorphoses  occur  at  Middle- 
field,  (Mass.)  in  the  shape  of  Quartz,  of  considerable  dimensions,  and  of 
greyish  white  color;  and  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.)  of  a  bluish  green  and  dark 
green  color,  in  the  shapes  of  Hornblende  and  Spinel. 

APPENDIX  TO  KEROLITE. 
i.  Dermatin.    BREITHAUPT. 

Reniform,  rarely  globular,  and  in  thin  coatings  or  crusts.    Frac- 
ture conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous,  slightly  increased  in  the  streak.     Color  black- 
ish-green to  leek-green,  dark  olive-green,  and  dark  liver-brown. 
Translucent  on  the  edges.     Streak  straw-yellow,  or  pea-yellow. 
Hardness  =  2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-136. 

1.  It  has  a  greasy  feel,  and  when  moistened  by  the  breath,  emits  an 
earthy  smell.     Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  cracks,  changes  to  a  black  color, 
and  increases  in  hardness. 

2.  It  is  found  upon  serpentine,  at  Waldheim  in  Saxony. 

KILLINITE.     (See  Spodumene.) 
KNEBELITE. 

Massive.     Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal. 
Lustre  glistening,  to  dull.     Color  grey,  spotted  dirty  white,  red, 
brown  and  green.    Opake. 

Hard.     Difficult  to  break.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-714. 
1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  remains  unaltered. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  DOEBEREINER. 

Silica  .         .  32-5  .  .  .  30-32 

Protoxide  of  iron     .         .  32-0  .  .  .  34-58 

Protoxide  of  manganese  35-0  .  .  ,  36-10 
Locality  unknown. 

KoNIGITEt 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'  =  105°. 
Crystals  elongated,  somewhat  barrel-shaped,  and  closely  aggre- 
gated. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  P,  perfect. 

Color  emerald  and  blackish-green.    Translucent. 

Hardness  =  about  2-0. 

25* 


294  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Kupaphrite. 


1.  It  consists  of  sulphuric  acid  and  oxide  of  copper. 

2.  It  accompanies  Red  Copper-Ore,  and  conies  from  Werchetori  in 
Siberia. 

3.  In  chemical  composition  it  resembles  Brochantite,  but  this  sub- 
stance occurs  in  thin  rectangular  tables,  whose  angles  are  truncated, 
and  edges  bevelled,  without  any  traces  of  cleavage. 

KORNITE. 

An  impalpable  variety  of  Quartz,  (q.  v.)  of  a  dull  green  color, 
a  feebly  vitreous  lustre,  and  conchoidal,  or  splintery  fracture  : 
with  sp.  gr.  =  2-8 ...  2-9.  It  is  also  called  Splintery  Hornstone. 

KOUPHOLITE.     (See  Prehnite.) 
KROKALITE.     (See  Mesotype.) 

KROKYDOLITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  particles  of  composition  thin 
and  parallel ;  impalpable,  when  the  fracture  is  uneven  or  splintery. 
Color  indigo-blue. 

Hardness  =  about  4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-200  . . .  3-265. 
1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  easily  melts  into  a  shining  black  glass, 

which  is  magnetic. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  STROMEYER. 

Fibrous  variety.  Compact  variety. 

Silica                     .         .         50-81         .  .         .  51-64 

PrQtoxide  of  iron          .        33-88         ,  .         .  34-38 

Soda                      .         .           7-03         .  .         .           7-11 

Water                   .         .           5-58         .  .         .           4-01 

Magnesia              .         .           2-32         .  .         .           2-64 

Lime                     .         .          0-02         .  .         .           0-25 

3.  Its  localities  are  Orange  River,  Africa,  Greenland,  Norway  and 
Golling  Salzburg. 

KUPAPHRITE.  Prismatic  Euchlor e-Mica. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism,  dimensions  un- 
known. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  having  the  acute  lateral 
edges  truncated. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  295 

Kupaphrite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  perfect.  Fracture  not  observ- 
able. Surface,  M  deeply  streaked  in  a  horizontal  direc- 
tion. The  rest  of  the  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  P,  both  as  faces  of  crystallization,  and 
of  cleavage  ;  vitreous  upon  the  other  faces*  Color  pale 
apple-green  and  verdigris-green,  inclining  to  sky-blue. 
Streak  of  the  same  color,  only  paler.  Translucent,  gene- 
rally only  on  the  edges. 

Very  sectile.     Thin  laminae,  flexible.     Hardness  =1-0 
1-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-098,  of  a  crystallized  variety  from 
Schwatz. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform  and  botryoidal  shapes : 
surface  drusy,  composition  columnar,  faces  of  composition 
a  little  rough. 

1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  very  briskly,  and 
throws  around  powdered  fragments,  which  color  the  flame  green.  In 
the  process,  it  immediately  turns  black,  and  melts  into  a  steel-grey  pearl, 
destitute  of  crystalline  facets.  On  charcoal,  it  quietly  emits  moisture, 
without  detonation  ;  but  after  a  longer  exposure  to  the  influence  of  the 
flame,  it  swells  a  little  through  the  extrication  of  arsenical  vapor.  With 
carbonate  of  soda,  an  imperfectly  fluid  mass  is  obtained,  which  contains 
a  nucleus  of  white  metallic  matter. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KOBELL,. 

From  Falkenstein  in  the  Tyrol. 

Arsenic  acid         ,         -         25-366       .         .         .        25-01 
Oxide  of  copper    .         .        43-660       .         .         .        43-88 

Water  .        •        19  824      •         •        •        17'46 

Carbonate  of  lime         .         11-150       .         .  13-65 

3.  It  occurs  in  beds  and  veins,  accompanied  by  other  ores  of  copper, 
particularly  by  Blue  Malachite. 

4.  The  known  localities  of  Kupaphrite  are,  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar, 
Libethen  iu  Hungary,  Schwatz  in  the  Tyrol,  Saalfeld  in  Thuringia,  and 
Matlock  in  Derbyshire. 


296 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Kyanite. 


KUPFERINDIG.     (See  Purple  Copper-Ore.) 
KUPFERSCHAUM.     (See  Kupaphrite.) 

KUPHOLITE. 

Massive :  the  individuals  flat,  also  impalpable. 
Lustre  pearly.     Color,  yellowish  white,  wax-yellow,  light  yel- 
lowish brown.     Streak  white.     Transparent,  to  translucent. 
Hardness  =  -5  . . .  1-00.     Sp.  gr.  =  1-922  .  . .  1-934. 

1.  It  yields,  when  calcined,  about  25  p.  c.  of  water. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Schwarzenberg,  in  the  Erzgebirge,  accompanied  with 
the  Metaxite  and  Kryptose  Carbon-Spar  of  BREITHAUPT. 

KYANITE.     Prismatic   Disthene-Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism.     P  on  M=93° 
15'.     PonT  =  100°  50'.     M  on  T=106°  15'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  271. 


M 


T 


T  on  I    -     140°  55' 
Tono    -     122    20 


P  on  I     -       97°  48'  ) 

P  on  o    -       83    38   >  PHILLIPS.  - 

Mon  /    -     145     16  )  ( 

Cleavage,  parallel  wilh  M  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained 5  less  distinct  parallel  with  T ;  least  of  all,  parallel 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  297 

Kyanite. 


with  P.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface  streaked  parallel  to 
the  common  edges  of  intersection. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  M,  particularly  if  the  face  is  produced 
by  cleavage ;  inclining  to  vitreous  upon  the  other  faces.  Color 
generally  white,  often  passing  into  blue,  sometimes  inclining 
to  green  or  grey,  and  rarely  to  black.  Frequently  spots  of 
berlin-blue  elongated  in  one  direction,  upon  a  paler  ground. 

Streak   white.      Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  7-0  ;  the  lowest  degrees 
upon  M,  the  highest  on  the  solid  angles  and  edges.  Sp.  gr. 
=  3'675,  a  blue,  transparent  variety  cut  and  polished ; 
3'559,  a  milk  white  variety  of  Rhaetezite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  faces  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  M.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  broad  columnar,  sometimes  straight  la- 
mellar, often  curved,  or  divergent ;  faces  of  composition  in 
most  cases  irregularly  streaked. 

1.  Two  varieties  were  formerly  distinguished  as  particular  species, 
Kyanite   and   Rhatizite  :  the  former  referring  simply  to  such  varieties 
as  are  blue,  the  latter  to  those  whose  color  is  white.     The  Fibrolite  of 
Count  BOURNOIV  must  also  coalesce  with  the  present  species,  with  which 
it  perfectly  agrees  in  every  property. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  Kyanite  is  infusible.     With  borax,  it  is  solu- 
ble with  great  difficulty.     Some  crystals  exhibit  positive,  others  nega- 
tive electricity,  on  being  rubbed. 

3.  Analysis. 

BySAUSSURE.  By.LAUGIER,  ByKLAPKOTH.  ByCHENEVIX- 

var.  Fibrolite. 

Alumina         .  54-50  .  55-50  .  55-50  .  58-25 

Silica              .  3062  .  3850  .  43-00  .  3800 

Lime              .  202  ,  0-50  .          000  .  0-00 

Magnesia      .  2-30  .  0-00  .          0-00  .  0-00 

Oxide  of  iron  6-00  .  2-75  .           050  .  0-75 

Water            .  4-56  .  0-75  .          0-00  .  0-00 

Potash            ,  0-QO  .  0-00  .  a  trace  .  0-00 


298  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Kyanite — Labradorite. 

4.  The  varieties  of  Kyanite  occur  in  crystals,  or  massive,  imbedded  in 
rocks  of  the  primitive  class,  as  gneiss  and  mica  slate  ;  and  are  often  at- 
tended by  Garnet  and  Staurotide. 

6.  Crystals,  and  large  cleavable  varieties,  are  found  at  St.  Gothard  in 
Switzerland,  the  Zillerthal  in  the  Tyrol,  the  Saualpe  in  Carinthia,  and 
the  Bacher  mountain  in  Stiria.  The  variety  JElhtstizite  is  chiefly  known 
from  Pfitsch  in  the  Tyrol.  The  Fibrolite  has  been  brought  from  the 
Carnatic  and  from  China,  where  it  was  found  in  loose  crystals,  accompa- 
nying'Corundum. 

Several  very  interesting  localities  of  Kyanite  are  known  in  the  United 
States,  the  most  important  of  which  is  that  in  Massachusetts,  at  Chester- 
field, where  it  occurs  in  mica-slate,  accompanied  by  Garnet.  Nodular 
masses  of  Quartz,  one  or  two  feet  in  thickness,  are  here  occasionally  pen- 
etrated throughout  with  crystals,  and  cleavable  masses  of  the  present 
species,  often  of  a  handsome  blue  color.  Large  rolled  masses,  sometimes 
above  a  foot  in  diameter,  of  a  similar  variety,  occur  at  Litchfield  and 
West  Farms,  (Conn.)  containing  also  Corundum  and  massive  Apatite. 
The  variety  Fibrolite  occurs  in  very  distinct  prisms,  at  Lancaster, 
(Mass.)  and  at  Bellows  Falls,  (Vt.)  ;  at  both  places  in  gneiss.  A  black 
variety  is  found  in  North  Carolina,  in  the  soil,  accompanied  by  crystals 
ofRutile. 

6.  Blue  varieties  of  Kyanite  are  sometimes  cut  as  gems. 

KYMATINE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  individuals  thin,  and  arranged 
so  as  to  produce  an  undulating  structure :  also  impalpable. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  greenish-grey.     Streak  white. 

Rather  brittle.     Hardness  =  2-0 ...  3-00.     Sp.  gr.  =  2'923 . . . 
2981. 
Locality  not  mentioned. 

LABRADORITE.     Polychromatic  Feldspar. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism.  P  on  M  =94° 
30'.  PonT  =  119°.  MonT=U5°. 

Secondary  forms.  These  are  analogous  to  those  of  Al- 
bite,  but  they  present  less  variety,  and  on  account  of  their 
rarity  in  general,  have  been  but  little  investigated. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  299 

Labradorite. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  P  and  M  most  distinct,  that  in  the 
direction  of  the  remaining  primary  face  very  imperfect. 

Lustre,  upon  the  cleavage  planes  of  P  pearly,  passing  in- 
to vitreous.  Color  white,  passing  into  grey,  with  a  tinge  of 
blue.  Opalescent  and  iridescent  tints  appear  in  directions 
not  coincident  with  the  cleavages.*  Translucent  on  the 
edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-69  . . .  2-76. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  Labradorite  resembles  Feldspar.  With  ox» 
ide  of  nickel  and  borax,  it  affords  a  blue  pearl.  It  is  entirely  dissolved 
by  heated  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 


from  Labrador. 

from  Saxony. 

Silica 

5575 

51-00 

Alumina 

26-50 

30-50 

Lime 

11-00 

11-25 

Soda 

4-00 

4-00 

Oxide  of  iron 

1-25 

1-75 

Water 

0-50 

1-25 

3,  Labradorite  occurs  in  sienitic  rocks  ;  also  as  a  regular  constituent 
in  several  kinds  of  gabbro  rocks,  with  serpentine. 

4.  It  was  first  brought  from  the  coast  of  Labrador.  It  occurs  also  in 
Ingria,  in  large,  but  ill  defined  crystals,  in  Greenland,  and  as  a  constit- 
uent of  several  rocks  in  various  places  of  the  Hartz,  Saxony,  near  Flor- 
ence,  &c.  The  variety  commonly  quoted  from  Norway,  in  the  zircon- 
sienite  of  Friediichsvlirn,  belongs  to  the  species  of  Feldspar,  and  not  to 
Labradorite. 

Labradorite  is  but  little  known  in  the  U.  S.  But  one  locality  of  any 
importance  is  known  to  exist  in  the  country,  which  is  situated  at  the  dis- 
tance of  60  miles  west  of  Mount  Moriah,  upon  Lake  Champlain,  (N.Y.) 
in  an  almost  uninhabited  country.  It  here  exists  in  the  greatest  abun- 

*  From  the  researches  of  Dr.  BREWSTER,  it  appears  that  these  tints 
arise  from  the  existence  of  empty  crystallized  cavities  distributed  through 
the  mass. 


300  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Latrobite. 


dance,  in  granite,  and  presents  the  same  handsome  colors  as  the  variety 
from  Labrador.  It  is  occasionally  met  with  also  in  rolled  masses,  in  the 
vicinity  of  Pompton  plains,  (N.  J.)  and  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.) 

LANARKITE.     (See  Dyoxylite.) 

LAPIS-LAZULI.     (See  Soddite.) 
LATROBITE.     Eruthrone    Feldspar. 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism.  P  on  M=91° 
9'.  P  on  T  =  93°  30'.  M  on  T  =  93°  30' ;  obtained 
from  cleavage. 

Color  pale  red. 

Hardness  =  5*75  . . .  6-50.  Sp.  gr.  =  2*8,  BROOKE. 
2*72,  GMELIN. 

1.  It  fuses  before  the  blow-pipe,  in  the  platina  forceps,  into  a  white 
enamel.  With  borax,  it  yields  a  globule,  pale  amethyst  red  in  the  oxi- 
dating flame,  and  colorless  in  the  reducing  one.  With  salt  of  phospho- 
rus, a  globule  with  a  silica  skeleton,  is  obtained,  yellow  in  the  oxidating 
flame,  and  becoming  opake  on  cooling,  transparent  in  the  reducing 

flame. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  GMELIJV. 

Silica  .  .         .      44-653         .         .         41-780 

Alumina       ....      36-814         .         .         32-827 
Lime  ....        8-291         .         .          9-787 

Oxide  of  manganese      .         .3-160         .         .  5-767 

Magnesia  with  some  manganese  0-528         .         .  0-000 

Potash  ....        6-575         .         .  6-575 

Water  ....        2-041         .         .  2-041 

3.  It  occurs  in  Amitok  island,  near  the  coast  of  Labrador,  with  Mica 
and  Calcareous  Spar. 


END  OF  THE  FIRST  VOLUME. 


TREATISE 


MINERALOGY: 

SECOND   PART, 

CONSISTING    OF 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  SPECIES,   AND  TABLES  ILLUSTRATIVE  OF 
THEIR   NATURAL  AND  CHEMICAL   AFFINITIES. 


BY 

CHARLES  UPHAM  SHEPARD,  A.  B. 

Lecturer  on  Natural  History  in  Yale  College  ;  Member  of  the  Amer  ican 

Geological  Society  ;  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Academy  of 

Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  ;  of  the  Natural  History 

Society  of  Montreal,  and  of  the  Qeological 

Society  of  France,  &c. 


VOLUME   II. 


NEW  HAVEN: 

HEZEKIAH  HOWE&  CO. 

1835. 


Entered  according  to  an  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1835, 

by  CHARLES  UPHAM  SHEPARD, 
in  the  Clerk's  office,  of  the  District  Court  of  Connecticut. 


Printed  by  Hesekiah  Howe  &  Co. 


GENERAL   DESCRIPTIONS 


SPECIES. 


LAUMONITE.     Diatomous  Kouphone-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism  :  (oblique  from 
an  acute  edge.)  Mon  M'=860  15'.  M  on  P=113°  30'. 
Iceland.  Nova-Scotia. 

Secondary  forms. 

1.     Fig.  272. 


M 


M  on  c 


104°  20'.     PHILLIPS. 


2.  Primitive  form,  with  the   lateral  edges   truncated. 
Schemnitz,  Hungary. 

3.  The  same,  with  the  addition  of  plane  c,  and  the  trun- 
cation of  the  obtuse  lateral  edges.     Huelgoet,  Brittany. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal,  distinct ; 
traces  of,  parallel  with  the  longer.  Fracture  uneven, 
scarcely  observable.  Surface  P  either  smooth  or  uneven. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Laumonite — La  zulite. 


The  faces  parallel  to  the  principal  axis  striated  in  that  di- 
rection. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  upon  the  more  dis- 
tinct faces  of  cleavage.  Color  white,  passing  into  reddish, 
yellowish,  or  greyish  tints.  Streak  white.  Translucent. 

Not  very  brittle.    Hardness  =  l*5  .  .  .  5*5.    Sp.  gr.=2*3. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
commonly  elongated  in  one  direction,  faces  of  composition 
generally  streaked. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  white  spumous  mass.  It  ge- 
latinizes with  acids,  and  acquires  negative  electricity  by  friction,  if  iso- 
lated. It  is  decomposed  by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere,  and  loses  its 
water;  it  is  therefore  generally  met  with  in  a  friable  state,  and  most  of 
its  properties  are  on  that  account  but  imperfectly  known. 
2.  Analysis. 


Silica  -         -         4830         -         -         -         49-00 

Alumina  -        -        22-70        -        -        -        22-00 

Lime  -        -         12-10        -         -         -          9-00 

Water  -         -         16-00        -        -        -        17-50 

Carbonic  acid     -         -  0-00         -         -         -  2-50 

3.  It  occurs  in  veins,  traversing  clay-slate  with  limestone  :  also  in  ir- 
regular veins  and  imbedded  masses  in  porphyry,  and  in  the  cavities  of 
amygdaloidal  rocks. 

4.  The  original  locality  is  in  the  lead  mines  of  Huelgoet  in  Brittany, 
It  was  next  found  near  Schemnitz  in  Hungary,  in  porphyry.     It  occurs 
likewise  on  Mount  St.  Gothard  with  Apatite,  in  Faroe,  Iceland,  and  va- 
rious parts  of  Scotland,  Ireland,  and  in  Nova-Scotia. 

In  the  United  States  it  has  been  met  with  occasionally,  in  small  masses, 
in  the  amygdaloid  of  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  ;  and  at  Phillips- 
town,  (N.Y.) 

LAZULITE.     Prismatic    Azure-Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism,  M  on  M=I31Q 
30'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Lazulite. 


Secondary  form.          Fig.  273. 


121°  30' 

a  on  e 

138  45 

cl  on  cl 

140  30 

cl  on  c2 

150  45 

e  on  d 

91  30* 

cl  on  e 

129  10 

cl  on  d 

158°  10' 
120    40 
00 
36 
25 


150 
162 
139 
141 


20 


Fracture  uneven. 


MonM 

M  on  e 
M  and 
MOD/ 
a  on  a 
a  on  cl 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  a  indistinct. 
Surface  smooth,  all  the  faces  alike. 

Lustre  vitreous.  .Color  various  shades  of  a  pure  blue 
color,  particularly  deep  and  beautiful  if  viewed  in  the  direc- 
tion of  one  line,  apparently  the  axis  of  the  crystals ;  while 
perpendicular  to  it,  it  is  of  a  pale  greenish  blue  color. 
Streak  white.  Translucent,  generally  only  on  the  edges, 
opake. 

Brittle.    Hardness  =  5-0  ...  5-5.    Sp.  gr.  =  3-056. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular, 
individuals  strongly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  intumesces  a  little,  and  assumes  a  glassy 
appearance,  where  the  heat  has  been  highest,  but  does  not  melt.     With 
borax,  it  yields  a  clear  colorless  globule.     Treated  with  boracic  acid  and 
a  piece  of  iron-wire,  it  gives  a  globule  of  phosphuret  of  iron. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  FTJCHS. 


Phosphoric  acid 
Alumina 
Magnesia 
Silica 
Protoxide  of  iron 
Water 

* 

- 

41-81 
3573 
934 
2-10 
2-64 
6-06 

h  These  planes  may  be  taken  also  as  the  primary  planes. 

i* 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Leadhillite. 


3.  It  has  been  found  in  narrow  veins,  traversing  clay-slate,  both  mas- 
sive and  crystallized  with  Quartz  and  Spathic  Iron,  nearWerfen  in  Salz- 
burg. 

LEADHILLITE.      Axotomous   Lead-Baryte. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=72°  30'. 
Secondary  forms. 


Fig.  274. 


P  on  a 
g  on  a 
di  on  a 


Fig.  276. 


111°  30' 
111  30 
131  58 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Leadhillite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  o,  and  traces  parallel  to  a.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal,  scarcely  observable.  Surface  o  very 
smooth  and  even ;  some  of  the  faces  curved  or  uneven. 

Lustre  resinous,  inclining  to  adamantine,  pearly  upon  o. 
Color  yellowish  white,  passing  into  various,  pale  grey,  green, 
yellow,  and  brown  tints.  Streak  white.  Transparent .  . . 
translucent. 

Rather  sectile.     Hardness  =2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =6-266. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals,  frequent.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  lamellar,  or  granular. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  this  mineral  first  intumesces  a  little,  and 
then  becomes  yellow,  but  re-assumes  a  white  color  on  cooling.     It  effer- 
vesces briskly  in  nitric  acid,  and  leaves  a  white  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Carbonate  of  lead         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         71*1 

Sulphate  of  lead 30-0 

With  traces  of  muriatic  acid,  giving  an  excess  of  !•!,  probably  owing 
to  the  existence  of  a  subsalt  of  lead  in  the  mineral. 

3.  It  occurs  principally  at  the  Lead  Hills  of  Scotland,  in  a  vein  trav- 
ersing grey  wacke,  accompanied  with  various  other  ores  of  lead  :  it  has 
been  brought  from  Spain  under  similar  circumstances. 

LEELITE. 

Massive.     Fracture  splintery.     Lustre  and  translucency  like 
horn.     Sp.gr.  =2-71. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  MITCHELL. 

Silica  81-91 

Alumina  . 6'55 

Protoxide  of  iron .          6-42 

Potash  •  8-88 

2.  The  specimens  were  brought  from  Gryphytta  in  Westmania,  Swe- 
den. 

3.  It  scarcely  admits  of  a  doubt,  that  the  Leelite  is  a  variety  of  Feldspar. 

LENZINITE. 

An  impure  variety  of  Opal,  in  a  state  of  partial  decomposition. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Leucite — Leucopyrite. 


LEPIDOKROKITE.     (See  Limonite.) 

LEPIDOLITE.     (See  Mica.) 
LEUCITE.    Trapezoidal  Kouphone-Spar.  MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Secondary  form.  Trapezohedron.  Irregular  forms  and 
grains. 

Cleavage,  very  imperfect  parallel  to  the  primary  form, 
and  also  to  the  faces  of  the  rhombic  dodecahedron.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal.  Surface  of  crystals  even,  though  gene- 
rally rough  ;  of  grains,  uneven  and  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  reddish,  yellowish,  or  grey- 
ish-white ;  ash  grey  or  smoke  grey.  Streak  white.  Semi- 
transparent  . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.      Hardness  =  5*5  . . .  6-0.      Sp.   gr.  =  2-483. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular ; 
faces  of  composition  irregularly  streaked.  Rare. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  U  is  infusible  :  with  borax,  or  carbon- 
ate of  lime,  it  fuses  with  difficulty  into  a  clear  globule.     Reduced  to  pow- 
der, it  is  said  to  change  the. color  of  the  blue  tincture  of  violets  to  green. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.          By  ARFWEDSON. 

fr.  Vesuvius.  fr.  Albano.  fr.  Albano. 

Silica  .         .  53-750         .  54-00         .  56-10 

Alumina        .         .          24-625         .          23-00         .          23-10 
^Potash  .         .  21-350         .  22-00         .  21-15 

Oxide  of  iron         ,  0000         .  0-00        .  0-90 

3.  It  occurs  chiefly  in  imbedded  crystals  and  grains  in  lava,  sometimes 
in  compound  specimens  ejected  by  Mount  Vesuvius.  Besides  this  lo- 
cality, it  is  also  found  at  Albano  and  Frescati  near  Rome. 

LEUCOPYRITE.     Axotomous  Er uthleucone- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  Mon  M  =  122° 
26'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Leucopyrite. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  277. 


M 


M 


Stiria— Bedford  co.  (Penn.) 


o    on  o     - 
M  on  o     - 


51°  30' 
about  146     00 


Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  to  the  longer  diagonal ;  less 
distinct  parallel  with  two  faces  on  the  acute  lateral  edges, 
inclining  under  86°  10';  traces  parallel  with  M.  Frac- 
ture uneven.  Surface  faintly  streaked,  parallel  to  the  com- 
mon edges  of  combination,  frequently  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  between  silver-white  and  steel- 
grey.  Streak  greyish-black. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  7-228, 
from  Silesia ;  7-337,  crystal  from  Bedford  co.  (Penn.) 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  small,  often  nearly  impalpable,  and  strongly  con- 
nected ;  fracture  uneven ;  composition  columnar,  rather 
thick,  irregular,  and  divergent.  Faces  of  composition 
irregularly  streaked. 

1.  It  is  sometimes  magnetic  even  with  polarity.  It  melts  before  the 
blow-pipe,  without  giving  any  perceptible  smell  of  arsenic  ;  but  when 
fused  in  quantity  beneath  the  flame  of  the  compound  blow-pipe,  the  odor 
of  arsenic  is  perceptible.  It  is  perfectly  soluble  in  nitric  acid, — a  few 
flakes  of  Plumbago,  only,  remaining  undissolved  in  the  solution. 


10  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Leucopyrite — Levyne. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  SHEPARD. 

From  Bedford  co.  (Penn.) 

Iron 97-44 

Arsenic 1*56 

3.  It  is  found  in  beds,  either  along  with  Spathic  Iron  and  Limonite,  or 
imbedded  in  serpentine.  With  the  first,  it  occurs  in  the  valley  of  Loling, 
near  Huttenberg  in  Carinthia  ;  in  serpentine,  at  Reichenstein  in  Silesia. 
It  has  likewise  been  met  with  in  beds  in  primitive  mountains,  with  Cop- 
per-Nickel and  Smaltine,  at  Schladming  in  Stiria. 

It  has  been  found  in  the  U.  States  at  two  localities,  but  under  what 
circumstances,  it  is  not  known :  one  of  them  is  in  Bedford  co.  (Penn.) 
from  whence  a  crystal  weighing  two  or  three  ounces,  was  brought;  and 
the  other,  in  Randolph  co.  (N.  Carolina)  where  a  mass,  weighing  nearly 
two  pounds,  was  obtained. 

LEVYNE.     Macrotypous    Kouphone-Spar. 
PARTS CH. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=79°  29'. 

Cleavage,  indistinct  parallel  to  P.  Fracture,  imperfectly 
conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Streak  white.  Semi- 
transparent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2*198. 

Compound  Varieties.     Composition  parallel  to  o. 

Fig.  278. 


o  one-         -         -         -         136°  l'>  T 
oonP  11729  $LEVY- 

Surface  o  uneven,  and  generally  curved. 

1.  In  the  glass  tube,  when  heated,  it  gives  off  a  considerable  quantity 
of  water,  and  becomes  opake.    Upon  charcoal,  it  intumesces  slightly. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Levyne — Libethenite. 


11 


With  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  yields  a  transparent  globule,  which  contains 
a  skeleton  of  silica,  and  becomes  opake  on  cooling. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS.  By  CONNEL. 

48-00         -  -  -  46-30 

20-00         -  -  -  22-47 

8-35         -  -  -  9-72 

0-40         -  -"  -  0-00 

0-41         -  -  -  1-26 

2-75         -  -  -  1-55 

0-00         -  -  -  0-77 

0-00        -  *  -  0-19 

19-30        -  -  -  19-51 


Silica 

Alumina 

Lime 

Magnesia       •    - 

Potash 

Soda 

Oxide  of  iron 

Oxide  of  manganese    - 

Water 


3.  It  occurs  at  Dalsnyhen  in  Faroe  ;  in  Ireland,  and  in  the  island  of 
Skye,  with  Heulandite,  in  the  vesicular  cavities  of  amygdaloid. 

LIBETHENITE.  Diprismatic  Copper-Baryte. 
Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M=l  10°. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  279. 


x  on  x 
P  on  c 
a  on  a' 
c   on  c 
c   on  e 


110°  00'?  "| 
126     10 
95     15 

15 

10 


S  PHILLIPS. 


121 
149 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  M :  the  former  distinct. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  of  P  very  smooth 
and  even ;  M  striated  parallel  to  its  edges  of  combination 
with  P. 


12 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Libethenite — Limonite. 


Lustre   resinous.     Color  olive-green,    generally   dark. 
Streak  olive-green*     Translucent  on  the  edges. 
Brittle.     Hardness  =4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =3-6  . . .  3-8. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  the  first  impression  of  heat,  it  fuses  into  a 
brownish  globule,  which,  by  further  action  of  the  heat,  extends  on  the 
surface  of  the  charcoal,  and  acquires  a  reddish  grey,  metallic  lustre,  and 
finally  gives,  at  the  centre,  a  small  globule  of  metallic  copper. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERTHIER. 

Oxide  of  copper          -        -        -        -         -        -        63-9 

Phosphoric  acid 28-7 

Water  7-4 

3.  It  occurs  engaged  in  cavities  of  Quartz,  associated  with  Yellow 

Copper  Pyrites,  in  a  bed,  in  primitive  rocks,  at  Libethen,  near  Neusohl, 

Hungary  ;  also  at  Gunnis  lake  mine  in  Cornwall. 

LIEVRITE.     (See  Yenite.) 
LIMBILITE.     (See  Peridot.) 

LIMONITE.     Prismatic  Iron-Ore.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
130°  40'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  280. 


The  crystals  are  compressed  parallel  with  the  shorter  di- 
agonal of  the  prism,  so  as  to  give  an  undue  extension  to  the 
planes  o  o  of  the  above  figure. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Limonite. 

13 

M'  on  M  over  e 

130°  40' 

c  on  M' 

120°  42X 

o    on  02' 

135       5 

c  on  6  or  6'  - 

135     20 

o    on  b' 
o    on  M' 

121     45 
117    50 

.  |  ! 

6.  on  02  or  > 

b'  on  02'    5  " 

121     25 

a'l  on  01 

125    30 

5 

01  on  M 

129     30 

a2  on  02' 

149    24 

m 

02  on  M 

153     25 

6    oni' 

117    30  , 

,  02  or  02'  on  c 

147     00 

Cleavage,  pretty  distinct  parallel  to  the  broad  faces  of 
the  crystals,  or  the  shorter  diagonal  of  the  prism.  Surface 
deeply  striated  lengthwise  of  the  prism. 

Lustre  adamantine.  •  Color,  various  shades  of  brown  ;  of 
which  yellowish  brown,  hair-brown,  clove-brown  and  black- 
ish brown,  are  the  most  common.  Streak  yellowish  brown. 
Crystals  often  semi-transparent,  and  showing  a  blood  red 
tint.  Other  varieties  are  nearly  opake. 

Brittle.  No  action  on  the  magnet.  Hardness  =5*0. .. 
5*5.  Sp.  gr.  ==  3*922,  of  a  columnar,  compound  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular,  reniform,  stalactitic 
and  fructtcose  shapes  :  surface,  of  various  descriptions, 
smooth,  granulated,  reniform,  drusy ;  composiiion  colum- 
nar, individuals  very  delicate,  often  impalpable.  In  tho 
latter  case,  fracture  becomes  even,  flat  conchoidal,  or  un- 
even. The  composition  is  often  repeated  ;  granular  and 
curved  lamellar  masses  are  formed  of  columnar  composi- 
tions, the  faces  of  composition  oeing  either  smooth,  or  cov- 
ered with  reniform  asperities.  Massive  :  composition  co- 
lumnar or  impalpable.  Sometimes  the  particles  are  so 
slightly  coherent,  that  the  mass  appears  earthy  and  dull. 
Pseudomorphoses  of  Calcareous  Spar. 

1.  The  present  is  one  of  those  species  in  mineralogy,  which,  on  ac- 
count of  the  varieties  in  regard  to  composition,  and  the  intermixture  of 
other  species,  has  been  treated  of  under  a  great  diversity  of  names,  as 

VOL.  II.  2 


14  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Limonite. 


constituting  sub-species,  notwithstanding  the  close  connexion  of  these 
varieties  thus  distinguished,  by  immediate  inter-transitions.  In  the  first 
place,  some  of  what  are  generally  regarded  as  pseudomorphoses,  or  sup- 
posititious crystals,  must  be  excluded,  because  they  are  not  real  pseudo- 
morphoses, consisting  of  compound  varieties  of  this  species,  but  are  de- 
composed varieties  of  three  others,  viz.  Iron  Pyrites,  White  Iron  Pyrites 
and  Spathic  Iron,  to  which  they  must  be  severally  referred.  The 
fibrous  Limonite,  or  Brown  Hematite,  contains  the  real  crystals, 
and  the  compound  varieties  in  stalactitic,  reniform,  and  other  imitative 
shapes ;  also  those  massive  varieties  in  which  the  composition  may  still 
be  ascertained.  A  crystallized  variety,  in  thin  laminae,  has  been  called 
Rubinglimmer  or  Gothite.  Compact  Brown  Iron-Ore  comprehends 
those  imitative  shapes  and  massive  varieties,  in  which  the  composition  is 
no  longer  observable,  but  which  are  still  firmly  connected  ;  while  Ochrey 
Brown  Iron-Ore  is  applied  to  those  which  have  an  earthy  texture,  and 
are  friable.  As  impure  varieties  of  this  species,  or  those  in  which  other 
species  are  mechanically  blended,  we  must  consider  some  of  the  clay 
Iron-Ores,  such  as  the  Granular,  the  Common,  the  Pisiform,  and  the 
Reniform  clay  iron-ore.  The  granular  variety  is  composed  of  compact 
roundish  or  globular  masses  ;  the  reniform  ore,  of  alternating  coats  of 
different  color  and  consistency,  disposed  in  a  reniform  surface.  In  the 
pisiform  variety,  we  meet  with  a  similar  composition,  only  in  small  glob- 
ules, parallel  to  the  surface  of  which  the  laminae  are  disposed.  The  com- 
pact pisiform  clay  iron-ore,  however,  does  riot  belong  to  the  present  spe- 
cies, but  it  is  a  decomposed  White  Iron  Pyrites,  as  is  proved  not  only  by 
the  crystalline  forms  which  it  presents,  and  which  are  described  in 
books,  but  likewise  from  the  nucleus  of  undecomposed  pyrites,  which 
larger  specimens  of  it  often  contain.  To  this  species  also  appear  to  be- 
long several  scaly  and  nearly  impalpable  varieties  of  Iron-Ore,  as  the 
Lepidpkrokite,  Pyrrhosiderite,  and  Sideroschisolite  ;  though  it  is  probable 
that  some  of  them  contain  scales  of  Specular  Iron  also. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  black  and  magnetic.  It  melts 
with  boi'ax,  into  a  green  or  yellow  glass,  and  is  soluble  in  heated  nitro- 
muiiatic  acid.  3.  Analysis. 

By  D'AuBuissoN. 

A  fibrous  variety.  A  compact  variety. 

Peroxide  of  iron  .         82-00         .         .  84-00 

Water  .         14-00         .         .         .         n-QO 

Oxide  of  manganese       .  2-00         .         .         .  2-00 

Silica  .  1-00         .         .         .  2-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  15 

Limonite. 


It  is  a  hydrate  of  peroxide  of  iron,  the  proportions  of  peroxide  of  iron 
and  water,  being  as  85-30  to  14-70. 

4.  Limonite  occurs  in  beds  and  veins.     When  in  beds,  it  is  generally 
accompanied  by  Spathic  Iron,  sometimes  also  by  Heavy  Spar,  Calcare- 
ous Spar,  Arragonite  and  Quartz.     These  beds  a-re  included  both  in  an- 
cient and  in  secondary  rocks,  the  latter  of  which,  though  very  thick,  do 
not  extend  to  a  very  great  distance.     When  in  veins,  this  species  is  fre- 
quently attended  with  some  of  the  ores  of  manganese.     Acicular  crystaU 
of  Limonite  are  met  with  in  geodes  of  Quartz.     Those  varieties  of  clay 
iron-stone  which  belong  to  the  present  species,  either  form  beds  by  them- 
selves in  secondary  rocks,  or  they  are  imbedded  in  strata  of  clay,  in  the 
shape  of  larger  or  smaller  globular  concretions,  some  of  them  belonging 
to  the  coal  formation,  others  to  various  kinds  of  sandstone. 

5.  Limonite  is  very  plentiful  in  some  countries.     It  occurs  in  beds  in 
gneiss,  along  with  granular  limestone,  at  Friesach,  at  Huttenberg,  and  in 
the  valley  of  Lavant  in  Carinthia,  at  Turrach   and  Eisenerz  in  Stiria*. 
Other  localities,  under  similar  circumstances,  in  Europe,  are,  Torotsko 
in  Transylvania ;  Dobschau,  Szirk,  &c.,  in   Hungary;  Schneeberg  in 
Saxony ;  Kamsdord  and  Saalfield,  in  Thuringia  :  though  at  some  of  these 
.places  it  is  said  to  occur  in  newer  rocks.     It  is  found  in  veins  in  various 
parts  of  Saxony,  Nassau,  the   Hartz,   &c.     Gothite  is  found  in  the  dis- 
tricts of  Siegen  and  Sayns ;  the  velvety  varieties  at  Przibram  in  Bohe- 
mia;  several  crystallized  varieties  in  the  vicinity  of  Bristol,  England, 
and  in  the  lake  of  Onega"  in  Russia.     Rich  varieties  of  the  clay  iron-ore 
occur  in  Bohemia,  in  Silesia,  at  Wehrau  in  Lusatia,  and  in  Westphalia. 
The  kidney  shaped  variety  is  met  with  near  Teplitz  in  Bohemia,  Tar- 
nowitz  in  Silesia,  in  Poland,  in  several  districts  of  Lower  Stiria,  &c.    The 
pisiform  clay  iron-ore  is  found  in  Swabia,  Franconia,  Hessia,  and  in  the 
district  of  Ayrshire  in  Scotland. 

Limonite  is  one  of  the  most  widely  diffused  mineralogical  species  of 
the  United  States.  Powerful  beds  of  the  fibrous  brown  haematite,  ac- 
companied by  the  ochery  iron-ore,  exist  at  Salsbury  and  Kent,  in  Con- 
necticut, contained  in  mica-slate.  In  the  neighboring  towns  of  Beekman 
and  Amenia,  (N.Y.)  similar  deposits  are  met  vyith.  Farther  north,  un- 
der the  same  circumstances,  at  Richmond  and  Lenox,  (Mass.)  the  like 
varieties  of  the  present  species  occur.  The  mica-slate,  which  embraces 
the  foregoing  varieties,  contains  also  beds  of  dolomite.  At  Hinsdale, 
the  fibrous  variety  occurs  as  a  cement  to  a  fragmentary  quartz  rock. 
The  nodular  variety  occurs  at  Gill,  in  the  slate  of  the  coal  formation ;  it 


16  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Limonite — Liroconite. 

is  also  abundant  on  Nantucket  and  Martha's  Vineyard.  Limonite  is 
abundant  at  Bennington,  Monkton,  Pittsford,  Putney  and  Ripton,  in  Ver- 
mont; at  all  of  which  places,  it  is  more  or  less  associated  with  ores  of 
manganese.  The  argillaceous  varieties  are  common  in  Pennsylvania, 
near  Easton,  and  throughout  the  Lehigh  range,  in  Fayette  county  at 
Armstrong,  Upper  Dublin,  and  in  Washington  county.  Nodular  argil- 
laceous iron,  in- hollow  balls  from  one  inch  to  one  foot  in  diameter,  occur 
at  Bladensburg,  (Maryland.)  Argillaceous  iron-ore  exists  on  mount 
Alto,  in  the  Blue  Ridge,  at  Hugh's  mine,  in  Shenandoah  co.  (Va.)  ;  and 
in  Chatham  and  Nash  counties  in  North  Carolina.  Nodular  fragments, 
which  are  perfectly  compact  and  hard,  occur  disseminated  through 
gravel-hills,  near  Marietta,  in  Ohio. 

6.  Limonite  yields  a  considerable  portion  of  the  iron  annually  produced 
in  the  different  parts  of  the  globe.  The  pig,-iron,  obtained  from  melting 
its  purer  varieties  with  charcoal,  in  particular,  may  be  easily  converted 
into  steel.  The  hard  and  compact  nodular  variety  is  much  esteemed  as 
a  burnisher,  in  the  polishing  of  metallic  buttons. 

LlNCOLNITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique  angled  prism.     M  on  M  =  120° 
e.g. 

Secondary  form.     The  primary,  with  the  acute  lateral  edges 
truncated. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  P. 

Lustre  pearly  on  P.     Color  white.    Transparent  to  translucent, 

1.  On  hot  coals,  it  whitens;  and  before  the  blow-pipe,  melts  into  a 
spongy,  white  enamel. 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  amygdaloidal  cavities  of  trap  at  Deerfield,  (Mass.) 
and  upon  gneiss,  at  Bellow's  Falls,  (Vt.) 

3.  As  the  largest  crystals  of  this  substance  do  not  exceed  one  tenth  of 
an  inch  in  diameter,  and  as  the   angles  given  were  obtained  with  the 
common  goniometer,  it  will  be  necessary  that  their  correctness  be  con- 
firmed by  the  reflective  goniometer,  before  the  evidence  that  they  are 
distinct  from  Heulandite,  can  be  considered  as  completely  satisfactory. 

LIROCONITE.      Lirokone    Malachite-Haloide. 
Primary   form.     Octahedron,  with  a  rectangular  base. 
P  on  P  =  60°  40'.     M  on  M'  =  72°  22'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  17 

Liroconite. 


Secondary  form. 

Fig.  281. 

Pon/'     179°  22') 

MonP    133    30  \  PHILLIPS. 

I    on  I      178     10  ) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  planes,  but  effected 
with  much  difficulty.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  un- 
even. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  sky-blue 
. . .  verdigris-green.  Streak  corresponding  to  the  color, 
very  pale.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Nearly  sectile.  Hardness  =  2-0  ...  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-926. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive;  composition  granu- 
lar, sometimes  very  distinct,  but  altogether  rare. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  color  and  transparency,  emits  fumes 
of  arsenic,  and  is  changed  into  a  friable  scoria,  containing  some  white, 
metallic  globules.     With  borax,  it  yields  a  green  globule,  and  is  partly 
reduced.     In  nitric  acid,  it  is  soluble  without  effervescence. 
2.'"  Analysis. 

fBy  CHENEVIX. 
Oxide  of  copper  49-00 

Arsenic  acid  ......         14-00 

Water  35-00 

3.  Lenticular  Copper-Ore  occurs  in  copper  veins,  along  with  various 
other  ores  of  copper  ;  also  with  Limonite,  Quartz  and  Iron  Pyrites. 

4.  It  has  been  found  only  in  some  of  the  copper  mines,  near  Redruth 
in  Cornwall,  and  in  minute  crystals  at  Herrengrund  in  Hungary. 

LlTHOMARGE. 

A  pure,  white,  adhesive  clay,  from  the  decomposition  of  one  or 
more  species.  That  from  Rochlitz  in  Saxony,  consists,  according 
to  KLAPROTH,  of 

Silica  .--...        45-25 

Alumina 36-50 

Wat3r  14-00 

Oxide  of  iron 2-75 

2* 


18  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Magnesite. 


LYDJAN  STONE.     (See  Quartz.) 

MACLE.     (See  Andalusite.) 

M ACLURITE.     (See  Brucite.) 
MAGNESITE.     Staphyline    Lime-Haloide. 

Reniform,  tuberose,  massive.  Composition  columnar, 
individuals  very  delicate  and  diverging,  producing  a  silky 
lustre;  also  impalpable.  Fracture  flat  conchoidal,  some- 
times fine  earthy. 

Dull.  Color  yellowish  grey,  cream-yellow,  yellowish 
and  greyish  white.  Streak  white  and  greyish  white.  Fee- 
bly translucent  on  the  edges  . .  .  opake. 

Sp.  gr.  =  2*808.  (No  allowance  being  made  for  its 
imbibition  of  water.) 

Adheres  pretty  strongly  to  the  tongue. 

1.  Several  varieties  of  the  present  species  are  distinguished  by  parti- 
cular denominations.     1.  Meerschaum  or  Sea-foam,  which  is  contamina- 
ted with  variable  proportions  6f  silica  :  it  is  opake,  and  possessed  of  an 
earthy  fracture,  yields   easily  to  the  nail,  and  adheres  strongly  to  the 
tongue  ;  occasional!}'  it  is  very  porous,  so  as  to  swim  on  water.     Sp.  gr. 
=  1*2  .  . .  1-6.     According  to  BERTHIER,  a  specimen  from  near  Madrid, 
consisted  of  magnesia  23-8,  silica  53  8,  water  20  0,  alumina  1-2. — 2.  Com- 
pact Carbonate  of  Magnesia.     Color   snow-white.      Sp.    gr.  =  2-56. 
Gives  sparks  with  steel,  but  does  not  scratch  Fluor.     It  dissolves  in  acids, 
at  ordinary  temperatures,  with  extreme. slowness,  even  when  finely 
powdered;  but  by  heat,  its  solution  is  quickened,  attended  with  the  ex- 
trication of  carbonic  acid  gas.     According  to   Dr.  HENRY,  it  consists  of 
magnesia  46,  carbonic  acid  51. — 3.  Pulverulent  Carbonate  of  Magne- 
sia.    It  is  in  the  form  of  a  light,  white,  powder,  or  in  slightly  cohering 
masses,  resembling  chalk.     It  appears  to  have  resulted  from  the  decom- 
position of  Native  Magnesia.    It  consists,  according  to  WACHTMEISTER, 
who  analysed  a  specimen  from  Hoboken,  of  magnesia  42*41,  carbonic 
acid  36-82,  water  18  53,  silica  and  oxide  of  iron  2-23. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible.     It  dissolves  with  a  slow  effer- 
vescence in  the  nitric  and  dilute  sulphuric,  acids. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.                                            19 

Magnesite. 

3.  Analysis. 

By 

LAMPAD1D3, 

from 
Mahren. 

By 

KLAPROTH, 
from 
Steyermark. 

By 

WALMSTEDT, 
from 
the  If  artz. 

By 

BUCHOLZ, 

from 
Hrubschiz. 

By 

S  THOME  YER, 

from 
Baumgarten. 

Magnesia 

.     47-0     . 

.     48-0     . 

.     40-84     . 

.     4659 

.       47-63 

Carb.  acid 

.     51-0     . 

.     49-0     . 

.     48-58     . 

.     5100 

.       50-75 

Water 

.       1-6     . 

.      3-0     . 

.     10-51     . 

.       1-00 

1-40 

Ox.  mang. 

.       00     . 

.     o-o   . 

.       1-99     . 

.       0-25 

0-21 

Ox.  iron 

.       0-0     . 

.     o-o    . 

.       616     . 

000 

o-oo 

Alumina 

.       0-0     . 

.     o-o   . 

.       000     . 

.       1-00 

o-oo 

Lime 

.       0-0     . 

.       0-0     . 

.     o-oo   . 

.       0-16 

0-00 

Silica 

.       0-0     . 

.     o-o    . 

.       0-30     . 

.       0-00 

0-00 

4.  It  occurs  at  Gulsen  in  Upper  Stiria,  in  serpentine ;  at  Hrubschiz, 
in  Moravia,  with  the  variety  Meerschaum ;  at  Baldifrero  and  Castella- 
raonte,  in  Italy  ;  at  Valeccas  in  Spain,  and  at  Baumgarten  in  Silesia.    The 
compact  variety,  analyzed  by  Dr.  HENRY,  was  from  the  East  Indies. 
The  Meerschaum  occurs  in  the  Isles  of  Samos  and  Negropont,  in  the 
Archipelago  ;  at  Kiltschik  in  Natolia,  where  it  is  soft  when  first  taken 
from  the  locality,  but  hardens  on  exposure  to  the  air.     The  pulverulent 
variety  is  found  in  India.     In  the  U.  S.  it  occurs  at  Hoboken,  (N.J.)  dis- 
seminated through. mamillary  Dolomite,  filling  up  narrow  seains  and 
cavities   among  the   concretions,  in  opake,  closely  aggregated,  white 
fibres.     At  the  same  place,  also,  in  the  pulverulent  state,  occupying 
seams  sometimes  half  an  inch  wide,  and  also  in  crusts  coating  capillary 
crystals  of  Arragonite,  and  masses  of  Native   Magnesia.     The  mine- 
ral analyzed  by  WACHTMEISTER,  from  Hoboken,  probably  contained  a 
large  quantity  of  hygrometric  moisture.     At  Bolton,  (Mass.)  it  is  found  in 
seams,   traversing  white    limestone,   in  delicate,   scarcely  perceptibly 
fibrous,  masses. 

5.  Magnesite  is  employed  in  porcelain  manufactories.     The  meers- 
chaum is  made  into  pipes,  and  in  Turkey  is  used  for  the  same  purposes 
as  Fuller's  earth. 

6.  The  crystals  of  Magnesite,  quoted  by  some  writers,  appear  to  be- 
long to  the  species  Rhomb  Spar.     So  far  as  its  properties  are  known,  its 
place  in  the  natural  arrangement  would  be  either  within  the  genus 
Lime  Haloide,  where  it  is  here  placed,  or  it  would  form  a  new  genus, 
next,  preceding  or  following  this  genus. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Magnetic  Iron. 


MAGNETIC  IRON.    Octahedral  Iron-Ore.   MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 


i. 

Octahedron,  with  truncated  edges. 

Sweden.    Haddam,  (Conn.) 
Franconia,  (N.  H.)    Nova  Scotia. 

3. 

Octahedron,  with  truncated  angles. 
Gulsen,  Stiria. 

5.      Fig.  282. 


2. 

Dodecahedron. 

Trarersella,  Piedmont. 
Franconia,  (N.  H.) 

4. 

Cube. 
Gulsen,  Stiria. 


6.      Fig,  283. 


Zillerthal,  Salzburg. 


Zillerthal,  Salzburi 


7.       Fig.  284. 


Zillerthal,  Salzburg. 

Irregular  forms  and  grains. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  21 

Magnetic   Iron. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  form  :  in  some  vari- 
eties perfect,  and  easily  obtained  ;  in  others,  entirely  oblit- 
erated by  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  conchoidal,  un- 
even. Surface,  the  dodecahedrons  commonly  streaked 
parallel  to  their  edges  of  combination  with  the  octahedron, 
faces  of  the  octahedral  trigonal-icositetrahedron  (fig.  282.) 
smooth,  though  curved  ;  the  surface  of  all  the  other  forms 
is  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic  :  in  some  varieties,  imperfectly.  Color 
iron-black.  Streak  black.  Opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =5'5  .  .  .  6-5.  Sp.  gr.  =5*094,  oc- 
tahedrons imbedded  in  chlorite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face  of 
the  octahedron.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  of  vari- 
ous sizes  of  individuals,  and  different  degrees  of  cohesion. 
If  the  composition  be  almost  impalpable,  fracture  becomes 
flat  conchoidal,  even  or  uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible;  but  assumes  a  brown  color, 
and  loses  its  attractive  influence  over  the  magnetic  needle,  after  having 
been  exposed  to  a  great  heat.  It  is  soluble  in  heated  muriatic  acid,  but 
not  in  nitric  acid.  It  may  be  obtained  crystallized  by  fusing  it;  and  crys- 
tals are  likewise  often  produced  in  the  process  of  roasting  the  ore  which 
contains  this  mineral. 

2.  Analysis. 


By  H 

Protoxide  of  iron     -  .....        94-38 

Magnesia  .......  0-16 

The  loss  is  oxygen,  as  the  mineral  contains  both  protoxide  and  perox- 
ide of  iron,  according  to  BERZELITJS,  in  the  proportion  of  30  98  to  69-02, 
(the  whole  content  of  oxygen  being  28-215,)  or,  according  to  KOBELL, 
protoxide  24-48  .to  25-92,  and  peroxide  74-QS  to  75-52. 

3.  Magnetic  Iron  occurs  in  beds  in  primitive  rocks,  more  commonly 
in  gneiss,  occasionally  in  clay-slate,  hornblende-slate,  chlorite  slate, 


22  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Magnetic  Iron — Magnetic  Iron-Pyrites. 

greenstone,  and  sometimes  in  limestone.     It  is  attended  by  Hornblende, 
Epidote,  Pyroxene  and  Garnet. 

4.  Immense  masses  of  this  ore  exist  at  Arendal  in  Norway,  the  Taberg 
in  Smaland,  in  Sweden,  and  Chili.     It  occurs  also  in  Saxony,  Bohemia 
and  the  Hartz.     It  is   met  with  in  Corsica,  in  Unst,  (one  of  the  Shet- 
land Isles,)  in  Russia  and  Siberia.     It  is  also  extremely  abundant  in  the 
U.  States.     The  most  interesting  crystallized  varieties  are  found  atMun- 
roe,  (N.Y,)  lining  the  sides  of  veins  in  the  massive  ore  ;  atMarlborough, 
(Vt.)  imbedded  in  chlorite  ;  and  at  Bridgewater,  (Vt.)  in  chlorite  .slate ; 
also  at  Franconia,  (N.H.)  imbedded  in  Epidote  and  Quartz.     Immense 
beds  of  this  ore  exist  in  the  gneiss,  at  different  places  upon  the  western 
side  of  Lake  Champlain  ;  also  in  the  Highlands  of  New  York,  and  in  the 
mountainous  districts  of  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania. 

5.  It  is  one  of  the  most  important  ores  of  iron,  in  furnishing  the  metal- 
lic iron  of  commerce. 

MAGNETIC  IRON-PYRITES.     Rhomb. ohedral 

Bronze-Pyrites. 
Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  285. 


M  on  M' 
M  on  d 
P  on  a 
P  on  c 


120°  OCT 

150  00 

135  00 

102  13 


BOURNON. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  perfect ;  less  so  with  planes 
M.  Fracture  small,  and  imperfectly  conchoidal.  Surface 
rough,  particularly  M  ;  sometimes  also  horizontally  streak- 
ed. Subject  to  tarnish. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  23 

Magnetic  Iron-Pyrites. 


Lustre  metallic.  Color  intermediate  between  bronze- 
yellow  and  copper-red.  Streak  dark  greyish-black. 

Slight  action  on  the  magnet.  Brittle.  Hardness  =3*5 
. . .  4.5.  Sp.  gr.  =4-631,  of  a  cleavable  variety. 

1.  Heated  in  an  open  tube,  it  yields  sulphureous  acid  ;  upon  char- 
coal, in  the  exterior  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  converted  into  a  red 
oxide  of  iron.  In  the  interior  flame,  it  melts  with  a  good  heat,  into  a 
globule,  which  continues  to  glow,  a  few  moments  after  it  is  withdrawn 
from  the  fire.  After  cooling,  it  becomes  an  uneven,  black  mass.  When 
broken,  the  fracture  is  crystalline,  arid  the  lustre  metallic,  with  a  yellow- 
ish color. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HATCHETT.       By  ROSE.  By  STROMEYER. 

Iron  -         -     63-50         -         38-78         -         59-85  ^     -         56-37 

Sulphur     -         -     3650         -         60-32         -     *    40  15         *         43-63 
The  first  of  these  analyses  represents  a  bi-sulphuret  of  iron  ;  the  oth- 
ers are  mixtures  of  the  two  sulphurets.     It  is  often  formed  artificially  in 
slag*. 

3.  It  occurs   in  beds  along  with  other  minerals  containing  iron,  with 
Blende,  Copper-Pyrites,  and  sometimes  with  lolite.     It  forms  an  acci- 
dental ingredient  of  several  rocks,  and  crystallizes  in  their  fissures.     Its 
presence  has  also  been  ascertained  in  several  meteoric  stones. 

4.  Small  crystals  occur  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz.     The  compound 
varieties  occur  more   plentifully.     There  are  cleavable  ones  at  Boden- 
mais  in  Bavaria.     Other  varieties  abound  in  Saxony,  Silesia,  the  Hartz, 
and  Stiria  ;  also  at  Cornwall  in  England.     The  cleavable  variety  is  found 
at  Munroe,  (Conn  )  imbedded  in   Quartz,   and   attended   by  numerous 
ores ;  also  in  the  next  town,  Trumbull,  in  a  vein  of  Topaz  and  Fluor. 
The  uncleavable  variety  occurs  in  Vermont,  at  Stafford  and  Shrewsbu- 
ry ;  and  at  several  places  in  Massachusetts  ;  in  which  localities,  it  is  at- 
tended by  Iron  Pyrites. 

5.  It  is  employed,  along  with  Iron  Pyrites,  in  the  manufacture  of  cop- 
peras and  sulphuric  acid. 

MALACHITE.  (See  Blue  Malachite  ard  Green  Mala- 
chite.) 

MALACOLITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 


24  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganblende — Manganese  Spar. 

MANGANBLENDE.     Hexahedral  Sclerone- 
Blende.* 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Secondary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  form,  perfect;  traces 
of  cleavage,  parallel  with  its  edges.  Fracture  uneven,  im- 
perfectly conchoidal.  Surface  rough. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  iron-black.  Streak 
dark-green.  Opake. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  3*5  . . ,  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
4-014. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals  ;  faces  of  composition  irreg- 
ularly streaked,  or  rough. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  melted  with  difficulty,  and  only  on  its 
thinnest  edges.  It  emits  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  if  reduced  to  powder, 
and  when  thrown  into  nitric,  muriatic,  or  dilute  sulphuric,  acid,  it  is  dis- 
solved. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KJLAPROTH.  By  VAUQUELI^. 

Protoxide  of  manganese  8200        -         -         -         85-00 

Sulphur  -         -         -         11-00         -         •    •    _-         1500 

Carbonic  acid    -         -         -  5-00         -         -         -  0-00 

It  is  generally,  however,  considered  as  a  sulphuret  of  manganese. 

3.  It  is  a  rare  mineral,     ft  occurs  chiefly  in  veins  along  with  Black 
Tellurium,  at  Nagyag  in  Transylvania,  and  in  Cornwall. 

4.  DEL  Rio  mentions  a  variety  of  Manganblende,  found  at  Oaxaca  in 
Mexico,  in  which  the  cleavages  are  rhornbohedral,  and  whose  sp.  gr.  = 
3-8.     According  to  his  analysis,  it  contains  41-7  sulphur,  and  58-3  manga- 
nese. 

MANGANESE  SPAR.    Tetarto-prismatic  Par- 
a  c  h  r  o  se-B  a  ry  t  e. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.                                             25 

Manganese  Spar. 

Fig.  284. 
/•^-^l 

/                  T>                ^~^ 

MonT 

-   -   -    121°  oox 

^-^1__/ 

Mon  P 

-     -  93  to  94     00 

• 

M 

* 

T 

T  onP 

-     -     -     112     30 

L_  

/ 

Secondary  form.  Similar  to  the  form,  fig.  189  of  Feld- 
spar ;  but  having  the  faces  at  the  extremities  of  the  prism 
curved,  and  somewhat  indistinct. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P,  highly  perfect ;  with  M  and 
T  less  easily  obtained.  Fracture  conchoidal ...  uneven. 
Most  of  the  faces  are  smooth,  though  they  possess  a  lustre 
much  inferior  to  that  of  the  cleavage  planes. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  pale  flesh-red.  Streak  white. 
Transparent  to  translucent.  Grows  brown  and  opake  from 
exposure  to  the  weather. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-5  ...  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-4  ... 
3-634. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  sometimes  large  and  lamellar,  also  fine  granu- 
lar, rarely  columnar,  strongly  coherent.  Sp.  gr.  =  3*612, 
from  Longbanshytta  ;  3-634,  from  Siberia. 

1.  The  supposed  new  species,  Fowlerite,  must  be  included  within  the 
Manganese  Spar,  as  the  most  important  properties  of  these  minerals 
plainly  show,  although  the  Manganese  Spar  had  never  been  observed  in 
distinct  crystals,  previous  to  the  discovery  of  the  variety,  Fowlerite.  The 
substances  called  Allagite,  Corneous  Manganese,  Photizite,  and  Rho- 
donite, are  fine  granular,  or  impalpable  varieties,  of  the  present  species, 
occasionally  mixed  with  a  variable  quantity  of  Spathic  Iron.  Their  col- 

VOL.  II.  3 


26 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganese  Spar. 


ors,  are  in  general,  several  tints  of  green,  brown  and  red,  which  become 
darker  on  exposure  to  the  air. 

2.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  dark-brown,  and  melts  into 
a  reddish  brown  or  blackish  glass,  which  in  the  variety  from  N,  Jersey, 
is  magnetic.  With  borax,  it  dissolves  into  a  violet  colored  glass.  Re- 
duced to  powder,  and  Created  with  muriatic  acid,  it  is  partly  dissolved; 
the  insoluble  remainder  assuming  a  white  color.  , 


*£ 

•5 

£ 

§ 

0 

0 

0 

0 

CO 

O  O 

§ 

§§§§§§ 

!£  -2 

CO 

<M 

o 

<M 

— 

C<J 

CO 

o 

O  CO 

CO 

CO  O  O  O  O  O 

6*2 

g 

g 

0 
O 

0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o  o 

0  0 

§ 

OOOOOO 

Sf'S 

0 

0 

00 

2 

10 

<* 

0 

00 

T-« 

2JO  t>t-00 

ij 

o 
o 

o 

O 

0 

o 

o 

o 
o 

0 
0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

lO 

(M  CO 

O  7-1 

0   ~f 

O 
0 

0 

OOOOOO 
OOOOOO 
OOOOOO 

"^  S 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

O 

—  ( 

O  —  i 

o 

CO  0  0  0  <N  0 

g>i  a 

o 
o 

§ 

w 

§ 

§ 

2 

§ 

~ 
c? 

§§ 

§ 

OOOOOO 
OOOOOO 

^  ^  w 

o 

0 

0 

o 

0 

0 

o 

o 

0  O 

0 

OOOOOO 

CD 

o 

0 

1 

CJ 

CD 

o 
0 

0 

0 

C- 

0 

"'":  o 

<T<J  O 

o 

§§§£§§ 

.§ 

o 

o 

CO 

S 

•-* 

0 

o 

0 

p-i  0 

0 

000    £00 

•"^ 

O-^*-N 

<•%•%*•> 

,~ 

l^d 

o£ 

X    M 

P  C5 

Cfi 

§ 

s 

C-'l 

£ 

0 

o  o 

0  0 

g 

OOOOOO 
lO  >O  O  O  O  O 

O     .is 

0.53 

QM 

0 

c 

0 

0 

^ 

0   rH 

o 

O  i-<  O  O  XO  CO 

OJ 

/•  A  N 

rws^- 

1 

r^ 

C5 

CO 

Swl 

2  £  o  co 

X  0 
O  CO 

o  o 

CO 

0! 

O 

2 

or 

10 

S8 

CO 

Ci  ^  F-  O  O  (M 

CO  CO  CO  O  0  O> 

X    O   §3 

O          C 

P  «g 

0  Ci 
s-  "* 

^ 

>o 

Jo 

2 

>0 

*t  ^? 

CO 
rj< 

I"  CO  CO  XO  -^  CO 

•T?  l""t     CU* 

CU 

a. 

s 

v^%^^ 

/ 

1 

2*         ' 

s 

§ 

s 

0 
0 

0 

o 

0 

c5 

w^ 

§ 

o  o  o  o  o  co 

0  0  0  0  0  10 

Ci 

JL"  S5S8S 

-f  CO 
O  U"5 

CT> 
CO 
i*+s**r 

CO  —  CO  CO  O  O 
CO  l>  ri  ^  CO  ^ 

N 

if 

0 

jg 

3 

<w 

>> 

£ 

k       • 

d  g    i 

N 

<J~      " 

s  <^ 

J3 

^r 

"o 

. 

j^: 

"S  » 

15  o 

0        -^  "he 

c      * 

tJ  ""C  'C3 

'c^ 

*    bO 

| 

1 

• 

C3 

s£ 

S. 

5 

1^ 

^"    fcciJl 

bC 

«           ^        QQ    £ 

11 

•2 

If 

|l 

3 

<w 

s; 

- 

R 

1 

0 

5. 

F  »• 

^  j; 

bb     ***           s 

£ 

|| 

O 

<3 

0 

U 

<3 

ftiJ 

ifi 

£**-* 

**^ 

tA 

H 

V^N^w 

/ 

en 

t> 

1 

& 

o 

!3 
w 

W 

o 

W 

0 

J  » 

M 

-     s* 

*,.  .  °  ° 

5 

< 

• 

s 

^ 

• 

P 

• 

pj 

• 

•~    H  •  -•    cu  s 

0 

fc 

H 

w 

pj 

J3 

t>  S 

|3                 <    K 

H 

pa 

ca 

tf 

O           »-3£~ 

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganese  Spar — Manganite. 


27 


4.  The  variety  Fowlerite  occurs  at  Hamburgh,  (N.  J.)  at  the  Frank- 
lin furnace,  where  it  exists  in  the  form  of  a  bed  in  limestone,  along  with 
Magnetic   Iron,  Franklinite    and   Garnet.     It   also  occurs  at  Sterling, 
(the  variety  which  has  been  called  Silicate  of  Manganese,)  in  a  bed  of 
Franklinite  with  Troostite,  Automalite  and  Red  Zinc-Ore ;  and  again  at 
Cumberland,  (R.I.)  where  it  is  associated  with  Yenite. 

The  old  variety,  called  Red  Manganese,  and  Manganese  Spar,  is  found 
at  Longbanshytta  in  Sweden,  in  beds  of  iron-ore  ;  near  Elbingerode  in 
the  Hartz  ;  in  the  district  of  Catherinenberg  in  Siberia  ;  also  near  Cal- 
lington  in  Cornwall.  In  the  United  States,  it  has  been  found  abundantly 
at  Cumminglon,  (Mass.)  where  it  exists  in  large,  rolled  masses,  dissemi- 
nated through  the  soil.  The  varieties  called  Allagite,  Corneous  Manga- 
nese, Photizite  and  Rhodonite,  occur  near  Rabeland  in  the  Hartz. 

5.  It  is  cut  and  polished  by  the  lapidary,  and  employed  for  inlaid  work. 

6.  It  is  difficult  to  decide  whether  Manganese  Spar  is -with  greater 
propriety  placed   within  the  genus  Parachrose-Baryte,  than  in  that  of 
Augite-Spar.     Its  specific  gravity,  color,  and  liability  to  grow  darker, 
from  exposure  to  the  weather,  however,  rather  favor  the  disposition  here 
made. 

MANGANESIAN  EPIDOTE.     (See  Epidote.) 

MANGANITE.     Prism  atoidal    Manganese- 
Ore.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  99° 
40'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  287. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganite. 


Fig.  289. 


gong-     -     -     172° 
cone     -     -     115 
n  on  n     -     -       95 


m  on  m 
I  on  I 
r  on  r 


-  -     112°  35' 

-  -       51     18 

-  -     134     14 


Cleavage,,  parallel  with  /  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained; with  M  also  perfect,  but  less  easily  obtained;  traces 
of  r.  Fracture  uneven,  surface  of  the  vertical  planes  streak- 
ed parallel  to  their  common  edges  of  intersection.  In  gen- 
eral, the  faces  are  smooth,  and  possess  pretty  high  degrees 
of  lustre. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  dark,  brownish  black, 
inclining  to  iron-black.  Streak,  reddish  brown.  Opake 
in  larger  masses ;  when  broken,  or  cleaved  in  the  direction 
of  /,  and  exposed  to  the  light  of  the  sun,  minute  splinters 
are  often  observed,  which,  by  transmitted  light,  appear  of  a 
bright,  brown  color. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-0  . . .  4-25.*     Sp.  gr.  =  4*328, 


*  In  the  description  given  above,  the  streak  of  the  crystals  is  stated  to 
be  reddish  brown.  It  is  very  often  the  case,  however,  that  crystals 
are  met  with,  and  still  more  frequently  compound  varieties,  consist- 
ing of  columnar  individuals,  which  actually  afford  a  black  streak.  The 
hardness  of  these  varieties  is  much  inferior  to  that  of  the  crystals  which 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganite. 


Compound  Varieties.    Twin-crystals.     1.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel  to  Z,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  it. 

Fig.  290. 


A  repetition  of  this  law  produces  thick  prisms,  terminated 
perpendicularly  upon  their  axis  by  a  rough  face,  which  con- 
sists of  the  apices  of  numerous  individuals,  or  rather  of  nu- 
merous particles  of  two  individuals,  alternating  with  each 
other.  2.  Axis  of  revolution  perpendicular,  face  of  com- 
position parallel  to  a  plane  of  the  pyramid. 

Fig.  291. 


present  a  brown  streak,  being  generally  between  2-5  and  S'O ;  and  some- 
times in  fibrous  varieties,  it  is  so  inconsiderable  as  to  soil  the  fingers  and 
write  upon  paper.  On  the  contrary,  their  specific  gravity  is  higher,  and 

3* 


30  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Manganite — Margarite. 

Massive :  composition  granular,  or  columnar. — the  latter 
more  frequently. 

1.  It  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  colors  glass  of  borax,  violet- 
blue.  It  is  insoluble  in  nitric  acid.  In  heated  sulphuric  acid,  it  dis- 
engages chlorine.  Also,  before  the  blow-pipe,  or  alone,  in  a  strong  heat, 
it  gives  out  oxygen. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Protoxide  of  manganese     -         -         -         -         -        SO  92 
Oxygen  8-98 

Water  -     „ -         10-10 

3.  Manganite  occurs  in  abundance,  and  great  beauty,  at  Ihlefeld  in 
the  Hartz,  and  at  Oehrenstock  near  Ilmenau  in  Thuringia. 

MARCELLINE.     (See  Black  Manganese.) 
MAREKANITE.     (See  Pitchstone.) 

MARGARITE.      Rhombohedral    Pearl-Mica-. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid,  of  unknown  dimensions. 

Secondary  form.     Hexagonal  plates. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  bases  of  the  hexagonal  plates, 
highly  perfect;  also  traces  parallel  with  the  sides  of  such 
plates.  Fracture  not  observable.  Surface  of  bases  trian- 
gularly streaked,  of  sides  horizontally  streaked,  though 
faintly. 

Lustre,  common  pearly  upon  the  bases  of  the  hexagonal 
tables,  both  in  faces  of  crystallization  and  of  cleavage;  vit- 


oftcn  approaches  to  4-7.  It  is  important  to  observe,  that  the  exterior 
strata  of  large  crystals  sometimes  afford  a  black  streak,  and  show  low 
degrees  of  hardness,  while  the  interior  parts  still  offer  the  characters  in- 
dicated in  the  preceding  description.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  the 
difference  in  several  of  these  properties,  is  owing  to  a  change  or  decom- 
position of  the  substance  itself,  which  does  not  affect  the  regular  form.. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  31 

Margarite — Mascagnine. 

reous  upon  the  other  faces.  Color  pale  pearl-grey,  passing 
into  red  dish- white  and  yellowish-white.  Streak  white. 
Tranuslucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  .  .  .4-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
3-032. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granu- 
lar, individuals  of  various  sizes,  faces  of  composition  sel- 
dom observable,  rough,  sometimes  smooth. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  Du  MEXIL. 

Silica                 3700 

Alumina            .-..-..  40-50 

Oxide  of  iron 4*50 

I           Lime  8-96 

Soda                  1-24 

Water  1-00 

2.  Mar-gasite  has  been  found  in  a  bed  in  primitive  rocks,  mixed  with, 
and  engaged  in,  the  variety  of  Talc  called  foliated  chlorite,  at  Sterzing 
in  the  Tyrol,  where  it  is  accompanied  by  foliated  Fluor,  and  Crichtonite. 

MAR&TATITE. 

A  Blende  from   Marmato,   which  is  black,   and   possessed  of 
a  lamellar    structure  ;    and    contains,    according    to    BOUSSIN- 

GAULT, 

Sulphnretofzinc         -         -         77-5         -         -         76-8 
Proto-sulphuret  of  iron        -         22-5        -         -        23-2 

MARMOLITE.     (See  Kerolite.) 

MARTITE. 

A  variety  of  Octahedral  Iron,  which  contains  no  protoxide  of 

iron. 

MASCAGNINE.     Volatile  Bitter-Salt. 
Stalaclitic.     Massive  :  pulverulent. 
Color  yellowish-grey,  white.     Semi-transparent. 
Taste  bitter. 


32  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mascagnine — Melaconite. 

1.  It  is,  apparently,  a  pure  sulphate  of  ammonia  ;  and  is  found  in  ef- 
florescences, upon  recent  lava,  at  Etna  and  Vesuvius ;  upon  decomposed 
lavas  of  Puzzuolo,  in  the  coal  measures  of  Aubin  and  Aveyron,  on  the 
surface  of  sandy  plains  nearTurin,  and  dissolved  in  the  lakes  of  Tuscany. 

MEERSCHAUM.     (See  Mctgnesite.) 

MEIONITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 
MELACONITE.     Cupreous    Lusine-Ore. 

Massive ;  composition  impalpable  ;  earthy  and  pulveru- 
lent. 

1.  Fusible  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  black  scoria,  and  yielding  glob- 
ules of  copper  in  the  reduction  flame-     It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  with- 
out the  disengagement  of  gas.     According  to  BEUDANT,  it  consists  of 

Oxygen        -         -        -         -         -        20-17 

Copper 79-83 

It  often  contains  the  hydrated  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese. 

2.  It  occurs  in  all  copper  mines,  and  is  probably  derived  from  the  de- 
composition of  Copper  Pyrites  and  Blue  Malachite.     That  which  is  de- 
rived from  the  decomposition  of  the  latter  species,  is  nearly  pure. 

3.  The  most  remarkable  localities  are  Chessy  near  Lyons,  Rhein- 
breitbach  on  the  Rhine,  Lauterbach  and  Zellerfeld  in  the  Hartz,  Kup- 
ferberg  in  Silesia,  Hungary,  Bannat  and  Cornwall.. 

MELANITE.     (See  Garnet.) 
MELANOCHROITE. 

In  rhombic  prisms,  having  two  faces  enlarged,  so. as  to  impart 
to  the  crystals  a  tabular  shape. 

Lustre   resinous,   dull.     Translucent  on  the  edges,  to  opake. 
Color  hyacinth-red,  to  orange-red.    Powder  brick-red.     Sp.gr. 
=  5-75. 

Compound  Varieties.    Massive.     Composition  impalpable. 
1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily  into  a  brown  mass, -which,  on 
cooling,  assumes  a  crystalline  structure. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HERMANN. 

Oikleoflead        ....        76-36 
Chromic  acid        ....        23-64 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  33 

Mellite. 


3.  It  is  found  at  Beresofsk  in  the  Ural,  accompanied  by  Red  Lead- 
Ore,  Pyromorphite,  Vauquelinite  and  Galena. 

MELILITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 

Secondary  form.     The  primary,  with  its  lateral  edges  trunca- 
ted.    Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Color  yellow,  inclining  to  red  or  green.     Opake. 
Hardness  =  5-5 ...  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-041. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts,  without  ebullition,  into  a  greenish 
glass.     Reduced  to  powder,  it  gelatinizes  with  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  CARPI. 

Silica                  38-00 

Lime                                              -         -         -  19-60 

Magnesia           .-.„...  19*40 

Alumina 0-90 

Oxide  of  iron 12-10 

Oxide  of  titanium        .....  4-00 

Oxide  of  manganese    -----  2'00 

3.  It  is  found  at  Capo  di  Bove,  and  Tivoli  near  Rome,  accompanied 
by  Nephiline,  in  the  fissures  of  a  volcanic  rock. 

4.  It  will  probably  prove,  if  its  hardness  and  specific  gravity  can  be 
relied  upon,  to  be  a  new  species. 

MELLITE.     Pyramidal   Melichrone-Resin. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base.     P  on 
P  =93°. 

Secondary  forms. 

J.  Primary,  with  the  summits  truncated. 

2.  The  same,  with  the  truncation  of  the  angles  of  the 
base. 

3.  The  same  as  2,  with  the  truncation  of  the  upper  edges 
of  the  octahedron. 


34  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mellite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  very  difficult.  Fracture  con- 
choidal.  Surface  of  the  truncated  summits  rough  anc 
curved ;  of  the  planes  on  the  pyramidal  edges  rough ;  the 
rest  of  the  planes  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  resinous,  inclining  to  vitreous.  Color  honey- 
yellow,  inclining  often  to  red  and  brown.  Streak  white 
Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =2-0  ..  .2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =1-597. 

Compound  Varieties.  Small  massive  nodules  :  compo- 
sition granular. 

4» 

1.  It  loses  color  and  transparency,  when  exposed  to  the  flame  of  z 
candle,  and  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KiLAPROTH.  ByWoHLER. 

Alumina  -         -         16-00        -  41-4 

Mellitic  acid          -         -        46-00        -         -         -         14-5 
Water  -         -        33-00         -         -         -        44-1 

3.  It  is  found  only  at  Artern  in  Thuringia,  where  it  exists  in  a  bed  oi 
brown  coal,  sometimes  attended  by  Sulphur. 

MENACCANITE.     (See  Iserine.) 
MENGITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  136°  20'. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  with  the  terminal  edges  replaced 
by  single  planes,  inclining  to  the  lateral  planes  under  angles  oi 
140°  30', 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  secondary  planes  in  traces.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal,  to  uneven. 

Color  black. 

Hardness.     Scratches  glass.     Sp.  gr.  =  5-43. 
It  is  found  in  Siberia. 

MENILITE.     (See  Opal.) 
MESOLE.     (See  Mesotype.) 
MESOLITE.     (See  Mesotype.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mesotype. 


35 


[ESOTYPE.     Prismatic    Kouphone-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  91° 

y. 

Secondary  forms. 


Fig.  292. 


M 


M 


Cheshire,  (Conn,) 


Fig.  293. 


M 


M 


Cheshire,  (Conn.) 


Fig.  294. 


Fig.  295. 


Iceland. 


36 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mesotype. 


Fig.  296. 


Faroe. 

Fig.  292.  Primary  form,  surmounted  by  dihedral  sum- 
mits, e  on  e=  143°  35. — Fig.  293.  Primary,  terminated  by 
four-sided  pyramids,  e'  on  e//  =  143°  35'.  e'  on  e  =  142° 
33'.  PHILLIPS.— Fig.  294.  b  on  b"  =  146°  23'.  PHIL- 
LIPS. e'2  one"2  =  142°  38'.  PHILLIPS. — Fig.  295.  M  on 
/=135°  35'.  e'  or  e"  on  /=109°  IS7.  PHIL.  var.  Natro- 
lite.-Fig.  296.  e"I  on«  =  162°  15'.  M  on  £=162°  30'. 
PHILLIPS. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  perfect.  Fracture-  conchoi- 
dal,  uneven.  Surface  of  the  replaced  lateral  edges,  striated 
vertically  ;  the  rest  of  the  faces  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  few  shades  of  white,  generally 
greyish  or  yellowish.  Streak  white.  Transparent .  .  . 
translucent. 

Brittle.      Hardness  =  5-0  .  .  .  5-5.      Sp.    gr.  =  2-249. 

Compound  Varieties.  Implanted  globular  shapes  :  sur- 
face drusy,  composition  columnar.  Massive  :  composition 
columnar,  consisting  of  delicate,  straight,  and  generally  di- 
vergent individuals,  radiating  from  a  centre  ;  sometimes  ag- 
gregated into  angulo-granular  masses.  Spheroidal  shapes, 
formed  in  vesicular  cavities. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  37 

Mesotype. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  its  transparency,  and  melts  into  a 
glassy  globule  :  the  radiated  varieties  exfoliate,  and  the  compact  ones  in- 
tumesce.  They  are  with  difficulty  soluble  in  borax.  Some  of  them  as- 
sume by  heat,  faint  degrees  of  opposite  kinds  of  electricity  on  their  oppo- 
site ends,  and  become  positively  electric  by  friction. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  GEHLEN  &  Fucus.  By  BERZELIUS.  By  SMITHSON. 


var.               var. 
Scolezite,      Mesolitc, 
from              from 
Stafta.          Iceland. 

var. 
Natrolite, 
from              from 
Hohentweil.       Tyrol. 

var. 
Mesole. 

var. 

Mesolite, 
from 
Faroe. 

Silica        46-75     - 

47-46 

-     47-21     - 

48-63     - 

42-60 

-     49-0 

Alumina    24-82     - 

25-35 

-     25-60     - 

24-82     - 

38-00 

-     27-0 

Soda            0-39     - 

4-87 

-     16-12     - 

15-69     - 

5-63 

-     17-0 

Lime         14-20     - 

10-04 

-     o-oo    - 

o-oo    - 

11-43 

-       0-0 

Water       13-64     - 

1241 

-       8-8S     - 

9-60     - 

12-70 

-       9-6 

Ox.  of  iron  0-00     - 

o-oo 

-       1-35     - 

0-21     - 

o-oo 

-       0-0 

3.  The  general  repositories  of  this  species  are  the  vesicular  cavities 
of  amygdaloidal   rocks.     It  occurs  associated  with  Analcime,  Chabasie, 
and  Calcareous  Spar. 

4.  The  most  distinguished  localities  are  Iceland,  Scotland,  the  Faroe 
Islands,  the    Isle  of  Bourbon,   Auvergne  and  Tyrol.      It  also   occurs 
abundantly  in  the  basalt   of  the  Giant's  Causeway.     The  variety  Na- 
trolite, and  which  is  of  a  yellowish  grey  color,  is  found  in  a  porphy- 
ritic  rock  near  Lake  Constance  ;  also  at  Klingstone  near  Hohentweil  in 
Swabia.     Mesotype,  with  the  exception  of  one  localitiy  in  Nova  Scotia, 
is  a  rare  mineral  in  North  America.     It  is  met  with,  however,  in  small 
quantities,  in  the  trap  of  New  England,   and  rarely  in  seams  between 
Hornblende  and  Gneiss.     The  most  interesting  specimens  in  the  first 
mentioned  rock,  occur  at  Cheshire,  (Conn.) ;  and  in  the  latter,  at  Wash- 
ington, in  the  same  state. 

METAXITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  in  extremely  thin  individuals ; 
impalpable. 

Lustre  silky.  Color  greyish  white.  Translucent  on  the  edges. 
Shining  in  the  streak. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  3-0  ...  4'0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-520. 

VOL.  II.  4 


38  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mica. 


1.  It  is  fusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  yielding  moisture  ;  with  soda,  it 
melts  into  a  white  globule  ;  with  salt  of  phosphorus,  flocculi  of  silica  ap- 
pear. It  appears,  therefore,  to  be  some  earthy  silicate. 

MICA.     Rhombohedral   Talc-Mica.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
120°.  M  on  P  =  98°  40'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  297, 

Fig.  298. 


Acworth,  (N.H.)  Greenfield,  (N.Y.) 


Fig.  297.  P  on  &  =  90°.  M  on  &=120°.  P  on  M= 
98°  40'.  P  on  M'=81°  20'.— Fig.  298.  P  on  o  =  90°. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained ;  also  traces  of  cleavage  parallel  with  M  M'.  Frac- 
ture scarcely  observable,  uneven.  Surface,  k  and  M,  hor- 
izontally streaked  ;  the  other  faces,  particularly  P,  smooth. 

Lustre  pearly,  often  inclining  to  metallic  upon  P:  the 
other  faces,  if  they  are  smooth  enough,  present  a  kind  of 
lustre  between  vitreous  and  adamantine.  Color  various 
shades  of  grey,  generally  passing  into  green,  brown,  and 
black;  also  with  white  and  red,  (particularly,  peach- 
blossom  red.)  Superficial  tinges  of  pinch-beck  brown. 
Streak  white,  grey.  Transparent,  imperfectly  . .  .  translu- 
cent on  the  edges.  It  is  less  transparent  in  the  direction  of 
the  axis,  than  perpendicular  to  it ;  and  generally  exhibits 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  39 

Mica. 


different  colors  when  viewed  in  these  directions  ;  for  in- 
stance, oil-green  in  the  first,  and  liver-brown  in  the  second. 

Sectile.  Thin  laminae  are  elastic.  Hardness  =2-0  . . . 
2-5.  The  acute  edges  of  the  laminae,  however,  will  some- 
times scratch  Fluor.  Sp.  gr. =2-949,  a  greenish  black  va- 
riety, in  large  individuals.  =2*832  of  Lepidolite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals ;  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  one  of 
the  faces  of  M.  The  composition  is  often  repealed  paral- 
lel to  both  the  faces  of  M.  The  individuals  rarely  project 
beyond  the  face  of  composition.  When  they  do  not,  the 
composition  is  only  obvious  from  the  intersecting  striae  upon 
P,  and  from  the  cleavages  produced.  In  this  way  the  star- 
like  crystals,  of  a  large  size,  found  at  Acworth,  (N.  H.) 
are  produced.  The  same  composition  is  frequent  in  mas- 
sive varieties,  in  large  individuals,  particularly  in  the  large 
cleavage  forms  found  at  Munroe,  (N.Y.)  and  at  Mendham, 
in  New  Jersey,  whose  numerous  cleavages  are  easily 
explained  upon  this  supposition.  Globular  forms,  both 
imbedded  and  implanted  :  surface  of  the  latter  rough ; 
composition  columnar,  sometimes  joining  in  a  second  curved 
lamellar  composition.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  of 
various  sizes  of  individuals;  or  also  imperfectly  columnar, 
faces  of  composition  irregularly  streaked  and  rough. 

1.  In  the  present  species  must  be  included  the  old  species  Finite,  ori- 
ginally described  from  France.  It  appears  to  be  only  an  impure,  crys- 
tallized Mica,  contaminated  by  chloride  Talc,  or  in  some  cases  pure 
Mica,  which  is  partially  decomposed.  The  annexed  figures  represent 
the  bases  of  very  distinct  crystals,  (some  of  which  are  at  least  an  inch  in 
diameter,)  from  Lancaster,  (Mass.)  and  from  Haddam,  (Conn.) 


40 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mica. 


Fig.  300. 


Fig.  301. 


The  inclination  of  P  to  the  lateral  planes  is  generally  90° ;  in  a  few 
cases,  it  is  96<V  or  a  little  above.  When  90°,  the  planes  M  do  not  ap- 
pear upon  these  crystals.  Color  dark  greenish  or  bluish  grey.  Cleav- 
age parallel  with  P  Fracture  uneven.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-893,  of  a  crystal 
from  Lancaster.  Emits  an  argillaceous  odor  when  moistened. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  several  varieties  first  lose  their  transparency, 
and  then  melt  into  a  scoria,  or  into  a  glass,  white  or  colored,  or  even 
black.  Others  are  infusible,  and  they  show  in  general  as  much  differ- 
ence in  this  respect,  as  in  their  composition. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


41 


II 

O  -<5 

1 

o 

H 
a 

o                e*      M 

1 

* 

§ 

Si 

P 

P      P 

s 

gsr 

z 

5' 

£ 

2^3 

FjF"! 

|l- 

"*  o 

1 

P 

1 

|i  I 

S        7* 

?"3'cS 

s? 

s 

£p 

M 

1 

<? 

S  =r 

•^       ^ 

So1 

c 

c? 

3 

00=1 

0 

f?  ^ 

a 

?•* 

p 

o 

i. 

K 

p 

N 
3T 

s 

2 

£ 

! 

CSC 

?   1   ^ 

3       a       3     5. 

1  §  if  fit 

p 

Pu 

3 

V. 

..j 

s 

s 

03  ^  SJ 

3       a"      ^     § 

PJ            c  2.  ^  2.  2. 

^ 

^ 

aq 

? 

o*  £.  ^ 

p       ro       p     • 

5                ?  P5  o;  P  r 

o* 

•, 

0 

?r 

£ 

p 

^p-^ 

-     a4      p. 

51 

i 

£ 

1 

2o 

1 

0 

:-; 

o 

tocr.  o 

en    •  £»      4-    i**. 

O        *^l     O  to  "^  GO  O 

at 

M8 

1 

c"-  ._t_  ?. 

g    5    8  g 

S    S  12 

o" 

p 

g 

e 

S       IS 

10     tc 

"     S$   X: 

3  > 

O  Oi 

£ 

§ 

1 

S 

§5^ 

8    S    S  | 

S    8  SS8S8 

p  ^ 

o 

8 

8 

i 

I 

Ssl 

o 

i   i   i  i 

00,-        00 

II 

S| 

0 

8 

| 

0 

8 

0 

i 

000 

888 

0000 

8    8    8.8 

0       0    OOOOt- 

8    8  8888^ 

CD 

000 

88 

0 

8 

o 

i 

o 

8 
^-^» 

00 

*»       CO       rfi.    O 

0000 
Vi        &        <£>     O 

O      o    c  o  c:  ~  ^: 

8    8  88888 

5' 

^ 

0 

8 

X_v>- 

C  .  '/- 

"^        »4X 

1    S 

Hi 

o      -^      o    to 

OO        «O     OO  O  *k  OO  "4 

co     g    hb  o  g  «i|  jc 

1? 

oo" 

D 

>w> 

r^-+ 

Cr 

to 

'  I 

CD 

li 

3  00  3   000,^^^00 

Oxide  of 
iron. 

^v>^T3       *v3 

^  ^s^~s^,                        rf 

3      O 

O1-1 

0 

0 

0 

q-    5  too  ^o 

0        0     0  10  i-  ^   1C 

So- 

£ 

8 

0 

cr.  CT  -^i 

g    o  o  o"  2?  '^ 

O       O     O  O  ^1  °  O 

o      o    Oocip  o 

3    S>~ 

^rv-^v^v^-. 

1          O 

oo 

88 

O 

8 

0 

8 

o 

8 

0 

'000 

§88 

0000 

8888 

o     o   oooooo 

8    8  88888 

Plf 

TO 

roco 

o 

0 

0 

^oo: 

en  co  to 

^      co      en    o 

h-       0     >-OOOCO 

M 

Gt 

g 

8 

8 

00        O        I—  '     •<( 

to     o   «o  o  o  o  rf»- 

ll 

^roo 

5CO 

en 

p.» 

p. 

0^ 

o 

^^ 

p  00 

0       0       0     •"« 

—       10     00000 

3 

Soo 

8 

8 

i& 

o 

§ 

o     o     o   oo 

O       O        O    >f»> 

o     co   SoSoo 

1 

08 

c8 

0 

8 

8 

OOQ 

t—  >  ^-  O 

§    §    1  g 

§     §   o^SSS 

H 

88 

2 

^ 

I 

§ 

to  oo  *^» 

<£>      -<l      gi    u\ 
01      en     o   *—  • 

S    S  8S38£ 

1 

^ 

s 

f 


42  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mica. 


4.  Mica  forms  one  of  the  constituents  of  various  rocks,  as  granite, 
mica-slate,  gneiss,  porphyry,  and  some  kinds  of  sandstone.     They  form, 
sometimes,  more  or  less  considerable   concretions  in  these  rocks,  and 
contain  imbedded  crystals  of  Topaz,  Tourmaline,  and  other  species.     As 
single  crystals,  they  often  appear  imbedded  in  granular  limestone,  in  ba- 
salt and  wacke,  and  as  implanted  crystals,  they  are  {pund  upon  the  spe- 
cimens ejected  from  Vesuvius.     Several  varieties  of  Mica  accompany 
ores  of  tin  and  tungsten,  in  metalliferous  beds. 

5.  Mica,  in  extraordinarily  large  individuals,  is  found  in  Siberia;  at 
Zinnwald,  in  Saxony,  it  occurs  in  crystals,  possessing  two  axes  of  double 
refraction.     It  is  also  found  in  the  Horlberg  in  Bavaria,  in  imbedded 
globules  in  Moravia,  at  Mount  St.  Gothard  in  Switzerland,  at  Finbo  in 
Sweden,  Pargas  in  Finland,  at  Wisenthal  in  Saxony,  and  Joachimsthal 
in  Bohemia,  imbedded  in  basalt  and  wacke.     At  Mount  Vesuvius,  crys- 
tals of  Mica,  with  one  axis,  often  of  considerable  size  and  transparency, 
occur  in  the  drusy  cavities  of  the  ejected  specimens.     Lepidolite  occurs 
near  Rozena  in  Moravia,  and  at  Uto  in  Sweden.    Finite  is  found,  in  gran- 
ite, at  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  in  Auvergne  and  Cornwall. 

The  localities  of  Mica  in  the  United  States,  are  numerous  and  inter- 
esting. Distinct  crystals,  often  remarkable  for  their  size  and  perfection, 
occur  at  Acworth,  (N.  H.)  in  granite,  implanted  upon  Feldspar:  here 
also  occur  the  twin  crystals,  and  massive  variety,  in  large  individuals, 
aggregated  also  after  the  manner  of  the  twin  crystals.  Very  handsome 
crystals  are  found  at  Greenfield,  near  Saratoga,  in  the  granite  vein  that 
contains  Chrysoberyl,  Tourmaline  and  Feldspar  crystals:  the  Miea  from 
this  place  is  of  a  rich  oil-green  color  when  viewed,  across  the  axis,  and 
reddish-brown  perpendicular  to  it.  Small  but  distinct  crystals  exist  in 
the  limestone  of  Orange  county,  (N.  Y.)  associated  with  Spinel  and  Bru- 
cite.  Rose-colored  crystals  are  found  in  the  tourmaline  granite  of  Go- 
shen  and  Chesterfield,  (Mass,)  and  in  general,  nearly  all  the  deposits  of 
Beryl  throughout  New  England  contain,  occasionally,  crystals  of  Mica. 
Highly  perfect  cleavage-crystals,  of  great  size  and  of  dark  greenish 
black  color,  are  contained  in  a  vein  about  one  foot  in  width,  near  the  iron 
mines  of  Munroe,  at  Greenwood,  (N.  Y.)  A  similar  variety,  but  partly 
decomposed,  is  found  in  the  soil  at  Mendham,  (N.  J.)  Individuals  nearly 
a  foot  across,  occur  at  Paris  in  Maine :  these  are  of  a  rich  brown  color, 
and  often  penetrated  by  Tourmaline  crystals.  A  yellow,  somewhat  cop- 
per-colored variety,  massive  and  in  six-sided  tables  of  large  size,  is  found 
at  Henderson,  Jefferson  county,  (N.  Y.)  A  dark  brown  colored  Mica, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  43 

Mica. 


in  plates  of  moderate  size,  has  been  met  with  near  Moriah  upon  Lake 
Champlain:  also  black  mica  in  the  same  region  at  Willsborough,  and  a 
pinchbeck-brown  variety  in  Lower  Canada.  An  emerald-green  varie- 
ty, in  minute  scales,  disseminated  through  quartz,  occurs  at  Brunswick, 
(Me.)  Lepidolite,  in  beautiful  varieties,  exists  at  Paris,  (Me.)  where 
it  is  often  penetrated,  as  at  Rozena  in  Moravia,  by  Rubellite :  in  small 
quantities,  also,  at  Middletown,  (Conn.)  under  similar  circumstances. 
Finite  is  found  at  Lancaster,  (Mass.)  imbedded  in  Quartz,  associated  with 
Andalusite,  and  at  Haddam,  (Conn.)  with  Chrysoberyl,  Garnet,  Tour- 
maline, &c. 

APPENDIX  TO  MICA. 
i.   Tautokline  Jlster-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 
Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid.     Pon  P  =  66°  11'  20". 
Cleavage  perfect  parallel  with  planes,  tangent  to  the  angles  of 
the  base  ;  with  the  primary  faces,  imperfect. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  green,  to  greenish  white.     Having  but 
a  single  optical  axis.     Streak  greenish-white. 

Flexible  in  thin  laminae.    Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  = 
2-25  .  . .  2-50.     Sp.  gr.  =2-821  .  .  .  2-885. 

1.  The  foliated  chlorite  from  Zillerthal,  and  a  portion  of  the  old  species 
Mica,  belong  to  the  present  division. 

ii.  Rubdlan  Aster-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 
Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  66°  19'  50". 

»  Cleavage  as  above. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  brownish  red  to  reddish  brown.     Optical 
axis  single.     Streak  the  same  as  color. 

Brittle.      Hardness    (scale   of  BREITHAUPT)  =  2-50  .  . .  3-0. 

Isp,  gr.  2-697  .  .  .  2-717. 
1.  This  mineral  is  found  only  in  the  Mittelgebirge  in  Bohemia, 
iii.  Kuphone  Aster-Mica.    BREITHAUPT. 
Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid. 
Cleavage  as  above. 

Lustre  pearly.      Color   green.     Optical   axis  single.      Streak 
greenish- grey,  pale. 

Flexible  in  thin  laminae.    Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  = 
2-25  . . .  2  50. 

1.  The  Kuphone  Aster-Mica  occurs  in  serpentine,   at  Waldheim, 
Kuhschnappel  and  Kursdorf  in  Penig. 


44  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mica. 


iv.  Trappean  Aster-Mica.    BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid. 

Cleavage  as  above. 

Lustre  peariy.  Color  black  to  dark  brown.  Optical  axis  as 
above.  Streak  yellowish  grey. 

Flexible  in  thin  lamina.  Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  = 
2-50.  ..30.  Sp.  gr.==  2.776. 

v.  Axotomous  Aster-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  67°,  about. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  greenish  grey,  to  white.  Optical  axis 
single.  Streak  white. 

In  thin  laminae,  flexible.    Hardness  (scale  oi'BREiTHAUPT)  = 
250.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-780. 
1.  This  is  the  variety  from  Munroe,  (N.  Y.) 

vi.  Dichromatic  Aster-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 
Primary  form.    Acute  rhomboid.    Inclination  of  P  to  the  axis  = 
15°  14'  to  15°  15'. 
Cleavage  as  above. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  green.  Green  parallel  with  the  vertical 
axis,  hyacinth  red  at  right  angles  to  it. 

Flexible  in  thin  laminae.    Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  = 
275. 
1.  From  Zillerthal  and  from  Binden  in  Switzerland. 

vii.  Black  Aster-Mica.  BREITHAUPT. 
Color  black.  Olive-green,  in  very  thin  laminae. 
Sp.  gr.==  2-507. 

viii.  Lepidolite  Rock-Mica.    BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     MonM  =  119°. 
Cleavage  parallel  with  M  perfect,  with  the  shorter  diagonal 
only  in  traces. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  pale  red,  to  light  grey.  Optical  axis  double. 
Streak  white. 

Flexible  in  thin  laminae.  Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  = 
3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-827  . .  .  2-855. 

1.  To  this  species,  belongs  the  varieties  of  Mica,  called  Lepidolite,  and 
some  others. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  45 

Mica — Microlite. 


ix.  Hemidomatic  Rock-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =3=  118°. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M,  perfect ;  with  the  shorter  diagonal, 
in  traces. 

Lustre  metallic  pearly.  Color  grey  and  brown.  Optical  axis 
double.  Streak  greyish  white. 

Flexible  in  thin  laminae.     Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT) 
=  2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2  956  .  .  .  2-983. 
1.  The  present  species  is  cited  from  Zinnwald,  Bohemia. 

x.  Siderose  Rock-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  M. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  dark  green  to  black.  Optical  axis  double. 
Streak  green  to  greenish  grey. 

Slightly  flexible  in  thin  laminae.  Hardness  (scale  of  BREI- 
THAUPT) =  3-25  . . .  3  50.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-146  . . .  3-190. 

1.  Locality,  Altenberg,  Saxony. 

x.  Rhombohedral  Chrysophane-Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Acute  rhomboid. 

Cleavage,  the  same  as  in  Tautokline  Aster-Mica. 

Lustre  metallic  pearly.  Color  yellowish  brown  to  pinch-beck 
brown.  Optical  axis  single.  Streak  yellowish  grey,  almost  pale. 

Scarcely  flexible  in  thin  laminse.  Hardness  (scale  of  BREI- 
THAUPT) =  5-0  ...  5-50.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-071. 

1.  This  mineral  is  said  by  BREITHAUPT,  to  have  been  sent  to  Europe 
from  the  United  States,  under  the  name  of  Clintonite,  and  to  be  found  at 
Warwick,  (N.Y.)  Its  locality  is  more  probably  Amity;  and  it  appears 
to  be  the  variety  of  Bronzite,  described  page  89,  vol.  i.  of  this  work. 

MICROLITE.     Octahedral   Tungstic-Baryte. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 


46 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Microlite. 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  302. 


Fig.  303. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  faces,  imperfect. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  passing  to  uneven.  Surface  of  the 
primary  faces,  generally  dull;  those  of  b  also. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  straw-yellpw,  to  dark  reddish- 
brown.  Transparent  to  translucent  on  the  edges.  Streak 
white,  except  when  the  color  of  the  mineral  is  brown  ; 
it  then  resembles  the  color. 

Brittle.    Hardness  =  5-0...5-5.    Sp.  gr.  =  4-75  . . .  5-00. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  remains  unaltered.  It  is  slowly  dis- 
solved in  the  glass  of  borax,  to  which  it  communicates  a  yellow  color,  that 
grows  paler  on  cooling,  but  remains  transparent  unless  subjected  to  fla- 
ming, when  it  becomes  nebulous,  and  presents  on  cooling,  a  pale  yellow 
enamel.  It  is  not  readily  acted  upon  by  carbonate  of  soda.  Insoluble 
in  nitric  acid.  Its  chief  ingredient  is  probably  the  oxide  of  cerium. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)  in  the  vein  of  Albite,  which 
contains  the  green  and  red  Tourmaline.  The  largest  crystals  yet  seen, 
weigh  but  0-4  of  a  grain.  They  are  disseminated  through  the  Albite, 
particularly  near  its  junction  with  the  smoky  Quartz, 

MIEMITE.     (See  Dolomite.') 
MIKROKLIN.     (See  Feldspar.) 

MlMETENE. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  form.     Terminal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes. 
Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  faces,  imperfect ;  scarcely 
visible  parallel  to  the  bases  of  the  prism, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mimetene. 


47 


Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven. 
Surface  horizontally  streaked  and  uneven  ;  the  prisms  are  often 
barrel-shaped,  or  contracted  at  the  ends. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color  pale  yellow,  passing  to  brown.     Semi- 
transparent  . .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  3-5  ..  .4-0  ?     Sp.  gr.  =  5-0  . . .  6*4.     (7-2 
KOBELL.) 

Compound   Varieties.     Globular,  reniform,  botryoidal,  fruti- 
cose  shapes :  massive,  composition  columnar,  or  granular. 
1.  Alone,  on  charcoal,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  some  diffi- 
:ulty,  and  is  reduced  at  once  to  a  number  of  globules  of  lead,  attended 
with  the  copious  disengagement  of  smoke,  and  the  odor  of  arsenic.  When 
a  small  crystal  is1  held  by  the  forceps  in  the  exterior  flame  of  the  blow- 
pipe, the  part  within  the  flame  melts,  and  on  being  allowed  to  cool,  crys- 
tallizes like  the  phosphate  of  lead  under  similar  circumstances. 

2.  Analysis. 


By  WOHLER,     By  GREGOR,                   By  BINDHEIM, 

fr.  Johangcorgenstadt.      fr.  Cornwjall.                    fr.  Nertschink,  Siberia. 

Oxide  of  lead 

75-59     -     - 

69-76 

. 

35-00 

Phosphoric  acid    • 
Arsenic  acid 

1-32     -     - 

21-20     -     - 

o-oo 

26-40 

Oxide  of  iron 

14-00 
25-00 

Muriatic  acid 

1-89     -     - 

1-58 

Silica 

7-00, 

Alumina  - 

2-00 

Silver 

1-15 

Water 

10-00 

The  specimen  analyzed  from  Siberia  was  probably  impure,  from  the 
presence  of  hydrate  of  iron. 

.  3.  This  mineral  occurs  in  veins  in  various  rocks,  accompanied  by 
Galena,  Copper  Pyrites,  Fluor,  Quartz,  &c.  Capillary  varieties  are 
found  at  St.  Prix  in  the  department  of  the  Saone  in  France.  In  Eng- 
land, it  occurs  crystallized  in  a  copper  vein  in  granite,  in  Huel  Unity, 
Cornwall ;  also  in  the  parish  of  Endellion,  and  in  the  lead  mines  of  Dev- 
onshire. The  locality  of  Johangeorgenstadt,  affords  handsome  crystals 
of  a  yellow  color  ;  that  of  Nertschinsk  in  Siberia,  furnishes  reniform 
masses,  of  a  brownish  red  color. 

4.  As  yet,  there  does  not  appear  to  be  sufficient  ground  for  distin- 
guishing the  Mimetene  from  Pyromorphite. 


48  PHYSIOGRAPHT. 

Minium — MispickeL 
MINERAL  HYDRO-CARBON. 

In  acicular  crystals. 

Lustre  nacreous.     Color  white,  or  yellowish  white.     Sp.  gr.  = 
0-65. 

1.  It  melts  at  112°  F.s  and  distils  at  194°,  condensing  unaltered.     It 
dissolves  slowly  in  alcohol,  but  more  rapidly  in  ether  and  oil  of  turpen- 
tine. 

2.  Analysis. 
Carbon  -         -         -         -         -         -         73 

Hydrogen 24 

3.  It  is  found  between  layers  of  lignite,  near  Urnach,  canton  of  St 
Gall,  Switzerland. 

MINIUM.     Molybdic  Lu  sine- Ore. 

Massive  :  composition   impalpable,    pulverulent.     Color 
aurora-red. 

Sp.  gr.  =  4-6. 

1.  In  the  reducing  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  globules  of  metallic  lead 
are  produced.     It  passes  to  the  state  of  the  brown  oxide,  through  the  ac- 
tion of  nitric  acid.     It  probably  consists  of  lead  89-62,  and  oxygen  10-38. 

2.  It  is  only  met  with  in  very  small  quantities  in  veins  of  Galena,  and 
also,  associated  with  Calamine. 

3.  Its  localities  are  Bleialf  in  Eifeld,  Badenweiler  in  Baden,  Brillon 
in  Westphalia,   Island  of  Anglesea,  Grassington-Moor,  and   Grass-hill 
chapel  in  Yorkshire. 

MISPICKEL.     Prismatic    Eruthleu  cone- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M  =  lll° 
12'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mispickel. 


49 


Secondary  forms. 


Fig.  304. 


M 


M' 


Freiberg,  Saxon/. 
Franconia,  (N.  H.) 


Fig.  305. 


Franconia. 


Fig.  306. 


Fig.  307. 


Franconia. 


50 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

JVJispickel. 


Fig.  308. 


Fig.  309. 


Fig.  310. 


Franconia. 


Franconia. 


Fig.  304.  r  on  r  =  145°  26'.  (ditetraedre.  H.) — Fig. 
305.  /  on  Z=80°  8'.  (unit air e.  H.)— Fig.  306.  z  on  *= 
118°  32'.  Zon  z  =  160°49/.  (unibinaire.  H.)— Fig.  308. 
a  on  a=J21°  52'.  M  on  a^=136°  207.— Fig.  309.  g  on 
g  =  118°  32'.  g  on  I  =  131°  48'. — Fig.  310.  g  on  a  = 
149°  16'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  M'  pretty  perfect ;  traces 
parallel  with  P.  Surface,  r  deeply  streaked  parallel  to  its 
own  edges  ;  g  sometimes  rough,  or  striated  in  the  direc- 
tion of  its  edges  of  combination  with  Z;  the  remaining  faces 
are  smooth. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  silver-white,  inclining  to  steel- 
grey.  Streak  dark  greyish-black. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-5  .  .  .  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  6- 127,  of 
a  crystallized  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face  of 
M;  the  composition  often  taking  place  parallel  to  both  faces, 
or  being  repeated  in  parallel  layers.  Massive  :  composi- 
tion columnar,  individuals  of  various  sizes,  generally  straight 
and  divergent,  or  irregular.  The  faces  of  composition  are 
irregularly  streaked.  Individuals  joined  in  a  granular  com- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  51 

Mispickel — Mohsite. 


position  are  often  very  small,  or  even  impalpable  and  strong- 
ly connected  ;  the  fracture  is  uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow- pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  emits  copious  arsenical 
fumes,  and  melts  into  a  globule,  which  is  nearly  pure  sulphuret  of  iron. 
It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  with  the  exception  of  a  whitish  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  STROMEYER. 

Iron  -         -         -         -         -         -         36-04 

Arsenic 4288 

Sulphur 21-08 

Certain  varieties  contain  a  small  proportion  of  silver,  and  have  hence 
been  called  Argentiferous  Arsenical  Iron. 

3.  Mispickel  is  frequently  met  with  in  beds  and  veins.     It  is  accom- 
panied by  ores  of  silver,  lead  and  tin,  and  is  often  attended  by  Blende. 

4.  It  is  common  in  the  mining  districts  of  Saxony  ;  in  beds  atBreiten- 
brunn  and  Raschau  5  in  veins  at  Freiberg  and  Munzig,  and  in  tin  veins 
at  Altenberg,  Geyer  and  Ehrenfriedersdorf ;  also  in  Bohemia,  Andreas- 
berg  in  the  Hartz,  Tunaberg  in  Sweden,  and  Cornwall. 

The  most  interesting  deposit  of  this  ore  in  the  U.  States,  is  at  Franco- 
ma,  N.H.,  where  it  occurs  in  gneiss,  crystallized  in  the  above  forms.  It 
is  associated  with  Yellow  Copper  Pyrites.  A  bed  of  the  massive  variety 
exists  at  Worcester,  (Mass.)  A  simila'r  variety  is  found  at  Chatham, 
(Conn.)  along  with  Copper  Nickel ;  and  at  Monroe,  (Conn.)  with 
Wolfram,  Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites  and  Native  Bismuth. 

MOHSITE.     Uncleavable    Iron-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =73°  43'. 

Secondary  form.  Twin-crystals,  flattened  in  a  direction 
perpendicular  to  the  axis,  presenting  the  aspect  of  small 
flat  tables,  nearly  circular,  with  alternate  re-entering  and 
salient  angles  on  their  edges. 

Cleavage  not  observable. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  iron-black.     Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness,  scratches  glass. 

1.  It  is  believed  to  have  come  from  Dauphiny. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Molybdenite. 


MOLYBDATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Yellow  Lead-Ore.) 
MoLYBDENA-SiLVER.     (See  Bornite.) 

MOLYBDENITE.     Rhombohedral  Polypoione- 
Glance. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 


Haddam,  (Conn.) 


Shutesbury,  (Mass.) 


Fig.  311.  Prmary  form,  with  terminal  edges  replaced 
by  single  planes. — Fig.  312.  The  same,  with  the  edges 
between  a  truncated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect.  Fracture  not 
observable.  Surface,  P- smooth;  the  remaining  planes 
horizontally  streaked. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  pure  lead-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed. Thin  Iarnina3  are  highly  flexible.  Very  sectile. 
Hardness  =1-0...  1-5,  Sp.  gr.  =4'59I. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive ;  composition  granu- 
lar, of  various  sizes  of  individuals. 

1.  It  does  not  melt,  nor  is  it  reduced  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  it 
emits  sulphureous  fumes,  which  are  deposited  on  the  charcoal.  It  de- 
flagrates with  nirre,  and  is  soluble  with  effervescence  in  nitric  acid,, 
leaving  a  grey  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BUCHOL.Z. 

Molybdena          -         -         -         -   , ,    "  -     '   60  00 

Sulphur  40-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  53 

Molybdic  Ochre — Monazite. 

3.  It  is  generally  found   imbedded   in  granite  or  gneiss.     It  is  not  un- 
frequently  met  with  in  repositories  of  Tin-Ore,  and  is  accompanied  also 
by  Wolfram. 

4.  Among  the  oldest  known  localities  of  the  present  species,  are  Alten- 
berg  in  Saxony,  and  Schlaggenwald  and  Zinnwakl  in  Bohemia.    In  these 
places  it  occurs  along  with  Tin-Ore  ;  in  which  connexion  also,  it  is  found 
at  Cornwall.     Other  foreign  localities  are,  Norway,  Sweden  and  Scot- 
land. 

It  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  United  States,  where  it  is  generally 
found  in  gneiss.  The  most  interesting  localities  are,  Haddam  and  the 
adjoining  towns  upon  the  Connecticut  River,  where  it  is  found  in  the 
quarries  of  gneiss,  in  crystals  and  large  plates  ;  at  Saybrook  it  is  associa- 
ted with  Siilbite.  Other  localities  are,  Shutesbury,  (Mass.)  and  Bovr- 
doin,  (Maine.)  A  very  powerful  vein  of  Molybdenite  has  lately  been 
found  at  Westmoreland,  (Vt.)  where  it  exists  in  granular  masses  of  con- 
siderable size,  often  free  from  the  intermixture  of  other  minerals.  Asso- 
ciated with  it  are  found  white  crystals  of  Apatite. 

MOLYBDIC  OCHRE.     Molybdic  Lusine-Ore. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable,  pulverulent. 
Color  yellow. 

1.  Fusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  attended  with  a  white  smoke.  Heat- 
ed on  charcoal,  it  is  partially  absorbed,  and  on  powdering  and  washing 
the  charcoal,  grains  of  the  reduced  metal  are  discoverable.  With  salt 
of  phosphorus,  it  affords  a  green  glass.  It  probably  consists,  when  pure, 
of  oxygen  33-39,  and  molybdenum  66-"61  ;  but  ordinarily,  it  contains  a 
portion  of  the  oxide  of  iron. 

2.  It  is  found  only  in  very  minute  quantities,  attending  the  Molyb- 
denite, at  nearly  all  its  localities. 

MONAZITE.     Tetarto-prismatic    Tungstic- 
B  a  r  y  t  e . 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism,  giving  angles  of 
49°  and  99°. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color,  hyacinth  or  brick-red.    Streak 
white.     Translucent  on  the  edges. 
5* 


54  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Monazite — Mullerite. 

Streak  flesh-red. 

Hardness  =5-00.     Sp.  gr.  =4-924. 

1.  Heated  to  redness  in  a  glass  tube,  it  suffers  no  change.  In  the 
strongest  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  only  melts  upon  the  edges,  where  it 
turns  to  a  greenish  yellow.  Treated  with  soda  or  borax,  in  the  reduction 
flame,  it  dissolves  with  effervescence  into  a  light,  yellowish,  opake  mass. 
Dissolved  in  the  salt  of  phosphorus,  the  globule  is  yellow,  while  warm; 
but  on  cooling  becomes  yellowish  green,  and  opake.  From  these  and 
other  experiments,  it  has  been  inferred  that  the  Monazite  is  a  compound 
of  the  oxide  of  uranium  with  some  one  or  more  of  the  earths. 
2.  It  is  found  in  the  mountains  about  Ilmensjon  in  Siberia. 

MONOPHANE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  134°  46'. 

Secondary  form,  the  primary  having  the  obtuse  angles  replaced 
by  singles  planes,  t  on  t  (fig.  171)  =  111°  56'. 

Cleavage  perfect,  parallel  with  the  shorter  diagonal. 

Lustre  pearly  on  the  cleavage  planes,  vitreous  ou  the  others. 
Color  white. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  6-50  . . .  7-50.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-158...  2  177. 

1.  Its  locality  is  not  mentioned. 

MONTI  CELLITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  132°  34'. 
Cleavage  not  observable. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  yellowish,  to  colorless.     Transparent. 
Hardness  =  5-0..  .7-0. 

1.  It  becomes  gelatinous  in  muriatic  acid,  and  is  difficult  to  fuse  be- 
fore the  blow-pipe. 

2.  It  is  found  with  Mica  and  Pyroxene,  in  limestone,   among  the 
ejected  matters  of  Vesuvius. 

MOROXITE.     (See  Apatite.) 

MULLERITE.      Auro-tellurium     Melacone- 

Metal. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=105° 
30'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Mullerite — Muriatic  Acid. 


55 


Secondary  form. 

Fig.  313. 

P  on  M  or/    -     -       90°  OCX 

Mon/  -     -     142     30 

Mon^  -     -     127     30 

a  on  f  -     -     161     30 

c  on  h  -     -     126     55 

c  on  a  -     -     123     30 

Imbedded  crystalline  laminae.  Traces  of  cleavage.  Frac- 
ture uneven. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  silver-white,  merely  inclining  to 
brass-yellow.     Opake. 

Rather  brittle.     Soft.     Sp.  gr.  =  10-678.     MULLER. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  into  a  metallic  globule,  and  emits  a 
pungent  odor.     It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  KL.APROTH. 

Tellurium 44-75 

Gold  26-75 

Lead  ...         .         .         19-50 

Silver  8-50 

Sulphur  0-50 

3.  It  has  been  found  only  at  Nagyag  in  Transylvania,  where  it  at- 
tends Graphic  Gold  and  Manganblende. 

MURCHISONITE.     (See  Feldspar.) 

MURIACITE.     (See  Anhydrite.) 

MURIATE  OF  AMMONIA.     (See  Sal- Ammoniac.) 

MURIATE  OF  COPPER.     (See  Atacamite.) 

MURIATE  OF  MERCURY.     (See  Horn  Quicksilver.) 

MURIATE  OF  SILVER.     (See  Horn  Silver.) 

MURIATE  OF  SODA.     (See  Common  Salt.) 

MURIATIC  ACID.     Muriatic-Acid  Gas.      MOHS. 
Gaseous.  Transparent,  when  unmixed  with  atmospheric- 
air. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Muriatic  Acid — Myargyrite. 


Sp.  gr.  =1-278.  BERZ.     1-284.  MOHS. 
Odor  pungent.     Taste  strongly  acid. 

1.  Muriatic-acid  gas  consists  of 

Muriatic  acid        -         -         -         -         75-31 

Water  -  24-69.  BEJRZELIUS  :  (and 

Muriatic-acid  is  composed  of  chlorine  and  hydrogen,  united  in  equal 
volumes.)  It  produces  white  fumes  in  the  atmosphere,  powerfully  red- 
dens vegetable  blues,  extinguishes  combustion,  and  is  fatal  to  life.  At 
the  temperature  of  40°  Fahr.,  water  absorbs  about  480  times  its  bulk  of 
this  gas.  Under  a  pressure  of  50  atmospheres,  FARADAY  converted  it 
into  a  colorless  fluid. 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  crevices  and  craters  of  active  volcanoes,  as  those 
of  Etna,  Vesuvius  and   Hawaii.     It  is  also  said  to  be  produced  by  stag- 
nant waters  in  salt-mines. 

3.  When  obtained  artificially  from  the  decomposition  of  common  salt, 
it  is  employed  as  a  disinfecting  agent,  and  to  form  the   muriate  of  tin. 
Dissolved  in   water,  it  forms  the  common  muriatic  acid  of  commerce, 
which,  mingled  with  nitric  acid,  constitutes  the  aqua  regia,   by  which 
gold  and  platinum  are  dissolved. 

MURIO-CARBONATE  or  LEAD.     (See  Corneous  Lead.) 
MUSSITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 

MYARGYRITE.  He  m  i'-pr  ism  atic  Melacone- 
Blende. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'  = 
86°  4'.  Pon  M=101°  6'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  314. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  67 

Myargyrite. 


The  crystals  contain  many  secondary  faces,  and  have  on 
the  whole  much  the  appearance  of  crystals  of  Copperas. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M,  imperfect.  Fracture  imper- 
fectly conchoidal.  Surface,  M  deeply  streaked  parallel  to 
the  longer  diagonal,  P  horizontally. 

Lustre  intermediate  between  metallic  and  metallic  ada- 
mantine.' Color  iron-black.  Streak  dark  cherry-red. 
Opake,  except  in  thin  splinters,  where  it  transmits  a  deep, 
blood-red  color. 

Very  sectile.  Hardness  =  2'0  . . .  2*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
5-234. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  gives  results  nearly  agreeing  with  thot« 

•f  Red  Silver-Ore. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 

Sulphur  .....         21-93 

Antimony  -         -         -         -         -         3911 

Silver  36-40 

Copper  1-06 

Iron  0-62 

8.  This  extremely  rare  mineral  has  hitherto  been  found  only  in  a  few 
single  crystals,  at  Braunsdorf,  near  Freiberg  in  Saxony. 

MYSORINE. 

Massive:  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  small  conchoidal. 
Color  brownish-black,  sometimes  with  a  tinge  of  green  and  red. 
Tender.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-620. 

1.  It  is  soluble  in  the  acids,  unless  when  it  contains  foreign  matters  ; 
in  which  case  the  solution  deposits  a  reddish  precipitate, 
2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Carbonic  acid  ....         16  70 

Deutoxide  of  copper    -  6075 

Peroxide  of  iron  ....         19-50 

Silica  ....          2-10 


58  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Amalgam. 


3.  It  is  found  in  the  peninsula  of  Hindostan,  near  the  eastern  frontier 
of  Mysore.     It  forms  beds  in  the  older  rocks. 

4.  It  has  been  observed  that  the  Malachites,  on  being  subjected  to 
calcination,  afford  a  substance  analogous  to  the  Mysorine. 

NACRITE.     (See  Talc.) 
NAPHTHA.     (See  Bitumen.) 
NAPHTHALINE. 

Crystallized  in  irregular,  undetermined  octahedra. 
Cleavage,  in  more  than  one  direction.     Fracture  conchoidal. 
Lustre  adamantine  to  resinous.     Color  white,  green  or  yellow. 
Transparent. 

Brittle.     Rather  heavier  than  water. 

1.  Fuses  at  low  temperatures,  and  crystallizes  on  cooling.    It  readily 
burns  with  a  bright  flame  and  much  smoke. 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  fissures  and  fractures  of  bituminous  wood,  which 
it  sometimes  traverses,  and  into  which  it  seems  to  have  been  introduced 
by  sublimation.     The  layer  of  lignite   belongs  to  a  very  recent  forma- 
tion, containing  fossil  vegetables,  analogous  to  those  now  existing. 

0.  Jt  is  found  in  the  coal  formation  of  Uznach. 

NAPOLITE.     (See  Sodalite.) 

NATIVE  AMALGAM.     Argento- Mercury  M  e- 
lacone    Metal. 

Primary  form.     Rhombic  dodecahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 
1.     Fig.  315.  2.    ,Fig.  316. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Amalgam. 


59 


3. 

Regular  octahedron. 


4. 
Trapezohedron. 


5.     Fig.  317. 


6.     Fig.  318. 


P  on  a 
Pon  b 
Pon  t 
Pon  k 
a  on  b 
i  on  k 


135°  00'  PHILLIPS. 
154     00 

150     00  " 

160  40  " 

161  2  " 
169       5  " 


Cleavage,  very  indistinct  traces  parallel  to  the  dodecahe- 
dron. Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  smooth  and 
shining. 

Lustre  metallic.    Color  silver-white.     Streak  unchanged. 

Brittle ;  it  emits  a  grating  noise  when  cut  with  a  knife. 
Hardness  =3-0  ...  3-5.  Sp.  gr.  =13-755. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  individuals  scarcely 
discernible,  fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 

1.  Two  kinds  of  Native  Amalgam  have  been  distinguished,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  solid  or  fluid  state  in  which  it  is  found.  The  fluid  varieties 
must  be  considered  as  solutions  of  the  solid  ones  in  fluid  mercury. 


60  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Amalgam — Native  Antimony. 

2.  Before  the  Mow-pipe,  the  mercury  is  driven  off,  and  a  globule  of 
pure  silver  is  obtained. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  ByCoRDiER. 

Silver  -         -         34-8          -        -         27-50 

Mercury       -         -         65-2          -        -         7250 
4.  It  is  found  accompanied  by  other  ores  of  silver  and  mercury,  and 
by  Iron  Pyrites,  at  Moschellandsberg  in  the  Palatinate,  and  at  Rosenau 
in  Hungary.     It  is  said  also  to  have  been  met  with  in  Fiance,  Spain  and 
Sweden. 

NATIVE    ANTIMONY.      Antimony    Mel  aeon  e 

Metal. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =117°  15'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  319. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  o  highly  perfect,  and  possessing 
a  strong  lustre ;  parallel  with  P  distinct,  and  easily  ob- 
tained, but  showing  a  less  degree  of  lustre  ;  parallel  with  a:, 
obtained  with  difficulty,  and  interrupted  ;  faint  traces  par- 
allel with  u.  The  surface  of  o  is  triangularly  streaked,  of 
P  in  a  horizontal  direction,  and  parallel  with  its  edges. 
Fracture  not  observable. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  tin-white.     Streak  unchanged. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  ~  3-0  ...  3*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
6-646,  the  Swedish  variety. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  61 

Native  Antimony — Native  Arsenic. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform  ;  surface  reniform  or 
uneven  ;  composition  of  flat  grains  collected  into  curved  or 
lamellar.  Massive  ;  composition  granular,  of  various  sizes 
of  individuals,  easily  separated;  faces  of  composition  stri- 
ated agreeably  to  the  faces  of  cleavage. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  quickly  into  a  globute,  and  contin- 
ues to  burn  when  heated  to  redness,  even  if  the  blast  is  suspended.  It 
emits  copious  white  fumes,  which  are  deposited  round  the  globule  :  first 
yellowish-white  octahedrons,  probably  of  antimonious  acid,  are  formed, 
and  then  snow-white  prismatic  crystals  of  oxide  of  antimony,  with  which 
at  last,  the  whole  globule  is  covered.  Some  of  the  varieties  leave  a 
globule  of  silver  when  the  contents  of  antimony  have  been  entirely  vol- 
atilized. It  crystallizes  readily  from  fusion. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Antimony 98-00 

Silver 1-00 

Iron  025 

8.  Native  Antimony  is  found  in  veins  traversing  ancient  rocks,  and  is 
principally  accompanied  by  other  species  that  contain  antimony.  The 
Antimony  Ochre,  which  occurs  with  it,  seems  to  be  the  product  of  its 
decomposition. 

4.  The  present  species  was  first  discovered  at  Suhlberg,  near  Sahla 
in  Sweden,  and  afterwards  at  All<-mont  in  Dauphiny,  where  it  occurs  in 
curved  lamellar  compound  varieties,  which  consist  of  granular  ones,  and 
at  Andreasberg  in  the  Harlz.  It  is  likewise  found  in  primitive  moun- 
tains, attended  by  Grey  Antimony  and  Galena  ;  at  San  Han  Huetamo, 
and  Cuencame,  in  Mexico. 

NATIVE  ARSENIC.     Arsenic  Melacone-Metal. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=114°  26'. 

Cleavage,  imperfect,  parallel  with  P. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  tin-white,  a  little  inclining  to 
lead-grey,  very  soon  tarnished  dark-grey  on  being  exposed 
to  the  air.  Streak  unchanged,  rather  shining. 

VOL.  II.  6 


62  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Arsenic — Native  Bismuth. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3*5.  Sp.  gr.  =  5*766,  a  Saxon 
variety. 

Compound  P^arieties.  Reticulated,  reniform  and  stalac- 
titic  shapes  ;  composition  granular,  small  and  often  impal- 
pable :  it  is  sometimes  columnar,  forming  a  second  curved 
lamellar  cocnpositiop ;  the  individuals  being  generally  im- 
palpable, and  the  faces  of  the  second  composition  reniform 
or  uneven.  In  columnar  particles  of  composition,  a  cleav- 
age in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  individu- 
als, is  observed. 

1.  Upon  ignited  charcoal,  or  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  a  strong 
garlic  smell,  and  copious  white  fumes  ;  and  at  last  disappears  altogether. 
It  is  the  volatilized  metal,  and  not  the  white  fumes  of  arsenious  acid, 
which  possess  the  odor  of  garlic. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  JOHJY. 

Arsenic  .         .         96-00         .         .         .         97-00 

Antimony  .         .  3-00         .         .         .  2-00 

Oxide  of  iron  and  water          1-00         .         .         .  1*00 

3.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  several  of  the  mines  of  Annaberg,  Schnee- 
berg,  Marienberg  and  Freiberg  in  Saxony  ;  also  at  Joachimsthal  in  Bo- 
hemia, at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  in  the  Black  Forest,  in  Alsace  at 
Allemont  in  Dauphiny,  at  Kongsberg  in  Norway,  at  Kapnik  in  Transyl- 
vania, and  in  beds  at  Orawitza  in  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar. 

4.  It  is  variously  employed  in  metallurgical  processes;  it  enters  into 
the  composition  of  certain  kinds  of  glass,  and  of  many  colors,  and  has 
been  introduced  even  among  the  pharmaceutical  preparations.    It  is  a  vi- 
olent poison. 

NATIVE  BISMUTH.     Bismuth  Melacone-Metal. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  form.      Rhombic  dodecahedron. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  63 

Native  Bismuth — Native  Copper. 

Cleavage,  octahedral,  perfect.  Fracture  not  observa- 
ble. Surface  rough,  often  covered  with  Bismuth-Ochre. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  silver-white,  much  inclined  to 
red,  subject  to  tarnish.  Streak  unchanged. 

Sectile,  almost  malleable.  Hardness=2'0  . . .  2-5.  Sp. 
gr.=9-737. 

Compound  Varieties.  Imbedded,  feathery  and  arbores- 
cent shapes.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  individuals 
very  distinct,  though  small. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  volatilized,  and  leaves  a 
yellow  coating  upon  the  charcoal.     It  is  soluble   in  nitric  acid,  but  the 
solution  yields  a  white  precipitate,  if  farther  diluted.     It  crystallizes  in 
cubes  from  fusion. 

2.  It  commonly  occurs  in  veins  in  gneiss  and   clay-slate,  and  is  ac- 
companied by  ores  of  silver,  cobalt,  tin,  &c. 

3.  Its  ch'ef  localities  are  several  of  the  Saxon  and  Bohemian  silver 
and  cobalt  mines  at  Schneeberg,  Annaberg,  Marienberg,  Johanngeorgen- 
stadt,  Joachimsthal,  &c.     It  occurs  at  Fahlun   in  Sweden,  Modum  in 
Norway,  in  France  and  England. 

Its  only  known  locality  in  the  U.  States,  is  Monroe,  (Conn.)  where  it 
occurs  in  a  bed  of  Quartz,  associated  with  Wolfram,  Tungsten,  Galena, 
Blende,  &c. 

NATIVE  COPPER.     Copper  Melacone-Metal. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  2. 

Primary  form,  with  angles  truncated.  Octahedron. 

Cornwall.  Cornwall. 

» 

3.  4. 

Cube,  with  edges  truncated.  Dodecahedron. 

Siberia.  Cornwall. 


64 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Copper. 


5.     Fig.  320. 


Siberia. 


Nalsoe. 


Cleavage,  none.  Fracture  hackly.  Surface  generally 
not  very  smooth,  but  nearly  of  the  same  quality  in  all  the 
forms,  excepting  the  dodecahedron,  which  is  sometimes 
streaked  parallel  to  its  edges  of  combination  with  the  cube. 
It  is  subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  copper-red.  Streak  unchanged, 
shining. 

Ductile.     Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  8'5844. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  very  frequent, 
composed  parallel  to  a  face  of  the  octahedron.  If  the 
form  of  the  individuals  is  the  icositetrahedron,  and  the  com- 
pound crystal  flattened  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  revo- 
lution, isosceles  six-sided  pyramids  are  formed,  which  at 
first  sight  appear  incapable  of  derivation  from  the  cube. 
Small  crystals  aggregated  in  rows  ;  arborescent  and  fili- 
form shapes.  Massive :  composition  not  recognizable. 
Plates,  often  consisting  of  distinct  crystals.  Superficial. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipet  it  melts  pretty  easily,  but  on  cooling  is  cov- 
ered with  an  oxidized  coat.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  nitric  acid,  and  yields 
under  the  influence  of  light  and  air,  a  blue  solution  in  ammonia.  It 
crystallizes  from  fusion.  Dentiform  and  capillary  crystals  are  often  pro- 
duced in  the  vesicular  cavities  of  copper  slags. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  65 

Native  Copper — Native  Gold. 

2.  It  is  found  in  beds  and  veins,  and  is  associated  with  various  other 
ores  of  copper,  and  sometimes  with  ores  of  iron;  also  loose  in  the  soil, 
and  in  water-worn  fragments. 

3.  Native  Copper  has  been  more  frequently  met  with,  than  any  of  the 
other  metals  in  their  native  state.     It  occurs  in   beds  at  Herrengrund, 
Schmolnitz,  and  Gb'llrietz  ;  also  at  Moldawa,  Saska  and  Orawitza,  in  the 
Bannat  of  Temeswar ;  probably  in  the  same  manner  in   Siberia,  from 
whence  the  largest  and  most  distinct  crystals  of  the  general  shape  of  the 
cube  have  been  brought,  engaged  in  granular  limestone.     It  occurs 
likewise  in  beds,  in  bituminous  marl-slate,  at  Camsdorf  inThuringia,  and 
in  the  county  of  Mansfield,  and  in  Chessy  near  Lyons.     In  veins,  it  is 
met  with  in  considerable  quantities,  in  many  of  the  mines  near  Redruth 
in  Cornwall.     Native  Copper,  crystallized  in  beautiful  icositetrahedrons, 
occurs  in  amygdoloid,  accompanied  by  Chabasie,  in  Nelsoe,  one  of  the 
Faroe  islands.     Native  Copper  has  often  been  found  in  detached  masses, 
throughout  North  America,  particularly  in   Illinois,  Michigan,  and  the 
North  Western  Territory.     About  thirty  miles  south   from  Lake  Supe- 
rior, on  the  west  bank  of  the  river  Ontanawgaw,  exists  a  serpentine  rock, 
thickly  interspersed  with   this  species.*     It  has  particularly  abounded 
throughout  the   greenstone  trap  and  red  sandstone  formation  of  Massa- 
chusetts, Connecticut  and  New  Jersey ;  having  been  found  at  Schuy- 
ler's  mine,  (N.Jersey,)  at  Bristol,  near  New  Haven,  (Conn.)  and  at  Deer- 
field,  (Mass.) 

What  has  been  called  copper  of  cementation,  is  the  metal  precipitated 
from  its  solution  in  sulphuric  acid  by  metallic  iron.  It  is  produced  at 
Herrengrund  and  Schmolnitz  in  Hungary,  and  in  Cornwall. 

4.  Copper,  in  its  uses,  is  too  well  known  to  require  an  enumeration  of 
them. 

NATIVE  GOLD.     Gold  Melacone- Metal. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  2. 

Primary,  with  angles  truncated.  Cube. 

Matto  G  rosso,  Brazil.  Trjnsylvania. 

*  The  cabinet  of  Yale  College  contains  a  piece  from  this  river,  which 
weighs  137  pounds.  A  single  mass,  believed  to  weigh  a  ton,  still  occu- 
pies the  bed  of  the  river. 

6* 


66 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Gold. 


3. 

Cube,  with  edges  truncated. 
Siberia. 


4. 

Dodecahedron. 

Transylvania. 


6. 

Trapezohedron. 
Siebenburgen. 


7.     Fig.  323. 


Siebenburgen. 


Siberia. 


Cleavage,  none.  Fracture  hackly;  the  cube  often  hol- 
low ;  the  octahedrons  either  rough  or  smooth,  in  combina- 
tions, generally  the  latter ;  the  icositetrahedrons  streaked 
parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  the  cube  and  the 
octahedron.  These  differences  in  most  cases  are  not  dis- 
tinctly marked. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color,  various  shades  of  gold-yellow. 
Streak  shining. 

Ductile.  Hardness  =  2-5  . .  .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  14-857, 
a  rolled  mass  of  a  high  gold-yellow  color;  19'2527,  melted, 
HAUY. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals;  face  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular,  to  a  face 
of  the  octahedron  ;  pretty  frequent,  particularly  irr  the  icos- 
itetrahedrons, as  represented  in 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Gold. 


67 


Fig.  324. 


If  this  variety  be  compressed  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of 
revolution, 

Fig.  325 


is  formed.  Filiform,  capillary,  reticulated,  and  arborescent 
shapes  ;  also  leaves  and  membranes.  Sometimes  the  indi- 
viduals are  still  discernible.  Surface  drusy,  striated  or 
smooth.  Massive :  composition  riot  observable,  fracture 
hackly.  Plates,  superficial  coatings,  rolled  masses. 

1.  Native  Gold  melts  pretty  easily,  and  is  soluble  only  in  chlorine,  or 
nitre-muriatic  acid.  Gold  may  be  obtained  crystallized,  from  fusion.  A 
solution  of  muriate  of  gold  in  sulphuric  ether,  yields  cubic  crystals  on 
evaporation.  Brilliant  crystals  of  the  compound  form  of  the  cube,  octa- 
hedron and  dodecahedron,  have  been  accidentally  formed  by  exposing 
for  several  years  an  amalgam  of  gold  wrapt  up  in  cotton. 


68                                            PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Gold. 

By  LAMPADIUS. 

A  brass-yellow  colored  variety. 
Gold           96-60 
Silver          2-00 
Iron             1-10 

2.  Analysis 
By  ROSE. 

fr.  Siberia. 
99-34 
0-14 
0.00 

By  Boui 

f  —  —  — 
fr.  Santa  ROSE 

64-93 
35.07 
0-00 

3SINGAUL.T. 

u        fr.  Trinidad. 
82-40 
17-60 
000 

3.  Native  Gold  is  so  minutely  disseminated  in  several  rocks,  that  its 
presence  can  be  discovered  only  after  pounding  and  washing.  It  occurs 
frequently  in  beds,  in  small  nodules  imbedded  in  Quartz,  along  with 
Iron  Pyrites,  Grey  Antimony  and  Wolfram  :  rarely  also,  it  is  found  in 
crystals  in  these  situations  :  in  veins  also,  with  the  same  minerals,  and 
with  Blende,  Calcareous  Spar,  Native  Silver,  &.c.  Native  Gold  is  often 
found  in  the  sand  of  rivers,  in  valleys  and  plains,  into  which  it  has  been 
carried  from  its  original  repositories,  in  the  shape  of  larger  or  smaller, 
generally,  flat  pebbles,  often  mixed  with  Quartz. 

The  most  extensive  deposits  of  Native  Gold  occur  in  alluvial  soil  in 
Brazil,  Mexico  and  Peru:  also  in  Transylvania,  a  considerable  quantity 
of  gold  is  obtained  from  stream-works.  At  Wicklow  in  Ireland,  and  in 
Perthshire,  and  near  the  Lead  Hills  in  Scotland,  in  several  districts  of 
Germany,  gold  is  found  in  the  sand  of  rivers,  or  in  alluvial  deposits  from 
them.  The  mountain  of  Vorospatak  near  Alrudbanya  in  Transylvania, 
is  a  remarkable  instance  of  a  rock  impregnated  throughout  with  a  small 
portion  of  gold,  which  occurs  crystallized,  and  in  various  imitative  shapes, 
in  the  numerous  short  and  narrow  veins  which  traverse  it  in  all  direc- 
tions. This  mountain  consists  of  a  kind  of  grey  wacke  and  porphyry.  In 
a  similar  rock  it  is  found  at  Salzburg,  and  many  other  places  along  the 
chain  of  the  Alps,  and  in  the  Schlangenberg  in  Siberia.  At  OrTenbanya 
in  Lower  Hungary,  it  is  accompanied  by  Grey  Antimony;  and  at  Za- 
lathna  and  Nagyag,  by  Native  Tellurium. 

Native  Gold,  unknown  within  the  U.  States,  until  within  a  very  few 
years,  has  now  been  traced  from  the  Chaudiere  river  in  Lower  Canada, 
to  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Cherokee  nation  in  Georgia;  and  it  is 
known  to  exist  in  a  nearly  unbroken  line,  from  the  Rappahannock  in 
Virginia,  to  the  Coosa  in  Alabama.  Th»  most  important  mines  in  this 
extensive  range,  are.those  situated  in  the  Carolinas  and  Georgia.  The 
mines  of  North  Carolina  are  chiefly  wrought  in  the  three  ranges  of 
counties  between  Frederic  and  Charlotte,  which  lie  in  a  direction  about 
N.  E.  and  S.W.,  corresponding  with  the  general  line  of  the  coast.  The 
Mecklenburg  mines  are  the  most  valuable,  and  are  for  the  most  part 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Iridium  —  Native  Iron. 


rein  deposits;  those  of  Burke,  Lincoln,  and  Rutherford,  are  mostly  allu- 
vial mines.  A  single  mass  of  Native  Gold  was  found  in  Cabarras  county 
that  weighed  twenty-  eight  pounds.*  Several  vein  mines  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Fredericksburg,  (Va.)  have  afforded  fine  specimens  of  Native 
Gold,  traversing  white  Quartz. 

NATIVE   IRIDIUM.     Iridium    Sclerone-Metal. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid. 

Secondary  form.  Six-sided  prism,  combined  with  two 
isosceles  six-sided  pyramids. 

Cleavage,  perpendicular  to  the  axis.     Grains. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  pale  steel-grey.     Opake. 
Brittle.     Harder  than  Platina.     Sp.  gr.  =19-5.    WOL- 

LASTON. 

1.  If  melted  with  nitre,  it  becomes  black;  but  again  acquires  both  its 
color  and  lustre,  if  heated  with  charcoal.     It  is  not  dissolved  by  nitro- 
muriatic  acid.     It  is  an  alloy  of  iridium  and  osmium. 

2.  It  occurs  in  South  America,  accompanied  with  Native  Platina. 

NATIVE  IRON.     Iron  Sclerone-Metal. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Cleavage,  visible,  parallel  with  the  primary  form,  the 
crystal  being  traversed  by  natural  joints,  separating  it  into 
laminae,  which  project  and  recede,  so  as  to  leave  oblique 
angled  cavities  of  greater  or  less  extent  on  all  the  faces. 
The  crystal  is  partially  oxidated  upon  the  outside,  and  be- 
tween the  laminae.  Fracture  hackly. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  iron-grey.  Streak  shining. 
Strong  action  on  the  magnet. 


*  The  stream-mines  of  the  U.  States,  have  yielded  about  $6,000,000. 
Three  deposit  mines  in  Georgia  have  afforded  $500,000. 


70  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Iron. 


Ductile.  Hardness=4*5.  Sp.gr.  =7'318,  a  partially 
oxidated  fragment  of  the  crystal  from  Guilford  co.  (N.  C.) 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  not  ob- 
servable, excepting  where  it  is  traversed  by  Plumbago  ;  in 
which  case  it  separates  into  irregular,  oblique  tetrahedrons. 
Sp.  gr.  =  6'72,  much  intermingled  with  Plumbago,  from 
Canaan,  (Conn.) 

1.  Analysis^ 

By  KL.APROTH.     By  GODON  DE  ST.  MEMIN.    BySHEPARD, 
fr.  Ramsdorf.  fr.  La  Bowiche.  fr.  Canaan, 

Iron    .  .        92-50         ,         ,         94-50          .         .         .         91-80 

Lead  .          6-00         .  0  00          .         .         .  0-00 

Copper  .  1-50         .         .  0  00          .         .         .  0  00 

Carbon  .          0-00         .         .          4-00  mechanically  mixed  7'00 

Phosphoric  acid       0-00         .         .  1-20          .  .  0-00 

2.  It  is  not  perfectly  certain  that  the  Native  Iron  of  Kamsdorf,  in  Sax- 
ony, is  of  terrestrial  origin,  though  it  is  said  to  have  occurred  in  a  mass 
of  Limonite,  associated  with  Spathic  Iron  and  Heavy  Spar.  Other  local- 
ities mentioned  in  Saxony,  are  Steinbach  and  Eibestock;  at  the  former  it 
is  attended  by  brown  Garnet,  and  at  the  latter,  it  is  in  a  vein.  A  stalactitic 
mass,  covered  by  fibrous  Limonite  and  Quartz,  was  met  with  in  a  vein 
traversing  the  mountain  of  gneiss  called  Guile,  near  Grenoble  in  France. 
The  Native  Steel,  from  La  Bowiche  in  France,  engaged  in  an  iron  slag, 
appears  to  be  of  a  secondary  formation,  owing  to  the  combustion  of  a  coal 
seam. 

The  United  States  have  afforded  examples  of  Native  Iron,  of  the  most 
incontestibly  terrestrial  origin.  The  variety  from  Canaan,  (Conn.)  was 
found  attached  in  the  form  of  a  vein  or  plate,  two  inches  thick,  to  a  mass 
of  mica-slate  rock,  upon  a  primitive  mountain;  that  from  Guildford  co. 
(North  Carolina)  consists  of  a  single  octahedral  crystal,  weighing  about 
seven  ounces,  which  is  reported  to  have  been  detached  from  a  mass  that 
weighed  twenty-eight  pounds,  and  which  was  wrought  into  nails,  by  a 
black-smith.* 


*  The  American  specimens  of  Native  Jron,  here  alluded  to,  are  in  the 
cabinet  of  Yale  College. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  71 

Native  Lead — Native  Magnesia. 

3.  Native  Iron,  alloyed  with  Nickel  and  other  metals,  forms  large  me- 
teoric masses,  and  enters  into  the  composition  of  meteoric  stones.  But  at 
these  bodies  are  regarded  as  extra-terrestrial  in  their  origin,  it  will  not 
be  proper  to  describe  them  in  the  present  work. 

NATIVE  LEAD.     Lead    Melacon  e-Me;al. 

Massive.     Fracture  hackly. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  pure  lead-grey.    Streak  shining. 

Malleable  and  ductile.  Hardness  =  1'5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
11 '3523.  Disagreeable  odoj*  by  friction. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily,  and  is  gradually  dissipated  in 
fumes,  leaving  a  yellow  powder  upon  the  charcoal. 

2.  The  localities  generally  quoted  of  this  species,  afford  it  under  cir- 
cumstances, rendering  it  highly  probable  that  it  has  been  reduced  from 
Galena  by  heat.     Thus,  at  the  island  of  Madeira  it  is  imbedded  in  vesi- 
cular masses,  considered  as  slags  by  some,  and  a  volcanic  rock  by  others  ; 
and  at  Alston  in  Cumberland,  associated  with  Galena  Quartz,  Minium, 
and  a  fused  mass  resembling  slag.     But  an  undoubted  deposit  of  Native 
Lead  exists  in  Michigan,  at  Anglaise  river,  where  it  occurs  in  extremely 
delicate  membranes,  between  the  cleavages  of  galena  ;  existing,  how- 
ever, only  in  sufficient  quantity  to  increase  the  sp.  gr.  of  the  Galena  to 
7-83. 

NATIVE  MAGNESIA.  Rhombohedral  Gypsum- 
Mica. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid. 

Secondary  form.     Low  six-sided  prisms,  rare. 

Massive  :  composition  lamellar,  broad  columnar,  the  lat- 
ter sometimes  stellular. 

Cleavage,  in  one  direction  perfect. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  the  cleavage  face.  Color  white,  in- 
clining to  green,  grey  and  blue.  Streak  white.  Translu- 
cent, sometimes  only  on  the  edges.  Some  varieties  lose 
their  transparency  on  being  exposed  to  the  air. 


72  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Mercury — Native  Palladium. 

Sectile.  Thin  laminse  flexible.  Hardness  =  rO...  1*5. 
Sp.  gr. =2*350,  the  variety  from  Unst. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  its  transparency  and  weight,  and  be- 
comes friable.     In  acids,  it  is  dissolved  with  effervescence. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  BRUCE.  By  FYFE. 

Magnesia         .         .         .         70-00          .         .         .         69-75 

Water  .         .         .         30-00  .         .         .         30-25 

S.  It  occurs  at  Swinaness,  one  of  the  Shetland  Islands,  in  small  seams, 

in  serpentine;  but  more  abundantly^  at  Hoboken,  (N.  J.)   opposite  New 

York  city;  the  veins  at  this  place  are  sometimes  one  inch  in  thickness. 

NATIVE  MERCURY.     Mercury    M  el  ac  one- 
Metal. 

Amorphous.     Liquid. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  tin-white. 
Hardness  =  0-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  13-581.     HAUY. 

1.'  Fluid  mercury  is  the  pure  metal,  as  produced  by  nature.  It  is  en- 
tirely volatile  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  easily  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Like   Native   Amalgam,   it   occurs  with  Cinnabar  in  the,  shape  of 
•mall  globules  or  drops,  and  sometimes  in  narrow  fissures  of  those  rocks 
which  contain  the  Cinnabar. 

3.  The  most  important  and  well  known  localities  of  Native  Mercury, 
are  Idria  in  Carniola,  and  Alroaden  in  Spain.     In  smaller  quantities,  it  i? 
found  at  Wolfstein  and  Morsfeld  in  the  Palatinate,  also  in  some  places  in 
Carinthia,  in  Hungary,  in  Peru,  and  other  countries. 

4.  The  quantity  of  Mercury  found  native  is  too  small,  to  allow  of  its 
being  applied  to  any  useful  purpose. 

NATIVE  PALLADIUM.  Palladium  S  c  1  e  r  o  n  e- 
Metal. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Grains. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel-grey,  inclining  to  silver 
white. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  73 

Native  Palladium — Native  Platina. 

Hardness  =4§ 5  . . .  5*0.  Sp.  gr.  =  1 1  *8,  WOLLASTON  ; 
=  13*14,  LOWRY. 

1.  It  is  reducible  by  heat.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusi- 
ble; but  with  sulphur,  it  melts.  With  nitric  acid,  it  yields  a  red  solu- 
tion. 

It  consists  essentially  of  palladium,  but  contains  also  a  small  proportion 
of  iridium  and  platina. 
|    It  occurs  intermingled  with  Native  Platina,  in  Brazil. 

NATIVE    PLATINA.     Platina    Sclerone-Metal. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Irregular  forms  and  grains.  Surface  uneven,  sometimes 
worn  off  by  attrition,  (pebbles.) 

Cleavage,  none.    'Fracture  hackly. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  perfect  steel-grey.  Streak  un- 
changed, shining. 

Ductile.  Hardness  -  4-0  . . .  4-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  17-332, 
rolled  masses. 

1.  It  is  very  refractory,  and  soluble  only  in  nitro-muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

fr.  Nifthne-Tagjiilsk.     fr.  Goroblagodat.    fr.  the  Ural. . 

Platina 

Iridium 

Rhodium 

Palladium 

Iron 

Copper 

Osmium  and  iridium 

Earthy  substances 

3.  The  original  repositories  of  Native  Platina  are  not  known,  it  having 
hitherto  been  found  only  in  pebbles  and  grains,  generally  small,  but 
sometimes  upwards  of  a  pound  and  a  half  in  weight.     It  is  accompanied 
by  Zircon  and  some  other  gems;  also  by  Magnetic  Iron,  Native  Gold,< 
and  Native  Iridium  and  Palladium. 
VOL.  II.  ? 


7894     . 

7358       , 

86-50  •     , 

8430 

4-77     . 

235 

000 

1-46 

0-88     . 

1  15 

115 

3-46 

028     . 

0-30 

110 

1-06 

1104     . 

12-98       , 

8-32       , 

531 

070     . 

520       . 

0-45       . 

0-74 

1-96  > 

230       . 

C  1-40       . 

1'03  osmium. 

o-oo  i  ' 

(000 

0  72 

74  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Platina — Native  Silver. 

4.  It  has  been  chiefly  brought  from  the  provinces  of  Choco  and  Bar- 
bacoas  in  South  America,  also  from  Matto-Grosso  in  Brazil.     It  has  also 
been  found  in  St.  Domingo,  and  in  Siberia.     In  the  mine  of  Nischne- 
Taguilsk,  (which  is  also  rich  in  gold,  Irid-osmium,  Rutile,and  even  con- 
tains Diamonds,)  several  large  masses  of  Native  Platina  have  been  found, 
weighing  from  seven  to  fifteen  pounds.     M.    SCHWETZAW    describes 
two  varieties  in  the  Russian  Platina  from  Nijnotaguilsk  in  the  govern- 
ment of  Perme.     1.   Common  Platina.      Color  platina-grey.     Grains 
angular  and   bristled,  seldom   blunt  edged  ;  also  in  cubical  crystals  and 
grouped.     Hardness  =  Hornblende.     Malleable.   Sp.  gr.  =  17..  .  1762. 
Ferruginous    Platina.      Color  darker  than  the    preceding.     Surface 
tarnished,  sometimes  like  meteoric  iron.     Grains  and  crystals  have  the 
same  form  as  common  Native  Platina.    Hardness  =  Feldspar,  and  rather 
higher.     Less   malleable   than  the  first.     Sp..  g;r.  =  14-6  ...  15*7.     It  is 
magnetic,  and  in  some  grains  not  only  attracts,  but  repels.    It  contains  a 
large  proportion  of  iron. 

5.  The  refractory  powers  of  this  metal,  and  the  circumstance  that  it  is 
not  acted  upon  by  the  greater  part  of  the  chemical  re-agents,  render  it 
extremely  valuable   in    the   construction  of  philosophical  and  chemical 
apparatus.     It  is  used  also  for  covering  other  metals,  for  painting  on 
porcelain,  for  coin,  and  like  gold  and  silver,  for  various  other  purposes. 

NATIVE   .SILVER.     Silver    iMelacone-Metal. 
Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  Cube,  with  angles  truncated. 

2.  Regular  octahedron.     Mexico. 

3.  Trapezohedron.     Kongsberg. 

Cleavage,  none.  Fracture,  hackly.  Surface,  the  octa- 
hedron striated  in  a  triangular  direction,  parallel  to  its  edges 
of  combination  with  the  cube.  The  remaining  faces  often 
rough,  but  even. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  silver-white,  more  or  less  sub- 
'  ject  to  tarnish.  Streak  shining. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  75 

Native  Silver. 


Ductile.  Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =10*4743, 
HAUY. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals;  compound,  par- 
allel to  one  of  the  faces  of  the  octahedron.  Dentiform,  fili- 
form and  capillary  shapes,  also  reticulated,  arborescent  and 
in  plates.  Often  the  individuals  are  still  discernible,  but 
frequently  also  their  extent  can  be  no  longer  ascertained. 
In  the  latter  case,  the  surface  of  the  dentiform  and  filiform 
shapes  is  longitudinally  streaked.  Massive  :  composition 
rarely  observable,  fracture  hackly.  Plates  formed  in  fis- 
sures, also  superficial  coatings.- 

1.  Native  Silver  has  been  divided  into  common  and  auriferous  Native 
Silver.     It  is  at  present  impossible  to  decide,  whether  the  latter  ought  to 
be  united  as  a  variety  with  the  former,  or  whether  it  forms  a  species  of 
its  own,  as  we  are   not  yet  sufficiently  acquainted  with  all  its  physical 
properties,  by  which  alone  this  question  can  be  decided.     Specific  grav- 
ity, and  the  yellowish  color,  form  -the  distinctive  marks  between  them; 
but  as  these  may  arise  from  the  mere  juxtaposition  of  the  two  metals, 
they  are  not  alone  sufficient  for  the  purpose. 

2.  Native  Silver  is  soluble  in  cold  nitric  acid,  but  in  the  sulphuric  acid, 
only  with  the  assistance  of  heat.     It  crystallizes  from  fusion  before  the 
blow-pipe,  if  the  globule  is  not  too  lar^e, — forming  while  crystallizing,  a 
single  individual,  in  which  the  faces  of  the  octahedron,  the  cube  and  the 
dodecahedron,  are  distinctly  seen. 

3.  Analysis. 

The  common  varieties  present  the  silver  pure  as  produced  by  nature, 
occasionally  alloyed  with  a  small  proportion  of  antimon}^  arsenic,  iron, 
&c.  A  variety  of  auriferous  Native  Silver  yielded  to  KLAPROTH,  and 
another  to  FORDYCE,  the  following  ingredients: 

Silver        -         -  36  00         -         -         -         72-00 

Gold  -         -         -         54-00         -         -         -         28-00 

4.  Native  Silver  occurs  principally  in  veins,  traversing  gneiss,  clay- 
slate,  and  other  primitive  and  transition- rocks.  It  is  accompanied  by 
numerous  species  of  Pyrites,  Glance  and  Blende,  as  well  as  by  Quartz, 
Calcareous  Spar,  &c.  The  auriferous  Native  Silver,  though  it  is  found 


76  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Native  Silver— Native  Tellurium. 

in  the  same  repositories,  is  far  more  scarce.  The  formation  of  Black 
Silver,  a  black,  friable  substance,  which  is  very  rich  in  silver,  seems  to 
depend  chiefly  upon  the  presence  of  Native  Silver. 

5.  Native  Silver  is  found  in  the  mining  districts  of  Saxony  and  Bohe- 
mia, also  in  Norway  and  Siberia,  but  particularly  in  Mexico  and  Peru. 
Native  Silver  is  also  found  in  Cornwall  and  in  Siberia.     No  well  authen- 
ticated localit}'  exists  in  the  U.  States. 

6.  The  employment  of  silver  in  coinage,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
plate  and  articles  of  luxury,  is  well  known. 

NATIVE  TELLURIUM.  Tellurium  Melacone- 
Metal. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=l  15°  12'. 

Secondary  form.  Hexagonal  prism,  with  the  terminal 
edges  replaced  by  single  planes,  the  secondary  planes  in- 
clining to  the  lateral  faces  at  147°  36'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the.  primary  form,  but  very  ob- 
scure. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  tin-white.     Streak  unchanged. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0  . . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
6*115.  KLAPROTH. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  distinctly 
granular,  individuals  small ;  sometimes  a  tendency  to  co- 
lumnar composition. 

1.  It  melts  upon  charcoal  with  ease  before  the  blow-pipe,  burning 
with  a  greenish  flame,  and  emitting  the  odor  of  horse-radish,  which  how- 
ever is  owing  to  the  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  selenium. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Tellurium  -         -  -         -         92-55 

Iron  7-00 

Gold  .....  0-25 

3.  The  Native  Tellurium  6ccurs  in  sandstone,  probably  in  beds,  or  in 
veins  of  a  contemporaneous  origin  with  the  rock.  It  is  accompanied  by 
Quartz  and  Iron  Pyrites,  as  well  as  by  Native  Gold. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  77 

Natron. 


4.  It  has  been  found  in  the  mine  of  Maria  Loretto  at  Faceberg,  near 
Zalathna  in  Transylvania.  It  was  melted  to  extract  the  gold,  but  has 
now  become  very  scarce. 

NATROLITE.     (See  Mesotype.} 
NATRON.     Hemi-prismalic  Natron-Salt. 

.     MOHS. 

In  imitative  shapes  :  composition  columnar.  Massive  : 
composition  granular.  Commonly  occurring  in  the  state  of 
powder,  or  efflorescent  crusts.  . 

Lustre  vitreous  on  the  fresh  fracture.  Color  white,  the 
grey  and  yellow  tints  are  owing  to  foreign  admixtures. 
Streak  white.  Semi-transparent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =1-0  ...  1*5.     Sp.  gr.  =  1-423. 

Taste  pungent,  alkaline.  .   . 

1.  It  is  very  soluble  in  water,  effloresces  with. acids,  and  melts  before 
the  blow-pipe.  Blue  vegetable  colors  are  changed  by  it  to  green. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BEUDANT. 

from  Debreezen.  from  Egypt. 

Carbonic  acid  -         -         30-40        -         -         -         -         30  90 

Soda  -         -         4320        -         -         -         -         4380 

Water  -         -         13-80        ....         ]3-50 

Sulphate  of  soda        -         -         10-40        ....  7-30 

Chloride  of  sodium    -         -  2-20        ....  3-10 

Earthy  matter  0-00        ....  1-40 

3.  This  salt  loses  its  water  on  being  exposed  to  a  dry  atmosphere,  and 
is  therefore  commonly  met  with  in  the  state  of  an  efflorescent  powder  on 
the  surface  of  the  earth,  on  the  shores  of  lakes,  or  in  natural  caverns.    It 
is  held  in  solution  by  certain  mineral  waters.     According  to  BERTHO- 
I.ET,  it  is  formed  in  part  by  a  decomposition  of  common  salt  by  carbonate 
of  lime. 

4.  It  occurs  in  considerable  quantities  in  the  plains  of  Debreezen,  in 
Hungary  ;  also  in  Bohemia,  Italy  and  several  other  European  countries, 
but  principally  in  the  soda  lakes  of  Egypt,  and  in  same  parts  of  Asia  and 
South  America. 

7* 


78  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Nemalite. 


5.  Its  chief  employment  is  in  the  manufacture  of  soap.  It  enters  also 
into  the  composition  of  glass,  and  is  used  in  dyeing,  washing,  bleaching, 
&c.,  both  in  the  natural  state,  and  purified  by  the  assistance  of  chemical 
processes. 

NATROSIDERITE.     (See  Jlchmite.) 

NECRONITE.     (See  Feldspar.) 

NEEDLE-ORE.     (See  Cupreous  Bismuth.) 

NEEDLE-STONE.     (See  Mesotype.) 
NEMALITE.      Nemaline    Atelene    Picrosrnine. 

Massive ;  composition  thin  columnar ;  fibres  parallel, 
slightly  curved. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  greyish,  and  bluish  white.  Trans- 
lucent. 

Fibres  elastic.  Hardness  =  2*0  . .  .2*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-30... 2-44. 

1.  The  fibres,  when  held  in  the  flame  of  a  lamp,  become  opake  and 
rigid  ;  and  on  being  subjected  to  the  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  they  become 
friable,  at  the  same  time  changing  to  a  light  brown  color.  Soluble  in 
acids,  without  effervescence. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  THOMSON. 

Magnesia 51-721 

Silica  -         -      '  -         -         -         12  568 

Peroxide  of  iron         ....          5-874 

Water  29-666 

5.  It  occurs  in  veins,  traversing  serpentine,  at  Hoboken,  (N.  J.) 

NEOPLASE.     (See  Botryogene.) 
NEOTESENE. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism  ? 
Color  green. 

1.  It  yields  moisture  on  being  heated,  and1  passes  to  a  yellow  color 
In  a  higher  temperature,  it  scarcely  gives  any  odor  of  arsenic.     It  im- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Nepheline. 


79 


parts  to  the  fluxes  the  color  of  the  oxides  of  iron,  affording  at  the  same 
time  a  strong  smell  of  arsenic. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 


Arsenic  acid 
Peroxide  of  iron 
Protoxide  of  iron 
Water 


50-80 
2300 
1033 

15-87 


3.  It  is  found  in  Brazil,  near  Villa-Rica,  where  it  exists  in  cavities  of 
Limonite. 

4.  It  is  doubtful  whether  this  mineral  can  with  propriety  be  distin- 
guished from  Cube-Ore.  . 

NEPHELINE.    Rhombohedral  Feldspar.    MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  326.  Fig.  327. 


M 


Pon  cl  -       151°  53'  HAUY. 

Ponc2  -       135    40    PHILLIPS. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  P,  both  imperfect.   - 
Fracture  conchoidal.     Surface  smooth  and  even. 
Lustre  vitreous  to  resincrus.    Color  white.    Streak  white. 
Transparent .  .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =^6*0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-56. 
Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various   sizes   of  individuals.     Faces   of  composition 


80 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Nepheline — Nephrite. 


rather  rough.     The  variety  Elaolite  possesses  a  dark-blue 
color,  passing  into  green,  grey  and  brown. 

1.  The  old  species  Elaolite  appears  to  be,  with  justice,  incorporated 
with  Nepheline,  on  account  of  their  resemblance  in  hardness  and  spe- 
cific gravity.     The  Cavolinite  and  Davyne,  also>  fall  within  the  present 
species,  differing  from  it  only  in  a  somewhat  diminished  specific  gravity, 
and  in  the  surface  of  the  crystals.     The  sp.  gr.  of  the  former  is  2-1 :  its 
crystals  are  opake,  and  possessed  of  a  pearly  lustre, — that  of  the  latter 
=  2-25  . .  .  2-3,  with  surfaces  of  .crystals  which  are  dull. 

2.  Before  the  blowpipe,  upon  charcoal,  its  edges  are  rounded  off.     It 
yields  a  colorless  vesicular  glass,  but  cannot,  be  melted  into  a  perfect 
globule.     Fragments  of  it,  thrown  into  nitric  acid,  lose  their  transparen- 
cy, and  assume  a  nebulous  appearance. 


3.  Analysis. 

s    By  KLAPROTH. 

var. 
Elaolite. 

Alumina      .     .  30  25 

By  VAUQUELIN. 

from 
Monte  Somina. 

.       4900 

By  GMELIN. 

By  CARPI. 

from 
Capo  di  Bove. 

.       900 

var. 

Nepheline. 

3349     . 

var. 
Elaolite. 

34-42 

Silica      .     .     . 

46-50 

.       46-00 

43-36     . 

4419 

.     40-20 

Lime      .     .     . 

0-75 

2-00 

0-90     . 

0-52 

.     20-80 

Oxide  of  iron  . 
Ox.  manganese 
Potash    .     .     . 

1-00 

o-oo 

13-00 

1-00  ) 
Oi)0> 

.    ,  o-oa 

1-50     .. 
7-13     . 

134 
4-73 

5  MO 

I  12-60 
.     12-00 

Soda       .     .     . 

0-00 

o-oo 

1336     . 

16-88 

.       0-00 

Water     .     .     . 

2-00 

o-oo 

1-39     . 

o-oo 

.       .0-00 

4.  The  crystallized  variety  occurs  at  Monte  Somma,  in  the  cavities  of 
itnestone  rocks,  ejected  by  Vesuvius,  along  with  Idocrase,  Garnet  and 
Mica.  It  has  also  been  found  in  nanow  veins,  traversing  a  kind  of  ba- 
salt or  lava  at  Capo  di  Bove,  near  Rome,  sometimes  associated  with  P.y- 
roxene.  The  Cavolinite  and  Davyne  are  found  in  the  lavas  of  Vesuvius. 
The  massive  variety,  or  Elaolite,  occurs  near  Laurig,  Stavern  and  Fred- 

eriksvtlrn  in  Norway,  imbedded  in  sienite,  with  Zircon  and  Sphene. 

• 

NEPHRITE.     Uncleavable  Pe  ta  li  ne-Sp  a  r. 

Massive  :    composition    impalpable.     Fracture    coarse 
splintery  ;  in  some  varieties  slaty  in  the  great. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  81 

Nephrite — Nickel  Glance. 

Color  green,  particularly  leek-green  ;  rarely  with  a  shade 
f  blue,   and  still  more  so,  with  red,  passing  into  grey  and 
white.     Translucent .  .  .  translucent  on  the  edges. 
Very  tough.    Hardness  =6-0  .  .  .  7-0.    Sp.  gr.  =2*932 
,.3-024. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blowpipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  becomes  white. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KASTITER.  By  BOWEN, 

from  Srnithfield,  (R.  I.) 

Silica  -         -         -         50-50         -         -         44-688 

Magnesia          -         -         -        31-00         -         -        34-631 
Alumina  -         -         -         10-00        -         -  -562 

Oxide  of  iron    -         -         -  5-50         -         -  1747 

Oxide  of  chrome        -         -  005      Lime    -          4-250 

Water  275         -        -         13-417 

The  excess  of  volatile  matter  in  the  variety  from  Srnithfield  is  proba- 
bly owing  to  its  intermixture  with  Calcareous  Spar,  in  which  it  is  im- 
bedded. 

3.  It  is  brought  from  China  and  Egypt.  A  large  block  was  found  hi 
the  alluvial  soil  of  the  alum-earth  mines  at  Schwemmsal  in  Saxony. 

A  very  handsome  sky-blue  variety  is  found  in  the  white  primitive 
limestone  of  Smithfield,  (R.  I.)  and  a  greenish  and  reddish-grey  variety, 
under  similar  circumstances,  at  Easton,  (Penn.) 

NICKEL  GLANCE.  Euotomous  Eruthleucone- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Secondary  form.     Cube,  with  angles  truncated. 

Cleavage,  highly  perfect,  parallel  with  the  primary  form. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  silver-white  .  .  .  steel-grey. 

Hardness  =5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =6-097  .  .  .  6-129. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  lamellar 
and  granular. 

1.  Alone,  in  a  mattrass,  it  decrepitates  strongly,  affording,  at  a  red 
heat,  sulphuret  of  arsenic,  then  sublimes  as  a  transparent,  yellowish- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY* 

Nickel  Glance— Nickel-Green. 

brown  mass,  which,  on  cooling,  remains  clear.     It  is,  according  to  BER 

ZELITJS,  an  arsenical  sulphuret  of  Nickel. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELITJS.  By  PFAFF. 

Sulphur        -         -         19-24         -         14-40  -         12  36 

Arsenic        -         -         45-34         -         5332  -         4590 

Nickel          -         -         29-94         -         27-00  -         24-42 

Cobalt  -  0-92         -  0-00  -  0  00 

Iron  4-11         -  5-29  -         1046 

Silica  0  90         -  0-00  -  0  00 

3.  The  variety  examined  by  BERZELIUS  was  massive,  and  came  froi 
the  cobalt. mines  of  Loos  in  Helsingland,  Sweden  :  that  above  describe 
as  crystallized,  is  found  among  the  old  ores  from  the  mine  Albertin- 
near  Harzgerode  in  the  Hartz.  It  is  accompanied  by  Spathic  Iron,  Ca 
careous  Spar,  Fluor,  Quartz,  Galena,  and  Copper  Pyrites. 

NICKEL-GREEN.      Habroneme  Malachite- 
Haloide. 

In  capillary  crystals,  and  massive ;  composition  impalpr 
ble,  pulverulent.  Fracture,  fine  splintery  to  uneven,  corr 
monly  earthy. 

Color,  apple-green,  siskin-green,  to  greyish  white.  Streal 
greenish  white. 

Soft. 

1.  Heated  in  a  matrass,  it  yields  moisture,  and  becomes  of  a  dark( 
shade  of  color.  Upon  charcoal,  before  the  blowpipe,  it  smells  of  ars< 
nic ;  and  when  submitted  to  the  inner  flame,  it  yields  a  metallic  globul 
which  contains  this  metal. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

from  Allemont. 

Arsenic  acid        -         -         -         37-29         -         -         36-80 
Oxide  of  nickel  -  36-49         -         -         36-20 

Water  -         -         -         26-22        -         -         25-50 

Oxide  of  cobalt  -         -        -          0-00        -        -          0-25 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  83 

Nickel-Stibine. 


3.  It  occurs  with  Copper-Nickel  at  Allemont  in  Dauphiny,  and  prob- 
ibly  in  Saxony,  Cornwall,  and  elsewhere,  with  the  same  mineral. 

NICKELIFEROUS  GREY  ANTIMONY.  (See  Nickel-Sti- 
rine.) 

NICKELINE.     (See  Copper-Nickel.) 
NICKEL-OCHRE.     (See  Nickel- Green.) 

XICKEL-STIBINE.  Antimonial  Eruthleucone- 
Py  rites. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  cube,  perfect. 

Massive  :  composition  granular. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel-grey,  inclining  to  silver 
white. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-451,  a 
cleavable  variety. 

1.  Before  the  blov/pipe,  it  is  partly  volatilized,  during  which,  the  sup- 
porting charcoal  is  covered  with  a  white  coating;  at  last,  it  melts  into  a 
metallic  globule,  which  communicates  a  blue  color  to  glass  of  borax. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  STROMEYER.       By  KLAPROTH. 
Nickel  -         -         -         36-SO         -         -         25-25 

Antimony  -         -         -         4380         -         -         4775 

Arsenic  000         -         -         11-75 

Sulphur  -         -         -         17-71         -         -         15-25 

Iron  and  manganese    -         -  1*89 

3.  It  is  found  in  several  mines  in  the  principality  of  Nassau,  along 
with  Spathic  Iron,  Yellow  Copper-Pyrites  and  Galena. 

NIGRINE.     (See  Rutile.) 
NITRATE  OF  LIME.     (See  Nitrocalcite.) 
NITRATE  OF  MAGNESIA.     (See  Nitro-Magnesite.) 
NITRATE  OF  POTASH.     (See  Nitre.) 
NITRATE  OF  SODA.     (See  Soda-Nitre.) 


84  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Nitre — Nitrocalcite. 

NITRE.     Prismatic  Nitre-Salt.     MOHS. 
In  capillary  crystals  and  crusts.* 
Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white.     Streak  white. 
Transparent . .  .  semi-transparent. 
Sectile.     Hardness  =2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =1-936. 
Taste  saline  and  cool. 

1.  It  dissolves  very  easily  in  water,  is  not  altered  on  being  exposed  to 
the  air,  and  detonates  with  combustible  .substances. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Nitrate  of  potash          ....         42-55 
Sulphate    ^  ....         25-45 

Muriate     >  of  lime      ....  0-20 

Carbonate^  ....         30-40 

3.  Nitre  generally  occurs  in  thin  crusts  on  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
sometimes  upon  limestone,  chalk,  or  calcareous  tufa;  also  in  limestone 
caves,  and  in  sandstone. 

4'  Spain,  Italy  and  Hungary,  afford  considerable  quantities  of  this 
salt:  in  a  higher  state  of  purity,  also,  it  is  found  in  India.  But  especial- 
ly in  the  United  States,  has  it  been  found  in  large  quantity,  in  limestone 
caves  in  the  south  western  states.  In  Madison  county,  Kentucky,  there 
is  a  cave  1936  feet  long  and  40  wide,  which  contains  Nitre,  intermingled 
with  earthy  matter  and  nitrocalcite.  One  bushel  of  the  earth  affords 
by  lixiviation  with  wood  ashes,  from  three  to  ten  pounds  of  Nitre.  It  is 
also  met  with,  in  the  same  vicinity,  in  loose  masses,  weighing  several 
pounds,  or  imbedded  in  sandstone. 

5.  Its  chief  employment  is  in  the  production  of  gunpowder. 

NITROCALCITE.     Calcareous  Earthy-Salt. 

In  efflorescent  masses  and  silken  tufts. 
Color  white  or  grey. 


*  The  artificial  crystals  are  right  rhombic  prisms  of  120°,  which  com- 
monly have  the  acute  lateral  edges  and  acute  solid  angles  truncated. 
Twin  crystals  are  also  common,  the  face  of  composition  being  parallel 
with  M. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  85 

Nitrogen — Nitro-Magnesite. 

1.  It  is  very  deliquescent,  and  soluble  in  water.     On  burning  coals,  it 
melts  slowly,  with  slight  detonation,  and  dries;  the  residue  does  not  after- 
wards attract  moisture  from  the  air.     It  consists  of  lime  32-,  nitric  acid 
57-44,  water  10-56. 

2.  It  is  found  in  silky  efflorescences,  in  caverns  of  limestone  in  Ken- 
tucky. 

8.  It  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  saltpetre. 

NITROGEN.     Pure  Nitrogen-Gas. 

Gaseous.     Transparent. 
Sp.  gr.  =0-9722. 

\.  Nitrogen-gas  extinguishes  flame  and  animal  life,  and  is  destitute 
of  taste  and  smell.     It  is  absoibablc  by  about  100  volumes  of  water. 

2.  It  is  developed,  in  a  state  of  purity,  or  nearly  so,  from  the  surface 
of  the  ground,  over  an  extent  of  four  or  five  acres,  in  Hoosick,  Rensse- 
laer  county,  (N.  Y.)  becoming  manifest  wherever  there  is  water.    Also, 
at  New  Lebanon  Springs,  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  but  in  smaller  quan- 
tities.    It  is  evolved,  in  like  manner,   by  many  well  known   mineral 
springs  of  other  countries,  as  those  of  Cheltenham  and  Harrowgate. 

3.  The  origin  of  Nitrogen- gas  has  been  attributed  to  the  decomposi- 
tion of  atmospheric  air,   contained   in  cavernous  rocks ;  its  nitrogen  and 
oxygen   uniting  to  form  nitric  acid,  which  would  leave  an  excess  of  ni- 
trogen, equal  at  least  to  ten  times  the  quantity  required  for  the  complete 
saturation  of  the  oxygen  in  the  compound  nitric  acid. 

NITRO-MAGNESITE.     MagnesianEarthy-Salt. 
In  deliquescent  efflorescences. 
Color  white. 

1.  It  is  very  deliquescent;  and  consists,  when  pure,  of 

Nitric  acid 72 

Magnesia 28. 

2.  It  is  found  in  limestone  caves,  accompanying  the  Nitrocalcite. 

3.  It  is  said  to  be  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  saltpetre. 

NONTRONITE. 

Massive:  in  round  shaped  masses,  composition  impalpable. 
Color  straw-yellow.     Opake. 
VOL.  II.  8 


86  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Okenite. 


Unctuous  and  tender.     Scratched  by  the  nail.     Exhales  no  ar- 
gillaceous odor  when  breathed  upon. 

1.  It  increases  one  tenth  in  weight  from  soaking  in  water.  After  cal- 
cination, it  is  magnetic. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Silica  44-0 

Peroxide  of  iron 29:0 

Alumina  3-6 

Magnesia  -         -     .    -         -         -  2-1 

Water  -         -         -         -  187 

3.  It  is  found  in  the  ore  of  manganese,  worked  at  the  village  of  Par- 
doux,  in  the  department  of  Dordogne  in  France.  It  occurs  in  onion- 
shaped  masses  of  the  size  of  the  fist. 

NOSIAN.     (See  Sodalite.) 
NUTTALLITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 
OBSIDIAN.     (See  Pitchstone.) 
OCTAHEDB.ITE.     (See  Afiatase.} 

OKENITE. 

In  delicately  fibrous  masses. 

Lustre  glimmering,  approaching  to  pearly.     Color  white,  with 
a  shade  of  yellow  or  blue.     Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness,  between  Fluor  and  Feldspar.  Sp.  gr.  =2-28. 
1.  Before  the  blowpipe,  it  melts  easily  into  a  porcelainous  mass.  Pieces 
thrown  into  muriatic  acid,  become,  after  some  time,  translucent  and  ge- 
latinous at  the  surface,  which  change,  gradually  extends  through  the 
masses.  The  powdered  mineral  is  easily  decomposed  by  this  acid,  the 
silica  appearing  throughout  the  solution  in  the  form  of  flocculi. 

2.  Analysis. 
By   KOBEL.L,. 

Silica  -         -         56-99  -         55-6-4 

Lime  -         26-35         -         -         2659 

Water  -         -         16-65  -         17-00 

Alumina,  oxide  of  iron,  and  traces  of  potash,      -  0-53 

3.  It  is  found,  along  with  Zeolitic  minerals,  in  amygdaloid  in  Green- 
land. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  87 

Olivenite. 


OLIVENITE.     Prismatic  C  o  p  p  e  r-B  a  ry  te. 

Primary   form.      Right    rhombic    prism.      M  on  M  = 
1JO°  50'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  328. 


M  on  a  -  132°  V 

c    on  c,  over  P    -  92    30 

Cleavage,  traces  parallel  to  M  and  c,  the  former  being 
a  little  more  distinct.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Sur- 
face, M  concave,  c  convex. 

Lustre  adamantine,  indistinct.  Color,  various  shades  of 
olive-green,  passing  into  leek-green,  pistachio-green,  and 
blackish  green  ;  into  liver-brown  and  wood-brown,  or  also 
into  siskin-green.  Streak  olive-green  .  .  .  brown.  Semi- 
transparent  .  .  .  opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =3-0.   Sp.  gr.  =4-2809. 

Compound  F'arieties.  Globular  and  reniform  shapes; 
surface  rough,  sometimes  drusy  ;  composition  columnar, 
generally  very  perfect,  straight  and  divergent,  rarely  pro- 
miscuous. If  the  composition  be  very  thin,  the  lustre  be- 
comes pearly.  Massive :  composition  columnar.  Some- 
times repeated  composition;  granular  and  columnar;  curved 
lamellar  and  columnar.  The  faces  of  the  first  composition 
rough,  of  the  second  composition,  smooth. 

1.  Heated  along   before  the  blowpipe,  it  remains  unchanged.     Upon 
charcoal,  it  melts  with  a  kiijd  of  deflagration,  and  is  reduced.     A  white 


88  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Olivenite — Opal. 


metallic  globule  is  formed,  which,  in  the  process  of  cooling,  becomes 
covered  with  a  red  coating  of  sub-oxide  of  copper.  In  some  varieties, 
a  scoria  is  formed  round  the  metallic  globule.  It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.        By  CHENEVIX.          By  KOBELL. 

var.  Wood-Copper. 

Oxide  of  copper         -         -         50  62        -         50  00        -         56-43 
Arsenic  acid  -         -         45-00         -         2900         -         36-71 

Phosphoric  acid          -         -  0  00         -  0-00         -  3-36 

Water  -         -  3-50         -         21-00         -  350 

3.  It  is  found  in  veins,  chiefly  consisting  of  various  ores  of  copper,  and 
of  Quartz. 

4.  It  occurs  in  the  copper-mines  near  Redruth  in  Cornwall,  and  in  the 
Tynehead  mine  near  Alston-moor  in  Cumberland. 

OLIVINE.     (See  Peridot.} 
OMPHAZITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 

OPAL.     Uncleavable  Quartz.     MOHS. 

Regular  forms,  and  cleavage,  unknown. 

Fracture  conchoidal,  of  various  degrees  of  perfection, 
sometimes  highly  perfect. 

Lustre  vitreous,  in  some  varieties  inclining  to  resinous. 
Color  white,  yellow,  red,  brown,  green,  grey  ;  none  of 
them  lively,  except  some  red  and  green  ones,  and  generally 
pale ;  dark  colors,  owing  to  foreign  admixtures.  Streak 
white.  Transparent . . .  translucent,  sometimes  only  on  the 
edges,  or  even  opake,  if  the  colors  be  dark.  Lively  play 
of  light  observable  in  some  varieties ;  others  exhibit  differ- 
ent colors  by  reflected  and  refracted  light. * 


*  The  play  of  light  appears  to  depend  upon  openings  in  the  interior  of 
the  mass  of  Opal,  which  are  not  fissures,  but  of  an  uniform  shape,  and  re- 
flecting the  tints  of  NEWTON'S  scale.  In  some  varieties  of  Hydrophane 
they  are  so  large,  that  these  colors  cannot  be  any  longer  reflected  by  the 
included  air  ;  but  they  appear  when  filled  with  water,  and  of  still  higher 
tints,  if  filled  with  fluids  possessing  a  high  refractive  power. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  89 

Opal. 


Hardness  =5-5  . . .  6-5.  Sp.  gr.  =2-091,  a  milk-white 
variety  ;  =2'060,  a  brownish  red  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Small  reniform,  botryoidal,  and 
stalactitic  shapes,  and'large  tuberose  concretions  :  surface 
of  the  former  smooth,  of  the  latter  rough,  composition  im- 
palpable, fracture  conchoidal.  Massive,  composition  im- 
palpable ;  fracture  conchoidal,  even.  Pseudomorphoses  of 
Calcareous  Spar. 

1.  The  present  species  has  been  greatly  subdivided  into  varieties,  and 
even  treated  of  under  several  different  species.     Hyalife  (amiatite)  in- 
cluded the  small  reniform,  botryoidal,  and  sometimes  stalactitic  shapes, 
white,  and  generally  transparent ;  Menilite,  the  large  tuberose  forms,  of 
a  brownish  grey  color,  and  opake  ;  Precious  Opal,  the  varieties  which 
exhibit  the  play  of  colors  ;   Wood-  Opal,  those  which  appear  in  the  shape 
of  trunks,  branches,  and  roots  of  trees  ;   Common  Opal,  and  Semi- Opal, 
consist  of  those  varieties  whicli  have  a  conchoidal  fracture,  with  medium 
degrees  of  transparency  and  lustre;  Hydrophane,  of  an  opake,  dull  va- 
riety, which  becomes  translucent  on  being  immersed  in  water  or  some 
transparent  fluid.     Siliceous  Sinter  is  a  deposit  from  hot  springs,  &c., 
and  according  to  its  specific  gravity  belongs  to  the  present  species. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  water  is  disengaged,  the  mineral  decrepitates 
and  becomes  opake,  showing  the  properties  of  pure  silica.     Two  pieces 
rubbed  together,  give  a  phosphorescent  light,  like  Quartz. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  BUCHOLZ.  By  KLAPROTH. 

var.  Hyalite.  var.  Pnvioys  Opal.  var.  Menilite. 

Silica         -         92-00         -  90-00         -         -         85  50 

Water       -  G-33         -         -         10-00         -         -         11-00 

The  Menilite,  like  several  other  varieties,  contains  a  small  proportion 
of  oxide  of  iron,  alumina,  lime  and  carbon.  One  variety,  called  Opal- 
Jasper,  contains  47  p.  c.  of  oxide  of  iron.  The  contents  of  water  are 
considered  foreign  to  the  mixture  of  the  mineral,  and  are  supposed  to 
change  with  the  hygrometric  state  of  the  atmosphere. 

4.  Opal  forms  short,  irregular  veins,  generally  in  porphyry.  It  often 
accompanies  Calcedony  in  the  vesicular  cavities  of  amygdaloidal  rocks, 
and  even  in  agate  balls.  Menilite  is  found  in  adhesive  clay-slate.  Some 


90  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Opal — Orpiment. 


varieties  are  met  with  in    metalliferous  veins,  along  with  Galena  and 
Blende.     It  also  occurs  in  petrifactions  in  sandstone. 

5.  Opal  is  found  more  plentifully  in  Hungary  than  in  any  other  Euro- 
pean country.     The  only  deposit  of  Precious  Opal  in  that  country,  is  at 
Czerwenitzanear  Caschau,  along  with  common  and  semi-opal,  in  a  kind 
of  porphyry.     Traces  of  it  have  been  met  with  at  Hubertsburg.     Fine 
varieties  have  lately  been  discovered  in  the  Faroe  islands;  and  most 
beautiful  ones,  sometimes  quite  transparent,  near  Gracias  a  Dios  in  the 
province  of  Honduras,  America.     Common  Opal  occurs  in  great  quanti- 
ties, at  Telkobanya  near  Eperies,  and  in  other  parts  of  Hungary  ;  in  the 
Faroe  islands,  in  Saxony,  &c.     An  apple  green  variety  is  found  at  Ko- 
senititz  in   Silesia,  with  Chrysoprase  ;  and  the  red  and  yellow,  bright 
colored   varieties  of  Fire  Opal,  near  Zimapan  in  Mexico.     Semi-Opal 
occurs  in  several  of  the  countries  mentioned  above  ;  also  near  Frankfort, 
on  the  Maine,  in  Austria,  Moravia,   Poland,  Siberia,   &c.     In  Saxony, 
Bohemia  and  Cornwall,  it  is  met  with  in  metalliferous  veins.     Hyalite  is 
found  in  amygdaloidal   rocks,  near  Frankfort,  in  irregular  veins ;  near 
Schemnitz  in  Hungary,  in  porphyry  ;  also  in  Bohemia  and  various  other 
countries.     Meniiite  occurs  at  Menil  Montant  near  Paris.     Opal-Jasper 
is  formed,  wherever  Opal  happens  to  be  mixed  with  oxide  of  iron,  as  at 
Telkobanya  in  Hungary,   near    Almas,   and  Tokorci  in  Transylvania. 
Wood-Opal  is  frequently  found  at  Kremnitz  and  Telkobanya  in  Hungary, 
and  in  many  districts  of  Transylvania,  sometimes  in  very  large  trees. 
The  only  variety  hitherto  found  in  the  United  States,  is  the  Hyalite, 
which  occurs  in  Burke  and  Scriven  cos.,  (Georgia,)  lining  cavities  in  a 
siliceous-shell  rock.     The  siliceous-sinter  variety  occurs  in  small  quan- 
tity at  the  Suanna  spring  in  Florida. 

6.  Precious  Opal,  when  possessing  vivid  colors,  is  highly  prized  as  a 
gem  ;  and  is  generally  cut  with  a  convex  surface, 

ORPIMENT.     Yellow    Melacone    Blende. 
MOHS. 

Primary    form.     Right  rhombic   prism.      M   on  M  = 
100°. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Orpiment. 


91 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  329. 


M  on  c     1 20°  00  ?  }  C  M'  on  i     162°  38' 

M  on/   140    00     >  PHILLIPS.  <c     one'     83     30 
Mong    177     54    )  ( c     on  b    145     50 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  not  very  perfect,  or  only  in 
traces,  but  parallel  with  f  highly  perfect.  The  faces  of 
cleavage  are  streaked  parallel  to  the  edges  of  intersection 
with  M.  Fracture  scarcely  observable.  Surface,  f 
rough,  but  even  ;  all  the  other  faces  are  streaked  parallel 
to  their  edges  of  combination  with  M,  and  generally  une- 
ven. 

Lustre  pearly  metallic  upon  the  perfect  faces  of  cleav- 
age, the  rest  resinous.  Color,  several  shades  of  lemon- 
yellow.  Streak  lemon-yellow,  generally,  a  little  paler  than 
the  color.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 
Sectile.  Thin  laminae  are  highly  flexible.  Hardness 
=  1  -5  ...  2-0.  Sp.  gr.  —  3-4SO,  a  cleavable  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform,  botryoidal,  and  other 
imitative  shapes  :  composition  curved  lamellar,  faces  of 
composition  commonly  rough.  Massive  :  composition 
granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals  ;  faces  of  composi- 
tion uneven,  often  irregularly  streaked. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pips,  upon  charcoal,  it  burns  with  a  blue  flame, 
and  emits  fumes  of  sulpur  and  arsenic.  It  is  soluble  in  the  nitric,  muri- 
atic and  sulphuric  acids. 


92                                           PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Orpiment. 

Sulphur 
Arsenic 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 
38-00 
62-00 

By  LAUGIER. 
38  14 
61-86 

3.  Orpiment  is  found  in  imbedded  nodules,  and  rarely  in  imbedded 
crystals,  in  blue  clay,  accompanied  by  sulpbur. 

4.  It  occurs  atTajowa  near  Neusohl  in  Lower  Hungary,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Vienna,  and  in  Wallachia  and  Servia.     At  Kapnik  in  Transyl- 
vania, and  Felsobanya  in  Upper   Hungary,  it  occurs  in  metalliferous 
veins,  with  Galena,  Blende,  Native  Arsenic  an(f  Realgar.     It  is  found 
likewise  in  Natolia,  China  and  Mexico. 

5.  It  is  used  as  a  pigment. 

ORTHITE.     (See  Mlanite.} 

OSMELITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  individuals  thin  and  scopi- 
formly  or  stellulatly  arranged,  and  these  aggregations  collected 
again  into  coarse  granular  concretions. 

Cleavage  only  in  one  direction. 

Lustre  resinous  or  oily.  Color  greyish  white,  but  after  being 
exposed  to  the  weather,  dark  hair-brown.  Translucent. 

Hardness  intermediate  between  4-0  and  5-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-79. . . 
2-83. 

1.  It  emits  at  common  temperatures  an  argillaceous  odor,  which  is  in- 
creased by  breathing  upon  it.     In  the  mouth  it  tastes  like  clay,  but  un- 
dergoes no  separation  of  parts. 

2.  It  occurs  in  Calcareous  Spar  mixed  wifli  Datholite  in  veins  in  Tra- 
chyte, at  Niedeikerchen,  near  Wolfstein  on  the  Rhine. 

OSTRANITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  96°. 

Secondary  forms.  The  primary  form,  having  the  acute  lateral 
edges  slightly  modified,  and  the  angles  of  the  base  deeply  trun- 
cated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  smaller  diagonal  of  the  base,  scarcely 
perceptible. 

Lustre Titreous.     Color  clove-brown. 

Hardness  =  7-0  ...  8-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  4-3  . . .  4-4. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  93 

Oxahevrite. 


1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  does  not  melt,  but  becomes  paler. 
With  borax,  it  melts  with  difficulty  into  a  transparent -glass. 

2.  It  is  found  in  Norway  c 

OUVAROVITE. 

Primary  form.     Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  emerald-green.     Transparent. 

Harder  than  Garnet. 

1.  It  does  not  fuse  when  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  nor  lose  its  color 
or  transparency. 

2.  It  is  found  imbedded  in  Chrome-Ore,  in  the  environs  of  Bissersk  in 
Siberia. 

OXAHEVRITE. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  angles  at  the  base 
truncated,  so  as  to  form  when  enlarged  the  faces  of  a  square 
prism. 

Cleavage  perpendicular  to  the  axis,  but  with  much  difficulty. 
Surface  even,  but  not  brilliant. 

Color,  light-grey,  leek-green,  olive-green,  and  reddish-brown. 

Hardness,  rather  below  Apatite.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-21. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  in  thin  seams  and  veins, 

1.  Analysis. 
By  TURNER. 

Silica  50  76 

Lime  22-39 

Potash  4-18 

Peroxide  of  iron  ....          3-39 

Alumina  I'OO 

Fluoric  acid a  trace. 

Water  17-00 

2.  It  occurs  in  ligneous  petrifactions,  where  the  wood  has  been  repla- 
ced by  Calcareous  Spar,  of  a  fine  ochre  yellow  color,  and  more  or  less 
crystallized.  From  Oxhaver  in  the  north  east  of  Iceland. 

OXIDE  OF  ARSENIC.     (See  White  Arsenic.) 
OZOKERITE. 

Massive.     Composition  impalpable. 
Color,  between  green  and  brown. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Oxygen. 


Hardness,  may  be  kneaded   between  the   fingers  like  dough 
Sp.  gr.  =  0-955  .  .  .  0-970. 

1.  It  melts  in  the  flame  of  a  candle,  into  a  clear  mass.     It  is  rieithei 
soluble  in  alcohol  nor  water,  even  when  boiling,  and  but  slowly  so,  ir 
ether  and  spirits  of  turpentine.     It  burns  like  wax   with   a   soft  cleai 
flame,  and  on  being  extinguished,  diffuses  an  agreeable  odor. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Slauik  in  Moldavia. 

OXYGEN.     Pure    Oxygen-Gas. 
Gaseous.     Transparent. 
Sp.  gr.  =1-1111. 

1.  Oxygen-gas  is  a  powerful   supporter  of  combustion.     A   freshly 
extinguished  taper  introduced  into  a  small  vial  of  it,  is  immediately  re- 
kindled with   a  slight  explosion  ;  and  iron-wire,   on   being   previously 
heated,  burns  in  it,  with  brilliant  scintillations.     It  is  wholly  free  from 
odor  and  taste. 

2.  The  evolution  of  oxygen  from  vegetables,  its  only  natural  source, 
depends  upon  the  influence  of  vitality.     The  carbonic  acid  they  absorb 
is  decomposed,  the  carbon  appropriated  by  the  plant,  while  this  species 
is  set  at  liberty.     Its  emission  from  vegetables  may  be  detected  by  ex- 
posing a  healthy  mint  of  some  kind,  in  a  bell-glass  of  water  over  a  pneu- 
matic cistern  to  the  sun  of  a  summer's  day:  the  oxygen-gas  will  collect 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  receiver,  and  may  be  transferred  to  a  convenient 
vessel,  and  tested  in  the  usual  manner. 

PARANTHINE.     (See  Scapolite.) 
PARGASITE.      (See  Hornblende.) 
PAULITE.      (See  ITypersthene.) 
PEARL-GLIMMER.      (See  Margarite.) 
PEARLSPAR.     (See  Dolomite.) 
PEARLSTONE.     (See  Pitchstone.) 
PECTOLITE. 

In  spheroidal  masses  :  composition  columnar,  diverging. 
Lustre  vitreous  to  peaily.     Color  white,  yellowhh  or  greyish. 
Hardness,  between  Fluor  and  Feldspar.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-69. 
1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  yields  a  white,  transparent  glass.     After 
having  been  calcined,  it  forms  a  jelly  in  muriatic  acid. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Oxygen. 


2.  Analysis. 

By  KOBELL. 

Silica                 -         -      *  -         -         -         -         -  51-30 

Lime                  33-77 

Soda                  8-26 

Potash  1-57 

Water                _.-----  8-89 

Alumina  and  oxide  of  iron          ....  0-90 
3.  It  occurs  on  Natrolite,  a  variety  of  Mesotype,  at  Monte  Baldo  in 
South  Tyrol. 

PEGAMITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M  =  127  . . .  128°. 

Secondary  form.  Primary  form,  having  the  acute  lateral  edges, 
and  the  acute  terminal  angles,  truncated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P,  but  difficult;  also  parallel  with  the 
shorter  diagonal  of  the  prism.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  green,  pistachio,  leek,  apple  or  grass  : 
also,  pale  mountain  green,  greenish  grey,  and  greenish  white. 
Streak  white.  Transparent  or  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  (scale  of  BHEITHAUPT)  =5-25  . . .  5-50.  Sp. 
gr.  =  2-492  ...  2  496. 

1.  Before  the  blowpipe,  in  the  tube,  it  gives  much  water.     On  char- 
coal, it  loses  its  color,   imparting,  at  the  same  time,  a  beautiful  green 
color  to  the  flame  of  the  lamp.     It  is  infusible.     It  contains  23£  ...  24 
per  cent,  of  water. 

2.  It  has  been  found  on  a  hill  between  the  lakes  Strieges  and  Frank- 
;,enberg,  where  it  occurs  in  a  transition  flinty  slate. 

8.  It  is  probably  a  variety  of  Wavellite. 

PEGMATOLITE.     (See  Feldspar.) 

»PELIOM.     (See  lolite.) 
PELOKONITE. 

Massive  ;  composition  impalpable.     Fracture  conchoidal. 
Lustre    vitreous,    feeble.     Color   bluish  black.     Streak  liver- 
brown.     Opake. 

tfardness  =  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-50  ...  2-56. 

1.  It  is  very  soluble  in  muriatic  acid,  the  solution  having  a  pistachio- 
green  color. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Peridot. 


2.  It  is  found  in  the  Terra  Amarilla  and  the  Remolinos  in  Chili,  along 
with  Green  Malachite,  and  an  unknown,  blackish  brown  mineral  with  a 
yellow  streak. 

PEPONITE. 

Massive  :  composition  lamellar,  rarely  columnar,  impalpable. 
Cleavage,  apparently  parallel  to  the  sides  of  a  rhombic  prism. 
Lustre  pearly.    Color  lake,  and  mountain-green.    Streak  green- 
ish white.     Translucent,  only  on  the  edges. 
Hardness  =  2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-969. 
Emits  an  argillaceous  odor  when  moistened. 
1.  Locality  not  mentioned. 

PERIDOT.     Prismatic    Chrysolite.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  330. 


P  on  T  or  d 
P  on  e 
Pon  61 
P  on  62 
Ton  d 
e    on  e' 
62  on  62' 
d  on  d/ 
d  on  a 


90°  00'  PHILLIPS. 

140  00 

132  52 

115  00  " 

130  00 

80  00  " 

130  00  " 

100  00  " 

160  00  " 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  97 

Peridot. 


Irregular  forms,  grains. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  easily  obtained,  sometimes 
traces  of  T.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface,  the  faces  of 
the  prism  streaked  horizontally,  those  of  the  rest  of  the 
faces,  smooth  and  even.  The  grains  possess  an  uneven  sur- 
face. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  various  shades  of  green,  as 
pistachio-green,  olive-green,  nearly  asparagus-green  and 
grass-green,  sometimes  passing  into  brown.  Streak  white. 
Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Hardness  =6*5  ...  7*0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-441,  a  crystallized 
variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Irregular  spheroidal  masses,  im- 
bedded in  rocks :  composition  granular,  individuals  easily 
separated,  faces  of  composition  uneven  and  rough. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  assumes  a  darker  color,  but  does  not  melt 
or  lose  its  transparency.  It  loses  its  color  in  nitric  acid.  Varieties  of 
the  present  species  may  be  produced  artificially,  by  mingling  the  constit- 
uents in  the  requisite  proportions,  and  exposing  them  to  a  high  tempera- 
ture. 

2.  .Analysis. 

By  KT.APROTH         By  KI.APROTH.        I3y  SHEPARD.       By  KLAPROTH. 
var.  Chrysolite,      var.  Chrysolite,     var.  Chrysolite,     var.  Olivine. 
fr.  meteoric  iron.  fr.  meteoric  stone. 

Silica 
Magnesia 
Ox.  of  iron 
Lime 

Soda,  } 

Ox.  chrome,  &  V  0-00         .  0-00         .  557         .  0-00 

Sulphur  3 

3.  The  original  repository  of  the  implanted  crystals  of  Peridot  is  not 
known  :  they  are  said  to  come  from  Upper  Egypt,  and  are  frequently 
brought  to  Europe  by  way  of  Constantinople.  Less  distinct  crystals  and 
imbedded  grains  are  found  in  lava,  in  various  kinds  of  basalt,  &c.,  as  in 
the  neighborhood  of  Vesuvius,  in  Saxony,  Bohemia,  Silesia,  Hungary, 

VOL.  II.  9 


39-00 

41-00 

42-30 

50-00 

43-50 

48-50 

3146 

3850 

1900 

18-50 

2067 

1200 

o-oo 

9-00 

000 

0-25 

98 


PHYSIOGRAPHT. 

Peridot — Periklin. 


&c.  It  occurs  in  large  spheroidal  masses,  which  are  not  pebbles,  mixed 
with  Bronzite  in  Trap  tuff,  at  Kapfenstein  in  Lower  Hungary,  and  at 
Habichtswald  in  Hessia.  It  is  contained  also  in  the  Meteoric  Iron  of  Si- 
beria, as  well  as  in  many  meteoric  stones  that  have  fallen  at  different  pe- 
riods. 
4.  The  transparent  varieties  are  sometimes  used  as  gems. 

PERIKLIN.    Heterotomous  Feld-Spar.  MOMS. 
Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism. 

Fig.  331. 


P  on  M 

MonT 

T  onP 
Secondary  form. 


-  93°  19' 

-  120     18 

-  114     45 


T 


M 


M  on  I 


120°  37' 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Periklin. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  and  T  perfect,  to  M  only  in 
traces. 

Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  pearly,  sometimes  vitreous  upon  P  and  T.  Color 
white,  yellowish  and  reddish.  Streak  white.  Semi-trans- 
parent, to  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =6-00.     Sp.  gr.  =2-54  . . .  2*55. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals ;  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular  to  the  prismatic  axis. 

Fig.  333. 


M 


Massive  :  composition  granular. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  difficulty  into  a  semi-transpa- 
rent glass. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  GMEL.IN. 

Silica 67-94 

Alumina  .        .        •  •     •         •         •         •         18  93 

Soda  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  9-99 

Potash  2-41 

Lime .          0-15 

Protoxide  of  iron         ......  0-48 

3.  It  is  found  at  Zoblitz  in  Saxony,  entering  into  the  composition  of  at 

wenite  ;  also  in  crystals  with  Rutile  in  the  Tyrol,  on  St.  Gothard,  and  in 

the  Saualpe  of  Carinthia. 


100  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Petalite. 


PEHITOMOUS  LEAD-BARYTE.     (See  Kerasite.) 
PETALITE.     Prismatic  Petaline-Spar.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism  ? 

Cleavage,  a  prism  of  95°  nearly,  and  parallel  with  its 
longer  diagonal ;  the  latter  more  distinct.  Fracture  imper- 
fectly conchoid  al. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous  ;  pearly  upon  faces 
of  cleavage.  Color  white,  with  tinges  of  blue,  pink  and 
green.  Streak  white.  Translucent. 

Britile.     Hardness  =6-0  .  . .  6*5.     Sp.  gr.  =2-439. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive ;  composition  colum- 
nar, of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  sometimes  impalpable, 
and  generally  strongly  coherent.  If  the  composition  be 
impalpable,  the  fracture  is  splintery.  Extremely  tough. 

1.  If  exposed  to  the  highest  heat  of  the  blow-pipe  on  charcoal,  it  be- 
comes glassy,  semi-transparent  and  white,  but  melts  only  upon  the  edges. 
If  gently  heated,  it  emits  a  blue,  phosphorescent  light. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ARFWEDSOX.  By  GMELIN. 

Silica  .         .         79-212         .         .         .         74-17 

Alumina  .         .         17-225         .         .         .         1741 

Lithia  .         .  5761         .         .         .  5-16 

Lime  .         .  0-000         .         .         .          0-32 

3.  Petaiite  occurs  in  the  Swedish  island  of  Uton,  where  it  occurs  in 
boulders  of  limestone,  accompanied  by  Quartz,  Feldspar  and  Tourmaline. 
In  the  United  States,  its  only  locality  is  Bclton,  (Mass.)  where  it  existi 
in  a  lime-quarry,  along  with  Scapolite,  Sphene  and  Pyroxene. 

PETROLEUM.     (See  Bitumen.) 
PETROSILEX. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.     Fracture  fine  grained. 
Lustre  waxy.     Colors  various,  grey,  green,  brown  and  red. 
Translucent. 
Hardness  =  7-0. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pharmacolite. 


101 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  fuses  with  greater  difficulty  than  Feldspar. 


2.  Analysis. 


By  BERTHIER. 


A  red  variety,  from             A  blackish  green  variety, 
Salilberg  in  Sweden.                          from  Aran. 

Silica 

795 

67-60 

Alumina 

122 

8-70 

Lime             ... 

0-0 

3-50 

Soda 

60 

5-70 

Potash 

o-o 

6-50 

Magnesia     . 

11 

1-50 

Oxide  of  iron 

0-5 

360 

3.  Petrosilex  is  probably  a  variety  of  Feldspar,  or  Albite. 

PHARMACOLITE.     Hem  i-prismatic   Gypsum- 
Mica. 

Primary  form.     Right  oblique  angled  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  334.  Fig.  335. 


/on/ 
n  on  n 


117°  24'  HAIDINGER. 
141        8  " 


The  crystals  are  lengthened  in  the  direction  of  T,  (edges 
of  combination  between  T,  n  and  P,)  and  attached  at  one 
of  the  extremities,  in  most  cases  several  together,  so  as  to 
form  stellated  or  divergent  groups.  On  the  disengaged  ter- 
minations of  the  crystals,  one  of  the  faces/  is  enlarged,  so 
as  generally  to  make  the  other  disappear. 


102  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pharmacolite. 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  highly  perfect,  and  easily  obtain- 
ed. Fracture  uneven.  Surface,  faces  P  and  n  are  deeply 
streaked  parallel  to  their  common  edges  of  combination. 

Lustre  vitreous.  P  slightly  inclining  to  pearly,  both  upon 
faces  of  cleavage  and  of  crystallization.  Color  white,  in- 
clining to  yellowish.  Streak  white.  Transparent,  or  trans- 
lucent. 

Sectile.  Thin  laminae  are  flexible  in  a  direction  per- 
pendicular to  the  edges  between  T,  n  and  P. 

Hardness  =2-0  . . .  2'5,  nearer  the  latter.  The  perfect 
faces  of  cleavage  are  below  2-0.  Sp.gr.  =2-730. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular  aggregations  of  acicu- 
lar  crystals.  Reniform,  botryoidal  and  stalactitic  shapes. 
Composition  thin  columnar  . . .  impalpable.  Farinaceous. 

1.  The  crystals  above  described,  were  first  observed  upon  a  specimen 
whose  locality  is  unknown,  associated  with  the  Haidingerite,  but  have 
since  been  discovered  at  Wittichen. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  an   arsenical  odor,  and  melts  with 
difficulty  into  a  white  enamel.     It  is  dissolved  in  nitric  acid  without  ef- 
fervescence. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  JOHIV.  By  TURISTER. 


fr.  Wittichen.  fr.  Andreasberg. 

Lime  .         25-00  .  27-28)  76<92 

Arsenic       .         50  54  .  45-68  5 

Water  24-46  23-86  27-08 


4.  It  is  found  in  the  principality  of  Fiirstenberg,  at  Andreasberg  in  the 
Hartz,  at  Riechelsdorf  inHessia,  and  other  places,  in  veins  that  also  con- 
tain Native  Arsenic  and  Smaltine. 

5.  The  description  of  the  Pier ophar mac olite  does  not  differ  from  that 
given  above  of  the  Pharmacolite.     The  only  difference  consists  in  a 
imall  quantity  of  magnesia,  3-218  p.  c.,  which  the  former  contains.     It 
comes  from  the  cobalt  mines  of  Riechelsdorf  in  Hessia, 


PHARMACOSIDERITE.     (See  Cube-Ore.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Phenakite. 


103 


PHASTINE. 

Massive  :  composition  lamellar,  impalpable.  Cleavage,  paral- 
lel with  the  sides  of  a  rhombic  prism,  in  traces  ;  also,  with  its  two 
diagonals  most  distinct,  parallel  with  the  shorter. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  grey.     Streak  white. 

Hardness  =  1  25  . . .  1-50.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-825. 

1.  Locality  not  mentioned, 

?HENAKITE.     Phenakine  Emerald. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P— 115°  25'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  336. 


P  on  b         -         -         -          147°  42'  30" 
Ponn  122     17    30 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  n. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  bright  wine  yellow,  inclining  to 
red;  also  inclining  to  white.     Transparent ..  .opake. 

Hardness,  above  Quartz.     Sp.  gr.  =2*969. 

1.  Analysis, 

By  HARTWALL. 

Silica  ...  .  55-14 

Glucina  44-47 

Alumina  and  magnesia         ....  0-39 

2.  It  is  found  in  Perm,  85  wersts  from  Catharinenburg. 


104  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Picrolite. 


PICROLTTE.      Fibrous    Atelene    Picrosmine 
Massive :  composition  thin  columnar,  consisting  of  straigh 

and  delicate  individuals.    Fracture  uneven,  rarely  splintery 
Lustre  vitreous  :  in  very  thin  individuals,  satiny.     Color 

some    shade  of  green  or   greenish-white,    greenish-grey 

mountain  green,  oil-green,  leek-green,  and  blackish-green. 

Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle,  except  in  the  finest  fibres,   when  it  is  flexible, 

Hardness  =3-0  . . .  4-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-59.1. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe  in  thin  fragments,  it  coils  up  a 
the  extremity,  and  fuses  into  an  opake,  white  mass.  With  phosphoric 
salt,  it  melts  into  a  transparent  glass,  with  the  exception  of  a  skeleton  ol 
silica. 

2.  Analysis. 
BY  ALMROTH. 

Silica 40-04 

Magnesia     .......         38-80 

Water .  9-08 

Protoxide  of  iron 8-28 

Carbonic  acid 4-70 

3.  This  species,  as  first  described  by  HAUSMANN,  (with  no  oth«i 
properties  than  its  columnar  composition,  a  faint  pearly  lustre,  a  leel 
green,  to  yellow  color,  streak  a  little  shining,  and  hardness  from  3-0 . . 
6-0,)  was  quoted  as  forming  irregular  veins  in  the  beds  of  Magnetic 
Iron  of  Taberg  and  Nordmayken  in  Sweden,  and  as  occurring  a 
Reichenstein  in  Silesia.  As  described  above,  it  has  several  localities  ir 
the  United  States.  ID  particular,  it  occurs  in  large  masses,  which  exis 
in  irregular  seams  in  the  verd  antique  marble  of  West  Haven  and  Mil- 
ford,  (Conn.) ;  at  which  places  the  individuals  are  coarse,  and  sometimes 
a  little  curved.  At  Weathersfield  in  Vermont,  it  forms  numerous  nar- 
row veins  through  a  serpentine  rock,  which  also  contains  Dolomite,  th( 
individuals  being  very  thin,  and  exhibiting  a  satiny  lustre.  At  Kellj 
Vale,  in  Vermont,  also,  it  is  found  in  somewhat  wider  veins,  coarsel) 
columnar,  of  a  light  oil-green  color,  and  containing  much  yellow.* 

*  The  foregoing  American  varieties  afforded  the  description  above  giv- 
en, respecting  color,  composition,  specific  gravity,  hardness,  and  beha- 
vior before  the  blow-pipe.  These  also  lost  13  04  p.  c.  wt,  on  calcination 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Picrosmine. 


105 


The  thin  seams  of  Asbestus,  so  called,  in  the  Serpentine  of  Newbury- 
port,  (Mass.)  Newport,  (R.  I.)  and  numerous  other  places  in  New  Eng- 
land, probably  belong  to  this  species. 

PICNITE.     (See  Topaz.) 
PICROPHARMACOLITE.     (See  Pharmctcolite.) 
PICROSMINE.     Prismatoidal  Atelene    Pic- 
rosmine. 

Primary  form.    Right  rectangular  prism  :  from  cleavage. 
Cleavage,  affords  the  form  in  the  annexed  figure. 

Fig.  337. 


M 


t  on  i 
s  on  s 


117°  49' 
126     52 


Parallel  to  M,  the  cleavage  is  perfect ;  parallel  to  T  less 
D,  and  least  of  all,  to  i. 

Fracture  uneven,  scarcely  perceptible.. 

Lustre  pearly,  distinct  upon  M,  inclining  to  vitreous  upon 
the  others.  Color  greenish-white,  passing  into  greenish- 
grey  and  mountain-green,  sometimes  also  oil-green,  leek- 
green,  and  blackish  green.  Streak  white,  dull.  Translu- 
cent on  the  edges. 


106  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Picrosmine. 


Very  sectile.  Hardness  =  2-5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2*66, 
of  a  cleavable  compound  variety.  2-596,  of  a  columnar 
variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
strongly  coherent.  If  the  composition  becomes  impalpa- 
ble, the  fracture  is  earthy.  The  particles  of  columnar 
composition  are  very  thin  ;  fracture  splintery. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  gives  out  water,  becoming 
first  black,  then   white  and  opake,  and  acquires  a  degree  of  hardness 
nearly  =  5-0.     It  is  soluble  in  phosphoric  salt,  with  the  exception  of  a 
silica-skeleton.     When   treated   with  a  solution  of  cobalt,  it  assumes  a 
pale  red  color.     It  appears  therefore,  to  contain  water,  silica  and  mag- 
nesia. 

2.  The  cleavable  varieties  have  been  found,  accompanied  by  Mag- 
netic Iron,  and  I  'olomite,  in  abed  in  primitive  rocks.     The  only  locality 
hitherto  known,  is  the  iron  mine  called  Engelsburg,  near  Presnitz  ia 
Bohemia. 

3.  It  is  likely  that  several  varieties  of  Asbestus  fall  within  the  present 
•pecies. 

PICTITE.     (See  Turnerite.) 

PlMELITE. 

Nickel-Ochre,  mixed  with  clay. 

PlNGUlTE. 

Massive  :  impalpable  :  resembles  Green  Iron-Ore. 
Fiacture  large  conchoi  'al. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color,   siskin-green   and  oil-green.     Streak 
paler.     Transjucent  on  the  edges. 
Hardness  =  1.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-31. 
Emits  an  earthy  odor,  when  moistened. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  KARSTEIC. 

Silica                            36-90 

Peroxide  of  iron           . '                .         .         .         .  2950 

Protoxide  of  iron         .         .         .         .                  .  6-10 

Alumina                         ......  1'80 

Magnesia                       ,  0-45 

Oxide  of  manganese    .         .         .                  .         .  0-14 

Water                           ?.....  25-10 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  107 

Pitchblende. 


2.  It  occurs  in  a  vein  of  Heavy  Spar,  in  the  mine  of  Neu  Beschert 
ldck,  in  the  mine  of  Saxon  Erzgebirge,  and  at  Geilsdorf  in  Plauen. 

FINITE.     (See  Mica.) 

PlSSOPHANE. 

Stalactitic,  massive,  anil  impalpable.     Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  pistachio- green,  aspttragus-green,  and 
olive-green,  passing  into  brown.  Streak  white  ;  in  the  brown 
variety,  a  pale  yellow.  Transparent  to  translucent. 

Hardness  =  1-75  .  . .  2-50.     Sp.  gr.  =  1-92  .  . .  1-98. 

It  falls  to  pieces  in  water. 

1.  It  occurs  at  Reichenbach,  and  in  Garnsdorf. 

ITCHBLENDE.     Uncleavable    Baryte-Ore. 

Regular  forms  and  cleavage,  unknown.  Fracture  con- 
hoidal, uneven. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  greyish-black,  incli- 
ning sometimes  to  iron-black,  also  to  greenish  black  and 
brownish  black.  Streak  black,  a  little  shining.  Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  5*5.      Sp.  gr.  =  6-4b8. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniforrn  :  composition  colum- 
|nar,  impalpable  ;  aggregated  into  a  second  curved,  lamel- 
lar composition,  the  faces  of  composition  being  smooth  and 
shining.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  individuals  not 
Distinguishable. 

1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  it  melts, with  borax 
into  a  greyish  scoria.  If  reduced  to  powder,  it  i»  slow))'  soluble  in  mtric 

acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTK.  By  PFAFF. 

Protoxide  of  uranium         .         8650         ....      84-52 
Protoxide  of  iron  .  250         ....        824 

Silica  .  500         ....        2-02 

Sulphuretoflead  .  600         ....        4-20 

Oxide  oi  cobalt  0-00         .         .         .         .        1-42 


108  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pitchblende — Pitchstone. 

3.  It  chiefly  occurs  in  silver  veins,  and  is  accompanied  by  various  ores 
of  silver  and  lead,  and  often  intimately  mixed  with  Yellow  Copper  Py- 
rites and  Galena. 

4.  Its  chief  localities  are  Johanngeorgenstadt,  Marienberg,  Annaberg, 
and  Schneeberg  in  Saxony  ;  and  Joachimsthal  and  Fribus  in  Bohemia. 
In  Cornwall,  it  has  been  found  in  the  tin  mines  of  Tincroft  and  Tolcarn, 
near  Redruth. 

5.  It  is  used  in  painting  upon   porcelain,  yielding  a  fine  orange  color 
in  the  enamelling  fire,  and  a  black  one,  in  that  in  which  the  porcelain  it- 
self is  baked. 

PITCHSTONE.     Empyrodox    Quartz.      MOHS. 

Regular  forms  unknown.     Grains. 

Cleavage  none.  Fracture  conchoidal,  sometimes  highly 
perfect,  sometimes  less  distinct.  Surface,  the  larger  grains 
uneven  and  rough,  the  smaller  ones  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous  and  resinous.  Color  black,  brown,  red, 
yellow,  green,  grey,  white  :  none  of  them  bright.  There 
occurs  a  distinct  velvet-black.  Streak  white.  Faintly 
transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =  6-0  . . .  7-0.  Sp.  gr.  ==  2-395,  Obsidian 
from  Iceland  ;  =2-212,  Pitchstone  from  Meissen. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
strongly  connected,  so  as  to  be  scarcely  recognizable; 
fracture  more  or  less  perfectly  conchoidal,  uneven  and 
splintery.  The  whole  mass  is  often  traversed  with  sepa- 
rating faces,  which  may  be  considered  as  rudiments  of  the 
faces  of  lamellar  composition  :  often  the  composition  is 
granular,  thick  or  thin,  and  generally  bent ;  the  faces  ol 
composition  being  smooth,  and  possessing  pearly  lustre. 
Small  grains  of  Obsidian  are  often  enveloped  in  a  number 
of  successive  thin  coats ;  several  of  these  are  again  sur- 
rounded by  other  coats,  and  soon  several  times,  which  pro- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  109 

Pitchstone. 


duce  a  very  remarkable  composition.  Vesicular  :  the  cav- 
ities often  elongated  in  one  direction,  parallel,  and  in  such 
number,  that  the  mass  appears  fibrous,  and  of  a  pearly 
lustre. 

1.  The  varieties  of  Pitchstone  have  generally  been  treated  of  under 
four  species  :  viz.  Obsidian,  Pitchstone,  Pearlstone,  and  Punn'ce.     Obsi- 
dian possesses  the  most  perfect  conchoidal  fracture,  and  high  degrees  of 
a  pure  vitreous  lustre.     A  variety  of  Obsidian   which  is  transparent,  is 
called  Marekanite.     When  the  high  perfection  of  the  conchoidal  frac- 
ture disappears,  and  we  meet  with  an  uneven  or  splintery  fracture,  its 
lustre  at  the  same  time  diminishing  and   passing  into  resinous,   we  are 
presented  with  the  variety  Pitchstone.     Pitchstone  often  contains  those 
faces  of  distinct  concretion,  which  arise  from  composition.     When  these 
are  numerous,  variously  curved,  and   containing  but   little  matter  be- 
tween them,  a  transition  into  Pearlstone  is  formed ;   the  peculiarity  of 
which  depends  upon  the  roundish   masses  into  which  it  separates,  and 
which  generally  allow  themselves  to  be  resolved  into  thin  films,  not  unfre- 
quently  including  a  grain  of  Obsidian.     The  Obsidian  itself  is  often  vesi- 
cular, the  cavities   being  small,  and  keeping  a  constant  direction.     If 
there  are  a  great  many  of  them  of  larger  sizes,  the  whole  mass  becomes 
apparently  very  light,  the  original  color  disappears,  and  there  is  pearly 
or  silky  lustre  in  one  direction.     Thus  Pumice  is  generally  formed. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  these  varieties  melt  with  more  or  less  facility, 
according  to  the  fusibility  of  their  ingredients,  into  a  vesicular  glass,  or 
they  yield  an  enamel. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  DESCOTILS.     By  BEUTHIER.  By  KLAPROTH. 

Silica 

Alumina    . 

Potash       .       -.    > 

Soda          .         .    > 

Ox.  iron  and  mang.    2  00 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Water       . 

VOL.11.  10 


var.                               var.              var.            var. 
Obsidian.                  Pitchstone.    Pearlstone.   Pumice. 

72-00 

6946 

.     73-00     . 

72-25     • 

77-50 

1250 

2-60 

,     14-50     . 

12-00     . 

1750 

10-00 

C7-12 

$5-08 

,     o-oo    . 

.       1-75     . 

450} 

o-oo  5  • 

3-00 

200 

260 

.       1-10     . 

1-60     . 

1-75 

0-00 

7-54 

,       1-00     . 

0-50     . 

0-00 

0-00 

2-60 

.     o-oo    . 

o-oo   . 

0-00 

o-oo 

3-00 

.       8-50     . 

4-50     . 

0-00 

110  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pitchstone. 


4.  Pitchstone  forms  mountain  masses,  and  is  generally  in  close  con- 
nexion with  porphyry.     Many  of  the  other  varieties  occur  under  similar 
circumstances.     It  is  often  the  paste  of  certain  kinds  of  porphyry,  con- 
taining imbedded  crystals  of  other  minerals;  and  in  a  similar  manner, 
Obsidian,  Pearlstone,  and  Pumice,  form,  each  their  porphyry,  denomina- 
ted after  the  kind  of  paste  which  contains  the  crystals.     All  these  varie- 
ties occur  also  in  beds  in  sandstone,  in  which  it  has  been  observed  that 
in  some   places  they  lie   regularly  between   the  strata,  or   abruptly  as- 
sume another  situation,  interrupt  the  strata,  and  then  appear  in  the  shape 
of  regular  veins.     Several  of  the  pitchstoce  veins  in  red  sandstone  seem 
to  have  the  same  origin  ;  but  it  cannot  be  determined  whether  this  also 
is  the  case  in  similar  veins  in  granite,  where  they  likewise  occur.     Ob- 
sidian frequently  occurs  in  grains.     Pumice,   and  several  of  the  other 
varieties  of  Pitchstone,  are  products  of  active  volcanoes. 

5.  Considerable  masses  of  very  distinct  Pitchstone  occur  on  the  foot 
of  the  Saxon  metalliferous   mountains  at  Meissen,  also  at  Planitz  near 
Zwickaw,  passing  into  Obsidian  in  the  isle  ot  Arran.     Pearlstone,  inclu- 
ding grains  of  Obsidian,  is  found  between  Tokay  and  Keresztur,  and  at 
Glashiltte  near  Schemnitz  in  Hungary,   at  Cabo  de  Gata  in  Spain,  near 
Ochotzk  in  Siberia,  &c.     Obsidian  is  very  frequent  in  Iceland,  where  it 
exists  in  grains,  angular  pieces  and  beds ;  it  is  also  found  at  Schemnitz 
and  Glashatte  in  Hungary,  of  a  green  color  at  Moidauthein  in  Bohemia, 
and  shewing  every  stage  of  the  passage  into  Pumice,  in  the  Lipari  isl- 
ands, also  in  Teneriffe,  Peru,  and  New  Spain.     Pumice  occurs  at  Vesu- 
vius, in  Iscbia,  the   Lipari  islands,   and  several  islands  of  the  Grecian 
Archipelago,  in  TeneiirTe;  near  Tokay,  Sclieirnitz,  and  other  places  in 
Hungary;  near  Andernach,  and  the  lake  of  Laach  on  the  Rhine;  in 
Quito  and  Mexico,  &c      In  several  of  these  countries,  also,  it  is  met 
with  in  conglomerates. 

6.  Obsidian  is  employed  for  mirrors,  vases,  snuffboxes,  &c. ;  in  Mex- 
ico and  the  island  of  Ascension,  very  sharp  edged  fragments  are  used  as 
tools  and  weapons.     Pumice  yields  a  well  known  material  for  grinding 
and  polishing,  and  is  also  employed  as  a  filtering  stone. 

PITCHY  IRON-ORE.     (See  Iron  Sinter  and  Triplite.) 
PLASMA.     (See  Quartz.) 
PLEONASTE.     (See  Spinel.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Plumbago. 


PLUMBAGO.     Rhombohedral  Graphite-Mica. 

MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid,  of  unknown  dimensions. 
Secondary  forms.     1.  Six  sided  prism.     2.  Six  sided, 
prism,  with  terminal  edges  truncated.     The  crystals  inva- 
riably posses-s  a  tabular  appearance. 

Cleavage,  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  rhomboid,  (or 
parallel  with  the  bases  of  the  hexagonal  tables,)  perfect. 
Fracture  uneven,  scarcely  observable.  Surface,  bases  of 
the  prisms  generally  smooth,  or  faintly  striated  parallel  to 
their  edges  of  combination  ;  the  rest  of  the  faces  rough. 

Lustre  metallic.  The  highest  degrees  of  lustre  are  found 
upon  the  perfect  faces  of  cleavage,  and  upon  the  bases  of 
the  hexagonal  tables.  Color  iron-black,  dark  steel-grev. 
Streak  black,  shining.  Opake. 

Sectile.  Thin  lamina  are  highly  flexible.  Hardness 
=  1-0...  2-0.  Sp.gr.  =2-0891. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
tbe  individuals  flat  and  scaly,  of  various  sizes,  frequently 
impalpable.  Of  the  latter,  the  fracture  is  conchoidal  or 
even. 

1.  In  a  high  degree  of  heat,  it  is  combustible,  and  leaves  a  residue  of 

oxide  of  iron,     tt  is  infusible. 

2.  Analysis. 

ByScHEELE.        By  VAUQUELIN     By  SAUSSURE. 
Carbon  -         81-00         -         -         9200  96* 

-         10-00         -         -  8  00  4-00 

9-00         -  000  -  000 

Oxygen 

3    The  varieties  of  this  species  are  found  in  beds,  or  form  beds  by 
themselves,  in  slaty  and  ancient  trap-rocks.     They  seem  often  to  replac 
Mica  and  Talc  in  certain  rocks.     It  is  particularly  in  beds  of  limestone 
that  the  crystallized  variety  of  Plumbago  ^occurs.     It  is  likewise 
in  the  coal  formation. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Plumbago  —  Plumbocalcite. 


4.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  deposits  of  Plumbago  is  at  Borrowdale 
in  Cumberland,  in  a  bed  of  trap,  very  much  interrupted,  and  alternating 
with  clay-slate.     It  occurs  crystallized   in  Greenland,  in  the  parish  of 
Pargas  in  Finland  ;  and  different  varieties  are   known  from  the  Tyrol, 
Salzburg,  Piedmont,  France,  Spain,  and  Norway. 

Plumbago  is  of  very  common  occurrence  in  the  United  States.  Some 
of  the  handsomest  crystallized  varieties  occur  near  Ticonderoga  on  Lake 
George,  upon  Roger's  rock,  where  it  is  associated  with  Pyroxene  and 
Sphene  ;  and  in  the  vicinity  of  Amity,  Orange  county,  (N.Y.)  at  which 
place  it  occurs  in  white  limestone,  with  Spinel,  Brucite,  Hornblende, 
&c.  A  compact  variety  is  found  in  large  masses,  disseminated  in  veins 
through  gneiss,  at  Sturbridge,  (Mass  )  A  similar  variety  occurs  atGren- 
ville,  (Lower  Canada,)  along  with  Sphene  and  Tabular  Spar,  in  white 
limestone. 

5.  Plumbago  is  much  employed  in   the  manufacture  of  lead  pencils, 
and  of  crucibles.     It  is  also  used  to  diminish  friction,  and  to  protect  iron 
from  oxidation. 

PLUMBOCALCITE.     Microtine  Lime-Haloide. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  104°  53'  30". 

Surface  of  the  crystals  rounded. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  white.  Transparent  to  translu- 
cent. 

Hardness  =2-5  .  .  .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-82. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive. 

1.  Heated  in  a  platina  crucible,  or  in  a  glass  tube,  it  decrepitates,  and 
after  some  time  assumes  a  brownish,  or  pale  reddish,  tint.     A  small  frag- 
ment, dissolved  in  muriatic  or  nitric  acid,  gives  a  white  precepitate,  with 
caustic  ammonia,  which  becomes  black  on  the  addition  of  hydrosulphu- 
ret  of  ammonia. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  TURJVER. 

Carbonate  of  lime          ......         92-2 

Carbonate  of  lead  .         .....  7.3 

3.  It  occurs  at  Wanlockhead  in  Scotland. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  113 

Plumbo-Gummite. 


PLUMBO-GUMM1TE.     Staphyline  Lead-Baryte. 

Reniform.  Surface  smooth.  Composition  thin  colum- 
nar . . .  impalpable. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  sides  of  a  rhombic  prism,  in 
traces.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  yellowish-brown  and  reddish- 
brown,  striped.  Translucent. 

Hardness  =4-0  . .  .  4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =6-3  . . .  6-4. 

If  rubbed  in  an  isolated  state,  it  acquires  a  strong  nega- 
tive electricity. 

1.  If  quickly  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  and  loses  its 
water;  but  is  infusible  by  itself.  With  borax,  it  yields  a  transparent, 
colorless  glass,  without  reducing  the  lead.  Its  powder  is  decomposed 
by  concentrated  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Oxide  of  lead  40-14 

Alumina  37-00 

Water  18-80 

Sulphurous  acid         •  •  0*20 

Lime,  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese  -         -  1*80 

Silica  0-60 

3.  It  occurs  at  Huelgoet,  near  Poullaouen  in  Brittany,  in  clay-slate, 
along  with  Galena,  Blende,  Iron  Pyrites  and  Pyrbmorphite. 

PL.USIN-GLANCE. 

Massive ;  in  druses. 

Color,  between  iron-black  and  blackish  lead-grey. 
Hardness   (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  3.     Sp.  gr.  =6-189  ... 
6-244. 
1.  It  is  found  at  Freiberg. 

POLYBASITE.      Axotomous    Polypoione- 

Gla  n  c  e. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism  ? 
10* 


114  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Polybasite — Polyhallite. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  terminal 
edges  replaced  by  three  or  six  planes. 

Surface  of  the  crystals  streaked  upon  the  terminal  planes, 
parallel  to  the  sides  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  or  parallel 
to  the  alternating  edges  of  the  six-sided  prism.  Fracture 
uneven. 

Lustre  splendent.     Color,  iron-black. 

Sectile.  Hardness  between  Common  Salt  and  Calca- 
reous Spar.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-214. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive. 


1 
By 

.  Analysis, 
ROSE. 

By  BRANDES. 

Sulphur 
Antimony 
Arsenic 

fr.  Mexico. 
1704 
5-09 
3-74 

fr.  Schemnitz. 
16-83 
0-25 
623 

fr.  Neu-Morgenstern. 
19-4000 

o-oooo 

3-3019 

Silver 

64-29 

7243 

65-5000 

Copper 
Iron 

993 

0-06 

3-04 
0-33 

3-7500 
5-4600 

Zinc 

000 

0-59 

00000 

2.  It  occurs  partly  in  super-imposed  crystals,  partly  massive  and  dis- 
seminated, in  the  mine  of  Guanaxuato,  in  Mexico ;  also  at  Guansamez 
in  Durango,  with  yellow  Copper  Pyrites  and  Calcareous  Spar  ;  also  with 
Stilbite,  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  and  probably  near  Freiberg. 

POLYHALLITE.     Stelene    Bri  thy  ne- Salt. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar.  Cleavage  parallel  with 
a  prism  of  115°.  Fracture  splintery,  uneven. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  smoke-grey  and  pearl  grey, 
flesh-red  and  brick-red. 

Hardness  greater  than  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  —2-7689.     STRO- 

MEYER. 

Taste  saline  and  bitter. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Polyhallite — Polymignite. 


115 


Crystallized.        Red  mass.  var.           Grey  mass.  var. 
400         -         45-0                          40-0 

376 

44-6 

29-4 

05 

00 

0-0 

00 

o-o 

17-6 

15-4 

6-4 

0-7 

4-5 

3-0 

4-3 

20 

1-0 

8-0 

1.  In  the  flame  of  a  candle,  it  melts  into  an  opake  globule,  and  is 
readily  dissolved  in  water,  the  solution  letting  fall  a  precipitate  of  sul- 
phate of  lime. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

from  Vic. 

Crystallized.        I 
Sulphate  of  lime 
Sulphate  of  soda 
Sulphate  of  mang.     - 
Sulphate  of  magnesia 
Chloride  of  sodium    - 
Alumina  and  ox.  iron 
Loss  by  calcination    - 

By  STROMEYER. 

from  Ischel. 

Anhydrous  sulphate  of  litne  ....       22-2184 

Anhydrous  sulphate  of  potash          -  27-6347 

Anhydrous  sulphate  of  magnesia     ...         -       20-0347 
Anhydrous  sulphate  of  iron  -         -  -         0-2927 

Hydrous  sulphate  of  lime  ....       28-4580 

Chloride  of  sodium  ....         0-1910 

Chloride  of  magnesium  ....         00100 

Peroxide  of  iron  ....         0-1920 

3.  It  occurs  at  Berchlesgaden  and  Ischel,  along  with  Common  Salt, 
Gypsum  and  Anhydrite  ;  also  in  the  salt  mines  of  Vic  in  Lorraine. 

POLYMIGNITE.     Melanous    E  ruth  rone-Ore. 

Primary   form.     Right  rhombic   prism. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  having  the  lateral  edges 
deeply  truncated,  or  slightly  bevelled,  and  terminated  by 
four-sided  pyramids,  which,  viewed  as  an  octahedron  with 
a  rhombic  base,  have  angles  of  136°  30'  and  116°  30'. 


116 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Polymignite. 


Cleavage,  imperfect  in  the  direction  of  the  replacing 
faces  of  the  prism.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  metallic.    Color  black.    Streak  brown.     Opake. 
Hardness  =6-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4'8. 

1.  Alone,  upon  charcoal,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  unaltered.  With 
borax,  it  melts  into  an  iron-colored  glass.  With  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  is 
with  difficulty  dissolved ;  the  glass  appearing  reddish  in  the  reduction 
fire,  and  the  color  not  undergoing  change  from  the  addition  of  tin.  With 
soda,  it  becomes  greyish-red,  but  does  not  melt. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Titanic  acid               46-30 

Zirconia                      14.1-4 

Oxide  of  iron 12  20 

Lime  4-20 

Oxide  of  manganese 270 

Oxide  of  cerium 5-00 

Yttria                         11-50 

3.  Its  locality  is  Fredrichsvarn,Noiway,  where  it  is  found  in  Zircon- 
sienite. 

4.  Very  small,  iron-black  crystals,  of  a  prismatic  form,  which  gave 
with  the  common  goniometer  M  on  M  =  about  100°,  are  found  with  the 
Green  Feldspar  in  sicnite,  at  Beverly,  (Mass.)     These  prisms  have  their 
lateral  edges  truncated.     Hardness  =  65.     Streak  brown  ;  lustre  me- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Prehnite. 


117 


tallic.     Infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  alone  ;  with  salt  of  phosphorus, 
very  slowly  soluble,  and  the  globule  assuming  a  yellowish  color. 

POLYSPH^RITE. 

In  single  rounded  balls  or  drops,  whose  internal  structure  is 
concentric. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color,  liver-brown,  clove-brown,  yellowish- 
brown,  yellowish  grey,  and  nearly  isabella-yellow.  Streak  white/ 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =^4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  5-89..  . 
6-092. 

1.  It  is  composed  of  oxide  of  lead,  phosphoric  acid,  and  alumina. 

2.  It  is  taken  occasionally  from  diggings  in  the  district  of  Freiberg  : 
it  is  also  found  at  Georgenstadter. 

POONAHLITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M'  =  92°  20'. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white.     Transparent. . .  translucent. 

Hardness  nearly  that  of  Mesotype. 

1.  It  is  found  implanted  upon,  and  traversing  Apophyllite,  and  as- 
sociated with  Stilbite,  Epistilbite  and  Calcareous  Spar,  at  Poonah  in  the 
East  Indies. 

PRASE.     (See  Quartz.) 

PREHNITE.     Axotomous    Kouphone-  Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  My= 
99°  30'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  339.  Fig.  340. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Prehnite. 


o    on  o  over  the  summit     - 

»  31°  00' 

M  or  M7  on  / 

139     45  PHILLIPS. 

al'  on  al7 

177     20         " 

al'on/ 
al'  on  M 

92     00 
91     30 

c     on  M 

128     30         " 

Cleavage,  very  distinct  in  the  direction  of  P,  less  distinct 
in  that  of  M.  Surface,  P  and  al  often  streaked,  the  late- 
ral faces  streaked  perpendicularly. 

Lustre  vitreous,  except  upon  P,  which  possesses  pearly 
lustre,  particularly  if  produced  by  cleavage.  Color,  vari- 
ous shades  of  green,  as  leek-green,  mountain-green,  apple- 
green,  siskin-green,  &ic. ;  passing  into  white  and  grey. 
Streak  white.  Semi-transparent , . ,  translucent- 
Brittle.  Hardness  =6-0  ...  7-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-926. 
Compound  Varieties.  Reniform,  globular,  stalactitic 
shapes  :  surface  generally  drusy  ;  composition  columnar, 
sometimes  broad,  imperfect  and  strongly  coherent ;  if  the 
particles  of  composition  be  distinct,  the  surface  is  often 
pretty  smooth.  Massive  :  composition  either  columnar,  as 
above,  or  granular,  and  even  sometimes  impalpable.  Some- 
times compound  varieties  are  again  aggregated  in  a  second 
composition,  the  faces  of  composition  being  rough  and  un- 
even. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  is  transformed  into  a  white 
frothy  scoria,  which,  on  a  continuance  of  the  heat,  melts  into  a  compact, 
colored  globule.  With  borax,  it  melts  into  a  transparent  bead.  In  dilute 
muriatic  acid,  it  is  slowly  dissolved,  leaving  behind  a  flaky  residue. 
When  heated,  it  exhibits  electric  poles. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  119 

Prehnite. 


2.  Analysis. 

ByKLAPROTH.  ByWALMSTEDT.  By  LATJGIER. 

fr.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  fr.  Dunbarton.  fr.  the  Palatinate. 

Silica  .         43-85         .         .         44-10         .  .         42-50 

Alumina  .         30-33         .         .         2426         .  .         28-50 

Lirae  .         18-33         .         .         26*43         .  .         20-40 

Oxide  ofiron     .  5-66         .         .  074         .  .  3-00 

Water  .  1-83         .         .  4-18         .  .  2-00 

Potash  and  soda  0  00         .         .  0  00         .  .  0-75 

3.  It  occurs  in  veins  in  granite,  gneiss,  and  sienite ;  but  is  more  com- 
mon in  balls,  irregular  veins  and  vesicular  cavities  in  trap. 

4.  It  was  first  brought  to  Europe  by  Col.  PREHN,  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  in  bright  colored  apple-green  varieties.     The  crystallized 
varieties  come   from  the  Alps  of  Savoy  and  Dauphiny.     Massive  and 
imperfectly  crystallized  specimens  occur  at  St.  Gothard  in  Switzerland, 
in  the  Tyrol,  in  Salzburg,  Carinthia,  in  the  Pyrenees,  in  Norway  and 
Sweden.     It  occurs  in  considerable  quantity  near  Glasgow  in  Scotland, 
also  at  Reichenbach  near  Oberstein  in  the  Palatinate,  and  in  the  Faroe 
Islands.     In  the  United  States,  handsomely  crystallized  and  massive  va- 
rieties, of  a  rich  green  color,  are  found  at  Farmington,  (Conn.)  in  trap. 
Others,  less  beautiful,  are  found  occasionally  throughout  the  trap  region 
of  Now  England  and  New  Jersey.     It  occurs  in  veins  in  gneiss,  at  Bel- 
lows Falls,  (Vt.)  and  at  Charlestown,  (Mass.)  in  sienite. 

PRISMATOIDAL    CoPPER-GLANCE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  acute  lateral  edges 
truncated,  and  the  acute  solid  angles  so  deeply  truncated,  as  to 
produce  dihedral  summits. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  secondary  literal  planes,  rather  per- 
fect, though  interrupted.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal.  Sur- 
tace  rough. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead-grey.  Streak  unchan- 
ged. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =5-735. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  granular,  indi- 
viduals strongly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  gives  nearly  the  same  results  as  Bournon- 
ite,  with  which  it  appears  to  agree  in  chemical  composition. 


120 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Proustite. 


2.  It  has  been  found  in  the  beds  of  Spathic  Iron  at  St.  Gertraud,  near 
Wolfsberg  in  the  valley  of  the  Lavant,  in  Carinthia. 

3.  With  the  exception  of  form,  which,  however,  has  not  been  satis- 
factorily determined,  it  resembles  very  closely  the  species  Bournonite. 

PROUSTtTE.     Aphotistic  M  elacon  e-Blende. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=107°  36'. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.      Fig.  341. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Proustite. 


121 


4.      Fig.  344. 


5.   Fig.  343,  with  the  edges  between  d  and  d  truncated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  rarely  distinct.  Fracture  con- 
choidal . . .  uneven.  Surface,  d  streaked  parallel  to  its  up- 
per edges ;  «,  vertically. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  cochineal-red.  Streak  the 
same  as  color.  Semi-transparent  to  translucent  on  the 
edges. 

Hardness  =2-0. .  .2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =5-524,  a  cleavable 
variety  from  Annaberg  ;  5-422,  a  dark  red  variety,  from 
the  Churprinz  mine  near  Freiberg. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals,  and  massive,  com- 
position granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  at  first ;  it  then 
melts  with  a  bluish  flame,  emitting  sulphurous  acid,  and  in  a  more  pow- 
erful heat,  the  odor  of  arsenic  ;  and  finally  yields  a  metallic  globule, 
which  is  reducible  to  pure  silver.  Its  solution  in  nitric  acid,  gives  a 
citron-yellow  precipitate  of  sulphate  of  arsenic. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE.  By  PROUST. 

from  Joachirnsthal. 

Sulphur  .         .         19-51     :     Sulphuret  of  arsenic     .     25-00 

Antimony  .         .  0-69     :     Sulphuret  of  silver       .     7435 

Arsenic  .         .        15-09    :     Oxide  of  iron  .       0-65 

Silver  .         .         64  67     : 


VOL.  II. 


11 


122 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pseudo-Malachite. 


3.  It  occurs  associated  with  various  ores   of  silver,   several  species 
of  Pyrites,  and  particularly  with   Native   Arsenic    and   White   Iron- 
Pyrites. 

4.  It  is  found  in  the  Saxon  and  Bohemian  mines,  and  is  particularly 
abundant  at  Zacatecas  in  Mexico. 

PRUNNERITE.     (See  Calcareous  Spar.) 
PSEUDO-  MALACHITE.     Hemi-prismatic 
C  op  p  e  r-B  ary  t  e. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  = 
142°  30'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  345. 


on  e 

o  on  o  over  a 
a  on  e 
/on/ 


141°     4' 

112     37 

90     00 

117     49 


Cleavage.  Slight  indications  parallel  to  b'  and  e.  Frac- 
ture small  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  a  and  f  a  little 
rough,  though  even  ;  M  smooth  but  uneven.  The  rest  of 
the  faces  smooth  and  even. 

Lustre  adamantine,  inclining  to  vitreous.  Color  emerald- 
green,  verdigris-green,  blackish  green,  often  darker  at  the 
surface.  Streak  green,  a  little  paler  than  the  color.  Trans- 
lucent, often  only  on  the  edges. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  123 

Pseudo-Malachite — Psilomelane. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  4-5  ...  5-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  4-205,  a 
crystallized  variety,  from  Rheinbreitbach  near  Bonn. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform,  rather  imperfect : 
composition  imperfectly  columnar ;  surface  drusy,  and  often 
of  a  darker  color.  Massive  :  composition  as  above. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  ease,  and  is  converted  into  a 
small,  vesicular,  metalloidal  globule.  It  is  soluble  without  effervescence, 
in  nitric  acid,  particularly  if  heated. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  LUNTV. 

Oxide  of  copper  .  .  68-13  .  .  .  .  62-847 
Phosphoric  acid  .  .  30-95  ....  21-687 
Water  .  .  0-00  ....  15-454 

3.  It  is  found  in  veins  traversing  grey  wacke  slate,  and  is  accompanied 
by  several  varieties  of  Quartz  and  ores  of  copper,  in  the  Virneberg  near 
Rheinbreitbach  on  the  Rhine. 

PSILOMELANE.  Uncleavable  Manganese- 
Ore.  MOHS. 

Regular  forms  and  cleavage  unknown.  Fracture  not 
observable. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  bluish-black  and 
greyish  black,  passing  into  dark  steel-grey.  Streak  brown- 
ish black,  shining.  Opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  4'145,  a 
botryoidal  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform,  botryoidal,  fruticose: 
composition  columnar,  impalpable;  fracture  flat  conchoidal, 
even  ;  in  a  second  curved  composition  it  is  curved  lamellar, 
the  faces  of  composition  being  smooth,  rough  or  granulated. 
Massive  :  composition  granular,  impalpable,  strongly  con- 
nected ;  fracture  flat  conchoidal,  even. 


124  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Psilomelane — Pyrallolite. 


Analysis. 

By  TURNER. 

fr.  Schnceberg. 

fr.  Rornaneche. 

Red  oxide  of  manganes 

e           69795 

70-967 

Oxygen 

7-364 

7260 

Baryta             -    '     - 

16365 

16690 

Silica 

0260 

0-950 

Water 

6-216 

4130 

The  only  European  locality  quoted,  is  Schneeberg,  Saxony,  though  it 
probably  exists  at  several  other  places.  Very  well  characterized  speci- 
mens are  found  in  considerable  quantity,  at  Chittenden,  (Vt.) 

PURPLE  COPPER.     (See  Phillipsite.) 
PYCNITE.     (See  Topaz.) 
PYKNOTROP. 

Massive  :  cleavage  in  two  directions,  but  indistinct.  Fracture 
splintery. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  greyish  white,  to  brown  and  grey. 
Translucent. 

Hardness  =  2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-609  . . .  2-669. 

1.  It  is  probably  a  vaiiety  of  Serpentine. 

PYRALLOLITE.      Prismatic    Tab  ular- Sp  ar. 

Primary  form.     Rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  94°  36'. 

Cleavage,  distinct  parallel  to  M,  also  to  the  diagonals  of 
the  prism. 

Massive  :  composition  granular.     Fracture  earthy. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  white,  sometimes  greenish. 
Translucent  on  the  edges  . .  .  opake. 

Hardness  =3*5  . . .  4*0.  It  seems  to  become  harder  by 
exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr.  —  2'55  . . .  2-60. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  first  becomes  black,  then  white  ;  after- 
wards it  intumesces  and  melts  on  its  edges.  With  borax  it  yields  a  trans- 
parent glass.  When  reduced  to  powder,  it  phosphoresces,  with  a  bluish 
light. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  125 

Pyrochlore. 


2.  Analysis. 

By  NORDENSKIOLD. 

Silica                         56-62 

Magnesia                    23-38 

Alumina                     3-38 

Lime  ------  5  58 

Oxide  of  iron              0-99 

Protoxide  of  manganese     -----  0-99 

Water                         3-58 

Bitumen  and  loss  ------  6*38 

3.  It  occurs  at  Storgard  in  the  parish  of  Pargas  in  Finland,  with  Feld- 
spar, Augite,  Sphene  and  Calcareous  Spar. 

PYRANEITE.     (See  Garnet.) 

PYRARGILLITE. 

In  crystals,  which  are  four-sided  prisms  with  truncated  angles, 
and  massive. 

Color  blackish,  and  shining. 
Hardness  =  3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2  505. 
It  emits  a  clayey  odor. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  NoRDENSKIOiD. 

Silica                    4393 

Alumina              28-93 

Protoxide  of  iron 5-30 

Magnesia,  with  some  protoxide  of  manganese     .  2-90 

Potash                   .         .         ...         .         .  1-05 

Soda                      .         .         .  •     .         .         .         .  1-85 

Water                   15-47 

2.  It  is  found  in  Finland. 

PYROCHLORE.      Pyrochlore    Eruthrone-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre    resinous    to   vitreous.      Color   reddish-brown. 
Streak  clear-brown.     Opake. 

Hardness  =5-0  . . .  6*0.     Sp.  gr.  =4-2. 

11* 


126 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyrochlore — Pyrolusite. 


1.  Alone,  it  becomes  of  a  clear,  yellowish  brown  color,  and  melts  with 
much  difficulty,  into  a  blackish-brown,  slaggy  mass.  With  borax,  it  is 
perfectly  dissolved  in  the  oxidation  fire,  into  a  reddish-yellow,  transpa- 
rent glass,  which,  by  flaming,  becomes  yellow  and  opake.  In  the  redu- 
cing heat,  a  dark  red  pearl  is  obtained.  In  salt  of  phosphorus,  it  is  dis- 
solved perfectly,  attended  at  first,  with  some  effervescence.  With  soda, 
upon  platina,  it  affords  a  green  manganesious  reaction. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  WOHL.ER. 

Titanic  acid                  62-75 

Magnesia                      ......  12-85 

Protox.  of  uranium     .         .         .         .         .         .  5  18 

Oxide  of  cerium  (impure) 6-80 

Oxide  of  manganese             2-75 

Oxide  of  iron                        .         .         .         .         .  2-16 

Oxide  of  tin                           0-61 

Water                                    4-2Q 

3.  It  is  found  at  Friederichsvairn  in  Norway. 

PYROLUSITE.  Prismatic  Manganese-Ore. 
HAIJDINGER. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =  93° 
40'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  346. 


M 


M 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  M  and  b. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  iron-black  ;  in  very  delicate  co- 
lumnar compositions,  the  color  becomes  bluish,  and  the  lus- 
tre imperfectly  metallic.  Streak  black.  Opake. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  127 

Py  roln  site. 


Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  2'0  ..  .2*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
4*94,  from  Elgersburg  ;  4-819.  TURNER. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform  coats.  Both  colum- 
nar and  granular  composition  is  often  met  with,  particularly 
the  former  ;  the  individuals  often  radiating  from  common 
centres.  If  the  individuals  are  very  delicate,  the  masses 
will  soil  the  fingers,  and  write  on  paper. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  gives  the  customary  reaction  of  manga- 
nese-ores. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  TURNER. 

Red  oxide  of  manganese    .         .         .         .         .        85-617 

Oxygen  11-599 

Water  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  1-566 

Silica  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  0-553 

Baryta  0-665 

Lime  .......       a  trace. 

3.  Pyrolusite  is  very  often  the  product  of  decomposition  from  Spathic 
Iron,  the  carbonate  of  iron  of  the  latter  being  converted  by  natural 
agents,  into  the  hydrate  of  the  peroxide,  while  the  lime,  which  it  occa- 
sionally contains,  is  deposited  in  the  shape  of  Calcareous  Spar,  or  Arrag- 
onite  ;  and  the  Manganese  is  often  found  covering  the  surface  of  decom- 
posed rhomboids  of  the  original  species,  in  the  shape  of  minute  crystals. 
In  this  manner,  it  occurs  in  the  mines  of  decomposed  Spathic  Iron,  in 
beds  in  gneiss,  at  Hiittenberg  in  Carinthia,  at  Schwalkalden  in  Hessia, 
and  other  places.  It  is  likewise  found  in  this  manner  in  the  counties  of 
Sayn,  Siegen,  Salm,  and  Hamm  in  Prussia,  in  the  veins  of  Spathic  Iron 
traversing  clay  slate,  which  are  decomposed  in  the  upper  levels,  and 
then  contain  much  Limonite.  One  of  the  varieties  from  Horhau- 
sen  is  particularly  remarkable  for  the  delicacy  of  the  fibres,  which 
are  disposed  in  small  tufts,  within  the  geodes  of  Limonite,  and  which 
greatly  resemble  the  fibrous  varieties  of  Grey  Antimony.  Weyer  in  the 
county  of  Wied-Runkel,  Hirschberg  near  Ahrensberg  and  Beodorf  on 
the  Lower  Rhine,  are  likewise  quoted  as  localities  of  superb  specimens 
of  Pyrolusite.  The  finest  crystals  of  Pyrolusite,  occur  at  Schimmel  and 
Oslerfreude  near  Johanngeorgenstadt,  and  at  Hirschberg  in  Westphalia. 
These  are  chiefly  short  thick  prisms,  terminated  on  their  extremities  in 


128 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyrolusite — Pyromorphite. 


numerous  fibres.  Large  flattish  crystals,  of  great  beauty,  terminating  in 
sharp  elongated  pyramids,  with  curved  faces,  occur  at  MaeskamezK, 
near  Maggar  Lapos,  south  of  Kapnik  in  Transylvania,  in  geodes  of 
Limonite,  and  associated  with  crystals  of  Quartz.  Cleavable  individu- 
als, of  considerable  size,  are  found  near  Goslar  in  the  Hartz,  in  a  moun- 
tain called  Gingelsberg.  They  are  imbedded  in  small  veins  of  Quartz 
and  Calcareous  Spar,  in  clay  slate.  Distinct,  though  small  crystals,  are 
met  with  in  many  of  the  mines  in  the  west  of  Germany.  A  variety  oc- 
curs at  the  mine  of  Antonio  Pereira  near  Villa  Ricca  in  Brazil,  along 
with  Limonite  and  Psilomelane.  Small  granular  Pyrolusite  occurs  in 
Dalecarlia,  Sweden.  But  the  individuals  are  often  much  smaller,  and 
appear  in  the  form  of  a  black  sooty  substance.  Such  are  frequently 
found  in  the  iron  mines  of  Raschau,  and  other  places  in  Saxony.  The 
Pyrolusite  is  rarely  found  without  Psilomelane;  and  is  also  very  gene- 
rally associated  with  Limonite.  In  some  varieties  from  Berge  in  the 
county  of  Salm,  thin  stalactites  of  Limonite  are  uniformly  covered  with  a 
stratum  of  Pyrolusite.  Pyrolusite  occurs  at  numerous  'places  in  Eng- 
land. 

It  is  very  abundant  in  the  United  States.  It  occurs  at  Bennington, 
Monkton,  Chittenden,  and  various  other  places  in  Vermont,  crystallized 
and  granular,  and  associated  with  Psilomelane  ;  in  Massachusetts,  at  Con- 
way,  in  a  vein  of  Quartz;  at  Winchester,  (N.  H.)  ;  in  Connecticut,  at 
Salisbury  and  Kent,  in  thin  velvety  coatings,  upon  Limonite. 

PYROMORPHITE.      Brachytypous    Lead- 

Baryte.     PARTSCH. 
Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  347. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  129 

Pyromorpbite. 


M   orM'ond'  150°  00'     PHILLIPS. 

M'  on  c'  or  M'  on  c"  131     45 

P    on  c  or  c"  138     30 

c'    on  c  or  c"  -         -          1 10       5 

Cleavage,  traces  parallel  with  M,  also  parallel  with  c. 
Jracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  M  al- 
most always  horizontally  streaked,  and  often  barrel-shaped, 
or  contracted  at  the  ends  of  the  prisms.  P  rough,  and  of- 
ten excavated. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color,  generally  green  or  brown. 
There  is  an  uninterrupted  series  from  various  shades  of 
white,  through  siskin-green,  asparagus-green,  grass-green, 
pistachio-green,  olive-green,  oil-green  ;  wax-yellow,  honey- 
yellow,  orange-yellow;  aurora-red,  hyacinth-red;  hair- 
brown,  clove-brown;  pearl-grey  and  ash-grey.  Streak 
white,  sometimes  inclining  to  yellow.  Semi-transparent . . . 
translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3-5  .  .  .  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  7-098,  of 
a  green  variety  from  Zschopau  ;  6-831,  of  a  brown  variety 
from  Zimapan. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular,  reniform,  botryoidal, 
fruticose  shapes;  composition  columnar;  faces  of  compo- 
sition rough,  irregularly  streaked,  seldom  smooth.  Massive : 
composition  columnar,  or  granular  ;  the  latter  in  most  cases 
strongly  coherent. 

1  The  green  and  brown  varieties  are  separated  by  some  mineralo- 
gists into  distinct  species,  without  sufficient  reason,  however,  inasmuch 
as  there  are  individuals  whose  properties  form  an  uninterrupted  series  of 
connexion  between  the  two. 

2    Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  melts  in  the  outer  flame 
globule,  which  crystallizes  on  becoming  cold,  and  changes  to  a  brown 


a 


PHYSIOGRAPHY* 

Pyromorphite. 


color.  In  the  interior  flame,  the  globule  becomes  bluish,  is  luminous 
when  hot,  and  on  cooling  crystallizes  with  large  facets  of  a  lighter  color, 
approaching  the  mother  of  pearl.  The  form  produced  by  this  crystalli- 
zation has  not  been  accurately  examined,  though  it  appears  to  be  a  reg- 
ular composition  of«several  individuals.  With  borax,  salt  of  phosphorus 
and  soda,  it  behaves  like  the  oxide  of  lead.  With  boracic  acid  and  iron, 
it  affords  phosphate  of  iron  and  metallic  lead. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  WOHLER. 

from  Zschopau,  Saxony. 

Oxide  of  lead  -  78-58  -  -  78-40  -  82-287 

Phosphoric  acid  -  19-73  -  -  18-37  -  15-727 

Muriatic  acid  -  1-65  -  -  1-70  -  1-986 

Oxide  of  iron  000  -  -  0-10  -  a  trace. 

By  KERSTEN. 

Chloride    Fluor-  Phos.         Phos.      Oxide 

Locality.     •       Sp.  gr.         of         ide  cal-  of  of  of          Total. 

Lead.       cicum.  lime.          lead.        iron. 

Sonnenwirbel  -  6  092  -  10-838  -  1-094  -  11-053  -  77-015  -  0-00  -  100-000 

Mies(mas've)  -  6-444  -  10  642  -  0-248  -  7-457  -  81-451  -  trace  -    99-998 

do.  (crystals)  -  5-983  -    9-664  -  0-219  -  0-848  -  89-268  -  0-00  -    99-999 

Bleisdadt (do.)- 7-009-    9-918-0-137-  0-771  -  89-174  -  0-00  -  100-000 

England  (do.)  -  0-000  -  10-074  -  0-130  -  0-682  -  89-110  -  0-00  -    99-896 

Poullaouen(do-)  -  7-048  -  10-090  -  0-000  -  0-000  -  89-910  -  trace  -  100-000 

do.  (mas've)  -  7-050  -  10-069  -  0-000  -  0-000  -  89-931  -  trace-  100-000 

4.  It  is  found  in  veins  in  various  rocks,  usually  attended  by  Galena, 
various  salts  of  lead,  Blende,  Fluor  and  Quartz ;  sometimes  also  by  dif- 
ferent ores  of  silver. 

Finely  crystallized  varieties  are  found  at  Zschopau,  and  other  places 
in  Saxony  ;  at  Przibram  and  Mies  in  Bohemia  ;  in  various  parts  of  Eng- 
land, and  at  the  lead  hills  of  Scotland  ;  also  in  Siberia.  The  brown  va- 
rieties occur  at  Poullaouen  and  Huelgoet  in  Brittany,  at  Wanlockhead 
in  Scotland,  at  Mies  and  Bleistadt  in  Bohemia. 

In  the  United  States,  handsome  specimens  of  the  green  varieties,  have 
been  found  at  the  Perkiomen  lead  mine  near  Philadelphia,  and  at  the 
lead  mine  in  Lenox,  (Maine.) 

PYROPE.     (See  Garnet.} 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  131 

Pyropbyllite. 


PYROPHYLLITE. 

1.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  swells  up,  but  is  infusible.     It 
ields  moisture  by  calcination ;  the  residue  being  heated  with  solution 
of  cobalt,  asumes  a  blue  color. 

2.  Analysis. 

Silica  .  59-79 

Alumina  29-46 

Magnesia 4-00 

Oxide  of  iron       .......  1'80 

Water  5'62 

Silver  a  trace. 

3.  It  is  brought  from  the  Ural  mountains. 

PYROPHYSALITE.     (See  Topaz.) 

PYRORTHITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar.     Fracture  conchoidal,  splin- 
tery, earthy. 

Lustre  resinous.    Color  brownish-black ;  if  decayed,  yellowish- 
brown.     Streak  brownish-black.     Opake. 

Hardness,  is  scratched  by  Calcareous  Spar.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-19. 
1.  If  gently  heated  on  one  side,  it  takes  fire,  arid  burns  without  either 
flame  or  smoke  ;  after  which,  it  becomes  white,  and  melts  into  a  black 
enamel.     It  gives  a  transparent  glass  with  borax ;  and  is  soluble  in  heat- 
ed acids,  with  the  exception  of  a  black  powder. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZEL.IUS. 

Silica  1043 

Alumina  

Protoxide  of  cerium 13-92 

Protoxide  of  iron •  6'08 

Yttria  4'87 


Lime 


181 


Protoxide  of  manganese 

Water  26-50 

Carbon  .         -         •         •      '  •        -         31'41 


132  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyrosmalite — Pyroxene. 

3.  It  has  been  found  at  Kararf,  near  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  in  a  variety 
of  granite,  accompanied  by  Gadolinite. 

PYROSIDERITE.     (See  Limonite.) 

PYROSMALITE.      Hexagonal    Pyrosmalite- 
Mica.     BREITHAUPT. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  bases  of  the  primary  form, 
perfect.  Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  the  bases  of  the  six-sided  prism ; 
lower  degrees  of  vitreous  lustre  in  other  directions.  Color 
pale  liver-brown,  passing  into  grey  and  green.  Streak  paler 
than  the  color.  Translucent  .  .  .  opake. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  4*0  .  .  .  4*5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
3-077  .  .  .3-173. 

1.  Before  the  blowpipe,  it  becomes  reddish  brown,  and  developes 
fumes  of  muriatic  acid.  In  a  strong  fire,  it  melts  first  into  a  black  sco- 
ria, and  then  into  a  globule,  which  is  attractable  by  the  magnet.  It  is 
easily  soluble  in  glass  of  borax. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HISINGER. 

Silica  .         .         .         .         .         .         35850 

Protoxide  of  iron 21-810 

Protoxide  of  manganese    .  .         .         .         21-140 

Muriate  of  iron,  with  excess  of  base         .         .         14  095 

Lime 1-210 

Water        ........  5-895 

3.  It  occurs  in  the  iron  mines  of  Nordmark,  in  Wermeland  in  Sweden, 
associated  with  Calcareous  Spar  and  Pyroxene. 

PYROXENE.     Paratomous  Augite-Spar.    MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  = 
87°  5'.    (87°  42'.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


133 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  348.  Fig.  349. 


Fig.  350. 


M 


M 


z 


Fig.  353. 


By  town,  (L,  Canada.) 
Fig.  354.  Fig.  355. 


M 


Canaan,  (Conn.) 


Bolton,  (Mass,) 


VOL.  II. 


134 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


Fig.  856. 


Fig.  357. 


IM 


M 


Munroe,  (N.  Y.)  yla,  (Piedmont.) 

Fig.  348.  Primary  form,  having  the  obtuse  lateral  edges? 
and  the  lateral  angles,  truncated.  M  on  r  =  133°  35'.  P 
on  s  =150°  2'.  s  on  s  --=120°  38'.  (dihexaedre.  H.)— 
Fig.  349.  The  same,  having  the  lateral  solid  angles  more 
deeply  truncated,  and  the  acute  lateral  edges  truncated. 
M  onZ  =  136°  15'.  5on/  =  13S°48/.  (triunitaire.  H.)— 
Fig.  350.  The  primary  form,  having  the  acute  solid  angle, 
the  .obtuse,  ajid  the  acute,  lateral  edges,  truncated.  P 
on  t  =148°.  r  on  t  =.  106°  6'.  (quadrioctonal  H.)— 
Fig.  351.  Fig.  349,  with  the  acute  solid  angles  replaced 
by  single  planes,  n  on  r  =90°. — Fig.  352.  r  on  t  =  106° 
6'.  w6n  w=131°  8'.  #  on  r^=126°  36'.  M  on  a?  =-134° 
17'.— Fig.  353.  M  on  o  =  145°  9'.  o  on  r  =  118°  59'. 
o  on  o  =95°  28'.  .r  on  m  =133°  30'.— Fig.  355.  i  on  I 
=  139°  r.  i  on  i  -81°  46'.  (epemeride.  H.)— Fig. 
356.  r  on  5  =  103°  597.  (octo  duo  decimal  H.)— Fig.  357. 
o  on  5  =  156°  397.  (stenonome.  H.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M,  rather  perfect,  but  interrupt- 
ed ;  also  with  r  and  /,  and  sometimes  parallel  with  s.  In 
some  varieties,  it  is  eminent  in  the  direction  of  P.  Frac- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


135 


ture  conchoidal,  sometimes  perfect .  .  .  uneven.  Surface, 
r  striated  vertically,  P  sometimes  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  green,  often 
inclining  to  brown,  and  passing  into  grey  and  white,  and 
also  into  black.  Streak  white  .  .  .  grey,  corresponding  to 
the  color.  Transparent  to  opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =5-0  ...  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =3-349,  an 
ash-grey  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.,  Twin-crystals  :  face  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  r. 

Fig.  358. 


Sometimes  crystals  of  this  kind  are  in  cruciform  aggrega- 
tions. Massive  varieties,  compound  in  the  direction  of  P, 
as  in  Sahlite ;  this  must  not  be  taken  for  cleavage,  as  it 
does  not  continue  throughout  the  whole  mass,  but  only  pro- 
duces more  or  less  thick  -laminae,  often  separated  from  each 
other  by  some  extraneous  substance  :  it  often  possesses  a 
slight  pearly  lustre  :  there  is  also  composition  parallel  r,  as 
in  Mussite.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  of  various 
sizes  of  individuals,  often  but  slightly  cohering,  but  often 
also,  very  intimately  connected  ;  faces  of  composition  rough. 
The  individuals  of  lamellar  and  columnar  varieties,  are  in 


136  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


most  cases  easily  separated,   and  present  striated  faces  of 
composition. 

1.  The  present  species  embraces  a  large  number  of  varieties,  both 
simple  and  compound,  among  which  there  exist  uninterrupted  transi- 
tions.    JLugile  comprehends  opake  varieties,  the  colors  of  which  are 
black,  or  blackish  green.     One  of  its  subdivisions,  foliated  A ugite,  oc- 
curs  in   imbedded    crystals.      Conchoidal  Augite    refers   to  imbedded 
grains,   whose  fracture  is  perfectly  conchoidal ;  common  Augite  occurs 
also  in  grains,  but  having  an  uneven  fracture.    Foliated  Augite  is  trans^ 
formed,  by  decomposition,  into  those  earthy  masses,  which  have  been 
called   crystallized  green-earth.      Coccolite  is  of  rather  paler  shades  of 
green  colors  than  the  preceding  varieties,  and  consists  of  very  distinct 
granular  particles  of  composition,  which  may  be  easily  separated.     The 
colors  of  Sahlite,  are  generally  paler  green,  and  inclining  to  grey ;  it  is 
faintly  translucent  on  the  edges,  though  there  are  some  varieties  of  it,  as 
black  and  opake  as  Augite.     It  is  compound,  parallel  to  the  face  of  P. 
If  the  colors  become  very  pale,  it  passes  into  Diopside,  which  contains 
greenish  grey,  greenish  white,  &c.  semi-transparent,  crystals,  or  mass- 
ive varieties,  also  of  pale  colors,  and  compound  parallel  to  the  face  of  r. 
Baikalite  cannot  be  distinguished  from  Sahlite,  even  by  such  slight 
marks  as  those  just  quoted,  and  Fassaite  is  the  name  of  those  varieties 
which  unite  the  green  colors  of  Sahlite,  or  some  that  incline  still  more 
to  yellow,  with  crystalline  forms  similar  to  those  of  Diopside.     Ompha- 
zite  is  a  compact,  leek-green  variety,  with  an  imperfectly  conchoidal  or 
splintery  fracture,  and   generally  mixed   with  Garnet.     That  variety, 
called  Green  Diallage,  is  grass- green,  either  crystallized  or  massive, 
and  in  the  latter  case,  it  presents  a  granular  structure,  or  is  compound 
parallel  to  P,  or  to  r,  alternating  in  layers,  with  particles  of  Hornblende 
of  the  same  color.     Very  delicate  crystals  produce  a  kind  of  Asbestus, 
which  is  different  from  the  one  in  connexion  with  Hornblende,  and  dif- 
ferent also  from  Picrolite  and  Picrosmine.- 

2.  Before  the  blowpipe,  it  melts  pretty  easily,  and  emits  a  few  bub- 
bles; it  finally  yields  a  glassy  globule,  more  or  less  intensely  colored  by , 
iron.     It  is  readily  dissolved  by  borax.     Several  varieties  of  the  present 
species  have  been  obtained  by  way  of  fusion.     Black  crystals  are  not 
unfrequent  among  the  slags  from  the  iron  furnaces  of  Sweden.    A  white 
variety,  in  perfect  crystals,  has  been  obtained  by  mixing  silica,  lime  and 
magnesia,  in  the  necessary  proportion,  and  exposing  the  mixture,  in  a 
charcoal  crucible,  to  the  heat  of  porcelain  furnaces.    Many  varieties  of 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


137 


Pyroxene,  if  melted,  and  then  allowed  to  cool  slowly,  crystallize  and  as- 
sume an  appearance  little  different  from  what  they  had  before. 


M    >>      •»  O 

£  5  ~s 

=1!  It    PI 

F  • 


crq 

1 


^d  M  H  >*j  £5  K  tr*  O      ha 

i 


oiuxmaxai^a^oioioij-oi 

O  H-  '  Cjt  4-  rf-  (X   tO  tO  O<  *-  rf--  ^ 

§cibrfi.^cibooowbiocjx 
OOQOCCOOOtOt^OO 


>os&3occoo<cooooo'    T '"•' 


I- 


4.  Pyroxene  occurs  in  imbedded  crystals,  in  various  kinds  of  rocks,  in 
basalt,  lava,  &c. ;  also  in  beds  in  older  rocks,  both  in  crystals  and  in  com- 
pound massive  varieties ;  it  enters  into  the  regular  mixture  or  composi- 
tion of  several  rocks,  as  the  pyroxene  rocks,  some  varieties  of  greenstone 
and  basalt ;  it  is  likewise  found  in  veins,  traversing  primitive  rocks.  Fo- 
12* 


138  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Pyroxene. 


liated,  conchoidal,  and  common  Augite,  are  found  in  the  first  kind  of 
these  repositories;  granular  Augite,  Coccolite  and  Sahlite,  occur  in  the 
second,  and  are  associated  with  ores  of  iron  and  titanium,  Hornblende, 
Epidote,  Feldspar,  Scapolite,  &c.  Omphazite  occurs  in  beds,  with 
Quartz,  Garnet  and  Hornblende  ;  Diopside  in  veins,  traversing  serpen- 
tine, with  Garnet  and  Mica ;  and  Fassaite  and  Baikalite  also  seem  to  oc- 
cur in  veins,  when  they  are  accompanied  by  Limestone. 

5.  The  imbedded  varieties  of  Augite  are  found  almost  in  every  kind 
of  basalt,  and  those  rocks  which  are  allied  to  it.  The  largest  crystals 
occur  near  Aussig  in  Bohemia ;  but  it  is  met  with  also  in  the  Rhon  and 
Vogel  mountains  in  Germany,  in  France  and  Italy,  in  Scotland  and  its 
western  islands,  &c.  Granular  Augite  and  Sahlite  are  chiefly  obtained 
from  Arendal  in  Norway,  and  Sahla  in  Sweden;  Baikalite  from  the 
mouth  of  the  Sljamanka  river,  that  falls  into  lake  Baikal.  Diopside  is 
found  in  Piedmont ;  Fassaite  in  the  valley  of  Fassa  in  the  Tyrol,  and  in 
the  Bannat  of  Temeswar ;  Omphazite  in  the  Saualpe  in  Carinthia,  and 
near  Hof  in  Bayreuth.  The  beautifully  green  varieties  of  granular 
Pyroxene  occur  in  the  Bacher  mountain  in  Lower  Stiria;  the  crystalli- 
zed green-earth  in  the  valley  of  Fassa  in  the  Tyrol.  The  black  mineral 
found  in  certain  meteoric  stones,  appc'ars  to  belong  to  the  present  species. 
•  One  of  the  most  interesting  localities  of  Pyroxene  in  North  America, 
is  at  Bytown,  Lower  Canada,  where  it  occurs,  in  white  semi-transparent 
crystals,  disseminated  through  Calcareous  Spar:  the  crystals  are  an  inch 
in  diameter,  and  one  and  a  half  inches  long,  of  the  form  of  Fig.  352. 
The  cleavage  parallel  with  P  is  effected  with  perfect  facility,  and  the 
whole  crystal  streaked  parallel  with  that  face.  Handsome  crystals  of 
Diopside  occur  in  the  limestone  quarry  of  Bolton,  (Mass.) ;  and  very 
distinct  crystallizations  of  dark  green  Augite  and  Sahlile  have  been 
found  in  veins  at  the  iron-mine  of  Munroe,  (N.  Y.)  Black  crystals  oc- 
cur in  the  trap  of  Montreal.  The  white  variety,  in  large,  though  often 
imperfect  forms,  abounds  at  Canaan,  (Conn.)  in  the  Dolomite  beds;  also 
at  Kingsbridge,  (N.  Y.)  with  white  Hornblende.  Massive  Sahlite,  in 
large  individuals,  abounds  at  the  Verd  Antique  quarries  of  West  Haven 
and  Mil  ford,  (Conn.) ;  also  at  Bolton,  (Mass.) :  at  the  latter  place,  masses 
compound  in  the  direction  of  P  and  r,  at  the  same  time,  are  sometimes 
observed,  A  dark  green  imperfectly  crystallized  Pyroxene,  abounds  at 
Rogers'  Rock  upon  lake  George,  near  Ticonderoga,  (N.  Y.)  where  it  is 
imbedded  in  Feldspar,  and  associated  with  Sphene  and  Plumbago.  Coc- 
colite, of  a  handsome  green  color,  exists  at  Willsborough,  (N.  Y.)  in  a 
vein  with  granular  Garnet  and  Tabular  Spar.  Granular  Pyroxene 
exists  also  at  Munroe,  (N.  Y.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


139 


QUARTZ.     Rhombohedral  Quartz.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.   .  Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =94°  15'. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  359. 

Fig.  360. 


Compostella,  (Spain.) 
Fig.  361. 


Chesterfield,  (Mass.) 


Fig.  362. 


140 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


Fig.  363 


Fig.  365. 


Fig.  364. 


Paris,  (Me.)— Fairfield,  (N.  Y.) 


Fig.  36fr. 


Switzerland. 


FairHeld,  (N.  Y.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


141 


Fig.  367 


Fig.  369. 


Alps, 


142 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


Fig.  372. 


White  Mountains,  (N.  H.) 


Fig.  373. 


Quebec. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY*  143 

Quartz. 


Fig.  359.  The  primary  form,  having  its  lateral  angles 
leeply  truncated,  so  as  to  produce  a  long  prism.  P  on  r 
=  141°  40'. — Fig.  360.  The  primary  form,  having  its  lat- 
eral angles  replaced. by  tangent  planes,  (r,)  and  by  trian- 
gular planes  resting  on  the  upper  edges  of  the  rhomboid. 
P  on  z  =133°  48'.  r  on  z  =141°  40'.— Fig.  361.  The 
iame,  in  which  the  planes  r  are  much  .extended,  (prisme 
nsalterne.  HAUY.)  A  common  form. — Fig.  362.  The 
iame,  in  which  the  planes  z  have  the  same  size  with  P. 
(prisme.  HAUY.)  A  common  form,  but  rarely  perfectly 
regular  in  the  size  of  similar  planes. — Fig.  363.  The  same 
as  Fig.  361,  with  the  omission  of  r.  P  on  z"=103°  20'. 
(dodecaedre.  HAUY.)  Rare. — Fig.  364.  Similar  to  Fig. 
361,  but  having  two  opposite  sides  of  the  prism,  and  the 
adjacent  pyramidal  faces  unduly  extended,  (prisme  corn- 
prime.  HAUY.)  Not  very  common. — Fig.  365.  Similar 
to  Fig.  363,  but  having  two  adjacent  faces  of  the  prism 
unduly  extended,  (prisme  sphalloide.  HAUY.) — Fig.  366. 
Similar  to  Fig.  361,  but  having  one  face  of  the  pyramid 
unduly  extended,  (prisme  haloids.  HAUY.)  Common. — 
Fig.  367.  Similar  to  Fig.  361,"  with  the  addition  of  the 
rhomboidal  truncations  of  the  alternate  lateral,  solid  angles. 
r  on  s  =142°.  P  on  s  =151°  7'.  Common.— Fig.  368. 
P  on  «  =145°  22'.  c  on  a  =159°  50'.  .conP  =  165° 
30'.  z"  on  a  =  111°  15'.  z  on  a  =  137°  51'.  z  on  e 
=  145°  30'.  a  on  e  =175°  30'.  Very  rare.— Fig.  369. 
Fig.  361,  having  the  edges  of  the  pyramids  truncated,  f 
on  z  =141°  40'.  (emargine.  HAUY.)  Very  rare. — Fig. 
370.  r'  on  g  =  178°  32'.  P  on  g  =  143°  32'.  (hyperox- 
ide.  HAUY.) — Fig.  371.  Fig.  361,  with  the  terminal  edges 
of  the  prism  replaced  by  single  planes,  r  on  m  =  168° 


144  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


49'.  P  on  m  =152°  51'.  (pentahexaedre.  HAUY.)  Rare. 
—Fig.  372.  r  on  a?  =167°  56'.  z  on  x  =125°  II7.  P 
on  o?=148°  42'.  (plagiedre.  HAUY.)  Rare.— Fig.  373. 
Similar  to  Fig.  372,  with  the  addition  of  the  rhomboidal 
truncations  of  Fig.  367,  and  the  replacement  of  the  edges 
between  s  and  x;  s  and  x  =152°  13'.  u  on  x  =  l7o°  33', 
(co-ordonnee.  HAUY.)  Very  rare. — Fig.  374.  P  on  o  = 
160°  15'.  o  on  o  =  125°  10'.  Very  rare. 

Irregular  forms  and  grains. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  and  r;  but  very  imperfect,  and 
interrupted  by  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  conchoidal, 
sometimes  highly  perfect,  sometimes  less  distinct.  Sur- 
face, a  and  x  generally  rough  ;  r  and  z  are  streaked  hori- 
zontally. The  rest  of  the  faces  generally  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  in  some  varieties  to  resinous. 
Color,  white,  prevalent ;  among  the  brightest  colors  are 
violet-blue,  rose-red,  clove-brown  and  apple-green.  Dark 
brown  and  green  colors,  generally  owing  to  foreign  admix- 
tures. Streak  white.  Transparent . .  .  translucent,  fre- 
quently even  opake,  particularly  when  impure. 

Hardness  =7-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-690. 

Compound  Varieties.'  1.  Faces  of  composition  paral- 
lel, axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face  of. r;  the  in- 
dividuals being  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composition. 
2.  Individuals  joined  perpendicular  to  the  axis.  Frequently 
large  crystals  are  made  up  of  alternating  laminae  .of  two  in- 
dividuals ;  and  often,  faces  of  composition  assume  the  ap- 
pearance of  cleavage. 

Implanted  globules,  reniform,  stalactitic  shapes  :  surface 
smooth,  granulated,  or  drusy  ;  composition  columnar,  gen- 
erally impalpable  ;  often  a  second  time  composed  into  gran- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  145 

Quartz. 


ular  or  curved  lamellar  masses.  Massive  :  composition 
granular  or  columnar,  and  often  impalpable;  and  then  the 
Fracture  becomes  conchoidal  and  splintery.  Sometimes  a 
second  composition  produces  indistinctly  granular,  or  thick 
amellar  masses.  Certain  very  thin  columnar  compositions, 
f  cut  en  cabochon  parallel  to  the  fibres,  show  an  opalescent 
ight.  Pseudomorphic  crystals,  in  the  shape  of  cubes,  oc- 
tahedrons, derived  from  Fluor, — in  the  shape  of  rhomboids 
and  hexagonal  prisms,  derived  from  Calcareous  Spar, — and 
of  lenticular  forms,  from  Gypsum.  Globular  and  tuberose 
masses  formed  in  vesicular  cavities.  Plates.  Pebbles. 

1.  There  are  several  modes  of  occurrence  among  the  crystals  of  Quartz, 
hitherto  confined  to  this  species,   which    become  evident  on  an  inspec- 
tion of  the  forms  described  above.     The  scalene  triangular  faces  x  and  it 
are  the  most  remarkable  in  this  respect.     Their  faces  appear  only  to  the 
right,  or  only  to  the  left  of  the  faces  s.     Two  individuals,  differing  in  re- 
gard to  the  right  or  left  situation  o(  these  faces,  cannot  be  brought  in  any 
such  position,  that  all  their  faces  become  parallel ;  and  they  are  different, 
therefore,  like  the  right  hand  arid  the  left.     This  difference  extends  even 
to  the   action  of  the  individuals  on   light,  as  has  been  shown  by  Mr. 
HERSCHEL. 

2.  The  species  Quartz  does  n<jt  by  any  means  abound  in  varieties  of 
crystallization  ;  and  yet,  owing  to  the  disproportionate  size  of  the  faces 
of  its  forms,  its  crystals  offer  considerable  diversity  of  appearance.     The 
chief  perplexity  among  the  vaiietiesof  Quartz,  arises  from  mechanical 
composition,  and  the   admixtures  of  different  substances  foreign  to  the 
species.     No  less  than  thirteen  different  species  are  distinguished  in  the 
Wemerian  system,  to  which  those  of  other  systems  more  or  less  corres- 
pond.    Quartz  contains  most  of  its  simple  or  crystallized  varieties,  and 
may  be  said  to  represent  the  species  most  perfectly.     It  contains  five 
sub-species ;  —Jlmethyst,  including  violet-blue  varieties  ;  Mock  Crystal, 
composed  of  the  most  perfectly  crystallized,  and  some  transparent,  or 
semi-transparent,  massive  varieties;  Rose  Quartz,  confined  to  translu- 
cent rose-red,  and  milk  white,  massive  varieties;  Prase,  which  is  only 
of  a  dark  leek-green  color  ;  and  Common  Quartzt  at  last,  comprehends 
all  those  varieties,  not  included  in  any  of  the  preceding  subspecies, 

VOL.  II.  13 


146  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


There  are  several  massive  varieties  of  common  quartz,  which  consist  of 
granular  particles  of  composition.  If  they  diminish  so  much  in  size  as  to 
become  impalpable,  their  transparency  and  lustre  becomes  diminished, 
and  several  kinds  of  conchoidal  fracture  appear,  if  specimens  of  these  va- 
rieties be  broken.  This  gave  rise  to  new  species  among  the  early  mine- 
ralogists. Hornstone  is  always  compound,  translucent  on  the  edges, 
and  either  of  a  splintery  dull  fracture,  or  glistening  and  glimmering,  and 
conchoidal.  Thus  splintery  Hornstone  and  conchoidal  Hornstone,  are 
formed,  and  either  of  them  may  produce  Woodstone,  if  it  appears  in  the 
shape  of  petrified  wood.  The  varieties  of  common  Flinty  slate  are  most 
like  Hornstone,  but  show  on  a  large  scale,  an  imperfect  slaty  fracture, 
and  various  dirty  grey  colors ;  those  of  Lydian  stone,  which  form  the 
second  kind  of  flinty  slate,  possess  an  even,  glimmering  fracture,  and 
a  greyish-black  color.  Flint  is  a  compound  mineral,  like  the  two  prece- 
ding ones,  but  translucent,  at  least  on  the  edges,  and  possesses  a  perfect, 
flat  conchoidal,  glimmering  fracture.  Float-stone,  a  variety  of  Quartz, 
which  has  likewise  been  considered  as  a  particular  species,  consists  of  a 
delicate  tissue  of  minute  crystals,  visible  under  a  powerful  magnifier,  and 
demonstrates  hornstone  and  flint,  (into  which  it  insensibly  passes,  by  hav- 
ing its  grain  closer,  and  of  which  it  often  contains  nodules,)  to  be  varie- 
ties of  the  same  natural-historical  species.  Common  Quartz  is  some- 
times found  in  reniform  and  stalactitic  shapes,  consisting  of  granular  par- 
ticles of  composition,  sufficiently  large  to  be  observed  and  separated 
from  each  other.  If  the  thickness  of  these  individuals  be  so  much  di- 
minished, that  at  last  they  become  impalpable,  the  different  varieties  of 
Calcedony  are  formed,  occurring  in  the  above  mentioned  external  shapes. 
The  difference  in  the  colors  of  these,  has  given  occasion  to  the  distinc- 
tion of  common  Calcedony,  and  of  Cornelian ;  the  former  of  which 
comprehends  greyish  colors,  or  in  general  such  as  do  not  possess  bright 
tints  of  colors,  while  the  latter  refers  to  red  colors.  Common  Carnelian, 
moreover,  occurs  in  globular  and  irregular  tuberose  shapes  ;  fibrous 
Carnelian  is  found  in  reniform  masses,  and  generally  shows,  very  dis- 
tinctly, the  above  mentioned  composition.  The  rhomboidal  crystals,  of 
smalt  blue  color,  from  Transylvania,  are  also  enumerated  among  the  va- 
rieties of  common  Calcedony  ;  probably  because  there  exist  reniform  va- 
rieties of  common  Calcedony,  possessing  the  same  color,  though  they  are 
more  nearly  related  to  common  Quartz.  Common  Quartz  also  occurs  in 
massive  varieties,  showing  columnar  composition.  If  they  be  thin,  par- 
allel, strongly  coherent,  and  more  or  less  bent,  Fibrous  Qnartz,  (a  par- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  147 

Quartz. 


ticular  species  of  the  old  systems,)  is  formed  ;  Cat' s  eye,  (another  spe- 
cies,) if  they  are  nearly  impalpable,  and  almost  solely  to  be  observed  ia 
the  opalescent  light,  which  they  exhibit  when  cut  into  a  convex  sur- 
face. Cat's  eye  is  generally  greenish  grey ;  but  there  are  varieties  of 
other  shades,  sometimes  even  black.  It  preserves  a  small  conchoidal 
fracture,  and  is  more  or  less  translucent.  If  several  of  the  preceding  va- 
rieties are  distinctly  colored  by  some  foreign  mineral  substance,  or  inti- 
mately mixed  with  it,  various  other  pretended  species  are  formed. 
Chrysoprase  is  a  variety  of  common  Quartz,  consisting  of  small  granu- 
lar particles  of  composition,  colored  apple  green  by  oxide  of  nickel ; 
Plasma  is  a  variety  of  Calcedony,  colored  leek-green,  and  almost  grass 
green,  by  some  substance  which  is  not  exactly  ascertained.  Heliotrope, 
likewise  a  variety  of  Calcedony,  but  mixed  and  colored  by  green  earth, 
containing  blood-red  spots  of  Jasper.  The  brownish-red  color  of  the 
commonly  so  called  Hyacinth  of  Compost  ell  a,  is  produced  by  the  admix- 
ture of  oxide  of  iron.  If  the  same  thing  takes  place  in  compound  varie- 
ties, the  individuals  of  which  are  still  recognizable,  Iron  Flint  is  produ- 
ced ;  and  Jasper,  with  its  various  kinds,  is  formed,  if  besides  the  oxide 
of  iron,  clay  enters  into  the  mixture  ;  and  if,  moreover,  the  individuals 
can,  on  account  of  their  diminutive  size,  be  no  longer  recognized.  Stri- 
ped Jasper  probably  contains  a  good  deal  of  clay,  and  is  distinguished  on 
account  of  its  striped  delineations.  The  varieties  of  Egyptian  Jasper, 
both  Red  and  Brown,  occur  in  globular  shapes  ;  the  latter  of  which  are, 
beyond  a  doubt,  formed  in  open  spaces,  as  appears  from  the  concentric 
layers  of  which  they  consist,  and  the  drusy  cavities  lined  with  crystals  of 
Quartz,  often  found  in  their  interior.  Agate  Jasper,  being  less  impure, 
is  more  properly  referred  to  Hornstone.  Opal  Jasper  may  be  said  to  be 
a  variety  of  Opal,  and  does  not  belong  to  the  present  species  ;  nor  does 
Porcelain  Jasper,  which  is  nothing  else  but  burnt  clay. 

3.  Quartz  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  but  with  soda 
it  is  easily  dissolved,  with  effervescence. 

4.  Analysis. 

The  most  perfect  varieties  of  Quartz,  consist  of  pure  silica.  Bu- 
CHOLZ  obtained  99*375  of  silica  from  Rock  crystal,  with  traces  of  iron 
and  alumina.  Hornstone,  Flint  and  Calcedony,  agree  with  it  according 
to  various  analyses.  Several  varieties  contain  small  quantities  of  alu- 
mina, lime,  oxide  of  iron,  &c.  Chrysoprase  contains  0-01  of  oxide  of 
Nickel,  according  to  KL.APROTH.  Crystals  of  Quartz  may  be  obtained 
as  deposits  from  a  solution  of  silica  in  fluoric  acid,  or  in  potash  diluted 


148  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


with  water.  The  fluid  from  which  crystals  of  this  species  are  formed  in 
geodes  and  other  natural  cavities  of  rocks,  has  been  observed  to  be  chief- 
ly water;  and  often  leaves  behind  it  a  mass  resembling  Opal  on  desicca- 
tion, when  suddenly  exposed  to  the  air. 

5.  Common  Quartz  enters  into  the  regular  mixture  of  various  rocks, 
of  granite,  gneiss,  mica-slate,  topaz-rock,  &c.     In  others,  they  occur  in 
single  crystals,  and  in  grains,  as,  for  instance,  in  porphyry,  and  are  fre- 
quently met  with  in  vesicular  cavities,  particularly  of  amygdaloidal  rocks. 
Here  also  are  found  the  finest  varieties  of  Calcedony,  Carnelian,  of  the 
brown,  and  probably  also  the  red,  Egyptian  Jasper,  the  agate  balls,  &c. 
Hornstone  frequently  forms  globules  in  compact  limestone  ;  and  Flint, 
globular  and  tuberose  masses  in  chalk,  often  disposed  in  beds,  and  inclu- 
ding petrifactions.     Many  varieties  occur  in  irregular  nodules  and  large 
massive  concretions,  in  various  rocks.     Thus  common  quartz  is  found  in 
all  those  rocks,  into  whose  composition  it  enters  as  an  ingredient,  some- 
times forming  masses,  whose  interior  is  lined  with  crystals.     Hornstone 
and  Chrysoprase  occur  in  serpentine   rocks,  and  Fibrous   Quartz  and 
Cat's  eye  in  some  varieties  of  slate.     Quartz  also  forms  beds  by  itself, 
as  in  quartz-rock  and  certain  kinds  of  sandstone.     It  is  very  frequent  in 
all  kinds  of  veins,  where  .are  found  for  the  most  part  Amethyst,  rock 
crystals,  Hornstone  and  Calcedony,  but  chiefly  common  Quartz,  consti- 
tuting the  greater  part,  and  sometimes  the  whole  body  of  the  vein.  The 
agate  veins  are  thus  found,  which  consist  of  different  varieties  of  Quartz, 
alternating  in  various  stripes  or  bands  with  each  other.     Rock  Crystal, 
Amethyst,  Flinty  Slate,   but  particularly  common  Quartz,  are  found  in 
pebbles.     The  river  sand,  arid  that  of  deserts,  consists  of  common  Quartz. 
It  is  also  found  filling  up  the  space  of  petrified  bodies,  as,  for  instance, 
echinites  in  chalk,  and  petrified  wood  in  sandstone,  and  in  alluvial  de- 
posites. 

6.  The  numerous  varieties  of  the  present  species  are  spread  all  over 
the  globe,  but  some  of  the  most  distinguished  varieties  are  found  only  in 
a  few  localities.     The  finest  and  largest  rock  crystals  are  found  in  the 
Alps  of  Salzburg,  the  Tyrol,  Switzerland,  Dauphiny,  Piedmont,  and  Sa- 
voy ;*  also  in  the  isle  of  Madagascar,  Ceylon  and  Brazil.     Several  vari- 

*  About  one  hundred  years  ago,  a  great  drusy  cavity,  lined  with  crys- 
tals of  this  species,  was  opened  in  Zinken,  which  afforded  1000  cwt.  of 
rock  crystals,  and  at  that  early  period  sold  for  $30,000.  One  crystal 
weighed  eight  cwt,  others  from  four  to  live  cwt. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  149 

Quartz. 


eties  from  Hungary  and  Siberia,  are  pale  violet  blue ;  some,  called 
smoky-topaz,  from  Bohemia,  are  brown  and  yellow.  The  Scottish  Cairn- 
gorm-crystals, sometimes  possess  seTeral  bright  tints  of  these  colors,  in 
one  and  the  same  specimen.  Amethysts,  of  various  colors,  are  brought 
from  Brazil ;  but  the  finest,  violet-blue  colors,  come  from  Ceylon,  India, 
and  Persia,  where  some  of  them  are  found  in  pebbles.  Less  transparent 
or  well  colored  specimens,  occur  in  original  repositories,  at  Porkura  and 
other  places  in  Transylvania,  in  Hungary,  Siberia,  &c.  -Some  varieties 
are  also  found  in  Scotland,  in  Saxony,  in  the  Hartz,in  Bohemia,  in  Sile- 
sia, &c. ;  and  they  are  met  with  in  veins,  in  agate  balls,  or  in  secondary 
deposits.  Rose  Quartz  occurs  at  Rabenstein  near  Zvviesel  in  Bavaria, 
and  in  Siberia ;  the  rnilk-white  varieties  of  it  are  known  from  Norway, 
Spain,  France,  &c.  The  locality  of  Prase,  is  Breitenbrunn  in  the  min- 
ing district  of  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony.  Smalt  blue  Calcedony,  some- 
times crystallized,  occurs  at  Tresztyan  in  Transylvania;  the  stalactitic 
and  renifonn  shapes,  occur  in  fine  varieties  in  Iceland  and  the  Faroe 
islands,  in  amygdaloid  ;  at  Hiittenberg  and  Loben  in  Carinthia,  in  beds 
of  iron-stone  :  also  in  Hungary,  Transylvania,  in  Scotland  and  other 
countries.  Most  beautiful  specimens  have  been  found  in  Trevascus 
mine  in  Cornwall.  Carnelian  is  brought  from  Arabia,  India,  Surinam, 
and  Siberia;  it  is  met  with  also  in  Bohemia,  Saxony,  &c.  ;  fibrous  Car- 
nelian, in  Hungary;  Chrysoprase,  at  KosemGtz  in  Silesia,  in  serpentine. 
It  is  not  known  from  whence  the  ancients  received  the  Plasma  found 
among  the  ruins  of  Rome;  but  several  varieties,  resembling  it,  have 
been  recently  discovered  in  Moravia  and  Bavaria.  It  occurs  in  India, 
from  whence  it  is  occasionally  brought  in  beads  and  other  ornaments. 
Flint  is  a  common  mineral  in  England,  France,  the  islands  of  Rilgen  and 
Seeland,  in  Poland  and  Spain.  Near  Grafz  in  Stiria,  it  occurs  as  one  of 
the  ingredients  of  gneiss.  Splintery  Hornstone  produces  the  remarkable 
pseudomorphic  crystals  from  Schneeberg  in  Saxony ;  it  also  occurs  in 
veins  in  Hungary  and  other  mining  countries ;  in  beds,  it  is  found  in 
Norway,  and  in  spheroidal  masses  in  limestone  in  the  Tyrol.  Flinty 
slate  forms  beds  in  numerous  countries.  Fibrous  Quartz  occurs  in  the 
Hartz  ;  Cat's  eye  in  Ceylon,  the  coast  of  Malabar,  and  also  in  the  Hartz, 
Heliotrope  used  formerly  to  be  brought  from  Ethiopia,  but  is  now  gene-^ 
rally  obtained  from  Bucharia,  from  Tartary  and  Siberia.  Iron-flint  is 
frequent  in  the  iron-stone  veins  of  Saxony,  Bohemia,  Hungary,  Tran- 
sylvania, &c. ;  and  along  with  it,  often  also,  common  Jasper.  Striped 
Jasper  occurs  in  Siberia,  at  Grandlsteen  in  Saxony,  at  Ivybridgein  Dev- 

13* 


150  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Quartz. 


onshire  ;  the  brown  Egyptian  Jasper  comes  from  the  banks  of  the  Nile; 
the  red  variety,  from  Baden.  The  petrifactions,  still  preserving  the 
rings  of  wood,  in  the  shape  of  trunks,  branches  and  roots,  are  met  with  in 
many  countries,  particularly  in  Hungary,  and  Antigua  in  the  West  In- 
dies. Rare  crystallizations  of  Quartz  occur  in  the  black  limestone  of 
Quebec ;  and  large  crystals  of  smoky  Quartz,  are  brought  from  Nova- 
Scotia. 

The  United  States  have  not  afforded  very  remarkable  varieties  of 
Rock  crystal.  The  primitive  mountains  of  New  Hampshire  and  Ver- 
mont, produce  occasionally  large  crystals  of  this  variety ;  but  their  oc- 
currence is  rare.  The  transition  limestone  of  New  York  affords  at  nu- 
merous places,  very  beautiful  crystals,  chiefly  of  the  form  represented  m 
figs.  362,  and  367,  and  which  vary  in  dimensions  from  four  inches  in 
diameter,  down  to  the  smallest  size.  Occasionally  they  are  somewhat 
smoky,  and  are  often  penetrated  by  anthracite.  One  of  the  oldest  local- 
ities, is  Diamond  Island,  Lake  George  ;  but  that  which  still  affords  them 
in  the  greatest  abundance,  is  Canada  Creek,  near  F  airfield,  St.  Law- 
rence county.  The  granite  of  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)  contains  small  crys- 
tals, like  fig.  360,  in  which  scarcely  any  faces,  excepting  those  belong- 
ing to  the  primary  rhomboid,  are  visible.  The  faces  are  destitute  of 
polish.  The  trap  region  of  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut,  occasionally 
affords  the  Amethyst ;  loose  crystals  of  which  are  also  found  in  the  soil, 
near  Bristol,  (R.  I.)  The  notch  of  tfce  White  Mountains,  (New  Hamp- 
shire,) and  the  Tourmaline  deposit  of  Paris,  (Me.)  have  both  afforded 
handsome  crystals  of  brown  or  smoky  Quartz.  Iron-flint  occurs  at 
Pittsfield,  (Mass.)  Druses  of  Quartz  crystals,  colored  of  a  delicate 
apple  green,  occur  along  with  Chrysoprase,  at  New  Fane,  (Vt.) ;  Prase, 
at  Cumberland,  (R.  I.)  ;  Rose  Quartz,  at  Paris,  (Me.)  Southbury,  (Conn.) 
Acworth,  (N.  H.)  ;  leek- green  Hornstone,  in  rolled  masses,  at  Amherst 
and  Pelhara,  (Mass.) ;  common  Hornstone,  throughout  the  secondary 
region  of  New  York,  Ohio,  and  other  western  states.  Calcedony  and 
Carnelian  occur,  though  rarely,  forming  agate,  throughout  the  trap  re- 
gion of  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts ;  Red  Jasper,  at  Saugus  near 
Boston,  and  yellow  Jasper,  with  Calcedony,  at  Chester,  (Mass.)  ;  the 
latter  found  in  large  rolled  masses.  Pseudomorphous  crystals,  consist- 
ing of  coatings  over  six-sided  prisms,  and  scalene  dodecahedrons,  of  Cal- 
careous Spar,  are  found  in  a  galena  vein,  at  Williamsburgh,  (Mass.) 

7.  Several  varieties  of  Quartz  are  of  important  use  in  the  arts  and 
manufactures.  Those  possessing  good  degrees  of  transparency,  or  fine 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  151 

Quartz. 


colors  and  delineations,  as  Rock  crystal,  Amethyst,  Rose  Quartz,  Chry- 
soprase,  several  varieties  of  Calcedony,  called  Onyx,  Sard,  Sardonyx, 
&c.,  are  cut  and  polished  into  ring  stones,  seals,  and  various  other  orna- 
ments. Agate  is  also  used  for  the  same  purposes.  The  most  important 
application,  however,  is  that  for  the  manufacture  of  glass,  and  pottery. 
It  is  used  also  as  a  flux  in  the  melting  of  several  kinds  of  ores.  Its  use 
in  gun  locks  is  also  well  known.  Sandstones  yield  various  applications 
for  architectural  and  other  purposes,  as  the  construction  of  melting  fur- 
naces, mill-stones,  &c.  Sand,  with  slaked  lime,  forms  mortar. 

QuiNCYTE. 

Massive ;  composition  granular. 
Color  carmine-red. 

1.  It  loses  its  color  by  heat,  and  is  with  difficulty  fusible  before  the 
blow-pipe. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERTHIER. 

Silica  54-00 

Magnesia 19-00 

Protoxide  of  iron 8-00 

Water  17-00 

3.  It  is  found  in  the  fresh  water  limestone  of  Mehun  and  Quincy,  in 
the  department  of  Cher. 

4.  The  description  is  too  imperfect,  to  lead  to  any  opinion  of  its  spe- 
cific character. 

RADIOLITE. 

Massive  :  composition  columnar,  particles  of  composition  radia- 
ting :  compact.     Cleavage,  distinct  in  one  direction. 
Lustre  silky,  glistening.     Color  white. 
Hardness,  above  Fluor.'    Sp.  gr.  =  2-275  . . .  2-286. 

1.  Analysis. 
By  HUJTXEFIELD. 

Silica  41-88 

Alumina  23-79 

Soda  14-07 

Potash  1-01 

Water  1-00 

Oxide  of  iron  0-91 

Carbonate  of  lime 2-50 

Gangue  5-50 

2.  It  is  found  at  Eckefiord  in  Norway. 


152 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Realgar. 


RATOFKITE. 

An  earthy,  impure  variety  of  Fluor,  which,  according  to 
JOHX,  consists  of 

-  -        -         -  49-00 

20-00 

2-00 

3-75 

-  -         -         -  10-00 


Fluate  of  lime 
Phosphate  of  lime 
Sulphate  of  lime 
Phosphate  of  iron 
Water 


Insoluble  matters 


6-25 


REALGAR.     Red  Malacone-Blen  d  e. 

Primary   form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M== 
74°   14'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  375. 


JMon  M 

I    on  / 

P  on  / 

n   on  n  over  P 


-  74°  30' 

-  113     20 

-  113     16 

-  131     59 


Fig.  376. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Realgar. 

153 

M  on  M     - 

74°  15'^ 

'M'on  e'2 

-     135°    27 

P   onM     - 

104      6 

M'  on  e'3 

-     141    20 

P    on  b      - 

149     12 

M'  on  il 

-     172      6 

P    on  c2    - 

80    00 

M'  on  t'2 

-     160    42 

P    on  el     - 

156    30 

M'  on  k 

-     142    42 

P    on  e2    - 

138    22 

TJ 

M'  on  I 

-     163    35 

P    on  e3    - 

126     50 

£ 

cl   on  c2 

-     150    38 

P    on  &      - 

90    00         •  1  cl    on  dl 

-     155     10 

M  on  b 

133      2 

C/l 

cl   on  d2 

-     137    20 

M  on  cl     - 

99    30 

cl   on  d3 

-     125    41 

M  on  c2     - 

115    52 

cl   on  k 

-       90    00 

M'  on  dl     - 

119    30 

c2   on  d4 

-     161     20 

M'  on  d2    - 

131     34 

12    on  z'2' 

-     112    55 

M'  on  el    - 

122     50 

t 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  P  and  the  shorter  diagonal  of  the 
prism,  rather  perfect;  parallel  taw  and  M  less  distinct. 
Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface,  the  prisms  streaked  in  the 
direction  of  the  principal  axis,  parallel  to  that  line  :  the  rest 
of  the  faces  commonly  rough. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color,  aurora-red,  several  shades,  lit- 
tle differing  from  each  other.  Streak  orange  yellow  . . . 
aurora-red. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =1-5  ...  2-0.     Sp.  gr.  =3-566. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  strongly  connected.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal,  uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  upon  charcoal,  it  burns  with  a  blue  flame, 
and  emits  fumes  of  sulphur  and  arsenic.  It  is  soluble  in  nitric,  muriatic 
and  sulphuric  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  LATJGIER. 

Sulphur       ,         -         -        31-00        -        -         -         -     30-43 
Arsenic        -         -         *         69-00         ....     69-57 
3.  Some  of  the  varieties  of  Realgar  occur  along  with  Orpiment,  in 
beds  of  clay,  as  at  Tajowa  in  Hungary.    It  is  found  in  small  nodules  along 


154  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Realgar — Red  Antimony. 

With  Fahlerz  and  Iron  Pyrites,  engaged  in  Dolomite,  at  St.  Gothard  in 
Switzerland.  More  generally,  it  is  met  with  in  metalliferous  veins,  par- 
ticularly with  ores  of  silver  and  lead,  with  Native  Arsenic,  several  spe- 
cies of  Pyrites  and  Heavy  Spar.  The  chief  localities  are  K'apnik  and 
Nagyag  in  Transylvania,  Felsobanya  in  Upper  Hungary,  Joachimsthal 
in  Bohemia,  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  and  ma- 
ny other  places.  It  also  occurs  in  Peru. 

4.  Like  Orpiment,  it  is  employed  as  a  pigment. 

RED  ANTIMONY.   Prismatic  Malacone  Blende. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M=101° 
19'. 

Secondary  form.  Primary  form,  having  the  edges  trun- 
cated. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  the  shorter  diagonal,  per- 
fect ;  traces  in  other  directions. 

Fracture  not  observable.  Surface  more  or  less  deeply 
streaked,  longitudinally. 

Lustre  common  or  metallic  adamantine.  Color  cherry- 
red.  Streak  cherry-red,  or  brownish-red.  Translucent 
in  thin  lamina. 

Sectile.  Thin  laminae  are  slightly  flexible.  Hardness 
=  1-0...  1-5.  Sp.  gr.=4-493. 

Compound  Varieties.  Tufts  of  capillary  crystals.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  very  thin  columnar,  straight  and  diver- 
gent from  common  centres. 

1.  The  variety  of  Red  Antimony,  called  Tinder- Ore,  comprises  those 
varieties  which,  originally  consisting  of  short  capillary  fibres  interlaced 
with  each  other,  appear  in  flakes  resembling  tinder. 

2.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily  upon  charcoal,  by  which 
it  is  absorbed,  but  is  at  last  entirely  volatilized.     When  immersed  in  ni- 
tric acid,  it  is  covered  with  a  white  coating. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  155 

Red  Antimony — Red  Copper-Ore. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH.  By  ROSE, 

from  Braunsdorf. 

Antimony  .        67-50         .         .         .         74-45 

Oxygen  .         10-80         .         .         .  4-27 

Sulphur  .         19-70        .         .         .        20-47 

4.  It  is  almost  always  accompanied  by  Grey  Antimony,  which  has  led 
to  the  opinion  among  some  mineralogists,  that  it  owes  its  origin  to  the 
decomposition  of  that  species.     It  occurs  in  veins. 

5.  It  is  found  at  Braunsdorf  near  Freiberg  in  Saxony,  at  Malazka  near 
Posing  in  Hungary,  and  at  Allemont  in  Dauphiny  in   France.     The 
Tinder-Ore  occurs  at  Clausthal  and  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz. 

RED  COPPER-ORE.      Octahedral    Eruthrone- 
Ore. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Secondary  forms. 

i.  2. 

Octahedron,  with  edges  truncated.  Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

3.  4. 

Rhombic  dodecahedron,  with  Octahedron,  with  an- 

acute  solid  angles  truncated.  gles  truncated. 

5.  6. 

Cube.  Cube,  with  edges  truncated. 

7. 
Cube,  with  edges  and  angles  truncated. 

8. 

Cube,  with  edges  truncated,  and  angles  re- 
placed by  three  planes,  inclining  to 
the  faces  of  the  cube,  the  angle 
of  the  acumination  be- 
ing truncated. 

9.  10. 

Octahedron,  with  the  Octahedron,  with  the  angles  repla- 

edges  bevelled.  ced  by  four  plances  resting  on 

the  primary  planes. 


156 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Copper-Ore. 


11.     Fig.  378. 


12.     Fig.  379. 


Pon  P 
P  on  a 
P  on  b 
a  on  b 
e    on  e 


109°  30'  PHILLIPS. 
125      10  " 

160     42  i« 

144     38  " 

120     00  " 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  planes,  but  much 
interrupted.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  gen- 
erally very  smooth  and  shining,  and  every  where  the  same. 

Lustre  adamantine,  sometimes  metallic  adamantine,  or 
imperfectly  metallic.  Color  between  cochineal-red,  and  in 
capillary  crystals  almost  carmine-red.  Streak  several  shades 
of  brownish-red,  shining.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent 
on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =  3-5  . . .  4-0.     Sp.  gr.  ^=8*992. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  of  various  sizes,  or  even  impalpable.  In  the 
latter  case,  fracture  becomes  flat  conchoidal,  or  even,  the 
surface  of  the  fracture  glimmering.  Sometimes  earthy. 

1.  Those  varieties  which  consist  of  friable  particles,  and  present  an 
earthy  fracture,  and  which  are  besides  often  mixed  with  oxide  of  iron  or 
malachite,  constitute  the  Tile-  Ore,  which  was  formerly  considered  as  a 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  157 

Red  Copper-Ore — Red  Lead-Ore. 

particular  species,  and  divided  into  earthy  and  indurated  Tile- Ore, 
Red  Copper- Ore  itself  (the  remaining  varieties  of  the  present  species,) 
was  divided  into  three  subspecies — the  foliated,  which  contains  those 
crystallized  varieties  which  are  not  capillary,  together  with  compound 
cleavable  ones ;  the  capillary,  which  comprehends  very  thin  filiform 
crystals,  reticulated,  or  in  velvety  groups ;  and  the  compact,  which  re- 
fers to  impalpable  compositions. 

2.  In  the  reducing  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  reduced  upon  char- 
coal into  a  globule  of  copper.  It  is  soluble  with  effervescence  in  nitric 
acid,  but  without  effervescence  in  muriatic  acid. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  CHENEVIX. 

Copper        .         .         .       91-00  .  .         .         83-50 

Oxygen        .         .         .        9  00  .  .         .         11-50 

4.  It  is  found  in  beds  and  veins  in  several  rocks,  accompanied  by  vari- 
ous other  ores  of  copper  and  iron,  and  by  Quartz. 

5.  Nearly  one  hundred  modifications  of  form  have  been  observed  in 
the  crystals  of  Cornwall,  at  which  place  the  species  occurs  in  tin  and 
copper  veins.     Handsome  crystallizations  also  occur  in   the   Bannat  of 
Temeswar,  in  the  vicinity  of  Moldawa  ;  near  Catharineburgh  in  Siberia, 
and  at  Chessy  near  Lyons  in  Fiance.     Other  localities  of  this  species  are 
found  in  Prussia  and  Saxony,  but  particularly  in  Chili  and  Peru.    The  prin- 
cipal deposits  of  the  capillary  variety,  are  Cornwall,  and  Kheinbreitbach 
on  the  Rhine.     Tile-Ore  is  found  among  other  varieties  in  the  Bannat, 
and  at  Camsdorf  and  Saalfeld  in  Thuringia.     This  species  has  been  ob- 
tained massive,  along  with  Chrysocolla  and  Native  Copper,  in  the  U. 
States,  at  Schuyler's  mine  in  New  Jersey. 

Red  Copper-Ore  is  frequently  produced  in  the  slags  formed  in  the  last 
process  of  melting  copper.  Copper  vessels,  long  exposed  to  the  action  of 
the  weather,  are,  to  a  great  extent,  converted  into  a  tissue  of  crystals,  of 
the  present  species,  while  the  outside  is  covered  with  chloride  of  copper, 

6.  It  is  valuable  as  an  ore  of  copper.  . 

RED    LEAD-ORE.     H  em  i-prismatic  Lead- 

Baryte. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M'=s 
93°  30'. 

VOL..  II.  14 


158 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Lead-Ore. 


Secondary  forms.  1.  The  primary,  having  the  obtuse 
terminal  edges  replaced  by  single  planes,  and  then  so  far 
extended  as  to  obliterate  the  terminal  plane ;  the  lateral 
edges  of  the  prisms  being  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

2.  The  same  as  the  above,  having  in  addition  the  acute 
terminal  edges  replaced,  so  as  to  impart  four-sided  sum- 
mits to  the  crystals. 

3.  The  same  as  2,  with  the  exception  of  having  the  ob- 
lique edges  of  the  prism  replaced,  instead  of  the  lateral,  as  in 

Fig.  379. 


P  onM 

_ 

99 

10' 

PHILLIPS.     /-?) 

P  on  e 

« 

119 

10 

AO( 

P  on/ 

- 

133 

00 

(( 

/ 

P  on  A 

- 

102 

5 

" 

MX 

M  or  M 

on  cl 

133 

10 

it 

n 

M  or  M 

on  / 

146 

25 

a 

C 

M  or  M 

on  h 

136 

35 

\  /— 

e    on  / 

- 

140 

o 
O 

V    c, 

/on/ 

- 

118 

58 

\_ 

M 


Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  primary,  tolerably  distinct:  less 
so  to  the  bases,  than  to  the  sides  of  the  prism.  Fracture 
small  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  M  streaked  longitudi- 
nally. The  faces  mostly  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  various  shades  of  hyacinth- 
red.  Streak  orange-yellow.  Translucent. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.     Sp.  gr. —  6-004. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  imperfectly 
columnar,  or  granular. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  black  and  decrepitates,  if  quickly 
heated;  it  may  be  melted,  however,  into  a  shining  slag,  containing  glob- 
ules of  metallic  lead.  It  colors  glass  of  borax  green,  is  soluble  without 
effervescence  in  nitric  acid,  and  affords  a  yellow  solution  in  that  acid. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Lead-Ore — Red  Silver. 


159 


2.  Analysis. 

By  PFAFF.  By  BERZELITJS. 

Oxide  oflead          .         .       68-00  .         .         .         68-14 

Chromic  acid          .         .       32-00  .         .         .         3186 

3.  Red  Lead-Ore  has  been  found  in  Siberia,  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Beresof ;  where  it  occurs  in  narrow  veins,  traversing  a  rock,  the  true 
nature  of  which  is  not  ascertained.  It  is  accompanied  by  cubical  crys- 
tals of  Iron  Pyrites,  generally  in  a  state  of  partial  decomposition  ;  also  by 
Galena,  several  salts  of  Lead,  and  sometimes  by  Native  Gold.  In  Bra- 
zil, it  is  met  with  in  sandstone,  probably  under  similar  circumstances, 

RED  SILVER.     Red  M a lacone -Blende. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  108°  39'  39". 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  380. 


Similar  to  those  of  Proustite,  (q.  v.)  and  several  others 
resembling  the  secondary  forms  of  Calcareous  Spar.  An- 
nexed is  a  crystal,  measured  by  PHILLIPS,  which  com- 
bines the  principal  modifications,  under  which  Red  Silver 
is  seen.  It  is  obvious  from  an  inspection  of  the  figure, 
that  the  planes  z  tend  by  their  extension  to  the  production  of 
an  obtuse  rhomboid ;  the  planes  g,  to  acute  rhomboids ; 
the  planes  d,  and  the  four  planes  without  letters,  situated 


160 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Silver. 


directly  above  them,  to  obtuse  scalene  dodecahedrons;  the 
planes  h,  and  the  three  sets  of  planes  around  g,  I  and  the 
three  elongated  planes  between  h  and  d,  all  tend  to  acute 
scalene  dodecahedrons;  /  and  n  lead  to  regular  six-sided 
prisms. 

Fig.  381. 


P  on  z  (c.  g.)    -  172°  00' 

P  onh       -  141     50 

PonZ        -  158    22 

d  on  d  (c.  g.)     -  125 

h  on  h  -          134    40 

n  on  n       -         -         -  120 

Cleavage  parallel  with  P,  pretty  distinct  in  some  varie- 
ties. Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface, /and  n  striated  ver- 
tically ;  P,  z,  and  g*,  and  most  of  the  adjoining  faces  streak- 
ed parallel  to  their  common  edges  of  combination. 

Lustre  metallic-adamantine.  Color,  iron-black,  lead- 
grey,  sometimes  approaching  cochineal-red.  Streak,  coch- 
ineal-red, in  shades  corresponding  to  the  color.  Translu- 
cent to  opake. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Silver. 


161 


Sectile.  Hardness  =2'5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =5-787  . . . 
5*844.  BREITHAUPT. 

Compound  Varieties.  1.  Twin-crystals.  Face  of  com- 
position perpendicular,  axis  of  revolution  parallel,  to  an 
edge  of  z. 

Fig.  382. 


This  kind  of  regular  composition  is  frequently  repeated, 
contiguous  to  all  the  terminal  edges  of  z,  as  in 
Fiff.  333. 


2.  Face  of  composition  parallel,  axis  of  revolution  per- 
pendicular to  g. 


162  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Silver. 


3.  Face  of  composition  parallel  to  n,  axis  of  revolution 
perpendicular  to  it.  The  individuals  are  sometimes  con- 
tinued beyond  the  face  of  composition.  Massive  :  compo- 
sition granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  strongly  con- 
nected. If  the  composition  becomes  impalpable,  fracture 
is  uneven3  even,  or  flat  conchoidal.  Plates,  superficial 
coatings. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  first  decrepitates,  then  melts, 
burning  with  a  bluish  flame,  and  emitting  sulphurous  acid  together 
with  the  white  smoke  of  antimony.  By  continuing  the  heat,  a  globule 
of  silver  is  obtained.  Its  powder  heated  in  nitric  acid,  turns  black, 
emits  red  fumes,  and  dissolves  leaving  behind  some  sulphur  and  oxide 
of  antimony.  The  solution  yields  with  water  a  white  precipitate,  on 
the  separation  of  which,  muriatic  acid  occasions  the  deposition  of  chlo- 
ride of  silver. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BONSDORFF. 

A  var.  from  Andreasberg. 

Sulphur .         16-609 

Antimony 22-846 

Silver 58-949 

Earthy  matter  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  0-299 

3.  It  has  hitherto  been  found  in  veins  associated  with  various  other 
ores  of  silver,  particularly  with  Proustite,  and  Native  Silver,  also  with  Ga- 
lena, Blende,  and  several  species  of  Pyrites. 

4.  It  is  found  in  beautiful  crystals,  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  and 
is  also  met  with  at  Schemnitz,  Cremnitz,  Nagybanya,  &c.  in  Hungary, 
in  Alsace  and   Dauphiny  in  France  and  at  Kongsberg  in  Norway.     It 
occurs  in  the  greatest  abundance  at  Zacatecas  in  Mexico,  from  whence 
very  splendid  crystallizations  are  procured. 

5.  It  is  of  considerable  value  as  an  ore  of  silver.     The  mine  of  Veta- 
Negra,  near  Sombrerete,  produced  in  the  space  of  a  few  months  700,000 
marcs  of  silver  from  this  species. 

RED  VITRIOL.     (See  Cob  alt- Vitriol.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  163 

Red  Zinc-Ore. 


RED  ZINC-ORE.    Hemi-prismatic  Eruthrone- 
Ore. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism  ? 

Cleavage,  in  one  direction  perfect,  in  three  others  less 
so,  and  apparently  different  in  each.  Two  angles  are  af- 
forded by  the  reflective  goniometer,  one  of  125°,  the  oth- 
er of  90°.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  red,  inclining  to  yellow. 
Streak,  orange-yellow.  Translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =4-0  ...  4-5.  Sp.  gr.  =5-432... 
5-523. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive ;  composition  granular, 
individuals  strongly  connected. 

1.  On  exposure  to  the  air,  it  suffers  partial  decomposition  at  the  sur- 
face, becoming  invested  with  a  while  coating,  which  is  carbonate  of 
zinc.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  yields  a  yellow 
transparent  glass  with  borax.  It  is  soluble  without  effervescence,  in 
nitric  acid. 

2.  .Analysis. 

By  BRUCE.  By  BERTHIER. 

Oxide  of  zinc       .         .         .         9200         .         .         .         88-00 
Oxide  of  iron  and  manganese        8-00         .         .         .         12-00 

3.  It  occurs  massive,  mixed  with  Calcareous  Spar  and  Franklinite,  at 
Franklin  and  Stirling,  (N.  J.)  It  is  set  free  in  several  metallurgic  pro- 
cesses, and  occurs  crystallized  in  six-sided  prisms  of  a  yellow  color,  in 
the  foundaries  of  Konigshiltte  in  Silesia. 

RETINASPHALT.     (See  Retinite.) 

RETINITE. 

Roundish,  and  blunt-edged  masses.     Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color  green,  yellow,  red,  brown,  sometimes 
in  striped  delineations.     Semi-transparent  to  opake. 
•  •     Hardness  =1-5  . . .  2-0,  of  the  variety  from  Halle.     Sp.  gr.  = 
1-135. 


164  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Red  Zinc-Ore — Rhomb  Spar. 

1.  Retinite,  if  rubbed  in  an  isolated  state,  acquires  negative  electricity. 
In  the  flame  of  a  candle,  it  melts  and  takes  fire  with  a  particular  odor. 
It  is  partly  soluble  in  alcohol,  leaving  behind  an  unctuous  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HATCHETT.  By  BUCHOLZ. 

Vegetable  resin   .         .         55  00         .  .  .        91-00 

Asphalt  or  bitumen      .        42-00         .  .  .          9-00 

Earthy  matter      .         .  3  00         .  .  .          0-00 

3.  It  has  been  found  in  the  beds  of  earthy  brown  coal  near  Halle  on 
the  Saale ;  at  Bovey  in  Devonshire,  also  in  Upper  Austria,  Moravia, 
&c.  The  variety  from  Halle  very  much  resembles  a  vegetable  resin. 
The  purer  specimens  frequently  consist  of  alternating  layers  more  or 
less  transparent,  corresponding  to  the  external  shape,  and  commonly  in- 
cluding a  cavity.  Its  Sp.  gr.  =1-079. 

REUSSIN.     (See  Bloedite.) 
RHAETIZITE.     (See  Kyanite.) 
RHODONITE.     (See  Manganese  Spar.) 

RHOMB  SPAR.      Brachytypous    Lime-Halo- 
id e.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =107°  22'. 

Cleavage,  highly  perfect  parallel  with  the  primary  form. 
Fracture,  often  conchoidal,  at  right  angles  to  the  axis. 
Surface,  even, 'or  rather  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous,  sometimes  inclining  to  pearly  upon  fa- 
ces of  cleavage.  Color  white  or  grey,  generally  inclining 
to  yellow ;  also  yellow  and  brown.  Streak  greyish-white. 
Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4-0  C  3-001,  clove  brown ) 
...4-5.     Specific  gravity  =  (3-112,  pale  yellow $V' 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  strongly  coherent ;  face  of  composition  uneven 
and  rough. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  165 

Rhomb  Spar — Rionite. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  and  also  from  long  exposure  to  the  weather, 
it  turns  brownish-black. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BROOKE. 

Carbonate  of  iron  and  carbonate  of  magnesia,  in  the  ratio  of  1-315  of 
the  former  to  8-685  of  the  latter. 

3.  The  varieties  of  the  present  species  have  often  been  found  accom- 
panying those  of  Dolomite  ;  it  also  occurs  in  chloritic  steatite. 

4.  It  occurs  at  various  places  in  Salzburg,  Tyrol  and   Switzerland, 
also  in  Unst,  one  of  the  Shetland  Isles.     In  the  U.  S.  at  Marlborough, 
(Vt.)  in  steatite ;  at  Middlefield,  (Mass.)  and  generally,  in  most  of  the 
soapstone  quarries  of  New  England. 

APPENDIX  TO  RHOMB  SPAR. 
i.  Hystatic  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
P  on  P  =107°  28'  20". 

Cleavage,  very  perfect  parallel  with  the  primary  form. 
Hardness  =5-5 . . .  5-75  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT.)     Sp.  gr.  = 
3-040  . . .  3-089. 

It  is  not  believed  to  be  a  very  rare  species.  Localities  quoted,  are 
the  Hartz,  Erbendorf  in  the  Fichtelgebirge. 

RIONITE.     Selenious  Malacon  e-Blen  de. 

Primary  form.  Unknown.  Massive :  composition  gran- 
ular. 

Color  cochineal-red,  to  lead-grey.  Streak  of  the  lead- 
grey  variety,  blackish. 

Sp.  gr.  =5'5  . .  .  5-6. 

1.  Under  the   blow-pipe,   it  burns  with   a  beautiful,  violet-colored 
flame,  attended  by  much  smoke,  and  the  peculiar  odor  of  selenium. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  DEL  Rio. 
The  grey  colored  variety. 
Selenium 49-00 

Zinc 24-00 

Mercury 19-00 

Sulphur 1-50 

which,  with  the  addition  of  6  p.  c.  of  lime  mechanically  intermingled, 


166  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Rionite. 


will  amount  to  99-5.  It  is,  therefore,  a  bi-seleniuret  of  zinc  united  to  a 
proto-sulphuret  of  mercury ;  the  latter  giving  the  grey  color  to  the  min- 
eral. The  red  mineral  is  regarded  as  a  bi-seleniuret  of  zinc,  the  mer- 
cury being  in  the  state  of  a  bi-sulphuret,  which  communicates  the  red 
color. 

3.  It  is  found  at  Calebras,  near  the  mining  district  of  El  Doctor,  in 
limestone,  overlying^  the  red  sandstone,  and  is  accompanied  by  Native 
Quicksilver. 

4.  A  fuller  examination  of  the  red  and  grey  varieties,  may  show  that 
they  form  distinct  species. 

ROSELITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =132°  48'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  384. 


a  on  a  over  d  =  45°  0' 

Cleavage  perfect  parallel  to  d.  Surface  M  rough  and  hollow- 
ed out  in  the  middle. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  deep  rose-red.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
lucent. 

Hardness  =3-0. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  gives  off  water  and  becomes  black.     It  im- 
parts a  blue  color  to  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus ;  and  is  entirely  so- 
luble in  muriatic  acid.     According  to  CHILDREN,  it  contains  water,  ox- 
ide of  cobalt,  lime,  arsenic  acid  and  magnesia. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Sclmeeberg  in  Saxony,  disposed  on  Quartz,  and  was 
formerly  considered  as  a  variety  of  Cobalt-Bloom. 

3.  It  is  nearly  related  to  Pharmacolite. 

RUBELLAN. 

In  six-sided  prisms,  whose  angles  are  not  known. 
Cleavage  perfect  in  one  direction. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Rutile. 


167 


Color  reddish-brown. 

Hardness  rather  below  3.0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-7. 
1.  In  the  flame  of  a  candle,  it  exfeliates. 
2.  Analysis. 


Silica  . 
Oxide  of  iron 
Alumina 
Magnesia     . 
Potash  and  Soda  . 
Volatile  matter    . 


By  KLAPROTH. 


45-00 
2000 
10-00 
10-00 
10-00 
5-00 


3.  It  is  found  with  Mica  and  Pyroxene,  at  Schima  in  the  Mittelgebirge, 
in  Bohemia. 

4.  It  appears  to  be  a  Mica  which  has  become  .altered  by  heat. 

RUBELLITE.     (See  Tourmaline.) 
RUBINGLIMMER.     (See  Ltimonite.) 

RUTILE.     Peritomous  Eruthron  e-Ore. 
Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  385. 


Mon  d  -  135°  5' 

Mon  e  -  161  40 

Mon  c  -  -                    122  45 

a  on  a  -  123  15 

a  on  c  -  151  42 

a  on  d  -  -                    123  15 

e  ond  -  -                   153  33 
a  on  a  over  summit  -           90  00 

c  on  c  "  "       -         109  47 


PHILLIPS. 
el 

<c 

it 

(C 
U 
(C 
(C 


168 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Rutile. 


Cleavage  parallel  with  M  perfect,  with  d  interrupted. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  a  and  c,  either 
smooth  or  rough,  but  both  of  the  same  quality ;  d,  e  and  M 
vertically  streaked. 

Lustre  metallic-adamantine.  Color  reddish  brown,  pas- 
sing into  red,  sometimes  yellowish.  Streak  very  pale- 
brown.  Translucent . . .  opake,  sometimes  in  a  strong  light, 
transparent. 

Hardness  =6-0  . . .  6-5.  Sp.  gr.  =4-249. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  very  frequent,  ax- 
is of  revolution  perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel 
to  face  a.  The  composition  produces  geniculated  groups, 
and  is  often  repeated  in  several  geniculations,  as  in  fig. 
387. 

Fig.  386.  Fig.  387. 


Thin  and  long  individuals,  produce  after  this  law,  a  re- 
ticulated composition.  Massive,  composition  granular,  the 
individuals  being  of  various  sizes  and  strongly  connected. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  gives  with  borax  in 
the  reducing  flame  a  yellow  glass,  which  assumes  an  amethyst-color, 
when  farther  reduced. 

2.  Analysis. 

If  pure,  it  is  entirely  composed  of  oxide  of  titanium,  which  according 
to  ROSE,  consists  of  metal  66-05,  and  of  oxygen  33-95. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  169 

Rutile — Sal- Ammoniac. 

3.  It  occurs,  generally,  in  imbedded  crystals,  either  in   masses  of 
Quartz  engaged  in  gneiss  or  mica-slate,  or  in  Feldspar  in  chlorite-slate. 
It  is  sometimes  found  massive  in  metalliferous  veins,  and  is  often  enclo- 
sed in  crystals  of  Quartz  :  besides,  it  occurs  in  the   shape  of  pebbles  in 
gome  gold  stream-works. 

4.  Imbedded  crystals  in  Quartz  have  been  found  at  Rosenau  in  Hun- 
gary, Teinach  on  the  Bacher  in  Stiria,  and  at  various  places  along  the 
chain  of  the  Alps ;  also  at  Crianlarich  in  Perthshire  and  other  places  in 
Scotland.     Very  perfect  crystals  occur  in  the  Saualpe,  and  massive  va- 
rieties at  Arendal   in  Norway.     Switzerland   and   Savoy  afford  several 
localities.     Pebbles  have  been  found  at  Ohlapian  in  Transylvania  which 
on  account  of  their  dark  color,  have  been  called  Nigrine.     At  St.  Yrieix 
in  Fiance,  and  in  the  province  of  Guadalaxara  in  Spain,  the  well  known 
twin-crystals  occur,  often  of  very  considerable  dimensions.     Finely  crys- 
tallized individuals  are   brought  from  St.  Gothard,  and  beautiful  capilla- 
ry crystals  engaged  in  transparent  Quartz,  from  Brazil. 

The  locality  affording  Rutile  in  the  greatest  quantity  in  the  United 
States,  is  a  very  extensive  ledge  of  chlorife-slate  at  Windsor,  (Mass.) 
The  crystals  of  Rutile  are  here  thickly  disseminated  through  narrow 
vejns  of  Feldspar  traversing  this  rock,  and  also  occur  in  seams  in  the 
rock  itself.  Large  compound  crystals  of  a  dark  color,  occur  at  Monroe 
and  Huntington,  (Conn.)  rarely  in  the  form  of  fig.  387.  The  mica- 
slate  of  Hampshire,  Berkshire  and  Fianklin  counties,  (Mass.)  affords 
this  species,  but  no  where,  in  any  considerable  quantity.  It  is  found  in 
small  brilliant  crystals  in  white  limestone  with  Spinel,  Serpentine,  Talc, 
Mica,  &c.  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.)  and  with  blue  Corundum,  Tourmaline  and 
Spinel  in  the  same  rock  at  Newton,  (N.  J.)  also  in  loose  crystals  in 
North  Carolina  and  Virginia.  It  is  on  the  whole,  one  of  the  most  wide- 
ly diffused  of  the  scarce  metals,  existing  in  small  quantity  at  numerous 
localities,  but  no  where  in  the  United  States,  excepting  Windsor,  in 
abundance. 

SAHLITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 

SAL-AMMONI AQ.     Octahedral    Ammoniac- 
Salt.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms.     Cube.     Trapezohedron. 

VOL.  II.  15 


170  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sal-Am  moniac. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  faces.  Fracture 
conchoidal.  Surface  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  generally  white,  often  inclining 
to  yellow  or  grey.  Sometimes  it  is  stained  green,  yellow, 
or  black.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Very  sectile.  Hardness  =  1-5  ..  .2-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  l*528. 
Taste  acute  and  pungent. 

Compound  Varieties.  Stalactitic,  botryoidal,  globular, 
reniform  shapes,  also  in  crusts ;  composition  columnar. 
Massive,  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  conchoidal. 
Sometimes  in  a  state  of  mealy  efflorescence. 

1.  It  is  perfectly  volatile  at  a  high  temperature,  dissolves  readily  in 
water,  but  does  not  attract  water  from  the  atmosphere.  It  emits  a  pun- 
gent smell  of  ammonia,  if  brought  into  contact  with  moistened  quick- 
lime. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

From  Mt.  Vesuvius. 

Muriate  of  ammonia 99  5 

Muriate  of  soda    .......  0-5 

3.  It  occurs  in  fissures  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  active  volcanoes; 
and  is  a  product  of  sublimation.     It  is   also  found  near  burning  coal 
seams. 

4.  The  best  known  localities,  are  Mount  Etna  and  Vesuvius,  the  Sol- 
fataras,  the  Lipari  islands,  England,   (particularly  the  neighborhood  of 
New  Castle)   Scotland,   Iceland,  the  vicinity  of  Liege,  the  Bucharian 
Tartary,  &c. 

This  salt  though  much  employed  in  the  arts  of  dyeing,  and  in  medi- 
cine, is  of  very  little  importance,  as  found  in  nature,  on  account  of  its 
scarcity. 

SAPHIRINE. 

Massive ;  cleavable. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  sapphire-blue,  with  shades  of  green 
and  grey.     Translucent.     Streak  white. 

Hardness,  scratches  Quartz.     Sp.  gr.  =3-42. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  171 

Sassolin. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  alone  and  with  borax,  it  is  infusible. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Alumina 63-1 

Silica 14-5 

Magnesia     .  168 

Lime 0-3 

Protoxide  of  iron 3-9 

Protoxide  of  manganese        .....  0-5 

Water 0-5 

3.  It  occurs  at  Fiskanaes  in  Greenland,  in  a  mica-slate  rock. 

SAPPARE.     (See  Kyanite.) 

SAPPARITE. 

Crystals,  right  rectangular  prisms.     Cleavage  perfect,  parallel 
with  their  lateral  planes.     Cross-fracture,  uneven,  to  splintery. 
Lustre,  chatoyant.     Color  blue,  very  intense.     Transparent. 
Hardness,  not  sufficient  to  scratch  glass. 
Powder  of  a  clear  greyish-white  color. 

1.  It  comes  from  Pegu  or  Ceylon,  and  is  found  engaged  in  a  druse  of 
Spinel. 

SARCOLITE.     (See  Jlnalcime.) 

SASSOLIN.     Prismatic  Bora  cic-Acid.    MOHS. 

Loose  scaly  particles,  crystalline  grains,  (probably  six- 
sided  tables)  sometimes  aggregated  in  the  form  of  crusts. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  greyish  and  yellowish-white. 
Streak  white.  Feebly  translucent. 

Sp.  gr.  =1'480.  Taste  acidulous,  afterwards  bitter  and 
cooling,  lastly  sweetish. 

1.  It  is  fusible  in  the  flame  of  a  candle,  yielding  a  glassy  globule, 
which  acquires  resinous  electricity  by  friction,  even  without  being  iso- 
lated. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Borax          .         . 25-83 

Oxygen 74-17 


172  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Saussurite. 


3.  It  occurs  in  a  state  of  perfect  purity,  or  only  mixed  with  a  little 
Sulphur,  at  the  island  of  Volcano  one  of  the  Lipaii  group.     It  is  also  de- 
posited from  hot  springs  near  Sasso,  and  from  the  lagoni  of  Tuscany. 

4.  It  is  extensively  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  borax. 

SAUSSURITE.     Dusclaone  Petal!  n  e-Sp  ar. 

Primary  form,  unknown. 

Cleavage,  affords  two  faces  meeting  at  angles  of  124° 
nearly,  pretty  distinct.  Traces  parallel  to  the  short  diago- 
nal of  that  prism.  Fracture  uneven,  splintery.  Massive: 
composition  granular  .  . .  impalpable,  strongly  coherent. 

Lustre  pearly,  inclining  to  vitreous  upon  the  faces  of 
cleavage;  resinous  in  compound  varieties,  particularly  when 
cut  and  polished.  Color  white,  passing  into  mountain 
green,  greenish-grey  and  ash-grey.  Streak  white. 

Brittle,  very  difficultly  frangible.  Hardness  =5*5.  Sp. 
gr.  =3'256  of  a  granular  variety  from  Piedmont,  3'342  of 
a  compact  variety  from  the  Pays  de  Vaud. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  difficulty  into  a  white  glass. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  SAUSSURE.  By  KLAPROTH. 

Silica  .         .         .         4900         .         .         .         44-00 

Alumina      .        ,.         .         24-00         .         .         .        30-00 
Lime  .         .         .         10-00         .         .         .  4-00 

Magnesia    .         .         .  3-75         Potash       .  0-25 

Oxide  of  iron        .         .  6-50         .         .         .         12-50 

Oxide  of  manganese     .  0-00         .         .         .  0-05 

Soda  ,         .         .  550         .         .         .  6-00 

Loss  .         .         .  0-75         .         .         .  3-20 

3.  It  is  found  in  primitive  mountains,  and  constitutes  with  Horn- 
blende and  Augite,  the  rocks  called  gabbro  and  euphotide.  It  occurs  ni 
large  masses  upon  Monte  Rosa,  and  in  its  neighborhood;  in  Corsica;  in 
the  Bacher  mountain  in  Lower  Stiria,  in  Baryeuth,  &c.  In  the  Uni- 
ted States  at  Canaan,  (Conn.),  it  forms  a  mountain  of  some  miles  in 
extent. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sea  polite. 


173 


SCAPOLITE.     Pyramidal  Pe  t  alin  e-Sp  a  r. 
Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  388.  Fig.  389.  Fig.  390. 


Governeur,  St.  Law- 
rence co.,  (N.  Y.) 


Vesuvius.. 


Fig.  388.  d  on  a  =122°  20'.  M  on  d  =135°.  M  on 
a  =112°  30'.— Fig.  390.  a  on  b  =151°  31'.  M  on  b  = 
140°  18'.  a  on  a  =136°  22'.  M  on  e  =153°  24'.  don 
e^!6l°  35'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  d  distinct,  but  interrup- 
ted ;  traces  of  P,  generally  a  small  conchoidal  fracture  in 
this  last  direction.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  une- 
ven. Surface  of  the  prisms  longitudinally  streaked,  but 
generally  of  nearly  the  same  physical  quality. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous  upon  the  cleavage 
and  fracture,  parallel  with  the  bases;  inclining  to  pearly  up- 
on M  and  d.  Color  various  shades  of  white,  grey,  blue, 
green  and  red.  Streak  greyish  white.  Transparent . .  . 
translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  5-5.  Sp.  gr<  =  2-612, 
Meionite;  =  2-726,  white  crystallized  Scapolite  from 
Finland. 


174 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Scapolite. 


Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  sometimes  elongated  in  one 
direction,  or  wedge  shaped,  and  passing  into  columnar,  or 
fibrous ;  generally  strongly  coherent. 

1.  The  varieties  of  the  present  species  have  been  treated  of  as  consti- 
tuting several  distinct  species.     Meionite  contains  the  purest  and   most 
transparent  varieties  of  the  species,  of  a  white  color.     Scapolite  consists 
of  the  translucent  crystals  and  massive  varieties,  which  are  tinged  green, 
black  and  red.    Wernerite  occurs  in  crystals  of  the  form  of  fig.  389,  which 
possess   a  greyish,  or  greenish  grey,  color.     Nuttallite  scarcely  differs 
from  Wernerite  except  in  possessing  a  tinge  of  blue  with  the  grey,  and 
a   feeble    chatoyement.      Dypire    differs  from   Scapolite  chiefly   in  its 
reddish  white  color,   and   thin  columnar  composition  in   massive   va- 
rieties. 

2.  In  a  strong  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  Scapolite  melts  into  a  vesicular 
glass,  and  intumesces  considerably;  it  then  assumes  the  appearance  of 
ice,  and  does  not  melt  any  longer.     It  is  dissolved  by  borax  with  effer- 
vescence, melting  into  a  clear  globule. 

3.  Analysis. 


Analysts. 

Varieties. 

Alumi- 
na. 

Silica. 

Potash 
&  Soda. 

Lime. 

Protox. 
of  iron. 

Wa- 

ter. 

JOHN. 

-  Wernerite. 

-  30-000  - 

50-250  - 

$    2-000  j 

(  potash  * 

>  -  10-450 
1 

-  3-000  - 

2-85 

LAUGIER. 

•  Scapolite. 

-  33-000  - 

45-000  - 

2-000 

-  17-600 

-  1-000  - 

0.00 

NORDENSKIOLD. 

-  do.  fr.  Pargas. 

-  35-430  - 

43-830  - 

o-ooo 

-  18-960 

-  0-000  - 

1-03 

STROMEYER. 

-  Meionite. 

-  32-726  - 

40-530  - 

1-812 

-  24-245 

-  0-182  - 

o-oo 

GMELIN. 

-  Meionite. 

-  30-600  - 

40-800  - 

2-400 

-  22-100 

-  1-000  - 

o-oo 

THOMSON. 

-  Nuttallite. 

-  37-808  - 

25-104  - 

$    7-305  , 
I  potash  ( 

|  -  18-336 

-  1-500  - 

o-oo 

4.  Meionite  is  met  with  among  the   minerals  ejected  by  volcanoes. 
The  varieties  of  Scapolite  occur  in  primitive  rocks,   as  in  the  beds  of 
Magnetic  Iron  in  Sweden  and  Norway,  and  are  generally  accompanied 
by  Pyroxene  and  Hornblende;  also  in  beds  of  white  limestone,  associated 
with  the  above  minerals,  and  in  addition  with  Sphene  and  Petalite. 

5.  Scapolite  is  found   at  Arendal  in  Norway  and  in  Wermeland  in 
Sweden  ;  also  in  large  and  beautiful  crystals  in  the  parish  of  Pargas,  Fin- 
land, at  Akudlek  in  Greenland,  and  some  varieties  near  Chursdorf  in 
Saxony.     Dypire  is  found  at  Mauleon  in  the  Western  Pyrenees.     Mei- 
onite occurs  at  Mt.  Vesuvius. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  175 

Scapolite — Scheeletine. 

Numerous  localities  of  Scapolite  are  found  in  the  United  States.  Beau- 
tiful crystals  of  the  form  of  fig.  388,  are  found  at  Governeur,  (N.  Y)  dis- 
seminated through  a  coarsely  granular  Calcareous  Spar.  Large  crys- 
tals of  a  white  variety  rarely  terminated  with  regularity,  occur  penetra- 
ting Quartz,  which  itself  forms  veins  in  white  limestone  at  Bolton  and 
Boxborough,  (Mass.)  Nuttallite  is  found  also  at  Bolton  in  implanted 
crystals,  rarely  surmounted  by  four-sided  pyramids.  A  purple  variety 
exists  at  the  same  place,  forming  considerable  masses,  made  up  of  large 
columnar  individuals.  Compact  varieties  occur  at  Boxborough  and 
Westfield,  (Mass.)  A  fibrous  one  is  found  at  Monroe,  (Connecticut.) 
Crystallized  specimens  are  afforded  by  the  white  limestone  of  Amity, 
(N.  Y.) 

SCARBROITE. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.     Fracture  conchoidal. 

Dull.     Color  white. 

Very  fragile.     Sp.  gr.  —1-485. 

1.  It  absorbs  water  without  becoming  more  transparent. 

2.  Analysis. 

Silica                     .         .         10-50  .  .  .  7-90 

Alumina                .         ,         42-50  .  .  .  42-75 

Oxide  of  iron        .         .           0-25  .  .  .  0-80 

Water                    .         .         4675  .  .  .  48-55 

3.  It  is  found  in  little  veins  in  greywacke  in  the  great  hill  of  Scar- 
borough, England. 

4.  It  is  probably  a  mere  mechanical  aggregate,  similar  to  clays  in 
general. 

SCHAALSTEIN.     (See  Tabular  Spar.) 
SCHEELETINE.     Tungstic    Lead-Baryte. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base.  P  on 
P  over  the  base  =131°  29'  33". 

Secondary  form,  the  primary,  having  the  edges  of  the 
base  and  the  pyramidal  edges  truncated,  together  with  the 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Scheeletine  —  Schiller-Spar. 


replacement  of  the  angles  at  the  summit,  by  four  planes, 
resting  on  the  primary  planes. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary  faces,  indistinct. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  green,  grey,  brown  and  red. 
Streak  white. 

Hardness  =2-75  .  .  .  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  7-904  .  .  .  8-088. 

1.  It  is  fusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  yielding  oxide  of  lead  upon  the 
charcoal.  With  soda,  it  affords  globules  of  metallic  lead. 

2.  Jlnalysis. 
Tungstic  acid      .         .         .         .         .         .  •      .         52-00 

Oxide  of  lead      .....         .         .         48-00 

3.  It  is  a  very  rare  substance  ;  and  is  found  in  minute  crystals,  in  the 
tin  mines  of  Zinwald,  Bohemia. 

SCHEEVERITE. 

In  crystalline  grains. 

Lustre  pearly,  and  feebly  shining.     Color  whitish. 

Friable.     Rather  heavier  than  water. 

1.  By  heating,  it  emits  a  feeble  aromatic  empyreurna.  It  melts,  very 
readily,  into  a  colorless  liquid.  The  melted  mineral,  on  cooling,  crys- 
tallizes into  four-sided,  acicular  crystals.  It  burns  with  flame,  attended 
with  feeble  odor,  and  without  leaving  behind  any  residue. 

•2.  Jlnalysis. 
Carbon  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         73-00 

Hydrogen  .......         24-00 

3.  It  is  found  in  loosely  aggregated  grains,  forming  nests  in  a  bed  of 
brown  coal,  at  St.  Galen  in  Switzerland. 

SCHILLER-SPAR.     Diatomous    Schiller-Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism  ? 

Cleavage  in  two  directions,  one  of  them  being  highly 
perfect  and  easily  obtained,  while  the  other  appears  only  in 
slight  traces.  Inclination  between  135°  and  145°.  Frac- 
ture uneven,  splintery. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Schiller-Spar—  Selencuprite. 

Lustre,  metallic  pearly,  eminently  so  upon  the  perfect 
faces-  of  cleavage  ;  indistinctly  vitreous  upon  the  other  faces. 
Color  olive-green  and  blackish  green,  inclining  to  pinch- 
beck-brown upon  the  perfect  faces  of  cleavage.  Streak 
greyish  white,  inclining  a  little  to  yellow.  Translucent  on 
the  edges. 

Rather   sectile.     Hardness  =  3-5  ...  4-0.      Sp.  gr.  = 

2-692. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals.  The  individuals  are  often 
intermingled  with  Serpentine. 

1.  Exposed  to*  high  degree  of  heat,  it  hardens  into  a  porcelainous 

mass. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  HEYER.  By  VAUQUELIN.  By  DRAPPIER. 

Silica  .         52-00  ,.         62-00         ....         41-00 

Magnesia    .  600         .         10-00         ....         29  C 

Alumina      -         23-33  .         13  00         .... 

Lime  .  7-00  .  0-00         .... 


Oxide  of  iron       17-50         .{JS 

Water          .  0-00         .  0  00         ....         10-00 

3.  The  varieties  of  Schiller-Spar  occur  imbedded  in  simple  and  com- 
pound  crystalline  masses  in  serpentine,  with  which  they  are  mixed.  The 
only  locality  in  Europe,  which  can  be  quoted  with  certainty,  is  the 
Baste  in  the  forest  of  Harzgeburg  in  the  Hartz.  It  is  found  of  a  black- 
ish color,  with  Serpentine  and  Kerolite,  at  Blandford,  (Mass.) 

SCHORL.     (See  Tourmaline.) 

SCOLEZITE.     (See  Mesotype.) 

SELENCUPRITE.    Selencupreous  Polypoione- 
Glance. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color  silver-white.     Streak   shining. 
Ductile  ? 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Selencuprite  —  Serpentine. 


1.  Fusible  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  grey  globule,  which  is  slightly 
malleable.  It  is  decomposed  by  nitric  acid,  and  the  solution  deposits 
metallic  copper  on  a  piece  of  clean  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZEI.HJS. 

Selenium  .         .         .  .         .         m        40-00 


.  .....         64.00 

3.  It  occurs  forming  black  coatings  upon  Calcareous  Spar,  or  in  mi- 
nute seams  traversing  this  substance,  at  the  copper-mine  of  Skrickerum 
in  Smoland. 

SELENIURET  OF  COPPER.     (See  Selencuprite.) 
SELENIURET  OF  LEAD.     (See  Clausthalite.) 
SELENIURET  OF  PALLADIUM.     (See  Selenpalladite.) 

SELENIURET  OF  SILVER  AND  COPPER.  (See  Eukai- 
rite.) 

SELENIURET  OF  SULPHUR.     (See  Sulpho-selenite.) 
SELENIURET  OF  ZINC  AND  MERCURY.    (See  Rionite.) 
SELENPALLADITE. 

Primary  form.     Regular  hexagonal  prism. 
^Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  base,  perfect. 
Lustre  metallic.     Color  white  to  grey.     Opake. 
Brittle. 

1.  Heated  in  a  glass  tube,  it  gives  a  red  ring  of  selenium.  It  is  fu- 
sible into  a  brittle  metallic  globule,  and  dissolves  with  borax  into  a  color- 
less glass.  The  roasted  ore  affords  in  nitro-  muriatic  acid  a  brown  solu- 
tion, from  which  some  chloride  of  silver,  and  crystalline  chloride  of  lead, 
is  precipitated.  The  addition  of  cyanide  of  mercury,  colors  the  solution, 
and  throws  down  cyanide  of  palladium.  According  to  ZIJVKEN,  it  con- 
sists of  seleniuret  of  palladium,  seleniuret  of  silver,  and  seleniuret  of  lead. 
2.  It  is  found  with  Native  Gold  and  Clausthalite,  at  Zilkerode  in  the 
Hartz.  It  is  likewise  said  to  occur  in  the  Russian  platina-mines. 

SERPENTINE.    Prismatic  Atelene-Picrosmine. 
Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Serpentine. 


179 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  391. 


M 


o  on  o 
d  on  d 
a  on  a1 
a  on  a 
a  on  d 


128°  31' 
97  33 
139  34 
105  26 
134  13 


Cleavage.  Traces  of,  parallel  with  M  and  J,  apparent 
only  in  a  strong  light.  Fracture  flat  conchoidal,  splintery, 
uneven.  Surface  almost  dull,  very  little  glistening,  but 
rather  even. 

Lustre  resinous,  indistinct,  low  degrees  of  intensity.  Co- 
lor dark  blackish  green  and  leek-green,  seldom  lighter 
shades  of  oil-green  and  siskin-green  colors,  none  of  them 
being  bright :  they  pass  into  yellowish-grey.  Streak  white, 
acquires  some  lustre.  Translucent . . .  opake. 

Sectile.  Hardness  =  3-0.  Sp.  gr.=2-507,  of  a  green- 
ish black  crystallized  variety;  =2*56,  of  an  oil-green, 
translucent  one. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
impalpable.  Varieties  of  this  kind  present  also,  red,  brown, 
black,  yellow,  and  grey  colors,  in  different  veined,  spotted 
and  other  delineations.  The  purer  varieties  sometimes 
possess  an  indistinctly  slaty  structure. 


180  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Serpentine. 


1.  Serpentine  is  divided  into  two  subspecies,  the  common  and  pre- 
cious ;  the  latter  embracing  those  varieties  which  possess  handsome  col- 
ors, and   a  tendency  to  conchoidal  fracture  ;  the  former  includes  the 
duller  colors  and  the  slaty  varieties. 

2.  It  hardens  on  being  exposed  to  fire,  and  melts  only  with  great  dif- 
ficulty on  the  edges. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  JOHJV. 

Silica 42-50 

Magnesia 38-63 

Alumina  1-00 

Lime  .         .  0-25 

Oxide  of  iron       .         .  !.         .         .         .  1-50 

Oxide  of  manganese    ......  0-62 

Oxide  of  chrome          ......  0-25 

Water  ,.  15-20 

4.  Serpentine  forms  mountain  masses  and  beds  in^primitive  rocks,  and 
frequently  contains  crystals,  grains,  or  compound  nodules  of  various  oth- 
er species.     Precious   Serpentine,    in   particular,   is  often  mixed   with 
white  limestone. 

5.  The  different  varieties  of  Serpentine  are  met  with  in  Saxony,  Sile- 
sia,  Austria,  Hungary,  Stiria*   Italy,  Corsica,  Sweden,  England,  Scot- 
land, and  other  foreign  countries. 

Crystallized  vaiieties,  of  a  blackish  green  color,  sometimes  of  conside- 
rable dimensions,  occur  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.)  disseminated  through  lime- 
stone, along  with  black  Spinel  arid  Ilmenite  ;  also  at  Byram,  (N.  J.)  in 
the  same  rock  with  red  Spinel.  At  the  last  place,  the  color  of  the  Ser- 
pentine is  oil-green.  Serpentine,  of  a  handsome  green  color,  and  con- 
choidal fracture,  is  found  at  Newburyport,  (Mass.)  and  at  Newport, 
(R.  I.)  ;  of  a  very  light  green  color,  at  Phillipstown,  in  the  Highlands  of 
New  York.  Extensive  formations  of  Serpentine  exist  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  New-Fane,  (Vt.)  and  of  Middlefield,  (Mass.) 

SIDERITE.     (See  Quartz.} 
SIDEROSCHISOLITE.     (See  Limonite.) 
SILICATE  OF  IRON. 

SILICEOUS  OXIDE  OF  MANGANESE.  (See  Manganese 
Spar.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Skorodite. 


181 


SILICO-CALCAREOUS  OXIDE  OF  TITANIUM.  (SeeSphene.) 
SILLIMANITE.     (See  Bucholzite.) 

SlLVER-BlSMUTH. 

In  acicular  and  capillary  crystals.     Massive  ;  composition  im- 
palpable.    Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  metallic.     Color,  light  lead-grey. 

1.  Before  the  blow- pipe  it  melts  with  ease,  and  covers  the  charcoal 
with  oxide  of  lead  and  bismuth,  leaving  a  globule  of  silver  behind. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH. 

Lead  3300 

Bismuth  27-00 

Silver  15-00 

Iron  4-30 

Copper  090 

Sulphur  16-30 

3.  It  occurs  at  Schlapbach  in  Baden. 

SILVER-BLACK. 

Massive  ;  composition  impalpable,  in  crusts,  pulverulent. 
Color  bluish-black,  sometimes  blackish  lead-grey. 

1.  It  melts  easily  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  slaggy  mass,  leaving  a 
metallic  button  on  farther  heat. 

2.  It  is  found  in  the  silver  mines  of  Saxony,  Hungary,  in  Siberia,  and 
in  South  America. 

SKORODITE.      Prismatic    Malachite-Haloide. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  .form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=.120', 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  392.  Fig.  393. 


Cornwall. 
VOL.  II. 


16 


Saxony-. 


182 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Skorodite. 


M  on  di 
dlon  d\' 


141°  26' 
103    00 


M  on  /    -     103°  5' 


Fig.  394. 


Carinthia. 

Cleavage,  imperfect  parallel  to  M  and  f.  Fracture  un- 
even. Surface,  d  uneven  and  irregularly  streaked  parallel 
to  its  own  edges.  M  and  /streaked  vertically.  The  rest 
of  the  faces  commonly  very  smooth  and  even. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  adamantine  on  the  surface, 
and  to  resinous  in  the  interior.  Color,  principally  leek- 
green,  which  passes  almost  into  white ;  also  bluish-white, 
olive-green  and  liver-brown.  Streak  white.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Rather  brittle.    Hardness  — 3-5  . .  .4-0.    Sp.  gr.  =  3'162. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  an  arsenical  odor,  and  melts  into  a 
reddish -brown  scoria,  which  acts  upon  the  magnet,  if  it  has  been  heated 
long  enough  to  drive  off  all  the  arsenic. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  CHENEVIX.  By  FICINUS. 

from  Saxony. 

0000 

lime  &  manganese.  47-80 
.    ^     .         31-40 
18-00 
000 
154 


from  Cornwall. 

Oxide  of  copper 

225 

Oxide  of  iron 

27-5  wifh  magnesia 

Arsenic  acid 

33-5 

Water 

120 

Silica 

30 

Sulphuric  acid 

00 

PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Skorodile — Smaltine. 


183 


3.  It  occurs  in  the  primitive  mountains  of  Schwarzenberg  in  Saxony, 
with  Arsenical  Pyrites ;  at  Loling  near  Httttenberg  in  Carinfhia,  with 
Leucopyrite.  Beautiful  specimens  have  been  brought  from  Brazil.*  It 
occurs  also  in  several  of  the  Cornish  mines,  where  it  has  commonly 
been  called  Martial  Arseniate  of  Copper. 

SMALTINE.     Octahedral    Eruthleucone- 

Py  rites. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 


i. 

Primary,  with  the  angles  truncated. 

Dcbschau,  Saxony. 

3. 

Cube,  with  edges  truncated. 
Schneeberg,  Saxony. 


5.      Fig.  395. 


2. 

Cube. 
Schladming,  Stiria. 

4. 
Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

6.      Fig.  396. 


Schneeberg. 

Schneeberg. 

Cleavage,  traces  in  the  direction  of  the  primary  faces,  as 
well  as  those  parallel  with  the  cube  and  dodecahedron  ;  the 
first,  a  little  the  most  distinct.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface 

*  A  considerable  quantity  of  this  rare  mineral  was  a  few  years  since 
brought  from  the  western  coast  of  South  America  to  Baltimore,  to  be 
smelted,  from  whence  it  was  re-shipped  to  England,  before  its  true  nature 
was  detected  by  the  mineralogists  of  this  country. 


184  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Smaltine. 


generally  pretty  smooth;  the  faces  of  the  cube  often  curved. 
Subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  tin-white,  inclining  to  steel- 
grey.  Streak  greyish-black. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =6*466,  a  cleava- 
ble  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reticulated  and  other  imitative 
shapes;  the  individuals  of  them  being  often  discernible. 
Massive  :  composition  granular,  individuals  of  various  sizes. 

1.  Heated  in  an  open  tube,  it  emits  a  good  deal  of  arsenious  acid.  On 
charcoal,  before  tbe  blow-pipe,  it  yields  a  strong  smell  of  arsenic,  and 
melts  into  a  greyish-black  pearl,  which  is  magnetic.  With  borax  and 
salt  of  phosphorus,  it  produces  a  sapphire-blue  glass.  In  powder,  with 
concentrated  nitric  acid,  it  immediately  developes  red  fumes,  attended 
with  effervescence  and  the  extrication  of  heat. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER.  By  JOHN.  By  LAUGIER. 

fr.  Riegelsdorf.  fr.  Schneeberg.  fr.  Bieber. 

Arsenic       .         74-22     .         .         .         65-75         .         .         68-50 
Cobalt         .         20-31     .         .         .         2800         .         .  9-60    . 

Iron  .          3-42    (with  mang.)         6-25         .         .  9-70 

Copper        .  0  16     .         .         .  0-00  silica       .  1-00 

Sulphur      .  0-89     .         .         .  0-00         .         .  7-00 

3.  It  is  principally  met  with  in  veins,  traversing  rocks  of  various  ages, 
more  rarely  in  beds.     It  is  accompanied  by  ores  of  silver,  or  by  ores  of 
copper.     In  beds,  it  is  attended  by  Mispickel  and  Copper-Nickel. 

4.  It  is  found  in  veins,  traversing  primitive  rocks,  at  Schneeberg  and 
Annaberg  in  Saxony;  also  at  Freiberg  and  Marienberg;  likewise  at 
Joachimsthal  in  Bohemia,  and  in  veins  in  killas,  at  Wheal  Sparnon  in 
Cornwall.     The  veins  of  the  counties  of  Sayn  and  Siegen,  which  con- 
tain it,  are  included  in  greywacke ;  and  those  of  Thuringia  and  Mans- 
feld,  and  of  Riechelsdorf  in  Hessia,  in  cupriferous  shale.     It  occurs  in 
beds  at  Schladming  in  Stiria,  at  Orawitza  in  the  Bannat,  and  at  Dobschau 
in  Hungary.     But  a  single  locality  of  Smaltine  is  known  to  exist  in  the 
U.  States,  which  is  at  Chatham,  (Conn.),  where  it  occurs  in  veins  trav- 
ersing gneiss,  accompanied  by  Mispickel  and  Copper-Nickel. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  185 

Sodalite. 


5.  It  is  a  valuable  ore  for  the  preparation  of  blue  enamel-colors,  and 
particularly  for  smalt. 

SMARAGDITE.     (See  Pyroxene.) 
SOAPSTONE.     (See  Talc.) 
SODA-ALUM.     (See  Solfatarite.) 

SODALITE.     Dodecahedral    Kouphone-Spar. 

MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

Secondary  forms. 

i.  2. 

Primary  form,  with  the  acute  Cube,  with  edges 

angles  truncated.  truncated. 

Lake  Laach.  Greenland. 

Grains. 

« 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  primary,  with  different  de- 
grees of  perfection.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Sur- 
face even,  though  sometimes  rough. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  greyish-black,  passing  into  ash- 
grey  and  brown,  sometimes  a  whitish  play  of  light  parallel 
to  the  planes  of  the  cube,  white  passing  to  green  and  blue, 
the  latter  often  deep  azure-blue.  Streak  paler  than  the 
color.  Transparent . . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.     Hardness  •-=  5-5  . .  .  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-2  . . .  2-3. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
individuals  strongly  connected  ;  fracture  uneven. 

1.  The  present  species  consists  of  what  was  once  believed  to  constitute 
four  different  ones:  1.  Lapis-lazuli,  the  deep  azure  blue  massive  va- 
rieties, commonly  found  along  with  massive  Iron  Pyrites;  2.  Hatiynet 
crystallized  in  dodecahedra,  and  in  grains  of  a  bright  blue  color  ;  3.  Sod- 
alite, in  white  transparent  crystals ;  4.  Spinellane,  in  ash-grey  and 
brown  crystals. 

16  « 


186 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sodalite — Soda-Nitre. 


2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  Lapis-lazuli  melts  with  difficulty  into  a  glassy 
globule,  which  is  first  of  a  bluish  tinge,  but  soon  becomes  white.  The 
compact  varieties  melt  more  easily,  and  with  a  slight  effervescence.  It 
is  dissolved  with  considerable  effervescence  by  borax,  and  forms  with  it 
a  clear  globule.  If  previously  burnt  and  reduced  to  powder,  it  loses  its 
color,  and  forms  a  jelly  with  acids.  Haiiyne  melts  into  a  vesicular  glass, 
and  loses  its  color.  It  effervesces  if  melted  with  glass  of  borax,  and 
forms  a  transparent  globule,  which  becomes  yellow  on  cooling.  Soda- 
lite,  before  the  blow-pipe,  melts  with  intumescence  and  the  develope- 
mentof  air  bubbles,  into  a  colorless,  glassy  globule  :  with  borax,  it  melts 
with  difficulty,  and  only  when  added  in  small  proportion.  Spinellane  is 
infusible,  whether  alone,  or  with  additions. 
3.  Analysis. 


Analysts  and            Sili- 
ioarie,ties.                 ca. 

Magne- 
sia. 

Alumi- 
na. 

Lime. 

Potash  fy 
soda. 

Oxide 
of  iron. 

Sulphuric 
acid. 

GMELIN. 
Lapis-lazuli. 

49-00  - 

2-00 

-  11-00- 

16-00  - 

8-00 

-4-00- 

2-00 

ECKEBERG. 
Sodalite. 

36-00  - 

000 

-  32-00  - 

o-oo- 

25-00 

-0-15- 

\     6-75 
(  mur.acid 

THOMSON. 
Sodalite. 

38-52  - 

0-00 

-  27-48  - 

2-10  - 

25-50 

-  1-00- 

\    3-00 
I  mur.acid 

GMELIN       >        -  354g  . 

o-oo 

-  18-87  - 

12-00  - 

15-45 

|-  M6- 

12-39 

llauyne.      S 

potash. 

KLAPROTH. 
Spinellane. 

43-00  - 

\   i-oo   ; 

(  sulphur  < 

-  29-50  - 

1-50- 

19-00 
soda. 

l  -  2-00  - 

o-oo 

4.  Lapis-lazuli  has  been  brought  from  Lesser  Bucharia,  Thibet  and 
China.     It  has  lately  been  found  at  Lake  Baikal  in  Siberia,  in  veins  with 
Iron  Pyrites,  Feldspar  and  Garnet.     Hatt.yne  occurs  at  Albanoand  Fres- 
cati  near  Rome,  among  the  products  of  Vesuvius;  also  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Puy  de  Dome,  on  the  Lake  of  Laach,  in  the  quarries  of  Nieder- 
meunich,  and  in  several  other  places  near  Andernach,  partly  imbedded 
in  pumice.     Sodalite  is  found  in  West  Greenland,  in  a  bed  in  mica-slate, 
from  six  to  twelve  feet  thick  ;  and  is  accompanied  by  several  species  of 
Augite-Spar  and  Feldspar,  as  well  as  by  Zircon  an«l  Eudyalite.     It  occurs 
likewise  among  the  minerals  ejected  by  Mount  Vesuvius.     Spinellane 
is  found  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Laach,  with  Feldspar,  Hornblende  and 
Magnetic  Iron-Ore. 

5.  The  variety  Lapis-lazuli  is  cut  into  various  ornamental  articles,  as 
ring  stones,  snuffboxes,  &.c.     It  is  manufactured  into  a  very  costly  pig- 
ment, called  Ultramarine. 

SODA-NITRE.     Rhombohedral  Natron-S*alt. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     Pon  P  =106°  33'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  1S1 

Soda-Nitre — Solfatarite. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  the  primary  faces.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal,  almost  imperceptible.  Surface  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  1-5  ...  2-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-0964.  Taste  cooling. 

Compound  Varieties.     In  efflorescences. 

1.  It  melts  and  deflagrates  with  a  yellow  light  upon  red-hot  charcoal, 
but  not  so  violently  as  Nitre.  It  is  soluble  in  three  times  its  weight  of 
water,  at  60°  F.  If  rubbed  in  an  isolated  state,  it  acquires  a  very  strong 
negative  electricity.  • 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Nitric  acid        .-.'....        54-97 

Soda  - 45-03 

It  contains  a  little  sulphate  of  potash. 

3.  It  is  found  in  immense  quantity  in  the  District  of  Tarapaca  in  Peru, 
near  the  frontiers  of  Chili,  three  days'  journey  from  La  Conception,  a 
port  of  Chili.     It  also  comes  from  Iquiqui,  a  port  in  the  south  pf  Peru. 
In  these  countries,  it  forms  a  bed  many  feet  thick,  which  in  some  places 
appears  on  the  surface,  occupying  aji  extent  of  more  than  forty  leagues. 
It  is  frequently  mixed  with  clay  and  sand. 

4.  Very  large  quantities  of  this  salt,  purified  by  solution  and  crystal- 
lization, are  carried  into  Europe,  and  imported  into  the  United  States. 

SOLFATAR1TE.     Prismatic  Alum-Salt.' 

Massive  ;  composition  columnar,  individuals  thin,  straight 
and  parallel.  Cleavage  in  one  direction,  perfect. 

Lustre  vitreous,  to  pearly.  Color  white  ;  transparent 
to  translucent. 

Hardness=2-0...2-5.  Sp.  gr.==l-88.  Taste  sweet- 
ish astringent. 

1.  It  is  more  soluble  in  water  than  alum. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Solfatarite. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  THOMSON.  By  BOUSSINQAULT.  ByHARTWALL. 
from                      from                   from 
Mendoza,  S.A.          Rio-Saldana.            Milo. 

By  Ross, 
from 
Copiapo. 

Sulphuric  acid 

37-700 

36-40 

-       40-31     - 

36-97 

Alumina 

12-000 

16-00 

-       14-98     - 

14-63 

Water 

41-900 

46-60 

-       40-94    - 

44-64 

Soda 

7-960 

0-00 

1-13     - 

0-00 

Potash 

0-000 

0-00 

0-26     - 

000 

Silica 

0-022 

0-00 

1-13     - 

137 

Lime 

2256 

0-02 

o-oo   - 

000 

Peroxide  of  iron     - 

0-207 

0-04 

-     traces.     - 

2-58 

Magnesia 
Protox.  manganese 

}  0-796 

C       0  00 

c     o-oo 

085     - 

o-oo   - 

0-14 
000 

Muriatic  acid 

0-100 

o-oo 

0-400  - 

0-00 

3.  This  substance  is  found  in  the  solfataras  of  Guadaloupe,  the  Lipari 
islands,  at  Milo  and  other  islands  in  the  Grecian  archipelago ;  at  Copi- 
apo, a  province  of  Coquimbo  in  Chili,  where  it  forms  with  White  Cop- 
peras a  large  mass  ;  and  at  Mendoza  near  the  foot  of  the  Andes. 

SOMMERVILLITE.     (See  Idocrase.) 
SOMMITE.     (See  JVepheline.) 

SORDAWALLITE. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable  ;  no  trace  of  cleavage.    Frac- 
ture conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  semi-metallic.     Color   greenish 
black  or  greyish  black.     Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness,  equal  to  that  of  glass.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-53. 
1.  It  becomes  reddish  by  exposure  to  the  atmosphere.     Before  the 
blow-pipe,  it  forms  with  difficulty  a  blackish  globule.     With  a  small 
quantity  of  soda,  it  yields  a  blackish  green  globule  ;  with  a  larger  quan- 
tity, a  rough  slaggy  mass  is  produced.     Borax  dissolves  it  into  a  green 
It  is  partly  soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  NORDEJVSKIOL.D. 

Silica  

Alumina  ..... 

Peroxide  of  iron        -         - 
Magnesia  ..... 

Phosphoric  acid        -        .... 


Water 


49-40 
13-80 
1817 
10-67 
228 
4-38 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spathic  Iron. 


189 


3.  It  occurs  near  the  town  of  Sordawala  in  Finland,  in  layers  from 
aalf  an  inch  to  one  inch  in  thickness,  in  a  primitive  rock. 

SPATHIC  IRON.     Brachy_;ypous  Parachrose- 
Baryte.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=107°. 
Secondary  forms. 


Przibram,  Bohemia. 


Wheal  Maudlin, 
Cornwall, 


Przibram,  Bohemia' 


Fig.  402. 


Fig.  400. 


Fig.  401. 


Cornwall. 


Cornwall, 


Fig.  397.  Primary  form,  with  the  summits  truncated. — 
Fig.  398.  Primary  form,  with  the  lateral  angles  trunca- 
ted.— Fig.  399.  Similar  to  Fig.  398,  but  having  the  upper 
edges  of  the  rhomboid  so  deeply  truncated,  as  to  give  rise 


190  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spathic  Iron. 


to  new  planes  g.     g  on  g  =  136°  34'.  —  Fig.  400.  o  on  v 


Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  P  ;  rarely,  traces  of  g. 
Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Surface,  o  generally  rough  ;  P  often  rounded,  which 
terminates  in  the  saddle  shaped  lens.  Fig.  403.  o  streaked 
parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  P  ;  u  rough.  The 
common  lens  is  produced  by  continued  striae  between  g 
and  P. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  various 
shades  of  yellowish  grey,  passing  into  ash-grey  and  green- 
ish grey  ;  also  into  several  kinds  of  yellow,  white  and  red. 
Streak  white.  Translucent,  in  different  degrees. 

Brittle.     Hardness=3*5  .  .  .  4-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-829. 

Compound  J^arieties.  Striae  upon  the  faces  of  P  in  the 
direction  of  the  horizontal  diagonals  ;  and  faces  of  compo- 
sition parallel  to  g  prove  the  existence  of  a  regular  compo- 
sition. Botryoidal  and  globular  shapes  :  composition  co- 
lumnar, surface  drusy.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
passing  into  impalpable. 

1.  The  massive  varieties  of  the  present  species  are  often  regularly 
compound  in  the  direction  of  the  faces  of  g,  as  in  the  annexed  figure. 
Fig.  403. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  191 

Spathic  Iron. 


It  is  sometimes  possible  to  obtain  from  them  by  fracture  the  form  of  g, 
bounded  on  all  sides  by  faces  of  composition,  without  presenting  a  single 
real  face  of  cleavage.  There  is  no  distinct  cleavage  parallel  to  the  face 
of  g.  The  saddle  shape  lenses  are  in  part  composed  of  several  individu- 
als nearly  in  parallel  position,  but  the  axes  of  which  are  slightly  di- 
verging. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  black,  and  acts  upon  the  mag- 
netic needle,  but  does  not  melt.  It  colors  glass  of  borax  green.  It  is 
soluble  with  difficulty,  and  effervesces  but  little  in  nitric  acid,  particu- 
larly if  not  reduced  to  powder.  On  being  exposed  to  the  air,  it  is  gradu- 
ally decomposed  ;  first  the  color  of  the  surface  becomes  brown  or  black  ; 
afterwards  the  streak  is  changed  into  red  or  brown,  hardness  and  sp.  gr. 
are  diminished,  and  even  the  chemical  constitution  is  altered,  the  whole 
being  converted  into  hydrate  of  iron. 

3.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

A  botryoidal  variety.  A  cleavable  variety. 

Protoxide  of  iron         -         63  75         -  -         -  57-50 

Carbonic  acid               -         34-00         -  -         -  36  00 

Oxide  of  manganese    -           0-75         -  -         -  3-30 

Lime                                         0  00         -  -         -  1-25 

Magnesia                                  0-52         -  000 

4.  Spathic  Iron  is  frequently  found  along  with  compound  varieties  of 
Calcareous  Spar  in   beds  in   gneiss,   mica  slate,   clay-slate  and  newer- 
rocks  ;  sometimes   with  Limonite  and  Specular  Iron,  Heavy  Spar,  and 
other  species.     It  likewise  occurs   in   metalliferous  veinsTaccornpanied 
by  Galena,  Fahlerz,   Iron  Pyrites,  &c.     More   rarely,  it  occurs  in  the 
cavities  of  trap  rocks. 

5.  The  beds  in  which  the  varieties  of  the  present  species  are  found  in 
immense  quantities  in   Stiria.  Carinthia,    and  the   bordering   countries, 
form  connected  tracts,  which  extend  along  the  chain  of  the  Alps,  on  one 
side  into  Austria,  and  on  the  other  into  Salzburg.     The  celebrated  Erz- 
berg  near  Eisenerz,  is  situated  in  one  of  them      At  Freiberg,  it  is  found    • 
in  silver  veins.     It  is  found  with  Tin-Ore,  at  Ehrenfreidersdorf  in  Saxo- 
ny, Wheal  Maudlin,  St.  Just,  and  other  places  in  Cornwall.     It  is  also 
found,  in  more  or  less  considerable  masses,  in  Bohemia,  Bayreuth,  WUr- 
temberg,  Switzerland,  France,  Spain,  and  many  other  countries. 

A  very  considerable  vein  of  Spathic  Iron  exists  in  the  United  States, 
atRoxbury,  (Conn.)  which  traverses  in  a  vein  of  Quartz,  a  mountain  of 


192  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spathic  Iron. 


gneiss  for  the  distance  of  a  mile.     A  bed  of  it  also  exists  at  Plymouth, 
(Vt.)     It  is  found  in  small  quantity  at  Lane's  mine  in  Monroe,  (Conn.) 

APPENDIX  TO  SPATHIC  IRON. 
i.  Kaminoxene  Carbon- Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 

P  on  P  =  107°. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  P,  traces  parallel  with  o. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-765. 
1.  It  appears  that  1  p.  c.  of  oxide  of  manganese  is  essential  to  the  pres- 
ent species.     To  it  belongs  the  white  Sparry-iron  from  Vorgtlande,  from 
Bayreuth,  and  from  Siegen  in  Prussia. 

ii.   Olizone  Carbon-Spar.    BREITHAUPT. 

Pon  P  =  107°  3'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  perfect. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  5-0  . . .  5-25. 

Sp.  gr.  =  3-7453,  from  Ehrenfriedersdorf. 

Analysis. 
By  MAGNUS. 

Carbonate  of  iron        -         -         -         -         -         —      59-99 
Carbonate  of  manganese     -----        40-66 

iii.  Mlotropose  Carbon-Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
Pon  P  =  107o  H£/. 
Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  perfect. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  5-25  . . .  5-50. 
Sp.  gr.  =  2  992,  from  Hall  in  Tyrol. 

=  3-001,  a  liver-brown  variety.       * 

Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia  -  89-70 

Carbonate  of  iron  8-02 

Carbonate  of  manganese  -  2-44 

iv.  Mesitine  Carbon- Spar.     BREITHAUPT. 
PonP=107°  14'. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  very  perfect;  traces  parallel  with  o. 
Color  dark  greyish  and  yellowish  grey.    Transparent  and  trans- 
lucent. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  5-00. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spathic  Iron — Specular  Iron. 


193 


C  3'350  7 
Sp.  gr.  =  2  Q.Qgo  £  from  Traversella,  Piedmont. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  decrepitates;  in  muriatic  acid,  and  in  nitric 
acid,  a  feeble  effervescence  takes  place,  but  it  is  entirely  soluble.     It 
probably  contains  magnesia,  lime,  protoxide  of  iron,  and  oxide  of  manga- 
nese. 

2.  It  occurs  at  Freiberg,  as  well  as  in  Piedmont  and  the  island  of  Elba. 

SPECULAR    IRON.     Rhombohedral    Iron-Ore. 

MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  85°  58'  .  .  .  86° 


Secondary  forms. 


i£.  404. 


Fig.  405. 


Vesuvius. 


Elba. 


Fig.  406. 


Fig.  407. 


Framont. 


Elba. 


VOL.  II. 


17 


194 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Specular  Iron. 


Fig.  408. 


Fig.  409. 


Framont. 


Fig.  410. 


Elba. 

Fig.  404.  Primary  form  with  summits  truncated.  P  on 
0  =  122°  40'.  (base,  HAUY.)— Fig.  205.  Primary,  with  the 
summits  replaced  by  three  planes,  which,  if  extended,  would 
lead  to  an  obtuse  rhomboid,  s  on  5=142°  56'.  (birhom- 
boidal,  HAUY.) — Fig.  406.  The  same  with  Fig.  405,  but 
having  the  upper  edges  of  the  rhomboid  bevelled  by  planes 
n.  nonn=128°.  (binoternaire.  HAUY.) — Fig.  407.  n 
on  0  =  1 19°  34',  (trapezien.  HAUY.)— Fig.  409.  P  on  b 
=  113°  32°.  oonz  =  90°.  (equivalent,  HAUY.)— Fig. 410. 
/  =  138°53'.  Pong-=166°  25'.  equipollent,  HAUY.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  195 

Specular  Iron. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  o.  In  some  varieties 
scarcely  any  traces  appear,  while  in  others  it  seems  to  be 
perfect,  which  however,  must  in  a  great  measure  be  attrib- 
uted to  composition.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Sur- 
face, s  is  horizontally  streaked,  sometimes  so  deeply  that  it 
appears  rounded ;  P  is  sometimes  streaked  parallel  to  the 
edges  of  combination  with  n;  y  is  uneven,  and  often  curved. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  dark  steel-grey,  iron-black. 
Streak  cherry-red,  reddish  brown.  Surface  frequently 
tarnished ;  generally  with  the  exception  of  o,  which  may 
be  useful  in  finding  the  true  position  of  the  crystals,  when 
they  become  complicated.  Opake  ;  very  thin  laminae  are 
faintly  translucent,  and  show  a  deep  blood  red  color. 

Brittle.  Sometimes  feeble  action  upon  the  magnetic 
needle.  Hardness  =  5*5  . . .  6*5.  Sp.  gr.  =  5*251,  a  crys- 
talline variety  from  Sweden. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  1.  Axis  of  rev- 
olution perpendicular;  face  of  composition  parallel  to  o  ; 
the  individuals  are  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composi- 
tion. (Altenberg,  Saxony.)  Sometimes  two  individuals  in 
^the  same  position  are  joined  in  a  face  of  w,  and  terminate  at 
this  face.  (Stromboli.)  2.  Axis  of  revolution  perpendicu- 
lar, face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face  of  P. 

Globular,  reniform,  botryoidal,  and  stalactitic  shapes  : 
surface  generally  smooth,  composition  more  or  less  thin  co- 
lumnar, sometimes  even,  impalpable  ;  in  this  case  the  lustre 
becomes  imperfectly  metallic,  and  the  color  red  ;  fracture 
of  impalpable  compound  varieties,  even,  flat  conchoidal,  or 
uneven.  Compound  varieties  often  join  in  a  second  and 
third  composition,  which  are  curved  lamellar  and  granular; 
the  junction  of  granular  masses  produces  frequently  very 


196  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Specular  Iron. 


smooth  faces,  while  the  reniform  surface  of  the  curved  la- 
mellar compositions  is  rough,  and  obtained  with  more  diffi- 
culty, by  separating  the  particles,  than  the  first.  Massive  : 
composion,  1.  Columnar,  generally  imperfect,  thick,  and 
diverging  from  common  centres.  2.  Granular,  and  often 
impalpable ;  sometimes  very  distinct  and  easily  separated ; 
often,  however,  they  are  strongly  coherent :  if  they  are  im- 
palpable, their  lustre  decreases,  their  color  becomes  red, 
and  the  fracture  even,  uneven,  or  flat  conchoidal.  3.  La- 
mellar, joined  in  the  face  of  o,  thick  and  variously  bent ; 
sometimes,  however,  they  are  so  thin,  that  they  allow  blood- 
red  light  to  pass ;  if  they  are  still  thinner,  their  color  be- 
comes red  altogether,  and  their  lustre  imperfectly  metallic ; 
the  faces  of  composition  are  often  irregularly  streaked. 
When  the  cohesion  among  the  particles  is  diminished,  the 
lamellar  varieties  become  scaly  and  glimmering,  the  granu- 
lar ones  earthy  and  dull.  Pseudornorphoses  in  the  shape 
of  Calcareous  Spar,  Fluor,  &c. 

1.  Owing  to  a  want  of  attention  to  the  simple  and  compound  state  of 
he  contents  of  the  present  species,  has  arisen  its  subdivision  into  two 
species  by  the  majority  of  mineralogists;  viz.  into  Specular  Iron- Ore 
and  Red  Iron-  Ore.  Specular  Iron  contains  all  the  simple  varieties,  and 
those  of  the  compound  ones  which  have  not  lost  their  metallic  appear- 
ance by  the  too  small  size  of  their  component  individuals.  Those  in 
thin  lamellar  compositions  have  been  called  Micaceous  Specular  Iron, 
while  the  rest  form  the  Common  Specular  Iron.  Those  varieties 
which  have  lost  their  metallic  appearance,  are  included  within  the  Red 
Iron-Ore,  divided  into  Fibrous  Red  Iron  or  Red  Hematite,  which  oc- 
curs in  reniform  and  other  imitative  shapes,  and  consists  of  columnar 
particles  of  composition  ;  into  Compact  and  Ochrey  Red  Iron,  which  are 
massive,  and  consist  of  impalpable,  granular  individuals,  more  or  less 
firmly  connected;  and  into  Scaly  Red  Iron,  or  Red  Iron- Foam,  consist- 
ing of  very  small  scaly  particles,  which  in  most  cases  are  but  slightly 
coherent.  This  variety  is  in  immediate  connexion  with  the  micaceous 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  197 

Specular  Iron. 


Specular  Iron,  between  which  and  the  crystallized  Specular  Iron 
there  exists  an  uninterrupted  transition.  Among  the  varieties  of  Clay 
Iron- Ore,  the  following  may  be  considered  as  an  appendix  to  the  pres- 
ent species,  all  of  which  are  of  a  red  color,  but  more  or  less  impure,  and 
mixed  with  earthy  substances,  Reddle  possesses  an  earthy,  coarse  slaty 
fracture;  it  soils  and  writes,  and  maybe  used  as  a  drawing  material. 
Jaspery  Clay  Iron- Ore,  has  an  even  or  large  flat  conchoidal  fracture, 
and  a  hardness  which  is  considerable,  if  compared  with  other  minerals  of 
a  similar  formation.  Columnar  and  Lenticular  Clay  Iron- Ore  are  dis- 
tinguished, the  first  by  the  columnar  form,  the  latter  by  the  flattish  gran- 
ular form  of  its  particles  of  composition. 

2.  Specular  Iron  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  melts  with 
borax,  and  forms  a  green  or  yellow  glass,  like  pure  oxide  of  iron.  It  is 
likewise  soluble  in  heated  muriatic  acid. 

3.  Analysis. 

A_,     t                    Varieties  and  Ox.  of    Ox.  Si-   ,.         Alu-  Wa-    To- 

localities.                    iron.    man?,  lica.  Lllrie-  mina.  ter.    tal. 

BUCHOLZ.        Micaceous  Tron-Oro.  .  100-00  .  O'O  .  0-00  .  O'O  .  0-00  .  O'O.  100-00 

D'AUBISSON.  Red  Hematite.  Framont.     .    90-00  .trace.  2-00  .  1-0  .  000  .  3'0.    96-00 

"              "          "  .    94-00  .trace.  2-00  .trace.  0.00 .  2.0.    98'00 

BUCHOLZ.        Compact  Red  Iron.  .  100-00  .  0-0  .  0-00  .  0-0  .  0-00  .  0-0. 100-00 

LAMPADIUS.    Compact  Red  Iron.  .    65-40  .  2'7  .  20-70?   00  .  9'3    .0-0.    98-10 

BUCHOLZ.        Red  Iron-Foam.  .  100-00  .  0-0  .  0  00  .  0-0  .  0-0    .  0-0.  100-00 

HENRY.             "        "         «  .    94-50.0.0.  4-25?  0  0  .  1-25 .  00.  100-00 

The  clay  iron-ores,  being  more  or  less  mixed  with  earthy  substances, 
vary  in  their  contents,  and  several  of  their  properties  are  dependent  upon 
the  nature  of  these  admixtures.  Thus  lenticular  clay  iron-ore  is  very 
'rich,  while  the  columnar  variety  contains  hut  little  iron,  and  is  produced 
from  nodoK  of  common  clay,  which  have  been  converted  by  the  influ- 
ence of  heat  from  burning  coal  seams,  the  one  into  columnar  clay  iron- 
ore,  the  other  into  porcelain  Jasper. 

4.  It  occurs  most  commonly  »in  beds  and  veins  in  ancient  rocks.  Clay 
iron-ore  forms  either  by  itself  beds  in  secondary  mountains,  or  it  is  in- 
cluded in  beds  of  clay  in  the  shape  of  nodules  or  irregular  masses.  Spec- 
ular Iron-Ore  occurs  in  crystals  among  the  rocks  ejected  by  Vesuvius, 
and  lining  the  cavities  and  fissures  of  lava,  where  it  seems  to  be  a  pro- 
duct of  sublimation.  In  beds,  it  is  generally  accompanied  by  other  ores 
of  iron,  several  species  of  earthy  minerals,  as  Epidote,  Hornblende  and 
Augite,  Calcareous  Spar  and  Quartz. 

17* 


198  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Specular  Iron — Sphene. 

5.  The  most  beautiful  crystals  hitherto  known,  for  size  and  form,  are 
found  in  the  island  of  Elba,  along  with  Iron  Pyrites  and  Quartz.    Splen- 
did geodes  of  crystals  also  come  from  Framontin  Loraine,  St.  Gothardin 
Switzerland,  and  Dauphiny;  at  the  last  mentioned  place,  they  occur  in 
veins  in  primitive  rocks.     Other  localities  are,  the  vicinity  of  Vesuvius 
and  the  island  of  Stromboli,  Norway,  Sweden  and  Stiria.     Micaceous 
Iron-Ore  is  very  common  in  the  beds  of  Spathic  Iron,  in  Stiria  and  Ca- 
rinthia.     Red  Iron-Ore  is  found  in  Saxony,  Bohemia,  the  Hartz,  the 
Fichtelgebiirge,  at  Ulverstone  in  Lancashire,  and  other  places  in  Eng- 
land, and  in  many  other  countries.     Jasper  clay  iron-ore  is  almost  entire- 
ly confined  to  Lower  Austria ;  the  columnar   variety  occurs  in  several 
lecalities  of  the  north  of  Bohemia,  in  the  countries  of  Elbogen  and  Leit- 
meritz ;  the  lenticular  Clay  Iron-Ore  forms  a  bed  in  the  transition  dis- 
trict of  Central  Bohemia,  in  the  counties  of  Pilsen,  Beraun,  &c. 

But  few  localities  of  crystallized  Specular  Iron  are  known  in  the  U. 
States.  What  was  believed  to  be  Specular  Iron,  from  Amity,  (N.  Y.), 
and  which  occurs  along  with  Spinel  in  limestone  and  Serpentine,  is  Crich- 
tonite.  Druses  of  lenticular  or  micaceous  crystals,  are  found  at  Fow- 
ler, St.  Lawrence  co.  (N.Y.)  The  Micaceous  Iron,  in  large  masses, 
consisting  of  thin  waved  laminae,  themselves  composed  of  the  finest 
scales,  occurs  at  Hawley,  (Mass.)  Red  Hematite  is  found  atTicondero- 
ga,  upon  Lake  George ;  and  Lenticular  clay-Iron  ore  is  abundant 
throughout  the  western  part  of  New  York.  Pebbles  of  compact  Red 
Iron-Ore  are  found  throughout  the  hills  in  the  vicinity  of  Marietta, 
(Ohio.) 

6.  Specular  Iron  is  an  ore  of  the  highest  importance,  and  yields  a  con- 
siderable proportion  of  the  iron  annually  produced  in  the  different  quar* 
fers  of  the  globe.     Red  Hematite,  sometimes  also,   compact  Red  Iron- 
Ore,  are  used  for  polishing  metals,  and  Reddle  as  a  writing  material. 

SPHENE.     Prismatic  Er uthrone-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic   prism.     M  on  M  = 
133°  30'.     P  on  M  =121°  50'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sphene. 


199 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  411. 


Fig.  413. 

c 


Fig.  414. 


Arendal,  Norway- 
Roger's  Rock, 
Lake  George. 


P  on  a 

159° 

44X> 

P  on  c 

140 

52 

P  on  e2    - 

158 

18 

P  on  e3    - 

154 

20 

P  on  e4    - 

146 

30 

P  on  e5    - 

120 

2 

M  on  a 

139 

30  ; 

M  on  b 

124 

35 

M  on  c 

86 

20 

M  on  e2   - 

119 

35 

M  on  eS   - 

116 

42 

M  on  e5   - 

138 

42 

Mon  /     - 

151 

20 

Arendal,  Norway—  Roger's 
Rock,  Lake  George. 

Fig.  415. 


St. 

Gothard. 

*  M  on  c 

120° 

2' 

b    on  b     - 

167 

0 

b    on  c 

139 

30 

c    on  e?l   - 

146 

44 

c    on  e2    - 

145 

18 

c    on  e4   - 

154 

52 

dlondl'  - 

113 

24 

e?2  on  d2'  - 

135 

60 

c?2  on  e4   - 

152 

30 

dl  on  e2   - 

152 

45 

el  on  el'  - 

175 

42 

e2  on  e2'  - 

136 

40 

e4  on  e4'  - 

113 

50 

200  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sphene. 


Cleavage  sometimes  distinct  in  the  direction  of  d :  tra- 
ces parallel  with  M.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  un- 
even. Surface,  b  and  M  almost  always  faintly  streaked,  par- 
allel to  the  edges  of  combination  with  d.  The  remaining 
faces  are  mostly  smooth,  and  often  possess  high  degrees  of 
lustre. 

Lustre  adamantine,  sometimes  inclining  to  resinous. 
Color  brown,  yellow,  grey,  green ;  they  are  not  lively,  some 
pistachio-green  ones  excepted.  Streak  white.  Translu- 
cent .  . .  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =5*0  . . .  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =3*468,  of  a  massive 
yellowish  grey  variety  from  Norway. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  faces  of  compo- 
sition parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  c;  some- 
times the  individuals  are  continued  beyond  the  faceofecJm- 
position.  Massive  :  composition  granular  or  lamellar,  the 
first  are  strongly  connected. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  the  yellow  varieties  do  not  change  their  col- 
or; all  the  rest  become  yellow.  They  intumesce  a  little*  and  melt  on 
the  edges  into  a  dark  colored  enamel.  They  are  soluble  in  heated  nitric 
acid,  leaving  behind  a  siliceous  residue. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  CORDIER. 

Lime  .         .        33-00         .         .         .        3220 

Oxide  of  titanium         .        33-00         .         .         .         33  30 
Silica  .         .        35-00         .         .         .         28-00 

Oxide  of  manganese     .        a  trace        .         .         .  0-00 

3.  Sphene  occurs  in  small  nodules  or  crystals  imbedded  in  gneiss  and 
beds  of  sienite  and  other  trap  rocks,  belonging  to  them,  or  to  more  re- 
cent classes  of  mountains.     It  is  met  with  in  metalliferous  beds  with  ores 
of  iron,  several  species  of  Augite  Spar  and  Feldspar:  likewise  in  beds  of 
primitive  limestone,  and  in  veins  which  traverse  primitive  rocks. 

4.  It  occurs  in  several  districts  of  the  Saualpe  in  Carinthia,  imbedded  • 
in  coarse  grained  gneiss;  at  Hafnerzell  in  the  district  of  Passau,  it  occurs. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  201 

Sphene. 


in  a  bed  in  gneiss,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  Augite  Spars  and  Feld- 
spars. At  \Tindisch-Kappel  in  Carinthia  and  near  Dresden  in  Saxony,  in 
similarly  compound  rocks  of  a  newer  date.  It  occurs  in  beds  of  iron  ore 
at  Arendal  in  Norway;  in  veins  at  St.  Gothard  in  Switzerland,  in  the 
Felbcrthal  in  Salzburg,  and  in  many  other  places  in  the  Alps.  It  is 
found  besides,  in  France  and  at  several  places  in  Scotland.  It  occurs  in 
Canada,  at  Grenville  associated  with  Tabular  Spar  and  Plumbago.* 

It  is  found  in  the  greatest  abundance  in  the  United  States,  at  Roger's 
Rock  on  Lake  George,  disseminated  in  small  brown  crystals  through  an 
aggregate  of  Feldspar  and  Pyroxene.  A  similar  variety  is  found,  crys- 
tallized and  massive,  in  nodules  and  geodes  with  Pyroxene  and  Petalite, 
in  the  limestone  of  Bolton,  (Mass.)  In  small  quantity  also,  in  round- 
ed grains  and  imperfect  crystals,  disseminated  through  limestone  with 
Hornblende,  &c.,  at  Edenville  and  Amity,  (N.  Y.),  and  at  Trumbull, 
(Conn.) 

SPHEROSIDERITE.     (See  Spathic  Iron.) 

SPHEROSTILBITE.  * 

Massive :  globules  formed  in  vesicular  cavities.  Composition 
columnar,  radiating  from  the  centre. 

Lustre  pearly,  very  brilliant  on  the  fracture. 

Fibres  flexible.  Surface  of  the  globules  scratched  by  the  nail. 
Sp.  gr.  =2-31. 

1  Fusible  before  the  blow -pipe,  with  exfoliation  and  effervescence. 
Forming  a  jelly  with  the  acids.  The  solution  yields  a  precipitate  with 
the  oxalate  of  ammonia. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BEUDANT. 

from  Faroe. 

Silica 55-91 

Alumina 16-61 

Lime 9-03 

Soda 068 

Water 17.84 


*  The  specimens  from  this  locality  cleave  constantly  and  with  great 
perfection,  parallel  with  a  rhombic  prism  of  123°  30',  which  is  oblique 
from  an  acute  edge. 


202 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


Spinel. 


3.  It  occurs,  implanted  upon  Stilbite  from  Faroe. 

4.  Its  properties  as  given  above,  do  not  appear  to  justify  the  formation 
of  a  new  species. 

SPHERULITE.     (See  Pitchstone.) 

SPINEL.     Do  decahedral   Corundum.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  2.  3. 

Primary  with  edges         Primary  with  edg-       Primary  with  edges 


truncated. 
Hamburg,  (N.  J.) 


es  bevelled. 
Vesuvius. 

4.  Fig.  416. 


and  angles  truncated. 
Hamburg,  (N.  J.) 


Hamburg,  (N.  J.) 

5. 

Primary  with  edges  replaced  by  three  planes, 

and  angles  by  four  planes  resting 

on  the  primary  faces. 

Vesuvius. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  the  primary  form  difficult.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal.  Surface  smooth,  the  faces  t  sometimes 
striated  parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  the  octa- 
hedron. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  red,  passing  into  blue  and  green, 
also  into  yellow,  brown  and  black.  Sometimes  nearly 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


203 


Spinel. 


white.  Streak  white.  Transparent  .  .  .  translucent,  only 
on  the  edges,  if  the  color  be  very  dark. 

Hardness  =8-0.  Sp.  gr.  =3-523,  of  a  transparent  va- 
riety, between  cochineal-red  and  carmine-red. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals,  face  of  composi- 
tion parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face  of 
the  octahedron.  Sometimes  parallel  to  several  faces  of  the 
octahedron. 

1.  The  red  varieties,  exposed  to  heat,  become  black  andopake;  on 
cooling  they  appear  first  green,  then  almost  colorless,  and  at  last,  reas- 
sume  their  red  color.  With  borax,  they  fuse  with  difficulty,  with  salt 
of  phosphorus  a  little  more  easily.  The  dark  colored  varieties  yield  a 
deep  green  globule.  Spinel  assumes  positive  electricity  by  friction. 

2.  Analysis. 


-  Silica.    Mas?ne' 


*  of 


Analysts.  Varieties  and  localities.  J 

BERZELIUS.    Blue,  Aken.  -  72-250  -    5-450  -  14-830  -        4-260 

KLAPROTH.    Red.  -74-500-15-500-    8-250-        1-500 

DESCOTILS.   Gr6^8^1^     ^    .  68  000  -    2-000  -  12-000  -       16-000      -  0-000  -  98-00 
THOMSON.     Gree,£?  Hamburg,  ?    .  73.308  -    5.620  -  13-622  - 


Lime.  Total. 

-  0-000  -  96-58 

-  0-750  -  98-50 


THOMSON. 
ABICH. 

ABICH. 


(N.  J.) 

Black,  Amity, 

(N.  Y.) 

Black,  Vesuvius. 
Red!  Ceylon. 


-  61-788  -    5-596  -  17-868  - 

-  67-460  -    2-380  -  25-950  - 

-  69  010  -    2-020  -  26-210  - 


$  7-420  ; 
(  protox.  \ 
\  16-564  ; 
\  protox.  \ 
\  5-060  , 
I  protox.  < 


-  trace  -  99-98 

-  2-804  -  98-72 

-  1-100-100-00 


c   MOO   ; 

0-710  -  <  protox. 
(  chrome. 


3.  Crystals  from  Ceylon  and  from  several  places  in  the  United  States, 
occur  imbedded  in  white  limestone.     It  is  found  also  in  veins  with  Cal- 
careous Spar  in  serpentine,  and  in  gneiss.     Other  varieties  belong  to 
druses  in  volcanic  rocks.    Besides  which,  it  is  found  abundantly  in  more 
recent  deposits,  formed  by  diluvial  or  alluvial  action,  along  with  crystals 
of  Corundum,  Zircon  and  other  gems.  « 

4.  The  red,  transparent  crystals  are  almost  exclusively  brought  from 
Ceylon,  where  they  occur  in  the  sand  of  rivers.     In  Sadermanland  in 
Sweden,  bluish   and   pearl-grey  varieties  occur  imbedded   in  granular 
limestone.     Dark  colored  crystals,  called  Pleonaste,  are  found  in  Ceylon 
in  sand,  and  in  implanted  crystals  on  Vesuvius. 


204  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spinel — Spodumene. 


The  United  States  afford  some  very  remarkable  varieties  of  the  pres- 
ent species;  the  most  distinguished  of  which  is  one  of  a  black  color  in 
crystals,  varying  from  one  to  sixteen  inches  in  circumference,  which  is 
found  at  Amity,  (N.  Y.)  These  crystals  exist  in  groups,  often  lining  the 
sides  of  partial  veins  with  Calcareous  Spar  and  Crichtonite  in  serpentine. 
They  are  often  in  twin-crystals.  The  same  neighborhood  produces  an 
abundance  of  smaller  crystals  of  various  shades  of  green,  black,  red  and 
brown,  and  which  are  imbedded  in  granular  limestone,  usually  associated 
with  Brucite,  Hornblende  and  Pyroxene.  The  secondary  forms  above 
quoted  are  found  at  Hamburg,  (N.  J.)  where  they  are  found  in  Cal- 
careous Spar  and  Quartz,  associated  with  Scapolite.  They  present  rich 
shades  of  green  and  blue,  and  frequently  the  crystals  are  transparent 
Pearl-grey  crystals,  simple  and  compound  are  found  at  Newton,  (N. 
J.)  in  limestone  accompanying  the  blue  Corundum,  Tourmaline  and 
Rutile.  Black  Spinel  has  been  found  at  Munroe,  (N.  Y.)  Green  and 
blue,  and  more  rarely  red  varieties  occur  in  Bolton,  Boxborough  and 
Littleton,  (Mass.)  imbedded  in  white  limestone. 

SPINELLANE.     (See  Sodalite.) 

SPODUMENE.     Prismatoidal  Disthene-Spar. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
93°. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  shorter  diagonal  of  the  prism? 
perfect  also  to  bases  crblique  to  the  obtuse  edge  of  the  prism 
and  forming  with  it  angles  of  135°  . . .  138°,  less  perfect 
than  the  former.  In  distinct  cleavages  also,  apparently 
forming  tangent  truncations  of  the  acute  solid  angles. 
Fracture  uneven. 

Lustre  pearly.  Color  various  shades  of  greyish-green  ; 
passing  into  greenish-white.  Streak  white.  Translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =•  6-5  ...  7-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-170. 

Compound  J^arieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  generally  large. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Spodumene. 


205 


1.  If  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  transparency  and 
color,  intumesces,  exfoliates  and  then  melts  into  a  nearly  colorless 
transparent  glass. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ARFVEDSON. 


Silica                  .        .  66-40 

Alumina             .        .  25-30 

Lithia                 .         .  8-85 

Oxide  of  iron      .         .  1  45 

Oxide  of  manganese  .  0-00 


By  THOMSON. 

from  Ireland. 

63-313 

28-508 

5604 

0-728 

0-828 


3.  It  occurs  in  primitive  rocks,  particularly  in  granite,  associated  with 
Quartz,  Mica,  Albite  and  Tourmaline. 

4.  It  was  first  discovered  at  Uton  in  Sudermanlan,  Sweden;  but  was 
afterwards  found  also  at  Sterzing  in  the  Tyrol,  and  Killiney  in  Ireland. 

It  was  first  found  in  the  United  States,  at  Goshen,  (Mass.)  though 
it  passed  for  some  time  under  the  name  of  Augite.  Two  deposits  of  it 
exist  in  that  town,  both  of  which  are  in  granite  ;  at  one  of  them,  it  is 
associated  with  blue  Tourmaline  and  Beryl.  It  exists  also  in  the  neigh- 
boring town  of  Chesterfield,  and  at  Sterling,  in  the  same  state. 

APPENDIX  TO  SPODUMENE. 

1.  Killinite.  The  mineral  described  under  this  name,  is  found  at  Kil- 
liney near  Dublin  in  Ireland,  associated  with  Spodumene,  with  which 
it  agrees  in  the  cleavages,  and  from  which  it  differs  in  hardness  and  sp. 
gr.  Its  hardness  =  4  00  and  Sp.  gr.  =2-698.  These  differences  how- 
ever, appear  to  depend  upon  incipient  decomposition.  Before  the  blow- 
pipe it  becomes  white,  intumesces  and  melts  into  a  white  enamel. 

Jin  a  lysis. 
By  BARKER. 

Silica  .         .         5249 

Alumina  .        .        2450 

Potash  .         .  500 

Protoxide  of  iron  .  2-49 
Lime  .  .  000 

Magnesia  with  manganese  0  00 
Protoxide  of  manganese  0-75 
Water  .  .  5-00 

VOL.  II.  18 


By  LEHUNT. 
49-08 

By  BLYTHE. 
47975 

3060 

31041 

6-72 

6063 

227 

2328 

0-68 

0724 

1-08 

0-459 

0-00 

1-255 

1000 

10-000 

206 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Staurotide. 


Its  difference  in  composition  from  the  Spodumene,  it  will  be  seen, 
arises  from  the  presence  of  water,  and  the  substitution  of  potash  for, 
lithia. 

STAUROTIDE.     Prismatoidal  Garnet.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
129°  31'. 

Secondary  forms. 

1. 

Primary  form  with  the  acute 
lateral  edges  truncated. 

2.    Fig.  417. 


M  on  a  =137°  58'. 

Cleavage,  h  perfect  but  interrupted,  M  in  traces. 
Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface  P  sometimes  very 
rough  and  corroded,  hollowed  out  in  the  centre.  The  rest 
of  the  faces  generally  of  the  same  quality  either  rough  or 
smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  reddish- 
brown,  or  brownish-red,  very  dark.  Streak  while.  Trans- 
lucent, frequently  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =7-0  .  .  .  7-5.  Sp.  gr.  =3-724,  crystals  from 
St.  Gothard  ;  that  of  columnar  twin-crystals  from  Spain, 
the  substance  of  which  is  less  homogeneous,  is  between 
3-3  and  3-4. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Staurotide. 


207 


Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  the 
longer  diagonal  of  the  prism.  Angle  of  revolution  =90; 
fig.  418.  Face  of  composition  parallel,  and  axis  of  rev- 
olution perpendicular  to  a  face  replacing  the  terminal  edg- 
es, angle  of  revolution  =  60,  fig.  419.  The  individuals 
in  both  cases,  are  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composi- 
tion, and  produce  cruciform  groupes.  By  the  addition  of 
a  third  individual  to  the  latter,  groupes  resembling  stars  with 
six  radii,  are  formed. 

Fig.  418.  Fig.  419. 


1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  this  species  does  not  fuse,  but  only  assumes  a 
dark  color. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  VAUQUELIN.  By  KLAPROTH. 

from  Brittany.  from  St.  Gothard. 

3300         .  .         .         37-50 

44-00         .  .         •         41-00 


Silica 

Alumina 

Lime                 .         .  3-84 

Magnesia          .         .  0-00 

Oxide  of  iron    .         .  13-00 

Oxide  of  manganese  1-00 


000 

0-50 

18-25 

0-50 


3.  It  occurs  in  imbedded  crystals  in  primitive  rocks,  particularly  in 
mica-slate,  in  simple  and  compound  crystals,  accompanied  by  Kyanite, 
Garnet,  &c. 

4.  Simple  crystals  occur  on  St.  Gothard  in  Switzerland,  and  the  Grein- 
er  Mountain  in  Zillerthal  in  the  Tyrol,  sometimes  curiously  aggregated 


208  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Staurotide. 


with  crystals  of  Kyanite,  into  a  continuous  mass  with  parallel  axes,  the 
perfect  planes  of  cleavage  of  the  two  crystals  being  coincident.  Twin- 
crystals  occur  in  Spain,  Portugal,  France,  Scotland  and  Brazil. 

It  is  particularly  abundant  in  the  mica-slate  region  of  the  United 
States.  The  most  interesting  localities  for  the  size  and  perfection  of  its 
crystals  are,  Franconia,  (N.  H.)  New  York,  three  and  a  half  miles 
from  the  city,  Bolton  and  Tolland,  (Conn.)  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)  Harps- 
well  and  Winthrop,  (Maine.) 

STEATITE.     £See  Talc.) 
STEINHEIJLITE.     (See  lolite.) 

STERNBERGITE.  Monotomous  Polypoione- 
G  Ian  c  e. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =119° 
30'. 

Secondary  form.  Primary  form,  with  the  acute  edges 
truncated. 

Cleavage,  highly  perfect  parallel  to  P  ;  the  lamina?  may 
be  torn  asunder  like  thin  sheet-lead. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  dark  pinch-beck  brown.  Streak 
black.  Tarnish  often  violet-blue. 

Very  sectile.  Thin  laminae  perfectly  flexible.  Hard- 
ness =  1-0  . . .  1-5.  Sp.  gr.  =4-215. 

Compound  Varieties.  Globular,  or  rose-like  aggrega- 
tions. Massive  :  composition  granular. 

1.  Alone  on  charcoal,  it  burns  with  a  blue  flame  and  sulphurous  odor, 
and  melts  into  a  globule  generally  hollow,  with  a  crystalline  surface, 
and  covered  with  metallic  silver.  The  globules  act  strongly  on  the  mag- 
netic needle. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ZIPPE. 

Silver 33-20 

Iron  .         .        .         .         .         .        36-00 

Sulphur 30-00 

3.  It  is  found  along  with  other  ores  of  silver,  at  Joachimsthal  in  Bo- 
hemia. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Stilbite. 


209 


STILBITE.     Prismatoidal   Kouphone    Spar. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Right  rectangular  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  420. 


Faroe. 

M  on  a'  120°  30'     PHILLIPS. 

a  on  a1  118     50  " 

M  on  d  133     30  " 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  M  and  T,  the  former  of  which,  on- 
ly is  perfect.  Fracture  uneven.  Surface  P  often  curved, 
M  vertically  streaked,  T  still  more  so. 

Lustre  vitreous.  The  faces  M,  both  as  faces  of  crys- 
tallization and  of  cleavage,  exhibit  a  perfect  pearly  lus- 
tre. Color  white  prevalent,  various  shades  of  yellow,  red 
and  brown.  Streak  white.  Semi-transparent .  .  .  translu- 
cent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-5  . . .  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =2-161, 
white  crystals  from  Iceland. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  which  assume  a 
cruciform  aspect,  but  rare.  The  crystals  are  frequently 
aggregated  in  the  form  of  a  sheaf.  Implanted  globules,  sur- 
face very  drusy,  composition,  imperfectly  columnar,  and 

18* 


210  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Stilbite. 


strongly  cohering.  Massive  :  composition  imperfectly  co- 
lumnar, individuals  broad5  straight,  and  radiating  from  com- 
mon centres  strongly  coherent.  Often  these  compositions 
are  again  aggregated  iuto  granular  masses.  "Globular  shapes 
formed  in  vasicular  cavities. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  yields  an  opake  vesicular  globule.  It  does 
not  gelatinize  with  acids. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  HISINGER. 

Alumina 16-10 

Silica          .        .        .        .  .        .        .        58-00 

Lime          .        .        .        •-     v  •        •        •        •          9'20 

Water         .         .         .         .     *  .    '     .         .         .         16-40 

3.  Its  principal  repositories  are,  the  vesicular  cavities  of  amygdaloidal 
rocks,  and  certain  metalliferous  veins.     It  is  also  found  lining  seams  in 
gneiss.     The  accompanying  minerals  are  Heulandite  and  Chabasie,  and 
when  in  metallic  veins,  it  is  generally  attended  by  ores  of  silver,  lead, 
copper  and  iron. 

4.  Magnificent  crystals  of  a  white  color  are  met  with  in  the  vesicular 
cavities  of  the  amygdaloids  of  Iceland  and  the  Faroe  Islands.     Similar  va- 
rieties have  been  brought  alsofrom  Indore  in  the  Vendyah  mountains  in 
the  East  Indies.     Those  from  the  Tyrol  are  mostly  compound  and  of  a 
brick-red  color.     Beautiful  crystals  of  this  color  occur  near  Campsie  in 
Stirlingshire,  though  the  present  species  is  less  common  in  Scotland 
and  the  Western  Isles,  than  that  of  Heulandite.     The   crystals  from  the 
silver  veins  of  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz  are  generally  small,  so  are  also 
those  which  occur  in  the  iron  mines  of  Arendal  and  in  the  beds  of  cop- 
per-ore in  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar.     Handsome  varieties  of  a  white  col- 
or occur  in  the  Basin  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia,  in  trap,  attended  with  other 
species  of  this  family. 

But  few  localities  of  Stilbite  are  known  in  the  United  States;  and 
these  generally  unimportant.  The  most  interesting  is  that  at  Hadlyme, 
(Conn.)  where  it  lines  the  walls  of  seams  in  gneiss  in  stellular  concre- 
tions of  considerable  dimensions,  associated  with  Chabasie,  Heulandite 
and  Epidote.  Under  similar  circumstances,  it  occurs  at  West  Farms, 
(N.  Y.)  and  Bellows  falls,  (Vt.)  It  has  been  met  with  at  Saybrook  in 
gneiss  in  small  reddish  crystals  associated  with  Molybdenite.  Also  in 
small  quantity,  in  vesicular  cavities  of  greenstone  trap  at  various 
places  in  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  211 

• 

Stromeyerite. 


STILPNOMELAN. 

Massive  ;  composition  laminar  and  granular.  Cleavage  in  one 
direction  perfect. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  black.  Streak,  olive-green  to  liver- 
brown. 

Hardness  =  3-0  ...  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-769,  BREITHAUPT,  3-0 
. .  .3-4,  GLOCKER. 

1.  It  is  found  at  Obergrund  in  Silesia. 
STILPNOSIDERITE.     (See  Limonite.) 
STRIEGISAN. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =122°  15'. 

Secondary  foam,  the  obtuse  angles  of  the  primary  form  repla- 
ced so  as  to  give  rise  to  dihedral  summits  inclining  to  each  other 
under  angles  of  107°  26',  and  the  lateral  edges  also  replaced. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  sides  and  the  shorter  diagonal  of  the 
primary  form. 

Lustre  vitreous  to  pearly.     Color  grey,  brown  and  black. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT,)  =6-0  . .  .7-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2  354 ...  2-379. 

1.  It  is  found  at  Striegis  in  Frankenberg. 

2.  It  is  probably  identical  with  Wavellite. 

STROMEYERITE.     Uncleavable  Polypoione- 
Glance. 

Massive :  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  flat  con- 
choidal  to  uneven. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead-grey.  Streak 
shining. 

Hardness  =2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =6.225. 

1.  It  fuses  very  easily  before  the  blow-pipe,  attended  with  the  odor 
of  sulphureous  acid,  but  without  effervescence  or  the  formation  of  a  sco- 
ria. The  globule  has  a  grey  color,  a  metallic  lustre,  is  tarnished  on  the 
upper  side,  is  semi-ductile  and  grey  within.  It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid ; 
the  solution  affording  the  indication  of  copper  on  the  immersion  of  an 
iron-plate,  and  of  silver  on  the  introduction  of  a  copper  one. 


212 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Stromeyerite — Strontianite. 


2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Sulphur 15-96 

Silver 52-87 

Copper 30-83 

Iron 0.34 

3.  It  is  found  in  small  masses  in  the  mines  of  Schlangenberge  in  Si- 
beria. 

STROMNITE. 

Massive ;  composition  thin  columnar,  and  showing  traces  of 
crystallization. 

Color  yellowish-white  internally ;  on  the  outside  where  it  ap- 
pears to  be  disintegrated,  it  is  greyish-white.  Lustre  inclining  to 
pearly,  faint.  Translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3-5.  Scratches  Calcareous  Spar,  but  not 
Fluor,  Sp.gr.  =3703. 

1.  It  effervesces  with  acids,  but  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  TRAILL. 


Carbonate  of  strontita 
Sulphate  of  barytes 
Carbonate  of  lime 
Oxide  of  iron 


68-6 
27-5 
2-6 
01 


3.  It  occurs  in  veins  with  Galena  in  a  kind  of  clay-slate,  at  Stromness 
in  Orkney. 

4.  It  seems  probable  that  the  Stromnite  is  a  mixed  mineral,  consisting 
of  an  intimate  aggregation  of  Strontianite  and  Heavy-Spar. 

STRONTIANITE.      Peritomous    Hal-Baryte. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  — 117° 
32'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  421.  Fig.  422. 


Braundsdorf,  Saxony. 


Leogang,  Salzburg. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Strontianite. 


213 


Fig.  424. 


Schoharie,  (N.  Y.) 


M  on  h  - 
e1  on  el  - 
el  on  e2  - 
h  on  cl  - 
h  on  c2  - 
cl  on  c2  - 


121°  30'   PHILLIPS. 

108     12  " 

144     20  " 


126 
143 
160 


5 

30 
35 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  rather  perfect  ;  with  c  less  ea- 
sily obtained,  faint  traces  observable  in  the  direction  A,  or 
at  least,  small  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  in  other  di- 
rections, uneven.  Surface  P  often  rough,  though  even, 
and  streaked,  parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  c. 
M  deeply  streaked  in  a  horizontal  direction,  and  hence  the 
crystals  often  in  curved,  barrel-shaped,  prisms.  The  other 
planes  generally  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  slightly  inclining  to  resinous  upon  the 
uneven  faces  of  fracture.  Color  asparagus-green,  and  ap- 
ple-green ;  pale  yellowish-brown,  yellow  and  grey  ;  white. 
Streak  white.  Transparent  .  .  .  translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3-5.  Sp.  gr.  =3-605,  the  variety 
in  acicular  crystals  from  Braunsdorf,  near  Frieberg. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face  of 
M.  The  individuals  generally  continued  beyond  the  face 


214  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Strontianite. 


of  composition.  This  composition  is  very  similar  to  some 
that  occur  in  Arragonite.  The  product  of  it  is  a  six-sided 
prism,  having  four  edges  of  117°  19'  and  two  of  128°  22'. 
As  in  that  species,  particles  of  the  two  individuals  alter- 
nate in  parallel  layers  with  each  other.  Indistinct  globular 
masses.  Surface  drusy,  composition  columnar.  Mass- 
ive :  composition  columnar,  the  individuals  generally 
straight,  long  and  a  little  divergent;  the  composition  is  sel- 
dom granular. 

1.  It  melts  before  the  blow-pipe  at  a  temperature  not  very  elevated, 
but  only  on  the  thinnest  edges.  It  intumesces  -and  spreads  a  brilliant 
light,  the  flame  at  the  same  time  assumes  a  reddish  hue.  It  is  dissolved 
by  borax  with  a  violent  effervescence  into  a  clear  globule.  It  is  solu- 
ble with  effervescence  in  muriatic  and  nitric  acids :  and  paper  dipped 
into  this  solution  and  afterwards  dried,  will  burn  with  a  red  flame. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

Strontita  69-50 

Carbonic  acid 30-00 

Water  . 00-50 

3.  The  repositories  of  this  species,  are  metallic  veins  traversing  prim- 
itive and  transition  mountains.     It  seems  also  to  occur  in  beds. 

4.  It  was  first  discovered  at  Strontian  in  Argyleshire  in  Scotland,  and 
found  afterwards  at  Braunsdorf  in  Saxony  in  large  crystals,  at  Leogang  in 
Salzburg,  and  also  in  Peru.     It  has  of  late  been  found,  in  abundance  at 
Schoharie,  (N.  Y.)  disseminated  in  geodes  and  nests  through  water- 
limerock ;  also  in  large  veins  or  beds.     In  one  of  these  last,  it  exists  in  a 
mass  of  such  extent  and  purity  as  to  have  attracted  attention  as  a  marble 
quarry. 

SULPHATE  OF  ALUMINE.     (See  Solfatarite.) 

SULPHATE  OF  AMMONIA.     (See  Mascagnine.) 

SULPHATE  OF  BARYTES.     (See  Heavy  Spar.) 

SULPHATE  OE  COBALT.     (See  Cob  alt- Vitriol.) 

SULPHATE  OF  COPPER.     (See  Blue-Vitriol.) 

SULPHATE  OF  IRON.     (See  Copperas,  Pittizite  White 

Copperas  and  Yellow  Copperas.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sulpho-Selenite — Sulphur. 


215 


SULPHATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Jlnglesite.) 
SULPHATE  OF  LIME.     (See  Gypsum.) 
SULPHATE  OF  MAGNESIA.     (See  Epsom-Salt.) 
SULPHATE  OF  POTASH.     (See  rfphthitalite.) 
SULPHATE  OF  SODA.     (See  Glauber- Salt.) 
SULPHATE  OF  STRONTIAM.     (See  Celestine.) 
SULPHATE  OF  ZINC.     (See  White- Vitriol.) 
SULPHATO-CARBONATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Dyoxylite.) 
SULPHATO-TRI-CARBONATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Leadhil- 
lite.) 

SULPHO-SELENITE.     Selenous  Brittle-Sul- 
phur. 

Massive  :  in  thin  seams. 
Color  brown. 

1.  It  is  a  sulphuret  of  selenium. 

2.  It  occjirs  with  Sal-Ammoniac  in  the  crater  of  Volcano,  one  of  the 
Lipari  islands;  and  probably  with  Iron  Pyrites  at  Fahlun,  Sweden. 

SULPHUR.     Prismatic  Brittle-Sulphur. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  rhombic  base.     P  on 
P"=106°  20'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  425.  Fig.  426.  Fig.  427. 


216 


PHYSIOGRAPHY* 

Sulphur. 


Fig.  429. 


Fig.  428. 


PonF 

P  on  P  over  n   - 

s   on  s 

n  on  n 

m  on  m 

P  on  P  over  m   - 

s   on  r 


106°  38' 

84  58 

127  1 

124  24 

101  59 

143  26 

179  45 


Fig.  425.  Primary  having  the  obtuse  angles  of  the  base 
truncated,  (unitaire.  HAUY.) — Fig.  426.  Primary  having 
the  edges  of  the  base  replaced  by  tangent  planes,  (pris- 
me.  H.) — Fig.  427.  Primary  having  the  acute,  pyramidal 
edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes,  (emousse.  H.) — Fig. 
428.  Primary  with  summit,  replaced  by  four  planes  rest- 
ing upon  the  primary  faces,  (dioctaedre.  H.) — Fig.  429. 
(equivalent.  H.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  m  imperfect,  obtained 
with  difficulty,  and  interrupted.  Fracture  conchoidal, 
sometimes  highly  perfect.  Surface  n  commonly  rough,  the 
rest  of  the  faces  generally  smooth  and  shining,  possessing 
nearly  the  same  physical  quality. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  217 

Sulphur. 


Lustre  resinous.  Color,  several  shades  of  sulphur-yel- 
low, inclining  sometimes  to  red  or  green.  Streak  sulphur- 
yellow,  passing  into  white.  Transparent . . .  translucent  on 
the  edges. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =  1-5  ...  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  2-072. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face 
of  r.  Imbedded  globules :  surface  uneven ;  composition 
impalpable,  often  impure.  Massive  :  composition  granu- 
lar, often  impalpable,  strongly  coherent ;  fracture  uneven, 
even,  flat  conchoidal.  Sometimes  pulverulent. 

1.  Sulphur  as  it  occurs  in  nature  is  pure,  or  is  only  mixed  with  bitu- 
men or  clay.     It  acquires  resinous  electricity  by  friction,  is  easily  in- 
flammable, and  burns  with  a  blue  or  white  flame,  and  a  pungent  smell 
of  sulphurous  acid.     It  is  insoluble  in   water,  but  unites  readily  with 
potash  or  soda.     It  may  be  obtained  crystallized  by  sublimation,  or  still 
more  easily  from  solutions  in  liquids.     The  forms  of  sulphur,   crystalli- 
zed from  fusion,  are  incompatible   with  those  of  the  present  species. 
They  are  generally  oblique  rhombic  prisms  of  90 J  32',  the  terminal  face 
of  which  is  inclined  to  the  obtuse  edge  of  the  prism,  which  is  itself  com- 
monly replaced  at  an  angle  of  95°  46/.     It  occurs  almost  always  in  reg- 
ular compositions.     The  crystals  are  at  first  transparent,   but  they  soon 
become  opake. 

2.  Sulphur  is  generally  met  with  in  beds  of  Gypsum  or  in  the  accom- 
panying strata  of  clay.     It  is  generally  associated  with  Calcareous  Spar 
and  with  Celestine.     It  occurs  in  veins  with  Copper  Pyrites,  Galena, 
and  Orpiment.     It  is  deposited  from  several  thermal  springs  and  in  large 
quantities  from  volcanos  ;  sometimes  it  occurs  in  beds  of  Bituminous 
Coal. 

3.  Sulphur  is  found  in  splendid  crystals  and  pure  massive  varieties, 
also,  in  globular  concretions,  (which  however,  are  seldom  without  earthy 
or  bituminous  admixtures)  in  Sicily,  and  several  provinces  of  Italy.     It 
occurs  in  imbedded  spheroidal  masses  of  a  brown  color,  which  is  owing 
to  bitumen   at  Radoboy,  near  Crapina  in  Croatia.     Near  Cracovia  in 
Poland,  it  is  likewise  met  with  more  or  less  in  pure   massive  varieties 
and  small  crystals.    The  finest  crystals,  excepting  those  from  Sicily, 

VOL.  II.  .  19 


218  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sulphur — Sulphureous  Acid. 

come  from  Cadiz  in  Spain.  Small  crystals  have  been  observed  investing 
the  brown  coal  from  Artern  in  Thuringia.  It  occurs  in  veins  in  Swabia, 
in  Spain  and  in  Transylvania.  The  earthy  Sulphur  is  found  in  Poland, 
in  Moravia,  and  other  countries;  the  volcanic  Sulphur  in  Iceland,  near 
Vesuvius,  in  Milo  and  several  islands  of  the  Grecian  Archipelago;  in 
great  profusion  near  the  volcanos  of  Java  and  the  Sandwich  islands. 
Sulphur  also  occurs  in  Savoy,  in  Piedmont,  in  Switzerland,  at  Lauenstein 
in  Hanover,  in  South  America,  and  many  other  countries. 

4.  It  requires  to  be  purified,  either  by  melting  or  by  sublimation,  in 
order  to  be  employed  in  the  arts.  It  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  gun- 
powder, of  cinnabar,  sulphuric  acid,  and  of  several  pharmaceutical  prep- 
arations. 

SULPHUREOUS  ACID.     Aeriform  Sulphurous- 
Acid.     MOHS. 

Gaseous.     Transparent. 

Sp.  gr. =2-2553.     THENARD  and  GAY-LUSSAC. 

•=2-2295.     DAVY. 
Odor  pungent.    Taste  acid. 

1.  According  to  BERZELIUS,  Sulphurous-Acid  Gas  is  composed  of 

Sulphur 50-144 

Oxygen 49856 

It  is  fatal  to  life,  and  extinguishes  combustion.  It  reddens,  and  final- 
ly destroys  vegetable  blues.  It  becomes  liquid  at  a  temperature  of  0° 
FAHR.,  or  under  a  pressure  equal  to  two  atmospheres.  Water,  at  61° 
FAHR.,  absorbs  33  times  its  bulk  of  this  gas,  or  nearly  one  eleventh  of 
its  weight. 

2.  It  is  evolved  in  great  quantities  from  the  waters  of  active  volca- 
nos, as  those  of  Etna  and  Mount  Vesuvius,  and  those  of  (he  Sandwich 
Islands.     When  emitted  along   with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  a  mutual 
decomposition  results,  and  incrustations  of  sulphur  are  formed,  as  in  the 
volcano  of  Purace,  near  Popayan.     It  occurs  likewise,  along  with  car- 
bonic acid,  in  a  cave  which  is  situated  in  the  Bildos  hegy,  a  porphyry 
hill  in  Transylvania,  on  the  frontiers  of  Moldavia. 

3.  Sulphurous-Acid  Gas,  artificially  generated  by  the  combustion  of 
sulphur  in  common  air,  is  used  in  bleaching  silks;  likewise, for  dischar- 
ging vegetable  stains  and  iron-moulds  from  linen. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  219 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. 

SULPHURET  OF  ANTIMONY.     (See  Grey  Antimony.} 
SULPHURET  OF  BISMUTH.     (See  Bismuthine.) 
SULPHURET  OF  COBALT.     (See  Cobalt  Pyrites.) 
SULPHURET  OF  COPPER.     (See  Vitreous  Copper.) 
SULPHURET  OF  LEAD.     (See  Galena.) 
SULPHURET  OF  MANGANESE.     (See  Mangariblende.) 
SULPHURET  OF  MERCURY.     (See  Cinnabar.) 
SULPHURET  OF  MOLYBDENA.     (See  Molybdenite.) 
SULPHURET  OF  SILVER.     (See  Vitreous  Silver.) 
SULPHURET  OF  TIN.     (See  Tin  Pyrites.) 
SULPHURET  OF  ZINC.     (See  Blende.) 

SULPHURETTED  HYDROGEN.     Sulphureous 

Hydrogen-Gas.     MOHS. 
Amorphous.     Transparent.     Expansible. 
Sp.  gr.=M81. 
Odor  of  putrid  eggs. 

1.  It  does  not  support  combustion  ;  it  blackens  most  of  the  metals,  and 
becomes  fatal  to  animals,  if  inhaled  in  any  considerable  quantity. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Hydrogen 5-824 

Sulphur  94-176 

3.  It  is  developed  from  sulphureous  waters,  both  cold  and  warm,  as  at 
Neundorf  in  Westphalia,  and  at  Baaden  near  Vienna  ;  also  from  swamps 
and  marshes.  In  Italy,  it  is  disengaged  from  the  soil  of  the  Solfataras, 
and  of  the  Fumacchio,  sometimes  mixed  with  other  kinds  of  gas. 

In  the  U.  States,  it  has  been  observed  at  numerous  springs  through- 
out New  York,  Ohio,  and  other  western  states.  On  the  western  bank 
of  Niagara  river,  a  mile  south  of  the  Falls,  it  issues  from  a  bank, 
which  consists  of  a  shelly  limestone,  including  thin  beds  of  coal  and 
Iron  Pyrites;  under  similar  circumstances  also  at  Otsquaga  creek.  It 
abounds  particularly  in  the  boiling  springs  of  Florida. 


220  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Sulphuric  Acid. 


SULPHURIC  ACID.  Liquid  Sulphuric-Acid. 
MOHS. 

Liquid.     Transparent,  in  different  degrees. 

Sp.  gr.  =  l'846  URE,  when  pure,  but  varies  to  a  little 
above  1*0  according  to  its  dilution.  Taste  strongly  acid 
and  caustic. 

1.  The  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  is  solid,  and,  according  to  BERZEL- 
lus,  consists  of 

Sulphur 40-14 

Oxygen 59-86 

This  is  obtained  from  the  first  portions  which  come  over  from  the  distil- 
lation of  fuming  sulphuric  acid ;  the  fumes  concrete  upon  the  sides  of  the 
receiver  in  tough,  silky  filaments,  which  are  entirely  free  from  water. 
The  strong,  liquid  sulphuric  acid,  contains  at  least  18-5  p.  c.  of  water. 
When  it  is  diluted  to  a  sp.  gr.  of  1-780,  it  crystallizes  at  45°  F. ;  when 
of  a  sp.  gr.  between  1-786  and  1-775  at  32°,  and  when  it  is  as  high  as 
1-843,  at — 15°.  The  crystals  have  the  figure  of  six-sided  prisms  termi- 
nated by  six-sided  pyramids.  Common  sulphuric  acid  is  an  oily  looking 
fluid^ limpid  and  inodorous,  and  eminently  destructive  of  animal  and  veg- 
etable bodies.  It  rapidly  absorbs  moisture  from  the  air,  and  evolves  heat 
when  mingled  with  water  in  every  proportion. 

2.  It  is  produced  in  many  places  from  the  decomposition  of  water  and 
Iron  Pyrites.     A  remarkable  locality  of  it,  called  the  sour  spring,  ex- 
ists in  Byron,  Genesee  co.   (N.  Y.)  near  the  Erie  canal.     The  acid  is 
produced  from  a  hillock  230  feet  long  and  100  broad,  elevated  about  five 
feet  above  the  surrounding  plane.     It  contains  an  abundance  of  Iron- 
Pyrites  in  exceedingly  minute   grains ;  and  is  covered  with  a  coat  of 
charred  vegetable  matter  to  the  depth  of  four  or  five  inches,  occasioned 
by  the  action  of  the  sulphuric  acid.     Wherever  holes  have  been  sunk  in 
this  hill,  the  acid  accumulates  ;  also  in  the  depressions  in  the  contiguous 
meadow  ground.     When  the  season  is  dry,  it  collects  in  a  perfectly  con- 
centrated state.     This  acid,  similarly  produced,  occurs  in  a  cavern  near 
Sienna  in  Tuscany,  and  at  Aix  in  Savoy.     A  considerable  lake  of  it  ex- 
ists in  the  ancient  crater  of  Mount  Idienne  in  Java  ;  and  a  stream  of  it, 
called  the  Rio  de  Vinegro,  flows  from  the  extinct  volcano  Purace  neap 
Popayan,  whose  waters  are  fatal  to  fish,  and  the  spray  arising  from  them 
irritating  to  the  eyes  of  animals. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tabular-Spar. 


221 


3.  Sulphuric  acid,  or  oil  of  vitriol,  which  is  artificially  produced  from 
the  combustion  of  sulphur  in  contact  with  a  little  nitre,  is  of  very  exten- 
sive use  in  chemistry,  as  well  as  in  metallurgy,  bleaching  and  some  of 
the  processes  for  dyeing ;  it  is  also  employed  in  the  formation  of  nume- 
rous salts,  as  copperas,  sulphate  of  magnesia,  &c.,  and  is  administered  in 
medicine  as  a  tonic  and  stimulant',  and  sometimes  used  externally  as  a 
caustic. 

SYLVITE. 

Soluble  with  the  taste  of  Common  Salt,  and  crystallizable  from  solu- 
tion in  cubes,  parallel  to  whose  faces  it  cleaves.  The  aqueous  solution 
affords  a  yellow  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  muriate  of  platina.  Treat- 
ed with  sulphuric  acid,  it  leaves  after  evaporation  aciculaa*  crystals, 
which  do  not  effloresce  in  the  air.  It.  is  supposed  to  be  muriate  of  pot- 
ash ;  and  is  found  in  small  quantity,  mingled  with  Common  Salt,  in  the 
mines  of  Hallein,  and  of  Berchtesgaden. 

TABULAR-SPAR.    Tetarto-pri  srnatic  Tabular- 
Spa  r. 

Primary  form.  Doubly  oblique  prism.  PonT  =  126°il 
P  on  M  =  93°  40'.  SI  on  T==95°  15'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  430. 


M  on  i 
T  on  i 
P  on  a 
P  on  e 


1 39°  '48'  PHILLIPS. 
1 35     30 
156     30         « 
94     15         " 


Cleavage,  in  the  direction  of  M  and  T  easily  obtained,  but 
one  of  them  more  perfect  than  the  other ;  parallel  with  P 
indistinct.     Fracture  uneven. 
19* 


222  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tabular-Spar. 


Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  pearly  upon  M  and  T.  Co- 
lor white,  inclining  to  grey,  yellow,  red  and  brown.  Streak 
white.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  4'0  ...  5*0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
2-805. 

Compound  Varieties.  Long  individuals  produce  a  re- 
reticulated  composition ;  the  composition  apparently  taking 
place  parallel  with  a  plane  in  the  direction  of  a,  and  inclin- 
ing to  T  under  about  140°.  (Grenville,  Lower  Canada.) 
Massive  :  composition  lamellar,  generally  longish,  and  ag- 
gregated into  a  second  large  grained  and  angular  composi- 
tion.  Strongly  coherent. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  on  the  edges  into  a  semi-transparent 
colorless  enamel.  It  requires  a  strong  heat  for  melting,  and  sometimes 
boils  a  little.  It  is  easily  dissolved  by  borax,  forming  with  it  a  transpa- 
rent globule.  By  fusing  lime  and  silica  in  the  required  proportions, 
cleavable  masses  of  the  present  species  have  been  obtained. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  STROMEYER.  By  ROSE. 

Silica  .         .         .         51-455         .         .         .         5160 

Lime  .         .         .         47-412         .         .         .         46-41 

Protoxide  of  iron  .         .  0-401         .         .         .       a  trace. 

Oxide  of  manganese     .         .  0-257         .         .         .          0  00 

Water  and  loss  by  heating    .  0076         .         .         .  000 

Mechanical  admixtures        .  0-000         .         .         .  1-11 

3.  The  oldest  variety  known  is  fiom  Czcklowa  near  Orawitza,  in  the 
Bannat  of  Temeswar,  where  it  occurs  in  several  copper  mines.  In  Fin^ 
land,  it  occurs  in  limestone  ;  at  Edinburgh,  in  the  greenstone  of  Castle- 
hill.  The  variety  called  Wollastonite,  from  Capo  di  Bove  near  Rome, 
occurs  in  lava,  resembling  basalt.  A  very  handsome  greenish  white  va- 
riety, in  large  individuals,  occurs  in  limestone  bowlders  at  Grenville  in 
Lower  Canada. 

In  the  United  States  are  two  localities;  one  at  Willsborough,  (N.Y.) 
where  the  mineral  forms  the  sides  of  a  powerful  vein  of  Garnet,  which 
traverses  a  mountain  of  gneiss :  the  other  is  at  Easton  in  Pennsylvania, 
where  it  exists  in  limestone. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  223 

Talc. 


TACHYLITE.     (See  Pitchstone.) 
TALC.     Prismatic  Talc- Mica.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =  120° 
nearly. 

Secondary  form.  Primary,  having  its  acute  lateral 
edges  replaced  by  tangent  planes. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P,  commonly  very  perfect. 
Fracture  not  observable.  Surface,  P  smooth,  the  other 
3lanes  striated  horizontally.. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  P,  both  as  faces  of  crystallization  and 
cleavage.  The  other  faces  possess  vitreous  lustre,  inclin- 
ing to  'adamantine,  generally  low  degrees. 

Color  various  shades  of  green,  as  blackish  green,  leek 
green,  celandine-green,  and  apple-green,  passing  into 
greenish  grey,  greenish  white  and  greyish  white.  Streak 
corresponding  to  the  color,  green  . . .  white.  Semi-trans- 
parent . . .  translucent.  Different  colors  in  different  direc- 
tions. Some  individuals  are  of  a  bright  green  color  if 
viewed  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  laminae,  while 
parallel  to  them  they  exhibit  a  fine  brown  tinge.  In  the 
latter  direction  they  are  much  more  transparent  than  in  the 
former. 

Sectile,  in  a  high  degree.  Thin  laminae  are  easily  flexi- 
ble, Hardness  =  l-0...1-5.  Sp.  gr.  =2-713,  a  dark 
green  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Imperfect  globules  and  stellular 
groupes :  composition  imperfectly  columnar.  Sometimes 
several  crystals  are  engaged  with  each  other,  so  as  to  pro- 
duce conical  and  cylindrical  aggregations.  Massive  :  com- 
position granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  often  im- 
palpable ;  sometimes  imperfectly  columnar.  The  individu- 


224  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Talc. 


als  are  sometimes  strongly  coherent  with  each  other  or  flat, 
so  as  to  give  rise  to  an  imperfectly  slaty  structure.  Often 
earthy,  without  connexion  of  its  particles. 

1.  The, differences  among  the  varieties  comprehended  within  the  pres- 
ent species,  depend  upon  various  properties  of  the  individuals  themselves, 
upon  diversities  in  their  composition,  and  Ihe  presence  of  foreign  matter. 
The  varieties  of  dark  green  (leek-green,  celandine  green,  &c.)  colors, 
inclining  to  brown,  constitute  the  chlorite,,  subdivided  into  foliated  and 
common,  slaty  and   earthy  chlorite.     The  first  of  these  contains  the 
crystallized  varieties,  and  such  compound  ones  as  consist  of  easily  sepa- 
rable individuals,  not  presenting  a  slaty  structure.     The  second  contains 
those  granularly  compound  varieties  in  which  the  individuals  can  scarce- 
ly be  traced,  or  in  which  they  are  not  observable  at  all.     Chlorite-slate, 
or  slaty-chlorite,  refers  to  such  compound  varieties  as  have  a  slaty  text- 
ure;  and  earthy-chlorite  to  such  as  are  but  loosely  coherent,  or  already 
in  a  state  of  loose  scaly  particles.     Immediately  with  those  varieties  of 
Chlorite  whose  composition  is  impalpable,  the  Green  Earth  is  connect- 
ed;  from   which,   however,  must  be  excepted  what  has  been  termed 
crystallized  Green  Earth,  and  which,  consists  of  decomposed  crystals  of 
Pyroxene.     Common   Talc  embraces   crystallized  varieties,  and  such 
compound  ones  in  which   cleavage  is  transformed  into  slaty  structure,. 
the  latter  being  generally  very  perfect;  or  such  as  consist  of  columnar 
particles  of  composition.     Earthy  Talc,  or  JVacrite,  consists  of  loose  par- 
ticles, or  such  as  are  but  slightly  cohering; ;  Indurated  Talc  refers  to 
imperfect  and  coarse  slaty  varieties,  in  which  this  kind  of  structure  is 
more  the  consequence  of  composition  than  of  imperfect  cleavage.     If 
this  structure  be  sufficiently  imperfect  to  become  coarse,  and  indistinctly 
granular,  Pot-stone,  or  Lapis  ollaris  is  formed,  which  possessing  the 
united  properlie^of  softness  and  tenacity,  may  be  easily  turned  into  ves- 
sels; for  which  reason  only  it  appears  to  have  been  regarded  as  a  dis- 
tinct species.     Closely  connected  with  this  variety,  is  the  Steatite,  which 
often  occurs  in  coatings  and  pseudomorphoses,  and  the  soapstone,  which 
is  white,  or  mottled  red  and  green. 

2.  Before  the  blow  pipe,  Talc  offers,  according  to  its  color  and  foreign 
admixtures,  various  appearances.     In  general   it  loses  its  color,  and  is 
with  difficulty  fused,  or  changed  into  a  black  scoria,  or  is  altogether  infu^ 
rible. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Talc. 


225 


& 

.."__._.__.  $9 

ggH-sgiisowS^-^-^-^- 

& 

SOO^OOGCOOOOOr^  X  3  X  X  X  «      • 

p  -p  p  c 

— !  QO  i—  o  o  ob  i-o  o  ;;>  o  o  o  in  o  o  to  o  o  o  o 

to  ^OQ.  GO  o  o  o  >-*  x  oooooooo  (—  — 

^d  ^D  *Td  /-v 

"H 

s.-v^^^^^^^-^^  § 

?  T  P  T  P  P  ~ 

^  ^  —  I     — 

H-*Ci»^Qpt— '^>i— 'COtp^ppc^optpp'^itpprfj'Crs      <j 

^o^tOH^^tbci^coi-loc^o^iocooooo      S. 

tOCIQ^tOOOOOC^CiOO'OOOOCOOOO 

oooooooo-ooooooooooooo      ^ 

^COOOOOOOO'-OCDCD^COOOOOOO        H 

opappppp'papap-iapapcp-^opoptop      o 


s 

a 

«c* 


226  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Talc. 


4.  Common  Talc,  indurated  Talc,  Potstone  and  slaty  Chlorite,  consti- 
tute beds  in  primitive  mountains.     The  latter  frequently  contains  imbed- 
ded crystals  of  Magnetic  Iron ;  some  of  the  former  contain  Apatite  and 
Rhomb  Spar.    Common  Chlorite  in  particular,  is  found  in  beds  in  primitive 
rocks,  consisting  chiefly  of  limestone,  Hornblende  and  Magnetic  Iron. 
Soapstone  is  found  in  veins  in  serpentine,  and  Steatite,  in  beds  in  chlo- 
rite slate  and  in  serpentine.     The  latter  often  contains  the  variety  of 
Dolomite  called  Bitter  Spar.     Other  varieties,  and  among  them  the  small 
scaly  crystals  of  foliated  Chlorite,  occur  in  veins  of  various  descriptions, 
and  in  the  crystal  caves  of  the  Alps.     Green-Earth,  and  sometimes  also 
foliated  Chlorite,  occur  in  arnygdaloidal  rocks,  where  they  are  found  ei- 
ther lining  the  vesicular  cavities,  or  as  imbedded  nodules  in  the  body  of 
the  rock  itself.     Earthy  Talc,  or  Nacrite,  has  been  found  in  lead  veins. 

5.  Those  varieties  which  by  themselves  form  mountain  masses,  are 
met  with  in  the  primitive  districts  of  the  Tyrol,  Salzburg,  Switzerland, 
Sweden,  Norway,  Corsica,  &c. ;  in  the  Grampians  in  Scotland  ;  in  Unst, 
one  of  the  Shetland  isles.     Upon  beds  and  veins  with  metallic  ores,  &c., 
they  occur  in  considerable  quantity  in  Cornwall ;  also  in  Saxony,  Salz- 
burg, and  Sweden,  &c.     The  crystallized  varieties  occur  in  veins,  fre- 
quently in  Mount  St.  Gothard,  Salzburg  and  other  countries.     The  chief 
localities  of  the  green- earth  are  the  Monte  Baldo  near  Verona,  Iceland, 
the  Faroe  Islands,  Tyrol,  Hungary  and  Transylvania. 

The  United  States  abound  in  the  present  species.  Soapstone  and 
Steatite  form  powerful  beds  and  veins  in  the  western  parts  of  Massachu- 
setts, in  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  and  in  Rhode  Island.  At  Marlbor- 
ough,  (Vt.)  it  embraces  very  perfect  crystals  of  the  Rhomb  Spar.  The 
same  mineral  is  found  in  the  Steatite  of  North  Providence,  (R.  I.),  but 
not  in  distinct  crystals.  Crystallized  varieties  are  of  rare  occurrence,  ex- 
cept in  globular  forms,  and  then  in  small  quantities.  Beautiful  colum- 
nar specimens,  of  a  delicate  green  color,  occur  at  Smithfield,  (R.  I.)  in 
Steatite  ;  and  white  granular  varieties  at  SmithfieM,  in  limestone,  in  the 
same  vicinity.  A  handsome  green  Talc  is  found  at  Bridgewater  in  the 
talcose  slate  region,  with  which  is  intermingled  a  transparent  massive 
Dolomite.  Chlorite  abounds  throughout  New  England,  and  the  chlo- 
rite slate  formation  is  traceable  from  Vermont  to  Georgia. 

6.  Some  of  the  varieties  of  Talc,  as  Soapstone  and  Steatite,  are  used  as 
fire  stones  in  iron- furnaces,  in  stoves  for  heating  houses,  and  in  cu- 
linary vessels.     Green  earth  is  used,  both  raw  as  a  green  color,  and  burnt 
as  a  reddish-brown  color,  for  painting  houses,  &c.     The  Venetian  Talc 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  227 

Tautolite. 


ras  formerly  used  in  medicine,  and  is  now  employed  in  removing  oil- 
tains  from  woollen  cloth. 

TANTALITE.     (See  Columbite.) 
TAUTOLITE. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =  109°  46'. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  the  acute  angles,  and 
the  acute  lateral  edges  truncated  ;  the  former  so  deeply  as  to  pro- 
duce a  dihedral  summit  of  51°  52'.  The  acute  lateral  edges  are 
also  bevelled,  the  bevelling  planes  meeting  at  an  angle  of  86°  22'. 

Cleavage,  cnly  in  traces,  and  interrupted  parallel  to  M.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal . . .  uneven. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  velvet-black.     Streak  grey.    Opake. 

Hardness  =  6  5  ...  7-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-865. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  melts  to  a  blackish  scoria, 
which  is  attracted  by  the  magnet ;  with  borax,  it  melts  to  a  clear  green 
rlass.     Hence  it  may  be  presumed  to  consist  of  silica,  protoxide  of  iron, 
magnesia  and  alumina. 

2.  It  is  fourivl  in  the  volcanic  rocks  in  the  neighborhood  of  Lake  Laach 
n  Prussia. 

3.  It  is  closely  related  to  Peridot. 

TELLURIC  BISMUTH.     (See  Bornine.) 

TELLURIC  LEAD. 

Massive. 

Cleavages  in  three  directions,  apparently  leading  to  the  cube. 
Lustre  shining.     Color,  tin-white. 
Hardness  =3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =8-159. 

1.  It  colors  the  flame  of  the  blow- pipe  blue.  It  melts,  and  is  at  length 
reduced  to  a  little  button  of  silver,  surrounded  by  a  sublimate  of  telluret 
of  lead,  and  a  yellowish  brown  deposit. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ROSE. 

Lead  - 60-36 

Silver  1-28 

Tellurium 38-37 

3.  It  is  found  with  Blende,  Iron  Pyrites  and  Telluric  Silver,  at  the 
mine  of  Sawodinski  in  Siberia. 

4.  It  approaches  in  its  properties  the  Black  Tellurium. 


228 


PHYSIOGRAPHY, 

Telluric  Silver. 


TELLURIC  SILVER.     Telluric   Polypoione- 

Glanc  e. 

Massive.     Cleavage,  in  one  direction  distinct. 
Lustre  shining.    Color  between  lead  grey  and  steel  grey. 
Hardness- 2-5... 2-75.     Sp.  gr.  =  8«412. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  upon  charcoal  into  a  black  mass,  in 
which  dendrites  of  silver  are  visible.     It  is  soluble  in  cold  nitric  acid, 
2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 
Silver  .         .         .         .  .         .        82-63 

Tellurium 3737 

3.  It  is  found  with  Iron  Pyrites,  Blende  and  Telluric  Lead,  in  the 
mine  of  Sawodinski,  in  Siberia. 

TENNANTITE. 

Primary  form.     Tetrahedron. 

Secondary  forms. 

1.  Tetrahedron,  with  angles  truncated. 

3.    Fig.  432. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  d,  imperfect. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead-grey.  Streak  reddish 
grey.  Opake. 

Brittle.     Scratches  Fahlerz.     Sp.  gr.  =4-375  . .  .4-491. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolution  per- 
pendicular, face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face  of  the  octahe- 
dron ;  the  individuals  are  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composi- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  229 

Tephroite. 


tion.*    Massive*,  composition  granular  .  . .  impalpable.    Fracture 
uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  a  little,  and  burns  with  a  blue 
flame,  emitting  copious  arsenical  vapors,  and  melting  at  last  into  a  black 
scoria,  which  affects  the  magnetic  needle. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  R.  PHILLIPS. 
Copper  45-32 

Arsenic  11-84 

Iron  9-26 

Sulphur  28-74 

Silica  5-00 

3.  It  occurs  in  several  of  the  Cornish  copper  mines,  in  veins  travers- 
ing granite  and  clay-slate  ;  and  is  accompanied  by  several  ores  of  copper. 

4.  It  is  probable  that  Tennantite,  which  was  formerly  included  under 
Fahlerz,  will  prove  to  be  a  distinct  species.     Its  inferior  specific  gravity, 
and  greater  hardness,  are  favorable  to  this  idea. 

TEPHROITE. 

Massive  :  composition  granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  sides  of  a  prism,  but  indistinct ;  with 
the  faces  of  an  octahedron,  only  in  traces.  Fracture  even  to  sub- 
conchoidal. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  ash-grey,  dark  liver-brown  to  black. 
Streak  pale  ash-grey. 

Hardness  =5-00.     Sp.  gr.  =  4-104  ..  .4-116. 

1.  Fusible  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  black  scoria. 

2.  Its  locality  is  given  as  Sparta,  (N.J.)  where  it  is  said  to  occur  along 
with  Franklinite. 

3.  It  appears  to  be  a  variety  of  Troostite. 

TESS ELITE.  -  (See  Apophyllite.) 
TESSERAL-PYRITES. 

Massive.  Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  faces  of  a  cube,  distinct ; 
with  the  faces  of  the  dodecahedron  only  in  traces. 

*  The  existence  of  the  regular  composition  is  most  easily  ascertained 
by  the  strise  upon  the  faces  of  the  cube,  which  are  parallel  to  the  edges 
of  combination  with  one  of  the  tetrahedrons. 

VOL.  II.  20 


230  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Thenardite. 


Color  tin-white. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  7-25  . . .  7-75.    Sp.  gr.= 
6-74 . .  .6-84. 
1.  It  occurs  at  Skutterud  in  Norway. 

TETARTIN.     (See  Jllbite.) 
TETRAD  YMITE. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =  81°  2'. 
Cleavage,  perfect  at  right  angles  to  the  axis. 
Color  lead-grey. 

In  thin  laminae,  somewhat  flexible.     Hardness  =  1-50  ...  20 
Sp.  gr.  =  7-460  .  . .  7-514. 

Compound  Varieties.    Twin- crystals. 

THENARDITE.     Peritomous  Brythin  e-Salt. 

Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M  =  125°. 

Secondary  form. 

1.  The  primary,  having  the  terminal  edges  deeply  re- 
placed ;  sometimes  producing  an  octahedron  with  a  rhom- 
bic base. 

Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  the  faces  of  the  primary 
form  ;  most  distinct  parallel  with  P. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  white.  Transparent.  After 
exposure  to  the  light,  it  becomes  coated  with  a  white  pow- 
der. 

Sp.  gr.=2-73. 

1.  It  is  wholly  soluble  in  water. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  CORDIER. 

Sulphate  of  soda 99-78 

Sub-carbonate  of  soda 0-22 

3.  It  occurs  five  leagues  from  Madrid,  and  two  and  a  half  leagues 
from  Aranjues  in  Spain,  at  a  place  called  Salines  d'Espartines.  It  is  de- 
posited by  evaporation,  every  summer,  from  a  lake  which  holds  it  in  so- 
lution. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Thomsonite. 


231 


THOMSONITE.     Orthotombus  Kouphone-Spar. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  433. 


M  on  d  - 
P  on  a  - 
P  on  c  - 


135°  00' 
134  38 
125  00 


Cleavage,  perfect  parallel  with  M,  with  P  only  in  traces. 
Fracture  uneven.  Surface  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  much  inclining  to  pearly.  Color  white. 
Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness=5-0.     Sp.  gr.=2-37. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive :  composition  columnar, 
radiating  from  common  centres. 

1.  It  intumesces  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  becomes  snow-white  and 
opake,  but  does  not  melt. 


Silica 

2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 
38-80 

By  BERZELIUS. 
38-30 

Alumina 

31-36 

30-20 

Lime 

15-40, 

13-54 

Soda 

0-00 

4-53 

Magnesia 
Peroxide  of  iron  . 

0-20 
0-60 

0-40 
0-00 

Water 

13-00 

13-10 

3.  It  is  found  with  Analcime  in  the  trap  rocks  of  Kilpatrick,  near 
Dumbarton  in  Scotland. 


232  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Thorite. 


THORITE.      Peritomoiis    Tungstic-Bary te. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base  ?     P  on 
P=120'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  434. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  e,  imperfect.  Fracture  uneven 
and  splintery. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  brown.  Streak  yellowish  grey 
to  brown. 

Hardness=5-0  . . .  5-50.     Sp.  gr.=4-5  . . .  4-6. 

1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible,  but  becomes  paler.  It 
melts  slowly  with  borax  into  a  colorless  glass. 

2.  Analysis. 
Thorina 57-41 

Lime                            2-58 

Oxide  of  iron  ....'..  3-40 

Oxide  of  manganese 2-39 

Magnesia                     0-36 

Oxide  of  uranium 161 

Oxide  of  lead               0-80 

Oxide  of  tin                 0-01 

Silica                            18-98 

Water                           9-50 

Potash                          0-14 

Soda 0-10 

Alumina                      .' 0-06 

Powder  not  examined T7Q 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tin-Ore. 


233 


It  was  found  in  sienite,  in  the  isle  of  L6v-6n,  near  Brevig  in  Norway  ; 
but  is  now  no  longer  to  be  obtained. 

THRAULITE.     (See  Hisingerite.) 
THULITE. 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  the  sides  of  a  rhombic  prism,  of  92o  30'. 

Color  rose-red.     Streak  greyish  white. 

Scratched  by  Quartz,  and  yielding  to  the  knife  with  difficulty. 

1.  It  occurs  at  Tellemarken  in  Norway  with  Quartz,  Fluor  and  Ido- 
crase. 

THURINGITE. 

Massive  :  composition  lamellar,  and  granular. 

Cleavage,  in  one  direction  perfect. 

Lustre  pearly.     Color  olive-green.     Streak  siskin-green,  and 
shining  with  a  resinous  lustre. 

Greasy  to  the  feel.     Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =2-5 
...3-0.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-151 .  ..3-157. 
1.  Found  at  Schmiedefeld  in  Saalfeld. 

TILE-ORE.     (See  Red  Copper-Ore.) 

TINDER-ORE.     (See  Red  Antimony.) 
TIN-ORE.     Peritomous    Baryte-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base.     P  on 
P"=67°  50'.     P  on  P'=133°  30'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  435.  Fig.  436. 


Cornwall. 


Goshen,  (Mass.) 


234 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tin-Ore. 


s  on  s 

s  on  s  over  g 

z  on  z 

z  on  z  over  r 

r  on  r 


Cornwall. 

-  121°  35' 

87     17 

-  159°    6'  and   118     16 

135     17 

-  112°  27'  and  157     23 


Frac- 


Cleavage, s  and  g  not  very  distinct,  traces  of  P. 
ture  imperfectly  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Surface,  g  often  uneven,  s  sometimes  irregularly  striated 
parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination  with  P,  and  the  latter 
pyramid  parallel  to  those  with  s.  The  prisms  are  some- 
times vertically  streaked. 

Lustre  adamantine.  Color  various  shades  of  white, 
grey,  yellow,  red,  brown,  black.  Streak  pale  grey  ;  in 
some  varieties,  it  is  pale  brown.  Semi-transparent,  some- 
times almost  transparent  .  .  .  nearly  opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  6*0  .  .  .  7-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-960,  a 
crystallized  variety  ;  =6*514,  thin  columnar  composition; 
=  7*100,  from  Cornwall. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  one  of 
the  faces  of  P. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tin-Ore. 


235 


Fig.  438. 


Small  reniform,  rarely  botryoidal  shapes :  composition 
very  thin  columnar,  divergent  from  common  centres,  strong- 
ly connected,  and  often  forming  a  second  curved  lamellar 
composition.  Massive  :  composition  granular,  sometimes 
almost  impalpable,  strongly  connected,  fracture  uneven. 
The  hardness  of  very  thin  columnar  compositions  is  often 
found  as  low  as  5-5,  owing  to  the  delicacy  of  the  individu- 
als in  this  composition. 

1.  The  Wood- Tin  of  the  Cornish  miners  is  only  a  variety  of  Tin- 
Ore,  in  the  same  manner  as  Red  Hematite  is  of  Specular  Iron. 

2.  When  heated  in  the  pla(ina  forceps  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  unal- 
terable.    Upon  charcoal,  in  a  strong  heat,  it  is  reduced  to  the  metallic 
state.     The  reduction  is  promoted  by  the  addition  of  carbonate  of  soda. 
It  is  not  attacked  by  acids.     Fused  with  caustic  potash,  it  yields  a  mass, 
which  is  mostly  soluble  in  water.     Muriatic  acid,  added  to  the  solution, 
occasions  a  while  precipitate,  which  is  again  dissolved.     Hydriodic  acid 
produces  a  yellow  precipitate. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  KLAPROTH.  By  DESCOTILS. 

Crystallized  var.  Compound  var. 

Oxide  of  tin          .         .         99-00         .         .         .         95-00 
Oxide  of  iron        .         .  0-25         .         .         .  5-00 

Silica  .         .  075         .         .         .  0-00 

4.  Tin-Ore  occurs  disseminated  in  rocks,  particularly  in  granite ;  also 
in  beds  and  veins.  It  is  frequently  accompanied  by  Wolfram  and  Molyb- 


236  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tin-Ore— Tin-Pyrites. 

denite.  It  occurs  in  pebbles  and  is  extracted,  in  this  shape  from  stream- 
works,  The  variety  wood-tin  has  only  been  met  with  in  these  reposito- 
ries. 

5.  Its  principal  deposits  are  in  Saxony,  Cornwall  and  Bohemia.  It  is 
found  in  considerable  abundance,  both  on  the  Bohemian  and  Saxon  sides 
of  the  Erzgebirge,  disseminated  in  granite  and  in  beds  alternating  with 
it ;  particular  localities  in  this  region,  are  Schlaggenwald,  Altenberg, 
Gezer,  Ehrenfi  iedersdorf,  M;»rienberg.  Twin-crystals  abound  at  Schlag- 
genwald.  In  Cornwall,  it  exists  in  veins  traversing  granite  and  schist, 
and  is  accompanied  by  green  Talc,  (var.  Chlorite,)  Fluor,  Quartz,  To- 
paz, Tourmaline,  Mispickel,  Wolfram  and  Blende.  At  St.  Michael's 
Mount,  it  is  disseminated  through  granite.  The  ore  is  chiefly  in  the 
state  of  single  crystals.  Stream-works  exist  both  in  Cornwall  and  Saxo- 
ny. It  is  found  in  Galicia,  Spain,  in  mica-slate,  in  the  granite  hill  of 
Puy  des  Vignes,  Haute  Vienne,  in  France,  and  in  the  mountain  chains 
of  Fichtel  and  RiesengebQrge  in  Germany.  Other  localities  are  in  Asia, 
on  the  east  coast  of  Sumatra,  Siarn  and  Pegu  ;  also  at  Banca  and  Malac- 
ca, and  in  Mexico  and  Chili.  A  few  black  crystals  have  been  found 
with  Tourmaline  in  Albite,  at  Goshen,  (Mass.) 

TIN-PYRITES.     Hexahedral  Copper-Glance. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 

Massive :  composition  granular,  strongly  coherent.  Frac- 
ture uneven,  imperfectly  conchoidal. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  steel-grey,  inclining  to  yellow. 
Streak  black.  Opake. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =4'0.     Sp.  gr.  =4-479  . .  .4-515. 

1.  Heated  in  an  open  tube,  it  gives  the  smell  of  sulphurous  acid. 
On  charcoal  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts,  depositing  at  the  same  time 
a  white  powder,  which  U  not  volatile  and  consists  of  oxide  of  tin,  a  brit- 
tle globule  remaining  behind.  On  moistening  the  mass  with  muriatic 
acid,  and  exposing  it  to  the  flame  of  a  lamp,  it  colors  it  of  a  beautiful 
blue.  The  mineral  being  treated  with  fluxes,  gives  the  reactions  of 
copper  and  iron.  It  is  soluble  in  nitro- muriatic  acid,  during  which  the 
sulphur  is  precipitated.  2.  Analysis. 

By  KJ.APROTH. 

Sulphur       .         .         .         2085         .         .         .         3500 
Tin  38- 1  i  3400 

Copper         .         .         .        41  04         .         .         .         39  00 
Iron  .         .         .          000         .         .         .  2-00 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Topaz. 


237 


3.  It  is  found  near  St.  Agnes  in   Cornwall,   and   at  Zinnwald  in 
Saxony. 

TITANITE.     (See  Sphene.) 
TITANITIC  IRON.     (See  Crichtonite.) 

TOPAZ.     Prismatic  Topaz.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=-124° 
19'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  439.  Fig.  440. 


M 


M 


M 


M 


Trumbull,  (Conn.) 


Trumbull,  (Conn.) 


Fig.  441. 


M 


M 


Trumbull,  (Conn.) 


200                                        PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Topaz. 

M  on  I 

161°  16'     HAUY. 

M  on  o 

135     59          " 

I    on  I 

93       6          " 

M  on  u 

150       6          " 

n   on  n 

91     58 

o    on  o 

140     46          " 

o    on  s 

168     37          " 

P  on  o 

134       1 

(C 

P  on  n 

135     59          " 

P  on  x 

138     26          " 

P  on  u 

117     21 

a 

Fig.  442. 

X£>5^ 

Sf 

/a  /a/    *  > 

2    \\ 

L    ^^^^ii 

\ 

tz^r 

V 

fw 

\ 

i    ^     3       M 

/ 

M     *' 

i? 

P  on  61     -     124°  36'    P. 

P 

on  62 

-    134°    r  p. 

P  on  62     -     135     59      " 

62 

on  62 

-     140     46     " 

Monti     -     150       6      " 

62 

on  63 

-     162     00     " 

Mont'2     -     151     16      « 

63 

on  i2 

-     148     22     " 

Mont'3     -     169     34      " 

al 

on  f 

-     134     00     " 

P  on  cl     -     128     26    H. 

f 

on  i2 

-     122     17   H. 

Ponc2     -     135     59     P. 

c2onc2,overP  92     45    P. 

Ponc3     -     117     21      " 

d  on  i'2 

-     131     34  H. 

P  on  d      -     138     26      " 

63  on  a2 

-     155     30    P. 

Pon6l     -     145     24     " 

PHYSIOGRAPHY.        *  239 

Topaz. 


Cleavage ;  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect ;  with  n  im- 
perfect ;  traces  of  M  and  I.  Fracture  more  or  less  per- 
fectly small  conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  P  rough,  some- 
times faintly  striated,  parallel  to  the  edges  of  combination 
with  I.  The  vertical  planes  always  striated,  sometimes 
deeply,  parallel  to  their  common  edges  of  combination. 
The  pyramidal  planes  always  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color,  white,  yellow,  green,  blue,  va- 
rious, but  generally  pale  shades.  Streak  white.  Trans- 
parent . . .  translucent,  sometimes  only  on  the  edges. 

Hardness  =  8*0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3*499,  of  a  transparent 
crystallized  variety  ;  =  3'494  variety  Pycnite. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals ;  faces  of  composition  rough. 
There  occurs  also  columnar  composition,  the  individuals 
being  thin,  long  and  parallel,  and  easily  separated,  and  their 
faces  of  composition  longitudinally  streaked. 

1.  Two  varieties  of  Topaz  have  been  treated  of  by  many  writers  as 
distinct  species :  viz.  the  Physalite  and  Pycnite.     The  first  of  these 
consists  of  imbedded  crystals,  whose  surface  is  rough  and  uneven,  or 
large  massive  individuals,  whose  color  is  a  pale  greenish  grey.     The  lat- 
ter occurs  in  thin  and  straight  columnar  particles  of  composition,  forming 
larger  or  smaller  imbedded  masses,  and  not  possessing  bright  colors  or 
high  degrees  of  transparency. 

2.  In  a  strong  heat,  the  faces  of  crystallization,  but  not  those  of  cleav- 
age,   are  covered  with  small  blisters,  which  however,    immediately 
crack.     With  borax,  it  melts  slowly  into  a  transparent  glass.     Its  pow- 
der colors  the  tincture  of  violets  green.    Those  crystals  which  possess 
different  faces  of  crystallization  on  opposite  ends,  acquire  different  kinds 
of  electricity  on  being  heated.    By  friction,  it  acquires  positive  elec- 
tricity. 


240  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Topaz. 


3.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELITJS. 

Crystals.  Physalite.  Pycnite. 

Alumina  -        57-45        -        57-74  -        51-00 

Silica  -        34-24        -        34-36  -        38-43 

fluoric  acid         -          7-75        -          7"77  -          8-84 

4.  Topaz  enters  into  the  composition  of  granitic  rocks ;  thus  it  forms 
with  Quartz  and  Tourmaline  the  Topaz-rock  of  Saxony.     It  occurs  also 
in  irregular  beds,  either  with  Quartz  and  Mica,  like  the  variety  Pyc- 
nite ;  or  with  Feldspar,  Quartz,  Beryl,  &c.  like  the  Physalite.    It  is  also 
found  in  veins,  traversing'gneiss,  where  it  is  associated  with  Fluor,  Mica 
and  Wolfram,  as  at  Trumbull,  (Conn.)     It  is  met  with  besides  in  tin 
stream-works,  and  in  the   alluvial  deposits  of  rivers  along  with  other 
gems. 

5.  The  most  perfect  crystals  are  found  with  Beryl  in  the  Uralian  and 
Altai  mountains, .  and  in  Kamtschatka ;  in  Brazil,  where  they  are  met 
with  in  loose  crystals,  and  at  Mucla  in  Asia  Minor.     They  occur  in  the 
Topaz-rock  at  Danneberb  in  Saxony,  and  at  Ehrenfriedersdorf  and  Zinn- 
wald  associated  with  Tin-ore;  in  similar  repositories  at  Schlaggenwald 
in  Bohemia  and  St.  Michaels  mount  in  Cornwall ;  with  Lepedolite  near 
Rozena  in  Moravia.     Physalite  is  found  at  Finboand  Broddbo  near  Fah- 
lun  in  Sweden.     Pycnite  at  Altenberg  in  Saxony.     Topaz  pebbles  are 
found  in  the  stream-works  of  Eubenstock  in  Saxony,  in  the  granitic  dis- 
tricts of  Cairngorm  in  Aberdeenshire,  and  in  New  South  Wales. 

But  a  single  locality  is  known  in  the  United  States,  which  exists  at 
Trumbull,  (Conn.)  in  a  vein  upwards  of  one  foot  in  width,  where  it  is 
associated  with  Fluor,  Magnetic  Pyrites,  Mica,  and  rarely  with  Wolfram 
and  Tungsten.  The  Topaz  is  chiefly  white,  but  when  imbedded  in  the 
magnetic  Pyrites  its  color  is  green.  It  presents  small  druses  occuring  in  the 
veins,  lined  with  tolerably  perfect  crystals,  which  are  white  and  trans- 
parent. Occasionally  the  crystals  are  several  inches  in  diameter,  and 
perfect  in  some  of  their  planes,  but  they  are  generally  deficient  in 
transparency  and  lustre.  Rarely,  the  massive  individuals  and  imperfect 
crystals  are  six  or  eight  inches  in  diameter. 

6.  It  is  much  used  as  an  ornamental  stone.     The  blue  varieties  are 
called  Oriental  Aquamarine,  by  Lapidaries.     If  exposed  to  heat,  the 
Topaz  from  Saxony  loses  its  color  and  becomes  white  ;  the  deep  yellow 
Brazilian  varieties  assume  a  pale  pink  color,  and  are  then  sometimes  mis- 
taken for  Spinel,  or  Ballas-ruby. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tourmaline. 


241 


TOPAZOLITE.     (See  Garnet.) 
TORRELITE.     (See  Quartz.) 

TOURMALINE.     RhombohedralTourmaline. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P=133°  26'. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  443.  Fig.  444. 

Fig.  445. 


(Brown.) 
Monroe,  (Conn.) 

Fig.  443. 


(Brown.) 

Mouroo,  (Conn.) 

Fig.  447. 


(Black.) 
IJiuldam,  (Conn.) 


Fig.  448. 


(Black.) 
Brunswick,  (Me.) 


VOL.  II. 


(Black.) 

Brunswick,  (Me.)- 
Monroe,  (Conn.) 

21 


(Cinnamon-red.) 

Newton,  (N.  J.)— Qov- 

erneur,  (N.  Y.) 


242 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tourmaline. 


(Green.) 
Paris,  (Me.) 


P  on  s 
Pon  / 
s  on  I 
Pon  o 
o  on  I 
Pon  n 
n  on  n 
n  on  s 
Pon  a: 
Pon  t 
x  on  x 
t  on  t 
Pon  A: 


Fig.  450. 


V 


(fJreen,  red  and  white.) 

Chesterfield,  (Mass.)— 

Paris,  (Me.) 


113°  13' 

117   9 

150  00 

141 

135 

156 

155 

102 

158 

151 


HAUY. 


40 
44 
43 

9 

26 
25 

5 


136 
149 
152 


50 
26 
51 


a 

u 


u 
u 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  s  difficult.     Fn  cture  im- 
perfectly conchoidal,  uneven.     Surface,   the  pnsms  deep- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  243 

Tourmaline. 


ly  striated,  parallel  to  the  axis ;  k  rough,  the  rest  of  the 
faces  generally  smooth,  and  of  nearly  the  same  physical 
quality. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color,  brown,  green,  blue,  red,  white, 
frequently  black ;  generally  dark  colors,  rarely  bright. 
Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  almost  opake,  agreeably  to 
the  color.  Less  transparent  if  viewed  in  a  direction  paral- 
lel to  the  axis  than  when  perpendicular  to  it,  and  generally 
different  colors  in  these  directions. 

Hardness  =  7-0  ...  7-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-076  ;  =  3-021, 
transparent  Rubellite  from  Paris;  =3-009,  of  a  transpar- 
ent green  variety  from  Paris;  =3-055  of  transparent  In- 
dicolite  from  Paris. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  seldom 
granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals ;  generally  colum- 
nar, of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  often  very  thin,  straight 
and  parallel  or  divergent;  sometimes  again  aggregated  into 
larger  granular,  or  wedge-shaped  masses ;  faces  of  compo- 
sition smooth  and  longitudinally  streaked. 

1.  Tourmaline  and  Schorl  were  formerly  distinguished  as  two  par- 
ticular species,  though  they  differ  in  no  other  respects  than  in  color  and 
transparency.     Tourmaline  included  the  green,  blue,  red,  brown  and 
white  color,  (the  blue  being  called  Indicolite  and  the  red  Rubellite) , 
while  Schorl  comprised  the  black  varieties. 

2.  This  species  offers  a  variety  of  results  when  heated  before   the 
blow-pipe.      Some  varieties   (especially  those  containing  lithia)    intu- 
mesce  and  assume  a  slaggy  appearance,  but  do  not  melt;  others  (which 
contain  lime)  intumesce  still  more  and  melt  into  a  white  slag.     It  as- 
sumes by  heat,  opposite  kinds  of  electricity  on  the  opposite  ends  of  the 
crystals.     The  finest,  transparent  crystals,  especially  when  cut  by  the 
lapidary,  are  constantly  electric  without  artificial  heat. 


244 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 


|  >/S|   co 

00 

00 

10 

o 
o 

1C 

!«* 

QO 

§ 

< 
< 

§8 

3 

J^^l      *H 

1—  1 

** 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O  t-< 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

oo      oo  co      Oi 

nf  i  ^ 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

Oi 

c 

O  00 

Si 

s-  w 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

o 

0 

*  *o 

m 

& 

Tt< 

o 

g 

/^ta^i 

s*\ 

.j  O 

o  o 

o 

o 

9 

0 

o 

o  o 

o  o 

0 

o 

3 

N 

<M 

CO    ^ 
V-^v^ 

o-o 
x^ 

0 

o 

0 

0  0 

o 

d 
•o 

§ 

o 

o 

0 

§ 

J^ 

§ 

§ 

1O  CO 

g 

i 

o 

o 

o 

<N 

CO 

«* 

o 

f-i  co       G 

o 

Tt*- 

<fq 

CM 

o 

o 

o 
o 

o 
o 
o 

f* 

O  CO 
O  (N 

*^ 

B 

Cw 

<?~\ 

d  °°  ^ 

o  o  6 

o  ^ 

»H     C3 

x-x 

1 

b 

1 

V 

*-v 

•^ 

v-^v 

•w 

s 

o 

O 

0 

o 
o 

s 

CO 

00 

o 
o 

CM 

Si 

00 
Oi 

3 

I—  I 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

tf  o 

0 

1  |  |i    co 

(M 

O 

2 

CO 

rf 

o 

0 

8, 

§ 

05    2         ^ 

00    o          fH 

3«Z  2,i  ^ 

VO 

CM 

o 

o 

(M 

0 

-H     2 

PH 

O   bCl 

*J 

&'--      • 

0 

0 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

QO 

1*   ^H 

1^ 

5      ~' 

o 

o 

Oi 

00 

00 

' 

f  00 

1> 

l3'^ 

o 

o 

XO 

if* 

CO 

1> 

Oi 

* 

-  10 

^ 

CO 

o 

o 

o 

CO 

^ 

CO 

lfi>   Si            fH 

g  «  «8 

o 

o 

CM 

CO 

1 

-  I—  1 

CO 

«<s^ 

CO 
CO 

3 

o 

Tf 

CO 

GO 
CO 

CO 

1? 

CO  CO 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

CO 

o 

0 

g 

s 

oo  Oi 

00 

i 

CNJ 

rf 

s 

C5 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

1C  QO 
CO  CO 

CO 

all 

3 

.00 

Ci 

a 

Si 
00 

S8 

S5 

<N  CO 

O  CO 

00 
•—  I 

SH    C3 

O 

"*. 

Tf 

•«* 

fl 

CO 

CO 

f  CO 

Tj* 

^~K^ 

O 
CO 

eg 

co  c>i 

pi 

g 

o 

CO 

—  H 
<N 

CO 
CM 

o 

1 

CM  0  CO  g         CO 

H  9  II  ?     || 

CO 

11 

CO 

I 

CO 

I! 

1 

c 

11! 

bn  ; 

fa£   ; 

bfl 

tL 

bC 

hC 

h| 

I 

aCW) 

_0 

OH     * 

^v*« 

ci.  * 
03 

cc 

c/r 

OH 

QQ 

OH 

0- 

o-  a, 
Wl  CG 

1 

^w^ 

a 

« 

2* 

t3 

O 

T3 

ies  and  1 

ozna. 

I-J 

PH  00 

1 

evonsh 

d  c 

to    O 

«     OQ 

=-i     en 

2  ^ 

G 
cu 

? 

> 

avaria. 
re  en  Ian 

"o 

o 

3 

« 

V^v^ 

w 

w 

0 

09 

PQO      02 

ca 

o 

CJ 

d 

^ 

d 

a 

0 

es 

cd 

:_, 

G 

a 

a 

O 

O 

H 

c 

-i«j 

^ 

c 

u 

;  ^ 

G 

CD 

I 

OS 

o 

o 

ea 

u 

C3 

g 

o 

s 

c. 

a 

s 

i  ° 

35 

o 

PHYSIOGRAPHY.  245 

Tourmaline. 


4.  Tourmaline  is  frequently  met  with  in  rocks,  particularly  in  gran- 
ite, but  without  forming  a  regular  ingredient  of  any,  and  is  found  im- 
bedded in  them  in  larger  or  smaller  masses,  or  crystallized  in  the  drusy 
cavities,  as  in  the  Topaz-rock  of  Saxony  and  the  granite  of  Paris,  (Me.) 
The  dark  brown  variety  of  Monroe,  (Conn.)  forms  with  Mica  a  bed  in 
mica-slate.     The  cinnamon-red  occurs  disseminated  through  dolomite 
and  granular  limestone ;  and   the  green  and  red  varieties  with  smoky 
Quartz  form  a  vein  embraced  on  each  side  by  Albite,  traversing  granite 
at  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)     It  is  also  met  with  in  the  shape  of  pebbles,  in 
the  stream-works,  and  in  the  san4  of  many  rivers. 

5.  Some  of  the  most  remarkable  among  the  foreign  localities  of  Tour- 
maline are  the  following;  black  crystals  in  Greenland,  in  the  mountains 
called  Horlberg  near  Bodenmais  in  Bavaria,  and  near  Bovey  in  Devon- 
shire, England;  red  varieties  from  Perme  in  Siberia,  Rozena  in  Mora- 
via; pale  green  with  a  tinge  of  yellow  at  St.  Gothard  in  dolomite,  and 
green  and  blue  varieties  from  Brazil  and  Ceylon,  where  they  are  found 
in  the  sand  of  rivers. 

The  United  States  is  particularly  rich  in  Tourmaline.  Paris,  (Me.) 
has  thus  far  yielded  the  most  remarkable  crystals  for  size,  color 
and  transparency,  and  which  were  found  loose  in  the  soil,  covering  a 
decomposing  ledge  of  graphic  granite.  Some  of  these  were  upwards  of 
an  inch  in  diameter,  transparent,  red  at  one  end  and  green  at  the  other. 
The  granite  still  continues  to  afford  blue  and  pink  crystals  and  compound 
varieties,  which  are  mostly  imbedded  in  Lepidolite;  also  long  slender 
green  crystals  and  columnar  aggregations  traversing  large  individuals 
of  brown  Mica.  The  vein  of  Tourmalines  of  Chesterfield,  (Mass.)  is 
about  one  foot  in  width.  The  crystals  are  small,  rarely  perfect  in  form, 
deeply  striated,  often  much  curved,  and  rifted  by  cross  seams  into  which 
the  Quartz  is  thrust.  The  green  crystals  especially  those  situated  in 
the  smoky  Quartz,  often  contain  in  their  centres  prisms  of  Rubellite, 
while  the  single  crystals  of  Tourmaline  which  have  shot  into  the  Al- 
bite, are  frequently  pure  red  or  green.  Similar  varieties  are  found  at 
Goshen,  where  the  interior  of  the  crystals  is  sometimes  blue  or  green, 
and  the  exterior  a  pale  rose-color,  or  some  different  shade  of  green  or 
blue.  The  deep  indigo-blue  varieties,  particularly,  abound  at  Goshen. 
Monroe,  (Conn.)  furnishes  the  most  perfect  crystals  in  form,  found  in 
the  United  States.  They  are  of  a  dark  yellowish  brown  color,  and  trans- 
lucent only  on  their  edges.  They  vary  in  size  from  a  hazle-nut  to  two 
or  three  inches  in  length,  and  one  or  two  in  diameter,  being  universally 

21* 


246  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tourmaline — Triplite. 

perfect  at  both  extremities.  A  cinnamon-red,  and  brown  variety  occurs 
at  Governeur,  St.  Lawrence  co.,  (N.  Y.)  in  granular  limestone  with 
Scapolite,  Pyroxene  and  Apatite,  though  it  is  chiefly  imbedded  by  itself 
in  veins  of  white  Quartz.  A  similar  variety  is  found  at  Grenville,  Low- 
er Canada,  Newton,  (N.  J.)  with  Corundum,  Spinel  and  Rutile,  at 
Kingsbridge,  (N.  Y.)  and  at  Carlisle,  (Mass.)  with  Garnet.  Black  va- 
rieties are  found  at  numerous  places.  The  most  beautiful  have  been  ob- 
tained from  Brunswick,  (Me.),  Monroe  and  Haddarn,  (Conn.)  and  Green- 
field, (N.  Y.) 

6.  The  red  varieties  of  Tourmaline  are  highly  esteemed  in  jewellery ; 
when  they  are  transparent  and  of  a  fine  color,  they  rank  on  a  level  with 
the  oriental  ruby.  The  green  and  blue  varieties  are  also  cut  when  their 
color  is  not  too  intense. 

TREMOLITE.     (See  Hornblende.) 
TRICLASITE.     (See  Fafdunite.) 

TRIPLITE.     Prismatic  Par  ach  rose-Bary  te. 

Massive  :  cleavage  in  three  directions  perpendicular  to 
each  other,  one  of  them  more  distinct.  Fracture  small 
conchoidal. 

Lustre  resinous,  inclining  to  adamantine.  Color  black- 
ish-brown. Streak  yellowish-grey.  Translucent  on  the 
edges.  Opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  ...  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  =3-439  .  . . 
3-775. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily  into  a  black  scoria,  and  is 
readily  dissolved  in  nitric  acid  without  effervescence. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  VAUQUELIIV. 

Chfideofiron  31-00 

Oxide  of  manganese 42-00 

Phosphoric  acid 27  00 

3.  It  has  been  found  near  Limoges  in  France,  in  a  vein  of  Quartz  in 
granite,  accompanied  by  Apatite.  In  the  United  States,  it  occurs  in  con- 
siderable quantity  at  Washington,  (Conn.)  where  it  exists  as  at  Limoges 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  247 

Trona — Troostite. 


in  France,  but   is  associated  with  pulverulent  Diallogite.      In  small 
quantity,  also,  at  Sterling,   (Mass  )  along  with  Spodumene. 

TRONA.     Te tart o-prismatic  Natron-Salt. 

Primary  form.     Doubly  oblique  prism.    MonT=103° 
15'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  451. 


Tonn     -  -         -         103°  15' 

n  on  n     -  132     30 

Cleavage,    perfect  parallel  to  M.      Fracture  uneven. 
Surface,  M  and  n  smooth,  T  streaked. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white,  sometimes  passing  to  yel- 
lowish-grey.    Streak  white.     Transparent . . .  translucent. 
Rather  brittle.      Hardness  =  2*5  ...  3-0.     Sp.  gr.  = 
2-11.    Taste,  sharply  alcaline. 

1.  It  does  net  deliquesce  in  the  air. 

2.  Analysis. 

Carbonic  acid -        40  24 

Soda  -  37-93 

Water  -  21-83 

3.  It  is  found  at  Fezzan  in  Tripoli,  where  it  occurs  mingled  with  the 
soil  and  dissolved  in  water, 

TROOSTITE.      Rhombohedral   Parachrose- 

Bary  te. 
Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  =115°  (c.  g.) 


248 


PHYSIOGRAPHF. 

Troostite. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  452. 


P  on  a  - 
P  on  b  - 
a  on  b  - 
b  on  6  - 


J  47°  30'  c.  g. 
122  00 

109  00  " 

120  00  " 


Irregular  forms,  grains. 

Cleavage  parallel  with  b  perfect,  at  right  angles  to  the 
axis  less  distinct,  with  P  in  traces.  Surface,  b  smooth  and 
shining,  P  and  a  dull.  Fracture  conchoidal. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  Color  pale  as- 
paragus-green, yellow,  grey,  and  reddish-brown ;  none  of 
them  bright.  Transparent  to  translucent. 

Brittle.     Hardness  =5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4*0  . . .  4-1. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  composition  granular. 

1.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  transparent  and  melts  on 
the  edges.     With  borax,  it  dissolves  giving  the  violet  tinge  of  oxide  of 
manganese.     It  is  dissolved  with  effervescence  in  muriatic  acid,  at  the 
same  time  giving  out  chlorine,  and  leaving  a  residue  of  silica. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 
Silica  30-650 

Protoxide  of  manganese 46215 

Peroxide  of  iron 15-450 

Loss  by  heat 7-300 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tungsten. 


249 


3.  It  is  found  at  Sterling,  (N.  J.)   associated  with  Franklinite. 
crystals  are  sometimes  above  an  inch  in  length. 


Its 


TUNGSTATE  OF  IRON.     (See  Wolfram.) 
TUNGSTATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  Schtehtine.) 
TUNGSTATE  OF  LIME.     (See  Tungsten.) 

TUNGSTEN.     Pyramidal  Tungst  ic-Bary  te. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base  P  on  P 
over  the  base  =130°  SO',  over  the  pyramidal  edge  =100° 
'8'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  453.  Fig.  454, 


Trumbull  and  Monroe,  (Conn.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  a  ;  more  splendent  in  the 
direction  of  the  former,  though  more  interrupted  *by 
small  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  imperfectly  conchoid- 
al,  uneven.  Surface,  a  irregularly  streaked,  sometimes 
concave,  P  and  the  other  faces  are  generally  smooth. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  adamantine.  Color  gener- 
ally white,  often  inclining  and  passing  into  yellowish-grey, 
yellowish  and  reddish  brown,  sometimes  almost  orange-yel- 
low. Streak  while.  Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 


250  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Tungsten — Tungstic  Ochre. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =4-0  . . .  4-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-076,  a 
white  cleavable  variety  from  Schlaggenwald. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals.  Axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  faces 
truncating  the  base  of  the  octahedron,  a.  The  individuals 
are  continued  beyond  the  face  of  composition.  Reniform 
shapes;  surface  drusy,  composition  columnar.  Massive: 
composition  granular,  faces  of  composition  sometimes  irreg- 
ularly streaked. 

1.  Heated  upon  charcoal,  it  decrepitates  at  first,  and  then  fuses,  but 
only  with  great  difficulty  and  on  the  thinnest  edges  into  a  semi-transpa- 
rent, vitrified  mass.  It  gives  a  white  glass  with  borax,  the  transparen- 
cy of  which  is  proportioned  to  the  quantity  of  the  salt  employed. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Lime  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        19-40 

Tungstic  acid 80-42 

3.  Tungsten  occurs  mostly  in  the  repositories  of  Tin-Ore,  and  is  ac- 
companied by  Wolfram,  Topaz,  Fluor  and  Quartz.     It  is  also  found  ia 
lead  veins  with  Wolfram  and  Spathic  Iron. 

4.  Its  most  remarkable  localities  are  Schlackenwald  and  Zinnwald  in 
Bohemia,  Zinnwald  and  Ehrenfriedersdorf  in  Saxony,  and  Cornwall, 
England.     It  is  also  found  in  Sweden  and  Dauphiny.     It  occurs  in  large 
irregular  crystals  and  massive  at  Monroe,  in  Quartz  with  Wolfram,  Ga- 
lena, Native  Bismuth  and  Tungstic-ochre ;  also  in  the  adjoining  town  of 
Trumbull  in  a  vein  of  Topaz,  Quartz  and  Fluor. 

TUNGSTIC  OCHRE.     Tungstic  Lusine-Ore. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable  ;  earthy  and  pulveru- 
lent. Fracture  earthy. 

Color  lemrnon-yellow. 

Soft.     Sp.  gr.  =6-0. 

1.  It  assumes  a  greenish  hue  when  strongly  heated.     It  combines 
with  the  acids  and  is  soluble  in  caustic  alkalies. 

2.  It  is  probably  tungstic  acid  in  a  state  of  perfect  purity,  and  there- 
fore consists  of  Oxygen  13-55.  and  Tungsten  86-45, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Turnerite. 


251 


3.  It  is  found  associated  with  Wolfram  and  Tungsten  at  Lanes'  mine 
in  Monroe,  (Conn.)  usually  in  very  thin  coatings,  rarely  rilling  up  small 
cavities. 


TURNERITE. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism. 
96°  10'.     P  on  M  =99°  40'. 
Secondary  form. 

Fig.  455. 


M  onM  = 


m 

142°  29' 

LEVY. 

- 

133     50 

PHILLIPS* 

_ 

126      10 

b< 

- 

140     50 

LEVY. 

- 

138       5 

ii 

- 

161       2 

(C 

- 

155     17 

If 

- 

139     25 

PHILLIPS* 

P  on  a 

P°n/ 
M  on  a 
M  on  gl 
M  on  h 
M  on  / 
P  on  ci 
P  on  c2 

Cleavage  parallel  to  both  diagonals  of  the  primary  form, 
one  of  them  more  perfect. 

Lustre  nearly  adamantine.  Color  several  shades  of  yel- 
low, often  inclining  to  brown.  Sireak  white,  sometimes 
greyish.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Scratches  Fluor  pretty  readily,  but  yields  to  the  knife. 

1.  According  to  the  blow-pipe  experiment  of  Mr.  CHILDREN,  it  con- 
sists chiefly  of  alumina,  lime,  magnesia,  and  a  little  iron  with  traces  of 
silica. 


252 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Turquoise — Uranite. 


2.  It  is  found  at  Mt.  Sorel  in  Dauphiny,  attended  by  Quartz,  Feldspar, 
Albite,  Crichtonite  and  Anatase. 

TURQUOISE.     Uncleavable  Azure-Spar. 
Massive:  composition  impalpable.    Fracture  conchoidaL 
Color  blue  . . .  green,  rather  bright.     Streak  uncolored. 

Feebly  translucent  on  the  edges  . . .  opake. 

Hardness  =  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =2-83  . . .  3-00.     FISCHER. 

1.  It  is  not  dissolved  by  muriatic  acid.     Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  be- 
comes brown  in  the  reducing'flame,  and  gives  a  green  color  to  it.     It  is 
infusible  by  itself,  but  melts  easily  with  borax  or  salt  of  phosphorus. 

2.  According  to  B.ERZEL.IUS,  it  consists  of  phosphate  of  alumina  and 
lime,  silica,  oxide  of  iron  and  copper,  and  a  little  water. 

3.  It  is  found  in  Persia,  either  in  pebbles,  or  in  small  veins,  traver- 
sing a  kind  of  trap. 

4.  Cut  and  polished,  it  is  used  for  different  ornamental  purposes. 

URANITE.      Pyramidal   Eu  ch  lore-Mica. 
MOMS. 

Primary  form.     Right  square  prism. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  456.  Fig.  457. 

Fig.  458. 


Cornwall. 


Cornwall. 


Cornwall. 
Fig.  459. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  253 

Uranite. 


p  on  cl     .  145°  32'     PHILLIPS. 

P  on  c2     -  140     40 

P  on  c3     -  137     10 

P  onc4     -  HI      50 

P  on«2     -  134     00 

C4onc4     -  97     32 

Cleavage,  P  highly  perfect  and  easily  obtained.  Traces 
of  d.  Fracture  not  observable.  Surface,  P  smooth,  c 
horizontally  streaked,  M  rough. 

Lustre  pearly  upon  P,  both  as  faces  of  crystallization 
and  of  cleavage  ;  adamantine  upon  the  other  faces.  Color 
emerald-green,  and  grass-green,  less  frequently  leek-green, 
apple-green,  or  siskin-green.  Streak  corresponding  to  the 
color,  though  paler.  Transparent .  .  .  translucent,  some- 
times only  on  the  edges. 

Sectile.     Hardness  =  2-0  . . .  2-5.     Sp.  gr.  -3-115. 
Compound  Varieties.     Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes,  faces  of  composition  rarely  observable. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  turns  yellow  and  loses  its  transpa- 
rency. Upon  charcoal,  it  intumesces  a  little,  and  melts  into  a  black 
globule,  with  traces  of  crystallization  upon  the  surface.  With  borax, 
it  yields  a  yellowish  green  bead,  and  produces  a  yellow  solution  in  ni- 
tric acid.  . 
2.  JfnwysiSj 

By  BERZELIUS.         By  R.  PHILLIPS, 

fr.  Cornwall. 
16-00 
60-00 
900 
14-50 
000 
0-50 

3.  Uranite  is  found  in  veins  of  copper,  silver,  tin  and  iron  ores,  and 
sometimes  also  in  beds;  and  is  gene. ally  accompanied  by  the  other  ores 
of  uranium. 

VOL.  II.  22 


fr.  Cornwall. 

fr.  Autun. 

Phosphoric  acid 

14-62       . 

1496 

Oxide  of  uranium 

6252       , 

,       64-03 

Oxide  of  copper 

8-12       , 

o-oo 

Water 

1474 

.       1504 

Lime 

000 

5-97 

Silica 

0-00 

000 

254  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Uranium-Ochre — Variegated  Copper. 

4.  Beautiful  varieties  are  found  in  Cornwall.  It  also  occurs  at  Jo- 
hanngeorgenstadt,  Schneeberg,  and  Eubenstock;  at  St.  Symphoriennear 
Autun,  and  at  St.  Yrieix  near  Limoges  in  France. 

URANIUM-OCHRE.     Uranium  Lusine-Ore. 

Massive :  composition  impalpable;  earthy  and  pulverulent. 

Color,  sulphur-yellow,  citron  yellow,  to  brownish  or  red- 
dish yellow. 

1.  It  affords  moisture  on  being  heated  in  a  glass  tube.     It  turns  green 
in  the  reduction  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  without  melting. 

2.  It  is  believed  to  be  an  oxide  of  uranium,  though  according  to  ZIPPED 
the  variety  from  Joachimsthal  contains  carbonic  acid. 

3.  It  is  found  accompanying  the  Pitchblende  in  Cornwall  and  in  Bo- 
hemia. 

URANIUM-ORE.     (See  Pitchblende.) 
URANIUM- VITRIOL.     (See  Johannite.) 

UWAROWITE. 

Crystals  small  rhombic  dodecahedrons. 
Lustre  vitreous. 
Color  emerald-green. 

Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUFT)  =  10  0  and  above. 
1.  Locality  not  mentioned. 

VALENCIANITE.     (See  Perildin.) 
VANADIATE  OF  LEAD.     (See  PyromorpJiite.) 

VARIEGATED  COPPER.     Octahedral  Bronze- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 
Secondary  forms. 

1.  Primary,  having  its  angles  truncated. 

2.  Regular  octahedron.     Cornwall. 

3.  Octahedron,  with  the  angles  truncated.     Cornwall. 
Cleavage,  traces  in  the  direction  of  the  primary  faces- 
Fracture   small   conchoidal,   uneven.       Surface  generally 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  255 

Variegated  Copper. 

rough,  particularly  those  of  the  cube,  and  often  curved ; 
much  subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  intermediate  between  copper- 
red  and  pinchbeck-brown.  Streak  pale  greyish-black,  a 
little  shining. 

Rather  sectile.  Hardness=3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  5-003,  from 
the  Bannat. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals ;  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face  of 
the  octahedron,  the  individuals  being  continued  beyond  the 
face  of  composition.  Massive;  composition  granular, 
strongly  connected ;  fracture  conchoidal  and  uneven. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  melts  into  a  globule,  which 
becomes  magnetic,  if  kept  in  the  blast  for  some  time. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  PHILLIPS. 

Copper 61-07 

Sulphur      . 23'75 

Iron  14'°° 

Silica 0'50 

3.  It  occurs  in  beds  and  veins ;  the  crystallized  varieties  only  in  veins. 
It  is  accompanied  chiefly  by  various  other  ores  of  copper. 

4.  It  occurs  at  Orawitza  and  other  places  in  the  Bannat,  associated 
with  Garnet.     It  is  found  likewise  in  beds  in  the  cupriferous  shale  of  the 
Mansfeld,  included  in  thin  layers  in  the  bituminous  marl-slate.     But  it  is 
particularly  found  in  Cornwall,  in  the  vicinity  of  Redruth.     In  smaller 
quantities,  it  is  found  in  Ireland,  Hessia,  Silesia,  Norway,  Sweden,  &c. 

It  has  only  been  met  with  in  a  few  places  in  the  United  States.  Thin 
seams  occur  in  granite,  at  Chesterfield,  (Mass.),  and  in  Pennsylvania, 
where  it  occurs  under  circumstances  similar  to  those  mentioned  at  Mans- 
field. 

VARVICITE. 

In  radiating  and  twin-crystals.     Cleavage  prismatic. 
Lustre  sub-metallic.  Color  iron-black  to  steel-grey.   Streak  black. 
Hardness  (scale  of  BREITHAUPT)  =  30...  3-75.     Sp.  gr.  == 
4-531,  from  Warwick ;  =  4-623,  from  the  Hartz. 


256  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vauquelinite. 


VAUQUELINITE.     Lead-Baryte. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism. 

Minute  crystals,  nearly  resembling  the  annexed  figure, 

Fig.  460. 


if  the  obtuse  edges  o  a  be  replaced,  and  the  figure  be  com- 
pressed parallel  with  P,  and  joined  in  regular  compositions, 
parallel  to  a  plane,  which  passes  through  the  crystals  in  the 
direction  of  e  e,  and  intersects  the  acute  lateral  edges.  In- 
clination of  P  on  P7  from  the  other  individual,  nearly  134° 
30';  of  the  edge  o  a,  or  its  replacement  on  P,  about  149°. 

Fracture  uneven.  Surface,  P  smooth  and  even,  the  rest 
of  the  faces  a  little  curved. 

Lustre  adamantine,  often  faint.  Color  blackish  green, 
olive-green.  Streak  siskin-green,  often  inclining  to  brown. 
Faintly  translucent,  with  a  fine  olive-green  tint,  opake. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =2-5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  5'5 
...5-78. 

Compound  Varieties.  Botryoidal,  reniform,  massive : 
composition  generally  impalpable,  surface  drusy  or  roqgh, 
fracture  imperfect  and  flat  conchoidal,  lustre  faintly  resinous. 

1.  Alone,  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  intumesces  a  little,  and  then  froths 
and  melts  into  a  greyish  globule,  giving  at  the  same  time  some  globules 
of  lead.  In  the  oxidating  flame,  a  small  quantity  effervesces  with,  and 
imparts  a  green  color  to,  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus,  which  remains 
transparent  on  cooling  ;  but  in  the  reducing  flame,  the  globule  turns  red 
and  transparent,  or  red  and  opake,  or  finally  black,  according  to  the  quan- 
tity of  the  mineral  employed. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vauquelinite — Vitreous  Copper. 


257 


2.  Analysis. 

Oxide  of  lead  60-87 

Oxide  of  copper 10-80 

Chromic  acid 28  33 

3.  It  occurs  at  Beresof  in  Siberia,  along  with  Red  Lead-Ore  and  Py- 
romorphite,  and  is  said  to  be  found  in  Brazil. 

VELVET-BLUE  COPPER. 

Short  capillary  crystals,  in  velvety  druses  and  coatings. 
Lustre  pearly.     Color  bright  smalt-blue.     Translucent. 

1.  It  has  been  found  lining  drusy  cavities  in  Limonite,  at  Moldawa  in 
the  Bannat  of  Temeswar. 

VlGNITE. 

Massive  :  composition  granular. 
Color  dark  greenish  blue. 
Sp.gr.  =  3-71.     It  is  magnetic. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KARSTEN. 

Oxide  of  iron  49-14 

Protoxide  of  iron 35-30 

Caibouic  arid 1106 

Phosphoric  acid 4-50 

2.  It  is  found  in  Jura  limestone,  at  Vignes. 

3.  It  appears  to  belong  to  the  species  Magnetic-Iron. 

VITREOUS   COPPER.     Prismatic    Copper- 
Glance.      MoHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M  = 
35'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  461. 


Fig.  462. 


258 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vitreous  Copper. 


o   on  o  -  126°  52' 

d  on  d  63     00 

o    on  o  over  c?  80       6 

Cleavage,  traces  of  M,  very  imperfect.  Fracture  con- 
choidal.  Surface,  most  of  the  faces  smooth,  only  the  faces 
at  right  angles  to  the  axis,  and  particularly  c,  are  streaked 
horizontally. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead  grey.  Streak  un- 
changed, sometimes  shining. 

Very  sectile.  Hardness  =  2*5  . . .  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  5'695, 
the  compact  variety  from  Bannat. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals:  1.  Axis  of  revo- 
lution perpendicular  to  one  or  both  faces  of  M ;  face  of 

Fig.  463. 


composition  parallel  to  it,  as  in  the  accompanying  figure, 
only  that  the  ra-entering  angles  are  rilled  up.  2.  Axis  of 
revolution  perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a 
face  of  a ;  the  individuals  being  continued  beyond  the  face 
of  composition. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vitreous  Copper. 


259 


Fig.  464. 


The  inclination  of  P  to  P'  is  equal  to  that  of  the  acute 
terminal  edge  of  a  on  a'  on  one  side,  and  of  91°  51'  on 
the  other ;  the  respective  inclinations  of  a  on  a!  are 
=  153°  37',  and  =157°  19'.  Massive;  composition 
granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  generally  small, 
and  often  impalpable  ;  in  the  last  case  the  fracture  becomes 
uneven,  even  or  flat  conchoidal.  Plates. 

1.  In  the  oxidating  flame  of  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  and  emits  glowing 
globules,  attended  with  some  noise.  In  the  reducing  flame,  it  becomes 
covered  with  a  coat,  and  does  not  melt.  When  the  sulphur  is  driven  off, 
a  globule  of  copper  remains.  If  the  mineral  be  treated  with  nitric  acid, 
the  copper  is  dissolved,  forming  a  green  solution;  but  the  sulphur  re- 
mains undissolved. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH.  By  UL.LMAJVN. 

Sulphur  -         -         18-50  -         -         19-00 

Copper  -        -        78-50        -        -         -        79-50 

Iron  2-25         -'        -         -  0-75 

Silica  -        -          075        -        -        -          1-00 

3.  It  occurs  abundantly  in  beds  and  veins,  and  is  accompanied  by 
other  ores  of  copper,  by  Iron-Pyrites  and  Quartz. 

4.  Large  and  well  defined  crystals  occur  in  several  mines  near  Red- 
ruth  in  Cornwall.     Compound  varieties,  and  rarely  distinct  crystals,  are 
found  in  beds  in  the  Bannat  of  Temeswar,  near  Catherinenburg  in  Sibe- 


260 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vitreous  Silver. 


ria,  in  Mansfield,  in  Hessia,  &c.     A  foliated  variety  is  found  in  Corn- 
wall, in  the  Bannat,  in  Siegen,  and  in  Mansfeld. 

Compact  virieties  are  found  at  Schuyler's  mines,  New  Jersey,  in 
the  old  red  sandstone,  and  in  the  same  rock  in  Connecticut,  at  Simsbury 
and  Cheshire. 

VITREOUS  SILVER.     Dodecahedral  Polypoi- 
one-Glance. 

Primary  form.     Cube. 
Secondary  forms. 


Cube,  with  angles  truncated. 

Freiberg. 

3. 
Cube,  with  edges  truncated. 


5.    Fig.  465. 


Regular  octahedron. 
Joachimsthal. 

4. 
Rhombic  dodecahedron. 

6.     Fig.  466. 


Freiberg. 


Freiberg. 


Cleavage,  sometimes  traces  parallel  to  the  rhombic  do- 
decahedron. Fracture  imperfect  and  small  conchoidal, 
uneven.  Surface,  nearly  of  the  same  description  in  all  the 
forms,  often  uneven,  and  possessing  low  degrees  of  lustre. 
Subject  to  tarnish. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  blackish  lead-grey.  Streak 
shining. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  261 

Vitreous  Silver — Vivianite. 

Malleable.  Hardness  =  2-0  . . .  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  7-196 
...7-366. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reticulated,  arborescent,  denti- 
form, filiform,  and  capillary  shapes  :  individuals  sometimes 
distinguishable,  sometimes  impalpable;  the  dentiform  and 
some  other  imitative  shapes  are  longitudinally  streaked. 
Massive :  composition  impalpable;  fracture  uneven.  Plates, 
and  superficial  coatings. 

1.  It  is  easily  fusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  attended  by  intumescence, 
and  it  gives  a  globule  of  silver  by  a  continuation  of  the  heat.  It  is  solu- 
ble in  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KL.APROTH.  By  BERZELIUS. 

Silver  .        .         .        85-00        .         .         .        87-05 

Sulphur       .         .         .         15-00         .         .        .        12-96 

3.  It  has  been  found  almost  exclusively  in  veins,  accompanied  by  a 
great  variety  of  species,  particularly  by  ores  of  silver,  lead,  and  antimo- 
ny ;  by  Blende,  several   species  of  Pyrites,  and  by  Calcareous  Spar. 
Rarely,  it  is  found  with  Native  Gold.     The  rock  adjoining  the  veins  is 
often  impregnated  with  it,  and  it  is  itself  covered  with  Silver-black, 
which  sometimes  owes  its  formation  to  the  decomposition  of  Vitreous 
Silver. 

4.  It  occurs  at  Freiberg,  Marienberg,  Annaberg,  Schneeberg  and  Jo- 
hanngeorgenstadt  in  Saxony;  in  Bohemia,  principally  at  Joachimsthal; 
at  Schemnitz  and  Cremnitz  in  Hungary.     Other  localities  are  Siberia, 
Mexico  and  Peru. 

5.  It  is  a  valuable  ore  for  the  extraction  of  silver. 

VIVIANITE.     Prismatic  Iron-Mica. 

Primary  form.  Right  oblique-angled  prism.  M  on  T 
=  125°  18'. 


262 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Vivianite. 


Secondary  form. 


P  on  cl 
P  on  d 
T  oncl 
T  on  c2 
T  on  6 
M  on  cl 
M  on  d 


Fig.  467. 

*<•>._ 

*  V" 

"  
C1 

7\ 

/r 

% 

I  b 

tf 

*>•&- 

T 

J 

-^x 
125° 

56^ 

rj 

on 

135 

35 

••ti 

cl 

on 

a  - 

143 

40 

W 

cl 

on 

d  - 

165 

25    ;>  £  <! 

cl 

on 

6  - 

125 

25 

SJ 

c 

on 

cl- 

117 

40 

Cfi 

cl 

on 

c2- 

150 

30 

d 

on 

d  - 

148°     5' 

140     35 

134 

125 

108 

157 

120 


5 

40 
30 
45 
45 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  highly  perfect ;  traces  in  oth- 
er directions.  Fracture,  not  observable.  Surface,  P 
smooth  ;  the  rest  of  the  faces  streaked  parallel  to  the  edg- 
es of  combination  of  P. 

Lustre  pearly,  almost  metallic  on  P.  The  rest  of  the 
faces  possess  vitreous  lustre. 

Color  pale  blackish-green  ...  indigo  blue.  It  is  green  at 
right  angles  to  the  axis,  but  of  a  pure  blue  color  parallel  to 
it.  The  united  effect  of  both,  produces  the  common  dirty 
indigo-blue  color.  Streak  bluish  white,  very  soon  chang- 
ing to  indigo-blue.  The  powder  produced  by  crushing 
the  mineral  in  a  dry  state,  is  liver-brown.  Transparent... 
translucent ;  least  transparent  in  the  direction  of  the  axis. 

Sectile.     Thin  laminae  are  perfectly  flexible. 

Hardness  =  1-5  ...  2-0,  the  lowest  degrees  upon  P. 
Sp.  gr.=2'661,  crystal  from  Cornwall. 

Compound  Varieties.  Small  reniform  and  globular 
shapes,  and  imbedded  nodules  ;  also  superficial  coatings  of 


PHYSIOGRAPHY*  263 

Vivianite. 


dusty  particles.     Composition  impalpable,  earthy  or  easily 
reduced  to  powder. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  but  if  reduced 
to  powder,  melts  into  a  dark  brown  or  black  scoria,  which  affects  the 
magnetic  needle.  It  is  soluble  in  dilute  sulphuric,  and  nitric  acids. 
The  friable  varieties  are  found  white  in  their  original  repositories,  but 
like  the  white  powder  of  the  crystals,  they  soon  assume  a  blue  tinge,  on 
being  exposed  to  the  air. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  VOGEL.  By  THOMSON.     By  STROMEYER. 

fr.  Bodenmais.  fr.  N.  Jersey.  fr.  Cornwall. 

Protoxide  of  iron  41-00  .  .  42-65  .  .  4238 
Phosphoric  acid  2640  .  .  24-00  .  .  2869 
Water  31-00  .  .  25-00  .  .  28-93 

3.  It  is  found  attending  Iron  Pyrites  in  copper  and  tin  veins,  in  narrow 
veins  traversing  greywacke   with   Native  Gold,  along  with  Magnetic 
Iron,  and   in  trap  rocks.     The  compound  friable  varieties  are  imbedded 
in  clay,  and  in  bog-iron  ojre. 

4.  It  is  found  with  Native  Gold  at  Vorospatak  in  Transylvania,  at  St. 
Agnes,  Cornwall,   and  in   Bodenmais;,   Bavaria.     The   earthy  variety  is 
found  in  Caiinthia,  Stiria,  and  Thuringia,  in  the  Shetland  Islands,  and 
the  Isle  of  Man. 

It  occurs  in  considerable  abundance  at  Allentown,  Monmouth  county, 
(N.  J.)  and  in  its  vicinity,  imbedded  in  bog-iron  ore,  and  associated  with 
clays  :  in  the  former  instance,  it  is  crystallized  in  nodules,  as  well  as 
massive;  and  in  the  latter,  earthy.  It  is  often  found  in  this  region  fill- 
ing up  Belemnites  and  Gryphites,  in  the  ferruginous  sand  formation. 

VOLKONSKOTTE. 

Massive  ;  divisible  into  laminae  in  one  direction. 
Color  grass-green. 

1.  When  thrown  into  water,  it  falls  to  fragments  with  a  hissing  noise. 

2.  It  contains  about  0  07  oxide  of  chrome. 

3.  It  is  found  in  the  district  of  Okhousk,  Perm  in  Russia,  where  it  oc- 
curs in  beds  and  veins. 

VULPINITE.     (See  Anhydrite.) 
WAD.     (See  Pyrohsite.) 


264 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Wagnerite. 


WAGNERITE.  Hemi-prismatic  Fluor-Haloide. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  form.  Oblique  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M= 
95°  25'.  PonM=109°20'. 

Secondary  form.  The  primary,  having  its  lateral  edges 
bevelled,  the  new  planes  upon  the  obtuse  edges  inclining 
under  angles  of  117°  32',  those  upon  the  lateral  edges  un- 
der angles  of  122°  25'.  The  bevelling  faces  on  the  obtuse 
edges  are  likewise  truncated.  The  annexed  figure  repre- 

Fig.  468. 


sents  the  top  of  the  crystal,  a  is  not  a  right  angle ;  6,  k, 
and  g,  if  enlarged,  would  produce  parallel  edges  of  combi- 
nation. 

Lustre  vitreous.  Color  several  shades  of  yellow,  some- 
times nearly  orange-yellow,  often  inclining  to  grey.  Streak 
white.  Translucent. 

Hardness=5-0  . . .  5-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  3-01  ...  3-13. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  with  difficulty  into  a  dark  greenish 
grey  glass.  It  easily  dissolves  with  borax  and  salt  of  phosphorus,  into  a 
transparent  glass.  Treated  with  warm  sulphuric  acid,  it  evolves  fluoric 
acid  in  the  state  of  powder. 


Phosphoric  acid 
Magnesia 
Fluoric  acid 
Oxide  of  iron 
Oxide  of  manganese 


2.  Analysis. 
By  FUCHS. 


41-73 

46-66 

650 

5-00 

0-50 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Wagnerite — Wavellite. 


265 


3.  It  occurs  in  short  and  irregular  veins  of  Quartz,  in  clay-slate,  in 
the  valley  of  Hollgraben,  near  Werfen  in  Salzburg. 

WATER.     Pure  Atmospheric-Water.     MOHS. 
Amorphous.     Transparent.     Liquid. 
Sp.  gr.  =  l-0.     Without  odor  or  taste. 

1.  It  consists  of  oxygen  88-94,  and  hydrogen  11  06;  but  contains  va- 
rious proportions  of  earthy  substances,  salts  and  acids,  which  considera- 
bly affect  its  taste,  odor  and  specific  gravity.  If  the  temperature  be  be- 
low 32°,  it  assumes  the  con  lition  of  ice,  snow  or  hail,  or  if  sufficiently 
elevated,  it  is  converted  into  vapor  or  steam.  The  crystals  of  ice  or 
snow  resemble  the  regular  compositions  of  White  Lead-Ore.  The  grains 
of  hail  are  compound;  those  which  fall  during  the  changeable  season  of 
spring  have  the  form  of  spheric  sections,  consisting  of  thin  prisms,  radia- 
ting from  the  centre,  which  prisms  are  columnar  particles  of  composi- 
tion, and  commonly  opake.  The  hail  formed  during  heavy  thunder 
storms,  usually  assumes  the  shape  of  irregular  flattish  globules;  it  is  al- 
so compound,  but  often  perfectly  transparent,  and  including  air  hubbies. 
2.  Water  in  its  ordinary  state,  or  in  the  form  of  dew,  mist,  rain,  snow., 
hail  and  ice,  is  spread  over  the  entire  surface  of  the  globe. 


WAVELLITE. 

Primary   form. 
122°   15. 

Secondary  form. 


Prismatic     Wavelline-Spar. 
Right  rhombic    prism.-     M  on   M  ~ 

Fia.  469. 


\ 


M 


a    on  a 
a    on  gi 
gl  on  g% 
g\  on  k 
g2  on  h 
VOL.  n. 


M 


107°  26' 
122     24 
174     45? 
112     30? 
Ii2     25 


PHILLIPS. 


u 
u 
u 


266  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Wavellite — Websterite. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  the  longer  diagonal  of  the 
base,  perfect.  Implanted  globules ;  composition  columnar. 
Surface  drusy. 

Lustre  of  the  faces  of  cleavage  intermediate  between 
pearly  and  vitreous.  Color  white,  passing  into  several 
shades  of  green,  blue,  yellow,  brown  and  black.  Translu- 
cent. 

Hardness=3'5  . .  .4-0.  Sp.  gr.— 2-337,  of  the  variety 
from  Barnstaple. 

1.  Before  the  blowpipe  it  loses  its  lustre  and  transparency,  but  does 
not  melt.  With  boracic  acid  and  iron  wire,  it  yields  a  globule  of  phos- 

phuret  of  iron. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS.        By  FTJCHS.  By  STEINMANJV. 

var.  Kakoxene. 
Alumina  35-35         .         37-20         .         .         .         10  01 

Phosphoric  acid  33-40        .        35-12        .        .         .         17-86 

Fluoric  acid  2-06         .  0-00         .         .         .  0-00 

Lime  0-50         .  0-00        .         .         .  0-15 

Ox.  of  iron  and  mang.    0-00        .          0-00    Peroxide  of  iron    36-82 
Silica  0-00        .          0  00        ...          890 

Water  28-00        .        28-00    With  fluoric  acid  25  95 

3.  It  occurs  at  Barnstaple  in  Devonshire,  in  small  veins  in  clay  slate  ; 
at  St.  Austle  in  Cornwall,  in  veins  traversing  granite,  accompanied  by 
Fluor,  Tin-Ore,  Yellow  Copper  Pyrites,  &c. ;  in  (he  Shiant  isles  in  Scot- 
land ;  at  Zbirow  near  Beraun  in  Bohemia,  in  a  kind  of  sandstone  or  grit; 
at  Arnberg  in  the  Upper  Palatinate,  with  Limonite  ;  and  in  handsome 
bluish  green  varieties  near  Cork  in  Ireland,  and  in  Brazil.  The  variety 
called  Kakoxene,  of  an  ochre-yellow  color  from  Bohemia,  has,  accord- 
ing to  BREITHAUPT,  a  sp.  gr.  =3  38,  or  rather  less.  It  appears,  how- 
ever, to  belong  lo  Wavellite,  though  a  large  intermixture  of  decomposed 
Limonite,  or  Iron-Ochre,  tends  to  disguise  its  properties. 

WEBSTERITE. 

Reniform,  massive  :  composiiion  impalpable.  Surface 
dull.  Fracture  fine  grained  and  earthy.  Friable. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  267 

Websterite — White  Antimony. 

Color  white.  Streak  white,  a  little  glimmering.  It  soils. 
Opake. 

Sp.  gr.=  l-669. 

1.  It  is  fusible  with  difficulty.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  the  acids.  It 
imbibes  water,  but  does  not  in  consequence,  fall  to  pieces. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER.  By  DUMAS. 

fr.  Halle.  fr.  Newhaven.  fr.  AuteuiL 

Alumina  30-262  29863         -         -         30-0 

Sulphuric  acid      23-365  23-270         -         -         23-0 

Water  46-327  46-762        -         -         47-0 

3.  It  is  found  at  Halle  in  Prussia,  in  beds  of  plastic  clay,  and  also  fill- 
ing up  fissures  in  chalk,  and  in  small  globular  masses,  at  Newhaven 
in  Sussex,  and  at  Auteuil  near  Paris. 

WEISSITE. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism. 
Lustre  pearly.     Color  ash-grey.    Translucent. 
Hardness,  scratches  glass. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  WACHMEISTER. 

Silica  53-69 

Alumina                      21-70 

Magnesia                    8-99 

Protoxide  of  iron 1-43 

Protoxide  of  manganese 0-63 

Potash                         4-1X) 

Soda 0-68 

Oxide  of  zinc               0-30 

Water                          3-20 

2.  It  is  found  with  a  chloritic  Talc  in  Erik-Matts,  at  Fahlun  in  Swe- 
den. 

WERNERITE.     (See  Scapolite.) 

WHITE   ANTIMONY.     Prismatic    Antimony- 

Baryte.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M  =  136° 

58'. 


268 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Antimony. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  470. 


M 


h  on  a  -     144°  44' 

Cleavage,  parallel  to  M  highly  perfect,  and  easily  ob- 
tained. Fracture  not  observable.  Surface,  M  very  even, 
though  sometimes  a  little  rough  ;  h  smooth  and  even  $  a 
and  o  curved. 

Lustre  adamantine,  particularly  upon  the  curved  faces ; 
upon  A,  often  pearly  lustre.  Color  while,  prevalent ;  pass- 
ing into  peach-blossom-red  and  ash-grey.  Streak  white. 
Semi-transparent . . .  translucent. 

Sectile.  Hardness  =  2-5  . .  .3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  5'566,  the 
simple  crystals  from  Braunsdorf. 

Compound  Varieties.  Crystals,  compressed  between 
h  and  A,  are  joined  parallel  to  this  face.  If  the  individuals 
be  very  thin,  the  common  varieties  of  this  species  are  form- 
ed, which  were  formerly  considered  as  simple  forms,  and 
the  faces  of  composition  as  faces  of  cleavage.  Massive  : 
composition  granular,  lamellar,  columnar  ;  faces  of  compo- 
sition of  the  granular  individuals,  in  general,  irregularly 
streaked. 

1.  It  melts  in  the  flame  of  the  candle.  Before  the  blow-pipe  upon 
charcoal,  it  is  entirely  volatilized,  and  produces  a  white  coating  upon  the 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  269 

White  Antimony — White  Arsenic. 

support.     It  is  soluble  in  nitro-muriatic  acid.     It  is  frequently  produced 
during  chemical  operations,  and  crystallized  from  sublimation. 

2.  It  consists  of 

Antimony 84-32 

Oxygen 15-68 

3.  It  occurs  in  small  quantities  in  veins,  traversing  primitive  or  grey- 
wacke  rocks,  associated  with  ores  of  lead  and  antimony,  with  Blende, 
Calcareous  Spar  and  Quartz. 

4.  Beautiful  varieties  of  aggregated  tabular  crystals  are  found  at 
Przibram  in  Bohemia,  and  prisms  of  considerable  thickness  at  Brauns- 
dorf  in  Saxony.     Other  localitities  are  Malaczka  in  Hungary,  Baden  in 
Nassau,  and  Allemont  in  Dauphiny. 

WHITE  ARSENIC.     Octahedral  Arsenic-Acid. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Reniform,  botryoidal,  stalactitic,  thin  crusts.  Massive  : 
pulverulent.. 

Color  white,  often  inclining  to  yellow.  Streak  white. 
Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  adamantine.  Translucent . . . 
opake. 

Sp.  gr.  =  3-69S.     Taste  sweetish  astringent. 

1.  If  exposed  to  a  high  degree  of  temperature,  it  is  entirely  volatil- 
ized ;  upon  ignited  charcoiil,  it  emits  a  strong  garlick  smell.  Its  while 
smoke  condenses  itself  again  upon  cold  bodies.  It  is  .soluble  in  water, 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZEL.IUS. 

Arsenic  75-82 

Oxygen  .  \ 24-18 

3.  It  is  found  in  metalliferous  veins,  where  it  probably  owes  its  exist- 
ence to  the  decomposition  of  other  minerals.  It  has  been  found  at  An- 
dreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  at  Joachimsthal  in  Bohemia,  and  at  Bieber  in 
the  principality  of  Hanau,  &c. 

23* 


270  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Copperas — White  Iron-Pyrites. 

WHITE  COPPERAS. 

Crystals,  having  six  lateral  faces  terminated  by  pyra- 
mids, with  six  truncated  faces ;  the  angle  which  two  faces 
of  the  pyramid,  form  =  128°  8',  their  inclination  to  the 
lateral  faces  —119°,  and  their  angles  with  the  truncature 
=  151°. 

Color  white,  with  a  pale  tinge  of  violet. 

Compound  Varieties.     Massive:  granular. 

1.  It  is  wholly  dissolved  in  cold  water  ;  but  in  hot,  it  deposits  oxide  of 
iron  and  silica. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 

0-37 
4355 
25-21 


Silica  . 

Sulphuric  acid 

Oxide  of  iron 

Alumina 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Water 


031 
43-55 
24  11 

0-92 

0-73 

032 

30-10 


0-78 

0-14 

0-21 

29  98 


3.  It  is  found  in  abundance  in  the  province  of  Copiapo,  a  province  in 
the  north  of  Chili,  near  Bolivia  ;  and  is  apparently  derived  from  the  de- 
composition of  a  bed  of  Iron  and  Copper  Pyrites,  mingled  with  Feldspar. 

WHITE  IRON-PYRITES.  Prismatic  Chlorone- 
Pyrites. 

Primary  form.  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  = 
106°  2'.* 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  471.  Fig.  472. 


Cornwall. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  271 

White  Iron-Pyrites. 


P  on  c 

-      160°  48' 

P  on  a 

-      130     00 

a  on  c 

-      141     30 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  rather  perfect.  Fracture  un- 
even. Surface,  c  and  a  deeply  streaked  parallel  to  their 
edges  of  combination  with  P. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  pale  bronze-yellow,  sometimes 
inclining  to  green  or  grey.  Streak  greyish-black,  or 
brownish  black. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  6-0  ...  6-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  4*678, 
crystals  from  Schemnitz ;  4-847,  crystals  from  Littmitz. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals:  1.  Face  of  com- 
position parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  face 
of  M.  This  composition  is  generally  repeated,  as  in  the 
annexed  figure,  where  a  group  of  five  individuals  is  formed. 

Fig.  473. 


having  much  the  appearance  of  a  five-sided  pyramid  with 
truncated  apices,  each  of  the  five  solid  angles  at  the  base 
presenting  a  re-entering  angle.  2.  Face  of  composition 
parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a  and  c.  This 
composition  takes  place  in  varieties  already  compounded  by 
the  first  law.  They  assume  a  grooved  appearance.  The 
re-entering  angle  formed  by  the  faces  P=114°  19'. 
Globular,  reniform,  stalactitic  and  other  imitative  shapes  : 
surface  drusy  ;  composition  columnar,  individuals  straight. 


272  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Iron-Pyrites. 

and  generally  small,  or  even  impalpable.  There  is  some- 
times a  second  curved  lamellar  or  granular  composition,  the 
faces  of  composition  being  uneven  or  rough.  Massive  ; 
composition  as  in  the  imitative  shapes ;  fracture  even,  flat 
conchoidal,  uneven.  Pseudomorphoses  in  low,  nearly  reg- 
ular, six-sided  prisms.  Cellular. 

1.  The  present  species  has  been  subdivided  into  varieties  depending 
upon  the  shape  and  composition  of  the  crystals,  and  several  accidental 
circumstances.  The  crystals  of  Radiated  Pyrites  are  generally  simple. 
Spear  Pyrites  is  found  only  in  compound  crystals,  consisting  of  two, 
three,  or  a  greater  number  of  individuals  regularly  grouped.  Cockscomb 
Pyrites  occurs  both  in  simple  and  in  compound  crystals  of  a  parti- 
cular form,  with  indentations  along  their  edges,  and  a  color  much  inclin- 
ing to  green  or  grey. 

2.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  becomes  red  upon  charcoal,  the  sulphur  is 
driven  off,  and  oxide  of  iron  remains.  Some  of  the  varieties  are  particu- 
larly liable 'to  decomposition. 

3.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Sulphur  53-35 

Iron  45-07 

Manganese 0-70 

4.  It  abounds  in  beds  of  coal,  and  in  the  accompanying  strata  of  clay. 
It  also  occurs  in  metalliferous  veins,  with  ores  of  silver,  lead  and  copper. 

5.  Radiated,  hepatic,  (pseudomorphoses,  consisting  of  Iron  Pyrites,) 
and  cellular  Pysites,  are  found  in  several  parts  of  Saxony  ;  hepatic  py- 
rites at  Johanngeorgenstadt,  radiated  and  spear  Pyrites  at  Joachirnsthal, 
Littmitz  and  Altsattel  in  Bohemia  ;  the  former  also  at  Schemnitz  in  Hun- 
gary,  and   Almerode  in  Hessia ;    Cockscomb   Pyrites  in   Derbyshire. 
Spear  Pyrites  and  Radiated  Pyrites,  in  beautiful  stalactitic  groups,  abound 
in  Cornwall. 

Crystallized  varieties  of  this  species  are  only  known  from  Warwick, 
(N.Y.)  in  the  United  States,  where  they  occur  in  single  crystals,  im- 
bedded, with  Zircon,  in  granite.  Massive,  fibrous  varieties,  abound 
throughout  the  mica-slate  formation  of  New  England,  in  particular  with 
Curnmingtonite  and  Garnet,  in  Cummington,  (Mass.)  It  is  found  at 
Lane's  mine  in  Monroe,  and  in  the  Topaz  and  Fluor  vein  at  Trumbull, 
(Conn.) ;  in  gneiss  at  East  Haddam,  and  in  numerous  other  places. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Lead-Ore. 


273 


5.  It  is  employed,  like  the  Iron  Pyrites,  in  the  manufacture  of  sul- 
phur, copperas  and  sulphuric  acid. 

WHITE    LEAD-ORE.      Di-prismatic    Lead- 

Baryte.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.    M  on  M=117C. 
Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  474. 


Nertechinsk,  Siberia. 


Fig.  475. 


Johanngeorgenstadt. 


274 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Lead-Ore. 


Fig.  477. 


M 


M 


Fig.  478. 


u       7 


M 


Fig.  480. 


Fig.  474.  Primary,  having  the  acute  angles  deeply  trun- 
cated, x  on  #  =  127°  20'.  (octaedre.  H.)— Fig.  475.  Pri- 
mary, having  the  acute  angles  replaced  by  single  planes, 
and  the  acute  lateral  edges  truncated.  /  on  w  =  H4°  44X, 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  275 

White  Lead-Ore. 


(H.)  M  on  Z=121°  28'.  (H.)  (quadrihexagonal.  H.)— 
Fig.  476.  The  same,  with  the  addition  of  the  replacement 
of  the  obtuse  angles  by  two  planes,  t  on  f'  =  107°  6'.  (do- 
decaedre.  H.) — Fig.  477.  A  combination  of  fig.  475  and 
fig.  476.  M  on  t  =  143°  33'.  (H.)  (trihexoedre.  H.)— 
Fig.  478.  /  on  s=  109°  29'.  (H.)  (sexduodccimal  H.)— 
Fig.  479.  P  on  *  =  126°  27'.  (H.)  P  on  w=125°  16'. 
(H.)  Poriff  =  116°20'.  (H.)  P  on  z=109°  29'.  (H.) 
(octovigesimal.  H.) 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  h  often  perfect,  generally 
interrupted  by  conchoidal  fracture.  Fracture  conchoidal. 
Surface,  M  and  h  almost  always  much  streaked  vertically, 
and  several  of  the  pyramidal  faces  horizontally. 

Lustre  adamantine,  passing  into  resinous.  The  former 
is  often  metallic  if  the  colors  be  dark.  Very  thin  crystals, 
and  columnar  compositions  of  them,  often  possess  pearly- 
lustre.  Color  white,  prevalent,  passing  into  yellowish  grey, 
ash-grey,  and  smoke-grey,  or  even  into  greyish  black. 
Sometimes,  tinged  green  or  blue  by  several  of  the  salts  of 
copper.  Streak  white.  Transparent . . .  translucent. 

Rather  brittle.  Hardness  =  3-0...  3-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
6*465,  of  a  white  translucent  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals ;  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallal  to  one  of 
the  faces  of  M.  The  composition  is  often  repeated,  not 
only  in  parallel  laminae,  as  in  Arragonite,  but  likewise  par- 
allel to  both  the  faces  of  M.  The  individuals  are  generally 
continued  beyond  the  face  of  composition.  Thus  are 
formed  the  star-like  crystals  represented  in  the  annexed 


276 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

White  Lead-Ore. 


figure.  Massive  :  compostion  often  granular,  or  even  im- 
palpable, and  strongly  connected,  more  rarely  columnar. 
Faces  of  composition  rough,  or  longitudinally  or  irregularly 
streaked. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  and  changes  its  color  into 
yellow  and  red ;  if  properly  managed,  it  yields  a  globule  of  metallic 
lead.  Reduced  to  powder,  and  thrown  upon  ignited  charcoal,  it  emits  a 
phosphorescent  light.  It  dissolves  with  effervescence  in  dilute  nitric 

acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 


Oxide  of  lead 
Carbonic  acid 
Water 


82-00 
16-00 
2-00 


3.  It  occurs  in  veins  and  beds  in  various  classes  of  rocks,  accompani- 
ed chiefly  by  Galena  and  other  salts  of  lead. 

4.  Fine  crystallized  varieties  occur  in  the  various  mining  districts  of 
Saxony,  Hartz,  Bohemia,  Carinthia  and  France.     Splendid  crystals  are 
brought  from  the  Daurian  mountains  in  Siberia,  on  the  frontiers  of  China. 
Very  beautiful  varieiies  are  found  at  Wanlockhead  and  the  Lead  Hills  in 
Scotland,  in  the  mines  of  Cumberland  and  of  Cornwall. 

Very  distinct  and  beautiful  crystals  were  formerly  obtained  at  the 
Perkiomen  Lead  mine  near  Philadelphia.  It  also  exists  in  Missouri,  at 
Valle's  Diggings,  Jefferson  co. ;  and  in  small  quantity  at  the  Southamp- 
ton lead  mine,  (Mass.) 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  277 

White  Vitriol. 


WHITE  VITRIOL.      Prismatic  Vitriol-Salt. 
MOHS. 

In  efflorescences  and  crusts.  It  crystallizes  in  right 
rhombic  prisms.  M  on  M  =90°  42'. 

Lustre  vitreous.     Color  white.     Translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  2-0  ...  2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =  2-036. 
Taste  astringent,  nauseous  and  metallic. 

1.  It  is  very  easily  soluble  in  water;  before  the  blow-pipe  it  froths, 
and  covers  the  charcoal  with  a  white  coating. 
i  2.  Analysis. 

By  KLAPROTH. 

Oxide  of  zinc 27-5 

Oxide  of  manganese 0-5 

Sulphuric  acid  20-0 

Water  500 

3.  It  arises  from  the  decomposition  of  Blende,  and  is  found  in  small 
quantity  in  the  Rammelsherg  near  Goslar  in  the  Hartz,  at  Schemnita  in 
Hungary,  at  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  at  Holy  well  in  Flintshire. 

WILLEMITE.     Axotomous  Zinc-Baryte. 

Primary  form.     Rhomboid.     P  on  P  about,  =133°. 

Secondary  form.  Six-sided  prism  terminated  by  the  fa- 
ces of  the  primary  rhomboid. 

Cleavage,  indistinct,  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 
rhomboid,  or  parallel  with  the  base  of  the  six-sided  prism. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  white,  yellowish  or  red.  Trans- 
lucent or  opake. 

Hardness  =5'0  . . .  5-5.     Sp.  gr  .=4-0  . . .  4-1. 

Compound  Varieties.  Reniform.  Massive,  impalpa- 
ble. Color  reddish  brown. 

1.  It  consists  of  a  silicate  of  zinc  with  a  very  little  oxide  of  iron. 

2.  It  occurs  with  Calamine  upon  the  Old  mountain  in  Limburg. 

WITHAMITE.     (See  Epidote.) 
VOL.  ii.  24 


278 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Witherite. 


WITHERITE.     Di-prismatic  Hal-Baryte. 
MOHS. 

Primary  form.    Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M=  118° 
30'. 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  482. 


X 


M 


M  on  M7 
h    on  s 
h    on  a 
h    on  x 


Anglesack. 

61°  30' 

145  30 

126  16 

110  30 


PHILLIPS. 


Cleavage,  parallel  with  M  and  h  imperfect.  Fracture 
uneven.  Surface,  M  horizontally  streaked. 

Lustre  vitreous,  inclining  to  resinous.  The  latter  more 
distinct  in  the  fracture.  Color  white,  generally  yellowish, 
approaching  to  orange-yellow;  sometimes  passing  into  va- 
rious shades  of  grey.  Streak  white.  Semi-transparent... 
translucent. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =3-0  ...  3-5.  Sp.  gr.  =4-301,  a 
white  semi-transparent  cleavahle  variety. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals :  axis  of  revolu- 
tion perpendicular,  face  of  composition  parallel  to  a  face 
of  M.  The  individuals  continued  beyond  the  face  of  com- 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  279 

Witherite — Wolfram. 

position.  The  'composition  repeated,  so  as  to  give  rise  to 
a  six-sided  prism,  as  in  Arragonite.  Globular,  tuberose, 
reniform,  botryoidal  shapes :  surface  rough,  uneven,  and 
drusy ;  composition  granular,  often  strongly  coherent. 
Massive:  composition  either  granular,  or  columnar;  more 
frequently  the  latter. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  slightly,  and  melts  easily  into 
a  transparent  bead,  which  loses  its  transparency  on  cooling.  It  is  solu- 
ble with  effervescence  in  dilute  nitric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BUCHOLZ. 

Baryta  79-66 

Carbonic  acid 20-00 

Water  0-33 

3.  It  occurs  in  veins  traversing  limestone  which  rests  upon  red  sand- 
stone ;  it  is  also  found  in  lead-veins  traversing  greywacke,  and  in  irreg- 
ular beds  along  with  Ankerite  in  clay-slate. 

4.  It  exists  abundantly  in  the  counties  of  Durham,  Westmoreland, 
Lancaster,  and  Salop,  (England)  in  veins;  also  near  Neuberg  in  Stiria 
in  irregular  beds.    It  has  been  mentioned  from  Hungary,  Salzburg,  Si- 
beria, Sicily,  and  other  places.  . 

5.  It  is  a  violent  poison. 


(See  Kyanite.) 

WoLCHOUSKOIT. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.     Fracture  conchoid al. 
Color  bluish  green.     Streak  similar  to  color.     Opake,  adheres 
slightly  to  the  tongue. 

1.  It  consists  of  silica,  alumina,  oxide  of  chrome  and  water. 

2.  It  is  found  in  Siberia. 

WOLFRAM.     Prismatic  Baryte-Ore. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  = 
98°  12'.  " 


280 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Wolfram. 


Secondary  form. 


Fig.  483. 


M 


Zinnwald. 


116°  34' 
98     12 

Fracture  uneven- 
P  sometimes  curv- 


P  on  a 

u  on  u  over  P   - 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  a  perfect. 
Surface,  M  and  a  streaked  vertically, 
ed. 

Lustre  metallic  adamantine,,  or  imperfectly  metallic. 
Color  dark  greyish  or  brownish  black.  Streak  dark  red- 
dish-brown. Opake. 

Not  very  brittle.  Hardness  =  5-0  . .  .  5-5.  Sp.  gr.  = 
7-155. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals  :  1 .  Face  of  com- 
position parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendicular  to  a.  2. 
Face  of  composition  parallel,  axis  of  revolution  perpendic- 
ular to  a  face  of  u.  There  is  often  a  curious  composition 
in  the  exterior  of  crystals  parallel  to  all  their  faces.  Mas- 
sive :  composition  irregularly  lamellar,  easily  separated,  fa- 
ces of  composition  irregularly  streaked  ;  also  columnar,  the 
individuals  being  generally  of  a  considerable  size,  straight 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  281 

Wolfram — Xenotime. 

and  divergent,  and  often  rather  strongly  coherent.    Pseudo- 
morphoses  in  the  shape  of  Tungsten. 

1.  When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates,  but  may  be 
melted  in  a  sufficiently  elevated  temperature  into  a  globule,  having  its 
surface  covered  with  crystals  possessing  a  metallic  lustre.  It  dissolves 
readily  in  borax. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Tungstic  acid  78-77 

Protoxi  le  of  manganese 6-22 

Protoxide  of  iron 18  32 

Silica  1-25 

3.  It  is  frequently  met  with  attending;  Tin-ore,  in  veins  and  beds.     It 
also  accompanies  Galena  in  veim,   traversing  greywacke,  and  is  found 
in  beds  and  veins  of  Quartz,  with  Galena,  Native  Bismuth,  Blende,  &c. 

4.  It  abounds  in  nearly  all  the  tin-mines  of  Europe,  and  occurs  in  sev- 
eral places  at  Cornwall.     It  exists  in  greywacke  in  the  principality  of 
Anhalt ;  in  the  island  of  Rona  one  of  the  Hebrides,  in  graphic  granite, 
and  in  Siberia  with  Beryl. 

It  is  found  in  cleavable  masses,  columnar  and  nearly  impalpable,  and 
in  lar^e  pse  uloiiioiphous  crystals,  at  Lane's  mine  in  Monroe,  (Conn.) 
where  it  is  associated  'with  Tungsten,  Tungstic-Ochre,  Blende,  Galena, 
Iron  Pyrites,  Native  Bismuth,  &c. ;  also  in  Trumbull,  (Conn.)  in  the  To- 
paz vein,  but  in  smaller  quantity. 

WOLLASTONITE.     (See   Tabular-Spar.) 
WOLNIN.     (See  Heavy -Spar.) 
WOOD-COPPER.     (See  Olivenite.) 
WOOD-OPAL.     (See  Opal.) 
WOOD  TIN.     (See  Tin-Ore.) 
XANTHITE.     (See  Idocrase.) 

XENOTIME.      Prismatoidal    Tungstic-Ba- 
r  y  t  e . 

Pimary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base. 
24* 


282  PHYSIOGAPHRY. 

Xenotime. 


Secondary  form.     The  primary  having  the  edges  of  the 
base  deeply  truncated. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color  yellowish  brown. 
Hardness  =  4-5  ...  5-5  ?     Sp.  gr.  =  4-557. 

1.  Alone  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  is  infusible ;  but  with  soda,  it  affords 
a  brisk  effervescence  and  an  infusible  scoria. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  BERZELIUS. 

Phosphoric  acid  with  a  little  fluoric  acid    .        .        33-49 

Yttria  62.58 

Sub- phosphate  of  iron 3-93 

3.  It  has  been  found  in  small,  imperfect  crystals,  near  Lindenaes  in 
Norway,  in  granite  with  Orthite. 

XYLOKRYPTITE. 

In  delicate  crystals. 
Lustre  vitreous.     Color  yellow. 
1.  It  occurs  in  Lignite.     Locality  not  mentioned. 

YELLOW  COPPERAS. 

In  irregular  six-sided  tables,  and  in  grains.     Lustre  pearly. 
Color  yellow.     Transparent. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  ROSE. 
Sulphuric  acid 39-60 

Oxide  of  iron 26-11 

Alumina              1-95 

Magnesia            2-64 

Silica                   .        .       , 1-37 

Water                  2967 

2.  It  is  found  investing  white  Copperas  in  the  district  of  Copiapo,  a 
province  of  Coquirnbo. 

APPENDIX  TO  WHITE  COPPERAS. 

i.  Fibrous  Yellow  Copperas. 
In  fibrous  concretions. 
Lustre  silky.     Color  yellowish  green. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yellow  Copper  Pyrites. 


283 


2.  Analysis. 
By  ROSE. 

Sulphuric  acid  .... 
Oxide  of  iron  .... 
Lime  .... 

Magnesia  .... 

Water  .... 

Silica  .... 

2.  It  is  found  with  the  above. 


31-73 

28-11 

091 

0-59 

36-56 

1-43 


YELLOW  COPPER  PYRITES.      Pyramidal 
Chlorone- Pyrites. 

Primary  form.     Octahedron  with  a  square  base.     P  on 
P"=102°  55'. 

Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  484.  Fig.  485. 


Pon  I 
I    on  I 
I  on  I1" 
P  on  P" 


141° 

110 

71 

125 


15' 

00 
10 
30 


PHILLIPS. 

M 


Fracture  conchoidal,  more  or  less  perfect.  Surface, 
P  streaked,  parallel  with  the  base ;  the  alternating  faces 
enlarged,  faces  of  /  are  irregularly  streaked.  The  re- 
maining faces  are  almost  all  smooth,  and  often  possess  a 
high  lustre. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  brass-yellow.  Streak  greenish- 
black,  a  little  shining. 


284  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yellow  Copper  Pyrites — Yellow  Lead-Ore. 


Rather  sectile.  Hardness  =  3-5  . . .  4-0.  Sp.  gr.  = 
4-169. 

Compound  Varieties.  Twin-crystals :  face  of  compo- 
sition perpendicular  to  a  face  of  P,  similar  to  the  common 
hemitrope  in  the  regular  octahedron.  Globular,  reniform, 
botryoidal,  stalactitic,  and  other  imitative  shapes  :  surface 
generally  rough,  sometimes  also  smooth,  composition  im- 
palpable, fracture  flat  conchoidal.  Massive  :  composition 
granular,  of  various  sizes  of  individuals,  often  impalpable, 
and  strongly  coherent,  fracture  uneven  or  flat  conchoidal. 

1.  Upon  charcoal,  it  becomes  black  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  red  on 
cooling.  It  melts  into  a  globule,  which  becomes  magnetic  if  kept  in  the 
blast  for  some  time.  With  borax,  it  yields  a  globule  of  copper.  It  is 
partly  soluble  in  dilute  nitric  acid;  the  solution  is  green,  and  the  undis- 
solved  part  consists  of  sulphur. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ROSE. 

Sulphur 35-37 

Iron  29-82 

Copper 34-81 

3.  It  is  found  in  veins  and  beds.     In  the  latter,  it  is  attended  by  vari- 
ous ores  of  iron  and  copper,  by  Galena,  Blende,  &c.     In  veins  by  a  great 
variety  of  species  among  which  several  ores  of  silver  frequently  occur. 

4.  It  occurs  in  numerous  countries;  but  the  finest  crystals  come  from 
Freiberg  and    Cornwall.     It  occurs  in  the  United  States  at    several 
places;  at  the  Southampton  (Mass.)  lead-mine  with  Galena  and  Blende, 
at  Franconia,   (N.  H.)   in  gneiss,  at  Stratford  and  Schrewsbury,   (Vt.) 
with  Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites,  &c. 

5.  It  is  a  very  valuable  ore  for  the  production  of  copper. 

YELLOW  LEAD-ORE.     Pyramidal  Lead-Ba- 

ry  t e.     MOHS. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base.  P  on 
P"=130°  II7. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yellow  Lead-Ore. 


285 


Secondary  forms, 
i. 

Primary  with  the  sum- 
mits truncated. 


The  same  as  1.  with  the  angles 
of  the  base  truncated. 


The  same,  with  the  edges 
of  the  base  truncated. 


Right  square  prism. 


5.  Fig.  486. 


Annaberg,  Austria. 


7.  Fig.  48g. 


Bleiberg,  Carinthia. 


Bleiberg,  Carinthia. 


1.  (base.  H.) — 2.  (sexoctonal.   H.) — 3.  (epointe.  H.) 
1.  (bisunitaire.  H.) — 5.  b  on  6=99°  40'. — 6.  c  on  c 
=  128°  9'.— 7.  d  on  d  =118°  26',  e  on  e  =106°  44'. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  b  very  smooth,  but  often  interrupted 
by  conchoidal  fracture :  parallel  to  P  and  a  less  distinct, 
and  not  observable  in  every  individual.  Fracture  con- 
choidal, generally  imperfect.  Surface  a  and  particularly 
J,  smooth  \  a  sometimes  striated  parallel  to  the  edges  of 


286  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yellow  Lead-Ore — Yenite. 

combination  with  b.  c  commonly,  P  often,  and  e  always, 
rough. 

Lustre  resinous.  Color  generally  wax-yellow ;  passing 
into  siskin-green  and  olive-green,  also  into  orange-yellow, 
yellowish-grey  and  greyish  white.  Streak  white.  Semi- 
transparent,  translucent  on  the  edges. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =  3-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  6-760,  orange 
yellow,  crystals  from  Annaberg  in  Austria. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  granular, 
of  various  sizes  of  individuals  and  firmly  coherent. 

1.  Before  the  blow- pipe,  it  decrepitates  briskly,  and  assumes  a  darker 
color,  which  however,  again  disappears.  Alone  upon  charcoal,  it  melts 
and  is  absorbed  by  it  leaving  behind  some  reduced  globules  of  metallic 
lead.  It  is  with  difficulty  soluble  in  acids. 

2.  Jlnalysis. 

By  KiLAPKOTH.  By  HATCHETT. 

Oxide  of  lead  .  .  64-42  .  .  .  58-40 
Molybdic  acid  .  .  34-25  .  .  .  38-00 
Oxide  of  iron  .  .  0-00  .  .  .  2-08 
Silica  .  .  0-00  .  .  .  0-28 

3.  The  present  species  is  found  in  beds  and  veins  in  newer  limestone, 
with  ores  of  lead  and  zinc ;  more  rarely  also  in  veins  with  similar  min- 
erals in  primitive  rocks. 

4.  It  occurs  in  many  of  the  lead  mines  of  Carinthia,  as  at  Deutsch- 
Bleiberg  and  Windisch-Bleiberg,  Windisch  Kappel,  &c.  also  at  Anna- 
berg  in  Austria.     It  is  likewise  found  in  limestone  at  Annaberg;  and  in 
the  copper  mines  of  Rezbanya  in  Upper  Hungary.     Other  localities  are 
Zimapan,  Mexico  and  Moldawa,  Bannat;  at  the  latter  place  it  is  found 
in  crystals  of  a  hyacinth-red  color.     In  the  United  States  it  occurs  at  the 
Perkiomen  lead-mines,  near  Philadelphia,  and  in  the  lead-mine  of  South- 
ampton, (Mass.) ;  but  at  both  of  these  places  in  limited  quantities. 

YELLOW  TELLURIUM.     (See  Mullerite.) 
YENITE.     Di-prismatic  Iron-Ore.     MOHS. 
Primary  form.     Right  rhombic  prism.     M  on  M  =•  1 12° 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yenite. 


287 


Secondary  form. 


M 


M 


Elba. 


oon  o       - 

o  on  o  over  M    - 


139°  37' 
77     16 

2.  The  same  with  edges  bevelled,  together  with  planes 
between  the  bevelling  planes  and  the  summits. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  the  longer  diagonal  of  the  prism 
distinct;  less  so,  parallel  with  M.  Fracture  imperfectly 
conchoidal,  uneven.  Surface,  lateral  planes  streaked  ver- 
tically, o  parallel  to  its  edges  of  combination  between  M 
and  a. 

Lustre  imperfectly  metallic.  Color  intermediate  be- 
tween iron-black  and  dark  greyish  black,  passing  into  green- 
ish black.  Streak  black,  sometimes  inclining  to  green  or 
brown.  Opake. 

Brittle.  Hardness  =5-5  ...  6-0.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-994,  a 
crystalline  variety  from  Elba. 

Compound  Varieties.  Massive  :  composition  columnar, 
thin  and  straight,  sometimes  granular,  the  individuals  being 
scarcely  distinguishable. 

1.  After  having  been  exposed  to  heat,  it  acts  on  the  magnetic  nee- 
dle. Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  melts  easily  and  without  effervescence 


288  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Yenite— Yttro-Cerite. 

into  an  opake  glass,  which  is  likewise  magnetic.     Glass  of  borax  is  col- 
ored by  it,  yellowish  green.     It  is  soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Silica  29-278 

Protoxide  of  iron 52-542 

Lime  13777 

Protoxide  of  manganese    .....          1-587 

Alumina  0-614 

"Water  1-268 

3.  It  is  found  in  beds  in  primitive  rocks,  with  Pyroxene,  Hornblende, 
Garnet,  Quartz  and  Magnetic  Iron. 

4.  Its  principal  locality  is  the  island  of  Elba,  where  it  is  found  in  crys- 
tals of  considerable  size.    Other  places  where  it  is  found,  are  Kapfer- 
berg  in  Silesia,  Norway,  and  Siberia.     But  a  single  locality  is  known 
in  the  United  States,  which  is  at  Cumberland,  (R.  I.)  where  it  ex- 
ists in  long  slender  crystals  traversing  Quartz  in  seams  and  associated 
with  Magnetic  Iron  and  Hornblende. 

YTTRO-CERITE.     Prismatic  Fluor-Haloide. 

Primary  form.     Oblique  rhombic  prism  ? 

Massive  :  composition  granular.  Cleavage  parallel  with 
the  sides  of  an  oblique  rhombic  prism,  whose  lateral  planes 
incline  under  angles  of  about  108°  30'.  Fracture  uneven. 
Lustre  vitreous  to  pearly. 

Color  vitriol-blue,  inclining  to  grey  and  white ;  some- 
times white  on  the  surface.  Opake. 

Hardness  =4*5.     Sp.  gr.  =3-447. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  loses  its  color  and  becomes  white  before 
it  glows,  but  is  infusible  by  itself.     With  sulphate  of  lime,  it  melts  into  a 
globule,  which  becomes  white  on  cooling. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Lime  47-63 

Fluoric  acid 25-05 

Yttria  911 

Oxide  of  cerium 18.22 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  289 

Yttro-Tantalite — Zinkenite. 

3,  It  occurs  at  Finbo  and  Broddbo,  near  Fahlun  in  Sweden  with  Al- 
bite  and  Beryl,  and  is  imbedded  in  Quartz. 

YTTRO-TANTALITE.     Monotoraous   Eru- 
ihron  e-Or e. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base  ?  P  on 
P  over  the  base  =129°  32'. 

In  grains. 

Cleavage  in  one  direction  pretty  distinct.  '  Fracture  con- 
choidal,  uneven,  granular. 

Lustre,  iron-black,  brownish  black,  yellowish  brown. 
Streak  grey,  or  greyish  white.  Translucent  to  opake. 

Bcittle.  Hardness,  scratches  glass.  Sp.  gr.  =5*39  . .  . 
5-88. 

1.  It  is  infusible  before  the  blow- pipe.  In  a  powerful  heat  it  assumes 
a  yellowish  or  white  color.  It  fuses  with  borax  into  a  glass  colored  by 
iron.  It  is  not  attacked  by  acids. 

2.  Jinalysis. 
By  BERZEL.IUS. 


black  variey. 

yellow  variety.        brown  variety. 

Columbic  acid 

57-00 

60124 

51815 

Yttria 

20-25 

29-780 

38515 

Lime 

625 

0500 

3-260 

Oxide  of  iron 

350 

1  155 

0-555 

Oxide  of  uranium 

050 

6622 

1  111 

Tungstic  acid 

8-25 

1024 

with  tin  2-592 

3.  It  occurs  at  Ytterby,  and  near  Fahlun  in  Sweden. 

ZEAGONITE.     (See  Gismondin.) 
ZEOLITE.     (See  Mesotype.) 

ZINKENITE.  Peritomous  Antimony-Glance. 
PARTSCH. 

Primary  form,  Right  rhombic  prism.  M  on  M  =  120° 
39'. 

VOL.  ii.  26 


290  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Zinkenite — Zircon. 


In  twin-crystals,  and  massive.  The  twin-crystals  are 
six-sided  prisms  surmounted  by  six-sided  pyramids  whose 
faces  correspond  to  the  edges  of  the  prism.  The  faces  of 
the  pyramid  incline  to  one  another  under  angles  of  165° 
30',  and  to  the  lateral  faces  under  103°.  The  composi- 
tion takes  place  like  that  of  Witherite.  Surface,  the  pris- 
matic faces  striated  lengthwise. 

Cleavage  not  observable.  Fracture  uneven.  Lustre 
metallic.  Color  steel-grey. 

Hardness=3-5.     Sp.  gr.  =  5'30  . . .  5-35. 

1.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe  on  charcoal,  it  decrepitates  and  melts 
very  easily  into  small  metallic  globules,  which  are  volatilized;  during 
which,  the  charcoal  is  covered  with  a  yellowish  white  crust. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  ROSE. 

Sulphur       .         .         .        21-68  .  .  .  22-58 

Antimony    .        .         .        43-45  .  .  .  44-39 

Lead            .        .        .        34.87  .  .  .  31-84 

Copper      -    .         .         .          0.00  .  .  .  0-42 

3.  It  is  found  at  Wolfsberg  in  the  Hartz,  where  it  occurs  imbedded  in 
Quartz. 

ZIRCON.     Pyramidal  Zircon.     Mons. 

Primary  form.  Octahedron  with  a  square  base.  P  on 
P  over  the  base  =84°  20',  over  a  pyramidal  edge  =123° 
19'. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Zircon. 


291 


Secondary  forms. 

Fig.  490. 


Haddam,  (Conn.) 
Fig.  492. 


Buncombe  co.  (N.  C.) 
Fig.  493. 


P\ 


Warwick,  (N.  Y.) 


Edenville,  (N.  Y.) 


292 


PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Zircon. 


Fig.  494. 

x^ 
J? 


Buncombe  GA.  (N.  C.) 


Fig.  496. 


Middlebury,  (Vt.)— 
Munroe,  (N.  Y.) 


Fig.  495. 


Middlebury,  (Vt.) 


Fig.  490.  The  primary,  having  the  angles  of  the  base 
truncated.  P  on  s  =117°  48'.  (dodecaedre.  H.)— Fig. 
491.  The  primary  having  the  edges  of  the  base  truncated. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY.  293 

Zircon. 


Pon  I  =131°  49'.  (prisme.  H.)— Fig.  492.  The  prima- 
ry having  both  the  edges  and  angles  of  the  base  truncated. 
(dioctaedre.  H.)— Fig.  493.  P  on  u  =152°  8'.  u  on  /= 
159°  17'.  (quadrisexdccimal  H.)— Fig.  494.  P  on  x  = 
150°  5'.  /  on  x  =142°  55'.  x  on  x  =147°  12'.  (plagie- 
dre.  H.) — Fig.  495.  (binoiriunitaire.  H.) 

Irregular  forms  and  grains. 

Cleavage,  parallel  with  P  and  /,  the  latter  more  distinct ; 
but  rather  perfect.  Surface,  t  and  s  rough.  The  other 
faces  are  mostly  smooth  and  shining. 

Lustre,  more  or  less  perfectly  adamantine.  Color  red, 
brown,  yellow,  grey,  green,  white ;  excepting  some  red 
tints,  none  of  them  bright.  Streak  white.  Transparent  to 
translucent. 

Hardness  =7-5.     Sp.  gr.  =4-505. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  lo^es  its  color  but  does  not  melt. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  BERZELIUS. 

Silica  .         .         .         33-62         .         .         .         3330 

Zirconia       .        .         .        66.38        .         .         .        66-70 

3.  Zircon  is  found  in  imbedded  crystals  in  mountain  masses,  or  in  beds 
included  in  them,  from  whence  it  is  washed  into  the  sand  of  rivers. 

4.  It  occurs  with  Epidole  in  the  Saualpe  in  Carinthia,  in  sienite  at 
Frederiksvai n  in  Norway.     In  Ceylon,  in  France,  at  Bilin  in  Bohemia, 
at  Ohlapian  in  Transylvania,  it  occurs  in  the  sand  of  rivers. 

The  largest  and  most  perfect  crystals  afforded  by  the  United  States, 
have  been  found  loose  in  the  soil  in  Buncombe  co.  (N.  C.)  Handsome 
crystals  are  tound  in  gneiss  at  Warwick,  and  in  Magnetic  Iron,  at  Mun- 
roe,  and  in  Scapolite  at  Edenville,  (N.  Y.)  Crystals  closely  resembling 
the  variety  from  Norway,  were  found  in  loose  masses  of  sienite  at  Mid- 
dlebury,  (Vt.)  Large  and  handsome  brown  crystals  occur  in  talcose 
slate  at  Easton,  (Penn  )  Small  but  very  perfect  forms  are  met  with  at 
Haddam,  (Conn.)  with  Chrysoberyl,  Garnet,  &c. 

5.  Zircon  is  sometimes  used  as  a  gem,  but  it  is  not  much  esteemed. 

25* 


294  PHYSIOGRAPHY. 

Zurlite. 


ZOISITE.     (See  Epidote.) 
ZURLITE. 

Form,  rectangular  four-sided  prisms,  lengthened  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  axis,  and  having  sometimes  their  lateral  edges  repla- 
ced. 

Cleavage  indistinct.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Surface  rough, 
generally  covered  with  a  white  coating,  sometimes  convex. 

Lustre  resinous.     Color  asparagus-green.    Streak  pearl-grey. 

Hardness  about  6-0.     Sp.  gr.  =3-274. 

1.  It  is  infusible  before  the  blow-pipe,  but  yields  with  borax,  a  bluish 
glass.  Nitric  acid  dissolves  it,  partly,  with  effervescence  and  assumes  a 
yellow  color. 

It  is  found  at  Somma,  with  Dolomite. 


295 


CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT 


OF     THE 


SPECIES. 


PRELIMINARY  OBSERVATIONS. 

THE  nomenclature  adopted  in  the  present  Tabular  view 
of  the  chemical  relations  of  the  species,  has  been  taken 
from  an  unpublished  manuscript,  by  Mr.  J.  D.  DANA.  It 
resembles  in  several  points  that  by  BEKZELIUS.  Its  pecul- 
iarities, however,  are  numerous,  and  hence  a  brief  outline 
of  its  rules  becomes  necessary. 

The  elements  are  divided  into  two  classes, — \moJlmphi- 
gen  and  Oudegen  Elements  ;  the  former  containing  those 
which  are  electro-negative  in  acid  and  basic  compounds,  the 
second  those  whose  mutual  combinations  produce  neither 
acids  nor  bases.* 

The  binary  compounds  are  named  as  follows  :  the  adjec- 
tive part  of  the  name  is  derived  from  the  name  of  the  most 
electro-positive  element,  if  the  two  elements  of  the  com- 
pound are  of  the  same  class :  but  from  the  oudegen  ele- 

*  This  distinction  is  natural,  each  element  which  is  electro-negative 
in  a  clas  of  acids,  is  also  electro-negative  in  a  class  of  bases,  with  which 
'the  acid  may  unite  and  form  salts.  On  the  contrary,  those  elements 
which  «lo  not  give  rise  to  acids,  do  not  give  rise  to  bases. 


296  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

ment,  if  one  is  from  each  of  the  classes.  It  is  formed  by 
the  termination  ic  or  ous.  The  substantive  part  of  the 
name  is  formed  by  affixing  to  the  other  element  the  termi- 
nation acid,  if  the  compound  will  unite  with  bases  and  form 
salts,  otherwise  the  syllable  ide.  Thus  we  have  mercuric 
chloracid,  (Horn  Quicksilver,)  and  zincic  sulphide,  (Blende.) 
The  different  proportions  in  which  any  two  elements  com- 
bine, are  expressed  by  the  prefixes,  hypo,  hyper  and  per  in 
the  usual  manner.  The  particle  sur  is  prefixed  to  the  sub- 
stantive in  the  non-acid  compounds  of  the  Amphigen  ele- 
ments, when  the  electro-negative  element  exists  in  too  large 
a  proportion  to  enable  them  to  act  the  part  of  bases  ;  and 
the  particle  sub,  when  it  is  in  too  small  a  proportion. 

Numerals  are  seldom  used,  except  in  the  salts.  They 
are  prefixed  to  the  substantive  part  of  the  name,  unless 
they  refer  to  the  whole  compound  expressed  by  both  adjec- 
tive and  substantive,  in  which  case  they  are  affixed  to  the 
adjective.  The  number  of  atoms  of  the  substantive  ele- 
ment are  expressed  by  the  Latin  numerals,  bis,  ter,  quater, 
&c.  ;  that  of  the  adjective  element,  by  the  Greek  numerals, 
dis,  tris,  &c.  Several  atoms  of  both  base  and  acid  are 
expressed  by  a  prefix,  formed  by  combining  the  Latin  and 
Greek  numerals. 

The  names  of  the  salts  are  formed  as  follows:  The  ad- 
jective of  the  name  of  the  salt  is  derived  from  the  adjective 
of  the  name  of  the  base,  and  the  substantive  from  the  name 
of  the  acid,  by  changing  the  termination  acid  into  ate  if  the 
adjective  ends  in  ic,  but  into  ite  if  it  ends  in  ous,  and  prefix- 
ing to  these  terminations  the  initial  syllable  or  syllables  of  the 
acidified  substance. 

For  the  sake  of  brevity,  the  distinguishing  prefix  ox  in 
the  oxncids  is  dropped  ;  consequently  the  name  for  Coppe- 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT.  297 

ras  is  the  ferrous  sulphate^ — sulphate  being  a  contraction 
for  sulpho-oxate. 

The  compound  salts  are  named  by  combining  the  names 
of  the  simple  salts. 

Whenever  a  star  is  prefixed  to  the  chemical  name  of  a 
species,  or  of  a  group  of  species  in  the  following  table,  no- 
tice is  given  that  the  expression  is  not  intended  to  convey 
an  idea  of  the  atomic  constitution  of  the  species  or  group* 
In  such  cases,  the  ingredients  only  are  indicated. 


TABULAR   VIEW. 

The  mineralogical  species  constitute  five  Classes  ;  which 
are  variously  subdivided  into  families,  orders  and  genera. 

CLASS  I. 

consists  of  Elements,  and  embraces  two  families,  the  Am- 
phigen  family,  and  the  Oudegen  family.* 

AMPHIGEN  FAMILY.  OUDEGEN  FAMILY. 

Oxygen.  Nitrogen. 

Sulphur.  Arsenic. 

Carbon,  &c. 

CLASS  II. 

embraces  Acid  compounds  of  the   Amphigen   elements, 
and  includes  three  genera,   which   are    named  from  the 

*  The  order  of  succession  in  the  families,  orders,  genera  and  species, 
is  the  electro- negative,  according  to  the  table  of  BERZELIUS,  the  most 
electro-negative  being  placed  first. 


298  TABULAR   VIEW    OF 

electro-negative  element  in  the  compounds.  The  species 
derive  their  names  from  the  electro-positive  element  of  the 
combination. 

GENUS  I.  GENUS  II.               GENUS  III. 

OXACID.  CHLORACID.           SULPHACID. 

Sp.  Sulphurous.  Sp.  Hydric.         Sp.  Selenous. 

Arsenic,  Hypo-arsenous, 

&c.  ,                                         &c. 

CLASS  III. 

consists  of  non-acid  compounds  of  Amphigen  elements, 
and  contains  seven  genera,  which,  together  with  the  spe- 
cies, are  named  as  in  Class  II. 

GENUS  I.  GENUS  II.  GENUS  III. 

OXIDE.  FLUORIDE.  CHLORIDE. 

Sp.  Chromic.         Sp.  Ceric.  Sp.  Mercuric. 

AntimoniC;  &c.       Aluminic5  &c.          Argentic,  &c. 

CLASS  IV. 

contains  salts,  or  those  compounds  resulting  from  the  un- 
ion of  acids  and  bases.  It  consists  of  two  orders,  Oxisalt 
and  Sulphisalt.  The  genera  and  species  are  named  as  in 
the  foregoing  classes. 

ORDER  I.    OXISALT. 


GEN.  I.  Sulphate.  GEN.  II.  Nitrate. 

Sp.  Cupric.  Sp.  Magnesic. 

Plumbic,  &c.  Calcic,  &c. 

ORDER  II.  SULPHISALT. 

GEN.  I.  ARSENO-  GEN.  II.   ANTIMONO- 

SULPHITE.  HYPO-SULPHITE. 

Sp.  Argentic  tris-  Sp.  Argentic, 

Argentic  tris- 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 


299 


CLASS  V. 

consists  of  compounds  of  the  Oudegen  elements,  and 
forms  five  genera,  which  derive  their  names  from  the  most 
electro-negative  element  in  the  compound. 

GEN.  I.  ARSENIDE.  GEN.  II.  CARBONIDE. 

Sp.  Cobaltic.  Sp.  Hydrous. 

Nickelic. 

CLASS   I. 

AMPIIIGEN   FAMILY. 

Oxygen. 
Native  Sulphur. 
OUDEGEN    FAMILY. 

Nitrogen. 
Native  Arsenic. 
Diamond. 
Anthracite. 
Plumbago. 
Native  Antimony. 
Hydrogen. 
Native  Gold. 
Native  PI  a  tin  a. 
Native  Palladium. 
Native  Mercury. 
Native  Silver. 
Native  Copper. 

*  The  remaining  Amphigen  Elements  in  Chemistry  are,  Fluorine, 
Chlorine,  Bromine,  Iodine,  Selenium  and  Tellurium. 


300 


TABULAR   VIEW    OF 


Bismuth  Native  Bismuth. 

Lead  Native  Lead. 

Iron  Native  Iron. 

CLASS    II. 

Genus  I.  OXACID. 

Sulphurous  Sulphurous  Add. 

Sulphuric  Sulphuric  Acid. 

Arsenic  White  Arsenic. 

Molybdic  Molybic-  Ochre. 

Tungstic  Tungstic-  Ochre. 

Boric  Sassolin. 

Carbonic  Carbonic  Acid. 

Antimonic  White  Antimony. 

Titanic  Rutile. 

Anatase  ? 

Silicic  Quartz. 

Hydrated  Opal. 

Genus  II.  CHLORACID. 

Hydric  Muriatic  Acid. 

Genus  III.  SULPHACID. 

Selenous  Sulphoselenite. 

Hydric  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. 

Hypo-arsenous  Realgar. 

Arsenous  Orpiment. 

Hy po-antimonous  Grey  Antimony. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 

CLASS    III. 

Genus  I.     OXIDE. 

SECTION  A.  SIMPLE. 

Nitric  sub-  Atmospheric  Air. 

Chromic  Chrome- Ochre. 

Antimonic  Antimony -Ochre. 

Hydric  Water. 

Cuprous  Red  Copper-Ore. 

Cupric  Melaconite. 

Uranous  Pitchblende. 

Bisrnuthic  Bismuth- Ochre. 

Stannic  Tin-Ore. 

Plumbous  sur-  Minium. 

Cobaltic  sur-  Cobalt-Ochre. 

Ferric  Specular  Iron. 

Hydrated  Limonite. 

Manganous  Pyrolusite. 

Manganic  Braunite. 

Hydrated  Manganite. 

Aluminic  Corundum. 

Hydrated  Gibbsite. 

Diaspore. 
Magnesic 

Hydrated  Native  Magnesia. 

SECTION  B.  MIXED. 

Ferrous  b  bi- ferric  Magnetic  Iron. 
VOL.  ii.                            26 


301 


302  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

Manganous  &;  bi-manganic  Slack  Manganese. 

^Ferric,  ferrous,  manganous,  bi- 
manganic  &  zincic  Franklinite. 

Genus  II.     FLUORIDE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Ceric  Fluocerite. 

Alurninic  Fluellite  ? 

Calcic  Fluor. 

SECTION  B.    MIXED. 

Aluminic  &  sodic  Cryolite. 

*Ceric,  yttric  fc  calcic  Yttrocerite. 

Genus  III.     CHLORIDE. 

Mercuric  Horn  Quicksilver. 

Argentic  Horn  Silver. 

Plumbic  Kerasite. 

Sodic  Common  Salt. 

Ammonic  Sal-Ammoniac. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  III. 
(Combination  of  a  chloride  with  an  oxide.) 

*Cupric  ox.  &  chloride 

Hydrated  Jltacamite. 

Genus  IV.     IODIDE. 
Argentic  lodic  Silver. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 


303 


Genus  V.     SULPHIDE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Molybdic  Molybdenite. 

Mercuric  Cinnabar. 

Argentic  Vitreous  Silver. 

Bismuthic  Bismuthine. 

Cuprous  Vitreous  Copper. 

Plumbic  Galena. 

Cobakic  Cobalt  Pyrites. 

Nickelic  Capillary  Pyrites. 

Per-ferric  Iron  Pyrites. 

White  Iron  Pyrites. 

Zincic  Blende. 

Manganic  Mangan- Blende. 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

Per-ferric  &;  quinqui-ferrous          Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites. 

Argentic  &  cuprous 

Argentic  &t  ferrous 

Ferrous  &;  bi-cuprous 

*Copper,  tin  &  iron 

*  Copper,  bismuth  &;  lead 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  V. 
(Combination  of  a  sulphide  with  an  oxide.) 
*Antimonic  oxide  &  sulphide         Red  Antimony. 

Genus  VI.     SELENIDE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Cupric  Selencuprite. 

Plumbic  Ckttsthattte* 


Stromeyerite. 
Sternbergite. 
Variegated  Copper. 
Tin  Pyrites. 
Cupreous  Bismuth. 


304 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

Cuprous  fa  argentic  Eukairite. 

Genus  VII.     TELLURIDE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Argentic  Telluric  Silver. 

Bismuthic  Bornite. 

Plumbic  Black  Tellurium. 

SECTION  B.  MIXED, 

Auric  fa  argentic  Graphic  Gold. 

Mercuric  fa  zincic  Rionite. 

Bi-auric,  argentic  &  plumbic  Mullerite. 

CLASS    IV.    SALTS. 

ORDER    I.    OXISALT. 

Genus  I.  SULPHATE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Brochantite. 
Blue  Vitriol. 
Anglesite. 


Cupric 

Hydrated 
Plumbic 
Cobaltic 

Hydrated 
Ferrous 

Hydrated 
Ferric 

Hydrated 
Zincic 


Cobalt  Vitriol. 
Copperas. 

White  Copperas. 
White  Vitriol. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 


305 


Aluminic 

Hydrated 
Aluminic  tri- 

Hydrated 
Magnesic 

Hycl  rated 
Calcic 

Hydrated 
Strontic 
Baric 
Sodic 

Hydrated 
Potassic 


Solfatarite. 
Websterite. 

Epsom  Salt. 
Anhydrite. 
Gypsum. 
Celestine. 
Heavy  Spar. 
Thenardite. 
Glauber  ite. 
Aphthitalite. 


SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

Cupric  &  uranic 

Hydrated  Johannite. 

*Ferric  &  magnesic 

Hydrated  Botryogene. 

Ter-aluminic  &  potassic 

Hydrated  Alum. 

Calcic  &  sodic  Glauberite. 

*Calcic,  potassic  &;  magnesic 

Hydrated  PolyhaUite. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  I. 
(Combination  of  a  sulphate  and  an  oxide.) 

^Plumbic  sulphate  &  cupric  oxide    Cupreous  Anglesite. 

26* 


306 


TABULAR   VIEW    OF 


Magnesic 
Hydrated 

Calcic 
Sodic 
Potassic 


Cupric 

Hydrated 
Ferrous 

Hydrated 
Aluminic 

Hydrated 

Yttric 
Calcic 


Genus  II.     NITRATE. 


Nitro-Magnesite. 
Nitrocalcite. 
Soda  Mire. 
Nitre. 


Genus  III.     PHOSPHATE. 

SECTION  A.    SIMPLE. 


Pseudo-Malachite. 


Vivianite. 


Wavellile. 
Xenotime. 
Apatite. 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

*Uranic  &;  cupric,  (or  calcic) 

Hydrated  Uranite. 

Ferrous  &  manganous  Triplite. 

*  Aluminic  &;  magnesic  Blue  Spar. 

Lazulite. 
Aluminic  ter-  &  lithic  Amblygonite. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  III. 
(Combination  of  a  phosphate  and  a  chloride.) 

^Magnesic  phosphate  &  chloride     JVagnerite. 

Ter-plumbic  phosphate  St  plumbic 

chloride  Pyromorphite. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 


307 


Genus  IV.     ARSENATE. 
Cupric  Olivenite. 

*Hydrated 


Cobaltic 

Hydrated 
Nickelic 

Hydrated 
Ferric 

Hydrated 

Calcic 
Hydrated 


Erinite. 
Copper  Mica. 
Aphanesite. 
Euchroite. 

Cobalt  Bloom. 
Nickel  Green. 

Cube  Ore. 
Skorodite. 


Pharmacolite. 
Haidingerite. 
APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  IV. 
(Combination  of  a  phosphate  with  an  arsenate.) 

*Calcic  phosphate  &  plumbic  ar- 
senate Hedyphane. 

Genus  V.     CHROMATE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Plumbic  Red  Lead  Ore. 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 
*Cupric  fe  plumbic  Vauquelinite. 

Genus  VI.     MOLYBDATE. 
Plumbic  Yellow  Lead  Ore. 


308 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


Plumbic 
Calcic    .^ 

^Ferrous  & 

Magnesic 
Sodic 
Hydrated 

Cupric  di- 
Hy  (3  rated 

Cupric  tri-bi- 
Hydrated 

Uranic 

Plumbic 

Ferrous 

Zincic 

Manganic 

Calcic 

Strontic 
Baric 
Sodic 
Hydrated 


Genus  VII.     TUNGSTATE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Scheeletine. 
Tungsten. 

SECTION  B.    MIXED. 

manganous  Wolfram. 

Genus  VIII.     BORATE. 

Boracite. 

Borax. 

Genus  IX.     CARBONATE. 
SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Green  Malachite. 

Blue  Malachite. 
Uran-Bloom. 
White  Lead  Ore. 
Spathic  Iron. 
Calamine. 
Diallogite. 
Calcareous  Spar. 
Arragonite. 
Strontian  ite. 
Wither  it  e. 

Natron. 
Trona. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT.  S09 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

*Ferrous  &  magnesic  Rhomb  Spar. 

Magnesic  &  calcic  Dolomite. 

Ankerite. 
Baric  &  calcic  Baryto-Calcite. 

Calcic  &  sodic 

Hydrated  Gay  Lussite. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  IX. 
(Combination  of  a  carbonate  and  a  chloride.) 
Plumbic  Corneous  Lead. 

(Combination  of  a  carbonate  and  a  telluride.) 
*Nickelic  Herrerite. 

(Combination  of  a  carbonate  and  a  sulphate.) 
Plumbic  Lead  Hillite. 

Dyoxilite. 
*Plumbic  &  cupric  carbonate  & 

cupric  sulphate  Caledonile. 

(Combination  of  a  carbonate  and  an  arsenate.) 
*Cupric  arsenate  &  calcic  carbonate  Kupaphrite. 

Genus  X.     COLUMBATE. 
*Ferrous&manganous  (sometimes 

stannic)  Columbite. 

*Yttric  &  eerie  Fergusonite. 

*Yttric  &  calcic  (or  uranic)  Yttro-tantalite. 

Genus  XI.     TITANATE. 

SECTION  A.    SIMPLE. 
Calcic  Pyrochlore. 


310 


TABULAR   VIEW    OF 


SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

*Ferrous  &  ferric  (also  manganous)  Crichtonite. 
Ceric  &  zirconic  Aischynite. 

*Ferrous,  zirconic  &  yttric  Polymignite. 

Genus  XII.     SILICATE. 
SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 


Cupric 
Hydrated 

Manganous 
Ceric 

Hydrated 
Zirconic 
Aluminic-di . 
*Hydrated 

Glucinic  bi- 
*Magnesic 
Hydrated 


Magnesic  bi- 
Calcic 
Calcic  bi- 


Chrysocolla. 

Dioptase. 

Red  Manganese. 

Ccrite. 

Zircon. 

Kyanite. 

Gmelinite. 

Allophane. 

PhenaJcite. 

Pyrallolite. 

Picrosmine. 

Picrolite. 

Talc. 

Serpentine. 

Kerolite. 

Boltonite. 

Gismondin. 

Tabular  Spar. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT. 


311 


^Ferrous  b  manganous 
^Ferric  &  aluminic 


^Ferrous  &  magnesic 

^Ferrous  &  calcic 
*Ferric  &  sodic 
^Aluminic  &  manganous 
^Aluminic  &£  zirconic 
*Aluminic  &t  calcic 
^Hydrated 


*  Aluminic  &  glucinic 
*Aluminic  &t  magnesic 


SECTION  B.     MIXED. 
(Double.) 

Troostite. 

Helvin. 

Staurotide. 

Bronzite. 

Peridot. 

Yenite. 

jJchmite. 

Karpholite. 

Bucholzite. 

Sea  polite. 

Prehnile. 

Mesotype. 

Breivsterite. 

Heulandite. 

Thomsonite. 

Edingtonite. 

Epislilbite. 

Stilbite. 

Laumonite. 

Levyne. 

Chabasie. 

Beryl. 

Enclose. 


Nephrite. 
Mite. 


312 


TABULAR    VIEW    OF 


*Aluminic  fa  baric 

Hydrated 
*Aluminic  fa  lithic 

*Aluminic  fa  sodic 

Hydrated 
*Aluminic  fa  potassic 


*Calcic  fa  potassic 
Hydrated 

(Ternary.) 

^Ferrous,  manganous  &  sodic 
*Thoric,  ferrous  fa  manganous 
*Zirconic,  calcic  &  sodic 
*Yttric3  cerous  &t  ferrous 
*Aluminic,  ferrous  fa  manganous 
^Aluminic,  magnesic  fa  ferrous 
*Aluminic3  calcic  fa  ferrous 

*Aluminic,  calcic  fa  sodic 
*Aluminic,  calcic  fa  potassic 


Harmotome. 

Petalite. 

Spodumene. 

JLlbite. 

Pitchstone. 

Jlnaldme. 

Leucite. 

Feldspar. 

Periklin. 

Andalusite. 

Nepheline. 

Figure-stone. 

ApopJiyllite. 

Cummingtonite. 

Thorite. 

Eudyalite. 

Gadolinite. 

Schiller  Spar. 

Fahlunite. 

Epidote. 

Ido  erase. 

Labradorite. 

Pyroxene. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT.  313 

(Quaternary.) 

*Ferrous,  alurainic,  sodic  &;  calcic  Saussurite. 

*  Aluminic,  calcic,  ferrous  &;  eerie  Mlanite. 

*  Aluminic,  potassic,   ferrous  & 

lithic  Mica. 

*Magnesic,  calcic,   aluminic   &; 

ferrous  (or  manganous)  Hornblende. 

^Calcic,    aluminic,    ferrous    & 

manganous  Garnet. 

Axinite. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  XII. 
(Combination  of  a  silicate  with  a  fluoride.) 
*Aluminic  silicate  &  fluoride  Topaz. 

*Magnesic  silicate  &;  fluoride         Brucite. 

(Combination  of  a  silicate  with  a  chloride.) 
*Ferrous  Sc  manganous  silicate 

&  ferric  chloride  Pyrosmallte. 

(Combination  of  a  silicate  with  a  borate  ) 

*  Aluminic,  ferrous  (or  manga- 

nous)   &  potassic   (or  sodic, 

lithic  or  magnesic)  Tourmaline. 

(Combination  of  a  silicate  with  a  carbonate.) 

*Bismuthic  Bismuth  Blende. 

(Combination  of  a  silicate  with  a  titanate.) 

*Calcic  Sphene. 

VOL.  ii.  27 


314  TABULAR    VIEW    OF 

Genus  XIII.     MANGANITE. 

Cupric  Cupreous  Manganese. 

*Zincic  Red  Zinc-Ore. 

Baric  Psilomelane. 

Genus  XIV.     ALLUMINATE. 

SECTION  A,     SIMPLE. 

Plu  mbic  Plumbo-  Gummite. 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 

*Chroraic  fa  ferrous  Chrome-Ore. 

*Zincic  fa  magnesic  Automalite. 

*Glucinic  fa  ferrous  Chrysoberyl. 

Genus  XV.     MELLATE. 
Aluminic  Mellite. 

ORDER    II.    SFLPHISALT. 

Genus  I.     ARSENO-SULPHITE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Argentic  tris-  Proustite. 

SECTION  B.     MIXED. 
*Ctiprous  fa  ferric  Tennantite. 

Genus  II.     ANTIMONO-HYPO-SULPHITE. 

SECTION  A.     SIMPLE. 

Argentic  Myargyrite. 


THE    CHEMICAL    ARRANGEMENT.  315 

Argentic  tris-  Red  Silver. 

Argentic  hex-  Black  Silver. 

Plumbic  bis-  Zinkenite. 

SECTION  B.  MIXED. 

*Cuprous  &  plumbic  Bournonite. 

^Cuprous,  zincic  &;  ferrous  Fahlerz. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  II. 
(Combination  of  an  antimono-hypo-sulphite  with  an  arseno  sulphite.) 

Cuprous  arseno-sulphile  &,  ar- 
gentic antimono-hypo-sulphite     Polybasite. 

Genus  111.     ANTIMONO-SULPHITE. 
Plumbic  di-ter-  Jamesonite. 

CLASS    V. 

Genus  I.  ARSENIDE. 

Cobaltic     .  Cobaltine. 

Nickelic      *  Copper  Nickel. 

^Ferric  Leucopyrite. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  I. 
(Combination  of  an  arsenide  with  a  sulphide.) 
Ferric  Mispickel. 

Genus  II.     CAHBONIDE. 

*Hydrous  Carburetted  Hydrogen. 

Bituminous  Coal. 
Bitumen. 


316    TABULAR  VIEW  OF  THE  CHEMICAL  ARRANGEMENT, 

Genus  III.     ANTIMONIDE. 
^Argentic  Antimonial  Silver. 

APPENDIX  TO  GENUS  III. 
(Combination  of  an  antimonide  with  a  sulphide.) 

Nickelic  Nickel  Glance. 

Genus  IV.     OSMIDE.    * 
Iridic  Irid-osmium. 

Genus  V.     MERCURIDE. 
Argentic  Native  Amalgam. 


317 


APPENDIX. 


ALBITE. 

Very  distinct^  crystals  of  this  species  are  found  at  Williamstown, 
(Mass.,)  where  it  is  associated  with  Dolomite  ?.  Some  of  the  crystals 
arc  three  quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  highly  transparent.  They 
are  pretty  constantly  twin-crystals,  and  very  much  modified.  A  similar 
variety  is  also  found  at  Middletown,  occupying  druses  in  a  coarse 
grained  granite,  consisting  chiefly  of  Feldspar.  The  crystals  at  the  last 
Mentioned  place  are  invariably  compound. 

ALLANITE.     (See  Vol.. I.  p.  6.) 

The  variety  from  Iglorsoit  in  Greenland,  has  a  sp.  gr.  —  3-44P.  Be- 
fore the  blow-pipe,  it  swells  up  on  first  feeling  the  heat,  but  on  contin- 
uing the  heat,  it  melts  into  a  black  and  very  brittle  vitreous  pearl,  which, 
while  it  is  hot,  exhibits  a  honey  yellow  color,  and  becomes  greenish 
yellow  when  cold.  The  mineral  gelatinizes  in  nitric,  as  well  as  in  mu- 
riatic acid.  According  to  STROMEYER,  it  contains 

Silica  33-021 

Alumina  15226 

Protoxide  of  cerium 21600 

Protoxide  of  iron 15-101 

Protoxide  of  manganese  -----  0-404 

Lime  11-080 

Water  -         -         -         -         -         -  3-000 

ALUMOCALCITE. 

Massive.  Color  Milk- white,  inclining  to  blue.  Fracture  conchoidal. 
Small  fragments  may  be  rubbed  to  pieces  between  the  fingers.  Sp.  gr. 
=  2-174.  Adheres  strongly  to  the  tongue. 

It  yields  water  in  the  glass  tube,  and  becomes  opake  and  grey  colored 
when  exposed  to  heat  in  the  platina  forceps.  With  borax,  it  forms  a 
colorless  glass.  It  is  soluble  in  salt  of  phosphorus,  with  the  exception  of 
a  silica-skeleton.  In  concentrated  muriatic  acid,  it  forms  a  transparent 
jelly.  KERSTE.V  found  it  tp  consist  of 
27* 


318  APPENDIX. 

Silica  86-60 

Lime 6-25 

Alumina  .        .        .        .        .        .          2-23 

Water  4-00 

It  is  found  in  the  fissures  of  iron-stone  veins  at  Eybenstock  in  the 
Erzgebirge.  It  was  formerly  confounded  with  Opal. 

ANALCIME. 

In  large  crystals  in  trap,  at  Keweena  Point,  Lake  Superior. 

ANTHOPHYLLITE.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  26.) 

Its  angles  are  precisely  the  same  as  those  of  Hornblende,  with  which 
species  it  is  identical  in  ether  properties. 

APATITE. 

This  species  is  found  in  crystals  above  an  inch  in  length,  and  smaller, 
as  well  as  massive,  at  Middletown,  (Conn.),  in  granite.  Its  colors  are 
bluish  green,  greyish  and  pinkish  white.  It  is  associated  with  Colum- 
bite,  Uranite  and  Albile. 

ARFWEDSONITE.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  38.) 

Analysis. 
By  THOMSON. 

Silica                           50-50 

Peroxide  of  iron 35-14 

Deutoxide  of  manganese 892 

Alumina                       249 

Lime                            1-56 

Water                           .         .         .                 .       Y  0-96 

ARRAGONITE. 

Very  beautiful  massive  varieties  of  this  mineral,  abound  at  Ball's 
Cave,  Schoharie,  (N.Y.)  It  forms  stalactites  and  stalagmites  of  a  snowy 
whiteness. 

ARSENICAL  SILVER. 

Mammillary,  or  consisting  of  very  thin  crystalline  coats.  Fracture  un- 
even. Color  resembling  Native  Silver,  but  tarnished  externally.  Lus- 
tre metallic,  shining  or  glimmering.  Sectile.  Brittle.  Streak  shining 


APPENDIX.  319 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  a  strong  arsenical  odor,  and  a  globule  of 

pure  silver  remains,  surrounded  by  a  slag.     It  consists,  according  to 
KLAPROTH,  of 

Silver                12-75 

Arsenic 35-00 

Iron                   -         -         -                  -         -         -  44-25 

Antimony          -------  4-00 

It  occurs  at  Andreasberg  in  the  Hartz,  in  Estremadura  in  Spain,  and 
at  Kongsberg  in  Norway. 

ARSENIURET  OF  MANGANESE. 

Botiyoidal.  Massive.  Composition  granular.  Fracture  uneven. 
Color  greyish- white.  Sp.  gr.  ==5-55. 

1.  In  the  air  it  becomes  coated  by  a  black  powder.     Before  the  blow- 
pipe, it  burns  with  a  blue  flame,  attended  by  a  white  smoke,  and  the 
odor  of  garlic.     It  is  soluble  in  nitric  acid. 
2.  Analysis. 
By  KASTE. 

Manganese  45-50 

Arsenic 51-80 

Oxide  of  iron  2-70 

3.  It  is  found  in  Saxony. 

BERZELINE. 

In  extremely  minute  white  crystals.  Lustre  vitreous.  Feebly  trans- 
lucent. Jt  is  fusible  with  difficulty  into  a  pale  glass,  and  gelatinizes 
with  heated  acids.  It  appears  to  be  anhydrous. 

Its  locality  is  Galloro,  near  La  Ricia  in  the  Roman  states,  where  it  is 
accompanied  by  black  crystals  of  Garnet  and  pinchbeck  Mica,  in  the  dru- 
sy  cavities  of  an  augite-rock. 

BlOTINE. 

Fracture  vitreous  to  conchoidal.  Lustre  brilliant.  Color  white  or 
yellowish.  Transparent.  Presents  double  refraction.  Hardness, 
scratches  glass.  Sp.  gr.  =  3-11. 

It  is  not  affected  by  the  blow-pipe,  and  is  only  partly  soluble  in  nitric 
acid. 

It  is  found  among  the  volcanic  debris  of  Vesuvius. 


320 


APPENDIX. 


BLACK  TELLURIUM.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  68.) 

Analysis,  by  BERTHIER,  of  a  variety  from  Nagyag.    Sp.  gr.  =6-84. 

Gold  6-70 

Tellurium  13  00 

Lead  .         .         .         .         .         .         .  63-10 

Antimony  4-50 

Copper  1-00 

Sulphur 11-70 

BOTRYOGENE.  (See  Vol.  I.  p.  82.) 

Secondary  form. 

Fig.  497. 


\ 


M  on  M -        119°  56' 

s     on  8 1 11     00 

The  above  figure  does  not  perfectly  represent  the  crystals  of  Botry- 
ogene,  inasmuch  as  face  r  does  not  exist,  and  the  acute  lateral  edges  are 
bevelled,  the  bevelling  faces  meeting  under  81°  44'.  The  lateral  planes 
striated  vertically,  and  less  perfect^  formed,  than  the  terminal  planes. 

BUCKLANDITE.      D  y  s  t  o  m  e    A  u  g  i  t  e-  S  p  a  r. 
HAIDINGER.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  93.) 

Sp.  gr.  =  3-945.     ROSE;  brilliant  crystals  in  the  lava  of  Lacher-See. 
1.  It  is  completely  soluble  in  muriatic  acid. 

CARBONATE  OF  CERIUM. 

In  thin,  four  sided  crystalline  plates  of  a  greyish-white  color,  and  in 
coatings  on  Cetite,  It  does  not  change  its  appearance,  though  it  loses 


APPENDIX.  321 

19  p.  c.  of  its  weight  when  exposed  to  a  slight  red  heat.     It  occurs  in 
very  small  quantity  at  Bastnaes  in  Sweden. 

CARBONATE  OF  LIME  AND  SODA. 

Massive.  Cleavage  like  Calcareous  Spar.  Transparent.  Possesses 
double  refraction.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  decrepitates  a  little,  becomes 
brown,  and  is  eventually  reduced  to  lime.  It  is  entirely  soluble  with  ef- 
fervescence in  nitric  acid.  It  contains 

Carbonate  of  lime 70-00 

Carbonate  of  soda 1400 

Water  ......          9-7 

Peroxide  of  iron TO 

Its  locality  is  not  known. 

CELESTINE.  Analysis. 

By  DAURIER. 

Sulphate  of  strontian 68-900 

Sulphate  of  lime                0-105 

Carbonate  of  lime              27-785 

Oxide  of  iron                       0-150 

Oxide  of  manganese 0-050 

Water                                3'000 

CHONIKRITE. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  uneven,  and  imperfect- 
ly conchoidal.  Lustre  glimmering,  or  dull.  Color  white,  with  shades 
of  yellow  and  grey.  Translucent,  often  only  on  the  edges.  Scratches 
Common  Salt;  is  scratched  by  Fluor. 

1.  It  melts  before  the  blow-pipe  easily,  into  a  greyish  glass.  With 
horax,  it  slowly  melts  into  a  glass  colored  by  iron.  It  is  easily  deconv- 
posed  by  concentrated  muriatic  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KOBELL. 

Silica 3569 

Alumina  17-12 

Magnesia  2250 

Lime  12-00 

Protoxide  of  iron 1-46 

Water 9-00 

3,  It  occurs  in  rounded  masses  at  Elba. 


322  APPENDIX. 

CHROME  ORE. 


Alumina 

Analysis* 
By  AEICH. 

11-85 

Protoxide  of  chrome  . 
Magnesia 

60-04 
7-45 

Protoxide  of  iron 

20-13 

CHRYSOCOLLA. 

It  appears  to  be  abundant  at  Keweena  Point,  Lake  Superior,  in  con- 
nexion with  the  trap  and  sandstone  formation. 

COBALTIC  GALENA. 

In  minute  moss-like  groups  of  crystals,  and  massive.  Cleavable. 
Lustre  metallic.  Color  lead-grey,  inclining  to  blue.  Opake.  Soils 
a  little. 

When  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  splits  into  fragments,  and  com- 
municates a  smalt-blue  color  to  borax. 

Analysis. 

By  DuMENiL. 

Lead  .......        62-89 

Arsenic*  .        t        .        .        .        .        .  22-47 

Sulphur  .......  0-47 

Iron  .         ......  2-11 

Cobalt  .......  094 

Arsenical  pyrites        ......  1-44 

It  occurs  in  a  vein  of  clay-slate,  in  one  of  the  Clausthal  mines  in  the 
Hartz. 

COBALT  PYRITES.  Cobaltic  Eruthleucone- 
Py  rites. 

Primary  form.     Regular  octahedron  ? 

Massive;  composition  granular  .  .  .  impalpable.  Individ- 
uals  indistinctly  cleavable.  Fracture  conchoidal,  uneven. 

Lustre  metallic.  Color  pale  steel-grey,  rarely  present- 
ing a  reddish  tinge. 

Hardness  =5-0...  6-0. 

1.  Heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  it  decrepitates  briskly.  Upon  char- 
coal,  it  emits  the  odor  of  sulphurous  acid,  and  melts  into  a  magnetic  glob* 
ule,  which  13  steel-grey  on  the  surface,  and  bronze-yellow  within, 


APPENDIX. 


323 


2.  Analysis. 

By  WERNEKINCK.  By  HISINGER. 

Sulphur  .         .         42-25  ...          38-50 

Cobalt  .         .         53-35  .         .         .  43-20 

Iron  .         .          2-30  .         .         .  3-53 

Copper  .         .          097          .        .        .          14-40 

3.  It  is  found  in  beds,  at  Riddarhyttan  in  Sweden,  in  gneiss. 


COLUMBITE. 

A  very  interesting  deposit  of  this  species  has  lately  been  discovered  at 
Middletown,  (Conn.)  It  exists  in  granite.  The  crystals  are  occasion- 
ally distinguished  for  their  regularity  and  high  degree  of  lustre,  and  are 
very  generally  of  unusual  dimensions  for  the  species.  One  of  these  in 
the  possession  of  Mr.  F.  MERRICK,  the  discoverer  of  the  locality, 
weighs  three  or  four  ounces.  Several  of  the  angles  of  the  annexed  fig- 
ure were  obtained  by  means  of  the  reflective  goniometer. 


T  onv 
T  on  a 
T  on  i 
v  on  a 
a  on  i 
Mon  a 
M  on  v 
P  on  c 
M  on  c 
c  on  o 
a  on  o 
M  on  o 
e  on  e 
a  on  e 
P  on  e 
P  on  o 


157°  40' 

129  30 

112  10?? 

150  10 

162  30? 

140  40 

107  45? 

160  23 

109  37 

140  30 

144  00 

128  30 

149  30 

126  30 
137  20? 

127  00 


Fig.  498. 


Associated  with  the  crystals  of  Columbite  are  Apatite,  Uranite  and 
Albite. 


324 


APPENDIX. 


COPPER  PYRITES.     (See    Yellow    Copper  Pyrites, 
Vol.  II.  p.  283.) 

CUPREOUS  ANGLESITE.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  159.) 

Fig.  499. 


M 


\ 


\ 


M  on  T        -        -        95°  45'      |      b  on  b        -        -        119° 
Cleavage,  very  perfect  parallel  to  M  ;  less  so  parallel  to  c.     Fig.  166 

is  probably  a  compound  crystal. 

CUPREOUS  BISMUTH.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  160.) 

Analysis. 
By  H.  FRICK. 


Sulphur 
Bismuth 
Lead 
Copper 


16-61 
36-45 
36C5 
10-69 


EDINGTON1TE.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  178.) 

Inclination  of  a  on  a  ove-  the  summit  =  129°  8';  of  6  to  b  =  92o  41'. 
It  is  referred  by  HAIDIWGER  to  the  genus  Feldspar. 

FLUOR. 

It  is  very  abundant  on  the  banks  of  the  Muscolonge  lake,  in  the  town 
of  Alexandria,  Jefferson  co.  (N.Y.)  It  occurs  with  Calcareous  Spar  in 
cavities  in  gneiss.  It  is  limpid  and  colorless,  or  slightly  tinged  with 
green,  and  in  cubical  crystals  of  very  great  size,  sometimes  above  a  foot 
in  diameter. 


APPENDIX.  325 

FORSTERITE.     (See  Vol.  I.  p.  214.) 

Its  cleavage,  perpendicular  to  the  axis,  is  very  distinct.  Hardness 
=  about  7-0. 

FOWLERITE.     (See  Manganese  Spar.) 
GANSEKOTHIG-ERZ. 

Mammillary.  Color  yellow  or  pale  green.  Lustre  resinous.  Frac- 
ture conchoidal.  Translucent.  Shining,  with  a  white  streak.  Hard- 
ness =2-0.  .  .3-0. 

Before  the  blow-pipe,  it  emits  copious  fumes  of  arsenic,  and  fuses  into 
a  blackish  scoria ;  when  the  heat  is  continued  on  charcoal,  the  scoria 
melts,  and  yields  a  button  of  silver,  but  the  slag  contains  metallic  iron, 
which  strongly  affects  the  magnet.  It  is  supposed  to  be  an  arseniate  of 
silver  and  iron. 

It  occurs  mostly  in  the  mines  of  Clausthal  in  the  Hartz,  where  it  is  of 
some  importance  as  an  ore  of  silver.  It  is  likewise  met  with  in  Corn- 
wall, and  at  Allemont  in  Dauphiny. 

GlGANTOLITE. 

A  mineral  composed  of  alumina,  lime  and  iron,  found  in  the  granitic 
rocks  of  Tamela  in  Finland. 

GREEN  VITRIOL. 

Massive,  granular.  Lustre  dull.  Color  sometimes  a  fine  green, 
more  often  of  a  greyish  green. 

1.  It  dissolves  readily,  and  without  alteration, in  muriatic  acid;  slow- 
ly in  ammonia,  and  rapidly  in  carbonate  of  ammonia. 
2.  Analysis. 

Ty  BERTHIER. 
Deuloxide  of  copper 66-20 

Sulphuric  acid  16-60 

Water  17-40 

3.  It  is  found  in  Mexico. 

HUMBOLDTILITE. 

In  right  square  prisms.  Lustre  vitreous.  Semi-transparent.  Frac- 
ture uneven.  Color  yellow,  or  yellowish  grey.  Hardness  =  5-00.  Sp  . 
gr.  =3-104. 

VOL.  ii,  28 


326  APPENDIX. 

1.  It  fuses  easily  before  the  blow-pipe  into  a  spongy,  sinning  and 
transparent  glass ;  with  acids  it  forms  a  jelly. 
2.  Analysis. 

By  MONTICELLI  &  COVELLI.          By  KOBELL. 

Silica  .  .  54-16  .  .  .  43-96 

Lime  .  .  31-67  .  .  .  31-96 

Magnesia  .  .  8-83  .  .  ,  6-10 

Alumina  .  .  0-50  .  .  .  11-20 

Oxide  of  iron  .  .  2-00  .  .  .  232 

Soda  .  .  0-00  .  .  .  4-28 

Potash  .  .  0-00  .  .  .  0-38 

3.  It  occurs  among  the  ejected  minerals  of  Mount  Vesuvius. 

HYDROBORACITE.  HESS.  (See  Neues  Jahrbuch  fur 
Min.  Geog.  Geol.  u.  Petre.  von.  LEONHARD  u.  BRONN, 
1834.  '  p.  353.) 

IRIDOSM1NE.     (See  Vol.  I,  p.  281.) 


M 


P  on  z 


1183 


Sp.  gr.  =19-38...  19  47. 

The  crystals  are  shorter  than  in  the  annexed  figure.  Color  tin  white. 
Hardness  =7  0.  Undergoes  no  change  before  the  blow-pipe,  and  emits 
no  odor.  They  are  found  in  the  gold-sands  of  Newransk  95  wersts  from 
Catharineburg,  and  in  many  other  places  in  the  Ural. 

Crystals  from  Nischne  Tagil  have  the  same  form,  but  a  lead-grey  col- 
or and  a  Sp.  gr.  =21-118.  Before  the  blow-pipe  their  surface  becomes 
dull,  turns  black  and  gives  out  the  smell  of  osmium. 


APPENDIX.  327 

ISOPYRE.     Isopyric  Quartz.  HAIDINGER.     (See 
Vol.  I,  p.  287.) 

It  forms  compact  masses  occasionally  two  inches  in  diameter  in  the 
granite  of  St.  Just  near  Penzance,  where  it  occurs  associated  with  Tin 
Ore  and  Tourmaline.     The  Tachylite  is  found  in  basalt   and  wacke,  at 
Sasebiihl  near  Gottingcn. 

KUPAPHRITE.     (See  Vol.  I,  p.  295.) 

It  is  found  at  the  mines  of  Cohonas  do  Campo  in  Brazil,  associated 
with  Quartz  and  Magnetic  Iron  Pyrites. 

LAUMONITE. 

It  is  found  in  considerable  quantity  at  Keweena  Point,  Lake  Superi- 
or, in  amygdaloid.  Its  color  is  reddish  white,  sometimes  nearly- brick- 
red,  and  its  structure  coarse  granular.  It  is  mingled  with  Calcareous 
Spar,  and  appears  to  be  less  prone  to  decomposition  than  the  white 
varieties. 

LEADHILLITE.     (See  Vol.  II,  p.  6.) 

The  primary  form  of  this  species  according  to  HAIDINGER  and 
BREWSTER  is  prismatic,  instead  of  rhombohedral.  The  left  hand  e  fig. 
275,  inclines  to  the  central  e  under  120°  20',  and  the  central  e  to  that 
on  the  right  hand  under  119°  50' ;  a  on  the  left  hand  e  =90°  29'. 

NATRON.*   (See  Vol.  II,  p.  77.) 

It  is  often  observed  within  the  crater  of  Vesuvius  sublimated  among 
the  crevices  of  hot  lava.  It  is  common  also  on  the  walls  of  old  mines 
and  cellars.  The  most  abundant  deposit  is  the  soda-lakes  of  Egypt ;  it 
likewise  occurs  in  the  hot  springs  of  Carlsbad  in  Bohemia  and  Kykum  in 
Iceland. 

ONKOSIN. 

Massive  :  composition  impalpable.  Fracture  splintery  to  imperfectly 
conchoidal.  Color  light  apple-green,  to  greyish  and  brownish.  Lustre 
vitreous  to  resinous.  Translucent.  Hardness  between  2-0  and  3-0.  Sp. 
gr.  =2-80. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  swells  up  and  easily  melts  into  a  white, 
blebby,  vitreous  and  somewhat  translucent  glass.  With  borax,  it  grad- 
ually forms  a  transparent  and  colorless  glass. 


•  APPENDIX. 

2.  Analysis. 
By  KOBELL. 

Silica          . 52-52 

Alumina 30  88 

Magnesia .          3-82 

Protoxide  of  iron         ...:..          0-80 

Potasli        .         . 6-38 

Water         .         .         .         ...         .         .          4-60 

3.  It  occurs  in  small  roundish  masses  in  Dolomite  at  Possegen  neur 
Tarnsweg  in  Salzburg.  It  closely  resembles  Figure-Stone. 

PHILLIPSITE.      Staurotypous    Kouphone- 
Spar.     HAIDINGER. 

Crystalline  form,  scarcely  different  from  that  of  Harmo- 
tome. 

Lustre,  color,  transparency  and  hardness  also  identical 
with  those  of  the  same  species. 

Sp.  gr.  =2-0... 2-2. 

1.  Analysis. 

By  GMELIN. 

from  Marburg. 

Silica 48-02 

Alumina 22-61 

Potash        .         .         .> *  7-50 

Lime          . 6-56 

Water 16-75 

2.  It  occurs  in  large  translucent  crystals  in  the  cavities  of  amygda- 
loid at  the  Giant's  Causeway  in  Ireland ;  forming  groups  of  sheaf-shape 
aggregations  at  Capo  di  Bove  near  Rome ;  at  Aci  Reale,  on  the  eastern 
coast  of  Sicily,  Marburg  in  Hessia,  Lowenstein  in  Silesia  and  among  the 
Lavas  of  Vesuvius.  The  specimens  from  Aci  Reale  present  elongated 
crystals,  which  adhere  closely  together,  and  radiate  from  a  centre  in 
globular  concretions.  It  has  also  been  found  with  Gmelinite  in  the  isl- 
and of  Magee,  Antrim  county,  in  minute  flesh-red  colored  crystals, 
coating  cavities  of  amygdaloid. 

PURPLE  COPPER-ORE.     (See  Variegated  Copper.) 


APPENDIX.  329 

PYROSKLERITE. 

Massive.  Cleavage  parallel  with  the  faces  of  a  rhombic  prism. 
Fracture  uneven  arid  splintery.  Lustre  on  the  cleavage  faces  feebly 
pearly,  in  other  directions  it  is  dull.  Color,  apple-green  to  light  green- 
ish grey.  Hardness  between  2-5  and  3-5.  Sp.  gr.  =2-74.  Streak 
white. 

1.  Before  the  blow-pipe  it  fuses  with  difficulty  into  a  greyish  glass. 
With  borax,  it  slowly  yields  a  glass  colored  by  chrome.  It  is  decompo- 
sed, when  in  the  state  of  powder  by  concentrated  sulphuric  acid. 

2.  Analysis. 

By  KOBELI,. 

Silica                   .         .         .      '  .         .         .         .  37-03 

Alumina             13-50 

Magnesia            31-62 

Protoxide  of  iron 3-52 

Green  oxide  of  chrome T43 

Water                  11-00 

3-  It  occurs  at  Elba  with  Chonikrite.  It  seems  to  be  closely  rela- 
ted to  Picrolite. 

RAPHYLLILE.     (See  Hornblende.) 
RETINALITE.     (See  Serpentine.) 

RHOMB  SPAR.     (See  Vol.  II,  p.  164.) 

Analysis. 
By  STROMEYER. 

Magnesia                      .        41-06        .  .  .  42-40 

Protoxide  of  iron          .          8-57        .  .  .  7-47 

Oxide  of  manganese     .          0-43         .  .  .  0-62 

Carbonic  acid               .        48-94        .  .  .  49-67 

SASSOLIN.     (See  Vol.  II,  p.  171.) 

The  deposit  of  this  mineral  occurs  within  the  crater  of  Volcano,  one  of 
the  Lipari  Islands,  where  it  forms  thin  coatings  on  the  surface  of  sul- 
phur, and  around  the  openings,  whence  the  subterranean  exhalations 
are  discharged.  The  variety  deposited  by  the  lagunes  of  Tuscany  and 
the  hot-springs  of  Sasso  is  of  a  greyer  color,  and  harder  than  that  from 
Volcano.  According  to  KLAPROTH,  it  contains  11  p.  c.  of  sulphate  of 
magnesia,  and  3  p.  c.  of  sulphate  of  lime. 


330  APPENDIX. 

For  economical  purposes,  it  is  obtained  at  Pomorance  in  Tuscany,  by 
causing  the  volcanic  vapors  which  arise  in  that  vicinity  to  pass  through 
water,  and  then  evaporating  the  impregnated  fluid  in  leaden  vessels, 

SILICATE  OF  CERIUM. 

In  regular  hexagonal  prisms.  Cleavage  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
prism.  Color  pale,  yellowish  brown.  Translucent. 

It  is  found  with  Emerald  in  Dolomite  at  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota  in  Peru. 

SODA-NITRE.     (See  Vol.  II,  p.  186.) 

This  salt  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  nitric  acid  and  salt-petre. 

STEINMANNITE. 

Primary  form.     Cube.      Secondary  form.     Regular  octahedron. 

Cleavage  parallel  to  the  cube  imperfect  and  scarcely  visible.  Frac- 
ture uneven.  Surface  of  the  crystals  smooth.  Lustre  metallic.  Color 
pure  lead-grey.  Hardness  =2-5.  Sp.  gr.  =6-833.  Compound  Vari- 
eties. Botryoidal.  Massive,  composition  fine  granular.  In  some 
varieties  a  curved  lamellar  composition  is  visible.  Composition  also 
compact,  sometimes  porous. 

1.  When  he-ated  before  the  blow-pipe,  on  charcoal,  it  decrepitates 
with  violence.     Its  powder  heated,  emits  the  odor  of  sulphurous  acid, 
and  a  metallic  globule  remains  as  in  the  case  of  Galena,  but  which  fi- 
nally yields  a  distinct  button  of  silver.     It  appears  to  consist  of  lead, 
antimony,  silver  and  sulphur. 

2.  It  is  found  at  Przibram  with  Quartz,  Blende  and  Iron  Pyrites. 

TlTANIFEROUS    CERITE. 

Color  blackish  brown.  Lustre  vitreous.  Fracture  conchoidal.  Hard- 
ness equal  to  that  of  Gadolinite.  When  heated  it  swells  up  ;  it  is  acted 
upon  both  by  acids  and  alkalies. 

Analysis. 

By  LAUGIER. 

Oxide  of  cerium  " 36-00 

Oxide  of  iron               19-00 

Lime                            8-00 

Alumina                       6-00 

Water                          11-00 

Oxide  of  manganese 1  80 

Silica                           19-00 

Oxide  of  titanium        .         .         .         .         .        .  8-00 

It  is  found  on  the  Coromandel  coast. 


APPENDIX.  331 

URAN- BLOOM. 

In  small  crystalline  flakes.  Color  bright  yellow,  be- 
tween lemon-yellow  and  sulphur-yellow.  Opake  with  lit- 
tle lustre. 

1.  When  slightly  heated  before  the  blow-pipe,  its  color  becomes  or- 
ange-yellow.    It  is  soluble  with  effervescence  in  acid,  yielding  a  yellow 
solution,  which  affords  a  brown  precipitate  with  prussiate  of  potash,  thus 
proving  it  to  be  a  carbonate  of  uranium. 

2.  It  occurs  in  silver  veins  at  Joachimsthal  in  Bohemia,  with  Pitch- 
blende and  Phannacolite. 

URANITE. 

It  is  found  in  small  quantity  in  thin  yellow  scales  at  Middletown, 
(Conn.)  where  it  exists  in  granite  associated  with  Columbite,  Apatite 
and  Albite. 

VANADIATE  OF  LEAD. 

There  appears  to  be  no  reason  for  separating  this  mineral  from  Pyro- 
morphite.  It  is  imperfectly  crystallized  in  hexagonal  prisms,  and  bo- 
tryoidal,  as  well  as  in  thin  coatings.  Color  straw-yellow  to  reddish- 
brown.  Opake  and  dull.  Before  the  blow-pipe,  in  a  pair  of  forceps,  it 
fuses,  and  on  cooling  retains  its  yellow  color ;  if  kept  for  some  time  in 
fusion,  however,  it  is  changed  into  a  steel-grey  porous  mass,  which  upon 
charcoal,  yield  immediately  globules  of  lead.  Alone,  on  charcoal,  it  fu- 
ses readily,  exhales  the  odor  of  arsenic,  is  reduced,  and  leaves,  after 
heating  in  the  inner  flame,  a  steel-grey,  very  fusible  slag,  which  exhib- 
its the  reactions  of  chromium.  It  forms  green  solutions  with  the  sul- 
phuric and  muriatic  acids,  and  a  beautiful  yellow  solution  with  nitric 
acid.  The  variety  from  Mexico,  according  to  BERZELIUS,  consists  of 

Chloride  of  lead 25-33 

Vanadiate  of  lead 74-00 

Hydrous  ox.  iron 0-67. 

It  occurs  at  Wanlockhead  in  Dumfriesshire,  sprinkled  over  Calamine. 


END  OF  THE  SECOND  VOLUME. 


r 


